TITLE 31—MONEY AND FINANCE
This title was enacted by Pub. L. 97–258, §1, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877
| Title 31 Former Sections | Title 31 New Sections |
|---|---|
| 1 | Rep. |
| 2 | 701, 1101 |
| 11(a) | 1105 |
| 11(b), (c) | 1106 |
| 11(d)–(f) | 1105 |
| 11(g)(1st–3d sentences) | 1106 |
| 11(g)(last sentence)–(i)(1st sentence) | 1105 |
| 11(i)(last sentence),(j) | 1108 |
| 11(k)(1) | 1105 |
| 11(k)(2) | 1113 |
| 11 note | 1105 |
| 11a | 1109 |
| 11b. | T. 2 §661 |
| 11c | 1110 |
| 11d | 1104 |
| 12 | Rep. |
| 13 | 1105 |
| 14 | 1107 |
| 15 | 1108 |
| 16(1st sentence) | 501 |
| 16(2d, 3d sentences) | 502 |
| 16(last sentence related to preparation of budgets and appropriations) | 1104 |
| 16(last sentence related to appropriations request) | 1108 |
| 16a | 502 |
| 16b | Rep. |
| 16c | 502 |
| 17(a)(related to employees) | 521 |
| 17(a)(related to expenses) | 522 |
| 17(b), (c) | Rep. |
| 18, 18a | 1111 |
| 18b | 1104 |
| 18c | 1112 |
| 19 | 1105 |
| 20 | 1113 |
| 21 | 1104 |
| 22–24 | 1108 |
| 25 | 1105 |
| 26 | Rep. |
| 27 | 1103 |
| 28 | 1114 |
| 41 | 702 |
| 42(a)(1st sentence words before comma) | 702 |
| 42(a)(1st sentence words after comma, last sentence), (b) | 703 |
| 42a | 703 |
| 43(1st par.) | 703 |
| 43(2d par. 1st, 2d, 4th, last sentences) | 772 |
| 43(2d par. 3d sentence) | 779 |
| 43(3d par.) | 772 |
| 43(last par.) | 775 |
| 43a | 703 |
| 43b(a)–(c) | 773 |
| 43b(d), (e) | 774 |
| 43b(f) | 776 |
| 43b(g) | 771 |
| 43b(h) | 778 |
| 43b(i), (j)(less last 13 words before colon) | 775 |
| 43b(j)(last 13 words before colon) | 776 |
| 43b(k) | 775 |
| 43b(l), (m) | 776 |
| 43b(n), (o) | 774 |
| 43b(p) | 771 |
| 43b(q) | 773 |
| 43b(r) | 779 |
| 43c | 777 |
| 44(1st sentence) | 711, 731, 3301, 3323, 3324, 3521, 3522, 3526, 3529, 3531, 3541, 3702, (See §2(b) of Pub. L. 97–258) |
| 44(2d, last sentences) | 3526 |
| 45 | Rep. |
| 46 | 704 |
| 46a to 48 | Rep. |
| 49 | 3511 |
| 49a | 5120 |
| 50, 51 | Rep. |
| 51–1 | 702 |
| 51a, 52(a), (b) | 731 |
| 52(c), (d) | 711 |
| 52–1(related to appointment, pay and assignment) | 731 |
| 52–1(related to direct) | 711 |
| 52–2 | 732 |
| 52–3(a)–(d) | 751 |
| 52–3(e)–(g) | 752 |
| 52–3(h) | 753 |
| 52–3(i) | 754 |
| 52–3(j), (k) | 753 |
| 52–3(l) | 755 |
| 52–3(m) | 753 |
| 52–4(a) | 733 |
| 52–4(b) | 731 |
| 52–5 | 732 |
| 52–6 | 735 |
| 52–7 | 736 |
| 52a | Rep. |
| 52b, 52c | 731 |
| 53(a)(1st sentence words before 5th comma) | 712 |
| 53(a)(1st sentence words after 5th comma, last sentence) | 719 |
| 53(b) | 712 |
| 53(c)–(e) | 719 |
| 53(f) | 718 |
| 54 | 716 |
| 55 | Rep. |
| 56 | 731 |
| 57, 58 | Rep. |
| 59, 60(1st sentence) | 712 |
| 60(last sentence) | 719 |
| 61 | 715 |
| 65(a)–(e) | Rep. |
| 65(f) | 3511 |
| 65a | 3501 |
| 65b | 3521 |
| 66(a) | 3511 |
| 66(b)(less Treasury Department) | 3512 |
| 66(b)(related to Treasury Department) | 3513 |
| 66(c) | 3512 |
| 66a | 3512 |
| 66b | 3513 |
| 66c | 3326 |
| 66d | 3514 |
| 67(a)–(c) | 3523 |
| 67(d)(1)–(3) | 713 |
| 67(d)(4) | 719 |
| 67(e)(1)–(5), (7) | 714 |
| 67(e)(6)(A) | 719 |
| 67(e)(6)(B) | 718 |
| 67(f) | 3524 |
| 68 | 9501 |
| 68a | 9503 |
| 68b | 9504 |
| 68c, 68d | 9502 |
| 71(related to accounts) | 3526 |
| 71(related to claims) | 3702 |
| 71a | 3702 |
| 72, 73 | Rep. |
| 74(1st, 2d pars., last par. words after 4th comma) | 3526 |
| 74(last par. words before 4th comma) | 3529 |
| 75 | 3521 |
| 76(1st, last sentences) | 3324 |
| 76(2d, 3d sentences) | 3323 |
| 77 | 3323 |
| 78 | 3522 |
| 79 | Rep. |
| 80–80c | 3522 |
| 81 | 3522 |
| 82 | 3521 |
| 82a | 3325 |
| 82a–1, 82a–2 | 3527 |
| 82b | 3325 |
| 82b–1 | 3521 |
| 82c | 3528 |
| 82d(words before semicolon) | 3541 |
| 82d(words after semicolon) | 3529 |
| 82e(related to 31:82b) | 3325 |
| 82e(related to 31:82c) | 3528 |
| 82e(related to 31:82d) | 3529 |
| 82f(related to disbursing officers) | 3325 |
| 82f(related to certifying officers) | 3528 |
| 82g(related to disbursing officers) | 3322 |
| 82g(related to certifying officers) | 3528 |
| 82h | T. 7 §1032a |
| 82i | 3526 |
| 82j to 82p | Rep. |
| 83, 84 | Rep. |
| 85 | T. 48 §1469–1 |
| 86 | 3702 |
| 87, 88 | Rep. |
| 89–92 | 3531 |
| 93, 94 | Rep. |
| 95 | T. 10 §4842 |
| 95a | 3527 |
| 95b(related to Army, Navy, Air Force) | T. 10 §2777 |
| 95b(related to State Department) | T. 22 §2668 |
| 96–102 | Rep. |
| 103 | T. 10 §2778 |
| 103a | T. 10 §2773 |
| 103b | T. 10 §2773 |
| 104 | T. 10 §7861 |
| 105 | Rep. |
| 106 | T. 10 §7862 |
| 107 | 3526 |
| 107a | Rep. |
| 108 | T. 10 §7231 |
| 109–116 | Rep. |
| 117 | 711 |
| 118–121 | Rep. |
| 122 | 3702 |
| 123(words before 1st proviso) | 3329 |
| 123(provisos) | 3330 |
| 124(1st par.) | 3329 |
| 124(last par.) | 3330 |
| 125(1st par.) | 3329 |
| 125(last par.) | 3330 |
| 126 | 3329 |
| 127 | 321 |
| 128 | 3329 |
| 129–131 | 3712 |
| 132 | 3328 |
| 133 | Rep. |
| 134 | 3328 |
| 135 | 3525 |
| 141 | 301 |
| 142–146 | Rep. |
| 147(less disbursement) | 3301 |
| 147(related to disbursement) | 3323 |
| 148–154 | Rep. |
| 155 | (See former 1003) |
| 156 | 3333 |
| 157 | 327 |
| 161, 162 | Rep. |
| 163 | 329 |
| 164–166 | Rep. |
| 171 | 303 |
| 172, 173 | Rep. |
| 174 | 5144 |
| 175 | 5155 |
| 176 | Rep. |
| 177 | 5114 |
| 178, 179 | Rep. |
| 180 | 5141 |
| 181 | 5143 |
| 181 note | 5142 |
| 181a | 5142 |
| 181b, 181c | 5141 |
| 181d, 181e | Rep. |
| 191, 192 | 3713 |
| 193 | 9309 |
| 194 | Rep. |
| 195 | 3715 |
| 196–199 | Rep. |
| 200(a) | 1501 |
| 200(b), (c) | 1108 |
| 200(d) | 1502 |
| 200(e) | 1501 |
| 201, 202 | Rep. |
| 203 | 3727 |
| 204–206 | Rep. |
| 207 | 3714 |
| 208–214 | Rep. |
| 215 | 3723 |
| 215a | Rep. |
| 216, 217 | 3723 |
| 218–224 | Rep. |
| 224a, 224a note | 3725 |
| 224b, 224b note | 3724 |
| 224c to 226 | Rep. |
| 227 | 3728 |
| 228 | Rep. |
| 229 | T. 2 §190l |
| 230 | T. 2 §190m |
| 231 | 3729 |
| 232(A)–(E) | 3730 |
| 232(F) | 3731 |
| 233 | 3730 |
| 234 | Rep. |
| 235 | 3731 |
| 236, 237 | 3702 |
| 237a | 3712 |
| 238, 238 note | 3722 |
| 239 | 3727 |
| 240(1), (2), (4) | 3701 |
| 240(3) | 3721 |
| 241(a)–(d) | 3721 |
| 241(e) | Rep. |
| 241(f) | 3721 |
| 242–243a | 3721 |
| 243a note | 3721 |
| 244 | 3726 |
| 251(1st sentence words after 1st comma) | 5131 |
| 251(less 1st sentence words after 1st comma) | 304 |
| 252 | Rep. |
| 253 | 5132 |
| 254 | Rep. |
| 261 | 5131 |
| 262 | Rep. |
| 263 | 5131 |
| 264–271 | Rep. |
| 272 | 5111 |
| 273(1st, 2d sentences) | 5132 |
| 273(last sentence) | 5122 |
| 274 | 5121 |
| 275 | 5111 |
| 276 | 5112 |
| 277 | 5121 |
| 278, 279 | 5131 |
| 280 | Rep. |
| 281 | 5131 |
| 282 | Rep. |
| 283(1st sentence) | 5131 |
| 283(2d, last sentences) | 5133 |
| 284–286 | Rep. |
| 287 | 5131 |
| 291 | Rep. |
| 292 | 5131 |
| 293, 294 | Rep. |
| 301–304 | Rep. |
| 311–315a | Rep. |
| 315b | 5118 |
| 316–316d | Rep. |
| 317(a), (b) | 5112 |
| 317(c) | Rep. |
| 317a, 317b | Rep. |
| 317c | 5120 |
| 317d to 317e–1 | Rep. |
| 317f | 321 |
| 318–320 | Rep. |
| 321 | 5112 |
| 322 | 5111 |
| 323 | Rep. |
| 324 | 5112 |
| 324a | 5114 |
| 324b to 324c | 5112 |
| 324d, 324e | Rep. |
| 324f | 5131 |
| 324g | Rep. |
| 324h | 5111 |
| 324i | Rep. |
| 325 | 5121 |
| 326 | Rep. |
| 327–330 | 5121 |
| 331, 332 | 5122 |
| 333 | Rep. |
| 334 | 5122 |
| 335 | 5116 |
| 336–339 | Rep. |
| 340 | 5111 |
| 341 | Rep. |
| 342 | 5111 |
| 343, 344 | 5121 |
| 345 | 5111 |
| 346 | 5112 |
| 347 | 5121 |
| 348, 349 | Rep. |
| 350, 351 | 5113 |
| 352 | Rep. |
| 353 | 5111 |
| 354–356 | 5133 |
| 357, 358 | 5122 |
| 359 | Rep. |
| 360 | 5121 |
| 361(1st sentence words before 1st comma) | 5131 |
| 361(1st sentence words after 1st comma, last sentence) | 5132 |
| 362 | 5121 |
| 363 | Rep. |
| 364 | 5102 |
| 365 | 5133 |
| 366 | Rep. |
| 367, 368 | 5111 |
| 369 | 5132 |
| 370 | Rep. |
| 371 | 5101 |
| 372 | 5151 |
| 373–388o | Rep. |
| 391(a) | 5111 |
| 391(b)–(d) | 5112 |
| 392 | 5103 |
| 393(a) | 5111 |
| 393(b) | Rep. |
| 394 | 5116 |
| 395, 396 | 5111 |
| 397 | 321 |
| 398(1)–(4), (6) | 5112 |
| 398(5) | 5113 |
| 399 | 5112 |
| 401, 402 | 5115 |
| 403 | Rep. |
| 404 | 5119 |
| 405, 405a | Rep. |
| 405a–1 | 5116 |
| 405a–2, 405a–3 | 5119 |
| 405b | 5117 |
| 406–408 | Rep. |
| 408a(last proviso) | 5117 |
| 408a(less last proviso) | 5119 |
| 408b to 412 | Rep. |
| 413–416 | 5114 |
| 417 | Rep. |
| 418, 418a | 5114 |
| 419 | 5114 |
| 420 | 5119 |
| 421, 422 | 5120 |
| 423 | Rep. |
| 424 | 5153 |
| 425, 426 | 5154 |
| 427 | 321 |
| 428–430 | Rep. |
| 440 | Rep. |
| 441 | 5117 |
| 442, 443 | Rep. |
| 444(1st sentence words between 2d and 3d semicolons) | 5119 |
| 444(less 1st sentence words between 2d and 3d semicolons) | Rep. |
| 445, 446 | Rep. |
| 448–448e | Rep. |
| 449 | Rep. |
| 449a | 5152 |
| 449b, 449c | Rep. |
| 451–455 | Rep. |
| 456 | 5103 |
| 457–462 | Rep. |
| 463, 463 note | 5118 |
| 471 | Rep. |
| 472 | 302 |
| 473 | 3303 |
| 474–483 | Rep. |
| 483a | 9701 |
| 483b | T. 10 §1042 |
| 484 | 3302 |
| 485 | Rep. |
| 486 | 321 |
| 486a to 488 | Rep. |
| 488a | T. 16 §580o–2 |
| 488b to 488b–2 | Rep. |
| 488b–3 | T. 16 §580o |
| 488b–4 | T. 16 §580o–1 |
| 488b–5 | T. 16 §580o–3 |
| 488b–6 | T. 16 §580o–4 |
| 489 | T. 40 §485a |
| 489a | T. 10 §2636 |
| 490 | 3302 |
| 491 | Rep. |
| 492(a) | 3322 |
| 492(b)–(d) | 3332 |
| 492 note | 3332 |
| 492–1 | 3321 |
| 492–2 | Rep. |
| 492a–492c | 3342 |
| 492d | Rep. |
| 493 | T. 10 §4841 |
| 493a | T. 10 §2776 |
| 493b, 494 | Rep. |
| 495 | 3302 |
| 495a | Rep. |
| 496, 497 | 3522 |
| 497a | 3532 |
| 498 | 3522 |
| 499–504b | Rep. |
| 505 | 3545 |
| 506, 507 | 3541 |
| 508 | 3542 |
| 509 | Rep. |
| 510–513 | 3542 |
| 514 | 3541 |
| 516 | 3541 |
| 517–519 | 3543 |
| 520 | 3544 |
| 521 | 3302 |
| 522 | 3304 |
| 523, 524 | Rep. |
| 525 | 3302 |
| 526 | 3327 |
| 527 | 3328 |
| 528(a)–(c) | 3331 |
| 528(d) | 321 |
| 528(e) | Rep. |
| 528(f), (g) | 3331 |
| 528(h) | Rep. |
| 529 | 3324 |
| 529a | Rep. |
| 529b | T. 19 §2076 |
| 529c | T. 19 §2077 |
| 529d | T. 19 §2078 |
| 529e | T. 19 §2079 |
| 529f | T. 19 §2080 |
| 529g, 529h | Rep. |
| 529i, 529j | T. 10 §2395 |
| 530 | Rep. |
| 530a, 530b | 3324 |
| 531 | T. 15 §196 |
| 532 | T. 28 §571 |
| 533 | Rep. |
| 534 | T. 16 §556d |
| 535 | T. 22 §268b |
| 536, 537 | T. 10 §2777 |
| 538 | 3526 |
| 539, 540 | T. 10 §2777 |
| 541 | 3526 |
| 542, 543 | Rep. |
| 544 | 3341 |
| 545 | 3302 |
| 546 | Rep. |
| 547 | T. 22 §2668a |
| 547a | 9702 |
| 548 | 3305 |
| 549 | Rep. |
| 550 | T. 33 §877 |
| 551, 552 | 1345 |
| 553 | T. 42 §3514 |
| 554 | Rep. |
| 555 | T. 26 §4986 note |
| 561–563a | 3343 |
| 564 | 321 |
| 571 | Rep. |
| 581 | 1104 |
| 581 note | 1303 |
| 581a | 1104 |
| 581b | 1108 |
| 581c | 1531 |
| 581c–1 | Rep. |
| 581d | 3530 |
| 582–622 | Rep. |
| 623 | 1104 |
| 624–626 | Rep. |
| 627, 628 | 1301 |
| 628–1 | 1532 |
| 628–2, 628–3 | T. 10 §2779 |
| 628a | 1534 |
| 629–638 | Rep. |
| 638a(a)–(c)(1) | 1343 |
| 638a(c)(2)(1st, last sentences) | 1344 |
| 638a(c)(2)(2d sentence) | 1349 |
| 638a(d) | Rep. |
| 638a(e) | 1343 |
| 638a–1 | 1343 |
| 638b | T. 33 §576a |
| 638c | 1343 note |
| 638d, 638e | 1343 |
| 638f | Elim. |
| 639–649 | Rep. |
| 649a | T. 10 §956 note |
| 649b | Rep. |
| 649c | T. 10 §2394 |
| 650 | Rep. |
| 650a | T. 37 §406 |
| 650b to 660 | Rep. |
| 661 | T. 33 §878 |
| 662 | T. 16 §754a |
| 663, 663a | Rep. |
| 664 | Rep. |
| 665(a) | 1341 |
| 665(b) | 1342 |
| 665(c)(less (1)(last sentence)) | 1512 |
| 665(c)(1)(last sentence) | 1511 |
| 665(d)(1), (2)(1st–4th sentences, 6th sentence 1st–22d words) | 1513 |
| 665(d)(2)(5th sentence, 6th sentence less 1st–22d words) | 1511 |
| 665(d)(2)(last sentence related to spending and obligations) | 1341 |
| 665(d)(2)(last sentence related to voluntary services) | 1342 |
| 665(d)(2)(last sentence related to price supports) | 1511 |
| 665(e) | 1515 |
| 665(f)(1) | 1516 |
| 665(f)(2) | 1511 |
| 665(g)(1st sentence) | 1513 |
| 665(g)(less 1st sentence) | 1514 |
| 665(h) | 1517 |
| 665(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (a), (b)) | 1549 |
| 665(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (a), (b)) | 1550 |
| 665(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (h)) | 1518 |
| 665(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (h)) | 1519 |
| 665(i)(2)(related to (a), (b)) | 1351 |
| 665(i)(2)(related to (h)) | 1517 |
| 665a | 1515 |
| 665b | 1502 |
| 666 | T. 10 §4541 |
| 667 | Rep. |
| 668 | T. 41 §11a |
| 668a | 1308 |
| 669(words before semicolon) | 1513 |
| 669(words after semicolon) | 1341 |
| 670 | 1302 |
| 671 | T. 2 §§68–2, 95a |
| 671a | Rep. |
| 672, 673 | 1346 |
| 674–678 | Rep. |
| 679–680a | 1348 |
| 681 | Rep. |
| 682 | 1307 |
| 683–685 | Rep. |
| 685a | 1537 |
| 686(a) | 1535 |
| 686(b) | 1536 |
| 686(c) | 1535 |
| 686–1 | 1535 |
| 686–2 | 3324 |
| 686a | Rep. |
| 686b(a), (b), (c)(related to 31:686, 686b) | 1535 |
| 686b(c)(related to 31:686) | 1536 |
| 686c to 688 | Rep. |
| 689 | T. 40 §166a–1 |
| 690 | Rep. |
| 691 | 1346 |
| 692 | T. 43 §1470 |
| 693 | T. 43 §1471 |
| 693a | T. 28 §524 |
| 694, 695 | Rep. |
| 696 | 1347 |
| 697 | 1533 |
| 698 | T. 32 §107 |
| 698a | T. 37 §1012 |
| 699 | T. 42 §2459a |
| 699a | 1309 |
| 699b | T. 5 §3101 note |
| 700 | T. 10 §1584 note |
| 700a, 700b | Elim. |
| 700c | Rep. |
| 700d | T. 38 §203 |
| 701(a), (b) | 1552 |
| 701(c)(1st sentence) | 1551 |
| 701(c)(last sentence), (d) | 1552 |
| 702 | 1553 |
| 703(a) | 1554 |
| 703(b) | 1556 |
| 704 | Rep. |
| 705 | 1552 |
| 706 | 1555 |
| 707 | 1551 |
| 708 | 1557 |
| 711(1)–(3) | 1305 |
| 711(4)–(11) | Rep. |
| 711(11a)–(23) | 1305 |
| 712 | Rep. |
| 712a | 1502 |
| 712b to 716 | Rep. |
| 717, 718 | 1301 |
| 719, 720 | Rep. |
| 721 | 1310 |
| 722 | T. 2 §30 |
| 723, 723a | T. 10 §2661a |
| 724 | 1306 |
| 724a(1st sentence) | 1304 |
| 724a(last sentence) | T. 39 §409 |
| 725 | Rep. |
| 725a to 725d | Elim. |
| 725e | Rep. |
| 725f | Elim. |
| 725g | Rep. |
| 725h | T. 24 §21b |
| 725i to 725k | Rep. |
| 725l, 725m | Elim. |
| 725n, 725o | Rep. |
| 725p(a)(last sentence) | 331 |
| 725p(less (a)(last sentence)) | Rep. |
| 725p note | 1322 |
| 725p–1 | 1322 |
| 725q(a)(last sentence) | 331 |
| 725q(less (a)(last sentence)) | Rep. |
| 725q–1 | 1322 |
| 725q–1a | 1324 |
| 725q–2 | T. 18 §3150a |
| 725r | 1323 |
| 725s(less (a)(last sentence last proviso)) | 1321 |
| 725s(a)(last sentence last proviso) | 1322 |
| 725s–1 | T. 25 §385a |
| 725s–2 | T. 25 §385b |
| 725s–3 | T. 25 §385c |
| 725s–4 | T. 18 §4043 |
| 725t, 725u | Rep. |
| 725v(a) | Rep. |
| 725v(b)(related to marshals) | T. 28 §572a |
| 725v(b)(related to clerks) | T. 28 §2043 |
| 725w | 1503 |
| 725x to 725z | Rep. |
| 731–733(words before semicolon) | 3123 |
| 733(words after semicolon), 734 | 5116 |
| 734a to 738 | Rep. |
| 738a | 3125 |
| 739 | 3121 |
| 740 | 3127 |
| 741 | Rep. |
| 741a | 324 |
| 742, 742a | 3124 |
| 743–751 | Rep. |
| 752(1st–4th pars. less 2d par. form of bonds) | 3102 |
| 752(2d par. related to form of bonds) | 3121 |
| 752(last par.) | 3107 |
| 752a | Rep. |
| 753(a)(less form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills) | 3103 |
| 753(a)(related to form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills) | 3121 |
| 753(b) | Rep. |
| 753(c) | 3103 |
| 753(d)(1st sentence) | 3108 |
| 753(d)(2d sentence) | 3123 |
| 753(d)(last sentence related to 31:771) | 3122 |
| 753(d)(last sentence less related to 31:771) | 3129 |
| 754(a)(less form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills, finality) | 3104 |
| 754(a)(related to form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills, finality) | 3121 |
| 754(b) | Rep. |
| 754(c) | T. 12 §221 |
| 754(d) | Rep. |
| 754a | 3111 |
| 754b | 3121 |
| 755–757 | Rep. |
| 757a | (See former 405b) |
| 757b, 757b–1 | 3101 |
| 757b–2 | Rep. |
| 757c(a)–(d)(1st sentence) | 3105 |
| 757c(d)(last sentence) | 3108 |
| 757c(e) | 3129 |
| 757c(f), (g) | Rep. |
| 757c(h) | 3105 |
| 757c(i)(1st–6th sentences) | 3126 |
| 757c(i)(last sentence) | 331 |
| 757c(j) | 3105 |
| 757c–1 | Rep. |
| 757c–2(a)–(c)(1st sentence) | 3106 |
| 757c–2(c)(last sentence) | 3108 |
| 757c–2(d) | 3106 |
| 757c–3 | 3109 |
| 757c–4, 757c–5 | 3121 |
| 757d | 3128 |
| 757e | 3113 |
| 757f | 331 |
| 758 | 3108 |
| 759–761 | 3129 |
| 761a to 765 | Rep. |
| 766 | 3123 |
| 767 | 3112 |
| 767a | Rep. |
| 767b | 3112 |
| 768(words before semicolon) | 3123 |
| 768(words after semicolon) | 3121 |
| 769, 770 | Rep. |
| 771, 772 | 3122 |
| 772a | 3121 |
| 773 | Rep. |
| 773a–773d | 5118 |
| 774 | Rep. |
| 801–804 | 3110 |
| 804a to 809 | Rep. |
| 821 | 5301 |
| 822 | 5304 |
| 822a(a)–(c) | 5302 |
| 822a(d) | 325 |
| 822b | 5117, 5119, 5304 |
| 823, 824 | Rep. |
| 841 | Rep. |
| 846 | 9101 |
| 847, 848 | 9103 |
| 849 | 9104 |
| 850 | 9105 |
| 851 | 9106 |
| 852 | 9109 |
| 856 | 9101 |
| 857 | 9105 |
| 858 | 9106 |
| 859 | 1105 |
| 866 | 9105 |
| 867 | 9107 |
| 868(less (d)(1st sentence related to 31:867)) | 9108 |
| 868(d)(1st sentence related to 31:867) | 9107 |
| 869(a) | 9102 |
| 869(b) | Rep. |
| 870 | 9107 |
| 871 | Rep. See T. 40 §33a |
| 901–904 | 3113 |
| 911 | 5119 |
| 912, 913 | Rep. |
| 914–917 | 5119 |
| 931–937 | Rep. |
| 938 | 5303 |
| 951 | 3701 |
| 952(a)–(d)(3) | 3711 |
| 952(d)(4) | 3701 |
| 952(e)(1)(1st to 3d sentences) | 3717 |
| 952(e)(1)(last sentence) | 3701 |
| 952(e)(2)–(7) | 3717 |
| 952(e)(8) | 3701 |
| 952(f) | 3718 |
| 952 note | 3711 |
| 953 | 3711 note |
| 954(a)–(d) | 3716 |
| 954(e) | 3701 |
| 955 | 3719 |
| 971–973 | Rep. |
| 1001 | 301 |
| 1002(less words between 4th and 5th semicolons) | 321 |
| 1002(words between 4th and 5th semicolons) | 331 |
| 1003 | 329 |
| 1004–1005a | 301 |
| 1006, 1007 | 301 |
| 1008 | Rep. |
| 1009 | 301 |
| 1010(related to seal) | 301 |
| 1010(related to books, papers, and records) | Rep. |
| 1011 | 321 |
| 1012, 1013 | Rep. |
| 1014 | 328 |
| 1015 | Rep. |
| 1016 | 309 |
| 1017 | 321 |
| 1018 | 329 |
| 1019 | Rep. |
| 1020 | 1102 |
| 1020–1, 1020a | Rep. |
| 1021, 1022 | Rep. |
| 1023(a) | 321 |
| 1023(b) | 3302 |
| 1023(c) | T. 18 §3059 |
| 1024 | 321 |
| 1025 | Rep. |
| 1026 | 330 |
| 1027 | 331 |
| 1028 | Rep. |
| 1029, 1030 | 331 |
| 1031, 1032 | 326 |
| 1033 | 322 |
| 1034 | T. 21 §967 |
| 1035 | T. 21 §968 |
| 1036 | T. 21 §969 |
| 1037 | T. 26 §7802 |
| 1038 | 323 |
| 1051 | 5311 |
| 1052(a)–(i) | 5312 |
| 1052(j) | 5319 |
| 1052(k) | Rep. |
| 1052(l) | 5312 |
| 1053 | 321 |
| 1054(a), (b)(1st sentence) | 5318 |
| 1054(b)(last sentence related to civil penalties) | 5321 |
| 1054(b)(last sentence related to criminal penalties) | 5322 |
| 1055 | 5318 |
| 1056 | 5321 |
| 1057 | 5320 |
| 1058, 1059 | 5322 |
| 1060 | Rep. |
| 1061 | 5319 |
| 1062 | Rep. |
| 1081–1083 | 5313 |
| 1101 | 5316 |
| 1102 | 5317 |
| 1103, 1104 | 5321 |
| 1105 | 5317 |
| 1121, 1122 | 5314 |
| 1141, 1142 | 5315 |
| 1143(a) | 5321 |
| 1143(b)(words before last comma) | 5320 |
| 1143(b)(words after last comma) | 5321 |
| 1151, 1152(a), (b) | 1112 |
| 1152(c)–(f) | 1113 |
| 1153(a)–(c) | 1113 |
| 1153(d) | 1112 |
| 1154(a)–(c) | 717 |
| 1154(d)(1st sentence) | 702 |
| 1154(d)(last sentence) | 731 |
| 1154(e) | 719 |
| 1155(a) | 702 |
| 1155(b) | 719 |
| 1156 | Rep. |
| 1157 | 717, 719, 720, 1112 |
| 1171–1174 | 719 |
| 1175(a) | 734 |
| 1175(b) | 719 |
| 1175(c) | 734 |
| 1176 | 720 |
| 1201 | 9302 |
| 1202 | 3530 |
| 1203, 1204 | Rep. |
| 1221 | 6702 |
| 1222, 1223 | Rep. |
| 1224(a)(1), (2)(related to trustee) | 6703 |
| 1224(a)(2)(related to report) | 6724 |
| 1224(b) | Rep. |
| 1224(c), (d), (e) | 6703 |
| 1225(a), (b) | 6707 |
| 1225(c) | Rep. |
| 1226(a)(1)(A) | 6705 |
| 1226(a)(1)(B) | 6707 |
| 1226(a)(2) | 6705 |
| 1226(b) | 6706 |
| 1226(c) | Rep. |
| 1227(a), (b)(1) | 6708 |
| 1227(b)(2), (3) | 6709 |
| 1227(b)(4) | 6708 |
| 1227(b)(5) | 6709 |
| 1227(b)(6), (7) | 6712 |
| 1227(c) | 6711 |
| 1227(d) | 6701 |
| 1227(e) | 6710 |
| 1228(a)(1) | 6713 |
| 1228(a)(2) | 6707 |
| 1228(a)(3) | 6701 |
| 1228(a)(4) | 6707 |
| 1228(a)(5) | 6702 |
| 1228(a)(6) | 6712 |
| 1228(a)(7) | 6713 |
| 1228(b) | 6707 |
| 1228(c)(1) | 6707 |
| 1228(c)(2)(A) | 6701 |
| 1228(c)(2)(B) | 6707 |
| 1228(d) | 6708 |
| 1228(e) | 6709 |
| 1228(f)(1) | 6707 |
| 1228(f)(2) | 6708 |
| 1228(f)(3), (last sentence) | 6709 |
| 1228(g) | 6707 |
| 1228(h) | 6713 |
| 1241(a) | 6724 |
| 1241(b), (c) | 6714 |
| 1241(d) | 6724 |
| 1241(e) | 6714, 6724 |
| 1241(f) | 6724 |
| 1241(g) | 6714 |
| 1242(a) | 6716 |
| 1242(b)(1)–(3)(B)(1st sentence) | 6717 |
| 1242(b)(3)(B)(2d sentence) | 6718 |
| 1242(b)(3)(B)(last sentence) | 6717 |
| 1242(b)(3)(C) | 6718 |
| 1242(b)(3)(D), (E) | 6717 |
| 1242(c)(1) | 6701 |
| 1242(c)(2), (3)(related to proceedings) | 6717 |
| 1242(c)(3)(related to suspensions and terminations) | 6718 |
| 1242(c)(4) | 6701 |
| 1242(d) | 6719 |
| 1242(e), (f) | 6718 |
| 1242(g) | 6720 |
| 1242(h) | 6716 |
| 1243(a), (b) | 6704 |
| 1243(c) | 6723 |
| 1243(d) | 6715 |
| 1243 note | 7301–7305 |
| 1244 | 6721 |
| 1245 | 6723 |
| 1261(a) | 6703, 6724 |
| 1261(b)(1)–(7) | Rep. |
| 1261(b)(8) | 6701 |
| 1261(c) | 6701 |
| 1262(a) | 321 |
| 1262(b) | Rep. |
| 1263 | 6722 |
| 1264 | 6713 |
| 1265 | Rep. |
| 1301 | T. 2 §621 |
| 1302 | T. 2 §622 |
| 1303 | T. 2 §623 |
| 1321 | T. 2 §631 |
| 1322 | T. 2 §632 |
| 1323 | T. 2 §633 |
| 1324 | T. 2 §634 |
| 1325 | T. 2 §635 |
| 1326 | T. 2 §636 |
| 1327 | T. 2 §637 |
| 1328 | T. 2 §638 |
| 1329 | T. 2 §639 |
| 1330 | T. 2 §640 |
| 1331 | T. 2 §641 |
| 1332 | T. 2 §642 |
| 1351 | T. 2 §651 |
| 1352 | T. 2 §652 |
| 1353 | T. 2 §653 |
| 1400 | T. 2 §681 |
| 1401 | T. 2 §682 |
| 1402 | T. 2 §683 |
| 1403 | T. 2 §684 |
| 1404 | T. 2 §685 |
| 1405 | T. 2 §686 |
| 1406 | T. 2 §687 |
| 1407 | T. 2 §688 |
| 1501–1510 | Rep. |
| 1521–1531 | Elim. |
| 1601 | 6902 |
| 1602 | 6903 |
| 1603 | 6904 |
| 1604 | 6903 |
| 1605 | 6902 |
| 1606 | 6901 |
| 1607 | 6906 |
| 1701 | 6101 |
| 1702 | Rep. |
| 1703 | 6102 |
| 1704(a)–(c) | 6103 |
| 1704(d), (e) | 6102 |
| 1705 | 6104 |
| 1706 | Rep. |
| 1707 | 6105 |
| 1801(a)(1) | 3902 |
| 1801(a)(2) | 3903 |
| 1801(b)–(d) | 3902 |
| 1802 | 3904 |
| 1803 | 3906 |
| 1804 | 3905 |
| 1805–1806 | 3901 |
Enacting Clause
Section 1 of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877, provided in part that: “Certain general and permanent laws of the United States, related to money and finance, are revised, codified, and enacted as title 31, United States Code, ‘Money and Finance’. . . .”
Legislative Purpose; Inconsistent Provisions
Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, provided that: “Sections 1–3 of this Act restate, without substantive change, laws enacted before April 16, 1982, that were replaced by those sections. Those sections may not be construed as making a substantive change in the laws replaced. Laws enacted after April 15, 1982, that are inconsistent with this Act supersede this Act to the extent of the inconsistency.”
References to Other Laws
Section 4(b) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, provided that: “A reference to a law replaced by sections 1–3 of this Act, including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law, is deemed to refer to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.”
Outstanding Orders, Rules, and Regulations
Section 4(c) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, provided that: “An order, rule, or regulation in effect under a law replaced by sections 1–3 of this Act continues in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded.”
Savings Provision
Section 4(d) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, provided that: “An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by sections 1–3 of this Act is deemed to have been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.”
Legislative Construction
Section 4(e) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, provided that: “An inference of a legislative construction is not to be drawn by reason of the location in the United States Code of a provision enacted by this Act or by reason of the caption or catchline of the provision.”
Severability
Section 4(f) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877, provided that: “If a provision enacted by this Act is held invalid, all valid provisions that are severable from the invalid provision remain in effect. If a provision of this Act is held invalid in any of its applications, the provision remains valid for all valid applications that are severable from any of the invalid applications.”
Repeals
Section 6(a) of Pub. L. 98–216, Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 7, provided that: “The repeal of a law enacted by this Act may not be construed as a legislative inference that the provision was or was not in effect before its repeal.”
Section 6(b) of Pub. L. 98–216, Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 7, repealed specified laws, except for rights and duties that matured, penalties that were incurred, and proceedings that were begun before Feb. 14, 1984.
Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 97–452, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2479, provided that: “The repeal of a law enacted by this Act may not be construed as a legislative inference that the provision was or was not in effect before its repeal.”
Section 4(b) of Pub. L. 97–452, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2480, repealed specified laws, except for rights and duties that matured, penalties that were incurred, and proceedings that were begun before Jan. 12, 1983.
Section 5(a) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, provided that: “The repeal of a law by this Act may not be construed as a legislative inference that the provision was or was not in effect before its repeal.”
Section 5(b) of Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, repealed the sections or parts thereof of the Revised Statutes or Statutes at Large codified in this title, except for rights and duties that matured, penalties that were incurred, and proceedings that were begun before Sept. 13, 1982.
Improvement of United States Code by Pub. L. 98–216; Legislative Purpose; Inconsistent Provisions; Corresponding Provisions; Savings and Separability of Provisions
Pub. L. 98–216, §5, Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 7, provided that:
“(a) Sections 1–4 of this Act restate, without substantive change, laws enacted before April 1, 1983, that were replaced by those sections. Sections 1–4 may not be construed as making a substantive change in the laws replaced. Laws enacted after March 31, 1983, that are inconsistent with this Act supersede this Act to the extent of the inconsistency.
“(b) A reference to a law replaced by sections 1–4 of this Act, including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law, is deemed to refer to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.
“(c) An order, rule, or regulation in effect under a law replaced by sections 1–4 of this Act continues in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded.
“(d) An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by sections 1–4 of this Act is deemed to have been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.
“(e) An inference of a legislative construction is not to be drawn by reason of the location in the United States Code of a provision enacted by this Act or by reason of the caption or catchline of the provision.
“(f) If a provision enacted by this Act is held invalid, all valid provisions that are severable from the invalid provision remain in effect. If a provision of this Act is held invalid in any of its applications, the provision remains valid for all valid applications that are severable from any of the invalid applications.”
Improvement of United States Code by Pub. L. 97–452; Legislative Purpose; Inconsistent Provisions; Corresponding Provisions; Savings and Separability of Provisions
Pub. L. 97–452, §3, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2479, provided that:
“(a) Sections 1 and 2 of this Act restate, without substantive change, laws enacted before December 1, 1982, that were replaced by those sections. Sections 1 and 2 may not be construed as making a substantive change in the laws replaced. Laws enacted after November 30, 1982, that are inconsistent with this Act supersede this Act to the extent of the inconsistency.
“(b) A reference to a law replaced by sections 1 and 2 of this Act, including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law, is deemed to refer to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.
“(c) An order, rule, or regulation in effect under a law replaced by sections 1 and 2 of this Act continues in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded.
“(d) An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by sections 1 and 2 of this Act is deemed to have been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.
“(e) An inference of a legislative construction is not to be drawn by reason of the location in the United States Code of a provision enacted by this Act or by reason of the caption or catchline of the provision.
“(f) If a provision enacted by this Act is held invalid, all valid provisions that are severable from the invalid provision remain in effect. If a provision of this Act is held invalid in any of its applications, the provision remains valid for all valid applications that are severable from any of the invalid applications.”
Title Referred to in Other Sections
This title is referred to in title 12 sections 93, 1464, 1722d, 1786, 1818; title 26 section 6050I; title 40 section 490b.
SUBTITLE I—GENERAL
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §205(b), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2845, added item for chapter 9.
CHAPTER 1—DEFINITIONS
§101. Agency
In this title, “agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 101 | (no source). |
The section is included to avoid the necessity for defining “agency” each time it is used in the revised title.
§102. Executive agency
In this title, “executive agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality in the executive branch of the United States Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 102 | (no source). |
The section is included to avoid the necessity for defining “executive agency” each time it is used in the revised title.
§103. United States
In this title, “United States”, when used in a geographic sense, means the States of the United States and the District of Columbia.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 103 | (no source). |
The section is included to avoid the necessity for defining “United States” each time it is used in the revised title.
CHAPTER 3—DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–296, title III, §312(l)(2), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1530, added item 333.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(a)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 352, added item 309 and redesignated former item 309 as 310.
1984—Pub. L. 98–302, §3(b), May 25, 1984, 98 Stat. 218, added item 332.
1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION
§301. Department of the Treasury
(a) The Department of the Treasury is an executive department of the United States Government at the seat of the Government.
(b) The head of the Department is the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
(c) The Department has a Deputy Secretary of the Treasury appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Deputy Secretary shall carry out—
(1) duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary; and
(2) the duties and powers of the Secretary when the Secretary is absent or unable to serve or when the office of Secretary is vacant.
(d) The Department has 2 Under Secretaries, an Under Secretary for Enforcement, 2 Deputy Under Secretaries, and a Treasurer of the United States, appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Department also has a Fiscal Assistant Secretary appointed by the Secretary. They shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary. The President may designate one Under Secretary as Counselor. When appointing each Deputy Under Secretary, the President may designate the Deputy Under Secretary as an Assistant Secretary.
(e) The Department has 7 Assistant Secretaries appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Assistant Secretaries shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary. The Assistant Secretaries appointed under this subsection are in addition to the Assistant Secretaries appointed under subsection (d) of this section.
(f)(1) The Department has a General Counsel appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The General Counsel is the chief law officer of the Department. Without regard to those provisions of title 5 governing appointment in the competitive service, the Secretary may appoint not more than 5 Assistant General Counsels. The Secretary may designate one of the Assistant General Counsels to act as the General Counsel when the General Counsel is absent or unable to serve or when the office of General Counsel is vacant. The General Counsel and Assistant General Counsels shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary.
(2) The President may appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, an Assistant General Counsel who shall be the Chief Counsel for the Internal Revenue Service. The Chief Counsel is the chief law officer for the Service and shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary.
(g) The Department shall have a seal.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 878; Pub. L. 98–594, §1(a), Oct. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 3129; Pub. L. 99–190, §141, Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1324; Pub. L. 103–211, title II, §2003(a), Feb. 12, 1994, 108 Stat. 24.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 301(a) | 31:1001(words before 1st comma). | R.S. §233. |
| 301(b) | 31:1001(words after 1st comma). | |
| 301(c) | 31:1004(related to Deputy Secretary). | Feb. 17, 1922, ch. 55(related to appointment and duties of Deputy and Under Secretaries), 42 Stat. 366; July 22, 1954, ch. 557, §3, 68 Stat. 496; restated May 18, 1972, Pub. L. 92–302, §1(a), 86 Stat. 148. |
| Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 22(related to appointment and duties of Deputy and Under Secretaries), 42 Stat. 1087. | ||
| Apr. 4, 1924, ch. 84(related to appointment and duties of Deputy and Under Secretaries), 43 Stat. 64. | ||
| 31:1005. | Feb. 17, 1922, ch. 55(related to vacancy in office of Secretary of the Treasury), 42 Stat. 366; restated May 18, 1972, Pub. L. 92–302, §1(a), 86 Stat. 149. | |
| Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 22(related to vacancy in office of Secretary of the Treasury), 42 Stat. 1087. | ||
| Apr. 4, 1924, ch. 84(related to vacancy in office of Secretary of the Treasury), 43 Stat. 64. | ||
| 301(d) | 31:141. | R.S. §301. |
| 31:1004(related to Under Secretaries). | ||
| 31:1005a(1st–3d sentences). | May 18, 1972, Pub. L. 92–302, §1(b), 86 Stat. 149. | |
| 5 App. | Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1940, eff. June 30, 1940, §1(a)(7)(1st sentence), 54 Stat. 1231. | |
| 301(e) | 31:1005a(last sentence). | |
| 31:1006. | R.S. §234; July 11, 1890, ch. 667, §1(1st par. under heading “Treasury Department”), 26 Stat. 236; Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 163, §1(1st par. under heading “Treasury Department”), 39 Stat. 1083; Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1940, eff. June 30, 1940, §1(d), 54 Stat. 1232; restated July 22, 1954, ch. 557, §4, 68 Stat. 496; July 8, 1963, Pub. L. 88–58, 77 Stat. 76; May 18, 1972, Pub. L. 92–302, §1(c), 86 Stat. 149. | |
| 31:1007. | R.S. §245. | |
| 301(f)(1) | 26:7801(b)(1), (2)(last sentence), (3). | Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, §7801(b), 68A Stat. 915; restated Sept. 22, 1959, Pub. L. 86–368, §1, 73 Stat. 647; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, §305(39), 78 Stat. 427; Oct. 4, 1976, Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(B), 90 Stat. 1834. |
| 31:1009. | May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §512(a), (c), 48 Stat. 758, 759. | |
| 301(f)(2) | 26:7801(b)(2)(1st, 2d sentences). | |
| 301(g) | 31:1010(related to seal). | R.S. §372(related to seal); May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §512(b), 48 Stat. 759. |
In subsection (a), the words “of the United States Government” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate” are added to conform with clause 2, section 2, of article II of the Constitution.
In subsection (c), the words “carry out” and “duties and powers” are substituted for “perform” and “duties”, respectively, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (1), the words “in the Office of the Secretary” in 31:1004 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement and for consistency. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:1005 to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (d), the words “in accordance with the civil-service laws” in section 1(a)(7)(1st sentence) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 (eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1232) are omitted as unnecessary because of title 5. The words “and shall receive a salary at the rate of $15,000 per annum” are omitted as superseded by 5:5316. The words “carry out” and “duties and powers” are substituted for “perform” and “duties”, respectively, in 31:1004 and 1005a for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “in the Office of the Secretary” in 31:1004 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement and for consistency. The words “of the Treasury” in 31:1005a are omitted for consistency with other titles of the Code and as being unnecessary.
In subsection (e), the words “of the Treasury” in 31:1006 and 1007 are omitted for consistency with other titles of the Code and as being unnecessary. The words “examine letters, contracts, and warrants prepared for the signature of the Secretary of the Treasury” and “by law” in 31:1007 are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “carry out” and “duties and powers” are substituted for “perform” and “duties”, respectively, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (f), the words “carry out” and “duties and powers” are substituted for “perform” and “duties”, respectively, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The text of 26:7801(b)(3) is omitted as unnecessary because of 5:3101. The words “is absent or unable to serve or when the office of General Counsel is vacant” are substituted for “during the absence of” for clarity and consistency. The text of 31:1009(less (a)(6th sentence)) is omitted as superseded by 26:7801(b) as restated in this subsection.
In subsection (f)(1), the words “governing appointment in the competitive service” are substituted for “civil service laws” to conform to 5:2102.
In subsection (g), the words “The General Counsel . . . shall have charge” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in subsection (b) of this section and section 321(c) of the revised title.
References in Text
The provisions of title 5 governing appointment in the competitive service, referred to in subsec. (f)(1), are classified generally to section 3301 et seq. of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–211 inserted “an Under Secretary for Enforcement,” after “2 Under Secretaries,”.
1985—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–190 substituted “2 Under Secretaries” for “an Under Secretary, an Under Secretary for Monetary Affairs” and “The President may designate one Under Secretary as Counselor” for “When appointing the Under Secretary, the President may designate the Under Secretary as Counselor”.
1984—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–594 substituted “7” for “5”.
Establishment of Office of the Undersecretary for Enforcement
Pub. L. 103–123, title I, §105, Oct. 28, 1993, 107 Stat. 1234, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall establish an Office of the Undersecretary for Enforcement within the Department of the Treasury by no later than February 15, 1994.”
Compensation and Emoluments of Secretary of the Treasury at Level in Effect on January 1, 1989; Actions Challenging Appointment on Constitutional Grounds
Pub. L. 103–2, Jan. 19, 1993, 107 Stat. 4, provided: “That (a) the compensation and other emoluments attached to the office of Secretary of the Treasury shall be those in effect January 1, 1989, notwithstanding any increase in such compensation or emoluments after that date under—
“(1) the Ethics Reform Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–194) [see Tables for classification] or any other provision of law amended by that Act; or
“(2) any other provision of law, or provision which has the force and effect of law, that is enacted or becomes effective during the period beginning at noon of January 3, 1989, and ending at noon of January 3, 1995.
“(b)(1) Any person aggrieved by an action of the Secretary of the Treasury may bring a civil action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia to contest the constitutionality of the appointment and continuance in office of the Secretary of the Treasury on the ground that such appointment and continuance in office is in violation of article I, section 6, clause 2, of the Constitution. The United States District Court for the District of Columbia shall have exclusive jurisdiction over such a civil action, without regard to the sum or value of the matter in controversy.
“(2) Any claim challenging the constitutionality of the appointment and continuance in office of the Secretary of the Treasury on the ground that such appointment and continuance in office is in violation of article I, section 6, clause 2, of the Constitution, in an action brought under paragraph (1) shall be heard and determined by a panel of three judges in accordance with section 2284 of title 28, United States Code. It shall be the duty of the district court to advance on the docket and to expedite the disposition of any matter brought under this subsection.
“(3)(A) An appeal may be taken directly to the Supreme Court of the United States from any interlocutory or final judgment, decree, or order upon the validity of the appointment and continuance in office of the Secretary of the Treasury under article I, section 6, clause 2, of the Constitution, entered in any action brought under this subsection. Any such appeal shall be taken by a notice of appeal filed within 20 days after such judgment, decree, or order is entered.
“(B) The Supreme Court shall, if it has not previously ruled on the question presented by an appeal taken pursuant to subparagraph (A), accept jurisdiction over the appeal, advance the appeal on the docket, and expedite the appeal.
“(c) This joint resolution shall become effective at 12:00 p.m., January 20, 1993.”
Duties and Functions of Department of the Treasury
Nothing in Pub. L. 101–576 [see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of this title] to be construed to interfere with exercise of functions, duties, and responsibilities of Department of the Treasury, as in effect immediately before Nov. 15, 1990, see section 204 of Pub. L. 101–576, set out as a note under section 501 of this title.
Designation of Officers To Act as Secretary of the Treasury
Designation of officers of Treasury Department to act as Secretary of Treasury, during any period when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, either the Secretary of Treasury or his Deputy Secretary is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the office of the Secretary, see Ex. Ord. No. 11822, Dec. 10, 1974, 39 F.R. 43275, set out as a note under section 3347 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Cross References
Classification and pay of employees, see sections 5101 et seq. and 5331 et seq. of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Compensation of Secretary and other officers, see section 5312 et seq. of Title 5.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 306 of this title; title 12 sections 482, 1462a; title 26 section 7801.
§302. Treasury of the United States
The United States Government has a Treasury of the United States. The Treasury is in the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 879.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 302 | 31:472. | R.S. §3591. |
The section is substituted for the source provisions to eliminate unnecessary words and because of subsequent laws and the restatement in the revised title about the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury and coins, currency, accounts, depositaries, and public debt of the United States Government.
§303. Bureau of Engraving and Printing
(a) The Bureau of Engraving and Printing is a bureau in the Department of the Treasury.
(b) The head of the Bureau is the Director of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Director—
(1) shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary; and
(2) reports directly to the Secretary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 879.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 303 | 31:171. | June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1(4th proviso on p. 18), 30 Stat. 18. |
In subsection (a), the words “a bureau in the Department of the Treasury” are added for clarity and consistency in chapter 3 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the first sentence is substituted for the words before the first comma because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. Clause (1) is substituted for “subject to the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “and be responsible” are omitted as being included in “reports directly to” and because of section 301 of the revised title.
§304. United States Mint
(a) The United States Mint is a bureau in the Department of the Treasury.
(b)(1) The head of the Mint is the Director of the Mint. The Director is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The term of the Director is 5 years. The President may remove the Director from office. On removal, the President shall send a message to the Senate giving the reasons for removal.
(2) The Director shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 879; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §225(a), (b)(1), (2), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1629.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 304(a) | 31:251(1st sentence less words after 1st comma). | R.S. §343(less 1st sentence words after 1st comma). |
| 304(b)(1) | 31:251(2d sentence words before comma, last sentence). | |
| 304(b)(2) | 31:251(2d sentence words after comma). |
In subsection (b)(1), the word “head” is substituted for “chief officer” in 31:251 for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “is” is substituted for “shall be denominated” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “The Director shall carry out duties and powers prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “and shall be under the general direction of the Secretary of the Treasury” for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(2), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau of the Mint” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(a), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau of the Mint”.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(1), substituted “head of the Mint” for “head of the Bureau”.
§305. Federal Financing Bank
The Federal Financing Bank, established under section 4 of the Federal Financing Bank Act of 1973 (12 U.S.C. 2283), is subject to the direction and supervision of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 879.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 305 | (no source). |
The section is included to provide in subchapter I of chapter 3 of the revised title a complete list of the organizational units established by law that are in the Department of the Treasury or are subject to the direction and supervision of the Secretary of the Treasury.
§306. Fiscal Service
(a) The Fiscal Service is a service in the Department of the Treasury.
(b) The head of the Fiscal Service is the Fiscal Assistant Secretary appointed under section 301(d) of this title.
(c) The Fiscal Service has a—
(1) Bureau of Government Financial Operations, having as its head a Commissioner of Government Financial Operations; and
(2) Bureau of the Public Debt, having as its head a Commissioner of the Public Debt.
(d) The Secretary of the Treasury may designate another officer of the Department to act as the Fiscal Assistant Secretary when the Fiscal Assistant Secretary is absent or unable to serve or when the office of Fiscal Assistant Secretary is vacant.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 879.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 306 | 5 App. | Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1940, eff. June 30, 1940, §1(less (a)(7)(1st sentence), (d)), 54 Stat. 1231. |
In subsection (a), the word “service” is substituted for “agency” in section 1(a)(1)(words before last comma) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 (eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1232) for consistency in the revised title. The words related to the organizational units being consolidated into the Fiscal Service are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the text of section 1(a)(7)(2d sentence) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 is omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 301(d) of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the words “Office of the Fiscal Assistant Secretary” in section 1(a)(2) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 are omitted as unnecessary and for consistency in chapter 3 of the revised title. The words “the Office of the Treasurer of the United States” are omitted because this office is no longer in the Fiscal Service. See Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The words “Bureau of Government Financial Operations” are substituted for “Bureau of Accounts” because of Treasury Order 229 and appropriation Acts beginning with fiscal year 1975. The text of section 1(a)(2)(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 301 of the revised title. The words “Commissioner of Government Financial Operations” are substituted for “Commissioner of Accounts and Deposits” in section 1(a)(3) of the Reorganization Plan because of Treasury Order 229 and appropriation Acts beginning with fiscal year 1975. The words before the last comma are omitted as executed. The words related to the organizational units, in section 1(a)(4) of the Reorganization Plan, that are being consolidated into the Bureau of the Public Debt are omitted as executed.
Subsection (d) is substituted for the text of section 1(a)(7)(last sentence) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 for consistency in the revised title. The text of section 1(a)(5) and (6), (b), and (c) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title.
Reimbursement of Financial Management Service From Social Security Trust Funds and by Internal Revenue Service and National Finance Center
Pub. L. 102–393, title I, §105, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1737, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, beginning October 1, 1992, and thereafter, the Financial Management Service (FMS) shall be reimbursed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the Department of Agriculture, National Finance Center (NFC), for the postage costs the FMS incurs to make check payments on behalf of the IRS and the NFC.”
Pub. L. 101–136, title I, §104, Nov. 3, 1989, 103 Stat. 789, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, beginning October 1, 1990, and thereafter, the Financial Management Service shall be fully and directly reimbursed from the Social Security Trust Funds for the costs it incurs in the issuance of Social Security Trust Funds benefit payments, including all physical costs associated with payment preparation and postage costs. Such direct reimbursement shall also be made for all other trust and special funds which are the recipients of services performed by the Financial Management Service and which prior to enactment of this provision [Nov. 3, 1989] reimburse the General Fund of the Treasury for such services.”
§307. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, established under section 324 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 1), is an office in the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 880.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 307 | (no source). |
The section is included to provide in subchapter I of chapter 3 of the revised title a complete list of the organizational units established by law that are in the Department of the Treasury or are subject to the direction and supervision of the Secretary of the Treasury. The title “Office of the Comptroller of the Currency” and the word “office” are used to reflect the name that this organizational unit of the Department of the Treasury historically has been given.
§308. United States Customs Service
The United States Customs Service, established under section 1 of the Act of March 3, 1927 (19 U.S.C. 2071), is a service in the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 880.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 308 | (no source). |
The section is included to provide in subchapter I of chapter 3 of the revised title a complete list of the organizational units established by law that are in the Department of the Treasury or are subject to the direction and supervision of the Secretary of the Treasury.
Change of Name
Bureau of Customs redesignated United States Customs Service by Treasury Department Order 165–23, Apr. 4, 1973, eff. Aug. 1, 1973, 38 F.R. 13037.
§309. Office of Thrift Supervision
The Office of Thrift Supervision established under section 3(a) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act shall be an office in the Department of the Treasury.
(Added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(a)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 352; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(A), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1361.)
References in Text
Section 3(a) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, referred to in text, is classified to section 1462a(a) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 309 was renumbered section 310 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “section 3(a)” for “section 2A(a)”.
§310. Continuing in office
When the term of office of an officer of the Department of the Treasury ends, the officer may continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 880, §309; renumbered §310, Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(a)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 352.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 309 | 31:1016. | Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 187(1st par. under heading “Treasury Department”), 28 Stat. 844. |
In the section, the words “When the term of office . . . ends” are substituted for “whose terms of office have expired or shall expire” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “may continue to serve” are substituted for “The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to pay”, “and who have been performing or shall perform the duties of their respective offices after the date of such expiration”, and “the salary, compensation, fees, or emoluments authorized or provided by law in each case for the respective incumbents of the offices” because of 25 Op. Atty. Gen. 636 (1906) and for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The words “until a successor is appointed and qualified” are substituted for “before the appointment and qualification of their successors” and 31:1016(last sentence) for consistency with other titles of the Code.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 renumbered section 309 of this title as this section.
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
§321. General authority of the Secretary
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) prepare plans for improving and managing receipts of the United States Government and managing the public debt;
(2) carry out services related to finances that the Secretary is required to perform;
(3) issue warrants for money drawn on the Treasury consistent with appropriations;
(4) mint coins, engrave and print currency and security documents, and refine and assay bullion, and may strike medals;
(5) prescribe regulations that the Secretary considers best calculated to promote the public convenience and security, and to protect the Government and individuals from fraud and loss, that apply to anyone who may—
(A) receive for the Government, Treasury notes, United States notes, or other Government securities; or
(B) be engaged or employed in preparing and issuing those notes or securities;
(6) collect receipts;
(7) with a view to prosecuting persons, take steps to discover fraud and attempted fraud involving receipts and decide on ways to prevent and detect fraud; and
(8) maintain separate accounts of taxes received in each State, territory, and possession of the United States, and collection district, with each account listing—
(A) each kind of tax;
(B) the amount of each tax; and
(C) the money paid as pay and allowances to officers and employees of the Department collecting taxes in that State, territory, possession, or district.
(b) The Secretary may—
(1) prescribe regulations to carry out the duties and powers of the Secretary;
(2) delegate duties and powers of the Secretary to another officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury;
(3) transfer within the Department the records, property, officers, employees, and unexpended balances of appropriations, allocations, and amounts of the Department that the Secretary considers necessary to carry out a delegation made under clause (2) of this subsection;
(4) detail, in addition to details authorized under another law, not more than 6 officers and employees of the Department at any one time to enforce the laws related to the Department, except that of those 6 officers and employees not more than 4 officers and employees—
(A) paid from the appropriations for the collection of customs may be so detailed;
(B) paid from the appropriations for internal revenue may be so detailed; and
(C) paid from the appropriations for suppressing counterfeiting and other crimes may be so detailed;
(5) authorize, at rates and under conditions prescribed by the Secretary, the private use of telephone lines controlled by the Department when the use does not interfere with Department business; and
(6) buy arms and ammunition required by officers and employees of the Department in carrying out their duties and powers.
(c) Duties and powers of officers and employees of the Department are vested in the Secretary except duties and powers—
(1) vested by subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5 in administrative law judges employed by the Secretary;
(2) of the Comptroller of the Currency; and
(3) of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision;
(d)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury may accept, hold, administer, and use gifts and bequests of property, both real and personal, for the purpose of aiding or facilitating the work of the Department of the Treasury. Gifts and bequests of money and the proceeds from sales of other property received as gifts or bequests shall be deposited in the Treasury in a separate fund and shall be disbursed on order of the Secretary of the Treasury. Property accepted under this paragraph, and the proceeds thereof, shall be used as nearly as possible in accordance with the terms of the gift or bequest.
(2) For purposes of the Federal income, estate, and gift taxes, property accepted under paragraph (1) shall be considered as a gift or bequest to or for the use of the United States.
(3) The Secretary of the Treasury may invest and reinvest the fund in public debt securities with maturities suitable for the needs of the fund and bearing interest at rates determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities. Income accruing from the securities, and from any other property accepted under paragraph (1), shall be deposited to the credit of the fund, and shall be disbursed on order of the Secretary of the Treasury for purposes as nearly as possible in accordance with the terms of the gifts or bequests.
(4) The Secretary of the Treasury shall, not less frequently than annually, make a public disclosure of the amount (and sources) of the gifts and bequests received under this subsection, and the purposes for which amounts in the separate fund established under this subsection are expended.
(e)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 880; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §445, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 816; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(b), (d), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 353.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 321(a)(1)– (3) | 31:1002(less words between 1st and 2d semicolons and between 4th and 5th semicolons). | R.S. §248(less words between 4th and 5th semicolons). |
| 321(a)(4) | (no source). | |
| 321(a)(5) | 31:427. | R.S. §251(words after “Treasury” and before “shall prescribe forms of entries”). |
| 321(a)(6) | 31:1002(words between 1st and 2d semicolons). | |
| 321(a)(7) | 31:1011. | R.S. §376; May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §512(b), 48 Stat. 759. |
| 321(a)(8) | 31:1024. | R.S. §§239, 261; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1(3d complete par. on p. 317), 18 Stat. 317; Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 770, §1(48), 60 Stat. 870. |
| 321(b)(1) | 31:127. | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 796, §5, 54 Stat. 1087. |
| 31:317f. | Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 767, §7, 56 Stat. 1066. | |
| 31:397. | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §107, 79 Stat. 255. | |
| 31:528(d). | R.S. §3646(d); July 8, 1937, ch. 444, §9, 50 Stat. 483; restated Dec. 3, 1945, ch. 515, §1, 59 Stat. 593. | |
| 31:564. | Nov. 21, 1941, ch. 489, §5, 55 Stat. 778; Dec. 22, 1974, Pub. L. 93–539, §1(a) (related to §4), 88 Stat. 1738. | |
| 31:1053. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §204, 84 Stat. 1120. | |
| 31:1262(a). | Oct. 20, 1972, Pub. L. 92–512, §142(a), 86 Stat. 935. | |
| 321(b)(2), (3) | 31:1001(note). | Reorg. Plan No. 26 of 1950, eff. July 31, 1950, §§2, 4, 64 Stat. 1281. |
| 321(b)(4) | 31:1017. | June 12, 1917, ch. 27, §1(4th par. under heading “Miscellaneous Objects, Treasury Department”), 40 Stat. 118; Mar. 4, 1921, ch. 161, §1(1st par. under heading “Miscellaneous Objects, Treasury Department”), 41 Stat. 1374. |
| 321(b)(5) | 31:486. | Apr. 28, 1904, ch. 1762, §1(proviso immediately before heading “Revenue-Cutter Service”), 33 Stat. 460. |
| 321(b)(6) | 31:1023(a). | June 1, 1955, ch. 119, §1(a), 69 Stat. 82. |
| 321(c) | 31:1001(note). | Reorg. Plan No. 26 of 1950, eff. July 31, 1950, §1(a), (b), 64 Stat. 1280. |
In subsection (a)(1)–(3), the words between the 2d and 3d semicolons are omitted as superseded by section 3512 of the revised title.
In subsection (a)(1), the word “digest” is omitted as being included in “prepare”. The word “receipts” is substituted for “revenue”, and the words “managing the public debt” are substituted for “for the support of the public credit”, for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “carry out” are substituted for “generally shall perform” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “that the Secretary is required” are substituted for “as he shall be directed” because of the restatement.
In subsection (a)(3), the word “issue” is substituted for “shall grant” for consistency. The words “under limitations herein established or to be provided” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “consistent” is substituted for “in pursuance of”, and the words “by law” are omitted, for consistency.
Subsection (a)(4) is included to reflect all the major duties of the Secretary of the Treasury. See chapter 51 of the revised title.
In subsection (a)(5), before subclause (A), the words “prescribe regulations” are substituted for “make and issue from time to time such instructions and regulations” for consistency in the revised title and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “applicable to anyone” are substituted for “to the several collectors, receivers, depositaries, officers, and others” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. In subclause (A), the words “for the Government” are inserted because section 8 of the Act of June 30, 1864 (ch. 172, 13 Stat. 221), from which section 251 of the Revised Statutes is derived, used the phrase “in behalf of the United States”. In subclause (B), the words “those notes and securities” are substituted for “the same” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(6), the word “collect” is substituted for “superintend the collection” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The word “receipts” is substituted for “revenue” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a)(7), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “General Counsel of the Department of the Treasury, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in subsection (c) of this section. The words “with a view to prosecuting persons” are substituted for “for the prosecution of persons charged with the commission thereof” for clarity. The words “take steps to discover fraud and attempted fraud” are substituted for “take cognizance of all frauds or attempted frauds” for clarity. The words “involving receipts” are substituted for “upon the revenue” for consistency in the revised title. The words “decide on ways to prevent and detect fraud” are substituted for “exercise a general supervision over the measures for their prevention and detection” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(8), before subclause (A), the word “maintain” is substituted for “shall be kept” for consistency. The words “all moneys” and “internal” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “duties or” are omitted as being included in “taxes”. The word “possession” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “listing” is substituted for “so as to exhibit, as far as may be” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. In subclause (A), the word “kind” is substituted for “species” for consistency. The words “that shall accrue” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (B), the words “each tax” are substituted for “each source of revenue” for clarity. In subclause (C), the word “pay” is substituted for “compensation” for consistency. The words “officers and employees” are substituted for “collectors and deputy collectors, inspectors, and other officers” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
Subsection (b)(1) is included as a general statement of the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe regulations to avoid repeating each time specific authority of the Secretary to carry out certain provisions of law.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “make such provisions” in 31:1001(note) are omitted as unnecessary. The words “or by any agency” are omitted and the words “duties and powers” are substituted for “function”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “including any function transferred to the Secretary by the provisions of this reorganization plan” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b)(3), the word “effect ” is omitted as unnecessary. The words “(available or to be made available)” are omitted as surplus. The words “delegation made under clause (2) of this subsection” are substituted for “provisions of this reorganization plan” because the only provision of Reorganization Plan No. 26 of 1950 (eff. July 31, 1950, 64 Stat. 1281) that continues to have legal effect is section 2 that is restated in clause (2).
In subsection (b)(4), before subclause (A), the word “detail” is substituted for “to use for, and in connection with” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “in addition to details authorized under another law” are substituted for 31:1017(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words and because subsequent laws would also provide additional authority to detail. The words “and the several branches of the public service under its control” are omitted as being included in “Department”. The words “officers and employees” are substituted for “persons” for clarity and consistency in the revised title. In subclause (B), the words “agents or from the appropriation for the foregoing purpose” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(5), the words “the proceeds thereof to be accounted for and paid into the Treasury of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 3302 of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(6), the word “buy” is substituted for “make expenditures” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “officers or employees” are substituted for “civilian employees”, and the words “in carrying out their duties and powers” are substituted for “in the performance of their official duties”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
Amendments
1989—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 101–73, §307(b), added par. (3).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–73, §307(d), added subsec. (e).
1984—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–369 added subsec. (d).
Emergency Preparedness Functions
For assignment of certain emergency preparedness functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see Parts 1, 2, and 15 of Ex. Ord. No. 12656, Nov. 18, 1988, 53 F.R. 47491, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
§322. Working capital fund
(a) The Department of the Treasury has a working capital fund. Amounts in the fund are available for expenses of operating and maintaining common administrative services of the Department that the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, decides may be carried out more advantageously and more economically as central services.
(b) Amounts in the fund remain available until expended. Amounts may be appropriated to the fund.
(c) The fund consists of—
(1) amounts appropriated to the fund;
(2) to the extent transferred to the fund by the Secretary, the reasonable value of supply inventories, equipment, and other assets and inventories on order for providing services out of amounts in the fund, less related liabilities and unpaid obligations;
(3) amounts received from the sale or exchange of property; and
(4) payments received for loss or damage to property of the fund.
(d) The fund shall be reimbursed, or credited with advance payments, from amounts available to the Department or from other sources, for supplies and services at rates that will equal the expenses of operation, including accrual of annual leave and the depreciation of plant and equipment. Amounts the Secretary decides are in excess of the needs of the fund shall be deposited at the end of each fiscal year in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 881; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §442, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 816.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 322(a) | 31:1033(1st sentence less words between 1st and 3d commas, 2d sentence 1st–9th words). | Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–614, §401, 84 Stat. 1846. |
| 322(b) | 31:1033(1st sentence words between 1st and 3d commas, last sentence). | |
| 322(c) | 31:1033(2d sentence less 1st–9th words, 4th sentence). | |
| 322(d) | 31:1033(3d, 5th sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “Amounts in the fund are available” are added because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “Amounts in the fund remain available until expended” are substituted for “shall be available, without fiscal year limitation” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “amounts appropriated to the fund” are substituted for “any appropriations made for the purpose of providing capital” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (2), the word “reasonable” is substituted for “fair and reasonable” because it is inclusive.
In subsection (d), the words “other Federal agencies” are omitted because they are included in “other sources”.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out provision placing a $1,000,000 limitation on fund.
§323. Investment of operating cash
(a) To manage United States cash, the Secretary of the Treasury may invest any part of the operating cash of the Treasury for not more than 90 days. Investments may be made in obligations of—
(1) depositaries maintaining Treasury tax and loan accounts secured by pledged collateral acceptable to the Secretary; and
(2) the United States Government.
(b) Subsection (a) of this section does not—
(1) require the Secretary to invest a cash balance held in a particular account; or
(2) permit the Secretary to require the sale of obligations by a particular person, dealer, or financial institution.
(c) The Secretary shall consider the prevailing market in prescribing rates of interest for investments under subsection (a)(1) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 882.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 323(a) | 31:1038(1st sentence less 1st, 2d provisos). | Oct. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–147, §1, 91 Stat. 1227. |
| 323(b) | 31:1038(1st, 2d provisos). | |
| 323(c) | 31:1038(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “To manage United States cash” are substituted for “for cash management purposes” for clarity. In clause (1), the words “as security for tax and loan accounts” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “agencies of the United States” are omitted as being included in “the Government”.
In subsection (c), the words “Investments in obligations of depositaries maintaining such accounts” and “rates of interest” (the 2d time they appear) are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
§324. Disposing and extending the maturity of obligations
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may—
(1) dispose of obligations—
(A) acquired by the Secretary for the United States Government; or
(B) delivered by an executive agency; and
(2) make arrangements to extend the maturity of those obligations.
(b) The Secretary may dispose or extend the maturity of obligations under subsection (a) of this section in the way, in amounts, at prices (for cash, obligations, property, or a combination of cash, obligations, or property), and on conditions the Secretary considers advisable and in the public interest.
(c) The authority under this section is in addition to authority under another law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 882; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §444, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 816.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 324(a) | 31:741a(a)(1st sentence words before 9th comma). | Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §5, 59 Stat. 48. |
| 324(b) | 31:741a(a)(1st sentence words after 9th comma, last sentence). | |
| 324(c) | 31:741a(b). |
In the section, the words “sell, exchange” are omitted as being included in “dispose”. The word “obligations” is substituted for “bonds, notes, or other securities” for consistency in the revised title. The words “under judicial process or otherwise” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Notwithstanding the provisions of section 302 of title 40” are omitted as unnecessary and because section 302 was repealed by section 1(95) of the Act of October 31, 1951 (ch. 654, 65 Stat. 705). In clause (2), the words “those obligations” are substituted for “thereof” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary may dispose or extend the maturity of obligations under subsection (a) of this section” are added for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “combination of cash, obligations, or property” are substituted for “or any combination thereof” for clarity. The words “terms and conditions” are omitted as being included in “on conditions”. The words “under the authority of this section” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Subsection (c) is substituted for 31:741a(b) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out provision that the Secretary could not dispose of obligations of one issuer, held by the Secretary at one time, having on the date of disposal a total face or par value of more than $1,000,000 or, if no-par obligations, a stated or book value of more than $1,000,000.
§325. International affairs authorization
(a) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary may provide officers and employees of the Department of the Treasury carrying out international affairs duties and powers of the Department with allowances and benefits comparable to those provided under chapter 9 of title I of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 4081 et seq.).
(b) The following amounts may be appropriated to the Secretary for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982:
(1) not more than $22,896,000 to carry out the international affairs duties and powers of the Department (including amounts for official functions and reception and representation expenses).
(2) not more than $1,000,000 for increases in—
(A) pay, under section 5382(c) and subchapter I of chapter 53 of title 5 (except section 5305, or corresponding prior provision of such title), of officers and employees carrying out the duties and powers referred to in clause (1) of this subsection;
(B) departmental contributions attributable to those pay increases; and
(C) allowances and benefits, because of cost of living increases, provided under subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Necessary amounts may be appropriated to the Secretary for each fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1982—
(1) to carry out the international affairs duties and powers of the Department (including amounts for official functions and reception and representation expenses);
(2) for increases in—
(A) pay, under section 5382(c) and subchapter I of chapter 53 of title 5 (except section 5303), of officers and employees carrying out the duties and powers referred to in clause (1) of this subsection;
(B) departmental contributions attributable to those pay increases; and
(C) allowances and benefits, because of cost of living increases, provided under subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 882; Pub. L. 101–509, title V, §529 [title I, §101(b)(3)(D)], Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1427, 1439.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 325(a) | 31:822a(d). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, 48 Stat. 337, §10(d); added Nov. 8, 1978, Pub. L. 95–612, §2, 92 Stat. 3091; Oct. 17, 1980, Pub. L. 96–465, §2206(f), 94 Stat. 2163. |
| 325(b), (c) | (uncodified). | Nov. 8, 1978, Pub. L. 95–612, §5, 92 Stat. 3092; Aug. 8, 1979, Pub. L. 96–47, 93 Stat. 344; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §382(a), 95 Stat. 432. |
In the section, the words “international affairs duties and powers” are substituted for “international affairs functions” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “officers and employees” are substituted for “personnel” and “employees” as being more precise.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “fiscal year ending September 30, 1982” are substituted for “fiscal year 1982” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. In clause (2), the word “pay” is substituted for “salaries” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “departmental” is substituted for “agency” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “those pay increases” are substituted for “thereto” for clarity.
Subsection (c) is substituted for the words “and such sums as may be necessary for each fiscal year thereafter” both times they appear.
Amendments
1990—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 101–509 substituted “(except section 5305, or corresponding prior provision of such title)” for “(except section 5303)”.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–509 effective on such date as the President shall determine, but not earlier than 90 days, and not later than 180 days, after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 529 [title III, §305] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out as a note under section 5301 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Study on Role of Gold in Domestic and International Monetary Systems; Establishment of Commission; Report to Congress; Availability of Appropriations
Pub. L. 96–389, §10, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1555, as amended Pub. L. 97–47, §2, Sept. 30, 1981, 95 Stat. 954, provided that the Secretary of the Treasury establish and chair a commission consisting of three members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, two members of the Council of Economic Advisors, and four private citizens with business, finance, or academic backgrounds, to be designated by the Secretary, and one majority and one minority member each from the Joint Economic Committee, the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, and the House Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs to be designated by the Speaker of the House and the President of the Senate, respectively. The commission was to conduct a study to assess and make recommendations with regard to the policy of the United States Government concerning the role of gold in domestic and international monetary systems, and transmit to Congress a report containing its findings and recommendations not later than March 31, 1982. Sums appropriated pursuant to section 5 of Public Law 95–612 [Pub. L. 95–612, §5, Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3092, which was not classified to the Code] were made available to the commission to carry out its functions.
§326. Availability of appropriations for certain expenses
(a) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, an appropriation for the Department of the Treasury available to pay travel expenses also is available to pay expenses to attend meetings of organizations related to the function or activity for which the appropriation is made.
(b) The Secretary may approve reimbursement to agents on protective missions for subsistence expenses authorized by law without regard to rates and amounts established under section 5702 of title 5.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 99–234, title I, §107(e), Jan. 2, 1986, 99 Stat. 1759.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 326(a) | 31:1031. | June 1, 1955, ch. 113, §102, 69 Stat. 76. |
| 326(b) | 31:1032. | Sept. 29, 1969, Pub. L. 91–74, §102(1st par.), 83 Stat. 118. |
In subsection (a), the words “On and after June 1, 1955,” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the words “On and after September 29, 1969,” are omitted as executed.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–234 substituted “rates and amounts” for “rates”.
Effective Date of 1986 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–234 effective (1) on the effective date of regulations to be promulgated not later than 150 days after Jan. 2, 1986, or (2) 180 days after Jan. 2, 1986, whichever occurs first, see section 301(a) of Pub. L. 99–234, set out as a note under section 5701 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§327. Advancements and reimbursements for services
(a) In this section, “service” includes service provided in—
(1) disbursing and receiving amounts.
(2) servicing bonds.
(3) making accounts.
(4) maintaining bank accounts.
(b) When the Secretary of the Treasury provides a service for an agency (except the Department of the Treasury) for which amounts have not been appropriated to the Department, the agency may advance for credit or reimburse the Department the amounts necessary to provide the service. Notwithstanding section 3302 of this title, amounts advanced or reimbursed may be credited to the appropriation of the Department that is current when the service is provided.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 883.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 327(a) | 31:157(c)(2). | Aug. 14, 1950, ch. 705, 64 Stat. 440. |
| 327(b) | 31:157(a)–(c)(1). |
In the section, the word “amounts” is substituted for “funds” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “shall not be limited to” are omitted as surplus. The words “disbursing and receiving” are substituted for “collection and disbursement”, the word “making” is substituted for “rendition of”, and the word “maintaining” is substituted for “keeping”, for consistency in the revised title. The word “checking” is omitted as being included in “bank”.
In subsection (b), the words “When the Secretary of the Treasury provides a service” are substituted for “When any service authorized by law and directed by the Secretary of the Treasury is performed or to be performed” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “by the Fiscal Service or the Office of the Treasurer of the United States of the Department of the Treasury” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “agency (except the Department of the Treasury)” are substituted for 31:157(c)(1) for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “reimburse” is substituted for “pay”, and the words “advanced or reimbursed” are substituted for “transferred”, for clarity and because of the restatement.
§328. Accounts and payments of former disbursing officials
(a) If a chief disbursing official or a director of a disbursing center of the Department of the Treasury dies, resigns, or leaves office, the deputy chief disbursing official or the deputy director of the disbursing center designated by the Secretary of the Treasury may continue the accounts and payments in the name of the former disbursing official or director through the last day of the 2d month after the month in which the death, resignation, or separation occurs. The accounts and payments shall be allowed, audited, and settled as provided by law. The Secretary shall honor checks signed in the name of the former disbursing official or director in the same way as if the former disbursing official or director had continued in office.
(b) Only the deputy chief or deputy director designated under subsection (a) of this section is liable for actions taken in the name of the former disbursing official under subsection (a).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 883.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 328(a) | 31:1014(1st, 2d sentences). | Dec. 24, 1942, ch. 821, 56 Stat. 1086; restated Aug. 1, 1947, ch. 438, 61 Stat. 717; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(dd), 86 Stat. 213. |
| 328(b) | 31:1014(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “director of a disbursing center” are substituted for “any regional disbursing officer of the Fiscal Service, Treasury Department” to reflect the title of the position now presently authorized. The words “dies, resigns, or leaves office” are substituted for “In case of the death or of the resignation or separation from office” for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The words “designated by an official of the Treasury Department authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury to make such designation” are omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The word “through” is substituted for “for a period of time not to extend beyond” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “as provided by law” are substituted for “in the General Accounting Office”, for consistency with other titles of the Code. The word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 31:1014(last sentence) for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
§329. Limitations on outside activities
(a)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury and the Treasurer may not—
(A) be involved in trade or commerce;
(B) own any part of a vessel (except a pleasure vessel);
(C) buy or hold as a beneficiary in trust public property;
(D) be involved in buying or disposing of obligations of a State or the United States Government; and
(E) personally take or use a benefit gained from conducting business of the Department of the Treasury except as authorized by law.
(2) An officer violating this subsection shall be fined $3,000, removed from office, and thereafter may not hold an office of the Government.
(3) An individual (except prosecutors) giving information leading to the prosecution and conviction of an individual violating this subsection shall receive $1,500 of the fine when paid.
(b)(1) An officer or employee of the Department (except the Secretary or Treasurer) may not—
(A) carry on a trade or business in the funds, debts, or property of a State or the Government; and
(B) personally use a benefit gained from conducting business of the Department.
(2) An officer or employee violating this subsection shall be fined $500 and removed from office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 884.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 329(a) | 31:163, 1003. | R.S. §243. |
| 329(b) | 31:1018. | R.S. §244. |
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the words “The Secretary of the Treasury and the Treasurer may not” are substituted for “No person appointed to the office of Secretary of the Treasury, or Treasurer, shall” because of the restatement and for consistency in the revised title. The words “or First Comptroller” (subsequently redesignated as the Comptroller of the Treasury by section 4 of the Act of July 31, 1894 (ch. 174, 28 Stat. 205)) and “or First Auditor” in section 243 of the Revised Statutes are omitted because the positions were abolished by sections 301 and 310 of the Act of June 10, 1921 (ch. 18, 42 Stat. 23, 25). The text of 31:163 is omitted because the position of Register was abolished by section 1(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1940 (eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1231). In clause (A), the words “directly or indirectly” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “be involved” are substituted for “be concerned or interested in carrying on the business of” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (B), the words “any part of a” are substituted for “in whole or in part” for consistency. The words “(except a pleasure vessel)” are added for consistency with 19:1599. In clause (C), the words “buy or hold as beneficiary in trust” are substituted for “purchase by himself, or another in trust for him” for clarity and consistency. The words “public land” are omitted as being included in “public property”. In clause (D), the words “involved in buying or disposing of obligations” are substituted for “be concerned in the purchase or disposal of any public securities” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title. In clause (E), the words “personally take or use a benefit gained from conducting business of the Department of the Treasury” are substituted for “take or apply to his own use any emolument or gain for negotiating or transacting any business in the Treasury Department” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “an officer” are substituted for “every person” as being more precise. The word “violating” is substituted for “who offends against any of the prohibitions of this section” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “shall be deemed guilty of a high misdemeanor” are omitted because of 18:1. The word “fined” is substituted for “forfeit to the United States the penalty” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and shall upon conviction be” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a)(3), the words “giving information leading to the prosecution and conviction of an individual violating this subsection” are substituted for “shall give information of any such offense, upon which a prosecution and conviction shall be had” for clarity. The words “shall receive $1,500 of the fine when paid” are substituted for “one-half the aforesaid penalty of three thousand dollars, when recovered, shall be for the use of the person giving such information” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “An officer or employee of the Department (except the Secretary or Treasurer)” are substituted for “Every clerk employed in the Treasury Department” because of the restatement and for consistency with subsection (a) of the section. In clause (A), the words “in any kind of public” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (B), the words “personally use a benefit gained” are substituted for “who takes or applies to his own use any emolument or gain” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “conducting” is substituted for “negotiating or transacting” for consistency. The words “shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor” are omitted because of 18:1.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “An officer or employee violating this subsection” are added because of the restatement. The word “punished” is omitted as unnecessary.
§330. Practice before the Department
(a) Subject to section 500 of title 5, the Secretary of the Treasury may—
(1) regulate the practice of representatives of persons before the Department of the Treasury; and
(2) before admitting a representative to practice, require that the representative demonstrate—
(A) good character;
(B) good reputation;
(C) necessary qualifications to enable the representative to provide to persons valuable service; and
(D) competency to advise and assist persons in presenting their cases.
(b) After notice and opportunity for a proceeding, the Secretary may suspend or disbar from practice before the Department a representative who—
(1) is incompetent;
(2) is disreputable;
(3) violates regulations prescribed under this section; or
(4) with intent to defraud, willfully and knowingly misleads or threatens the person being represented or a prospective person to be represented.
(c) After notice and opportunity for a hearing to any appraiser with respect to whom a penalty has been assessed under section 6701(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Secretary may—
(1) provide that appraisals by such appraiser shall not have any probative effect in any administrative proceeding before the Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service, and
(2) bar such appraiser from presenting evidence or testimony in any such proceeding.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 884; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §156(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 695; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 330(a) | 31:1026(1st sentence). | July 7, 1884, ch. 334, §3(proviso and sentence immediately after proviso under heading “War Department”), 23 Stat. 258. |
| 330(b) | 31:1026(last sentence). |
In the section, the words “representatives of persons” are substituted for “agents, attorneys, or other persons representing claimants before his department” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Subject to section 500 of title 5” are added for clarity and to conform to title 5. In clause (1), the word “regulate” is substituted for “prescribe rules and regulations” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the practice” are substituted for “before being recognized” for consistency with other revised titles of the United States Code. In clause (2)(C), the words “possessed of the” are omitted because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the word “proceeding” is substituted for “hearing” because of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5. In clause (3), the words “violates regulations prescribed under this section” are substituted for “who refuses to comply with said rules and regulations” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (4), the words “in any manner” are omitted as surplus. The word “deceive” is omitted as being included in the word “mislead”. The words “by word, circular, letter, or by advertisement” are omitted as unnecessary.
References in Text
Section 6701(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 6701(a) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369 added subsec. (c).
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Section 156(b) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to penalties assessed after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984].”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 26 section 6103.
§331. Reports
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to Congress each year an annual report. The report shall include—
(1) a statement of the public receipts and public expenditures for the prior fiscal year;
(2) estimates of public receipts and public expenditures for the current and next fiscal years;
(3) plans for improving and increasing public receipts to provide Congress with information on ways to raise amounts necessary to meet public expenditures;
(4) a statement of all contracts for supplies or services made by the Secretary during the prior fiscal year;
(5) a statement of appropriations expended to pay for miscellaneous claims not otherwise provided for;
(6) a statement on all payments made from the fund under section 3126 of this title for the prior fiscal year; and
(7) estimates of amounts for payment under section 1322(b) of this title.
(b)(1) On the first day of each regular session of Congress, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report for the prior fiscal year on—
(A) the total and individual amounts of contingent liabilities and unfunded liabilities of the United States Government;
(B) as far as practicable, trust fund liabilities, liabilities of Government corporations, indirect liabilities not included as a part of the public debt, and liabilities of insurance and annuity programs (including their actuarial status);
(C) collateral pledged and assets available (or to be realized) as security for the liabilities (separately noting Government obligations) and other assets specifically available to liquidate the liabilities of the Government; and
(D) the total amount in each category under clauses (A)–(C) of this paragraph for each agency.
(2) The report shall present the information required under paragraph (1) of this subsection in a concise way, with explanatory material (including an analysis of the significance of liabilities based on past experience and probable risk) the Secretary considers desirable.
(c) On the first day of each regular session of Congress, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report for the prior fiscal year on the total amount of public receipts and public expenditures listing receipts, when practicable, by ports, districts, and States and the expenditures by each appropriation.
(d) The Secretary shall report to either House of Congress in person or in writing, as required, on matters referred to the Secretary by that House of Congress.
(e)(1) Not later than March 31 of 1998 and each year thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury, in coordination with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, shall annually prepare and submit to the President and the Congress an audited financial statement for the preceding fiscal year, covering all accounts and associated activities of the executive branch of the United States Government. The financial statement shall reflect the overall financial position, including assets and liabilities, and results of operations of the executive branch of the United States Government, and shall be prepared in accordance with the form and content requirements set forth by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(2) The Comptroller General of the United States shall audit the financial statement required by this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 884; Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §405(c), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3416.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 331(a)(1)– (5) | 31:1027. | R.S. §257. |
| 31:1030. | Feb. 26, 1907, ch. 1635, §1(2d par. under heading “Treasury Department”), 34 Stat. 949. | |
| 331(a)(6) | 31:757c(i)(last sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(i)(last sentence); added Apr. 11, 1943, ch. 52, §3, 57 Stat. 63; restated Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §3, 59 Stat. 48. |
| 331(a)(7) | 31:725p(a)(last sentence). | June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §§17(a)(last sentence), 18(a)(last sentence), 48 Stat. 1230, 1231. |
| 31:725q(a)(last sentence). | ||
| 331(b) | 31:757f. | Nov. 13, 1966, Pub. L. 89–809, §402, 80 Stat. 1590; Apr. 21, 1976, Pub. L. 94–273, §2(17), 90 Stat. 375. |
| 331(c) | 31:1029. | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §15, 28 Stat. 210. |
| 331(d) | 31:1002(words between 4th and 5th semicolons) | R.S. §248(words between 4th and 5th semicolons). |
In subsections (a) and (c), the word “receipts” is substituted for “revenues” for consistency in the section and the revised title.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “public receipts and public expenditures” are substituted for “receipts and expenditures of the Government” in 31:1030 for consistency in the section. The word “completed” is omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “First. A report on the subject of finance” in 31:1027 are omitted because of the restatement. The word “containing” is omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “Second. A report containing” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “prior fiscal year” are substituted for “during the year preceding” for consistency. In clause (5), the words “paid at the Treasury” are omitted as unnecessary. The 3d paragraph of section 257 of the Revised Statutes, providing for a report on rules and regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury on imported goods, wares, and merchandise, is omitted as obsolete because section 252 of the Revised Statutes, authorizing those rules and regulations, was repealed by the Act of February 27, 1877 (ch. 69, 19 Stat. 241). The 4th paragraph of section 257, providing for a report on amounts of hospital taxes collected from sick and disabled seamen, is omitted as obsolete because section 15 of the Act of June 26, 1884 (ch. 121, 23 Stat. 57), repealed the tax. In clause (7), the words “the Commissioners of the District of Columbia” (subsequently changed to “the Mayor of the District of Columbia” by section 422 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 790)) in 31:725p are omitted as unnecessary because of §448 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act. The text of 31:725q(proviso) is omitted because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “for the prior fiscal year” are substituted for “as of the close of the preceding September 30 (beginning with the report as of June 30, 1967)” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (C), the word “obligations” is substituted for “securities” for consistency in the revised title. Clause (D) is substituted for “and of each department, agency, and instrumentality thereof” for clarity.
In subsection (c), the words “a report for the prior fiscal year on the total amount of public receipts and public expenditures” are substituted for “an accurate combined statement of the receipts and expenditures during the last preceding fiscal year of all public moneys” because of the restatement. The words “including those of the United States Postal Service” are omitted as unnecessary and superseded by 39:410.
In subsection (d), the words “either House of Congress” are substituted for “either branch of the legislature” for clarity and consistency. The words “that House of Congress” are substituted for “the Senate or House of Representatives” for consistency and because of the restatement. The words “or which appertain to his office” are omitted as unnecessary because of subsections (a)–(c) of the section.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–356 added subsec. (e).
§332. Miscellaneous administrative authority
The Secretary of the Treasury may to the extent provided in advance by appropriation Acts—
(1) contract for the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, at rates not to exceed the per diem equivalent to the rate for GS–18;
(2) contract with and reimburse the Department of State for health and medical services for employees of the Department of the Treasury and their dependents serving in foreign countries;
(3) provide for official functions, and reception and representation activities;
(4) maintain, repair, and clean uniforms furnished by the Department of the Treasury to uniformed employees;
(5) provide athletic and related activities for students at the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Glynco, Georgia;
(6) install and maintain fencing, lighting, guard booths, and other facilities as necessary for the performance of protective functions of the Department of the Treasury on property not owned by or under jurisdiction and control of the United States Government and, subsequently, to remove the facilities therefrom;
(7) enter into reciprocal assistance agreements with State and local law enforcement agencies and, in connection with the agreements and otherwise, train employees of those agencies, when necessary, with or without reimbursement;
(8) provide laboratory assistance to State and local law enforcement agencies, with or without reimbursement;
(9) obtain insurance for official motor vehicles operated in foreign countries; and
(10)(A) when necessary for the performance of official business—
(i) acquire in foreign countries real property by lease for periods not greater than 10 years and personal property for use in foreign countries by purchase, lease, or otherwise, and
(ii) manage, maintain, repair, improve, and insure by purchase of commercial insurance policies properties referred to in clause (i), and
(B) when appropriate, dispose of (by sale, rent, transfer, or otherwise) properties referred to in subparagraph (A)(i).
(Added Pub. L. 98–302, §3(a), May 25, 1984, 98 Stat. 217.)
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
§333. Prohibition of misuse of Department of the Treasury names, symbols, etc.
(a)
(1) the words “Department of the Treasury”, or the name of any service, bureau, office, or other subdivision of the Department of the Treasury,
(2) the titles “Secretary of the Treasury” or “Treasurer of the United States” or the title of any other officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury,
(3) the abbreviations or initials of any entity referred to in paragraph (1),
(4) the words “United States Savings Bond” or the name of any other obligation issued by the Department of the Treasury,
(5) any symbol or emblem of an entity referred to in paragraph (1) (including the design of any envelope or stationary used by such an entity), and
(6) any colorable imitation of any such words, titles, abbreviations, initials, symbols, or emblems,
in a manner which could reasonably be interpreted or construed as conveying the false impression that such advertisement, solicitation, business activity, or product is in any manner approved, endorsed, sponsored, or authorized by, or associated with, the Department of the Treasury or any entity referred to in paragraph (1) or any officer or employee thereof.
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(A)
(B)
(4)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(Added Pub. L. 103–296, title III, §312(l)(1), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1528.)
Effective Date
Section 312(m) of Pub. L. 103–296 provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
Report on Implementation of Section
Section 312(l)(3) of Pub. L. 103–296 provided that: “Not later than May 1, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate on the implementation of the amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 1320b–10 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare]. Such report shall include the number of cases in which the Secretary has notified persons of violations of section 333 of title 31, United States Code (as added by subsection (a)[(l)(1)]), the number of prosecutions commenced under such section, and the total amount of the penalties collected in such prosecutions.”
CHAPTER 5—OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §203(c), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2841, added items 503 and 504 and redesignated former items 503 and 504 as 505 and 506, respectively.
1983—Pub. L. 97–452, §1(1)(B), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467, added item 504.
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION
§501. Office of Management and Budget
The Office of Management and Budget is an office in the Executive Office of the President.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 886.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 501 | 31:16(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §207(1st sentence), 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085; restated Mar. 2, 1974, Pub. L. 93–250, §1, 88 Stat. 11. |
Short Title of 1990 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–576, title I, §101, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 503, 504, 901 to 903, and 3515 of this title, amending sections 502, 1105, 3512, 3521, 9105, and 9106 of this title, sections 5313 to 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 3533 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, renumbering sections 503 and 504 of this title as 505 and 506 of this title, respectively, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 901, 3511, 3515, and 3521 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 301 of Title 38, Veterans’ Benefits] may be cited as the ‘Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990’.”
Emergency Preparedness Functions
For assignment of certain emergency preparedness functions to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, see Parts 1, 2, and 28 of Ex. Ord. No. 12656, Nov. 18, 1988, 53 F.R. 47491, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Franchise Fund Pilot Programs
Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §403, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3413, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(2) Fees for services shall be established by the head of the agency at a level to cover the total estimated costs of providing such services. Such fees shall be deposited in the agency's fund to remain available until expended, and may be used to carry out the purposes of the fund.
“(3) Existing inventories, including inventories on order, equipment, and other assets or liabilities pertaining to the purposes of the fund may be transferred to the fund.
“(d)
“(1) the structure of the fund;
“(2) the composition of the funding mechanism;
“(3) the capacity of the fund to promote competition; and
“(4) the desirability of extending the application and implementation of franchise funds to other Federal agencies.
“(e)
“(f)
Simplification of Management Reporting Process
Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §404, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3414, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) chapters 5, 9, 11, 33, 35, 37, 39, 75, and 91 of title 31, United States Code;
“(2) the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note; Public Law 101–410; 104 Stat. 890).
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) consultation with the Chairman of the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs and the Chairman of the House of Representatives Committee on Government Operations [now Committee on Government Reform and Oversight]; and
“(2) written notification to the Congress, no later than February 8 of each fiscal year covered under subsection (b) for those reports required to be submitted during that fiscal year.”
Findings and Purposes of Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990
Pub. L. 101–576, title I, §102, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) General management functions of the Office of Management and Budget need to be significantly enhanced to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the Federal Government.
“(2) Financial management functions of the Office of Management and Budget need to be significantly enhanced to provide overall direction and leadership in the development of a modern Federal financial management structure and associated systems.
“(3) Billions of dollars are lost each year through fraud, waste, abuse, and mismanagement among the hundreds of programs in the Federal Government.
“(4) These losses could be significantly decreased by improved management, including improved central coordination of internal controls and financial accounting.
“(5) The Federal Government is in great need of fundamental reform in financial management requirements and practices as financial management systems are obsolete and inefficient, and do not provide complete, consistent, reliable, and timely information.
“(6) Current financial reporting practices of the Federal Government do not accurately disclose the current and probable future cost of operating and investment decisions, including the future need for cash or other resources, do not permit adequate comparison of actual costs among executive agencies, and do not provide the timely information required for efficient management of programs.
“(b)
“(1) Bring more effective general and financial management practices to the Federal Government through statutory provisions which would establish in the Office of Management and Budget a Deputy Director for Management, establish an Office of Federal Financial Management headed by a Controller, and designate a Chief Financial Officer in each executive department and in each major executive agency in the Federal Government.
“(2) Provide for improvement, in each agency of the Federal Government, of systems of accounting, financial management, and internal controls to assure the issuance of reliable financial information and to deter fraud, waste, and abuse of Government resources.
“(3) Provide for the production of complete, reliable, timely, and consistent financial information for use by the executive branch of the Government and the Congress in the financing, management, and evaluation of Federal programs.”
Duties and Functions of Department of the Treasury
Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §204, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2842, provided that: “Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note above] shall be construed to interfere with the exercise of the functions, duties, and responsibilities of the Department of the Treasury, as in effect immediately before the enactment of this Act [Nov. 15, 1990].”
REORGANIZATION PLAN NO. 2 OF 1970
Eff. July 1, 1970, 35 F.R. 7959, 84 Stat. 2085, as amended Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, 1085
Prepared by the President and Transmitted to the Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress Assembled March 12, 1970, Pursuant to the Provisions of Chapter 9 of Title 5 of the United States Code.
OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET; DOMESTIC COUNCIL
PART I. OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
Section 101. Transfer of functions to the President
There are hereby transferred to the President of the United States all functions vested by law (including reorganization plan) in the Bureau of the Budget or the Director of the Bureau of the Budget.
Sec. 102. Office of Management and Budget
[Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, 1085. Section designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget, provided for the officers and their duties, and provided for performance of the duties of the Director in the event of absence or disability or a vacancy in the office of Director.]
Sec. 103. Records, Property, Personnel, and Funds
[Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, 1085. Section provided that the records, property, personnel, and unexpended balances etc., of the Bureau of the Budget shall become those of the Office of Management and Budget.]
PART II. DOMESTIC COUNCIL
Sec. 201. Establishment of the Council
(a) There is hereby established in the Executive Office of the President a Domestic Council, hereinafter referred to as the Council.
(b) The Council shall be composed of the following:
The President of the United States
The Vice President of the United States
The Attorney General
Secretary of Agriculture
Secretary of Commerce
Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
Secretary of the Interior
Secretary of Labor
Secretary of Transportation
Secretary of the Treasury
and such other officers of the Executive Branch as the President may from time to time direct.
(c) The President of the United States shall preside over meetings of the Council: Provided, That, in the event of his absence, he may designate a member of the Council to preside.
Sec. 202. Functions of the Council
The Council shall perform such functions as the President may from time to time delegate or assign thereto.
Sec. 203. Executive Director
The staff of the Council shall be headed by an Executive Director who shall be an assistant to the President designated by the President. The Executive Director shall perform such functions as the President may from time to time direct.
PART III. TAKING EFFECT
Sec. 301. Effective Date
The provisions of this reorganization plan shall take effect as provided by section 906(a) of title 5 of the United States Code, or on July 1, 1970, whichever is later.
Message of the President
To the Congress of the United States:
We in government often are quick to call for reform in other institutions, but slow to reform ourselves. Yet nowhere today is modern management more needed than in government itself.
In 1939, President Franklin D. Roosevelt proposed and the Congress accepted a reorganization plan that laid the groundwork for providing managerial assistance for a modern Presidency.
The plan placed the Bureau of the Budget within the Executive Office of the President. It made available to the President direct access to important new management instruments. The purpose of the plan was to improve the administration of the Government—to ensure that the Government could perform “promptly, effectively, without waste or lost motion.”
Fulfilling that purpose today is far more difficult—and more important—than it was 30 years ago.
Last April, I created a President's Advisory Council on Executive Organization and named to it a distinguished group of outstanding experts headed by Roy L. Ash. I gave the Council a broad charter to examine ways in which the Executive Branch could be better organized. I asked it to recommend specific organizational changes that would make the Executive Branch a more vigorous and more effective instrument for creating and carrying out the programs that are needed today. The Council quickly concluded that the place to begin was in the Executive Office of the President itself. I agree.
The past 30 years have seen enormous changes in the size, structure and functions of the Federal Government. The budget has grown from less than $10 billion to $200 billion. The number of civilian employees has risen from one million to more than two and a half million. Four new Cabinet departments have been created, along with more than a score of independent agencies. Domestic policy issues have become increasingly complex. The interrelationships among Government programs have become more intricate. Yet the organization of the President's policy and management arms has not kept pace.
Over three decades, the Executive Office of the President has mushroomed but not by conscious design. In many areas it does not provide the kind of staff assistance and support the President needs in order to deal with the problems of government in the 1970s. We confront the 1970s with a staff organization geared in large measure to the tasks of the 1940s and 1950s.
One result, over the years, has been a tendency to enlarge the immediate White House staff—that is, the President's personal staff, as distinct from the institutional structure—to assist with management functions for which the President is responsible. This has blurred the distinction between personal staff and management institutions; it has left key management functions to be performed only intermittently and some not at all. It has perpetuated outdated structures.
Another result has been, paradoxically, to inhibit the delegation of authority to Departments and agencies.
A President whose programs are carefully coordinated, whose information system keeps him adequately informed, and whose organizational assignments are plainly set out, can delegate authority with security and confidence. A President whose office is deficient in these respects will be inclined, instead, to retain close control of operating responsibilities which he cannot and should not handle.
Improving the management processes of the President's own office, therefore, is a key element in improving the management of the entire Executive Branch, and in strengthening the authority of its Departments and agencies. By providing the tools that are needed to reduce duplication, to monitor performance and to promote greater efficiency throughout the Executive Branch, this also will enable us to give the country not only more effective but also more economical government—which it deserves.
To provide the management tools and policy mechanisms needed for the 1970s, I am today transmitting to the Congress Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970, prepared in accordance with Chapter 9 of Title 5 of the United States Code.
This plan draws not only on the work of the Ash Council itself, but also on the work of others that preceded—including the pioneering Brownlow Committee of 1936, the two Hoover Commissions, the Rockefeller Committee, and other Presidential task forces.
Essentially, the plan recognizes that two closely connected but basically separate functions both center in the President's office: policy determination and executive management. This involves (1) what government should do, and (2) how it goes about doing it.
My proposed reorganization creates a new entity to deal with each of these functions:
—It establishes a Domestic Council, to coordinate policy formulation in the domestic area. This Cabinet group would be provided with an institutional staff, and to a considerable degree would be a domestic counterpart to the National Security Council.
—It establishes an Office of Management and Budget, which would be the President's principal arm for the exercise of his managerial functions.
The Domestic Council will be primarily concerned with what we do; the Office of Management and Budget will be primarily concerned with how we do it, and how well we do it.
DOMESTIC COUNCIL
The past year's experience with the Council for Urban Affairs has shown how immensely valuable a Cabinet-level council can be as a forum for both discussion and action on policy matters that cut across departmental jurisdictions.
The Domestic Council will be chaired by the President. Under the plan, its membership will include the Vice President, and the Secretaries of the Treasury, Interior, Agriculture, Commerce, Labor, Health, Education and Welfare, Housing and Urban Development, and Transportation, and the Attorney General. I also intend to designate as members the Director of the Office of Economic Opportunity and, while he remains a member of the Cabinet, the Postmaster General. (Although I continue to hope that the Congress will adopt my proposal to create, in place of the Post Office Department, a self-sufficient postal authority.) The President could add other Executive Branch officials at his discretion.
The Council will be supported by a staff under an Executive Director who will also be one of the President's assistants. Like the National Security Council staff, this staff will work in close coordination with the President's personal staff but will have its own institutional identity. By being established on a permanent, institutional basis, it will be designed to develop and employ the “institutional memory” so essential if continuity is to be maintained, and if experience is to play its proper role in the policy-making process.
There does not now exist an organized, institutionally-staffed group charged with advising the President on the total range of domestic policy. The Domestic Council will fill that need. Under the President's direction, it will also be charged with integrating the various aspects of domestic policy into a consistent whole.
Among the specific policy functions in which I intend the Domestic Council to take the lead are these:
—Assessing national needs, collecting information and developing forecasts, for the purpose of defining national goals and objectives.
—Identifying alternative ways of achieving these objectives, and recommending consistent, integrated sets of policy choices.
—Providing rapid response to Presidential needs for policy advice on pressing domestic issues.
—Coordinating the establishment of national priorities for the allocation of available resources.
—Maintaining a continuous review of the conduct of ongoing programs from a policy standpoint, and proposing reforms as needed.
Much of the Council's work will be accomplished by temporary, ad hoc project committees. These might take a variety of forms, such as task forces, planning groups or advisory bodies. They can be established with varying degrees of formality, and can be set up to deal either with broad program areas or with specific problems. The committees will draw for staff support on Department and agency experts, supplemented by the Council's own staff and that of the Office of Management and Budget.
Establishment of the Domestic Council draws on the experience gained during the past year with the Council for Urban Affairs, the Cabinet Committee on the Environment and the Council for Rural Affairs. The principal key to the operation of these Councils has been the effective functioning of their various subcommittees. The Councils themselves will be consolidated into the Domestic Council; Urban, Rural and Environment subcommittees of the Domestic Council will be strengthened, using access to the Domestic Council staff.
Overall, the Domestic Council will provide the President with a streamlined, consolidated domestic policy arm, adequately staffed, and highly flexible in its operation. It also will provide a structure through which departmental initiatives can be more fully considered, and expert advice from the Departments and agencies more fully utilized.
OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
Under the reorganization plan, the technical and formal means by which the Office of Management and Budget is created is by re-designating the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget. The functions currently vested by law in the Bureau, or in its director, are transferred to the President, with the provision that he can then re-delegate them.
As soon as the reorganization plan takes effect, I intend to delegate those statutory functions to the Director of the new Office of Management and Budget, including those under section 212 of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921 [31 U.S.C. 1113].
However, creation of the Office of Management and Budget represents far more than a mere change of name for the Bureau of the Budget. It represents a basic change in concept and emphasis, reflecting the broader management needs of the Office of the President.
The new Office will still perform the key function of assisting the President in the preparation of the annual Federal budget and overseeing its execution. It will draw upon the skills and experience of the extraordinarily able and dedicated career staff developed by the Bureau of the Budget. But preparation of the budget as such will no longer be its dominant, overriding concern.
While the budget function remains a vital tool of management, it will be strengthened by the greater emphasis the new office will place on fiscal analysis. The budget function is only one of several important management tools that the President must now have. He must also have a substantially enhanced institutional staff capability in other areas of executive management—particularly in program evaluation and coordination, improvement of Executive Branch organization, information and management systems, and development of executive talent. Under this plan, strengthened capability in these areas will be provided partly through internal reorganization, and it will also require additional staff resources.
The new Office of Management and Budget will place much greater emphasis on the evaluation of program performance: on assessing the extent to which programs are actually achieving their intended results, and delivering the intended services to the intended recipients. This is needed on a continuing basis, not as a one-time effort. Program evaluation will remain a function of the individual agencies as it is today. However, a single agency cannot fairly be expected to judge overall effectiveness in programs that cross agency lines—and the difference between agency and Presidential perspectives requires a capacity in the Executive Office to evaluate program performance whenever appropriate.
The new Office will expand efforts to improve interagency cooperation in the field. Washington-based coordinators will help work out interagency problems at the operating level, and assist in developing efficient coordinating mechanisms throughout the country. The success of these efforts depends on the experience, persuasion, and understanding of an Office which will be an expediter and catalyst. The Office will also respond to requests from State and local governments for assistance on intergovernmental programs. It will work closely with the Vice President and the Office of Intergovernmental Relations.
Improvement of Government organization, information and management systems will be a major function of the Office of Management and Budget. It will maintain a continuous review of the organizational structures and management processes of the Executive Branch, and recommend needed changes. It will take the lead in developing new information systems to provide the President with the performance and other data that he needs but does not now get. When new programs are launched, it will seek to ensure that they are not simply forced into or grafted onto existing organizational structures that may not be appropriate. Resistance to organizational change is one of the chief obstacles to effective government; the new Office will seek to ensure that organization keeps abreast of program needs.
The new Office will also take the lead in devising programs for the development of career executive talent throughout the Government. Not the least of the President's needs as Chief Executive is direct capability in the Executive Office for insuring that talented executives are used to the full extent of their abilities. Effective, coordinated efforts for executive manpower development have been hampered by the lack of a system for forecasting the needs for executive talent and appraising leadership potential. Both are crucial to the success of an enterprise—whether private or public.
The Office of Management and Budget will be charged with advising the President on the development of new programs to recruit, train, motivate, deploy, and evaluate the men and women who make up the top ranks of the civil service, in the broadest sense of that term. It will not deal with individuals, but will rely on the talented professionals of the Civil Service Commission and the Departments and agencies themselves to administer these programs. Under the leadership of the Office of Management and Budget there will be joint efforts to see to it that all executive talent is well utilized wherever it may be needed throughout the Executive Branch, and to assure that executive training and motivation meet not only today's needs but those of the years ahead.
Finally, the new Office will continue the Legislative Reference functions now performed by the Bureau of the Budget, drawing together agency reactions on all proposed legislation, and helping develop legislation to carry out the President's program. It also will continue the Bureau's work of improving and coordinating Federal statistical services.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE CHANGES
The people deserve a more responsive and more effective Government. The times require it. These changes will help provide it.
Each reorganization included in the plan which accompanies this message is necessary to accomplish one or more of the purposes set forth in Section 901(a) of Title 5 of the United States Code. In particular, the plan is responsive to Section 901(a)(1), “to promote the better execution of the laws, the more effective management of the Executive Branch and of its agencies and functions, and the expeditious administration of the public business;” and Section 901(a)(3), “to increase the efficiency of the operations of the Government to the fullest extent practicable.”
The reorganizations provided for in this plan make necessary the appointment and compensation of new officers, as specified in Section 102(c) of the plan. The rates of compensation fixed for these officers are comparable to those fixed for other officers in the Executive Branch who have similar responsibilities.
While this plan will result in a modest increase in direct expenditures, its strengthening of the Executive Office of the President will bring significant indirect savings, and at the same time will help ensure that people actually receive the return they deserve for every dollar the Government spends. The savings will result from the improved efficiency these changes will provide throughout the Executive Branch—and also from curtailing the waste that results when programs simply fail to achieve their objectives. It is not practical, however, to itemize or aggregate these indirect expenditure reductions which will result from the reorganization.
I expect to follow with other reorganization plans, quite possibly including ones that will affect other activities of the Executive Office of the President. Our studies are continuing. But this by itself is a reorganization of major significance, and a key to the more effective functioning of the entire Executive Branch.
These changes would provide an improved system of policy making and coordination, a strengthened capacity to perform those functions that are now the central concerns of the Bureau of the Budget, and a more effective set of management tools for the performance of other functions that have been rapidly increasing in importance.
The reorganization will not only improve the staff resources available to the President, but will also strengthen the advisory roles of those members of the Cabinet principally concerned with domestic affairs. By providing a means of formulating integrated and systematic recommendations on major domestic policy issues, the plan serves not only the needs of the President but also the interests of the Congress.
This reorganization plan is of major importance to the functioning of modern government. The national interest requires it. I urge that the Congress allow it to become effective.
Richard Nixon.
Abolition of Domestic Council
Domestic Council, established by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, §201, eff. July 1, 1970, 35 F.R. 7959, 84 Stat. 2086, set out above, abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1977, §3, 42 F.R. 56101, 91 Stat. 1633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, effective on or before Apr. 1, 1978, at such time as specified by President. Section 5D of Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1977 transferred all functions vested in Domestic Council to President with power to delegate performance of such transferred functions within Executive Office of President.
Ex. Ord. No. 11541. Prescribing Duties of Office of Management and Budget and Domestic Council
Ex. Ord. No. 11541, July 1, 1970, 35 F.R. 10737, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12013, Oct. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 54931; Ex. Ord. No. 12027, Dec. 5, 1977, 42 F.R. 61851; Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055; Ex. Ord. No. 12318, Aug. 21, 1981, 46 F.R. 42833, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and statutes of the United States, including section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and pursuant to Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (hereinafter referred to as “the Plan”) [set out as a note under this section], it is ordered as follows:
(b) All outstanding delegations, rules, regulations, orders, circulars, bulletins, or other forms of Executive or administrative action issued or taken by or relating to the Bureau of the Budget or the Director of the Bureau of the Budget prior to the effective date of this order shall, until amended or revoked, remain in full force and effect as if issued or taken by or relating to the Office of Management and Budget or the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(c) The delegation to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section, of the functions vested in the Director of the Bureau of the Budget by Section 103 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 18b) [31 U.S.C. 1104(d)] and subsequently transferred to the President by Part I of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (5 U.S.C. App.), shall be implemented in accord with Section 3(a) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (94 Stat. 2825; 44 U.S.C. 3503 note), to the extent that provision is applicable.
(d) The delegation to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget of the following executive development and personnel functions (which have been transferred to the Office of Personnel Management) is terminated on December 4, 1977:
(1) Providing overall Executive Branch leadership, regulation, and guidance in executive personnel selection, development and management.
(2) Studying and reporting on issues relating to position classification and the compensation of Federal civilian employees, including linkages among pay systems, and providing reports on average grade levels, work-years and personnel costs of Federal civilian employees.
(3) Providing primary Executive Branch leadership in (i) developing and reviewing a program of policy guidance to departments and agencies for the organization of management responsibility under the Federal Labor Relations program; and (ii) monitoring issues and trends in labor management relations for referral to appropriate Executive Branch officials including the Federal Labor Relations Council.
(b) The organizations listed herein are terminated and the functions heretofore assigned to them shall be performed by the Domestic Council:
Council for Urban Affairs (Executive Order No. 11452 of January 23, 1969)
Cabinet Committee on the Environment (Executive Order No. 11472 of May 29, 1969, as amended by Executive Order No. 11514 of March 5, 1970)
Council for Rural Affairs (Executive Order No. 11493 of November 13, 1969)
Supersedure of Ex. Ord. No. 11541
Supersedure of Ex. Ord. No. 11541 to the extent that it is inconsistent with Ex. Ord. No. 11609, July 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 13747, see section 11(6) of Ex. Ord. No. 11609, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President; with Ex. Ord. No. 11713, Apr. 21, 1973, 38 F.R. 10069, see section 3 of Ex. Ord. No. 11713, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3; with Ex. Ord. No. 11717, May 9, 1973, 38 F.R. 12315, see section 5 of Ex. Ord. No. 11717, set out below.
Executive Order No. 11647
Ex. Ord. No. 11647, Feb. 10, 1972, 37 F.R. 3167, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11731, July 23, 1973, 38 F.R. 19903; Ex. Ord. No. 11892, Dec. 31, 1975, 41 F.R. 751; Ex. Ord. No. 12038, Feb. 3, 1978, 43 F.R. 4957, which established Federal Regional Councils, was revoked by section 1–307 of Ex. Ord. No. 12149, July 20, 1979, 44 F.R. 43248.
Ex. Ord. No. 11717. Transfer of Certain Functions From Office of Management and Budget to General Services Administration and Department of Commerce
Ex. Ord. No. 11717, May 9, 1973, 38 F.R. 12315, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and Statutes of the United States, particularly by section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921, as amended, the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended, and Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 [set out as a note above], it is hereby ordered as follows:
(1) The Financial Management Branch, the Procurement and Property Management Branch, and the Management Systems Branch of the Organization and Management Systems Division; and
(2) the Management Information and Computer Systems Division with respect to policy control over automatic data processing (except those functions relating to the establishment of Government-wide automatic data-processing standards).
(b) The functions vested in the President by the first sentence of section 111(g) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended [40 U.S.C. 759(g)], with respect to fiscal control of automatic data processing activities shall continue to be performed by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. No function vested by statute in the Director shall be deemed to be affected by the provisions of this order.
Richard Nixon.
Supersedure of Ex. Ord. No. 11717
Ex. Ord. No. 11717 superseded to the extent that it is inconsistent with Ex. Ord. No. 11893, Dec. 31, 1975, 41 F.R. 1040, see section 4 of Ex. Ord. No. 11893, set out as a note under section 4252 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Executive Order No. 12013
Ex. Ord. No. 12013, Oct. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 54931, which related to transfer of certain statistical functions and the establishment of the Statistical Policy Coordination Committee, was revoked by section 4(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 12318, Aug. 21, 1981, 46 F.R. 42833, set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 12027. Transfer of Certain Executive Development and Other Personnel Functions
Ex. Ord. No. 12027, Dec. 5, 1977, 42 F.R. 61851, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, including Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (5 U.S.C. App.), Section 202 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 581c) [31 U.S.C. 1531], and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of the United States of America, in order to transfer certain functions from the Director of the Office of Management and Budget to the Office of Personnel Management, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) Providing overall Executive Branch leadership, regulation, and guidance in executive personnel selection, development, and management including:
(1) Devising and establishing programs and encouraging agencies to devise and establish programs to forecast the need for career executive talent and to select, train, develop, motivate, deploy and evaluate the men and women who make up the top ranks of Federal civil service;
(2) Initiating and leading efforts to ensure that potential executive talent is identified, developed and well utilized throughout the Executive Branch and;
(3) Ensuring that executive training and motivation meet current and future needs.
(b) Studying and reporting on issues relating to position classification and the compensation of Federal civilian employees, including linkages among pay systems, and providing reports on average grade levels, work-years and personnel costs of Federal civilian employees.
(c) Providing primary Executive Branch leadership in (1) developing and reviewing a program of policy guidance to departments and agencies for the organization of management's responsibility under the Federal Labor Relations program; and (2) monitoring issues and trends in labor management relations for referral to appropriate Executive Branch officials including the Federal Labor Relations Council.
“(d) The delegation to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget of the following executive development and personnel functions (which have been transferred to the Office of Personnel Management) is terminated on December 4, 1977:
“(1) Providing overall Executive Branch leadership, regulation, and guidance in executive personnel selection, development and management.
“(2) Studying and reporting on issues relating to position classification and the compensation of Federal civilian employees, including linkages among pay systems, and providing reports on average grade levels, work-years and personnel costs of Federal civilian employees.
“(3) Providing primary Executive Branch leadership in (i) developing and reviewing a program of policy guidance to departments and agencies for the organization of management responsibility under the Federal Labor Relations program; and (ii) monitoring issues and trends in labor management relations for referral to appropriate Executive Branch officials including the Federal Labor Relations Council.”.
“The Office of Personnel Management, in conjunction with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, shall establish and maintain a program for the policy guidance of agencies on labor-management relations in the Federal service and shall periodically review the implementation of these policies. The Office of Personnel Management shall be responsible for the day-to-day policy guidance under that program. The Office of Personnel Management also shall continuously review the operation of the Federal labor-management relations program to assist in assuring adherence to its provisions and merit system requirements; implement technical advice and information programs for the agencies; assist in the development of programs for training agency personnel and management officials in labor-management relations; and, from time to time, report to the Council on the state of the program with any recommendations for its improvement.”.
Jimmy Carter.
Executive Order No. 12074
Ex. Ord. No. 12074, Aug. 16, 1978, 43 F.R. 36875, which related to urban and community impact analyses, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12350, Mar. 9, 1982, 47 F.R. 10503.
Executive Order No. 12149
Ex. Ord. No. 12149, July 20, 1979, 44 F.R. 43247, which established Federal Regional Councils, was revoked by section 4(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 12314, July 22, 1981, 46 F.R. 38330.
Executive Order No. 12301
Executive Order No. 12301, Mar. 26, 1981, 46 F.R. 19211, which established the President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency in Federal programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12625, Jan. 27, 1988, 53 F.R. 2812, formerly set out below.
Executive Order No. 12314
Ex. Ord. No. 12314, July 22, 1981, 46 F.R. 38329, which established Federal Regional Councils, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12407, Feb. 22, 1983, 48 F.R. 7717.
Ex. Ord. No. 12318. Transfer of Certain Statistical Policy Functions
Ex. Ord. No. 12318, Aug. 21, 1981, 46 F.R. 42833, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and statutes of the United States, including Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (5 U.S.C. App.), Section 202 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 581c) [31 U.S.C. 1531], Section 3(a) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Public Law 96–511, 94 Stat. 2825, 44 U.S.C. 3503 note), and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and in order to transfer, redelegate, and reassign certain statistical policy functions from the Secretary of Commerce to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and to require redelegation of certain functions to the Administrator for the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) “Secretary of Commerce” is deleted in Section 1 and “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” is substituted therefor.
(b) “Secretary” is deleted wherever it appears in Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 and “Director” is substituted therefor.
(c) “Department of Commerce” is deleted in Section 6 and “Office of Management and Budget” is substituted therefor.
(d) Section 7 is deleted and a new Section 7 is substituted therefor as follows:
(e) Section 8 is revoked.
(a) “Secretary of Commerce, hereinafter referred to as the Secretary,”, is deleted in Section 1 and “Director of the Office of Management and Budget, hereinafter referred to as the Director,”, is substituted therefor.
(b) “Secretary” is deleted wherever it appears in Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 3, 4, and 5 and “Director” is substituted therefor.
(c) Section 7 is revoked.
(b) Section 4 of Executive Order No. 11961, as amended [22 U.S.C. 3101 note], is further amended by deleting “the Secretary of Commerce shall perform the functions set forth in Sections 4(a)(3) and 5(c) of the Act” [22 U.S.C. 3103(a)(3), 3104(c)], and substituting therefor “the Secretary of Commerce shall perform the function of making periodic reports to the Committees of the Congress as set forth in Section 4(a)(3) of the Act” [22 U.S.C. 3103(a)(3)].
Ronald Reagan.
Executive Order No. 12479
Ex. Ord. No. 12479, May 24, 1984, 49 F.R. 22243, which established President's Council on Management Improvement, assigned functions of Council and responsibilities of Chairman, and provided for administrative support, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12816, Oct. 14, 1992, 57 F.R. 47562, set out below.
Executive Order No. 12552
Ex. Ord. No. 12552, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7041, which provided for establishment of a comprehensive program for improvement of productivity throughout all Executive departments and agencies, was superseded by Ex. Ord. No. 12637, Apr. 27, 1988, 53 F.R. 15349, set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 12615. Performance of Commercial Activities
Ex. Ord. No. 12615, Nov. 19, 1987, 52 F.R. 44853, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, and in order to facilitate ongoing efforts to ensure that the Federal Government acquires needed goods and services in the most economical and efficient manner, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) Ensure that new Federal Government requirements for commercial activities are provided by private industry, except where statute or national security requires government performance or where private industry costs are unreasonable;
(b) Identify by April 29, 1988, in cooperation with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget all commercial activities currently performed by government. The department and agency heads are encouraged to consult with the President's Commission on Privatization in making such identification;
(c) Schedule, by June 30, 1988, all commercial activities identified pursuant to subsection (b) for study in accordance with the procedures of OMB Circular No. A–76, as revised, and the Supplement thereto, to determine whether they could be performed more economically by private industry;
(d) Meet the study goals for Fiscal Year 1988 set forth in “Management of the United States Government, Fiscal Year 1988”; and thereafter, beginning with Fiscal Year 1989, conduct annual studies of not less than 3 percent of the department or agency's total civilian population, until all identified potential commercial activities have been studied;
(e) Include in each annual budget proposal to the Office of Management and Budget estimates of expected yearly budget savings from the privatization of commercial activities projected to be accomplished following the completion of scheduled studies, unless an exception is authorized by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. These estimates shall be based on analysis of savings under previous studies and estimated savings to be achieved from future conversions to contract. A department or agency proposal may reflect retention of expected first-year savings as negotiated with the Office of Management and Budget for use as incentive compensation to reward employees covered by the studies for their productivity efforts, or for use in other productivity enhancement projects;
(f) Develop and maintain an effective job placement program for government employees affected by privatization initiatives and cooperate fully in interagency placement efforts;
(g) Designate a senior-level official to coordinate the OMB Circular No. A–76 studies and other privatization efforts; and
(h) Report to the President on progress each quarter, through the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(a) Issue guidance to departments and agencies to implement this Order. Such guidance shall be designed to ensure an equitable cost comparison of government-operated commercial activities with private industry performance of the same activities, and to improve the efficiency in the conduct of studies;
(b) Publish for public review (i) not later than 30 days after its completion, the inventory of commercial activities identified pursuant to section 1(b) and the activities scheduled for study by departments and agencies in Fiscal Year 1988 pursuant to section 1(c); and (ii) not later than 30 days before the start of each successive fiscal year, the list of activities to be reviewed during that year pursuant to section 1(d); and
(c) Establish a tracking system to monitor, on a quarterly basis, progress by departments and agencies in carrying out this Order.
Ronald Reagan.
Executive Order No. 12625
Ex. Ord. No. 12625, Jan. 27, 1988, 53 F.R. 2812, which established President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency as an interagency committee, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12805, May 11, 1992, 57 F.R. 20627, set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 12637. Productivity Improvement Program for the Federal Government
Ex. Ord. No. 12637, Apr. 27, 1988, 53 F.R. 15349, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including the Budget and Accounting Act of 1921, as amended [now 31 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.], and in order to further improve a comprehensive program for the improvement of productivity throughout all Executive departments and agencies, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) “Productivity” means the efficiency with which resources are used to produce a government service or product at specified levels of quality and timeliness;
(b) “Appropriate functions” means those agency program functions that produce measurable outputs in the form of services to the public;
(c) “Public” means a customer outside the organization, such as citizens, businesses, State and local governments, other countries and/or their citizens, other agencies, the military;
(d) “Outputs” means products or services delivered to the public;
(e) “Measurement system” means both the specific measures used to determine whether standards of quality, timeliness, and efficiency of services are being met, and the procedures for the collection and reporting of data resulting from application of productivity measures;
(f) “Organizational performance standard” means a statement that quantifies and describes the desired level of quality, timeliness, and efficiency of services to be provided by an organization;
(g) “Management review” means the review by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, as part of the budget process of agency accomplishments and plans for management and productivity improvements.
(a) Develop a complete inventory of all appropriate functions to be included in the productivity program, use the agency's planning process to review current functions, and develop agency goals and objectives for improvement in services to the public.
(b) Develop and submit annually to the Office of Management and Budget a productivity plan. Each plan shall conform to the policy guidance issued by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, pursuant to Section 5 of this Order, and shall:
(1) set forth the agency's productivity goals and objectives;
(2) target priorities for the year and expand coverage each subsequent year to additional appropriate functions, with the objective of complete coverage of all appropriate functions by 1991;
(3) describe the proposed actions designed to make the agency's operations and delivery of services more efficient and responsive;
(4) describe the methods, including efficiency reviews and cost comparisons with the private sector, that the agency will use either to improve its own service, or to make use of commercial services available in the private sector when it is economical to do so; and
(5) describe the measurement systems to be used by the agency to gauge quality, timeliness, and efficiency.
(c) Implement the productivity program after the Management review by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget as provided in Section 6.
(d) Assess annually the agency's progress toward achieving objectives and priorities, including documented gains and cost savings. This assessment will form the basis of the agency's report to the President as required by Section 4.
(e) Designate a senior official responsible for guiding the agency's productivity improvement program.
(f) Inform agency managers and employees that they are expected to be responsible for improvements in the quality, timeliness, and efficiency of services.
(g) Include productivity and quality improvement goals in the performance appraisals of managers and supervisors.
(h) Encourage employee participation in the productivity program through employee training, employee involvement in work-related decisions, incentives, recognition, and rewards and by taking actions to minimize negative impacts on employees that may occur as a result of the productivity program.
(a) Develop and promulgate goals, policies, principles, standards, and guidelines for the effective administration of this Order by Executive departments and agencies; and
(b) Identify and propose the elimination of statutory and regulatory barriers that inhibit opportunities to make improvements in productivity.
(a) Review Federal personnel policies and programs and make or recommend such changes as are appropriate to support productivity improvement;
(b) Review incentive policies and programs for Federal employees and make or recommend such changes as are appropriate to increase the productivity of the Federal Government;
(c) Develop and implement training programs for Federal employees in support of productivity improvements;
(d) Review policies and programs for Federal employees who may be displaced by productivity improvements and make or recommend such changes as are appropriate to ensure that such policies and programs will minimize any adverse impact on Federal employees.
Ronald Reagan.
Ex. Ord. No. 12803. Infrastructure Privatization
Ex. Ord. No. 12803, Apr. 30, 1992, 57 F.R. 19063, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order to ensure that the United States achieves the most beneficial economic use of its resources, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) “Privatization” means the disposition or transfer of an infrastructure asset, such as by sale or by long-term lease, from a State or local government to a private party.
(b) “Infrastructure asset” means any asset financed in whole or in part by the Federal Government and needed for the functioning of the economy. Examples of such assets include, but are not limited to: roads, tunnels, bridges, electricity supply facilities, mass transit, rail transportation, airports, ports, waterways, water supply facilities, recycling and wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, housing, schools, prisons, and hospitals.
(c) “Originally authorized purposes” means the general objectives of the original grant program; however, the term is not intended to include every condition required for a grantee to have obtained the original grant.
(d) “Transfer price” means: (i) the amount paid or to be paid by a private party for an infrastructure asset, if the asset is transferred as a result of competitive bidding; or (ii) the appraised value of an infrastructure asset, as determined by the head of the executive department or agency and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, if the asset is not transferred as a result of competitive bidding.
(e) “State and local governments” means the government of any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States, and any county, municipality, city, town, township, local public authority, school district, special district, intrastate district, regional or interstate governmental entity, council of governments, and any agency or instrumentality of a local government, and any federally recognized Indian Tribe.
(b) Private enterprise and competitively driven improvements are the foundation of our Nation's economy and economic growth. Federal financing of infrastructure assets should not act as a barrier to the achievement of economic efficiencies through additional private market financing or competitive practices, or both.
(c) State and local governments are in the best position to assess and respond to local needs. State and local governments should, subject to assuring continued compliance with Federal requirements that public use be on reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms, have maximum possible freedom to make decisions concerning the maintenance and disposition of their federally financed infrastructure assets.
(d) User fees are generally more efficient than general taxes as a means to support infrastructure assets. Privatization transactions should be structured so as not to result in unreasonable increases in charges to users.
(a) Review those procedures affecting the management and disposition of federally financed infrastructure assets owned by State and local governments and modify those procedures to encourage appropriate privatization of such assets consistent with this order;
(b) Assist State and local governments in their efforts to advance the objectives of this order; and
(c) Approve State and local governments’ requests to privatize infrastructure assets, consistent with the criteria in section 4 of this order and, where necessary, grant exceptions to the disposition requirements of the “Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments” common rule, or other relevant rules or regulations, for infrastructure assets; provided that the transfer price shall be distributed, as paid, in the following manner: (i) State and local governments shall first recoup in full the unadjusted dollar amount of their portion of total project costs (including any transaction and fix-up costs they incur) associated with the infrastructure asset involved; (ii) if proceeds remain, then the Federal Government shall recoup in full the amount of Federal grant awards associated with the infrastructure asset, less the applicable share of accumulated depreciation on such asset (calculated using the Internal Revenue Service accelerated depreciation schedule for the categories of assets in question); and (iii) finally, the State and local governments shall keep any remaining proceeds.
(b) Demonstrates that a market mechanism, legally enforceable agreement, or regulatory mechanism will ensure that: (i) the infrastructure asset or assets will continue to be used for their originally authorized purposes, as long as needed for those purposes, even if the purchaser becomes insolvent or is otherwise hindered from fulfilling the originally authorized purposes; and (ii) user charges will be consistent with any current Federal conditions that protect users and the public by limiting the charges.
George Bush.
Ex. Ord. No. 12805. Integrity and Efficiency in Federal Programs
Ex. Ord. No. 12805, May 11, 1992, 57 F.R. 20627, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order to coordinate and enhance governmental efforts to promote integrity and efficiency and to detect and prevent fraud, waste, and abuse in Federal programs, the establishment of two Councils of Federal Inspectors General and appropriate Federal officials is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) There is established as an interagency committee the President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency (PCIE).
(b) The PCIE shall be composed of the following members:
(1) The Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall be Chairperson of the Council;
(2) All civilian Presidentially appointed Inspectors General whose offices were established in the Inspector General Act of 1978 [5 App. U.S.C.] and subsequent amendments;
(3) The Vice Chairperson of the Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency;
(4) The Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management;
(5) The Associate Deputy Director for Investigations of the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(6) The Director of the Office of Government Ethics;
(7) The Special Counsel of the Office of Special Counsel; and
(8) The Deputy Director of the Office of Personnel Management.
(c) The Chairperson may, from time to time, invite other officials to participate in meetings of the PCIE.
(d) The Chairperson shall, to the extent possible, convene meetings of the PCIE monthly.
(a) There is established as an inter-entity committee the Executive Council on Integrity and Efficiency (ECIE).
(b) The ECIE shall be composed of the following members:
(1) The Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall be Chairperson of the Council;
(2) All civilian statutory Inspectors General not represented on the PCIE;
(3) The Vice Chairperson of the PCIE;
(4) The Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management;
(5) The Associate Deputy Director for Investigations of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, or his or her designee;
(6) The Director of the Office of Government Ethics, or his or her designee;
(7) The Special Counsel of the Office of Special Counsel, or his or her designee; and
(8) The Deputy Director of the Office of Personnel Management, or his or her designee.
(c) If any individual simultaneously serves as a Presidentially appointed Inspector General and as Inspector General of an entity represented on the ECIE, that individual may send a designee to ECIE meetings.
(d) The Chairperson may, from time to time, invite other officials to participate in meetings of the ECIE.
(e) The Chairperson or, in his or her absence, the Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management shall, to the extent possible, convene meetings of the ECIE monthly.
(a) The Councils shall continually identify, review, and discuss areas of weakness and vulnerability in Federal programs and operations to fraud, waste, and abuse, and shall develop plans for coordinated, Governmentwide activities that address these problems and promote economy and efficiency in Federal programs and operations. These activities will include interagency and inter-entity audit and investigation programs and projects to deal efficiently and effectively with those problems concerning fraud and waste that exceed the capability or jurisdiction of an individual agency or entity. The Councils shall recognize the preeminent role of the Department of Justice in law enforcement and litigation.
(b) The Councils shall develop policies that will aid in the establishment of a corps of well-trained and highly skilled Office of Inspector General staff members.
(c) The individual members of the Councils should, to the extent permitted under law, adhere to professional standards developed by the Councils and participate in the plans, programs, and projects of the Councils.
(d) The creation and operation of the Councils shall neither interfere with existing authority and responsibilities in the relevant agencies and entities nor augment or diminish the statutory authority or responsibilities of individual members of either Council.
(a) The Chairperson may appoint a Vice Chairperson from the PCIE and the ECIE to assist in carrying out the functions of each Council.
(b) The Chairperson shall, in consultation with the members of each Council, establish the agenda for PCIE and ECIE activities.
(c) The Chairperson shall, on behalf of the Councils, report to the President on the activities of the Councils. The Chairperson shall, as appropriate, advise the Councils with respect to the President's consideration of the Councils’ activities.
(d) The Chairperson shall provide agency and entity heads with summary reports of the activities of the Councils.
(e) The Chairperson shall establish, in consultation with members of the Councils, such committees of the PCIE and the ECIE as deemed necessary and appropriate for the efficient conduct of PCIE and ECIE functions. The Chairperson may invite members of the ECIE to serve on each PCIE Committee. Similarly, the Chairperson may invite members of the PCIE to serve on each ECIE Committee.
(f) The Chairperson shall convene joint meetings of the PCIE and the ECIE at least annually.
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall provide the PCIE and the ECIE with such administrative support as may be necessary for the performance of the functions of the Councils.
(b) The heads of agencies and entities represented on the PCIE and the ECIE shall provide their representatives with such administrative support as may be necessary, in accordance with law, to enable the representatives to carry out their responsibilities.
George Bush.
Ex. Ord. No. 12816. Management Improvement in the Federal Government
Ex. Ord. No. 12816, Oct. 14, 1992, 57 F.R. 47562, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order to coordinate and implement policies with respect to management improvement in the Federal Government, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) There is established as an interagency committee the President's Council on Management Improvement (“Council”).
(b) The Council shall be composed of the Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall serve as Chairman, and one senior official, who is a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government and who is responsible for management or administration, from each of the following agencies as selected by the heads of those agencies:
(1) Department of State;
(2) Department of the Treasury;
(3) Department of Defense;
(4) Department of Justice;
(5) Department of the Interior;
(6) Department of Agriculture;
(7) Department of Commerce;
(8) Department of Labor;
(9) Department of Health and Human Services;
(10) Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(11) Department of Transportation;
(12) Department of Energy;
(13) Department of Education;
(14) Department of Veterans Affairs;
(15) Agency for International Development;
(16) Environmental Protection Agency;
(17) Equal Employment Opportunity Commission;
(18) Federal Communications Commission;
(19) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(20) Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(21) Federal Energy Regulatory Commission;
(22) Federal Reserve Board;
(23) General Services Administration;
(24) Interstate Commerce Commission;
(25) National Aeronautics and Space Administration;
(26) National Archives and Records Administration;
(27) Nuclear Regulatory Commission;
(28) Office of Personnel Management;
(29) Resolution Trust Corporation;
(30) Securities and Exchange Commission;
(31) Small Business Administration;
(32) Tennessee Valley Authority; and
(33) United States Information Agency.
(c) The Council membership also shall include the following officials:
(1) Deputy Director, Office of Personnel Management;
(2) Deputy Administrator, General Services Administration;
(3) Assistant to the President for Policy Development or a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government designated by that official;
(4) Assistant to the President for Presidential Personnel or a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government designated by that official;
(5) Assistant Director for General Management, Office of Management and Budget; and
(6) At-large members appointed by the Chairman pursuant to section 3(e) of this order.
(d) The Council shall have a Vice Chairman selected by the Chairman from among the Council membership.
(a) The Council shall serve as an interagency forum to discuss problems and recommend improvements in Government management and operations and to provide advice to the Chairman on matters pertaining to the management of the Federal Government. The Council shall:
(1) assist in the formulation of short- and long-range plans to promote improvements in the management and administrative systems and operations of the Federal Government;
(2) identify specific department and agency management solutions that may have Governmentwide application and assist in the dissemination of this information and the implementation of these solutions;
(3) serve as a resource to assist in an advisory capacity in the development, review, revision, and implementation of Governmentwide policies in support of the central management agencies of the Federal Government, including the Office of Management and Budget, the Office of Personnel Management, and the General Services Administration; and
(4) serve as a forum to recommend solutions to interagency management problems.
(b) In conducting these functions, the Council shall not interfere with existing lines of authority and responsibility in the departments and agencies.
(a) establish, in consultation with the Council membership as he deems appropriate, procedures and agenda topics for the Council;
(b) report, on behalf of the Council and as appropriate, to the President, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the agency heads, and the Cabinet on the goals and accomplishments of the Council;
(c) establish such committees or working groups of the Council, including an executive committee, as the Chairman may find necessary or appropriate for the efficient conduct of Council functions;
(d) appoint a Vice Chairman from among the Council's membership to assist the Chairman in representing the Council and to perform duties as determined by the Chairman;
(e) appoint other full-time officers or employees of the Federal Government to the Council as at-large members for specific terms to provide special expertise to the Council and to perform duties as determined by the Chairman; and
(f) be supported by the Assistant Director for General Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall advise and assist the Chairman in the execution of the responsibilities set forth above and act for the Chairman in his or her absence.
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall provide the Council with administrative support as may be necessary for the performance of its functions.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, the head of each agency represented on the Council shall provide its representative with such administrative support as necessary to enable the agency representative to carry out his or her responsibilities and to support the Governmentwide activities of the Council.
George Bush.
Ex. Ord. No. 12837. Deficit Control and Productivity Improvement in the Administration of the Federal Government
Ex. Ord. No. 12837, Feb. 10, 1993, 58 F.R. 8205, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including the Budget and Accounting Act of 1921, as amended (31 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and in order to assist in the control of the Federal deficit and improve the administrative productivity of the Federal Government, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) For fiscal year 1994, all agencies shall submit budget requests that reflect no less than a 3 percent reduction in administrative expenses from the amount made available for fiscal year 1993 adjusted for inflation;
(b) For fiscal year 1995, all agencies shall submit budget requests that reflect no less than a 6 percent reduction in administrative expenses from the amounts made available for fiscal year 1993 adjusted for inflation;
(c) For fiscal year 1996, all agencies shall submit budget requests that reflect no less than a 9 percent reduction in administrative expenses from the amounts made available for fiscal year 1993 adjusted for inflation;
(d) For fiscal year 1997, all agencies shall submit budget requests that reflect no less than a 14 percent reduction in administrative expenses from the amounts made available for fiscal year 1993 adjusted for inflation.
William J. Clinton.
Ex. Ord. No. 12862. Setting Customer Service Standards
Ex. Ord. No. 12862, Sept. 11, 1993, 58 F.R. 48257, provided:
Putting people first means ensuring that the Federal Government provides the highest quality service possible to the American people. Public officials must embark upon a revolution within the Federal Government to change the way it does business. This will require continual reform of the executive branch's management practices and operations to provide service to the public that matches or exceeds the best service available in the private sector.
NOW, THEREFORE, to establish and implement customer service standards to guide the operations of the executive branch, and by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, it is hereby ordered:
All executive departments and agencies (hereinafter referred to collectively as “agency” or “agencies”) that provide significant services directly to the public shall provide those services in a manner that seeks to meet the customer service standard established herein and shall take the following actions:
(a) identify the customers who are, or should be, served by the agency;
(b) survey customers to determine the kind and quality of services they want and their level of satisfaction with existing services;
(c) post service standards and measure results against them;
(d) benchmark customer service performance against the best in business;
(e) survey front-line employees on barriers to, and ideas for, matching the best in business;
(f) provide customers with choices in both the sources of service and the means of delivery;
(g) make information, services, and complaint systems easily accessible; and
(h) provide means to address customer complaints.
William J. Clinton.
Implementing Management Reform in Executive Branch
Memorandum of President of the United States, Oct. 1, 1993, 58 F.R. 52393, provided:
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies
The National Performance Review has examined how well the government serves its citizens, where it can improve, and where it is necessary to make fundamental changes to make government work better. It has presented its findings and recommendations—including the adoption of new management principles and structural reforms—to improve government throughout the Executive branch.
In order to establish and implement more effective and efficient leadership and management principles throughout the Executive branch as identified in the National Performance Review, I hereby direct the following:
1. Establish Chief Operating Officers.
Each agency head shall designate a Chief Operating Officer, who shall be the Deputy or another official with agency-wide authority. The Chief Operating Officer shall report directly to the agency head and shall be responsible for:
(a) implementing the President's and agency head's goals and the agency's mission;
(b) providing overall organization management to improve agency performance;
(c) assisting the agency head in promoting ongoing quality improvement, developing strategic plans, and measuring results;
(d) directing ongoing reengineering of the agency's administrative processes;
(e) overseeing agency-specific application of performance measures, procurement reforms, personnel reductions, financial management improvements, telecommunications and information technology policies, and other government-wide systems reforms adopted as a result of the recommendations of the National Performance Review; and
(f) reforming the agency's management practices by incorporating the principles of the National Performance Review into day-to-day management.
2. Implement Additional Agency Reforms.
Each agency head shall identify and implement additional changes within the agency that will promote the principles and standards of the National Performance Review and the strategic and quality management approaches described by the Federal Quality Institute's “Presidential Award for Quality” or its successor award(s).
3. Establishment of President's Management Council.
In order to advise and assist the President and the Vice President in ensuring that the reforms adopted as a result of the National Performance Review are implemented throughout the Executive branch, I hereby establish the President's Management Council (“The Council”). The Council shall comprise the:
(a) The Deputy Director for Management, Office of Management and Budget;
(b) The Chief Operating Officers from the following agencies:
(1) Department of State;
(2) Department of the Treasury;
(3) Department of Defense;
(4) Department of Justice;
(5) Department of the Interior;
(6) Department of Agriculture;
(7) Department of Commerce;
(8) Department of Labor;
(9) Department of Health and Human Services;
(10) Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(11) Department of Transportation;
(12) Department of Energy;
(13) Department of Education;
(14) Department of Veterans Affairs;
(15) Environmental Protection Agency;
(c) The following central management agency representatives:
(1) Director of the Office of Personnel Management;
(2) Administrator of General Services;
(d) Chief Operating Officers of three other Executive branch agencies designated by the Chairperson, in his or her discretion;
(e) Secretary of the Cabinet; and
(f) Such other officials of Executive departments and agencies as I may, from time to time, designate.
The Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget shall serve as Chairperson of the Council. The Chairperson of the Council shall appoint a Vice-Chairperson from the Council's membership to assist the Chairperson in conducting the affairs of the Council.
I also establish an Executive Committee of the Council. Members of the Executive Committee shall be: the Chairperson; the Vice Chairperson; the two central management agency representatives; two Chief Operating Officers serving on the Council, whom I shall designate, and any additional Council members whom I may, from time to time, designate.
The Chairperson shall convene meetings of the Council, which shall be held at least once a month.
The functions of the Council shall include, among others:
(a) improving overall Executive branch management, including reform of government-wide management systems, such as management controls, financial management, personnel, budgeting, and procurement;
(b) coordinating management-related efforts to improve government throughout the Executive branch and, as necessary, resolving specific interagency management issues;
(c) ensuring the adoption of new management practices in agencies throughout the Executive branch; and
(d) identifying examples of, and providing mechanisms for, interagency exchange of information about best management practices.
The Council shall be provided with appropriate staff support and other resources as may be necessary to carry out its duties. In addition, the Federal Quality Institute shall serve as a resource to the Council.
The Council shall seek advice and information as appropriate from nonmember Federal agencies, particularly smaller agencies. The Council shall also consider the management reform experience of corporations, nonprofit organizations, State and local governments, government employees, public sector unions, and customers of government services.
Agencies shall cooperate with the Council and provide such assistance, information, and advice to the Council as the Council may request, to the extent permitted by law.
4. Independent Agencies.
Independent agencies are requested to adhere to this directive.
5. Judicial Review.
This directive is for the internal management of the Executive branch and does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable by a party against the United States, its agencies or instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or any other person.
6. Publication.
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
William J. Clinton.
Ex. Ord. No. 12893. Principles for Federal Infrastructure Investments
Ex. Ord. No. 12893, Jan. 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 4233, provided:
A well-functioning infrastructure is vital to sustained economic growth, to the quality of life in our communities, and to the protection of our environment and natural resources. To develop and maintain its infrastructure facilities, our Nation relies heavily on investments by the Federal Government.
Our Nation will achieve the greatest benefits from its infrastructure facilities if it invests wisely and continually improves the quality and performance of its infrastructure programs. Therefore, by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Each executive department and agency with infrastructure responsibilities (hereinafter referred to collectively as “agencies”) shall develop and implement plans for infrastructure investment and management consistent with the following principles:
(a) Systematic Analysis of Expected Benefits and Costs. Infrastructure investments shall be based on systematic analysis of expected benefits and costs, including both quantitative and qualitative measures, in accordance with the following:
(1) Benefits and costs should be quantified and monetized to the maximum extent practicable. All types of benefits and costs, both market and nonmarket, should be considered. To the extent that environmental and other nonmarket benefits and costs can be quantified, they shall be given the same weight as quantifiable market benefits and costs.
(2) Benefits and costs should be measured and appropriately discounted over the full life cycle of each project. Such analysis will enable informed tradeoffs among capital outlays, operating and maintenance costs, and nonmonetary costs borne by the public.
(3) When the amount and timing of important benefits and costs are uncertain, analyses shall recognize the uncertainty and address it through appropriate quantitative and qualitative assessments.
(4) Analyses shall compare a comprehensive set of options that include, among other things, managing demand, repairing facilities, and expanding facilities.
(5) Analyses should consider not only quantifiable measures of benefits and costs, but also qualitative measures reflecting values that are not readily quantified.
(b) Efficient Management. Infrastructure shall be managed efficiently in accordance with the following:
(1) The efficient use of infrastructure depends not only on physical design features, but also on operational practices. To improve these practices, agencies should conduct periodic reviews of the operation and maintenance of existing facilities.
(2) Agencies should use these reviews to consider a variety of management practices that can improve the return from infrastructure investments. Examples include contracting practices that reward quality and innovation, and design standards that incorporate new technologies and construction techniques.
(3) Agencies also should use these reviews to identify the demand for different levels of infrastructure services. Since efficient levels of service can often best be achieved by properly pricing infrastructure, the Federal Government—through its direct investments, grants, and regulations—should promote consideration of market-based mechanisms for managing infrastructure.
(c) Private Sector Participation. Agencies shall seek private sector participation in infrastructure investment and management. Innovative public-private initiatives can bring about greater private sector participation in the ownership, financing, construction, and operation of the infrastructure programs referred to in section 1 of this order. Consistent with the public interest, agencies should work with State and local entities to minimize legal and regulatory barriers to private sector participation in the provision of infrastructure facilities and services.
(d) Encouragement of More Effective State and Local Programs. To promote the efficient use of Federal infrastructure funds, agencies should encourage the State and local recipients of Federal grants to implement planning and information management systems that support the principles set forth in section 2(a) through (c) of this order. In turn, the Federal Government should use the information from the State and local recipients’ management systems to conduct the system-level reviews of the Federal Government's infrastructure programs that are required by this order.
William J. Clinton.
§502. Officers
(a) The head of the Office of Management and Budget is the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. The Director is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. Under the direction of the President, the Director shall administer the Office.
(b) The Office has a Deputy Director of the Office of Management and Budget, appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Deputy Director—
(1) shall carry out the duties and powers prescribed by the Director; and
(2) acts as the Director when the Director is absent or unable to serve or when the office of Director is vacant.
(c) The Office has a Deputy Director for Management appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Deputy Director for Management shall be the chief official responsible for financial management in the United States Government.
(d) The Office has 3 Assistant Directors who shall carry out the duties and powers prescribed by the Director.
(e) The Office may have not more than 6 additional officers, each of whom is appointed in the competitive service by the Director, with the approval of the President. Each additional officer shall carry out the duties and powers prescribed by the Director. The Director shall specify the title of each additional officer.
(f) When the Director and Deputy Director are absent or unable to serve or when the offices of Director and Deputy Director are vacant, the President may designate an officer of the Office to act as Director.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 886; Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §201, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2839.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 502(a) | 31:16(2d sentence related to Director). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §207(2d, 3d sentences), 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; July 31, 1953, ch. 302, §101(1st proviso in par. under heading “Bureau of the Budget”), 67 Stat. 299; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), (b), (d), (e), (f)(less words between parentheses), 84 Stat. 2085; Mar. 2, 1974, Pub. L. 93–250, §1, 88 Stat. 11. |
| 502(b) | 31:16(2d sentence related to Deputy Director, 3d sentence). | |
| 502(c) | 31:16a. | Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; July 31, 1953, ch. 302, §101(last proviso in par. under heading “Bureau of the Budget”), 67 Stat. 299; Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), 80 Stat. 657; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(b), (e), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 31:16c. | Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 838, 70 Stat. 887; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(b), (e), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 502(d), (e) | 31:16(note). | Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(c)(words before last comma), (e), (f)(words between parentheses), 84 Stat. 2085. |
In subsections (a) and (b), the words related to salaries in section 207 of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921 (ch. 18, 42 Stat. 22), are omitted as covered by 5:5313(11) and 5314(34).
In subsection (a), the text of section 102(d)(1st sentence) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) is omitted as covered by 3:301 and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “administer” is substituted for “supervise and direct the administration of” in section 102(d) of the Reorganization Plan to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “designated by this reorganization plan” in section 102(e) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 are omitted as executed. The words “carry out the duties and powers prescribed by” are substituted for “perform such functions as” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “may from time to time direct” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), the words “the duties and powers prescribed by” in section 102(e)(related to Assistant Directors) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 are substituted for “such functions as” for consistency. The words “may from time to time direct” are omitted as unnecessary. The words related to compensation in 31:16c are omitted as covered by 5:5315(37).
In subsection (d), the words “as determined from time to time by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (hereinafter referred to as the Director)” in section 102(c)(1st sentence) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 are omitted as unnecessary. The words “in the competitive” are substituted for “under the classified civil” in section 102(c)(2d sentence) of the Reorganization Plan to conform to 5:2102. The words “The Director shall specify the title of each additional officer” are substituted for “shall have such title as the Director shall from time to time determine” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “provided for in subsection (c) of this section” in section 102(e)(related to officers) of the Reorganization Plan are omitted because of the restatement. The words “carry out the duties and powers prescribed by” are substituted for “perform such functions as” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “may from time to time direct” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (e), the words “When the Director and Deputy Director are absent or unable to serve or when the offices of Director and Deputy Director are vacant” are substituted for “or during the absence or disability of the Deputy Director or in the event of a vacancy in the office of Deputy Director” and “during the absence or disability of the Director or in the event of a vacancy in the office of Director” in section 102(f)(words between parentheses) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 for clarity and consistency with other titles of the Code. The words “an officer” are substituted for “such other officials” for clarity and consistency in the chapter. The words “in such order as” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “from time to time” are eliminated as unnecessary.
Amendments
1990—Subsecs. (c) to (f). Pub. L. 101–576 added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) to (e) as (d) to (f), respectively.
Cross References
Compensation of Director and Deputy Director of Office of Management and Budget, see sections 5312 and 5313 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Compensation of Assistant Directors of Office of Management and Budget, see section 5315 of Title 5.
§503. Functions of Deputy Director for Management
(a) Subject to the direction and approval of the Director, the Deputy Director for Management shall establish governmentwide financial management policies for executive agencies and shall perform the following financial management functions:
(1) Perform all functions of the Director, including all functions delegated by the President to the Director, relating to financial management.
(2) Provide overall direction and leadership to the executive branch on financial management matters by establishing financial management policies and requirements, and by monitoring the establishment and operation of Federal Government financial management systems.
(3) Review agency budget requests for financial management systems and operations, and advise the Director on the resources required to develop and effectively operate and maintain Federal Government financial management systems and to correct major deficiencies in such systems.
(4) Review and, where appropriate, recommend to the Director changes to the budget and legislative proposals of agencies to ensure that they are in accordance with financial management plans of the Office of Management and Budget.
(5) Monitor the financial execution of the budget in relation to actual expenditures, including timely performance reports.
(6) Oversee, periodically review, and make recommendations to heads of agencies on the administrative structure of agencies with respect to their financial management activities.
(7) Develop and maintain qualification standards for agency Chief Financial Officers and for agency Deputy Chief Financial Officers appointed under sections 901 and 903, respectively.
(8) Provide advice to agency heads with respect to the selection of agency Chief Financial Officers and Deputy Chief Financial Officers.
(9) Provide advice to agencies regarding the qualifications, recruitment, performance, and retention of other financial management personnel.
(10) Assess the overall adequacy of the professional qualifications and capabilities of financial management staffs throughout the Government and make recommendations on ways to correct problems which impair the capacity of those staffs.
(11) Settle differences that arise among agencies regarding the implementation of financial management policies.
(12) Chair the Chief Financial Officers Council established by section 302 of the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990.
(13) Communicate with the financial officers of State and local governments, and foster the exchange with those officers of information concerning financial management standards, techniques, and processes.
(14) Issue such other policies and directives as may be necessary to carry out this section, and perform any other function prescribed by the Director.
(b) Subject to the direction and approval of the Director, the Deputy Director for Management shall establish general management policies for executive agencies and perform the following general management functions:
(1) Coordinate and supervise the general management functions of the Office of Management and Budget.
(2) Perform all functions of the Director, including all functions delegated by the President to the Director, relating to—
(A) managerial systems, including the systematic measurement of performance;
(B) procurement policy;
(C) grant, cooperative agreement, and assistance management;
(D) information and statistical policy;
(E) property management;
(F) human resources management;
(G) regulatory affairs; and
(H) other management functions, including organizational studies, long-range planning, program evaluation, productivity improvement, and experimentation and demonstration programs.
(3) Provide complete, reliable, and timely information to the President, the Congress, and the public regarding the management activities of the executive branch.
(4) Facilitate actions by the Congress and the executive branch to improve the management of Federal Government operations and to remove impediments to effective administration.
(5) Provide leadership in management innovation, through—
(A) experimentation, testing, and demonstration programs; and
(B) the adoption of modern management concepts and technologies.
(6) Work with State and local governments to improve and strengthen intergovernmental relations, and provide assistance to such governments with respect to intergovernmental programs and cooperative arrangements.
(7) Review and, where appropriate, recommend to the Director changes to the budget and legislative proposals of agencies to ensure that they respond to program evaluations by, and are in accordance with general management plans of, the Office of Management and Budget.
(8) Provide advice to agencies on the qualification, recruitment, performance, and retention of managerial personnel.
(9) Perform any other functions prescribed by the Director.
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §202(b), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2839; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(B), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1361.)
References in Text
Section 302 of the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 [Pub. L. 101–576], referred to in subsec. (a)(12), is set out as a note under section 901 of this title.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 503 was renumbered section 505 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “Perform” for “perform”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 504 of this title.
§504. Office of Federal Financial Management
(a) There is established in the Office of Management and Budget an office to be known as the “Office of Federal Financial Management”. The Office of Federal Financial Management, under the direction and control of the Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, shall carry out the financial management functions listed in section 503(a) of this title.
(b) There shall be at the head of the Office of Federal Financial Management a Controller, who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Controller shall be appointed from among individuals who possess—
(1) demonstrated ability and practical experience in accounting, financial management, and financial systems; and
(2) extensive practical experience in financial management in large governmental or business entities.
(c) The Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management shall be the deputy and principal advisor to the Deputy Director for Management in the performance by the Deputy Director for Management of functions described in section 503(a).
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §203(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2841.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 504 was renumbered section 506 of this title.
§505. Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs
The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, established under section 3503 of title 44, is an office in the Office of Management and Budget.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 886, §503; renumbered §505, Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §202(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2839.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 503 | (no source). |
The section is included to provide in subchapter I of chapter 5 of the revised title a complete list of the organizational units established by law that are in the Office of Management and Budget or are subject to the direction and supervision of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576 renumbered section 503 of this title as this section.
§506. Office of Federal Procurement Policy
The Office of Federal Procurement Policy, established under section 5(a) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 404(a)), is an office in the Office of Management and Budget.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(1)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467, §504; renumbered §506, Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §202(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2839.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 504 | (no source). |
The section is included to provide in subchapter I of chapter 5 of title 31 a complete list of the organizational units established by law that are in the Office of Management and Budget or are subject to the direction and supervision of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576 renumbered section 504 of this title as this section.
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
§521. Employees
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall appoint and fix the pay of employees of the Office under regulations prescribed by the President.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 886.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 521 | 31:17(a)(related to employees). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §208(a)(related to employees), 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
The words “attorneys and other” are omitted as being included in “employees”.
Cross References
Appointments generally, see sections 3101 et seq., and 3301 et seq., of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Classification and pay rates generally, see sections 5101 et seq., and 5331 et seq., of Title 5.
§522. Necessary expenditures
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget may make necessary expenditures for the Office under regulations prescribed by the President.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 886.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 522 | 31:17(a)(related to expenses). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §208(a)(related to expenses), 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
The words “for rent in the District of Columbia, printing, binding, telegrams, telephone service, law books, books of reference, periodicals, stationery, furniture, office equipment, other supplies, and” are omitted as covered by titles 5, 40, and 44, and as being included in “necessary expenditures”. The words “within the appropriations made therefor” are omitted as unnecessary.
CHAPTER 7—GENERAL ACCOUNTING OFFICE
SUBCHAPTER I—DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL ORGANIZATION
SUBCHAPTER II—GENERAL DUTIES AND POWERS
SUBCHAPTER III—PERSONNEL
SUBCHAPTER IV—PERSONNEL APPEALS BOARD
SUBCHAPTER V—ANNUITIES
SUBCHAPTER VI—PROPERTY MANAGEMENT
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(C), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362, struck out “Sec.” immediately above item 781.
1988—Pub. L. 100–545, §2(a), Oct. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 2728, added subchapter VI heading and items 781 to 783.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in section 3555 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER I—DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL ORGANIZATION
§701. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “agency” includes the District of Columbia government but does not include the legislative branch or the Supreme Court.
(2) “appropriations” means appropriated amounts and includes, in appropriate context—
(A) funds;
(B) authority to make obligations by contract before appropriations; and
(C) other authority making amounts available for obligation or expenditure.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 887.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 701(1) | 31:2(1st–4th pars.). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §2(1st–5th pars.), 42 Stat. 20; Apr. 3, 1939, ch. 36, §201, 53 Stat. 565; July 31, 1953, ch. 302, §101(1st proviso in par. under heading “Bureau of the Budget”), 67 Stat. 299. |
| 701(2) | 31:2(last par.). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §2(last par.); added Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §101, 64 Stat. 832. |
In clause (1), “agency” (which is defined for purposes of this title in section 101 to mean a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States) is coextensive with and substituted for the term “department or establishment” which was defined in 31:2 as in part meaning “any executive department, independent commission, board, bureau, office, agency, or other establishment of the Government, including any independent regulatory commission or board”. This definition merely restates and continues, and does not in any way change or expand, the definition in 31:2. Under that definition, entities such as the Tennessee Valley Authority that have been interpreted to be outside the purview of the definition will continue to be outside the purview in the same manner and to the same extent that they were under 31:2. The words “includes the District of Columbia government” are used because of existing law but the inclusion of these words is not to be interpreted as construing the extent to which the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganizational Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 774) supersedes the provisions codified in this title. The words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:2 (2d–4th pars.) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of section 2 (3d par.) of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921 (ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20), is omitted as obsolete because of section 501 of the revised title.
Short Title of 1988 Amendment
Pub. L. 100–426, §1, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1598, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 703, 732, 751, 752, 755, 771 to 774, 776, and 777 of this title and section 5349 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 755 and 772 of this title] may be cited as the ‘General Accounting Office Personnel Amendments Act of 1988’.”
§702. General Accounting Office
(a) The General Accounting Office is an instrumentality of the United States Government independent of the executive departments.
(b) The head of the Office is the Comptroller General of the United States. The Office has a Deputy Comptroller General of the United States.
(c) The Comptroller General may adopt a seal for the Office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 887; Pub. L. 100–545, §2(b), Oct. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 2729.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 702(a) | 31:41(1st sentence less last 14 words, 2d, 3d sentences). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §301, 42 Stat. 23. |
| 702(b) | 31:41(1st sentence last 14 words). | |
| 31:42(a)(1st sentence words before comma). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §302(a)(1st sentence words before 1st comma), 42 Stat. 23; Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §104(a), 94 Stat. 314. | |
| 31:1154(d)(1st sentence). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §204(d)(1st sentence), 84 Stat. 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §702(a), 88 Stat. 326. | |
| 31:1155(a). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §205(a), 84 Stat. 1168. | |
| 702(c) | 31:51–1. | Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §501(a), 88 Stat. 1962. |
| 702(d) | 31:41(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “instrumentality of the United States Government” are substituted for “establishment of the Government” for consistency. The words “created . . . to be” and 31:41(2d, 3d sentences) are omitted as executed.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 31:41(1st sentence last 14 words) and 42(a)(1st sentence words before comma) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The word “Deputy” is substituted for “Assistant” because of section 101 of the Act of July 9, 1971 (Pub. L. 92–51, 85 Stat. 143). The text of 31:1154(d)(1st sentence) and 1155(a) is omitted as unnecessary because the Comptroller General, as the head of the Office, has the authority to establish constituent parts of the Office to carry out duties and powers unless otherwise specified by law.
In subsection (c), the words “Administrator of General Services” are substituted for “the head of any Federal agency which exercises authority over such building” for clarity. The words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 100–545 redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out former subsec. (c) which directed Administrator of General Services to provide Comptroller General with space in General Accounting Office Building.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 735 of this title.
§703. Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General
(a)(1) The Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General are appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
(2) When a vacancy occurs in the office of Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General, a commission is established to recommend individuals to the President for appointment to the vacant office. The commission shall be composed of—
(A) the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
(B) the President pro tempore of the Senate;
(C) the majority and minority leaders of the House of Representatives and the Senate;
(D) the chairmen and ranking minority members of the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Operations of the House; and
(E) when the office of Deputy Comptroller General is vacant, the Comptroller General.
(3) A commission established because of a vacancy in the office of the Comptroller General shall recommend at least 3 individuals. The President may ask the commission to recommend additional individuals.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, the term of the Comptroller General is 15 years. The Comptroller General may not be reappointed. The term of the Deputy Comptroller General expires on the date an individual is appointed Comptroller General. The Deputy Comptroller General may continue to serve until a successor is appointed.
(c) The Deputy Comptroller General—
(1) carries out duties and powers prescribed by the Comptroller General; and
(2) acts for the Comptroller General when the Comptroller General is absent or unable to serve or when the office of Comptroller General is vacant.
(d) The Comptroller General shall designate an officer or employee of the General Accounting Office to act as Comptroller General when the Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General are absent or unable to serve or when the offices of Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General are vacant.
(e)(1) A Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General may retire after becoming 70 years of age and completing 10 years of service as Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General (as the case may be). Either may be removed at any time by—
(A) impeachment; or
(B) joint resolution of Congress, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing, only for—
(i) permanent disability;
(ii) inefficiency;
(iii) neglect of duty;
(iv) malfeasance; or
(v) a felony or conduct involving moral turpitude.
(2) A Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General removed from office under paragraph (1) of this subsection may not be reappointed to the office.
(f) The annual rate of basic pay of the—
(1) Comptroller General is equal to the rate for level II of the Executive Schedule; and
(2) Deputy Comptroller General is equal to the rate for level III of the Executive Schedule.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 888; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §201, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1599.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 703(a)(1) | 31:42(a)(1st sentence words after comma). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §302(a)(1st sentence words after 1st comma, last sentence), 42 Stat. 23; Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §104(a), 94 Stat. 314. |
| 703(a)(2), (3) | 31:42(b). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §302(b); added Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §104(a), 94 Stat. 314. |
| 703(b) | 31:43(1st par. 1st, 2d sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §303(1st par.), 42 Stat. 23; Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §104(b)(1), 94 Stat. 315. |
| 703(c) | 31:42(a)(last sentence). | |
| 703(d) | 31:43a. | June 27, 1944, ch. 286, §101(last par. on p. 371), 58 Stat. 371. |
| 703(e) | 31:43(1st par. 3d–last sentences). | |
| 703(f) | 31:42a. | Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, §203(a), (b), 78 Stat. 415; Dec. 16, 1967, Pub. L. 90–206, §219(1), 81 Stat. 639; restated Aug. 9, 1975, Pub. L. 94–82, §204(b), 89 Stat. 421. |
In subsections (a)(1), (b), (d), and (e), the word “Deputy” is substituted for “Assistant” because of section 101 of the Act of July 9, 1971 (Pub. L. 92–51, 85 Stat. 143).
In subsection (a)(1), the words “The Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General” are added because of the restatement. The words “by and” are added for consistency. The words “and shall receive salaries of $10,000 and $7,500 a year, respectively” in section 302(a)(1st sentence words after 2d comma) of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921 (ch. 18, 42 Stat. 23), are omitted as superseded by subsection (f) of this section.
In subsection (a)(2), before clause (A), the words “after April 3, 1980” are omitted as executed. In clause (E), the words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(3), the words “because of a vacancy in the office of the Comptroller General” are substituted for “under paragraph (1)” for clarity. The word “recommend” is substituted for “submit” and “submitted” for consistency. The words “to the President for consideration the names of”, “for the Office of Comptroller General”, and “within his discretion” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “the term of . . . is 15 years” are substituted for “shall hold office for fifteen years” for consistency. The words “eligible for” are omitted as surplus. The words “the term of . . . expires on” are substituted for “shall hold office from the date of his appointment until” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “to fill a vacancy in the Office of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “carries out duties and powers prescribed” are substituted for “perform such duties as may be assigned” for consistency. The words “to him” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “officer or” are added for consistency in the revised title. The text of section 101(last par. on p. 371 words before colon) of the Act of June 27, 1944 (ch. 286, 58 Stat. 371), is omitted as expired.
In subsection (e)(1), before clause (A), the words “from his office” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “and for no other cause and in no other manner” are omitted as surplus. In clause (B), before subclause (i), the words “opportunity for a” are added for consistency. The words “guilty of” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (i), the word “disability” is substituted for “incapacitated” for consistency in the chapter and with title 5. In subclause (iv), the words “in office” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “from office” are added for clarity.
In subsection (f), before clause (1), the words “basic pay” are substituted for “compensation” for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. In clauses (1) and (2), the words “of the United States” and “positions at” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 5” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 100–426 substituted “may retire after becoming 70 years of age and completing 10 years of service as Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General (as the case may be)” for “retires on becoming 70 years of age”.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
Salary Increases
1987—Salaries of Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General increased respectively to $89,500 and $82,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2, The Congress.
1977—Salaries of Comptroller General and Deputy Comptroller General increased respectively to $57,500 and $52,500 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.
1969—Salaries of Comptroller General and Assistant Comptroller General increased respectively to $42,500 and $40,000 per annum, on recommendation of the President of the United States, see note set out under section 358 of Title 2.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 735, 772 of this title; title 2 section 356.
§704. Relationship to other laws
(a) To the extent applicable, all laws generally related to administering an agency apply to the Comptroller General.
(b) A copy of a record and a transcript from a record or proceeding of the Comptroller General, that the Comptroller General or Deputy Comptroller General certifies under seal, shall be admitted as evidence with the same effect as a copy or transcript referred to in section 1733 of title 28.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 889.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 704(a) | 31:46(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §306, 42 Stat. 24. |
| 704(b) | 31:46(last sentence). |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the word “agency” is substituted for “departments and establishments” because of section 701 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the word “record” is substituted for “books, records, papers, or documents” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
SUBCHAPTER II—GENERAL DUTIES AND POWERS
§711. General authority
The Comptroller General may—
(1) prescribe regulations to carry out the duties and powers of the Comptroller General;
(2) delegate the duties and powers of the Comptroller General to officers and employees of the General Accounting Office as the Comptroller General decides is necessary to carry out those duties and powers;
(3) regulate the practice of representatives of persons before the Office; and
(4) administer oaths to witnesses when auditing and settling accounts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 889.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 711 | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:52(c), (d). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §311(c), (d), 42 Stat. 25; Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §8(e)(4), 94 Stat. 33. | |
| 31:52–1(related to direct). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §2(related to direct), 94 Stat. 27. | |
| 31:117. | R.S. §297. |
In clause (1), the words “may . . . prescribe regulations to carry out the duties and powers of the Comptroller General” are substituted for “shall make such rules and regulations as may be necessary for carrying on the work of the General Accounting Office” in 31:52(d) for consistency.
In clause (2), the word “delegate” is substituted for “direct” in 31:52–1, and the words “officers and employees” are substituted for “personnel”, and 31:52(c) is omitted, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In clause (3), the words “rules and” in 31:52(d) are omitted as surplus. The words “representatives of persons” are substituted for “attorneys” for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
In clause (4), the words “in any case in which they may deem it necessary for the due” in 31:117 are omitted as surplus. The words “auditing and settling” are substituted for “examination” for consistency. The words “with which they shall be charged” are omitted because of the restatement.
§712. Investigating the use of public money
The Comptroller General shall—
(1) investigate all matters related to the receipt, disbursement, and use of public money;
(2) estimate the cost to the United States Government of complying with each restriction on expenditures of a specific appropriation in a general appropriation law and report each estimate to Congress with recommendations the Comptroller General considers desirable;
(3) analyze expenditures of each executive agency the Comptroller General believes will help Congress decide whether public money has been used and expended economically and efficiently;
(4) make an investigation and report ordered by either House of Congress or a committee of Congress having jurisdiction over revenue, appropriations, or expenditures; and
(5) give a committee of Congress having jurisdiction over revenue, appropriations, or expenditures the help and information the committee requests.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 889.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 712(1) | 31:53(a)(1st sentence words before 5th comma). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §312(a)(1st sentence words before 5th comma), (b), 42 Stat. 25. |
| 712(2) | 31:59. | Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, §§205, 206(1st sentence), 60 Stat. 837. |
| 712(3) | 31:60(1st sentence). | |
| 712(4) | 31:53(b)(1st sentence). | |
| 712(5) | 31:53(b)(last sentence). |
In clause (1), the words “at the seat of government or elsewhere” are omitted as surplus.
In clause (2), the words “estimate the cost to the United States Government of complying with each restriction on expenditures” are substituted for “make a full and complete study of restrictions . . . limiting the expenditure therein with a view to determining the cost to the Government incident to complying with such restrictions”, and the word “desirable” is substituted for “necessary or desirable”, to eliminate unnecessary words.
In clause (3), the words “executive agency” are substituted for “agency in the executive branch of the Government (including Government corporations)” because of section 102 of the revised title.
In clause (4), the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of either House” for consistency.
In clause (5), the words “at the request of any such committee, direct assistants from his office” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 719 of this title.
§713. Audit of Internal Revenue Service and Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms
(a) Under regulations of the Comptroller General, the Comptroller General shall audit the Internal Revenue Service and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms, of the Department of the Treasury. An audit under this section does not affect a final decision of the Secretary of the Treasury under section 6406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6406).
(b)(1) To carry out this section and to the extent provided by and only subject to section 6103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6103)—
(A) returns and return information (as defined in section 6103(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6103(b)) shall be made available to the Comptroller General; and
(B) records and property of, or used by, the Service or the Bureau, shall be made available to the Comptroller General.
(2) At least once every 6 months, the Comptroller General shall designate each officer and employee of the General Accounting Office by name and title to whom returns, return information, or records or property of the Service or the Bureau that can identify a particular taxpayer may be made available. Each designation or a certified copy of the designation shall be sent to the Committee on Finance of the Senate, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Government Operations of the House, the Joint Committee on Taxation, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and the Director of the Bureau.
(3) Except as expressly provided by law, an officer or employee of the Office may make known information derived from a record or property of, or in use by, the Service or the Bureau that can identify a particular taxpayer only to another officer or employee of the Office whose duties or powers require that the record or property be made known.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 889; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 713(a) | 31:67(d)(1). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(d)(1)–(3); added Oct. 7, 1977, Pub. L. 95–125, §1, 91 Stat. 1104. |
| 713(b)(1) | 31:67(d)(2)(1st sentence less proviso). | |
| 713(b)(2) | 31:67(d)(3). | |
| 713(b)(3) | 31:67(d)(2)(1st sentence proviso, last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “rules and” and “findings or” are omitted as surplus. The words “or his delegate” are omitted as unnecessary because of sections 301(b) and 321(a)(2) of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “To carry out” are substituted for “For the purposes of, and to the extent necessary in, making the audits required by”, and the word “only” is substituted for “but notwithstanding the provisions of any other law”, to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the requirements imposed by” are omitted as surplus. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “representatives of the General Accounting Office” for consistency. In clause (B), the word “records” is substituted for “books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, papers” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “other” and “things” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “in writing” and “pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2) of this subsection” are omitted as surplus. The words “records or property of the Service or the Bureau” are substituted for “any information described in clause (B) of such paragraph (2)” for clarity. The words “in a form . . . be associated with or otherwise . . . directly or indirectly”, “such written”, and “promptly” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “divulge . . . in any manner whatever to any person” are omitted as surplus. The words “information derived from a record or property of, or in use by, the Service or the Bureau” are substituted for “any information described in clause (B)” for clarity and consistency. The words “in a form . . . be associated with or otherwise . . . directly or indirectly” are omitted as surplus. The word “powers” is substituted for “responsibilities” for consistency. The words “that the record or property be made known” are substituted for “such disclosure” for clarity. The text of 31:67(d)(2)(last sentence) is omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1986—Subsecs. (a), (b)(1). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954” wherever appearing.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 719 of this title; title 26 section 6103.
§714. Audit of Financial Institutions Examination Council, Federal Reserve Board, Federal reserve banks, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Office of Comptroller of the Currency
(a) In this section, “agency” means the Financial Institutions Examination Council, the Federal Reserve Board, Federal reserve banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Office of Thrift Supervision.
(b) Under regulations of the Comptroller General, the Comptroller General shall audit an agency, but may carry out an onsite examination of an open insured bank or bank holding company only if the appropriate agency has consented in writing. Audits of the Federal Reserve Board and Federal reserve banks may not include—
(1) transactions for or with a foreign central bank, government of a foreign country, or nonprivate international financing organization;
(2) deliberations, decisions, or actions on monetary policy matters, including discount window operations, reserves of member banks, securities credit, interest on deposits, and open market operations;
(3) transactions made under the direction of the Federal Open Market Committee; or
(4) a part of a discussion or communication among or between members of the Board of Governors and officers and employees of the Federal Reserve System related to clauses (1)–(3) of this subsection.
(c)(1) Except as provided in this subsection, an officer or employee of the General Accounting Office may not disclose information identifying an open bank, an open bank holding company, or a customer of an open or closed bank or bank holding company. The Comptroller General may disclose information related to the affairs of a closed bank or closed bank holding company identifying a customer of the closed bank or closed bank holding company only if the Comptroller General believes the customer had a controlling influence in the management of the closed bank or closed bank holding company or was related to or affiliated with a person or group having a controlling influence.
(2) An officer or employee of the Office may discuss a customer, bank, or bank holding company with an official of an agency and may report an apparent criminal violation to an appropriate law enforcement authority of the United States Government or a State.
(3) This subsection does not authorize an officer or employee of an agency to withhold information from a committee of Congress authorized to have the information.
(d)(1) To carry out this section, all records and property of or used by an agency, including samples of reports of examinations of a bank or bank holding company the Comptroller General considers statistically meaningful and workpapers and correspondence related to the reports shall be made available to the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General shall give an agency a current list of officers and employees to whom, with proper identification, records and property may be made available, and who may make notes or copies necessary to carry out an audit. An agency shall give the Comptroller General suitable and lockable offices and furniture, telephones, and access to copying facilities.
(2) Except for the temporary removal of workpapers of the Comptroller General that do not identify a customer of an open or closed bank or bank holding company, an open bank, or an open bank holding company, all workpapers of the Comptroller General and records and property of or used by an agency that the Comptroller General possesses during an audit, shall remain in the agency. The Comptroller General shall prevent unauthorized access to records or property.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 890; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(c), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 353.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 714(a) | 31:67(e)(2). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(e)(1)–(5), (7); added July 21, 1978, Pub. L. 95–320, §2, 92 Stat. 391; Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–630, §1010, 92 Stat. 3696. |
| 714(b) | 31:67(e)(1), (3), (4). | |
| 714(c) | 31:67(e)(5). | |
| 714(d) | 31:67(e)(7). |
In subsection (a), the words “Financial Institutions Examination Council, the Federal Reserve Board, Federal reserve banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency” are substituted for “the agencies, banks, facilities, and corporation, listed in clauses (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1)” for clarity. The words “and their branches and facilities” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 4 of the Rules of Organization of the Federal Reserve System set out in 12:222(note).
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” and “Office” for consistency.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “rules and” are omitted as surplus. The word “agency” is substituted for 31:67(e)(1)(A)–(D) because of subsection (a). The words “(hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the Office)” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (1), the words “government of a foreign country” are substituted for “foreign governments” for consistency. In clause (3), the words “including transactions of the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “oral, written, telegraphic, or telephonic” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “otherwise”, “to any person, nor shall the Office disclose in its report or otherwise outside of the Office”, “in a form”, and “specific” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “An officer or employee of the Office” are substituted for “the Office or its employees” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “specific” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), the words “or subcommittee of the” are omitted as surplus. The words “authorized to have the information” are substituted for “duly authorized” for clarity.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “To carry out this section, all records and property of or used by an agency . . . shall be made available to the Comptroller General” are substituted for 31:67(e)(7)(A)(words before 11th comma) for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “without deletions” are omitted as surplus. The words “from whatever source” and “whether or not a part of the reports” are omitted as surplus. The words “shall have the authority to authorize Office personnel to conduct such audits and to have access to agency materials described in subparagraph (A) and” are omitted because of sections 702(b) and 711 of the revised title. The words “records and property” are substituted for “such agency materials” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “records and property of or used by an agency” are substituted for “agency materials described in subparagraph (A)” for consistency. The words “The Comptroller General shall prevent unauthorized access to records or property” are substituted for 31:67(e)(7)(D)(last sentence) for clarity.
Amendments
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73 inserted reference to Office of Thrift Supervision.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 718 of this title; title 12 section 1833c; title 18 section 1906.
§715. Audit of accounts and operations of the District of Columbia government
(a) In addition to the audit carried out under section 455 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Public Law 93–198, 87 Stat. 803; D.C. Code, §47–117), the Comptroller General each year shall audit the accounts and operations of the District of Columbia government. An audit shall be carried out according to principles, under regulations, and in a way the Comptroller General prescribes. When prescribing the procedures to follow and the extent of the inspection of records, the Comptroller General shall consider generally accepted principles of auditing, including the effectiveness of accounting organizations and systems, internal audit and control, and related administrative practices.
(b) The Comptroller General shall submit each audit report to Congress and the Mayor and Council of the District of Columbia. The report shall include the scope of an audit, information the Comptroller General considers necessary to keep Congress, the Mayor, and the Council informed of operations audited, and recommendations the Comptroller General considers advisable.
(c)(1) By the 90th day after receiving an audit report from the Comptroller General, the Mayor shall state in writing to the Council measures the District of Columbia government is taking to comply with the recommendations of the Comptroller General. A copy of the statement shall be sent to Congress.
(2) After the Council receives the statement of the Mayor, the Council may make available for public inspection the report of the Comptroller General and other material the Council considers pertinent.
(d) To carry out this section, records and property of or used by the District of Columbia government necessary to make an audit easier shall be made available to the Comptroller General. The Mayor shall provide facilities to carry out an audit.
(e) Not later than March 1 of each year, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on the District of Columbia of the House of Representatives and the Subcommittee on General Services, Federalism, and the District of Columbia of the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate a review of the report of the breakdown of the independently audited revenues of the District of Columbia for the preceding fiscal year by revenues derived from the Federal Government and revenues derived from sources other than the Federal Government that is included in the independent annual audit of the funds of the District of Columbia conducted for such fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 891; Pub. L. 102–102, §2(c)(2), Aug. 17, 1991, 105 Stat. 496.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 715(a) | 31:61(a)(1st, 2d sentences). | Dec. 24, 1973, Pub. L. 93–198, §736, 87 Stat. 823. |
| 715(b) | 31:61(b)(1). | |
| 715(c)(1) | 31:61(b)(3). | |
| 715(c)(2) | 31:61(b)(2). | |
| 715(d) | 31:61(a)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The words “of Columbia” are added for clarity. The words “rules and” are omitted as surplus. The word “way” is substituted for “procedures” and “detail” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The word “records” is substituted for “vouchers and other documents” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “of the District of Columbia” are added for clarity. The words “comments and” are omitted as surplus. The word “audited” is substituted for “to which the reports relate” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “with respect thereto” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “After the Council receives the statement of the Mayor” are substituted for “After the Mayor has had an opportunity to be heard”, and the words “of the Comptroller General” are added, for clarity. The word “thereto” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “To carry out this section” are added for clarity. The words “records and property of or used by . . . shall be made available to the Comptroller General” are substituted for 31:61(a)(last sentence 1st–30th words) for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of Columbia government” are added for consistency. The words “The Mayor shall provide facilities to carry out an audit” are substituted for 31:61(a)(last sentence words after last comma) for clarity.
Codification
Section is also set out in D.C. Code, §47–118.1.
Amendments
1991—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–102 added subsec. (e).
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Section 2(e) of Pub. L. 102–102 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 1991].”
§716. Availability of information and inspection of records
(a) Each agency shall give the Comptroller General information the Comptroller General requires about the duties, powers, activities, organization, and financial transactions of the agency. The Comptroller General may inspect an agency record to get the information. This subsection does not apply to expenditures made under section 3524 or 3526(e) of this title.
(b)(1) When an agency record is not made available to the Comptroller General within a reasonable time, the Comptroller General may make a written request to the head of the agency. The request shall state the authority for inspecting the records and the reason for the inspection. The head of the agency has 20 days after receiving the request to respond. The response shall describe the record withheld and the reason the record is being withheld. If the Comptroller General is not given an opportunity to inspect the record within the 20-day period, the Comptroller General may file a report with the President, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Attorney General, the head of the agency, and Congress.
(2) Through an attorney the Comptroller General designates in writing, the Comptroller General may bring a civil action in the district court of the United States for the District of Columbia to require the head of the agency to produce a record—
(A) after 20 days after a report is filed under paragraph (1) of this subsection; and
(B) subject to subsection (d) of this section.
(3) The Attorney General may represent the head of the agency. The court may punish a failure to obey an order of the court under this subsection as a contempt of court.
(c)(1) Subject to subsection (d) of this section, the Comptroller General may subpena a record of a person not in the United States Government when the record is not made available to the Comptroller General to which the Comptroller General has access by law or by agreement of that person from whom access is sought. A subpena shall identify the record and the authority for the inspection and may be issued by the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General may have an individual serve a subpena under this subsection by delivering a copy to the person named in the subpena or by mailing a copy of the subpena by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the residence or principal place of business of the person. Proof of service is shown by a verified return by the individual serving the subpena that states how the subpena was served or by the return receipt signed by the person served.
(2) If a person residing, found, or doing business in a judicial district refuses to comply with a subpena issued under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Comptroller General, through an attorney the Comptroller General designates in writing, may bring a civil action in that district court to require the person to produce the record. The court has jurisdiction of the action and may punish a failure to obey an order of the court under this subsection as a contempt of court.
(d)(1) The Comptroller General may not bring a civil action for a record withheld under subsection (b) of this section or issue a subpena under subsection (c) of this section if—
(A) the record related to activities the President designates as foreign intelligence or counterintelligence activities;
(B) the record is specifically exempted from disclosure to the Comptroller General by a statute that—
(i) without discretion requires that the record be withheld from the Comptroller General;
(ii) establishes particular criteria for withholding the record from the Comptroller General; or
(iii) refers to particular types of records to be withheld from the Comptroller General; or
(C) by the 20th day after a report is filed under subsection (b)(1) of this section, the President or the Director certifies to the Comptroller General and Congress that a record could be withheld under section 552(b)(5) or (7) of title 5 and disclosure reasonably could be expected to impair substantially the operations of the Government.
(2) The President or the Director may not delegate certification under paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection. A certification shall include a complete explanation of the reasons for the certification.
(e)(1) The Comptroller General shall maintain the same level of confidentiality for a record made available under this section as is required of the head of the agency from which it is obtained. Officers and employees of the General Accounting Office are subject to the same statutory penalties for unauthorized disclosure or use as officers or employees of the agency.
(2) The Comptroller General shall keep information described in section 552(b)(6) of title 5 that the Comptroller General obtains in a way that prevents unwarranted invasions of personal privacy.
(3) This section does not authorize information to be withheld from Congress.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 892.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 716(a) | 31:54(a). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §313(a), 42 Stat. 26; Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §102, 94 Stat. 312. |
| 716(b) | 31:54(b). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §313(b)–(f); added Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §102, 94 Stat. 312. |
| 716(c) | 31:54(c). | |
| 716(d) | 31:54(d). | |
| 716(e) | 31:54(e), (f). |
In the section, the word “records” is substituted for “books, documents, papers, or records”, “books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, and documents”, and “written information, books, documents, papers, or records” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “Congress” is substituted for “Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the President of the Senate” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsections (a) and (b), the word “agency” is substituted for “departments and establishments” because of section 701 of the revised title.
In subsection (a), the words “methods of business” are omitted as surplus. The words “or any of his assistants or employees, when duly authorized by him” are omitted because of sections 702(b) and 711 of the revised title. The word “inspect” is substituted for “shall . . . have access to and the right to examine” for consistency. The cross reference to section 3524 is added for clarity.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “to the Comptroller General” are substituted for “access to” for clarity and consistency. The words “in his discretion”, “in addition to subsection (a)”, “a period of”, and “to the written request of the Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus. The words “or any of his designated assistants or employees” are omitted because of sections 702(b) and 711 of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(2), before clause (A), the words “bring a civil action” are substituted for “apply” to conform to rule 2 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 App. U.S.C.). In clause (A), the words “calendar” and “written” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “head of the agency” are substituted for “defendant official” for consistency.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “require by . . . the production of” are omitted as surplus. The words “person not in the United States Government” are substituted for “contractors, subcontractors, or other non-Federal persons” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “from whom access is sought”, “in the case of service by certified or registered mail”, and “post office” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “judicial district” are substituted for “jurisdiction of any district court of the United States” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “contumacy or” are omitted as surplus. The words “may bring a civil action” are substituted for “upon application made by” to conform to rule 2 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 App. U.S.C.).
In subsection (d)(1), before clause (A), the words “requiring the production of material” are omitted as surplus. In clause (C), the words “in writing”, “consists of matters which . . . from disclosure”, “United States Code”, “of such material to the Comptroller General”, and “Federal” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(1), the words “the head of” are added for consistency. The words “from which such material was obtained” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3523 of this title; title 12 section 1833c; title 20 section 1082; title 22 section 3143; title 38 section 7366; title 44 section 3519; title 50 App. section 2411.
§717. Evaluating programs and activities of the United States Government
(a) In this section, “agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) or the District of Columbia government.
(b) The Comptroller General shall evaluate the results of a program or activity the Government carries out under existing law—
(1) on the initiative of the Comptroller General;
(2) when either House of Congress orders an evaluation; or
(3) when a committee of Congress with jurisdiction over the program or activity requests the evaluation.
(c) The Comptroller General shall develop and recommend to Congress ways to evaluate a program or activity the Government carries out under existing law.
(d)(1) On request of a committee of Congress, the Comptroller General shall help the committee to—
(A) develop a statement of legislative goals and ways to assess and report program performance related to the goals, including recommended ways to assess performance, information to be reported, responsibility for reporting, frequency of reports, and feasibility of pilot testing; and
(B) assess program evaluations prepared by and for an agency.
(2) On request of a member of Congress, the Comptroller General shall give the member a copy of the material the Comptroller General compiles in carrying out this subsection that has been released by the committee for which the material was compiled.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 893.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 717(a) | 31:1157. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §207, 84 Stat. 1168. |
| 717(b) | 31:1154(a). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §204(a)–(c), 84 Stat. 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §702(a), 88 Stat. 326. |
| 717(c) | 31:1154(c). | |
| 717(d) | 31:1154(b). |
Subsection (a) restates the source provisions because of section 701 of the revised title and for consistency with section 101 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the word “evaluate” is substituted for “review and evaluate” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (3), the words “a committee of Congress” are substituted for “any committee of the House of Representatives or the Senate, or any joint committee of the two Houses” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the word “evaluate” is substituted for “review and evaluation” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d)(1), before clause (A), the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of either House or any joint committee of the two Houses” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (A), the words “objectives and”, “actual”, and “but are not limited to” are omitted as surplus. In clause (B), the words “analyzing and” and “or evaluation studies” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(2), the word “Congress” is substituted for “either House” for clarity. The words “statement or other” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 719, 731, 1113 of this title.
§718. Availability of draft reports
(a) A draft report of an audit under section 714 of this title shall be submitted to the Financial Institutions Examination Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for comment for 30 days.
(b)(1) The Comptroller General may submit a part of a draft report to an agency for comment for more than 30 days only if the Comptroller General decides, after a showing by the agency, that a longer period is necessary and likely to result in a more accurate report. The report may not be delayed because the agency does not comment within the comment period.
(2) When a draft report is submitted to an agency for comment, the Comptroller General shall make the draft report available on request to—
(A) either House of Congress, a committee of Congress, or a member of Congress if the report was begun because of a request of the House, committee, or member; or
(B) the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives if the report was not begun because of a request of either House of Congress, a committee of Congress, or a member of Congress.
(3) This subsection is subject to statutory and executive order guidelines for handling and storing classified information and material.
(c) A final report of the Comptroller General shall include—
(1) a statement of significant changes of a finding, conclusion, or recommendation in an earlier draft report because of comments on the draft by an agency;
(2) a statement of the reasons the changes were made; and
(3) for a draft report submitted under subsection (a) of this section, written comments of the agency submitted during the comment period.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 894.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 718(a) | 31:67(e)(6)(B)(1st sentence). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(e)(6)(B); added July 21, 1978, Pub. L. 95–320, §2, 92 Stat. 392. |
| 718(b)(1) | 31:53(f)(1), (2). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §312(f); added Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §103, 94 Stat. 314. |
| 718(b)(2) | 31:53(f)(3). | |
| 718(b)(3) | 31:53(f)(5). | |
| 718(c)(1) | 31:53(f)(4)(A). | |
| 718(c)(2) | 31:53(f)(4)(B). | |
| 718(c)(3) | 31:67(e)(6)(B)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “audit under section 714 of this title” are substituted for “such Office audit report”, and the words “Financial Institutions Examination Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency” are substituted for “agency concerned (other than banks, branches, and facilities)”, because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “The report may not be delayed because the agency does not comment within the comment period” are substituted for 31:53(f)(2) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(2)(A), the words “pursuant to subsection (b) of this section or otherwise” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2)(B), the words “if the report was not begun because of a request of either House of Congress, a committee of Congress, or a member of Congress” are substituted for “in the case of any other report” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “Procedures followed pursuant to” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “version of any” are omitted as surplus. The words “shall include” are substituted for “The Comptroller General shall prepare and issue with” because of the restatement. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. In clause (3), the words “when a draft report was submitted under subsection (a) of this section” are added because of the restatement. The words “as an addendum” are omitted as surplus.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
§719. Comptroller General reports
(a) At the beginning of each regular session of Congress, the Comptroller General shall report to Congress (and to the President when requested by the President) on the work of the Comptroller General. A report shall include recommendations on—
(1) legislation the Comptroller General considers necessary to make easier the prompt and accurate making and settlement of accounts; and
(2) other matters related to the receipt, disbursement, and use of public money the Comptroller General considers advisable.
(b)(1) The Comptroller General shall include in the report to Congress under subsection (a) of this section—
(A) a review of activities under sections 717(b)–(d) and 731(e)(2) of this title, including recommendations under section 717(c) of this title;
(B) information on carrying out duties and powers of the Comptroller General under clauses (A) and (C) of this paragraph, subsections (g) and (h) of this section, and sections 717, 731(e)(2), 734, 1112, and 1113 of this title; and
(C) the name of each officer and employee of the General Accounting Office assigned or detailed to a committee of Congress, the committee to which the officer or employee is assigned or detailed, the length of the period of assignment or detail, a statement on whether the assignment or detail is finished or continuing, and compensation paid out of appropriations available to the Comptroller General for the period of the assignment or detail that has been completed.
(2) In a report under subsection (a) of this section or in a special report to Congress when Congress is in session, the Comptroller General shall include recommendations on greater economy and efficiency in public expenditures.
(c) The Comptroller General shall report to Congress—
(1) specially on expenditures and contracts an agency makes in violation of law;
(2) on the adequacy and effectiveness of—
(A) administrative audits of accounts and claims in an agency; and
(B) inspections by an agency of offices and accounts of fiscal officials; and
(3) as frequently as practicable on audits carried out under sections 713 and 714 of this title.
(d) The Comptroller General shall report each year to the Committees on Finance and Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committees on Ways and Means and Government Operations of the House of Representatives, and the Joint Committee on Taxation. Each report shall include—
(1) procedures and requirements the Comptroller General, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and the Director of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms, prescribe to protect the confidentiality of returns and return information made available to the Comptroller General under section 713(b)(1) of this title;
(2) the scope and subject matter of audits under section 713 of this title; and
(3) findings, conclusions, or recommendations the Comptroller General develops as a result of an audit under section 713 of this title, including significant evidence of inefficiency or mismanagement.
(e) The Comptroller General shall report on analyses carried out under section 712(3) of this title to the Committees on Governmental Affairs and Appropriations of the Senate, the Committees on Government Operations and Appropriations of the House, and the committees with jurisdiction over legislation related to the operation of each executive agency.
(f) The Comptroller General shall give the President information on expenditures and accounting the President requests.
(g) When the Comptroller General submits a report to Congress, the Comptroller General shall deliver copies of the report to—
(1) the Committees on Governmental Affairs and Appropriations of the Senate;
(2) the Committees on Government Operations and Appropriations of the House;
(3) a committee of Congress that requested information on any part of a program or activity of a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) or the District of Columbia government that is the subject of any part of a report; and
(4) any other committee of Congress requesting a copy.
(h)(1) The Comptroller General shall prepare—
(A) each month a list of reports issued during the prior month; and
(B) at least once each year a list of reports issued during the prior 12 months.
(2) A copy of each list shall be sent to each committee of Congress and each member of Congress. On request, the Comptroller General promptly shall provide a copy of a report to a committee or member.
(i) On request of a committee of Congress, the Comptroller General shall explain to and discuss with the committee or committee staff a report the Comptroller General makes that would help the committee—
(1) evaluate a program or activity of an agency within the jurisdiction of the committee; or
(2) in its consideration of proposed legislation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 894.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 719(a) | 31:53(a)(1st sentence words after 5th comma). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §312(a)(1st sentence words after 5th comma, last sentence), (c)–(e), 42 Stat. 25. |
| 719(b)(1) (A) | 31:1154(e). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §204(e), 84 Stat. 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §702(a), 88 Stat. 326. |
| 719(b)(1) (B) | 31:1155(b). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §§205(b), 207, 231–234, 235(b), 84 Stat. 1168, 1170, 1171. |
| 719(b)(1) (C) | 31:1175(b). | |
| 719(b)(2) | 31:53(a)(last sentence). | |
| 719(c)(1) | 31:53(c). | |
| 719(c)(2) | 31:53(d). | |
| 719(c)(3) | 31:67(d)(4)(1st sentence). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(d)(4); added Oct. 7, 1977, Pub. L. 95–125, 91 Stat. 1105. |
| 31:67(e)(6)(A). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(e)(6)(A); added July 21, 1978, Pub. L. 95–320, §2, 92 Stat. 392. | |
| 719(d) | 31:67(d)(4)(last sentence). | |
| 719(e) | 31:60(last sentence). | Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, §206(last sentence), 60 Stat. 837. |
| 719(f) | 31:53(e). | |
| 719(g) | 31:1157. | |
| 31:1172. | ||
| 31:1173. | ||
| 719(h) | 31:1174. | |
| 719(i) | 31:1171. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “of Congress” are added for clarity. The words “in writing” are omitted as surplus. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “under subsection (a) of this section” are substituted for “annual” in 31:1154(e), 1155(b), and 1175(b) for clarity. In clause (A), the words “of methods for review and evaluation of Government programs and activities” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (C), the word “officer” is added for consistency. The words “of the General Accounting Office” are added for clarity. The words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of the Senate or House of Representatives or any joint committee of Congress” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “name of each”, “joint committee”, and “of such employee” are omitted as surplus. The word “compensation” is substituted for “pay of such employee, his travel, subsistence, and other expenses, the agency contributions for his retirement and life and health insurance benefits, and other necessary monetary expenses for personnel benefits on account of such employee” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The words “of such employee, or, if such assignment or detail is currently in effect, during that part of the period of such assignment or detail” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “at any time” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the word “agency” is substituted for “department or establishment” and “departments and establishments” because of section 701 of the revised title. In clause (1), the words “in any year” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2)(A), the word “audits” is substituted for “examination” for consistency. In clause (2)(B), the words “by an agency” are substituted for “departmental” because of the restatement. The word “officials” is substituted for “officers” for consistency.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the word “written” is omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “Comptroller General, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, and the Director of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms” are substituted for “General Accounting Office, the Internal Revenue Service, and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms” for consistency. In clauses (2) and (3), the words “or other examination or review” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (e) and (g), the words “Governmental Affairs . . . of the Senate” are substituted for “Government Operations . . . of the two Houses” in 31:60(last sentence) and “Government Operations of the . . . Senate” in 31:1172 because of Rule 25.1(k) of the Standing Rules of the Senate (S. Doc. 96–1, 96th Cong., 1st Sess.).
In subsection (e), the words “carried out under section 712(3) of this title” are added because of the restatement. The words “legislative” before “committees”, and “respective”, are omitted as surplus. The words “executive agency” are substituted for “agencies” because of section 102 of the revised title.
In subsection (f), the word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) redesignated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (g), before clause (1), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” in 31:1172 for consistency. In clause (3), the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “other committee of the House or Senate, or any joint committee of the two Houses” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words in the parentheses are included for consistency with section 101 of the revised title. The word “establishment” in 31:1157 is omitted as surplus. Clause (4) is substituted for 31:1173 to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (h)(1), the words “once . . . calendar”, “of the General Accounting Office”, “immediately”, and “cumulative” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (h)(2), the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of the House or Senate, each joint committee of the two Houses” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “member of Congress” are substituted for “Member of the House or Senate, and the Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “On request, the Comptroller General promptly shall provide a copy of a report to a committee or member” are substituted for 31:1174(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (i), before clause (1), the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of the House or Senate, or of any joint committee of the two Houses” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “making the request” are omitted as surplus. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. In clause (1), the word “evaluate” is substituted for “review” for consistency in the revised title. In clause (2), the words “including requests for appropriations” are omitted as surplus.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 731 of this title.
§720. Agency reports
(a) In this section, “agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) or the District of Columbia government.
(b) When the Comptroller General makes a report that includes a recommendation to the head of an agency, the head of the agency shall submit a written statement on action taken on the recommendation by the head of the agency. The statement shall be submitted to—
(1) the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives before the 61st day after the date of the report; and
(2) the Committees on Appropriations of both Houses of Congress in the first request for appropriations submitted more than 60 days after the date of the report.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 896.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 720(a) | 31:1157. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §§207, 236, 84 Stat. 1168, 1171. |
| 720(b) | 31:1176. |
In subsection (a), the words “As used . . . the term”, “Federal”, and “establishment” are omitted as surplus. The words in parentheses are included for consistency with section 101 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office”, and the words “head of the” are added, for consistency. The word “written” is omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “Governmental Affairs of the Senate” are substituted for “Government Operations of the . . . Senate” because of Rule 25.1(k) of the Standing Rules of the Senate (S. Doc. 96–1, 96th Cong., 1st Sess.). In clause (2), the words “both Houses of Congress” are substituted for “the House of Representatives and the Senate” for consistency. The words “connection with”, “for that agency”, and “to the Congress” are omitted as surplus.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
SUBCHAPTER III—PERSONNEL
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in section 732 of this title; title 40 section 166b–7; title 42 section 12209.
§731. General
(a) The Comptroller General may appoint, pay, assign, and remove officers (except the Deputy Comptroller General) and employees the Comptroller General decides are necessary to carry out the duties and powers of the General Accounting Office.
(b) The Comptroller General may establish for appropriate officers and employees a merit pay system consistent with section 5401 of title 5, as in effect on October 31, 1993.
(c) The annual rate of basic pay of the General Counsel of the General Accounting Office is equal to the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule.
(d) When a change in organization, management responsibility, or workload makes it necessary, the Comptroller General may fix the rate of basic pay of 5 positions at rates not more than the rate for level IV of the Executive Schedule.
(e) The Comptroller General may procure the services of experts and consultants under section 3109 of title 5 at rates not in excess of the maximum daily rate for GS–18 under section 5332 of such title, except that the services of not more than—
(1) 15 experts and consultants may be procured for not more than 3 years; and
(2) 10 experts and consultants may be procured permanently, temporarily, or intermittently to carry out sections 717(b)–(d) and 719(b)(1)(A) of this title at rates that are not more than the rate for level V of the Executive Schedule.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 896; Pub. L. 98–326, §1(a), June 22, 1984, 98 Stat. 269; Pub. L. 98–615, title II, §204(b), Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3216; Pub. L. 103–89, §3(b)(4), Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 983.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 731(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:52(a), (b). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §311(a), (b), 42 Stat. 25; restated Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §8(e)(3), 94 Stat. 33. | |
| 31:52–1(related to appointment, pay, and assignment). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §§2(related to appointment, pay, and assignment), 5(b), 94 Stat. 27, 32. | |
| 31:56. | Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 297, §1(proviso on p. 866), 35 Stat 866; May 29, 1920, ch. 214, §1(last par. under heading “Office of Comptroller of the Treasury”), 41 Stat. 647. | |
| 731(b) | 31:52–4(b). | |
| 731(c) | 31:51a. | Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, §203(c)(5th–14th words), 78 Stat. 415; Dec. 16, 1967, Pub. L. 90–206, §219(2), 81 Stat. 639; restated Aug. 9, 1975, Pub. L. 94–82, §204(b), 89 Stat. 421. |
| 731(d) | 31:52b. | Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, 78 Stat. 400, §203(i); added Dec. 15, 1971, Pub. L. 92–190, 85 Stat. 646. |
| 731(e) | 31:52c. | Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §401, 88 Stat. 1962. |
| 31:1154(d)(last sentence). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §204(d)(last sentence), 84 Stat. 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §702(a), 88 Stat. 326. |
In subsection (a), the text of 31:52(a) and (b) and 31:56 is omitted as superseded by the other source provisions restated in this subchapter and subchapter IV of this chapter. The word “remove” is added for consistency with other provisions of the subchapter. The words “officers (except the Deputy Comptroller General) and employees” are substituted for “personnel” in 31:52–1, and the word “powers” is substituted for “functions”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 31:52–4(b) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “officers and” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsections (c) and (d), the words “basic pay” are substituted for “compensation” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (c), the words “United States” and “positions at” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “in the General Accounting Office”, “prescribed . . . under section 5315 of title 5”, and “of the Office” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), before clause (1), the words “procure the services of” are substituted for “employ” for consistency with 5:3109. The words “at rates not in excess of the maximum daily rate prescribed for GS–18 under section 5332 of title 5 for persons in the Government service employed intermittently” are omitted as unnecessary because of 5:3109. In clause (1), the word “periods” is omitted as surplus. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:1154(d)(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and consultants” are added because of 5:3109.
References in Text
Section 5401 of title 5, referred to in subsec. (b), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–89, §3(a)(1), Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 981.
Amendments
1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–89 inserted before period at end “, as in effect on October 31, 1993”.
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–615 substituted “section 5401 of title 5” for “section 5401(a) of title 5”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–236 substituted “title 5 at rates not in excess of the maximum daily rate for GS–18 under section 5332 of such title” for “title 5” in provisions preceding par. (1) and “15” for “10” in par. (1).
Effective Date of 1993 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–89 effective Nov. 1, 1993, see section 3(c) of Pub. L. 103–89, set out as a note under section 3372 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendments
Section 205 of Pub. L. 98–615 provided that amendment by Pub. L. 98–615 was effective Oct. 1, 1984, and applicable with respect to pay periods commencing on or after that date, with certain exceptions and qualifications.
Section 2 of Pub. L. 98–326 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [amending this section and sections 732 and 733 of this title] shall take effect beginning on October 1, 1984.”
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 719, 733, 735 of this title; title 2 section 356.
§732. Personnel management system
(a) The Comptroller General shall maintain a personnel management system. The Comptroller General may prescribe a regulation about the system only after notice and opportunity for public comment. A reprisal or threat of reprisal may not be made against an officer or employee of the General Accounting Office because of comments on a proposed regulation about the system.
(b) The personnel management system shall—
(1) include the principles of section 2301(b) of title 5;
(2) prohibit personnel practices prohibited under section 2302(b) of title 5;
(3) prohibit political activities prohibited under subchapter III of chapter 73 of title 5;
(4) ensure that officers and employees of the Office are appointed, promoted, and assigned only on the basis of merit and fitness, but without regard to those provisions of title 5 governing appointments and other personnel actions in the competitive service;
(5) give a preference to an individual eligible for a preference in the executive branch of the United States Government in a way and to an extent consistent with a preference given an individual in the executive branch; and
(6) provide that the Comptroller General shall fix the basic pay of officers and employees of the Office not fixed by law, consistent with section 5301 of title 5.
(c) Under the personnel management system—
(1) the Comptroller General shall publish a schedule of basic pay rates for officers and employees of the Office;
(2) except as provided in clause (4) of this subsection and section 733(a)(3)(A) of this title, the highest basic pay rate under the pay schedule may not be more than the highest basic rate for GS–15;
(3) except as provided under section 733(a)(3)(B) of this title or section 5349(a) of title 5, basic pay rates of officers and employees of the Office shall be adjusted at the same time and to the same extent as basic pay rates of the General Schedule are adjusted;
(4) the pay schedule for officers and employees of the Office may provide that the basic pay rates for not more than 129 positions may be at rates not more than the rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule, less the number of positions in the General Accounting Office Senior Executive Service under section 733 of this title (except positions included in the Service under section 733(c) of this title); and
(5) officers and employees of the Office are entitled to grade and basic pay retention consistent with subchapter VI of chapter 53 of title 5.
(d) The personnel management system shall provide—
(1) for a system to appraise the performance of officers and employees of the General Accounting Office that meets the requirements of section 4302 of title 5;
(2) that the Comptroller General has the same responsibility for performance appraisals under this subsection as the Director of the Office of Personnel Management has under section 4302 of title 5;
(3) for a reduction in grade or removal of an officer or employee because of unacceptable performance consistent with section 4303 of title 5;
(4) for other personnel actions consistent with chapter 75 of title 5; and
(5) a procedure for processing complaints and grievances not otherwise provided for under clauses (3) and (4) of this subsection or subsection (e) or (f)(1) of this section.
(e) The personnel management system shall provide—
(1) a procedure that ensures that each officer and employee of the General Accounting Office may form, join, or assist, or not form, join, or assist, an employee organization freely and without fear of penalty or reprisal; and
(2) for a labor-management relations program consistent with chapter 71 of title 5.
(f)(1) The personnel management system shall—
(A) provide that all personnel actions affecting an officer, employee, or applicant for employment be taken without regard to race, color, religion, age, sex, national origin, political affiliation, marital status, or handicapping condition; and
(B) include a minority recruitment program consistent with section 7201 of title 5.
(2) This subchapter and subchapter IV of this chapter do not affect a right or remedy of an officer, employee, or applicant for employment under a law prohibiting discrimination in employment in the Government on the basis of race, color, religion, age, sex, national origin, political affiliation, marital status, or handicapping condition. However, for officers, employees, or applicants in the General Accounting Office—
(A) the General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board has the same authority over oversight and appeals matters as an executive agency has over oversight and appeals matters; and
(B) the Comptroller General has the same authority over matters (except oversight and appeals) as an executive agency has over matters (except oversight and appeals).
(3) This section does not affect a lawful effort to achieve equal employment opportunity through affirmative action.
(g) An officer or employee of the General Accounting Office completing at least one year of continuous service under a nontemporary appointment under the personnel management system acquires a competitive status for appointment to a position in the competitive service for which the officer or employee is qualified.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 897; Pub. L. 98–326, §1(b), June 22, 1984, 98 Stat. 269; Pub. L. 100–426, title III, §§302, 303, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1602; Pub. L. 101–509, title V, §529 [title I, §101(b)(2)(B)], Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1427, 1439.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 732(a) | 31:52–2(a). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §§3, 6, 94 Stat. 27, 32. |
| 31:52–5(b). | ||
| 732(b) | 31:52–2(b)(1), (c)(1st sentence). | |
| 732(c) | 31:52–2(c)(last sentence). | |
| 732(d) | 31:52–2(d), (f), (h). | |
| 732(e) | 31:52–2(e). | |
| 732(f)(1), (2) | 31:52–2(g). | |
| 732(f)(3) | 31:52–2(b)(2). | |
| 732(g) | 31:52–5(a). |
In the section, the words “officers and” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “not later than October 1, 1980” and 31:52–5(b) are omitted as executed. The word “maintain” is substituted for “establish by regulation” to omit executed words. The words “for the General Accounting Office (hereinafter referred to as the ‘personnel system’) which shall meet the requirements of subsections (b) through (h)”, and “or any amendment” are omitted as surplus. The words “about the system” are substituted for “thereto” for clarity.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “merit system” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “of the United States Government” are added for consistency. In clause (6), the words “the principles of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “payable . . . under the General Schedule” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “not more than 100 positions” are substituted for “up to one hundred employees” for consistency. The words “payable . . . grade . . . of the General Schedule” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “the principles of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “Director of” are added for consistency. The text of 31:52–2(d)(last sentence) is omitted as executed. In clause (4), the words “the taking of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (e)–(g), the word “management” is added for consistency.
In subsection (f)(1), the words “in the General Accounting Office” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (f)(2), before clause (A), the word “affect” is substituted for “abolish or diminish” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “in the General Accounting Office by section 717 of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, by sections 12 and 15 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, by section 6(d) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, by sections 501 and 505 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or . . . other” are omitted as surplus. In clauses (A) and (B), the words “has the same authority . . . as . . . has” are substituted for “authorities granted thereunder to . . . shall be exercised by” for clarity. The words “the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Office of Personnel Management, the Merit Systems Protection Board, or . . . other” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “established by section 52–3” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (f)(3), the word “affect” is substituted for “prohibits or restricts” for consistency.
In subsection (g), the words “Notwithstanding any other provision of law” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The General Schedule, referred to in subsec. (c)(3), (4), is set out under section 5332 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1990—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 101–509 substituted “5301” for “5301(a)”.
1988—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 100–426, §303, substituted “under section 733(a)(3)(B) of this title or section 5349(a) of title 5” for “in section 733(a)(3)(B) of this title”.
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 100–426, §302, substituted “129” for “119” and “the rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule” for “the highest rate for GS–18”.
1984—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 98–326 substituted “119” for “100”.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–509 effective on such date as the President shall determine, but not earlier than 90 days, and not later than 180 days, after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 529 [title III, §305] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out as a note under section 5301 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–326 effective Oct. 1, 1984, see section 2 of Pub. L. 98–326, set out as a note under section 731 of this title.
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 733, 751, 752, 753, 755 of this title.
§733. Senior Executive Service
(a) The Comptroller General may establish a General Accounting Office Senior Executive Service—
(1) meeting the requirements of section 3131 of title 5;
(2) providing requirements for positions consistent with section 3132(a)(2) of title 5;
(3) providing rates of basic pay—
(A) not more than the maximum rate or less than the minimum rate for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5; and
(B) adjusted at the same time and to the same extent as rates in the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5 are adjusted;
(4) providing a performance appraisal system consistent with subchapter II of chapter 43 of title 5;
(5) allowing the Comptroller General to award ranks to officers and employees in the Office Senior Executive Service consistent with section 4507 of title 5;
(6) providing for removal consistent with section 3592 of title 5, and for removal or suspension consistent with section 7543 of title 5; and
(7) allowing the Comptroller General to pay performance awards to officers and employees of the Office Senior Executive Service consistent with section 5384 of title 5.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (a), the Comptroller General may apply any part of title 5 that applies to an applicant for or officer or employee in the Senior Executive Service under title 5 to the Office Senior Executive Service.
(c) The Office Senior Executive Service may include positions referred to in section 731(c), (d), (e)(1), or (e)(2) of this title.
(d) Section 732(b)(6), (c), (d)(1)–(4), and (e) of this title does not apply to the Office Senior Executive Service.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 899; Pub. L. 98–326, §1(c), June 22, 1984, 98 Stat. 269.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 733(a) | 31:52–4(a)(1). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §5(a), 94 Stat. 31. |
| 733(b) | 31:52–4(a)(2). | |
| 733(c) | 31:52–4(a)(4). | |
| 733(d) | 31:52–4(a)(3). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “promulgate regulations” are omitted as surplus. The words “(hereinafter referred to as the GAO Senior Executive Service)” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (1), the words “for the Senior Executive Service” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “in the GAO Senior Executive Service . . . which are” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), before subclause (A), the words “for the GAO Senior Executive Service” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (A), the word “established” is omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “for the GAO Senior Executive Service” are omitted as surplus. In clauses (5) and (7), the words “officers and employees” are substituted for “members” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (5), the words “the provisions applicable to the Office of Personnel Management and the President under” are omitted as surplus. In clause (7), the words “the provisions applicable to performance awards under” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “officer or employee” are substituted for “member” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (d), the words “Employees in . . . the personnel system established under” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–326 inserted “(e)(1),” after “(d),”.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–326 effective Oct. 1, 1984, see section 2 of Pub. L. 98–326, set out as a note under section 731 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 732, 735 of this title.
§734. Assignments and details to Congress
The Comptroller General may assign or detail an officer or employee of the General Accounting Office to full-time continuous duty with a committee of Congress for not more than one year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 899; Pub. L. 98–367, title I, §8, July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 475.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 734(a) | 31:1175(a). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §235(a), 84 Stat. 1171. |
| 734(b) | 31:1175(c). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, 84 Stat. 1140, §235(c); added Oct. 11, 1971, Pub. L. 92–136, §8, 85 Stat. 378. |
In the section, the words “officer or” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “Notwithstanding any other provision of law” are omitted as surplus. The word “continuous” is substituted for “on a continuing basis” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of the Senate or House of Representatives or with any joint committee of Congress” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “any period of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The word “pay” is substituted for “salary” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–367 struck out designation of provisions as “(a)” and struck out subsec. (b) which read as follows: “A committee of the Senate or a joint committee of Congress for which the Secretary of the Senate disburses amounts shall reimburse the Comptroller General for the pay of each officer or employee of the Office for the time the officer or employee is assigned or detailed to the committee or joint committee.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 719 of this title.
§735. Relationship to other laws
(a) Except as provided in section 733(c) of this title, this subchapter and subchapter IV of this chapter do not affect sections 702(b), 703, 731(c)–(e), 772, 775(a) and (d) of this title.
(b) Except as specifically provided in this subchapter and subchapter IV of this chapter, those subchapters do not change the application of a law applicable to officers and employees of the General Accounting Office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 899.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 735(a) | 31:52–6(a). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §7, 94 Stat. 33. |
| 735(b) | 31:52–6(b). |
In subsection (a), the words “repealing, amending, or otherwise” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “repeal . . . or limit” are omitted as surplus. The words “officers and” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
§736. Authorization of appropriations
Amounts necessary to carry out this subchapter and subchapter IV of this chapter may be appropriated to the Comptroller General.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 900.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 736 | 31:52–7. | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §9, 94 Stat. 34. |
The word “hereby” is omitted as surplus. The words “to the Comptroller General” are added for consistency. The words “beginning fiscal year 1981 and for each fiscal year thereafter” are omitted as executed.
SUBCHAPTER IV—PERSONNEL APPEALS BOARD
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in sections 732, 735 of this title; title 40 section 166b–7; title 42 section 12209.
§751. Organization
(a) The General Accounting Office has a General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board. The Board is composed of 5 members appointed by the Comptroller General. An individual may be appointed only if the individual—
(1) is not a current or former officer or employee of the Office or of the Architect of the Capitol, the Botanic Garden, or the Senate Restaurants,; 1
(2) has the demonstrated ability, background, training, and experience necessary to be qualified specially to serve on the Board; and
(3) demonstrates a capacity and willingness to devote sufficient time to dispose of cases in a timely way.
(b) The Comptroller General shall appoint members only—
(1) after considering any candidates who are recommended to the Comptroller General (at such time and in such manner as the Comptroller General requires) by organizations composed primarily of individuals experienced in adjudicating or arbitrating personnel matters; and
(2) after the Comptroller General consults with organizations representing employees of the Office and with any member of each committee of Congress, having legislative jurisdiction over the personnel management system maintained under section 732 of this title, whom the chairman of the committee designates.
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term of a member of the Board is 5 years. A member may not be reappointed. An individual appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of a term of office is appointed for the remainder of the term. However, if the unexpired part of a term is less than one year, the Comptroller General may appoint an individual for a 5-year term plus the unexpired part of the term. When the term of a member ends, the member may continue to serve until a successor takes office or for 6 months after the term expires, whichever is earlier.
(2)(A) The term of a member serving on the date of the enactment of the General Accounting Office Personnel Amendments Act of 1988 shall be as follows:
(i) Of the 2 members appointed in 1985, the term of 1 such member shall be 5 years, and the term of the other such member shall be 6 years.
(ii) Of the 2 members appointed in 1986, the term of 1 such member shall be 6 years, and the term of the other such member shall be 7 years.
(iii) The term of the member appointed in 1987 shall be 7 years.
(B) Within 60 days after the date referred to in subparagraph (A), the Comptroller General shall determine—
(i) with respect to the members under subparagraph (A)(i), which will have a term of 5 years and which will have a term of 6 years; and
(ii) with respect to the members under subparagraph (A)(ii), which will have a term of 6 years and which will have a term of 7 years.
(C) A term established for a member under this paragraph shall be measured—
(i) from the date on which the member was originally appointed; or
(ii) in the case of a member serving for the unexpired portion of a term, from the appointment date of the individual who was originally appointed to serve for such term.
(d) A member may be removed by a majority of the Board (except the member subject to removal) only for inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office. A member subject to removal shall be given notice and an opportunity for a hearing before the Board unless the member waives the opportunity in writing.
(e) While carrying out a member's duties (including travel), a member who is not an officer or employee of the United States Government is entitled to basic pay at a rate equal to the daily rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule. Each member is entitled to travel expenses and per diem allowances under section 5703 of title 5.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 900; Pub. L. 100–426, title I, §§101, 102(b), Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1598, 1599; Pub. L. 103–283, title III, §312(e)(4)(A), July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1446.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 751(a) | 31:52–3(a)(1), (3). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §4(a)–(d), 94 Stat. 29. |
| 751(b) | 31:52–3(a)(2), (4). | |
| 751(c) | 31:52–3(b). | |
| 751(d) | 31:52–3(c). | |
| 751(e) | 31:52–3(d). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “The General Accounting Office has a General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board” are substituted for 31:52–3(a)(1)(1st sentence less words between parentheses) for consistency. The text of 31:52–3(a)(1)(1st sentence words between parentheses) is omitted because of the restatement. The words “in accordance with this subsection” and “as a member of the Board” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “a total of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “to service as a member of the Board in order to enable the Board . . . under this section” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “under paragraph (1)” are omitted as surplus. The word “only” is added for clarity. In clause (1), the words “in a way” are substituted for “in the form . . . and according to the procedures” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “eligible to make such a submission under paragraph (4)”, “shall be eligible to submit a list of candidates to the Comptroller General under paragraph (2)(A)”, and “the membership of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “management” is added for consistency. The words “under section 772 of this title” are added for clarity. The words “to consult with the Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “Except as provided in paragraph (2)” are omitted because of the restatement. The text of 31:52–3(b)(2) is omitted as executed. The words “of the Board” and 31:52–3(b)(4)(1st sentence) are omitted as surplus. The words “occurring before the expiration of a term of office” are substituted for “with respect to which such vacancy has occurred” for clarity. The words “or for 6 months after the term expires, whichever is earlier” are substituted for 31:52–3(b)(5)(words after comma) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), the words “of the Board . . . from the Board”, “the members of”, and “proposed action of” are omitted as surplus. The words “prior to any vote of the members of the Board under paragraph (1)(A)” are omitted as surplus. The words “unless the member waives the opportunity in writing” are substituted for 31:52–3(c)(2)(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e), the words “While carrying out a member's duties” are substituted for “for each day such member is engaged in the actual performance of duties as a member of the Board” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “an officer or employee of” are substituted for “otherwise employed by” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “payable . . . under the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code” and 31:52–3(d)(2d sentence) are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The date of the enactment of the General Accounting Office Personnel Amendments Act of 1988, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(A), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 100–426, which was approved Sept. 9, 1988.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103–283 inserted “or of the Architect of the Capitol, the Botanic Garden, or the Senate Restaurants,” after “Office”.
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–426, §101(a), struck out par. (1) which required that Board appointees have 3 years full-time or part-time experience in adjudicating or arbitrating personnel matters, and redesignated pars. (2), (3), and (4) as (1), (2), and (3), respectively.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100–426, §101(b), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “from a written list of candidates, submitted to the Comptroller General in a way and at the time the Comptroller General requires, by any organization the Comptroller General believes is composed primarily of individuals experienced in adjudicating or arbitrating personnel matters; and”.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100–426, §101(c)(1), (2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), substituted “Except as provided in paragraph (2), the” for “The”, and substituted “5” for “3” in two places.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–426, §101(c)(3), added par. (2).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–426, §102(b), substituted “basic pay at a rate equal to the daily rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule” for “pay at a rate equal to the daily rate for GS–18”.
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
1 So in original. The comma probably should not appear.
§752. Chairman and General Counsel
(a) The General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board shall select one of its members as Chairman. The Chairman is the chief executive and administrative officer of the Board.
(b)(1) The Comptroller General shall appoint as General Counsel of the Board an individual the Chairman selects. The General Counsel serves at the pleasure of the Chairman.
(2) The Chairman shall fix the pay of the General Counsel. The rate of basic pay of the General Counsel may be not more than the maximum rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–16 of the General Schedule.
(3) The General Counsel shall—
(A) investigate an allegation about a prohibited personnel practice under section 732(b)(2) of this title to decide if there are reasonable grounds to believe the practice has occurred, exists, or will be taken by an officer or an employee of the General Accounting Office;
(B) investigate an allegation about a prohibited political activity under section 732(b)(3) of this title;
(C) investigate a matter under the jurisdiction of the Board if the Board or a member of the Board requests; and
(D) help the Board carry out its duties and powers.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 901; Pub. L. 100–426, title I, §102(a), Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1599.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 752(a) | 31:52–3(e). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §4(e)–(g), 94 Stat. 30. |
| 752(b) | 31:52–3(f), (g). |
In subsection (a), the words “members of the” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “(hereinafter referred to as the ‘General Counsel’)” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “shall be eligible for reappointment and” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the word “annual” is added for clarity. The word “basic” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “payable . . . of the General Schedule” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3)(A), the words “to the extent necessary” are omitted as surplus. The words “officer or” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (b)(3)(D), the word “otherwise” is omitted as surplus. The words “duties and powers” are substituted for “functions” for consistency.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100–426 substituted “The rate of basic pay of the General Counsel may be not more than the maximum rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–16 of the General Schedule” for “The annual rate of basic pay of the General Counsel may be not more than the maximum rate for GS–15”.
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
§753. Duties and powers
(a) The General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board may consider and order corrective or disciplinary action in a case arising from—
(1) an officer or employee appeal about a removal, suspension for more than 14 days, reduction in grade or pay, or furlough of not more than 30 days;
(2) a prohibited personnel practice under section 732(b)(2) of this title;
(3) a prohibited political activity under section 732(b)(3) of this title;
(4) a decision of an appropriate unit of employees for collective bargaining;
(5) an election or certification of a collective bargaining representative;
(6) a matter appealable to the Board under the labor-management relations program under section 732(e)(2) of this title, including a labor practice prohibited under section 732(e)(1) of this title;
(7) an action involving discrimination prohibited under section 732(f)(1) of this title;
(8) an issue about Office personnel the Comptroller General by regulation decides the Board shall resolve; and
(9) an action involving discrimination prohibited under section 312(e)(2) of the Architect of the Capitol Human Resources Act.
(b) The Board may delegate to a member or a panel of members the authority to act under subsection (a) of this section. A decision of a member or panel under subsection (a) is deemed to be a final decision of the Board unless the Board reconsiders the decision under subsection (c) of this section.
(c) On motion of a party or on its own initiative, the Board may reconsider a decision under subsection (a) of this section by the 30th day after the decision is made.
(d) The Board shall prescribe regulations—
(1) providing for officer and employee appeals consistent with sections 7701 and 7702 of title 5; and
(2) on the operating procedure of the Board.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 901; Pub. L. 103–283, title III, §312(e)(4)(B), July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1446.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 753(a) | 31:52–3(h). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §4(h), (j), (k), (m), 94 Stat. 30, 31. |
| 753(b) | 31:52–3(j). | |
| 753(c) | 31:52–3(k). | |
| 753(d) | 31:52–3(m). |
In the section, the words “officer or” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “decide” and “(where appropriate)” are omitted as surplus. In clause (6), the words “relations program” are substituted for “system” for consistency. In clause (8), the words “most appropriately” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “delegate . . . to act” are substituted for “designate . . . to take any action which the Board is authorized to take” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “individual” and “reopened and” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “reopen and” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “the principles of” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
Section 312(e)(2) of the Architect of the Capitol Human Resources Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(9), is classified to section 166b–7(e)(2) of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 103–283 added par. (9).
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 754, 755 of this title; title 40 section 166b–7.
§754. Action by the Comptroller General
When the Comptroller General has authority, the Comptroller General promptly shall carry out action the General Accounting Office Personnel Appeals Board orders under section 753 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 902.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 754 | 31:52–3(i). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §4(i), 94 Stat. 31. |
The words “to do so” and “corrective” are omitted as surplus. The words “under section 753 of this title” are added for clarity.
§755. Judicial review
(a) A final decision under section 753(a)(1)–(3), (6),,1 (7) or (9) of this title may be reviewed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Chapter 158 of title 28 applies to a review under this subchapter, except the petition for review shall be filed by the 30th day after the petitioner receives notice of the decision. The court shall set aside a final decision the court decides is—
(1) arbitrary, capricious, an abuse of discretion, or otherwise not consistent with law;
(2) not made consistent with required procedures; or
(3) unsupported by substantial evidence.
(b) If an officer, employee, applicant for employment, or employee of the Architect of the Capitol, the Botanic Garden, or the Senate Restaurants is the prevailing party in a proceeding under this section, and the decision is based on a finding of discrimination prohibited under section 732(f) of this title or under section 312(e)(2) of the Architect of the Capitol Human Resources Act, attorney's fees may be allowed by the court in accordance with the standards prescribed under section 706(k) of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(1), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 3; Pub. L. 100–426, title I, §103(a), (b), Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1599; Pub. L. 103–283, title III, §312(e)(4)(C), July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1446.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 755 | 31:52–3(l). | Feb. 15, 1980, Pub. L. 96–191, §4(l), 94 Stat. 31. |
In the section, before clause (1), the first sentence is substituted for 31:52–3(l)(1)(1st sentence) for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The word “review” is substituted for “appeal” for consistency. The words “the procedures of”, “any other provision of law”, “of a final decision of the Board . . . the date . . . of the Board”, and “In any case filed under paragraph (1) . . . review the record and” are omitted as surplus. The words “final decision” are substituted for “agency action, findings, or conclusions” for consistency. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:52–3(l)(2)(B) to eliminate unnecessary words.
1984 Act
This clarifies section 755 by conforming it more closely to the language of the source provision of the section.
References in Text
Section 312(e)(2) of the Architect of the Capitol Human Resources Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is classified to section 166b–7(e)(2) of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
Section 706(k) of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, referred to in subsec. (b), is classified to section 2000e–5(k) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–283, §312(e)(4)(C)(i), substituted “, (7) or (9)” for “or (7)” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–283, §312(e)(4)(C)(ii), substituted “applicant for employment, or employee of the Architect of the Capitol, the Botanic Garden, or the Senate Restaurants” for “or applicant for employment”, and inserted “or under section 312(e)(2) of the Architect of the Capitol Human Resources Act” after “of this title”.
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–426, §103(a), (b)(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and substituted “Federal Circuit” for “District of Columbia Circuit or by the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the petitioner resides”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–426, §103(b)(2), added subsec. (b).
1984—Pub. L. 98–216 substituted “A final decision under section 753(a)(1)–(3), (6), or (7) of this title may be reviewed by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit or by the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the petitioner resides” for “A person may apply for review of a final decision under section 753(a)(1)–(3), (6), or (7) of this title by filing a petition for review with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit or with the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the person resides” in provisions preceding par. (1).
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Section 103(c) of Pub. L. 100–426 provided that: “Nothing in any of the amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to an appeal pending on the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 9, 1988].”
1 So in original. Second comma probably should follow “(7)”.
SUBCHAPTER V—ANNUITIES
§771. Definitions
In this subchapter—
(1) “dependent child” means an unmarried dependent child (including a stepchild or adopted child) who is—
(A) under 18 years of age;
(B) incapable of self-support because of physical or mental disability; or
(C) between 18 and 22 years of age and is a student regularly pursuing a full-time course of study or training in residence in a high school, trade school, technical or vocational institute, junior college, college, university, or comparable recognized educational institution. For the purposes of this subchapter, a child whose 22nd birthday occurs before July 1 or after August 31 of a calendar year, and while such child is regularly pursuing such a course of study or training, is deemed to have become 22 years of age on the first day of July after that birthday. A child who is a student is deemed not to have ceased to be a student during an interim period between school years if the interim period is not more than 5 months and if such child shows to the satisfaction of the General Counsel of the General Accounting Office that such child has a bona fide intention of continuing in the same or a different school during the school semester (or other period into which the school year is divided) immediately after the interim period.
(2) “surviving spouse” means a surviving spouse of an individual who was a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General and the spouse—
(A) was married to the individual for at least 1 year immediately before the individual died; or
(B) has not remarried before age 55 and is the parent of issue by the marriage.
(3) service as a Comptroller General equals the number of years and complete months an individual is Comptroller General.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §202, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1600.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 771(1), (2) | 31:43b(g). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(g), (p); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 198, 200. |
| 771(3) | 31:43b(p). |
In this subchapter, the words “surviving spouse”, “spouse”, “surviving spouse's”, and “parent” are substituted for “widow”, “wife”, “surviving widow's”, and “mother”, respectively, because of 5:7202(c).
In clause (3), the words “or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as executed because a retired Comptroller General could elect survivor benefits and include retirement service only if the Comptroller General had retired by July 13, 1959. The word “total” is omitted as surplus. The words “complete months” are substituted for “twelfth parts thereof, excluding from the aggregate the fractional part of a month, if any” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “an individual is Comptroller General” are added for clarity.
Amendments
1988—Par. (1)(C). Pub. L. 100–426, §202(a), added subpar. (C).
Par. (2)(A). Pub. L. 100–426, §202(b)(1), substituted “1 year” for “2 years”.
Par. (2)(B). Pub. L. 100–426, §202(b)(2), inserted “before age 55” after “remarried”.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 775, 776 of this title.
§772. Annuity of the Comptroller General
(a) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, a Comptroller General serving a complete term as Comptroller General or who retires under section 703(e)(1) of this title is entitled to receive an annuity for life equal to the pay the Comptroller General is receiving on completion of the term or at the time of retirement. An annuity of a Comptroller General who completes a term before becoming 65 years of age is reduced by .25 percent for each complete month the Comptroller General is under 65 years of age.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, a Comptroller General becoming permanently disabled shall be retired and is entitled to receive an annuity for life equal to—
(1) the pay of the Comptroller General at the time of retirement if the Comptroller General served at least 10 years; or
(2) 50 percent of the pay if the Comptroller General served less than 10 years.
(c) A Comptroller General who, when appointed, is or has been subject to subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5 remains subject to such subchapter III or such chapter 84 (as the case may be) unless the Comptroller General elects in writing to receive an annuity under this section. An election is irrevocable and must be made within 10 years and 60 days after the start of service as Comptroller General. A Comptroller General electing to receive an annuity under this section is entitled to a refund of the lump-sum credit to the account of the Comptroller General in the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
(d) A Comptroller General (except a Comptroller General remaining subject to subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5) shall—
(1) deposit with the General Accounting Office for redeposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts as a contribution to the annuity—
(A) 3.5 percent of the pay received as Comptroller General before deductions are made under clause (2)(A) of this subsection plus 3 percent interest compounded every December 31 on the amount to be deposited, if electing survivor benefits under this subchapter; or
(B) 8 percent of the pay received as Comptroller General before deductions are made under clause (2)(B) of this subsection plus 3 percent interest compounded every December 31 on the amount to be deposited, if not electing survivor benefits under this subchapter; and
(2) have—
(A) 3.5 percent of the pay received as Comptroller General deducted as a contribution to the annuity if electing survivor benefits under this subchapter; or
(B) 8 percent of the pay received as Comptroller General deducted as a contribution to the annuity if not electing survivor benefits under this subchapter.
(e) A Comptroller General receiving benefits under this section may not receive retirement or disability benefits under another law of the United States.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §203, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1600.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 772(a) | 31:43(2d par. 1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §303(2d par. 1st, 2d, last sentences); added July 28, 1953, ch. 256, 67 Stat. 229. |
| 772(b) | 31:43(2d par. 2d sentence). | |
| 772(c) | 31:43(3d par. 1st, 2d sentences, 3d sentence words before comma). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §303(3d par. 1st–3d sentences); added July 26, 1966, Pub. L. 89–520, §1, 80 Stat. 329; Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §4(b)(1), 92 Stat. 1800. |
| 772(d) | 31:43(2d par. 4th sentence, 3d par. last sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §303(2d par. 4th sentence, 3d par. last sentence); added Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §4(a), (b)(2), 92 Stat. 1800. |
| 772(e) | 31:43(2d par. last sentence, 3d par. 3d sentence words after comma). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the words “Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section” are added for clarity. The words “is entitled to receive” are substituted for “shall receive” as being more precise and for consistency with title 5.
In subsection (a), the words “under section 703(e)(1) of this title” are added for clarity. The words “in his office” are omitted as surplus. The words “before becoming 65 years of age” are added for clarity. The words “at such completion” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “from performing his duties” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (c) and (d), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “person appointed to the Office of Comptroller General” and “person who is appointed to the Office of Comptroller General” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph of this section” are omitted as surplus. The words “after January 1, 1966” are omitted as executed. The words “receive an annuity under this section” are substituted for “and no deduction from his salary shall be made under the preceding paragraph . . . be subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph of this section” for clarity and because of the restatement.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the words “after October 25, 1978” are omitted as executed. The words “(except a Comptroller General remaining subject to subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5)” are added for clarity. In clauses (1) and (2), the word “pay” is substituted for “salary” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “a sum equal to” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), before subclause (A), the words “makes such an election under this paragraph” are omitted as surplus. The word “redeposit” is substituted for “covering” for clarity. The words “the general fund of” and “authorized under the preceding paragraph” are omitted as surplus. In subclauses (A) and (B), the words “before deductions are made under clause (2)(A) of this subsection” and “before deductions are made under clause (2)(B) of this subsection” are substituted for “prior to the date current deductions begin from his salary” for clarity. The words “per annum” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “authorized by this paragraph” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “person” for clarity.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–426, §203(1), substituted “retires under section 703(e)(1) of this title” for “is retired for age under section 703(e)(1) of this title after serving at least 10 years”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–426, §203(2), substituted “subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5 remains subject to such subchapter III or such chapter 84 (as the case may be)” for “subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5 remains subject to subchapter III”.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Section 208 of title II of Pub. L. 100–426 provided that: “The amendments made by this title [amending this section and sections 703, 771, 773, 774, 776, and 777 of this title] shall be effective after the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 9, 1988], except that an individual who, as of such date of enactment, is receiving an annuity under subchapter V of chapter 7 of title 31, United States Code, as a retired Comptroller General (and the spouse and any dependent children of such individual who may survive such individual) shall remain subject to the provisions of such subchapter, as in effect immediately before such date, if the retired Comptroller General makes an election under this section. An election under this section shall be ineffective unless it is made in writing and received by the General Counsel of the General Accounting Office before the end of the 60-day period referred to in the preceding sentence.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 735, 773, 774, 775, 777 of this title.
§773. Election of survivor benefits
(a) To provide survivor benefits, a Comptroller General may elect in writing to reduce the pay and annuity of the Comptroller General. An election shall be made within 6 months of taking office or, if an election is made under section 772(c) of this title, by the 60th day after making an election under section 772(c).
(b) A Comptroller General electing to provide survivor benefits shall—
(1) have 4.5 percent of the pay received as Comptroller General and 5 percent of the annuity of the Comptroller General deducted; and
(2) deposit with the General Accounting Office for redeposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts—
(A) 4.5 percent of the pay and annuity received as Comptroller General before the deductions begin;
(B) 4.5 percent of basic pay received as a member of Congress or for other civilian service on which a surviving spouse's annuity is computed under section 774(d) of this title; and
(C) 4 percent interest before January 1, 1948, and 3 percent interest after December 31, 1947, compounded every December 31, on amounts deposited.
(c) This subchapter does not prevent a surviving spouse or dependent child from receiving another annuity while receiving an annuity under section 774 of this title. However, service used in computing an annuity under section 774 may not be used in computing the other annuity.
(d) The reduction in the Comptroller General's annuity under subsection (b)(1) for the purpose of providing survivor benefits shall be terminated for each full month after the death of the spouse.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 903; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §204, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1600.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 773(a) | 31:43b(a). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(a); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 197; July 26, 1966, Pub. L. 89–520, §2, 80 Stat. 329. |
| 773(b) | 31:43b(b), (c). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(b), (c); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 197; Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §2(1), 92 Stat. 1799. |
| 773(c) | 31:43b(q). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(q); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 200. |
In subsections (a) and (b), the word “pay” is substituted for “salary”, and the word “annuity” is substituted for “retirement pay”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “To provide” are substituted for “for purposes of” for clarity. The words “or in the case of the Comptroller General currently in office and any retired Comptroller General, within six months after July 13, 1959” are omitted as executed. The words “as hereinafter provided” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as executed. The word “provide” is substituted for “receive” for clarity and consistency. In clause (2), before subclause (A), the word “redeposit” is substituted for “covering” for clarity. The words “the general fund of” and “a sum equal to” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (A), the words “the date current . . . from his salary and retirement pay” and 31:43b(c)(last sentence) are omitted as surplus. In subclause (B), the words “salary . . . or compensation for service” are omitted as surplus. The words “member of Congress” are substituted for “Senator, Representative, Delegate, or Resident Commissioner in the Congress of the United States” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “be construed to” and “eligible therefore” are omitted as surplus. The words “receiving another annuity while” are substituted for “simultaneously . . . and any annuity . . . to which she would otherwise be entitled under any other law” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “(including old age and survivor benefits)” and “without regard to this section” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100–426, §204(1), inserted “5 percent of the” before “annuity”.
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 100–426, §204(2), substituted “3 percent” for “4.5 percent”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–426, §204(3), added subsec. (d).
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 774, 775, 776, 778 of this title.
§774. Survivor annuities
(a) In this section—
(1) “allowable military service” means honorable active service of not more than 5 years in an armed force (including service in the National Guard when ordered to active duty for the United States Government), when the service is not creditable in computing another annuity.
(2) “other prior allowable service” means civilian service as an officer or employee of the Government or District of Columbia government not covered by subsection (d)(1) of this section.
(3) “congressional employee” has the same meaning given that term in section 2107 of title 5.
(b) A survivor annuity shall be paid under this subchapter when a Comptroller General—
(1) makes an election under section 773 of this title;
(2) dies in office or while receiving an annuity under section 772 of this title;
(3) had at least 18 months of civilian service at death computed under subsections (a) and (d) of this section; and
(4) had deductions or deposits under section 773 of this title made for the last 18 months of civilian service.
(c) If the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General is survived—
(1) only by a spouse, the surviving spouse shall receive an annuity computed under subsection (d) of this section beginning on the death of the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General or when the spouse is 50 years of age, whichever is later;
(2) by a spouse and a dependent child, the surviving spouse shall receive an immediate annuity computed under subsection (d) of this section and each dependent child shall receive an immediate annuity equal to the smaller of—
(A) 10 percent of the average annual pay computed under subsection (d)(1) of this section; or
(B) 20 percent of the average annual pay computed under subsection (d)(1) of this section, divided by the number of dependent children; or
(3) only by a dependent child, each dependent child shall receive an immediate annuity equal to the smaller of—
(A) the annuity a surviving spouse would be entitled to receive under clause (2) of this subsection, divided by the number of dependent children;
(B) 20 percent of the average annual pay computed under subsection (d)(1) of this section; or
(C) 40 percent of the average annual pay computed under subsection (d)(1) of this section, divided by the number of dependent children.
(d) The annuity of a surviving spouse is equal to—
(1) 1.5 percent of the average annual pay (based on the 3 years of highest pay received as Comptroller General and other prior allowable service) times—
(A) the number of years of—
(i) service as Comptroller General or a member of Congress; and
(ii) prior allowable military service; and
(B) not more than 15 years of prior allowable service as a congressional employee; plus
(2) .75 percent of the average pay computed under clause (1) of this subsection times the number of years of other allowable service.
(e) A surviving spouse's annuity may not be more than 50 percent nor less than 25 percent of the average annual pay computed under subsection (d)(1) of this section. If a Comptroller General does not make the deposit under section 773(b) of this title, a surviving spouse's annuity shall be credited with the service during which a deposit was not made, unless the spouse elects not to have the service credited. However, the annuity shall be reduced by 10 percent of the amount of the unpaid deposit, computed on the date the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General dies.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 904; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §205, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1600.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 774(a) | 31:43b(o). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(d), (o); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 197, 200. |
| 774(b), (c) | 31:43b(e). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(e), (n); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 197, 200; Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §2(2)–(4), 92 Stat. 1799. |
| 774(d) | 31:43b(n)(less words after last comma). | |
| 774(e) | 31:43b(d). | |
| 31:43b(n)(words after last comma). |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “in an armed force” are substituted for “in the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, or Coast Guard” for consistency with title 10. The word “only” is omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is added for consistency. The word “computing” is added for clarity. The word “annuity” is substituted for “retirement or retired pay” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “under any other provision of law” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (a)(3) is substituted for 31:43b(o)(1st sentence) for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “A survivor annuity shall be paid under this subchapter when” are added for clarity. The words “or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as executed. In clause (1), the words “made an election under section 733 of this title” are substituted for “has elected to bring himself within the purview of this section” for clarity. In clause (2), the word “annuity” is substituted for “retirement pay” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. In clause (4), the words “salary” and “actually” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “only by a spouse” are substituted for “by a widow but not by a dependent child” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(2), before subclause (A), the words “or children” and “in an amount” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), before subclause (A), the words “only by a dependent child” are substituted for “no surviving widow but leaves a surviving dependent child or children” to eliminate unnecessary words. In subclause (A), the words “the amount of” are omitted as surplus. The words “a surviving spouse” are substituted for “such widow . . . had she survived” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the words “of a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General who has elected to bring himself within the purview of this section” are omitted as surplus. In clauses (1) and (2), the word “pay” is substituted for “salary” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. In clause (1), before subclause (A), the words “by him for service . . . service in which his” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (A)(i), the words “member of Congress” are substituted for “Senator, Representative, Delegate, or Resident Commissioner in the Congress of the United States” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “his years of service as” and “of the United States” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), the words “and shall be further reduced in accordance with subsection (d) of this section if applicable” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “or a retired Comptroller General” are omitted as executed. The words “during which a deposit was not made” are substituted for “rendered” for clarity. The word “unpaid” is added for clarity.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (b)(3), (4). Pub. L. 100–426, §205(1), substituted “18 months” for “5 years”.
Subsec. (c)(2), (3). Pub. L. 100–426, §205(2), amended pars. (2) and (3) generally. Prior to amendment, pars. (2) and (3) read as follows:
“(2) by a spouse and a dependent child, the surviving spouse shall receive an immediate annuity under subsection (d) of this section and each dependent child shall receive an immediate annuity equal to the smaller of—
“(A) $1,548; or
“(B) $4,644 divided by the number of dependent children; or
“(3) only by a dependent child, each dependent child shall receive an immediate annuity equal to the smaller of—
“(A) the annuity a surviving spouse would be entitled to receive under clause (2) of this subsection divided by the number of dependent children;
“(B) $1,860; or
“(C) $5,580 divided by the number of dependent children.”
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 100–426, §205(3), substituted “1.5 percent” for “1.25 percent” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–426, §205(4), substituted “more than 50 percent nor less than 25 percent” for “more than 40 percent”.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 773, 775, 776, 777, 778 of this title.
§775. Refunds
(a) A Comptroller General separated from office before becoming entitled to receive an annuity under section 772 of this title is entitled to a lump-sum refund of the amount deducted from pay or deposited as a contribution under section 772, plus 3 percent interest on the amount compounded every December 31.
(b) A Comptroller General making an election under section 773 of this title who is separated from office before becoming entitled to an annuity under section 772 of this title is entitled to a lump-sum refund of the amount deducted under section 773 of this title, plus 4 percent interest before January 1, 1948, and 3 percent interest after December 31, 1947, compounded every December 31 until the separation date.
(c) A lump-sum refund of the amounts deducted under sections 772 and 773 of this title, plus interest of 4 percent before January 1, 1948, and 3 percent after December 31, 1947, compounded every December 31 until the date of death, shall be paid under subsection (d) of this section if—
(1) a Comptroller General dies in office before completing 5 years of civilian service under section 774 of this title or after completing 5 years of civilian service but without a survivor entitled to an annuity under section 774(b) and (c) of this title; or
(2) if a retired Comptroller General dies without a survivor entitled to an annuity under section 774(b) and (c) of this title.
(d) If a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General dies before a refund is made under this section, the refund shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
(1) to a beneficiary the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General designated in writing if the designation was received by the General Accounting Office before the death of the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General.
(2) to a surviving spouse.
(3) to the children and to a descendant of a deceased child by representation.
(4) to the parents equally or, if only one surviving parent, to that survivor.
(5) to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General.
(6) to the next of kin that the General Counsel of the General Accounting Office decides is entitled to the refund under the laws of the domicile of the Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General at the time of death.
(e) The General Counsel is not subject to section 771(1) and (2) of this title when making a decision about a surviving spouse or child under subsection (c) or (d) of this section.
(f) If the annuities of all individuals entitled to survivor annuities under this subchapter end before the amount of annuities paid equals the amount deducted under sections 772 and 773 of this title, plus interest of 4 percent before January 1, 1948, and 3 percent after December 31, 1947, compounded every December 31 until the date of death, the remainder shall be paid under subsection (d) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 905.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 775(a) | 31:43(last par. 1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §303(last par.); added Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §4(c), 92 Stat. 1801. |
| 775(b) | 31:43b(i). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(i), (j)(less last 13 words before colon), (k); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 198. |
| 775(c)–(e) | 31:43(last par. last sentence). | |
| 31:43b(j)(less last 13 words before colon). | ||
| 775(f) | 31:43b(k). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the word “total” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a), the word “pay” is substituted for “salary” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “by him” and “to his annuity” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “who has elected to bring himself within the purview of” are omitted as surplus. The word “annuity” is substituted for “retirement pay” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “A lump-sum refund of the amounts deducted under sections 772 and 773 of this title” are substituted for “total amount deducted from his salary and retirement pay” for clarity. The words “under subsection (d) of this section” are added because of the restatement. The words “to the person or persons surviving at the date title to payment arises” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words before clause (1) are included for clarity. In clauses (2)–(4) and (6), the words “of such Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “duly appointed” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), the words “of a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus. The words “is not subject to” are substituted for “shall be made . . . without regard to the definitions of these terms in” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (f), the word “individuals” is substituted for “persons” for consistency. The word “aggregate” is omitted as surplus. The words “under sections 772 and 773 of this title” are substituted for “total . . . from the salary and retirement pay of a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General” for clarity and consistency. The word “under” is substituted for “in the order of precedence prescribed in” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 735, 776, 778 of this title.
§776. Payment of survivor benefits
(a) An annuity under section 774 of this title accrues monthly and is paid monthly on the first business day of the month after the month in which an annuity accrues.
(b)(1) A surviving spouse's annuity ends when the spouse remarries before age 55 or dies.
(2) A dependent child's annuity ends when the child becomes 18 years of age (unless the child is then a student as described in section 771(1)(C) of this title), marries, or dies, whichever is earliest. However, if a child is not self-supporting because of a physical or mental disability, an annuity ends when the child recovers, marries, or dies.
(3) If a surviving spouse dies and a dependent child survives, the child's annuity is recomputed under section 774(c)(3) of this title.
(4) When a dependent child's annuity ends, the annuity of another dependent child is recomputed as if the child whose annuity has ended did not survive a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General.
(c) An accrued annuity unpaid when the annuity of a survivor ends—
(1) for a reason except death, shall be paid to the survivor; and
(2) when a survivor dies, shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
(A) to the executor or administrator of the estate of the individual.
(B) if there is no executor or administrator, then after 30 days after the date of death, to an individual the General Counsel of the General Accounting Office decides is legally entitled to the payment.
(d)(1) A payment under subsection (c)(2)(B) of this section or section 775(d) of this title is a bar to recovery by another individual.
(2) A benefit under this section and sections 773–775 of this title is not assignable or subject to legal process.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 906; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §206, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1601.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 776(a) | 31:43b(m)(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(f), (j)(last 13 words before colon), (l), (m); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 198, 199. |
| 776(b) | 31:43b(f). | |
| 776(c) | 31:43b(l)(words before last comma). | |
| 776(d)(1) | 31:43b(j)(last 13 words before colon). | |
| 31:43b(l)(words after last comma). | ||
| 776(d)(2) | 31:43b(m)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “due and” and “or other period” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the word “dependent” is added for clarity.
In subsections (b)(3) and (c), the words “of a Comptroller General or retired Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3) and (4), the words “and paid” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2)(A), the words “duly appointed” are omitted as surplus. The word “individual” is substituted for “person” for consistency.
In subsection (c)(2)(B), the words “payment may be made” and “the expiration of . . . from” are omitted as surplus. The words “to the payment” are substituted for “thereto” for clarity.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “A benefit” are substituted for “None of the moneys mentioned” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “either in law or equity” and “execution, levy, attachment, garnishment, or other” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100–426, §206(1), inserted “before age 55” after “remarries”.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100–426, §206(2), inserted “(unless the child is then a student as described in section 771(1)(C) of this title)” after “age”.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 778 of this title.
§777. Annuity increases
(a) An annuity payable under this subchapter shall be increased at the same time that, and by the same percent as the percentage by which, annuities are increased under section 8340(b) of title 5.
(b) An annuity under section 772 of this title may not be more than the basic pay of the Comptroller General. A surviving spouse's annuity may be increased under this section without regard to any limitation set forth in section 774(e) of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 906; Pub. L. 100–426, title II, §207, Sept. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 1601.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 777(a) | 31:43c(a)(words before colon), (1). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §320; added Oct. 25, 1978, Pub. L. 95–512, §3, 92 Stat. 1799. |
| 777(b) | 31:43c(a)(2). | |
| 777(c) | 31:43c(a)(3), (b). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:43c(a)(words before colon) is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “in any year” and “commencing” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “per centum” and “by the Comptroller General” are omitted as surplus. The words “Civil Service Commission” (subsequently changed to “Office of Personnel Management” because of section 101 of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1978 (eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 92 Stat. 3783)) are omitted because of the restatement of section 8340(b) of title 5 by section 1702(a) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “by reason of the application of subsection (a) of this section” and “annual” are omitted as surplus. The words “basic pay” are substituted for “compensation” for consistency with other titles of the United States Code.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–426 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:
“(a) The Comptroller General shall compute—
“(1) on January 1 of each year, or within a reasonable time after January 1, the percent change in the Consumer Price Index between June and December of the prior year; and
“(2) on July 1 of each year, or within a reasonable time after July 1, the percent change in the Index between June of the same year and December of the prior year.
“(b) If a percent change computed under subsection (a)(1) of this section indicates a rise in the Index, an annuity payable under this subchapter and beginning before March 2 shall increase on March 1 by the percent change computed under subsection (a)(1), adjusted to the nearest .1 percent. If a percent change computed under subsection (a)(2) of this section indicates a rise in the Index, an annuity payable under this subchapter and beginning before September 2 shall increase on September 1 by the percent change computed under subsection (a)(2), adjusted to the nearest .1 percent.
“(c)(1) An increase under this section may not be more than an increase prescribed under section 8340(b) of title 5.
“(2) An annuity under section 772 of this title may not be more than the basic pay of the Comptroller General.”
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–426 effective after end of 60-day period beginning Sept. 9, 1988, with certain exceptions, see section 208 of Pub. L. 100–426, set out as a note under section 772 of this title.
§778. Dependency and disability decisions
The General Counsel of the General Accounting Office shall decide a question of dependency, disability, or dependency and disability under sections 773–776 of this title. A decision under this section is final.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 907.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 778 | 31:43b(h). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(h); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 198. |
The words “arising” and “and conclusive” are omitted as surplus.
§779. Use of appropriations
Annuities and refunds under this subchapter shall be paid by the Comptroller General from appropriations of the General Accounting Office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 907.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 779 | 31:43(2d par. 3d sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §303(2d par. 3d sentence); added July 28, 1953, ch. 256, 67 Stat. 229. |
| 31:43b(r). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §319(r); added July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–87, 73 Stat. 200. |
The words “of deposits” in 31:43b(r) are omitted as surplus.
SUBCHAPTER VI—PROPERTY MANAGEMENT
§781. Authority over the General Accounting Office Building
(a) The Comptroller General shall have exclusive custody and control over the building located at 441 G Street, N.W., in the District of Columbia, that is generally known as the General Accounting Office Building, including operation, maintenance, protection, alteration, repair, and assignment of space therein. Such custody and control shall also extend to any machinery, equipment, spare parts and tools located in and usable for the operation and maintenance of the General Accounting Office Building. For the purposes of securing approval of any prospectus detailing proposed alterations of the General Accounting Office Building, as required by section 7 of the Public Buildings Act of 1959, as amended (40 U.S.C. 606), the Comptroller General shall perform the functions assigned to the Administrator of General Services by that section.
(b) Upon request of the Comptroller General, the Administrator of General Services shall provide, to the extent resources are available, any necessary services for the protection of the property and persons in the General Accounting Office Building, including the provision of special police, responding to and investigating incidents, and the monitoring of the perimeter security system. Such services may be provided with or without reimbursement as the Comptroller General and the Administrator may agree.
(c)(1) The Comptroller General is authorized to enter into agreements or contracts to acquire property or services on such terms and conditions and in such a manner as he deems necessary and without regard to section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 5); except that the Comptroller General may not acquire real property unless specifically authorized by law. In exercising the authority granted by this section, the Comptroller General shall obtain full and open competition in accordance with the principles and purposes of the Competition in Contracting Act of 1984.
(2) To the extent that funds are otherwise available for obligation, agreements or contracts for utility services may be made for periods not exceeding 10 years.
(3) The Comptroller General may make advance, progress, and other payments which relate to agreements or contracts entered into under authority of this section, without regard to the provisions of section 3324(a) and (b) of this title.
(Added Pub. L. 100–545, §1, Oct. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 2727.)
References in Text
The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is title VII of Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1175. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1984 Amendments note set out under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts, and Tables.
§782. Leasing of space in the General Accounting Office Building
The Comptroller General is authorized to lease or otherwise provide space and services within the General Accounting Office Building to persons, both public and private, or to any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States Government upon such terms and conditions as the Comptroller General deems necessary to protect the public interest. The Comptroller General shall establish a rental rate for such leased space equivalent to the prevailing commercial rate for comparable space devoted to a similar purpose in the vicinity of the General Accounting Office Building. Additionally, the Comptroller General may make available, on occasion, or may lease at such rates and on such other terms and conditions as the Comptroller General deems to be in the public interest, auditoriums, meeting rooms, and lobbies of the General Accounting Office Building to persons, firms, or organizations engaged in cultural, educational, or recreational activities (as defined in section 105 of the Public Buildings Cooperative Use Act of 1976 (40 U.S.C. 612a)). The Comptroller General will consult with the Administrator of General Services and will give priority to Federal agencies in filling available space within the General Accounting Office Building. Payments for space or services may be made in advance or by way of reimbursement and shall be deposited to a special account and shall be available for expenditure for operation, maintenance, protection, alteration, or repair of the General Accounting Office Building in such amounts as are specified in annual appropriation Acts without regard to fiscal year limitations.
(Added Pub. L. 100–545, §1, Oct. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 2728; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(D), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “612a)).” for “612a).”
Payments of Reimbursements Incident to Operation of General Accounting Office Building
Pub. L. 101–520, title II, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2275, provided in part that “notwithstanding the provisions of section 782 of title 31, United States Code, hereinafter any payments of reimbursements received incident to the operation of the General Accounting Office Building shall be credited to the appropriation currently available to the General Accounting Office and remain available until expended, and not more than $5,915,000 of such funds shall be available for use in fiscal year 1991”.
§783. Rules and regulations
(a) The Comptroller General is authorized to make all needful rules and regulations for the Government of the General Accounting Office Building, and to annex to such rules and regulations such reasonable penalties, within the limits prescribed in subsection (b), as will ensure their enforcement. Such rules and regulations shall be posted and kept posted in a conspicuous place on such Federal property.
(b) Whoever shall violate any rule or regulation promulgated pursuant to subsection (a) shall be fined not more than $500 or imprisoned not more than 6 months, or both.
(Added Pub. L. 100–545, §1, Oct. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 2728.)
CHAPTER 9—AGENCY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICERS
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 7 section 6911; title 10 section 135.
§901. Establishment of agency Chief Financial Officers
(a) There shall be within each agency described in subsection (b) an agency Chief Financial Officer. Each agency Chief Financial Officer shall—
(1) for those agencies described in subsection (b)(1)—
(A) be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate; or
(B) be designated by the President, in consultation with the head of the agency, from among officials of the agency who are required by law to be so appointed;
(2) for those agencies described in subsection (b)(2)—
(A) be appointed by the head of the agency;
(B) be in the competitive service or the senior executive service; and
(C) be career appointees; and
(3) be appointed or designated, as applicable, from among individuals who possess demonstrated ability in general management of, and knowledge of and extensive practical experience in financial management practices in large governmental or business entities.
(b)(1) The agencies referred to in subsection (a)(1) are the following:
(A) The Department of Agriculture.
(B) The Department of Commerce.
(C) The Department of Defense.
(D) The Department of Education.
(E) The Department of Energy.
(F) The Department of Health and Human Services.
(G) The Department of Housing and Urban Development.
(H) The Department of the Interior.
(I) The Department of Justice.
(J) The Department of Labor.
(K) The Department of State.
(L) The Department of Transportation.
(M) The Department of the Treasury.
(N) The Department of Veterans Affairs.
(O) The Environmental Protection Agency.
(P) The National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
(2) The agencies referred to in subsection (a)(2) are the following:
(A) The Agency for International Development.
(B) The Federal Emergency Management Agency.
(C) The General Services Administration.
(D) The National Science Foundation.
(E) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
(F) The Office of Personnel Management.
(G) The Small Business Administration.
(H) The Social Security Administration.
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §205(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2842; amended Pub. L. 103–296, title I, §108(j)(1), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1488.)
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(2)(H). Pub. L. 103–296 added subpar. (H).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–296 effective Mar. 31, 1995, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 103–296, set out as a note under section 401 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Chief Financial Officers of Department of Veterans Affairs and Department of Housing and Urban Development
Section 205(c)(1) of Pub. L. 101–576 provided that: “The Secretary of Veterans Affairs and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may each designate as the agency Chief Financial Officer of that department for purposes of section 901 of title 31, United States Code, as amended by this section, the officer designated, respectively, under section 4(c) of the Department of Veterans Affairs Act (38 U.S.C. 201 note) and section 4(e) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act (42 U.S.C. 3533(e)), as in effect before the effective date of this Act [Nov. 15, 1990].”
Transfer of Functions and Personnel of Agency Chief Financial Officers
Section 206 of Pub. L. 101–576 provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) a description of all functions, powers, duties, personnel, property, or records which the agency Chief Financial Officer is proposed to have authority over, including those relating to functions that are not related to financial management activities; and
“(2) a detailed outline of the administrative structure of the office of the agency Chief Financial Officer, including a description of the responsibility and authority of financial management personnel and resources in agencies or other subdivisions as appropriate to that agency.
“(c)
“(d)
Chief Financial Officers Council
Section 302 of Pub. L. 101–576 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) the Deputy Director for Management of the Office of Management and Budget, who shall act as chairperson of the council;
“(2) the Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management of the Office of Management and Budget;
“(3) the Fiscal Assistant Secretary of Treasury; and
“(4) each of the agency Chief Financial Officers appointed under section 901 of title 31, United States Code, as amended by this Act.
“(b)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 503, 903, 3515 of this title; title 42 section 902.
§902. Authority and functions of agency Chief Financial Officers
(a) An agency Chief Financial Officer shall—
(1) report directly to the head of the agency regarding financial management matters;
(2) oversee all financial management activities relating to the programs and operations of the agency;
(3) develop and maintain an integrated agency accounting and financial management system, including financial reporting and internal controls, which—
(A) complies with applicable accounting principles, standards, and requirements, and internal control standards;
(B) complies with such policies and requirements as may be prescribed by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget;
(C) complies with any other requirements applicable to such systems; and
(D) provides for—
(i) complete, reliable, consistent, and timely information which is prepared on a uniform basis and which is responsive to the financial information needs of agency management;
(ii) the development and reporting of cost information;
(iii) the integration of accounting and budgeting information; and
(iv) the systematic measurement of performance;
(4) make recommendations to the head of the agency regarding the selection of the Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the agency;
(5) direct, manage, and provide policy guidance and oversight of agency financial management personnel, activities, and operations, including—
(A) the preparation and annual revision of an agency plan to—
(i) implement the 5-year financial management plan prepared by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget under section 3512(a)(3) of this title; and
(ii) comply with the requirements established under sections 3515 and subsections (e) and (f) of section 3521 of this title;
(B) the development of agency financial management budgets;
(C) the recruitment, selection, and training of personnel to carry out agency financial management functions;
(D) the approval and management of agency financial management systems design or enhancement projects;
(E) the implementation of agency asset management systems, including systems for cash management, credit management, debt collection, and property and inventory management and control;
(6) prepare and transmit, by not later than 60 days after the submission of the audit report required by section 3521(f) of this title, an annual report to the agency head and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, which shall include—
(A) a description and analysis of the status of financial management of the agency;
(B) the annual financial statements prepared under section 3515 of this title;
(C) the audit report transmitted to the head of the agency under section 3521(f) of this title;
(D) a summary of the reports on internal accounting and administrative control systems submitted to the President and the Congress under the amendments made by the Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–255); and
(E) other information the head of the agency considers appropriate to fully inform the President and the Congress concerning the financial management of the agency;
(7) monitor the financial execution of the budget of the agency in relation to actual expenditures, and prepare and submit to the head of the agency timely performance reports; and
(8) review, on a biennial basis, the fees, royalties, rents, and other charges imposed by the agency for services and things of value it provides, and make recommendations on revising those charges to reflect costs incurred by it in providing those services and things of value.
(b)(1) In addition to the authority otherwise provided by this section, each agency Chief Financial Officer—
(A) subject to paragraph (2), shall have access to all records, reports, audits, reviews, documents, papers, recommendations, or other material which are the property of the agency or which are available to the agency, and which relate to programs and operations with respect to which that agency Chief Financial Officer has responsibilities under this section;
(B) may request such information or assistance as may be necessary for carrying out the duties and responsibilities provided by this section from any Federal, State, or local governmental entity; and
(C) to the extent and in such amounts as may be provided in advance by appropriations Acts, may—
(i) enter into contracts and other arrangements with public agencies and with private persons for the preparation of financial statements, studies, analyses, and other services; and
(ii) make such payments as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (1)(B), this subsection does not provide to an agency Chief Financial Officer any access greater than permitted under any other law to records, reports, audits, reviews, documents, papers, recommendations, or other material of any Office of Inspector General established under the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §205(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2843.)
References in Text
The Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982, referred to in subsec. (a)(6)(D), is Pub. L. 97–255, Sept. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 814, which added subsec. (d) to section 66a of former Title 31, Money and Finance. Section 66a of former Title 31 was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, and reenacted by the first section thereof as section 3512 of this title. Provisions relating to reports on internal accounting and administrative control systems are restated in section 3512(d)(2) and (3) of this title.
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3512 of this title; title 12 sections 1441a, 1821, 4703; title 38 section 309.
§903. Establishment of agency Deputy Chief Financial Officers
(a) There shall be within each agency described in section 901(b) an agency Deputy Chief Financial Officer, who shall report directly to the agency Chief Financial Officer on financial management matters. The position of agency Deputy Chief Financial Officer shall be a career reserved position in the Senior Executive Service.
(b) Consistent with qualification standards developed by, and in consultation with, the agency Chief Financial Officer and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the head of each agency shall appoint as Deputy Chief Financial Officer an individual with demonstrated ability and experience in accounting, budget execution, financial and management analysis, and systems development, and not less than 6 years practical experience in financial management at large governmental entities.
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §205(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2845.)
References in Text
Senior Executive Service, referred to in subsec. (a), see section 5382 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 503 of this title.
SUBTITLE II—THE BUDGET PROCESS
CHAPTER 11—THE BUDGET AND FISCAL, BUDGET, AND PROGRAM INFORMATION
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–355, title II, §2454(c)(3)(B), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3326, struck out item 1114 “Budget information on consulting services”.
1993—Pub. L. 103–62, §11(b)(1), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 295, added items 1115 to 1119.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in sections 1512, 9109 of this title; title 2 section 907a; title 7 sections 934, 1932; title 19 section 2232; title 42 sections 1487, 1962b–6, 8107, 10156, 10222.
1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.
§1101. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “agency” includes the District of Columbia government but does not include the legislative branch or the Supreme Court.
(2) “appropriations” means appropriated amounts and includes, in appropriate context—
(A) funds;
(B) authority to make obligations by contract before appropriations; and
(C) other authority making amounts available for obligation or expenditure.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 907.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1101(1) | 31:2(1st–4th pars.). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §2(1st–5th pars.), 42 Stat. 20; Apr. 3, 1939, ch. 36, §201, 53 Stat. 565; July 31, 1953, ch. 302, §101(1st proviso in par. under heading “Bureau of the Budget”), 67 Stat. 299. |
| 1101(2) | 31:2(last par.). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §2(last par.); added Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §101, 64 Stat. 832. |
In the section, a reference to 31:71 and 471 is omitted because the definitions in the section are not used in 31:71 and 471.
In clause (1), “agency” (which is defined for purposes of this title in section 101 to mean a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States) is coextensive with and substituted for the term “department or establishment” which was defined in 31:2 as in part meaning “any executive department, independent commission, board, bureau, office, agency, or other establishment of the Government, including any independent regulatory commission or board”. This definition merely restates and continues, and does not in any way change or expand, the definition in 31:2. Under that definition, entities such as the Tennessee Valley Authority that have been interpreted to be outside the purview of the definition will continue to be outside the purview in the same manner and to the same extent that they were under 31:2. The words “includes the District of Columbia government” are used because of existing law but the inclusion of these words is not to be interpreted as construing the extent to which the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganizational Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 774) supersedes the provisions codified in this title. The words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:2(2d–4th pars.) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of section 2(3d par.) of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921 (ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20), is omitted as obsolete because of section 501 of the revised title.
Short Title of 1993 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–62, §1, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of this title, section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amending section 1105 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1115 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Government Performance and Results Act of 1993’.”
Short Title of 1984 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–501, title II, §201, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2324, provided that: “This title [amending section 1105 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1105 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Federal Capital Investment Program Information Act of 1984’.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1108 of this title.
§1102. Fiscal year
The fiscal year of the Treasury begins on October 1 of each year and ends on September 30 of the following year. Accounts of receipts and expenditures required under law to be published each year shall be published for the fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 908.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1102 | 31:1020. | R.S. §237; Oct. 1, 1890, ch. 1256, §9, 26 Stat. 646; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §501, 88 Stat. 321. |
The words “in all matters of accounts, receipts, expenditures, estimates, and appropriations” are omitted as being included in “fiscal”. The word “prepared” is omitted as being included in “published”. The words “as established by subsection (a) of this section” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:1020(a)(1) and the words “beginning on October 1, 1976” are omitted as executed.
Fiscal Year Transition Period of July 1, 1976, Through September 30, 1976
Pub. L. 94–274, Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 383, provided for an orderly transition to the new Oct. 1 to Sept. 30 fiscal year for particular acts by specifying how the period of July 1, 1976, through Sept. 30, 1976, was to be treated for fiscal year purposes.
§1103. Budget ceiling
Congress reaffirms its commitment that budget outlays of the United States Government for a fiscal year may be not more than the receipts of the Government for that year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 908.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1103 | 31:27. | Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–435, §7, 92 Stat. 1053; restated Oct. 7, 1980, Pub. L. 96–389, §3, 94 Stat. 1553. |
The word “total” is omitted as surplus. The words “for a fiscal year” are substituted for “beginning with Fiscal Year 1981” because of the restatement and to eliminate executed words. The words “for that year” are added because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 907a.
§1104. Budget and appropriations authority of the President
(a) The President shall prepare budgets of the United States Government under section 1105 of this title and proposed deficiency and supplemental appropriations under section 1107 of this title. To the extent practicable, the President shall use uniform terms in stating the purposes and conditions of appropriations.
(b) Except as provided in this chapter, the President shall prescribe the contents and order of statements in the budget on expenditures and estimated expenditures and statements on proposed appropriations and information submitted with the budget and proposed appropriations. The President shall include with the budget and proposed appropriations information on personnel and other objects of expenditure in the way that information was included in the budget for fiscal year 1950. However, the requirement that information be included in the budget in that way may be waived or changed by joint action of the Committees on Appropriations of both Houses of Congress. This subsection does not limit the authority of a committee of Congress to request information in a form it prescribes.
(c) When the President makes a basic change in the form of the budget, the President shall submit with the budget information showing where items in the budget for the prior fiscal year are contained in the present budget. However, the President may change the functional categories in the budget only in consultation with the Committees on Appropriations and on the Budget of both Houses of Congress. Committees of the House of Representatives and Senate shall receive prompt notification of all such changes.
(d) The President shall develop programs and prescribe regulations to improve the compilation, analysis, publication, and dissemination of statistical information by executive agencies. The President shall carry out this subsection through the Administrator for the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in the Office of Management and Budget.
(e) Under regulations prescribed by the President, each agency shall provide information required by the President in carrying out this chapter. The President has access to, and may inspect, records of an agency to obtain information.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 908; Pub. L. 99–177, title II, §224, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1060.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1104(a) | 31:16(last sentence related to preparation of budgets and appropriations). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §207(last sentence related to preparation of budgets and appropriations), 42 Stat. 22; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(e), 64 Stat. 833; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 31:623. | June 23, 1913, ch. 3, §3, 38 Stat. 75; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 1104(b) | 31:581. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §204, 42 Stat. 21; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(c), 64 Stat. 833. |
| 1104(c) | 31:11d. | July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §802, 88 Stat. 330. |
| 31:581a. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §205, 42 Stat. 21; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(d), 64 Stat. 833. | |
| 1104(d) | 31:18b. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §103, 64 Stat. 834; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 44:3503(note). | Dec. 11, 1980, Pub. L. 96–511, §3(a), 94 Stat. 2825. | |
| 1104(e) | 31:21. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §213, 42 Stat. 23; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
In the section, the word “President” is substituted for “Office” in 31:16(last sentence), “President, through the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” in 31:18b, “President and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” in 44:3503(note), and “Office of Management and Budget” in 31:21 and 623, because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085), designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (a), the words “under such rules and regulations as the President may prescribe” in 31:16(last sentence) are omitted as unnecessary because of section 101 of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970. The words “use uniform terms in stating” are substituted for “make uniform the language commonly used in expressing” in 31:623 for consistency. The words “eliminate from all estimates unnecessary words” are omitted as unnecessary because of the authority of the President under this subsection to prepare the budget. The text of section 3(words before semicolon) in the Act of June 23, 1913 (ch. 13, 38 Stat. 75) is omitted as superseded by 31:ch. 1 and 31:581.
In subsection (b), the word “arrangement” is omitted as being included in “order”. The word “information” is substituted for “notes and other data”, and the word “submitted” is substituted for “transmitted”, for consistency. The words “The President shall include” are substituted for “shall be accompanied by” because of the authority of the President under subsection (a) to prepare the budget. The words “proposed appropriations” are substituted for “proposed supplemental or deficiency appropriations” because of the restatement. The word “personnel” is substituted for “personal services” for clarity. The word “way” is substituted for “manner and form” for consistency. The words “either generally or in specific cases” are omitted as surplus. The word “request” is substituted for “request and receive” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “it prescribes” are substituted for “as they may desire in consideration of and action upon budget estimates” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “President makes” are substituted for “is made” in 31:581a as being more precise. The word “information” is substituted for “explanatory notes and tables” for consistency in the revised title. The words “to Congress”, “as may be necessary”, and “various” are omitted as surplus. The words “The President may change” are substituted for “Any change . . . shall be made only” in 31:11d because the President prepares and submits the budget under 31:11. The word “budget” is substituted for “Budget of the United States Government transmitted pursuant to section 11 of this title” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the chapter.
In subsection (d), the word “gathering” in 31:18b is omitted as being included in “compilation”. The text of 31:18b(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement of the source provisions in subsection (e). The words “carry out . . . through” are substituted for “delegate to” in 44:3503(note) for consistency.
In subsection (e), the word “provide” is substituted for “furnish” for consistency. The words “required by the President in carrying out this chapter” are substituted for “as the Office may from time to time require” because of section 101 of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 and to provide comparable limiting language on when information may be required. The words “the director and the assistant director, or any employee of the Office when duly authorized” are omitted because of 3:301. The word “inspect” is substituted for “examine” for consistency in the revised title. The word “records” is substituted for “books, documents, papers, or records” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
Amendments
1985—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–177 inserted provisions relating to notice to committees of House of Representatives and Senate.
Effective Date of 1985 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–177 effective Dec. 12, 1985, and applicable with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1985, see section 275(a)(1) of Pub. L. 99–177, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
Ex. Ord. No. 10253. Provisions for Improvement of Work of Federal Executive Agencies With Respect to Statistical Information
Ex. Ord. No. 10253, June 11, 1951, 16 F.R. 5605, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12013, Oct. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 54931; Ex. Ord. No. 12318, Aug. 12, 1981, 46 F.R. 42833, provided:
(a) To achieve an adequate program of statistical work in the agencies of the executive branch, in relation to over-all needs for statistical information, including the filling of gaps and overcoming of weaknesses in presently available statistical information.
(b) To achieve the most effective use of resources available for statistical work by the agencies, in relation to over-all needs.
(c) To minimize the burden upon those furnishing statistical data needed by the various Federal agencies.
(d) To improve the reliability and timeliness of statistical information.
(e) To achieve maximum comparability among the several statistical series and studies.
(f) To improve the presentation of statistical information and of explanations regarding the sources and reliability of such information, and regarding the limitations on the uses that can appropriately be made of it.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 20 section 76j.
§1105. Budget contents and submission to Congress
(a) On or after the first Monday in January but not later than the first Monday in February of each year, the President shall submit a budget of the United States Government for the following fiscal year. Each budget shall include a budget message and summary and supporting information. The President shall include in each budget the following:
(1) information on activities and functions of the Government.
(2) when practicable, information on costs and achievements of Government programs.
(3) other desirable classifications of information.
(4) a reconciliation of the summary information on expenditures with proposed appropriations.
(5) except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, estimated expenditures and proposed appropriations the President decides are necessary to support the Government in the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted and the 4 fiscal years after that year.
(6) estimated receipts of the Government in the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted and the 4 fiscal years after that year under—
(A) laws in effect when the budget is submitted; and
(B) proposals in the budget to increase revenues.
(7) appropriations, expenditures, and receipts of the Government in the prior fiscal year.
(8) estimated expenditures and receipts, and appropriations and proposed appropriations, of the Government for the current fiscal year.
(9) balanced statements of the—
(A) condition of the Treasury at the end of the prior fiscal year;
(B) estimated condition of the Treasury at the end of the current fiscal year; and
(C) estimated condition of the Treasury at the end of the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted if financial proposals in the budget are adopted.
(10) essential information about the debt of the Government.
(11) other financial information the President decides is desirable to explain in practicable detail the financial condition of the Government.
(12) for each proposal in the budget for legislation that would establish or expand a Government activity or function, a table showing—
(A) the amount proposed in the budget for appropriation and for expenditure because of the proposal in the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted; and
(B) the estimated appropriation required because of the proposal for each of the 4 fiscal years after that year that the proposal will be in effect.
(13) an allowance for additional estimated expenditures and proposed appropriations for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted.
(14) an allowance for unanticipated uncontrollable expenditures for that year.
(15) a separate statement on each of the items referred to in section 301(a)(1)–(5) of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 632(a)(1)–(5)).
(16) the level of tax expenditures under existing law in the tax expenditures budget (as defined in section 3(a)(3) of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 622(a)(3)) for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted, considering projected economic factors and changes in the existing levels based on proposals in the budget.
(17) information on estimates of appropriations for the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted for grants, contracts, and other payments under each program for which there is an authorization of appropriations for that following fiscal year when the appropriations are authorized to be included in an appropriation law for the fiscal year before the fiscal year in which the appropriation is to be available for obligation.
(18) a comparison of the total amount of budget outlays for the prior fiscal year, estimated in the budget submitted for that year, for each major program having relatively uncontrollable outlays with the total amount of outlays for that program in that year.
(19) a comparison of the total amount of receipts for the prior fiscal year, estimated in the budget submitted for that year, with receipts received in that year, and for each major source of receipts, a comparison of the amount of receipts estimated in that budget with the amount of receipts from that source in that year.
(20) an analysis and explanation of the differences between each amount compared under clauses (18) and (19) of this subsection.
(21) a horizontal budget showing—
(A) the programs for meteorology and of the National Climate Program established under section 5 of the National Climate Program Act (15 U.S.C. 2904);
(B) specific aspects of the program of, and appropriations for, each agency; and
(C) estimated goals and financial requirements.
(22) a statement of budget authority, proposed budget authority, budget outlays, and proposed budget outlays, and descriptive information in terms of—
(A) a detailed structure of national needs that refers to the missions and programs of agencies (as defined in section 101 of this title); and
(B) the missions and basic programs.
(23) separate appropriation accounts for appropriations under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.) and the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 801 et seq.).
(24) recommendations on the return of Government capital to the Treasury by a mixed-ownership corporation (as defined in section 9101(2) of this title) that the President decides are desirable.
(25) a separate appropriation account for appropriations for each Office of Inspector General of an establishment defined under section 11(2) of the Inspector General Act of 1978.
[(26) Terminated.]
(27) a separate statement of the amount of appropriations requested for the Office of National Drug Control Policy and each program of the National Drug Control Program.
(28) a separate statement of the amount of appropriations requested for the Office of Federal Financial Management.
(29) beginning with fiscal year 1999, a Federal Government performance plan for the overall budget as provided for under section 1115.
(30) information about the Violent Crime Reduction Trust Fund, including a separate statement of amounts in that Trust Fund.
(31) an analysis displaying, by agency, proposed reductions in full-time equivalent positions compared to the current year's level in order to comply with section 5 of the Federal Workforce Restructuring Act of 1994.
(b) Estimated expenditures and proposed appropriations for the legislative branch and the judicial branch to be included in each budget under subsection (a)(5) of this section shall be submitted to the President before October 16 of each year and included in the budget by the President without change.
(c) The President shall recommend in the budget appropriate action to meet an estimated deficiency when the estimated receipts for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted (under laws in effect when the budget is submitted) and the estimated amounts in the Treasury at the end of the current fiscal year available for expenditure in the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted, are less than the estimated expenditures for that year. The President shall make recommendations required by the public interest when the estimated receipts and estimated amounts in the Treasury are more than the estimated expenditures.
(d) When the President submits a budget or supporting information about a budget, the President shall include a statement on all changes about the current fiscal year that were made before the budget or information was submitted.
(e)(1) The President shall submit with materials related to each budget transmitted under subsection (a) on or after January 1, 1985, an analysis for the ensuing fiscal year that shall identify requested appropriations or new obligational authority and outlays for each major program that may be classified as a public civilian capital investment program and for each major program that may be classified as a military capital investment program, and shall contain summaries of the total amount of such appropriations or new obligational authority and outlays for public civilian capital investment programs and summaries of the total amount of such appropriations or new obligational authority and outlays for military capital investment programs. In addition, the analysis under this paragraph shall contain—
(A) an estimate of the current service levels of public civilian capital investment and of military capital investment and alternative high and low levels of such investments over a period of ten years in current dollars and over a period of five years in constant dollars;
(B) the most recent assessment analysis and summary, in a standard format, of public civilian capital investment needs in each major program area over a period of ten years;
(C) an identification and analysis of the principal policy issues that affect estimated public civilian capital investment needs for each major program; and
(D) an identification and analysis of factors that affect estimated public civilian capital investment needs for each major program, including but not limited to the following factors:
(i) economic assumptions;
(ii) engineering standards;
(iii) estimates of spending for operation and maintenance;
(iv) estimates of expenditures for similar investments by State and local governments; and
(v) estimates of demand for public services derived from such capital investments and estimates of the service capacity of such investments.
To the extent that any analysis required by this paragraph relates to any program for which Federal financial assistance is distributed under a formula prescribed by law, such analysis shall be organized by State and within each State by major metropolitan area if data are available.
(2) For purposes of this subsection, any appropriation, new obligational authority, or outlay shall be classified as a public civilian capital investment to the extent that such appropriation, authority, or outlay will be used for the construction, acquisition, or rehabilitation of any physical asset that is capable of being used to produce services or other benefits for a number of years and is not classified as a military capital investment under paragraph (3). Such assets shall include (but not be limited to)—
(A) roadways or bridges,
(B) airports or airway facilities,
(C) mass transportation systems,
(D) wastewater treatment or related facilities,
(E) water resources projects,
(F) hospitals,
(G) resource recovery facilities,
(H) public buildings,
(I) space or communications facilities,
(J) railroads, and
(K) federally assisted housing.
(3) For purposes of this subsection, any appropriation, new obligational authority, or outlay shall be classified as a military capital investment to the extent that such appropriation, authority, or outlay will be used for the construction, acquisition, or rehabilitation of any physical asset that is capable of being used to produce services or other benefits for purposes of national defense and security for a number of years. Such assets shall include military bases, posts, installations, and facilities.
(4) Criteria and guidelines for use in the identification of public civilian and military capital investments, for distinguishing between public civilian and military capital investments, and for distinguishing between major and nonmajor capital investment programs shall be issued by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget after consultation with the Comptroller General and the Congressional Budget Office. The analysis submitted under this subsection shall be accompanied by an explanation of such criteria and guidelines.
(5) For purposes of this subsection—
(A) the term “construction” includes the design, planning, and erection of new structures and facilities, the expansion of existing structures and facilities, the reconstruction of a project at an existing site or adjacent to an existing site, and the installation of initial and replacement equipment for such structures and facilities;
(B) the term “acquisition” includes the addition of land, sites, equipment, structures, facilities, or rolling stock by purchase, lease-purchase, trade, or donation; and
(C) the term “rehabilitation” includes the alteration of or correction of deficiencies in an existing structure or facility so as to extend the useful life or improve the effectiveness of the structure or facility, the modernization or replacement of equipment at an existing structure or facility, and the modernization of, or replacement of parts for, rolling stock.
(f) The budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) for a fiscal year shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 that apply to that and subsequent fiscal years.
(g)(1) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall establish the funding for advisory and assistance services for each department and agency as a separate object class in each budget annually submitted to the Congress under this section.
(2)(A) In paragraph (1), except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term “advisory and assistance services” means the following services when provided by nongovernmental sources:
(i) Management and professional support services.
(ii) Studies, analyses, and evaluations.
(iii) Engineering and technical services.
(B) In paragraph (1), the term “advisory and assistance services” does not include the following services:
(i) Routine automated data processing and telecommunications services unless such services are an integral part of a contract for the procurement of advisory and assistance services.
(ii) Architectural and engineering services, as defined in section 901 of the Brooks Architect-Engineers Act (40 U.S.C. 541).
(iii) Research on basic mathematics or medical, biological, physical, social, psychological, or other phenomena.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 908; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(2), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 98–501, title II, §203, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2324; Pub. L. 99–177, title II, §241, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1063; Pub. L. 100–119, title I, §106(f), Sept. 29, 1987, 101 Stat. 781; Pub. L. 100–418, title V, §5301, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1462; Pub. L. 100–504, title I, §108, Oct. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 2529; Pub. L. 100–690, title I, §1006, Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4187; Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13112(c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–608; Pub. L. 101–576, title II, §203(b), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2841; Pub. L. 103–62, §4(a), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 286; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(E), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXI, §310001(e), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2103; Pub. L. 103–355, title II, §2454(a), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3326.)
Amendment of Section
For repeal of amendment by section 1506 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendments note below.
For termination of amendment by section 275(b) of Pub. L. 99–177, as amended, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment note below.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1105(a) (1)–(14) | 31:11(a)(less (5)(words after 2d comma)). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §201(a), 42 Stat. 20; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(a), 64 Stat. 832; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §1(a), 70 Stat. 782; Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §221(a), 84 Stat. 1169; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §§603, 604, 88 Stat. 324. |
| 31:19. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §211, 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 1105(a) (15) | 31:11(d). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(d)–(f), (g)(last sentence)–(i)(1st sentence); added July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §601, 88 Stat. 323. |
| 1105(a) (16) | 31:11(e). | |
| 1105(a) (17) | 31:11(h). | |
| 1105(a) (18)–(20) | 31:11(f). | |
| 1105(a) (21) | 31:25 | Oct. 18, 1962, Pub. L. 87–843, §304(1st par.), 76 Stat. 1097; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085; Sept. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–367, §5(g)(2), 92 Stat. 603. |
| 1105(a) (22) | 31:11(i)(1st sentence). | |
| 1105(a) (23) | 31:11(note). | Nov. 9, 1977, Pub. L. 95–164, §305, 91 Stat. 1322. |
| 1105(a) (24) | 31:859. | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §204, 59 Stat. 601. |
| 1105(b) | 28:605(last par.). | |
| 31:11(a)(5)(words after 2d comma). | ||
| 1105(c) | 31:13. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §202, 42 Stat. 21. |
| 1105(d) | 31:11(g)(last sentence). |
In the section, the word “current” is substituted for “in progress”, and the word “prior” is substituted for “last completed”, for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:19 is omitted as superseded by the broader authority of 31:11(a)(5). The words “for the following fiscal year” are added for clarity. The words “summary and supporting information” are substituted for “summary data and text, and supporting detail” in the introductory matter of 31:11(a) for consistency. The words “in such form and detail as the President may determine” are omitted as unnecessary because of the authority of the President under section 1104(a) of the revised title to prepare the budget. The words “The President shall . . . in each budget the following” are substituted for “The Budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) of this section for each fiscal year shall” in 31:11(d)–(f), (h), and (i) because of the restatement. The word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” in 31:25 because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “in connection with the budget presentation for fiscal year 1964 and each succeeding year thereafter” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “information on” are added for clarity.
In subsection (a)(2), the word “Government” is added for clarity.
In subsection (a)(3), the word “information” is substituted for “data” for consistency.
In subsection (a)(5) and (6), the words “fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “ensuing fiscal year” the first time they appear for clarity. The words “the 4 fiscal years after that year” are substituted for “projections for the four fiscal years immediately following the ensuing fiscal year” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(6), the words “proposals . . . to increase revenues” are substituted for “revenue proposals” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a)(7), the word “actual” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(8), the words “appropriations and” are substituted for “actual or” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(9), the words “fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “ensuing fiscal year” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(10), the words “bonded and other” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(11), the words “information the President decides” are substituted for “statements and data as in his opinion” for clarity and consistency. The word “desirable” is substituted for “necessary or desirable” and the words “to explain” are substituted for “in order to make known”, to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(12), before subclause (A), the word “legislation” is substituted for “new or additional legislation” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “activity or function” are substituted for “function, activity, or authority” for consistency. The words “in addition to those functions, activities, and authorities then existing or as then being administered and operated” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(16), the words “fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “such fiscal year” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(17), the words “fiscal year following the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “next succeeding fiscal year”, the words “that following fiscal year” are substituted for “such succeeding fiscal year”, and the words “fiscal year before” are substituted for “fiscal year preceding”, for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (a)(18), the words “uncontrollable or” are omitted as being included in “relatively uncontrollable”.
In subsection (a)(19) and (20), the word “receipts” is substituted for “revenues” for consistency in the revised title.
Subsection (a)(20) is substituted for 31:11(f)(3) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(21), the words “the totality of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(22), the words “budget outlays” are substituted for “outlays” for consistency. The words “beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (a)(23), the words “for appropriations” are substituted for “amounts required for appropriations” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “for mine health and safety” and “for occupational safety and health” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (a)(24), the words “(as defined in section 9101(2) of this title)” are added because the subsection is based on a law to which the defined term applies. The words “decides are desirable” are substituted for “may wish to make” for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “for such years” in 31:11(a)(5)(words after 2d comma) are omitted because of the restatement. The words “of the United States” and “by him” are omitted as surplus. The words “to be included in each budget under subsection (a)(5) of this section” are added because of the restatement. The words “before October 16” are substituted for “on or before October 15”, and the word “change” is substituted for “revision”, for consistency.
In subsection (c), the words “new taxes, loans, or other” are omitted as being included in “appropriate action”. The words “in effect” are substituted for “existing” for consistency. The word “aggregate” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “When the President submits a budget or supporting information about a budget, the President” are substituted for “The Budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) of this section for any fiscal year, or the supporting detail transmitted in connection therewith” because of the restatement. The word “changes” is substituted for “amendments and revisions” to eliminate unnecessary words.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1105(a) (25) | 31 App.:11(k)(1). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(k)(1); added Sept. 8, 1982, Pub. L. 97–255, §3, 96 Stat. 815. |
The words “The President shall include in the supporting detail accompanying each Budget” are omitted as being included in the introductory provisions of 31:1105(a). The words “submitted on or after January 1, 1983” are omitted as executed. The words “by the President” and “if any” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, referred to in subsec. (a)(23), is Pub. L. 91–596, Dec. 29, 1970, 84 Stat. 1590, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 15 (§651 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 651 of Title 29 and Tables.
The Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, referred to in subsec. (a)(23), is Pub. L. 91–173, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 742, as amended by Pub. L. 95–164, title I, §101, Nov. 9, 1977, 91 Stat. 1290, which is classified principally to chapter 22 (§801 et seq.) of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 801 of Title 30 and Tables.
Section 11(2) of the Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a)(25), is section 11(2) of Pub. L. 95–452, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section 5 of the Federal Workforce Restructuring Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (a)(31), is section 5 of Pub. L. 103–226, which is set out as a note under section 3101 of Title 5.
The Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, referred to in subsec. (f), is title II of Pub. L. 99–177, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1038, as amended, which enacted chapter 20 (§900 et seq.) and sections 654 to 656 of Title 2, The Congress, amended sections 602, 622, 631 to 642, and 651 to 653 of Title 2, sections 1104 to 1106, and 1109 of this title, and section 911 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, repealed section 661 of Title 2, enacted provisions set out as notes under section 900 of Title 2 and section 911 of Title 42, and amended provisions set out as a note under section 621 of Title 2. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 900 of Title 2 and Tables.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(26), (27). Pub. L. 103–272 renumbered par. (26) as (27).
Subsec. (a)(30), (31). Pub. L. 103–322 added pars. (30) and (31).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–355 added subsec. (g).
1993—Subsec. (a)(29). Pub. L. 103–62 added par. (29).
1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–508, §13112(c)(1), substituted “On or after the first Monday in January but not later than the first Monday in February of each year” for “On or before the first Monday after January 3 of each year (or on or before February 5 in 1986)”.
Subsec. (a)(28). Pub. L. 101–576 added par. (28).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–508, §13112(c)(2), amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) read as follows:
“(1) The budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) for a fiscal year shall be prepared on the basis of the best estimates then available, in such a manner as to ensure that the deficit for such fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum deficit amount for such fiscal year as determined under paragraph (7) of section 3 of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974.
“(2) The deficit set forth in the budget so transmitted for any fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum deficit amount for such fiscal year as determined under paragraph (7) of section 3 of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974, with budget outlays and Federal revenues at such levels as the President may consider most desirable and feasible.
“(3) The budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) for a fiscal year shall include a budget baseline estimate made in accordance with section 251(a)(6) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 and using economic and technical assumptions consistent with the current services budget submitted under section 1109 for the fiscal year. If such budget baseline estimate differs from the estimate in the current services budget, the President shall explain the differences. The budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) for such fiscal year shall include the information required by section 251(a)(2) of such Act (other than account-level detail) assuming that the deficit in such budget baseline were the amount estimated by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget on August 25 of the calendar year in which the fiscal year begins.
“(4) Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply with respect to fiscal year 1989 if the budget transmitted for such fiscal year provides for deficit reduction from a budget baseline deficit for such fiscal year (as defined by section 251(a)(6) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 and based on laws in effect on January 1, 1988) equal to or greater than $36,000,000,000.
“(5) Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply if a declaration of war by the Congress is in effect.”
1988—Subsec. (a)(25). Pub. L. 100–504 amended par. (25) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (25) read as follows: “a separate statement, for each agency having an Office of Inspector General, of the amount of the appropriation requested for the Office.”
Subsec. (a)(26). Pub. L. 100–690, §§1006, 1009, temporarily added par. (26) relating to statement of appropriations requested for drug programs. See Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendments note below.
Pub. L. 100–418, §§5301, 5303, temporarily added par. (26) which read as follows: “an analysis, prepared by the Office of Management and Budget after consultation with the chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers, of the budget's impact on the international competitiveness of United States business and the United States balance of payments position and shall include the following projections, based upon the best information available at the time, for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted—
“(A) the amount of borrowing by the Government in private credit markets;
“(B) net domestic savings (defined as personal savings, corporate savings, and the fiscal surplus of State and local governments);
“(C) net private domestic investment;
“(D) the merchandise trade and current accounts;
“(E) the net increase or decrease in foreign indebtedness (defined as net foreign investment); and
“(F) the estimated direction and extent of the influence of the Government's borrowing in private credit markets on United States dollar interest rates and on the real effective exchange rate of the United States dollar.”
See Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendments note below.
1987—Subsec. (f)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 100–119 added pars. (3) and (4) and redesignated former par. (3) as (5).
1985—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–177, §241(a), substituted “On or before the first Monday after January 3 of each year (or on or before February 5 in 1986)” for “During the first 15 days of each regular session of Congress”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–177, §§241(b), 275(b), temporarily added subsec. (f). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment note below.
1984—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–501 added subsec. (e).
1983—Subsec. (a)(25). Pub. L. 97–452 added par. (25).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendments
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–690 effective Jan. 21, 1989, and repealed Sept. 30, 1997, see section 1506 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, and section 1012 of Pub. L. 100–690, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1501 of Title 21.
Section 5303 of Pub. L. 100–418 provided that: “The amendment made by section 5301 [amending this section] shall be effective for fiscal years 1989, 1990, 1991, and 1992, and shall be fully reflected in the budgets submitted by the President as required by section 1105(a) of title 31, United States Code, for each such fiscal year, and the amendment made by section 5302 [amending section 632 of Title 2, The Congress] shall be effective for fiscal years 1989, 1990, 1991, and 1992.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–504 effective 180 days after Oct. 18, 1988, see section 113 of Pub. L. 100–504, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note under section 5 of Pub. L. 95–452 [Inspector General Act of 1978] in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment
Amendment of subsec. (a) and enactment of subsec. (f) of this section by Pub. L. 99–177 effective Dec. 12, 1985, and applicable with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1985, but with subsec. (f) to expire Sept. 30, 1995, see section 275(a)(1), (b) of Pub. L. 99–177, as amended, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
Construction of 1993 Amendment
Amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 not to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a Construction note under section 1115 of this title.
Administrative Expenses of Legislative Branch Entities; Separate Categories; Compliance Reporting
Pub. L. 103–69, title III, §308, Aug. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 710, provided that:
“(a) For fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, the submissions in support of the amounts included in the Budget for each entity of the legislative branch shall set forth a separate category for administrative expenses. For fiscal years 1993 and 1994, the administrative expenses for each entity of the legislative branch shall be calculated and submitted in a separate category in the same format as if submitted in support of amounts included in the Budget.
“(b) For fiscal years 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997, the submissions under subsection (a) in the separate category for administrative expenses for each entity of the legislative branch shall include reductions from the amount calculated for administrative expenses for fiscal year 1993, adjusted for inflation, as follows:
“(1) Fiscal year 1994, reduction of not less than 3 percent.
“(2) Fiscal year 1995, reduction of not less than 6 percent.
“(3) Fiscal year 1996, reduction of not less than 9 percent.
“(4) Fiscal year 1997, reduction of not less than 14 percent.
“(c) The Comptroller General shall carry out compliance reporting under this section.
“(d) As used in this section—
“(1) the term ‘administrative expenses’ means expenses of contractual services and supplies, other than rental payments, programmatic mission-essential expenses, reimbursable expenses, and expenses required by law;
“(2) the term ‘Budget’ means the Budget of the United States Government, submitted under section 1105 of title 31, United States Code; and
“(3) the term ‘entity of the legislative branch’ means the House of Representatives, the Senate, the Office of the Architect of the Capitol (including the Botanic Garden), the Capitol Police, the Congressional Budget Office, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal, the General Accounting Office, the Government Printing Office, the Library of Congress, and the Office of Technology Assessment.”
Separate Object Class for Consulting Services in Annual Budgets
Pub. L. 102–394, title V, §512, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1826, which directed the Office of Management and Budget to establish funding for consulting services for each department and agency as separate object class in each budget annually submitted to Congress under this section, was repealed and restated in subsec. (g) of this section by Pub. L. 103–355, title II, §2454(a), (b), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3326.
NASA Triennial Budget Requests and Estimates
Pub. L. 100–685, title I, §104, Nov. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 4086, provided that: “Commencing in fiscal year 1990 and every year thereafter, the President shall submit to Congress a budget request for the National Aeronautics and Space Administration for the immediate fiscal year and the following fiscal year, and include budget estimates for the third fiscal year.”
Two-Year Budget Cycle for Coast Guard
Pub. L. 102–241, §11, Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2212, provided that: “Notwithstanding another law, the President is not required to submit a two-year budget request for the Coast Guard until the President is required to submit a two-year budget request for the Department of Transportation.”
Pub. L. 100–448, §24, Sept. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 1847, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) the Secretary's views on the advantages and disadvantages of operating the Coast Guard on a 2-year budget cycle;
“(2) the Secretary's plans for converting to a 2-year budget cycle; and
“(3) a description of any impediments (statutory or otherwise) to converting the operations of the Coast Guard to a 2-year budget cycle beginning with fiscal year 1990.”
Water and Sewer Services Furnished to Government Facilities in District of Columbia
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(c) [title I, §136], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–90, 1329–102, provided that: “After the effective date of this Joint Resolution [Dec. 22, 1987], the President shall include, without change, in each annual budget submitted to the Congress under section 1105 of title 31, United States Code, the values estimated by the Mayor of the District of Columbia for water and water services and sanitary sewer services furnished to facilities of the United States Government under sections 106 and 212 of the District of Columbia Public Works Act of 1954, as amended (D.C. Code, sections 43–1552, 43–1612).”
Two-Year Budget Cycle for Department of Defense
Pub. L. 99–145, title XIV, §1405, Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 744, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) The advantages and disadvantages of operating the Department of Defense and related agencies on a two-year budget cycle.
“(2) The Secretary's plans for converting to a two-year budget cycle.
“(3) A description of any impediments (statutory or otherwise) to converting the operations of the Department of Defense and related agencies to a two-year budget cycle beginning with fiscal year 1988.”
Federal Capital Investment Program; Congressional Statement of Purposes
Section 202 of Pub. L. 98–501 provided that: “The purposes of this title [amending this section and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1101 of this title] are—
“(1) to provide budget projections for major Federal capital investment programs;
“(2) to provide a summary of the most recent needs assessment analyses for these programs;
“(3) to provide information on the sensitivity of the needs estimates to major policy issues and technical and economic variables;
“(4) to assist the planning capabilities of State and local governments on the assessment of major capital investment programs; and
“(5) to improve legislative oversight over Federal capital investment programs.”
Deficit Reduction Fund
For provisions requiring information about Deficit Reduction Fund, including a separate statement of amounts in and Federal debt redeemed by that Fund to be included in budget transmitted under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12858, §3, Aug. 4, 1993, 58 F.R. 42185, set out as a note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
Budget Control
For provisions requiring annual review of direct spending and receipts to be part of each budget submitted under subsec. (a) of this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12857, §3, Aug. 4, 1993, 58 F.R. 42181, set out as a note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
Ex. Ord. No. 6715. Filing of Functional Organization Charts With the Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Ex. Ord. No. 6715, May 23, 1934, provided:
(1) Each executive department, independent establishment, and emergency agency shall file with the Director of the Bureau of the Budget [now Director of Office of Management and Budget] a functional organization chart, indicating its various existing bureaus, divisions, sections, etc., and containing a description of the functions respectively performed, and shall file such additional charts from time to time, as may be necessary to show all changes made therein.
(2) Every executive department, independent establishment, and emergency agency hereafter created shall within 5 days after the appointment of the head thereof file a preliminary functional organization chart with the Director of the Bureau of the Budget.
(3) The Director of the Bureau of the Budget is hereby authorized to prescribe, subject to the approval of the President, such rules and regulations as will indicate the information desired and the form of chart to be furnished.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1104, 1106, 1107, 1115, 1118, 1119, 1554, 5134, 6503, 9103, 9109, 9703 of this title; title 2 sections 632, 655, 665b, 900, 901, 904; title 5 sections 1204, 8472; title 10 sections 113, 114, 119, 139, 168, 179, 221, 222, 226, 227, 1465, 1741, 2006, 2217, 2304a, 2304b, 2350a, 2367, 2431, 2433, 2506, 2515, 2521, 2703, 2721, 2809, 2835, 2836, 2859, 2891, 2902; title 14 sections 663, 692; title 15 sections 1022, 2935, 4626; title 20 section 76j; title 21 sections 1502, 1505, 1509; title 25 sections 450j–1, 458dd, 1621, 1671, 2012, 2505, 3803, 4043; title 29 section 762a; title 38 sections 312, 712, 3734, 7101, 7439, 7440, 8110, 8111, 8122; title 39 section 2009; title 40 sections 904, 908; title 41 sections 253h, 253i; title 42 sections 1395w–1, 2122a, 2286e, 7271b, 7274c, 7274g, 8255, 11710; title 50 sections 404a, 404b, 404d, 1906.
§1106. Supplemental budget estimates and changes
(a) Before July 16 of each year, the President shall submit to Congress a supplemental summary of the budget for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted under section 1105(a) of this title. The summary shall include—
(1) for that fiscal year—
(A) substantial changes in or reappraisals of estimates of expenditures and receipts;
(B) substantial obligations imposed on the budget after its submission;
(C) current information on matters referred to in section 1105(a)(8) and (9)(B) and (C) of this title; and
(D) additional information the President decides is advisable to provide Congress with complete and current information about the budget and current estimates of the functions, obligations, requirements, and financial condition of the United States Government;
(2) for the 4 fiscal years following the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted, information on estimated expenditures for programs authorized to continue in future years, or that are considered mandatory, under law; and
(3) for future fiscal years, information on estimated expenditures of balances carried over from the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted.
(b) Before July 16 of each year, the President shall submit to Congress a statement of changes in budget authority requested, estimated budget outlays, and estimated receipts for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted (including prior changes proposed for the executive branch of the Government) that the President decides are necessary and appropriate based on current information. The statement shall include the effect of those changes on the information submitted under section 1105(a)(1)–(14) and (b) of this title and shall include supporting information as practicable. The statement submitted before July 16 may be included in the information submitted under subsection (a)(1) of this section.
(c) Subsection (f) of section 1105 shall apply to revisions and supplemental summaries submitted under this section to the same extent that such subsection applies to the budget submitted under section 1105(a) to which such revisions and summaries relate.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 911; Pub. L. 99–177, title II, §242, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1063.)
Amendment of Section
For termination of amendment by section 275(b) of Pub. L. 99–177, as amended, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment note below.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1106(a) | 31:11(b), (c). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(b), (c); added Aug. 25, 1958, Pub. L. 85–759, §1, 72 Stat. 852; restated Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §221(b), 84 Stat. 1169; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §602, 88 Stat. 324. |
| 1106(b) | 31:11(g)(1st–3d sentences). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(g)(1st–3d sentences); added July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §601, 88 Stat. 323. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Before July 16” are substituted for “on or before July 15” for consistency. The words “budget for the fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “Budget for the ensuing fiscal year transmitted to the Congress by the President” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the chapter. The words “in such form and detail as he may determine” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (1)(D), the words “in summary form” and “summary of” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “necessary” is omitted as being included in “advisable”. In clauses (2) and (3), the word “information” is substituted for “summaries” because of the restatement. In clause (2), the words “programs authorized to continue in future years, or that are considered mandatory, under law” are substituted for “continuing programs which have a legal commitment for future years or are considered mandatory under existing law” for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “Before April 11 and July 16” are substituted for “on or before April 10 and July 15”, the word “changes” is substituted for “all amendments to or revisions in”, and the words “budget outlays” are substituted for “outlays”, the words “fiscal year for which the budget is submitted” are substituted for “ensuing fiscal year set forth in the Budget transmitted pursuant to subsection (a) of this section”, for consistency. The word “information” is substituted for “summary data” because of the restatement.
Amendments
1985—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–177, §242(a), struck out “April 11 and” before “July 16”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–177, §§242(b), 275(b), temporarily added subsec. (c). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment note below.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1985 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–177 effective Dec. 12, 1985, and applicable with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1985, but with subsec. (c) to expire Sept. 30, 1995, see section 275(a)(1), (b) of Pub. L. 99–177, as amended, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
§1107. Deficiency and supplemental appropriations
The President may submit to Congress proposed deficiency and supplemental appropriations the President decides are necessary because of laws enacted after the submission of the budget or that are in the public interest. The President shall include the reasons for the submission of the proposed appropriations and the reasons the proposed appropriations were not included in the budget. When the total proposed appropriations would have required the President to make a recommendation under section 1105(c) of this title if they had been included in the budget, the President shall make a recommendation under that section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 911.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1107 | 31:14. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §203, 42 Stat. 21; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(b), 64 Stat. 833. |
In the section, the words “reach an aggregate which” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1104 of this title.
§1108. Preparation and submission of appropriations requests to the President
(a) In this section (except subsections (b)(1) and (e)), “agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government.
(b)(1) The head of each agency shall prepare and submit to the President each appropriation request for the agency. The request shall be prepared and submitted in the form prescribed by the President under this chapter and by the date established by the President. When the head of an agency does not submit a request by that date, the President shall prepare the request for the agency to be included in the budget or changes in the budget or as deficiency and supplemental appropriations. The President may change agency appropriation requests. Agency appropriation requests shall be developed from cost-based budgets in the way and at times prescribed by the President. The head of the agency shall use the cost-based budget to administer the agency and to divide appropriations or amounts.
(2) An officer or employee of an agency in the executive branch may submit to the President or Congress a request for legislation authorizing deficiency or supplemental appropriations for the agency only with the approval of the head of the agency.
(c) The head of an agency shall include with an appropriation request submitted to the President a report that the statement of obligations submitted with the request contains obligations consistent with section 1501 of this title. The head of the agency shall support the report with a certification of the consistency and shall support the certification with records showing that the amounts have been obligated. The head of the agency shall designate officials to make the certifications, and those officials may not delegate the duty to make the certifications. The certifications and records shall be kept in the agency—
(1) in a form that makes audits and reconciliations easy; and
(2) for a period necessary to carry out audits and reconciliations.
(d) To the extent practicable, the head of an agency shall—
(1) provide information supporting the agency's budget request for its missions by function and subfunction (including the mission of each organizational unit of the agency); and
(2) relate the agency's programs to its missions.
(e) Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section, an officer or employee of an agency (as defined in section 1101 of this title) may submit to Congress or a committee of Congress an appropriations estimate or request, a request for an increase in that estimate or request, or a recommendation on meeting the financial needs of the Government only when requested by either House of Congress.
(f) The Interstate Commerce Commission shall submit to Congress copies of budget estimates, requests, and information (including personnel needs), legislative recommendations, prepared testimony for congressional hearings, and comments on legislation at the same time they are sent to the President or the Office of Management and Budget. An officer of an agency may not impose conditions on or impair communication by the Commission with Congress, or a committee or member of Congress, about the information.
(g) Amounts available under law are available for field examinations of appropriation estimates. The use of the amounts is subject only to regulations prescribed by the appropriate standing committees of Congress.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 912.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1108(a) | (no source). | |
| 1108(b)(1) | 31:16(last sentence related to appropriations requests). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §207(last sentence related to appropriations requests), 42 Stat. 22; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(e), 64 Stat. 833; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 31:22, 23. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §§214, 215, 42 Stat. 23; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(f), (g), 64 Stat. 833; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 31:24(a). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §216(a), 42 Stat. 23; restated Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §102(h), 64 Stat. 834; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §1(b), 70 Stat. 782; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 31:24(b), (c). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §216(b), (c); added Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §1(b), 70 Stat. 782. | |
| 1108(b)(2) | 31:581b. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §201, 64 Stat. 838; Reorg. Plan. No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 1108(c) | 31:200(b). | Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 935, §1311(b), 68 Stat. 830; restated July 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–79, §210(a), 73 Stat. 167; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 31:200(c). | Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 935, §1311(c), 68 Stat. 831. | |
| 1108(d) | 31:11(i)(last sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(i)(last sentence); added July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §601, 88 Stat. 323. |
| 1108(e) | 31:15. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §206, 42 Stat. 21. |
| 1108(f) | 31:11(j). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(j); added Feb. 5, 1976, Pub. L. 94–210, §311, 90 Stat. 60. |
| 1108(g) | 31:22a. | Aug. 7, 1953, ch. 340, §1314, 67 Stat. 438. |
Subsection (a) is included because the source provisions restated in subsections (c), (d), (f), and (g) of the revised section are derived from laws that apply to all organizational units and branches of the United States Government rather than the units and branches included in the chapter-wide definition in section 1101.
In subsection (b)(1), the word “President” is substituted for “Office” in 31:16(last sentence) and “Office of Management and Budget” in 31:23 and 24(a) because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “prepare” is substituted for “prepare or cause to be prepared” in 31:22 to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “appropriations” is substituted for “regular, supplementary, or deficiency appropriations” in 31:22 and 24(a) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “in each year” are omitted as surplus. The words “in the form prescribed by the President under this chapter and by the date established by the President” are substituted for “on or before a date which the President shall determine” in 31:23, and “as the President may determine in accordance with the provisions of section 11 of this title” and “in such manner and at such times as may be determined by the President” in 31:24, to eliminate unnecessary words and to provide a cross-reference to the authority of the President to prepare and submit budgets and appropriations request. The words “prepare the request for the agency to be included in the budget or changes in the budget or as deficiency or supplemental appropriations” are substituted for “cause such requests to be prepared as are necessary to enable him to include such requests with the Budget in respect to the work of such department or establishment” in 31:23 for clarity and because of the restatement. The word “change” is substituted for “assemble, correlate, revise, reduce, or increase” in 31:16(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “The head of the agency shall use” are substituted for “shall be used by all departments and establishments and their subordinate units” and “shall be made on the basis of” in 31:24 as being more precise. The word “operation” is omitted as being included in “administer”. The word “amounts” is substituted for “funds” for consistency in the revised title. The word “divide” is substituted for “administrative subdivisions” because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “deficiency or supplemental appropriations” are substituted for “subsequent appropriations” for consistency. The words “the Office of Management and Budget” are omitted because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “the agency” are substituted for “by such department or establishment, or by any organization unit thereof” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” in 31:200(b) because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “submitted with the request contains obligations consistent with” are substituted for “furnished therewith consists of valid obligations as defined in” for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “The head of the agency shall support the report with a certification of the consistency” are substituted for “Each report made pursuant to subsection (b) of this section shall be supported by certifications” in 31:200(c) for clarity. The words “duty to make certifications” are substituted for “responsibility” for consistency.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “its missions” are substituted for “its assigned mission”, and the words “the mission” are substituted for “mission responsibilities”, to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d)(2), the word “mission” is substituted for “agency missions” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e), the words “Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section” are added because of the restatement. The word “financial” is substituted for “revenue” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (f), the word “personnel” is substituted for “manpower”, and the words “at the same time” are substituted for “concurrently”, for clarity. The words “officer of an agency” are substituted for “officer or agency” as being more precise. The word “prohibit” is omitted as being included in “impose conditions on or impair”. The word “communication” is substituted for “free communication” to eliminate a surplus word. The words “about the information” are substituted for “with respect to any budget estimate or request of the Commission” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (g), the word “Amounts” is substituted for “Funds”, the word “law” is substituted for “Act”, and the words “regulations prescribed” are substituted for “regulations”, for consistency in the revised title. The words “of Congress” are added for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1554, 3512 of this title; title 15 section 2935; title 19 section 2345; title 40 section 903; title 49 section 5309.
§1109. Current programs and activities estimates
(a) On or before the first Monday after January 3 of each year (on or before February 5 in 1986), the President shall submit to both Houses of Congress the estimated budget outlays and proposed budget authority that would be included in the budget for the following fiscal year if programs and activities of the United States Government were carried on during that year at the same level as the current fiscal year without a change in policy. The President shall state the estimated budget outlays and proposed budget authority by function and subfunction under the classifications in the budget summary table under the heading “Budget Authority and Outlays by Function and Agency”, by major programs in each function, and by agency. The President also shall include a statement of the economic and program assumptions on which those budget outlays and budget authority are based, including inflation, real economic growth, and unemployment rates, program caseloads, and pay increases.
(b) The Joint Economic Committee shall review the estimated budget outlays and proposed budget authority and submit an economic evaluation of the budget outlays and budget authority to the Committees on the Budget of both Houses before March 1 of each year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 913; Pub. L. 99–177, title II, §222, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1060.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1109(a) | 31:11a(a). | July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §605, 88 Stat. 325. |
| 1109(b) | 31:11a(b). |
In the section, the words “budget outlays” are substituted for “outlays” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), the words “Before November 11” are substituted for “On or before November 10”, the words “both Houses of Congress” are substituted for “the Senate and the House of Representatives”, the word “following” is substituted for “ensuing”, and the word “current” is substituted for “in progress”, for consistency. The words “(beginning with 1975)” are omitted as executed. The words “of the United States Government” are added for clarity. The words “in such programs and activities” are omitted as surplus. The words “The President shall state” are substituted for “shall be shown”, and the words “The President also shall include” are substituted for “Accompanying these estimates shall be”, because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “so submitted” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “before January 1” are substituted for “on or before December 31” for consistency.
Amendments
1985—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–177, §222(a), substituted “On or before the first Monday after January 3 of each year (on or before February 5 in 1986)” for “Before November 11 of each year”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–177, §222(b), substituted “March 1” for “January 1”.
Effective Date of 1985 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–177 effective Dec. 12, 1985, and applicable with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1985, see section 275(a)(1) of Pub. L. 99–177, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates note under section 900 of Title 2, The Congress.
§1110. Year-ahead requests for authorizing legislation
A request to enact legislation authorizing new budget authority to continue a program or activity for a fiscal year shall be submitted to Congress before May 16 of the year before the year in which the fiscal year begins. If a new program or activity will continue for more than one year, the request must be submitted for at least the first and 2d fiscal years.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 913.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1110 | 31:11c. | July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §607, 88 Stat. 325. |
The words “Notwithstanding any other provision of law” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “the enactment of” before “new” are omitted as surplus. The words “(beginning with the fiscal year commencing October 1, 1976)” are omitted as executed. The words “a request for the enactment of legislation authorizing the enactment of new budget authority for” are omitted for consistency in the chapter.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 43 section 1748.
§1111. Improving economy and efficiency
To improve economy and efficiency in the United States Government, the President shall—
(1) make a study of each agency to decide, and may send Congress recommendations, on changes that should be made in—
(A) the organization, activities, and business methods of agencies;
(B) agency appropriations;
(C) the assignment of particular activities to particular services; and
(D) regrouping of services; and
(2) evaluate and develop improved plans for the organization, coordination, and management of the executive branch of the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 913.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1111 | 31:18. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §209, 42 Stat. 22; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 31:18a. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §104, 64 Stat. 834; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “To improve economy and efficiency in the United States Government” are substituted for “(with a view of securing greater economy and efficiency in the conduct of the public service)” in 31:18 and “with a view to efficient and economical service” in 31:18a to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget, when directed by the President” in 31:18 and “President, through the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” in 31:18a because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. In clause (1), the words “existing” and “detailed” are omitted as surplus.
Regulatory Reductions
For provisions requiring executive departments and agencies to undertake to eliminate not less than 50 percent of its civilian internal management regulations not required by law, see Ex. Ord. No. 12861, Sept. 11, 1993, 58 F.R. 48255, set out as a note under section 601 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1112. Fiscal, budget, and program information
(a) In this section, “agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government except a mixed-ownership Government corporation.
(b) In cooperation with the Comptroller General, the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall establish and maintain standard data processing and information systems for fiscal, budget, and program information for use by agencies to meet the needs of the Government, and to the extent practicable, of State and local governments.
(c) The Comptroller General—
(1) in cooperation with the Secretary, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, shall establish, maintain, and publish standard terms and classifications for fiscal, budget, and program information of the Government, including information on fiscal policy, receipts, expenditures, programs, projects, activities, and functions;
(2) when advisable, shall report to Congress on those terms and classifications, and recommend legislation necessary to promote the establishment, maintenance, and use of standard terms and classifications by the executive branch of the Government; and
(3) in carrying out this subsection, shall give particular consideration to the needs of the Committees on Appropriations and on the Budget of both Houses of Congress, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House, the Committee on Finance of the Senate, and the Congressional Budget Office.
(d) Agencies shall use the standard terms and classifications published under subsection (c)(1) of this section in providing fiscal, budget, and program information to Congress.
(e) In consultation with the President, the head of each executive agency shall take actions necessary to achieve to the extent possible—
(1) consistency in budget and accounting classifications;
(2) synchronization between those classifications and organizational structure; and
(3) information by organizational unit on performance and program costs to support budget justifications.
(f) In cooperation with the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, the Comptroller General, and appropriate representatives of State and local governments, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (to the extent practicable) shall provide State and local governments with fiscal, budget, and program information necessary for accurate and timely determination by those governments of the impact on their budgets of assistance of the United States Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 913.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1112(a) | 31:1157. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §207, 84 Stat. 1168. |
| 1112(b) | 31:1151. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §§201, 202(a), (b), 203(d), 84 Stat. 1167, 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §801(a), 88 Stat. 327, 328, 329. |
| 1112(c) | 31:1152(a)(1)(1st, 2d sentences), (2), (b). | |
| 1112(d) | 31:1152(a)(1)(last sentence). | |
| 1112(e) | 31:18c. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §106; added Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §2(a), 70 Stat. 782; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 1112(f) | 31:1153(d). |
In the section, the words “program information” are substituted for “program-related data and information” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a), the words “ ‘agency’ . . . of the United States Government except a mixed-ownership Government corporation” are substituted for “ ‘Federal agency’ . . . wholly owned Government corporation” for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “establishment” is omitted as surplus. The words “government of the District of Columbia” are omitted as superseded by sections 441–455, 501, and 736 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 798, 812, 823).
In subsections (b) and (c)(1), the word “develop” is omitted as being included in “establish”.
In subsection (b), the words “The development, establishment, and maintenance of such systems shall be carried out so as” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (c)(1) and (2), the words “terms and classifications” are substituted for “terminology, definitions, classifications, and codes” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (1), the words “The authority contained in this section shall include, but not be limited to” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “After June 30, 1975” are omitted as executed. The word “additional” is omitted as surplus. The words “establishment, maintenance, and use of” are substituted for “development, establishment, and maintenance, modification . . . implementation” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised section. The words “by the executive branch of the Government” are substituted for “executive” for clarity. The text of 31:1152(a)(2)(1st sentence) is omitted as executed. In clause (3), the words “this subsection” are substituted for “this responsibility” because of the restatement.
In subsection (c)(1), the word “revenues” is omitted as being included in “receipts”. The word “spending” is substituted for “expenditures” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (e), the word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 719, 1113 of this title.
§1113. Congressional information
(a)(1) When requested by a committee of Congress having jurisdiction over receipts or appropriations, the President shall provide the committee with assistance and information.
(2) When requested by a committee of Congress, additional information related to the amount of an appropriation originally requested by an Office of Inspector General shall be submitted to the committee.
(b) When requested by a committee of Congress, by the Comptroller General, or by the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the head of each executive agency shall—
(1) provide information on the location and kind of available fiscal, budget, and program information;
(2) to the extent practicable, prepare summary tables of that fiscal, budget, and program information and related information the committee, the Comptroller General, or the Director of the Congressional Budget Office considers necessary; and
(3) provide a program evaluation carried out or commissioned by an executive agency.
(c) In cooperation with the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, the Secretary, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Comptroller General shall—
(1) establish and maintain a current directory of sources of, and information systems for, fiscal, budget, and program information and a brief description of the contents of each source and system;
(2) when requested, provide assistance to committees of Congress and members of Congress in obtaining information from the sources in the directory; and
(3) when requested, provide assistance to committees and, to the extent practicable, to members of Congress in evaluating the information obtained from the sources in the directory.
(d) To the extent they consider necessary, the Comptroller General and the Director of the Congressional Budget Office individually or jointly shall establish and maintain a file of information to meet recurring needs of Congress for fiscal, budget, and program information to carry out this section and sections 717 and 1112 of this title. The file shall include information on budget requests, congressional authorizations to obligate and expend, apportionment and reserve actions, and obligations and expenditures. The Comptroller General and the Director shall maintain the file and an index to the file so that it is easier for the committees and agencies of Congress to use the file and index through data processing and communications techniques.
(e)(1) The Comptroller General shall—
(A) carry out a continuing program to identify the needs of committees and members of Congress for fiscal, budget, and program information to carry out this section and section 1112 of this title;
(B) assist committees of Congress in developing their information needs;
(C) monitor recurring reporting requirements of Congress and committees; and
(D) make recommendations to Congress and committees for changes and improvements in those reporting requirements to meet information needs identified by the Comptroller General, to improve their usefulness to congressional users, and to eliminate unnecessary reporting.
(2) Before September 2 of each year, the Comptroller General shall report to Congress on—
(A) the needs identified under paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection;
(B) the relationship of those needs to existing reporting requirements;
(C) the extent to which reporting by the executive branch of the United States Government currently meets the identified needs;
(D) the changes to standard classifications necessary to meet congressional needs;
(E) activities, progress, and results of the program of the Comptroller General under paragraph (1)(B)–(D) of this subsection; and
(F) progress of the executive branch in the prior year.
(3) Before March 2 of each year, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and the Secretary shall report to Congress on plans for meeting the needs identified under paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection, including—
(A) plans for carrying out changes to classifications to meet information needs of Congress;
(B) the status of information systems in the prior year; and
(C) the use of standard classifications.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 914; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(3), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1113(a) | 31:20. | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §212, 42 Stat. 23; Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1939, eff. July 1, 1939, §1, 53 Stat. 1423; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 1113(b)– (d) | 31:1153(a)–(c). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §203(a)–(c), 84 Stat. 1168; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §801(a), 88 Stat. 328. |
| 1113(e)(1) | 31:1152(c), (d). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–510, §202(c)–(f), 84 Stat. 1167; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §801(a), 88 Stat. 328. |
| 1113(e)(2) | 31:1152(e). | |
| 1113(e)(3) | 31:1152(f). |
In the section, the words “committee of Congress” are substituted for “committee of either House, of any joint committee of the two Houses” and variations of the substituted phrase to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The word “assistance” is substituted for “aid”, and the word “receipts” is substituted for “revenue”, for consistency in the revised title.
In subsections (b)–(d), the words “program information” are substituted for “program-related data and information” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1) and (3), the words “to such committee or joint committee, the Comptroller General, or the Director of the Congressional Budget Office” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. In clause (1), the word “kind” is substituted for “nature” for consistency in the revised title. In clause (2), the words “that fiscal, budgetary, and program information” are substituted for “such data and information” because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), the word “inventory” is omitted as unnecessary. In clause (1), the word “develop” is omitted as being included in “establish”. In clause (2), the word “obtaining” is substituted for “securing” as being more precise. In clause (3), the word “evaluating” is substituted for “appraising and analyzing” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), the words “individually or jointly . . . file” are substituted for “central file or files” for clarity. The word “information” is substituted for “data and information”, and the word “needs” is substituted for “requirements”, for consistency in the section. The words “carry out” are substituted for “carry out the purposes of” because of the restatement. A cross reference to 31:1155–1156 is not included because those sections are not relevant to the information file described in the source provisions. The words “so that it is easier” are substituted for “facilitate” for clarity. The word “modern” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(1)(A), the word “specify” is omitted as being included in “identify”. The words “carry out” are substituted for “support the objectives” for consistency. A cross reference to 31:1154–1156 is not included because those sections are not relevant to the continuing program described in the source provisions. In clause (B), the words “including such needs expressed in legislative requirements” are omitted as surplus. In clause (D), the word “duplicative” is omitted as being included in “unnecessary”.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “Before September 2 of each year” are substituted for “On or before September 1, 1974, and each year thereafter” for consistency.
In subsection (e)(3), the words “Before March 2 of each year are substituted for “On or before March 1, 1975, and each year thereafter” for consistency. The word “codes” is omitted as being included in “classifications”. The words “information systems” are substituted for “systems”, and the words “use of standard classifications” are substituted for “classification implementations”, for consistency in the revised section.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1113(e)(2) | 31 App.:11(k)(2). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 20, §201(k)(2); added Sept. 8, 1982, Pub. L. 97–255, §3, 96 Stat. 815. |
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–452 redesignated existing provision as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Authority To Increase Efficiency in Reporting to Congress
Pub. L. 103–356, title III, §301, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3412, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 719 of this title.
[§1114. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–355, title II, §2454(c)(2), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3326]
Section, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 916, related to budget information on consulting services.
Effective Date of Repeal
For effective date and applicability of repeal, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as an Effective Date of 1994 Amendment note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
§1115. Performance plans
(a) In carrying out the provisions of section 1105(a)(29), the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall require each agency to prepare an annual performance plan covering each program activity set forth in the budget of such agency. Such plan shall—
(1) establish performance goals to define the level of performance to be achieved by a program activity;
(2) express such goals in an objective, quantifiable, and measurable form unless authorized to be in an alternative form under subsection (b);
(3) briefly describe the operational processes, skills and technology, and the human, capital, information, or other resources required to meet the performance goals;
(4) establish performance indicators to be used in measuring or assessing the relevant outputs, service levels, and outcomes of each program activity;
(5) provide a basis for comparing actual program results with the established performance goals; and
(6) describe the means to be used to verify and validate measured values.
(b) If an agency, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, determines that it is not feasible to express the performance goals for a particular program activity in an objective, quantifiable, and measurable form, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget may authorize an alternative form. Such alternative form shall—
(1) include separate descriptive statements of—
(A)(i) a minimally effective program, and
(ii) a successful program, or
(B) such alternative as authorized by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget,
with sufficient precision and in such terms that would allow for an accurate, independent determination of whether the program activity's performance meets the criteria of the description; or
(2) state why it is infeasible or impractical to express a performance goal in any form for the program activity.
(c) For the purpose of complying with this section, an agency may aggregate, disaggregate, or consolidate program activities, except that any aggregation or consolidation may not omit or minimize the significance of any program activity constituting a major function or operation for the agency.
(d) An agency may submit with its annual performance plan an appendix covering any portion of the plan that—
(1) is specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy; and
(2) is properly classified pursuant to such Executive order.
(e) The functions and activities of this section shall be considered to be inherently Governmental functions. The drafting of performance plans under this section shall be performed only by Federal employees.
(f) For purposes of this section and sections 1116 through 1119, and sections 9703 1 and 9704 the term—
(1) “agency” has the same meaning as such term is defined under section 306(f) of title 5;
(2) “outcome measure” means an assessment of the results of a program activity compared to its intended purpose;
(3) “output measure” means the tabulation, calculation, or recording of activity or effort and can be expressed in a quantitative or qualitative manner;
(4) “performance goal” means a target level of performance expressed as a tangible, measurable objective, against which actual achievement can be compared, including a goal expressed as a quantitative standard, value, or rate;
(5) “performance indicator” means a particular value or characteristic used to measure output or outcome;
(6) “program activity” means a specific activity or project as listed in the program and financing schedules of the annual budget of the United States Government; and
(7) “program evaluation” means an assessment, through objective measurement and systematic analysis, of the manner and extent to which Federal programs achieve intended objectives.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §4(b), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 287.)
References in Text
Section 9703, referred to in subsec. (f), probably means the section 9703 added by section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.
Construction
Section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62 provided that: “No provision or amendment made by this Act [see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of this title] may be construed as—
“(1) creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity shall have standing to file any civil action in a court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by this Act; or
“(2) superseding any statutory requirement, including any requirement under section 553 of title 5, United States Code.”
Congressional Findings and Statement of Purposes
Section 2 of Pub. L. 103–62 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) waste and inefficiency in Federal programs undermine the confidence of the American people in the Government and reduces the Federal Government's ability to address adequately vital public needs;
“(2) Federal managers are seriously disadvantaged in their efforts to improve program efficiency and effectiveness, because of insufficient articulation of program goals and inadequate information on program performance; and
“(3) congressional policymaking, spending decisions and program oversight are seriously handicapped by insufficient attention to program performance and results.
“(b)
“(1) improve the confidence of the American people in the capability of the Federal Government, by systematically holding Federal agencies accountable for achieving program results;
“(2) initiate program performance reform with a series of pilot projects in setting program goals, measuring program performance against those goals, and reporting publicly on their progress;
“(3) improve Federal program effectiveness and public accountability by promoting a new focus on results, service quality, and customer satisfaction;
“(4) help Federal managers improve service delivery, by requiring that they plan for meeting program objectives and by providing them with information about program results and service quality;
“(5) improve congressional decisionmaking by providing more objective information on achieving statutory objectives, and on the relative effectiveness and efficiency of Federal programs and spending; and
“(6) improve internal management of the Federal Government.”
Congressional Oversight
Section 8(a) of Pub. L. 103–62 provided that: “Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of this title] shall be construed as limiting the ability of Congress to establish, amend, suspend, or annul a performance goal. Any such action shall have the effect of superseding that goal in the plan submitted under section 1105(a)(29) of title 31, United States Code.”
General Accounting Office Report
Section 8(b) of Pub. L. 103–62 provided that:
“No later than June 1, 1997, the Comptroller General of the United States shall report to Congress on the implementation of this Act [see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of this title], including the prospects for compliance by Federal agencies beyond those participating as pilot projects under sections 1118 and 9704 of title 31, United States Code.”
Strategic Planning and Performance Measurement Training
Section 9 of Pub. L. 103–62 provided that: “The Office of Personnel Management shall, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and the Comptroller General of the United States, develop a strategic planning and performance measurement training component for its management training program and otherwise provide managers with an orientation on the development and use of strategic planning and program performance measurement.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1105, 1116, 1117, 1118, 1119, 9703, 9704 of this title; title 5 section 306.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1116. Program performance reports
(a) No later than March 31, 2000, and no later than March 31 of each year thereafter, the head of each agency shall prepare and submit to the President and the Congress, a report on program performance for the previous fiscal year.
(b)(1) Each program performance report shall set forth the performance indicators established in the agency performance plan under section 1115, along with the actual program performance achieved compared with the performance goals expressed in the plan for that fiscal year.
(2) If performance goals are specified in an alternative form under section 1115(b), the results of such program shall be described in relation to such specifications, including whether the performance failed to meet the criteria of a minimally effective or successful program.
(c) The report for fiscal year 2000 shall include actual results for the preceding fiscal year, the report for fiscal year 2001 shall include actual results for the two preceding fiscal years, and the report for fiscal year 2002 and all subsequent reports shall include actual results for the three preceding fiscal years.
(d) Each report shall—
(1) review the success of achieving the performance goals of the fiscal year;
(2) evaluate the performance plan for the current fiscal year relative to the performance achieved toward the performance goals in the fiscal year covered by the report;
(3) explain and describe, where a performance goal has not been met (including when a program activity's performance is determined not to have met the criteria of a successful program activity under section 1115(b)(1)(A)(ii) or a corresponding level of achievement if another alternative form is used)—
(A) why the goal was not met;
(B) those plans and schedules for achieving the established performance goal; and
(C) if the performance goal is impractical or infeasible, why that is the case and what action is recommended;
(4) describe the use and assess the effectiveness in achieving performance goals of any waiver under section 9703 1 of this title; and
(5) include the summary findings of those program evaluations completed during the fiscal year covered by the report.
(e) An agency head may include all program performance information required annually under this section in an annual financial statement required under section 3515 if any such statement is submitted to the Congress no later than March 31 of the applicable fiscal year.
(f) The functions and activities of this section shall be considered to be inherently Governmental functions. The drafting of program performance reports under this section shall be performed only by Federal employees.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §4(b), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 288.)
References in Text
Section 9703, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), probably means the section 9703 added by section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1115, 1117, 1118, 1119 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1117. Exemption
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget may exempt from the requirements of sections 1115 and 1116 of this title and section 306 of title 5, any agency with annual outlays of $20,000,000 or less.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §4(b), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.)
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1115, 1118, 1119 of this title.
§1118. Pilot projects for performance goals
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, after consultation with the head of each agency, shall designate not less than ten agencies as pilot projects in performance measurement for fiscal years 1994, 1995, and 1996. The selected agencies shall reflect a representative range of Government functions and capabilities in measuring and reporting program performance.
(b) Pilot projects in the designated agencies shall undertake the preparation of performance plans under section 1115, and program performance reports under section 1116, other than section 1116(c), for one or more of the major functions and operations of the agency. A strategic plan shall be used when preparing agency performance plans during one or more years of the pilot period.
(c) No later than May 1, 1997, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall submit a report to the President and to the Congress which shall—
(1) assess the benefits, costs, and usefulness of the plans and reports prepared by the pilot agencies in meeting the purposes of the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993;
(2) identify any significant difficulties experienced by the pilot agencies in preparing plans and reports; and
(3) set forth any recommended changes in the requirements of the provisions of Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, section 306 of title 5, sections 1105, 1115, 1116, 1117, 1119 and 9703 1 of this title, and this section.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §6(a), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 290.)
References in Text
The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), (3), is Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, which enacted sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of this title, section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amended section 1105 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1101 and 1115 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of this title and Tables.
Section 9703, referred to in subsec. (c)(3), probably means the section 9703 added by section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1115, 1119, 9704 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1119. Pilot projects for performance budgeting
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, after consultation with the head of each agency shall designate not less than five agencies as pilot projects in performance budgeting for fiscal years 1998 and 1999. At least three of the agencies shall be selected from those designated as pilot projects under section 1118, and shall also reflect a representative range of Government functions and capabilities in measuring and reporting program performance.
(b) Pilot projects in the designated agencies shall cover the preparation of performance budgets. Such budgets shall present, for one or more of the major functions and operations of the agency, the varying levels of performance, including outcome-related performance, that would result from different budgeted amounts.
(c) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall include, as an alternative budget presentation in the budget submitted under section 1105 for fiscal year 1999, the performance budgets of the designated agencies for this fiscal year.
(d) No later than March 31, 2001, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall transmit a report to the President and to the Congress on the performance budgeting pilot projects which shall—
(1) assess the feasibility and advisability of including a performance budget as part of the annual budget submitted under section 1105;
(2) describe any difficulties encountered by the pilot agencies in preparing a performance budget;
(3) recommend whether legislation requiring performance budgets should be proposed and the general provisions of any legislation; and
(4) set forth any recommended changes in the other requirements of the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, section 306 of title 5, sections 1105, 1115, 1116, 1117, and 9703 1 of this title, and this section.
(e) After receipt of the report required under subsection (d), the Congress may specify that a performance budget be submitted as part of the annual budget submitted under section 1105.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §6(c), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 291.)
References in Text
The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), is Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, which enacted sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of this title, section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amended section 1105 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1101 and 1115 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of this title and Tables.
Section 9703, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), probably means the section 9703 added by section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1115, 1118 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
CHAPTER 13—APPROPRIATIONS
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER II—TRUST FUNDS AND REFUNDS
SUBCHAPTER III—LIMITATIONS, EXCEPTIONS, AND PENALTIES
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–280, §4(b)(2), May 4, 1990, 104 Stat. 157, redesignated item 1352 “Acceptance of travel and related expenses from non-Federal sources” as 1353.
1989—Pub. L. 101–194, title III, §302(b), Nov. 30, 1989, 103 Stat. 1746, added item 1352 “Acceptance of travel and related expenses from non-Federal sources”.
Pub. L. 101–121, title III, §319(a)(2), Oct. 23, 1989, 103 Stat. 756, added item 1352 “Limitation on use of appropriated funds to influence certain Federal contracting and financial transactions”.
1986—Pub. L. 99–550, §1(b), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3070, substituted “Passenger carrier use” for “Passenger motor vehicle and aircraft use” in item 1344.
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
§1301. Application
(a) Appropriations shall be applied only to the objects for which the appropriations were made except as otherwise provided by law.
(b) The reappropriation and diversion of the unexpended balance of an appropriation for a purpose other than that for which the appropriation originally was made shall be construed and accounted for as a new appropriation. The unexpended balance shall be reduced by the amount to be diverted.
(c) An appropriation in a regular, annual appropriation law may be construed to be permanent or available continuously only if the appropriation—
(1) is for rivers and harbors, lighthouses, public buildings, or the pay of the Navy and Marine Corps; or
(2) expressly provides that it is available after the fiscal year covered by the law in which it appears.
(d) A law may be construed to make an appropriation out of the Treasury or to authorize making a contract for the payment of money in excess of an appropriation only if the law specifically states that an appropriation is made or that such a contract may be made.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 917.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1301(a) | 31:628. | R.S. §3678. |
| 1301(b) | 31:717. | Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 147, §4, 38 Stat. 1161. |
| 1301(c) | 31:718. | Aug. 24, 1912, ch. 355, §7, 37 Stat. 487; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 99, §6(last sentence), 40 Stat. 1309. |
| 1301(d) | 31:627. | June 30, 1906, ch. 3914, §9, 34 Stat. 764. |
In subsection (a), the word “Appropriations” is substituted for “sums appropriated for the various branches of expenditure in the public service” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “they are respectively” and “and for no others” are omitted as surplus. The words “except as otherwise provided by law” are substituted for “All” in section 3678 of the Revised Statutes to inform the reader that there are exceptions to the source provisions restated in the subsection.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “specific or indefinite” are omitted as surplus. The words “made subsequent to August 24, 1912” are omitted as executed. The words “without reference to a fiscal year” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “is for” are substituted for “belongs to one of the following four classes” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “last specifically named in and excepted from the operation of the provisions of section 713 of this title” and the words related to section 5 of the Act of June 20, 1874 (31:713), in section 6(last sentence) of the Act of March 3, 1919 (ch. 99, 40 Stat. 1309), are omitted because section 5 was repealed by section 3 of the Act of July 6, 1949 (ch. 299, 63 Stat. 407).
In subsection (d), the words “passed after June 30, 1906” are omitted as executed.
Short Title of 1984 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–359, §1, July 13, 1984, 98 Stat. 402, provided: “That this Act [amending section 1322 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Postal Savings System Statute of Limitations Act’.”
Transfers From Appropriation Accounts; Salaries of Temporarily Reassigned Employees
Pub. L. 103–333, title V, §515, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2574, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law—
“(1) no amount may be transferred from an appropriation account for the Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education except as authorized in this or any subsequent appropriation act, or in the Act establishing the program or activity for which funds are contained in this Act [see Tables for classification];
“(2) no department, agency, or other entity, other than the one responsible for administering the program or activity for which an appropriation is made in this Act, may exercise authority for the timing of the obligation and expenditure of such appropriation, or for the purposes for which it is obligated and expended, except to the extent and in the manner otherwise provided in sections 1512 and 1513 of title 31, United States Code; and
“(3) no funds provided under this or any subsequent appropriation act shall be available for the salary (or any part thereof) of an employee who is reassigned on a temporary detail basis to another position in the employing agency or department or in any other agency or department, unless the detail is independently approved by the head of the employing department or agency.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 10 section 2633; title 40 section 481; title 42 section 9619.
§1302. Determining amounts appropriated
Except as specifically provided by law, the total amount appropriated in an appropriation law is determined by adding up the specific amounts or rates appropriated in each paragraph of the law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 917.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1302 | 31:670. | May 28, 1896, ch. 252, §1(par. immediately before heading “Treasury Department”), 29 Stat. 148. |
The words “by adding up” are substituted for “by the correct footing up” for clarity.
§1303. Effect of changes in titles of appropriations
Expenditures for a particular object or purpose authorized by a law (and referred to in that law by the specific title previously used for the appropriation item in the appropriation law concerned) may be made from a corresponding appropriation item when the specific title is changed or eliminated from a later appropriation law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 917.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1303 | 31:581(note). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §302(b), 64 Stat. 844. |
§1304. Judgments, awards, and compromise settlements
(a) Necessary amounts are appropriated to pay final judgments, awards, compromise settlements, and interest and costs specified in the judgments or otherwise authorized by law when—
(1) payment is not otherwise provided for;
(2) payment is certified by the Comptroller General; and
(3) the judgment, award, or settlement is payable—
(A) under section 2414, 2517, 2672, or 2677 of title 28;
(B) under section 3723 of this title;
(C) under a decision of a board of contract appeals; or
(D) in excess of an amount payable from the appropriations of an agency for a meritorious claim under section 2733 or 2734 of title 10, section 715 of title 32, or section 203 of the National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958 (42 U.S.C. 2473).
(b)(1) Interest may be paid from the appropriation made by this section—
(A) on a judgment of a district court, only when the judgment becomes final after review on appeal or petition by the United States Government, and then only from the date of filing of the transcript of the judgment with the Comptroller General through the day before the date of the mandate of affirmance; or
(B) on a judgment of the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit or the United States Court of Federal Claims under section 2516(b) of title 28, only from the date of filing of the transcript of the judgment with the Comptroller General through the day before the date of the mandate of affirmance.
(2) Interest payable under this subsection in a proceeding reviewed by the Supreme Court is not allowed after the end of the term in which the judgment is affirmed.
(c)(1) A judgment or compromise settlement against the Government shall be paid under this section and sections 2414, 2517, and 2518 1 of title 28 when the judgment or settlement arises out of an express or implied contract made by—
(A) the Army and Air Force Exchange Service;
(B) the Navy Exchanges;
(C) the Marine Corps Exchanges;
(D) the Coast Guard Exchanges; or
(E) the Exchange Councils of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
(2) The Exchange making the contract shall reimburse the Government for the amount paid by the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, §§1, 2(m)(2), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 917, 1062; Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1304(a) | 31:724a(1st sentence words before 1st proviso). | July 27, 1956, ch. 748, §1302(1st sentence), 70 Stat. 694; Aug. 30, 1961, Pub. L. 87–187, §3, 75 Stat. 416; July 18, 1966, Pub. L. 89–506, §6, 80 Stat. 307; July 23, 1970, Pub. L. 91–350, §1(c), 84 Stat. 449; restated May 4, 1977, Pub. L. 95–26, §101(2d par. under heading “Claims and Judgments”), 91 Stat. 96; Mar. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–240, §201, 92 Stat. 116; Nov. 1, 1978, Pub. L. 95–563, §14(c), 92 Stat. 2390; Apr. 2, 1982, Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §155, title III, §302(c), 96 Stat. 47, 56. |
| 1304(b) | 28:2516(b)(less 1st sentence words after last comma). | |
| 31:724a(1st sentence 1st, 2d provisos). | ||
| 1304(c) | 31:724a(1st sentence last proviso) |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated” are omitted as surplus. The words “awards rendered by the Indian Claims Commission” are omitted as executed because under 25:70v the Commission was dissolved and all of its outstanding cases were transferred to the Court of Claims. Under 25:70v–3, judgments on cases transferred to the Court of Claims are judgments under 28:2517 and 2518 and are therefore included under clause (3)(A) of the subsection.
In subsection (b), the text of 28:2516(b)(less 1st sentence words after last comma) is omitted as superseded by 31:724a.
In subsection (b)(1)(A), the words “through the day before the date” are substituted for “to the date” as being more precise.
References in Text
Section 2518 of title 28, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §139(l), Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 43.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–572 substituted “United States Court of Federal Claims” for “United States Claims Court”.
1982—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 97–258, §2(m)(2)(A), struck out “under section 2411(b) of title 28” after “district court”.
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 97–258, §2(m)(2)(B), substituted “Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit or the United States Claims Court” for “Court of Claims”.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Section 2(m) of Pub. L. 97–258 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Oct. 1, 1982.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3723, 7430, 7432, 7433 of this title; title 7 section 136m; title 10 sections 2733, 2734; title 16 sections 79g, 429b, 460bb–2; title 23 section 307; title 28 section 1961; title 32 sections 334, 715; title 40 section 759; title 41 section 612.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1305. Miscellaneous permanent appropriations
Necessary amounts are appropriated for the following:
(1) to pay the proceeds of the personal estate of a United States citizen dying abroad to the legal representative of the deceased on proper demand and proof.
(2) to pay interest on the public debt under laws authorizing payment.
(3) to pay proceeds from derelict and salvage cases adjudged by the courts of the United States to salvors.
(4) to make payments required under contracts made under section 108 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5308) for the payment of interest on obligations guaranteed by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under section 108.
(5) to make payments required under contracts made under section 103(b) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1453(b)) for projects or programs for which amounts had been committed before January 1, 1975, and for which amounts have not been appropriated.
(6) to pay the interest on the fund derived from the bequest of James Smithson, for the construction of buildings and expenses of the Smithsonian Institution, at the rates determined under section 5590 of the Revised Statutes (20 U.S.C. 54).
annual contributions for assisted housing
(7) to make payments required under contracts made under section 5 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1437c).
college housing grants
(8) to make payments required under contracts made under title IV of the Housing Act of 1950, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1749 et seq.).
rent supplement program
(9) to make payments required under contracts under section 101 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1701s).
homeownership and rental housing assistance
(10) to make payments required under contracts under sections 235 and 236, respectively, of the National Housing Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1715z, 1715z–1).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 918; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(4), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 98–371, title I, §101, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1220.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1305 | 31:711(1)–(3), (11a)–(23). | R.S. §3689(less last 3 pars. on p. 725 related to redemption of stamps, debentures and other charges, and debentures and drawbacks, 2d par. on p. 726 related to repayment of excess of deposits, 3d–7th pars. on p. 726 related to refunding duties on goods destroyed, marine hospital establishment, refunding duties, refunding proceeds of goods seized and sold, and refunding proceeds of unclaimed merchandise); June 20, 1874, ch. 328, §4(less words between 1st and 2d semicolons), 18 Stat. 109; Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 129, §1(6th par. 3d sentence under heading “War Department”), 18 Stat. 359; June 19, 1878, ch. 329, §1(par. immediately before heading “Office of the Attorney General”), 20 Stat. 205; May 26, 1908, ch. 198, §1(last par. on p. 295), 35 Stat. 295; June 25, 1910, ch. 384, §8(words before semicolon), 36 Stat. 773; Oct. 18, 1972, Pub. L. 92–500, §12(p), 86 Stat. 902; Aug. 22, 1974, Pub. L. 93–383, §§108(i), 117(a), 88 Stat. 649, 653; Oct. 12, 1977, Pub. L. 95–128, §108(2), 91 Stat. 1123. |
In the section, the words “out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated” and “and such appropriations shall be deemed permanent annual appropriations” are omitted as surplus.
In clause (2), the text of section 4(words after 2d semicolon) of the Act of June 20, 1874 (ch. 328, 18 Stat. 109), is omitted as expired.
The text of 31:711(3) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 1322 of the revised title.
The text of 31:711(11a) is omitted because the Environmental Financing Authority expired on June 30, 1975.
The text of 31:711(12) is omitted as superseded by 31:725s(a)(1st proviso) and 31:725s(a)(59).
The text of 31:711(13) is omitted as obsolete because provisions relating to horses and property lost in military service were repealed by section 1 of the Act of December 16, 1930 (ch. 14, 46 Stat. 1028), and section 3 of the Act of May 29, 1945 (ch. 135, 59 Stat. 225).
The text of 31:711(14) is omitted as superseded by 31:240–243.
The text of 31:711(16) is omitted as obsolete because of the repeal of the permanent appropriation for surveying within land grants (reimbursable) by 31:725(a) and (b)(13).
The text of 31:711(17) is omitted as superseded by the repeal of the appropriation account “Five Percent Funds to States” by 31:725c(a) and (b)(34).
The text of 31:711(18) is omitted as superseded by 31:725b(a) and (b)(8).
The text of 31:711(19) is omitted as superseded by 31:725q(a) and (b)(14).
The text of 31:711(20) is omitted as superseded by section 1(1st par. on p. 447) of the Act of March 3, 1875 (ch. 132, 18 Stat. 447), and section 1(last par. on p. 197) of the Act of August 15, 1876 (ch. 289, 19 Stat. 197).
1983 Act
This amends 31:1305(6) to conform to the Smithsonian Institution charter as amended by section 1 of the Act of June 22, 1982 (Pub. L. 97–199, 96 Stat. 121).
References in Text
Section 103(b) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1453(b)), referred to in par. (5), was omitted from the Code pursuant to section 5316 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, which terminated the authority to make grants or loans under title I of that Act (42 U.S.C. 1450 et seq.) after Jan. 1, 1975.
The Housing Act of 1950, referred to in par. (8), is act Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, 64 Stat. 48, as amended. Title IV of the Housing Act of 1950, which was classified generally to subchapter IX (§1749 et seq.) of chapter 13 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, was repealed by Pub. L. 99–498, title VII, §702, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1545. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1950 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of Title 12 and Tables.
Section 101 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965, as amended, referred to in par. (9), is section 101 of Pub. L. 89–117, title I, Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 451, which enacted section 1701s of Title 12, and amended sections 1451 and 1465 of this title.
Amendments
1984—Pars. (7) to (10). Pub. L. 98–371 added pars. (7) to (10).
1983—Par. (6). Pub. L. 97–452 substituted provisions relating to payment of the interest on the fund derived from the bequest of James Smithson, for the construction of buildings and the expenses of the Smithsonian Institution, at rates determined under section 5590 of the Revised Statutes, for provisions relating to payment for construction of buildings and expenses of the Smithsonian Institution, at 6 percent on the fund derived from the bequest of James Smithson.
§1306. Use of foreign credits
Foreign credits owed to or owned by the Treasury are not available for expenditure by agencies except as provided annually in general appropriation laws.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 918.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1306 | 31:724. | July 15, 1952, ch. 758, §1415, 66 Stat. 662. |
The words “are not available for expenditure by agencies except as provided annually in general appropriation laws” are substituted for “will not be available for expenditure by agencies of the United States after June 30, 1953, except as may be provided for annually in appropriation Acts” because of section 101 of the revised title.
Appropriations of Excess Currencies
Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §566, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1680, provided that: “The provisions of section 1306 of title 31, United States Code, shall not be waived to carry out the provisions of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] by any provision of law enacted after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 6, 1992] unless such provision makes specific reference to this section.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriations acts:
Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §570, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2041.
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §583, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1251.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3343 of this title; title 7 sections 1704, 1727e; title 16 section 1537; title 22 sections 1754, 1922, 2103, 2194, 2407, 5495.
§1307. Public building construction
Amounts appropriated to construct public buildings remain available until completion of the work. When a building is completed and outstanding liabilities for the construction are paid, balances remaining shall revert immediately to the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 918.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1307 | 31:682. | June 23, 1874, ch. 476, §1, 18 Stat. 275. |
The words before the proviso in the Act of June 23, 1874 (ch. 476, 18 Stat. 275), are omitted as obsolete.
§1308. Telephone and metered services
Charges for telephone and metered services (such as gas, electricity, water, and steam) for a time period beginning in one fiscal year or allotment period and ending in another fiscal year or allotment period may be charged against the appropriation or allotment current at the end of the time period covered by the service.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 919.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1308 | 31:668a. | Apr. 27, 1937, ch. 143, 50 Stat. 119; restated Apr. 26, 1939, ch. 103, 53 Stat. 624. |
The words “On and after April 27, 1937” are omitted as executed. The words “Charges for telephone and metered services” are substituted for “in making payments for commodities or services the quantity of which is determined by metered readings . . . and for telephone services” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “another fiscal year or allotment period” are substituted for “another”, and the words “time period covered by the service” are substituted for “such period”, for clarity.
§1309. Social security tax
Amounts made available for the compensation of officers and employees of the United States Government may be used to pay taxes imposed on an agency as an employer under chapter 21 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 919; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1309 | 31:699a. | July 15, 1952, ch. 758, §1410, 66 Stat. 661. |
The word “Amounts” is substituted for “Appropriations and funds” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “salaries, wages, or” are omitted as being included in “compensation”.
Amendments
1986—Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
§1310. Appropriations for private organizations
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall credit an appropriation for a private organization to the appropriate fiscal official of the organization. The credit shall be carried on the accounts of—
(1) the Treasury; or
(2) a designated depositary of the United States Government (except a national bank).
(b) The fiscal official may pay an amount out of the appropriation only on a check of the fiscal official—
(1) payable to the order of the person to whom payment is to be made; and
(2) that states the specific purpose for which the amount is to be applied.
(c)(1) The fiscal official may pay an amount of less than $20 out of the appropriation on a check—
(A) payable to the order of the fiscal official; and
(B) that states the amount is to be applied to small claims.
(2) The fiscal official shall provide the Secretary or the designated depositary on which the check is drawn with a certified list of the claims. The list shall state the kind and amount of each claim and the name of each claimant.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 919.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1310(a) | 31:721(words before 14th comma). | June 23, 1874, ch. 455, §1(par. immediately before heading “Smithsonian Institution”), 18 Stat. 216. |
| 1310(b) | 31:721(words between 14th comma and proviso). | |
| 1310(c) | 31:721(proviso). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “by warrant” are omitted as unnecessary because of chapter 33 of the revised title. The word “appropriation” is substituted for “moneys appropriated” for consistency in the revised title. The words “for a private organization” are substituted for “for the aid, use, support, or benefit of any charitable, industrial, or other association, institution, or corporation” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title. In clause (1), the word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The words “or of an assistant treasurer” in section 1 of the Act of June 23, 1874, are omitted as superseded by section 1(1st par. under heading “Independent Treasury”) of the Act of May 29, 1920 (ch. 214, 41 Stat. 254).
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “The fiscal official may pay an amount out of the appropriation” are substituted for “shall be paid out” for clarity. In clause (1), the words “for services, materials, or any other purpose” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “in writing” are omitted as surplus. The word “purpose” is substituted for “object or purpose” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsections (b)(2) and (c), the word “amount” is substituted for “the avails thereof” for clarity.
In subsection (c)(1), before clause (A), the words “an amount of less than $20 out of the appropriation” are substituted for “payments are to be made under $20” for clarity. In clause (B), the words “in writing on the check” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c)(2), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
SUBCHAPTER II—TRUST FUNDS AND REFUNDS
§1321. Trust funds
(a) The following are classified as trust funds:
(1) Philippine special fund (customs duties).
(2) Philippine special fund (internal revenue).
(3) Unclaimed condemnation awards, Department of the Treasury.
(4) Naval reservation, Olangapo civil fund.
(5) Armed Forces Retirement Home Trust Fund.
(6) Return to deported aliens of passage money collected from steamship companies.
(7) Vocational rehabilitation, special fund.
(8) Library of Congress gift fund.
(9) Library of Congress trust fund, investment account.
(10) Library of Congress trust fund, income from investment account.
(11) Library of Congress trust fund, permanent loan.
(12) Relief and rehabilitation, Longshore and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act.
(13) Cooperative work, Forest Service.
(14) Wages and effects of American seamen, Department of Commerce.
(15) Pension money, Saint Elizabeths Hospital.
(16) Personal funds of patients, Saint Elizabeths Hospital.
(17) National Park Service, donations.
(18) Purchase of lands, national parks, donations.
(19) Extension of winter-feed facilities of game animals of Yellowstone National Park, donations.
(20) Indian moneys, proceeds of labor, agencies, schools, and so forth.
(21) Funds of Federal prisoners.
(22) Commissary funds, Federal prisons.
(23) Pay of the Navy, deposit funds.
(24) Pay of Marine Corps, deposit funds.
(25) Pay of the Army, deposit fund.
(26) Preservation birthplace of Abraham Lincoln.
(27) Funds contributed for flood control, Mississippi River, its outlets and tributaries.
(28) Funds contributed for flood control, Sacramento River, California.
(29) Effects of deceased employees, Department of the Treasury.
(30) Money and effects of deceased patients, Public Health Service.
(31) Effects of deceased employees, Department of Commerce.
(32) Topographic survey of the United States, contributions.
(33) National Institutes of Health, gift fund.
(34) National Institutes of Health, conditional gift fund.
(35) Patients’ deposits, United States Marine Hospital, Carville, Louisiana.
(36) Estates of deceased personnel, Department of the Army.
(37) Effects of deceased employees, Department of the Interior.
(38) Fredericksburg and Spotsylvania County Battlefields memorial fund.
(39) Petersburg National Military Park fund.
(40) Gorgas memorial laboratory quotas.
(41) Contributions to International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico.
(42) Salvage proceeds, American vessels.
(43) Wages due American seamen.
(44) Federal Industrial Institution for Women, contributions for chapel.
(45) General post fund, National Homes, Department of Veterans Affairs.
(46) Repatriation of American seamen.
(47) Expenses, public survey work, general.
(48) Expenses, public survey work, Alaska.
(49) Funds contributed for improvement of roads, bridges, and trails, Alaska.
(50) Protective works and measures, Lake of the Woods and Rainy River, Minnesota.
(51) Washington redemption fund.
(52) Permit fund, District of Columbia.
(53) Unclaimed condemnation awards, National Capital Park and Planning Commission, District of Columbia.
(54) Unclaimed condemnation awards, Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway Commission, District of Columbia.
(55) Miscellaneous trust fund deposits, District of Columbia.
(56) Surplus fund, District of Columbia.
(57) Relief and rehabilitation, District of Columbia Workmen's Compensation Act.
(58) Inmates’ fund, workhouse and reformatory, District of Columbia.
[(59) Repealed. Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XV, §1533(c)(1)(A)(ii), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1735.]
(60) Chamber Music Auditorium, Library of Congress.
(61) Bequest of Gertrude Hubbard.
(62) Puerto Rico special fund (Internal Revenue).
(63) Miscellaneous trust funds, Department of State.
(64) Funds contributed for improvement of (name of river or harbor).
(65) Funds advanced for improvement of (name of river or harbor).
(66) Funds contributed for Indian projects.
(67) Miscellaneous trust funds of Indian tribes.
(68) Ship's stores profits, Navy.
(69) Completing Surveys within Railroad Land Grants.
(70) Memorial to Women of World War, contributions.
(71) Funds contributed for Memorial to John Ericsson.
(72) American National Red Cross Building, contributions.
(73) Estate of decedents, Department of State, Trust Fund.
(74) Funds due Incompetent Beneficiaries, Department of Veterans Affairs.
(75) To promote the Education of the Blind (principal).
(76) Paving Government Road across Fort Sill Military Reservation, Okla.
(77) Bequest of William F. Edgar, Museum and Library, office of Surgeon General of the Army.
(78) Funds Contributed for Flood Control (name of river, harbor, or project).
(79) Matured obligations of the District of Columbia.
(80) To promote the education of the blind (interest).
[(81) Repealed. Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XV, §1533(c)(1)(A)(ii), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1735.]
(82) Post-Vietnam Era Veterans Education Account, Department of Veterans Affairs.
(83) United States Government life insurance fund, Department of Veterans Affairs.
(84) Estates of deceased soldiers, United States Army.
(85) Teachers Retirement Fund Deductions, District of Columbia.
(86) Teachers Retirement Fund, Government Reserves, District of Columbia.
(87) Expenses of Smithsonian Institution Trust Fund (principal).
(88) Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
(89) Canal Zone Retirement and Disability Fund.
(90) Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
(91) Violent Crime Reduction Trust Fund.
(b) Amounts (except amounts received by the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) that are analogous to the funds named in subsection (a) of this section and are received by the United States Government as trustee shall be deposited in an appropriate trust fund account in the Treasury. Amounts accruing to these funds (except to the trust fund “Armed Forces Retirement Home Trust Fund”) are appropriated to be disbursed in compliance with the terms of the trust. Expenditures from the trust fund “Armed Forces Retirement Home Trust Fund” shall be made only under annual appropriations and only if the appropriations are specifically authorized by law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 919; Pub. L. 98–426, §27(d)(2), Sept. 28, 1984, 98 Stat. 1654; Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title III, §341(a), Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1419; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XV, §1533(c)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1735; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(1), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 277; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXI, §310001(d), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2103.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1321(a) | 31:725s(a)(1st sentence, cls. (1)–(84)), (c). | June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §20(less (a)(last sentence last proviso)), 48 Stat. 1233; June 15, 1943, ch. 125, §§1(a), 2(a), 57 Stat. 152, 153; Oct. 15, 1976, Pub. L. 94–502, §407, 90 Stat. 2397. |
| 1321(b) | 31:725s(a)(2d sentence, last sentence 1st, 2d provisos). |
In the section, the cross-references to subsection (b) in the source provisions being restated are assumed to be references to clauses (1)–(84) of subsection (a) because the source provisions contain no subsection (b).
In subsection (a), the words “appearing on the books of the Government” and “on the books of the Treasury” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “effective July 1, 1935” and the 2d proviso are omitted as executed.
References in Text
The Longshore and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(12), is act Mar. 4, 1927, ch. 509, 44 Stat. 1424, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§901 et seq.) of Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 901 of Title 33 and Tables.
The International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, referred to in subsec. (a)(41), was redesignated the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, by the Water Treaty of 1944.
The National Capital Park and Planning Commission, referred to in subsec. (a)(53), was abolished and its functions transferred to the National Capital Planning Commission by section 9 of act June 6, 1924, ch. 270, as added by act July 19, 1952, ch. 949, §1, 66 Stat. 790, which enacted section 71h of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
The Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway Commission, referred to in subsec. (a)(54), was abolished and its functions transferred to the Office of National Parks, Buildings, and Reservations, Department of the Interior, by Ex. Ord. No. 6166, §2, June 10, 1933, set out as a note under section 901 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
The District of Columbia Workmen's Compensation Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(57), probably means the District of Columbia Unemployment Compensation Act which is act Aug. 28, 1935, ch. 794, 49 Stat. 946, as amended, and appears in chapter 1 (§46–101 et seq.) of Title 46, Social Security, of the District of Columbia Code.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(91). Pub. L. 103–322 added par. (91).
1991—Subsec. (a)(45), (74), (82), (83). Pub. L. 102–54 substituted “Department of Veterans Affairs” for “Veterans’ Administration”, wherever appearing.
1990—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 101–510, §1533(c)(1)(A)(i), substituted “Armed Forces Retirement Home Trust Fund” for “Personal funds of deceased inmates, Naval Home”.
Subsec. (a)(59), (81). Pub. L. 101–510, §1533(c)(1)(A)(ii), struck out pars. (59) “Soldiers’ Home, permanent fund.” and (81) “Soldiers’ Home, interest account.”
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–510, §1533(c)(1)(B), substituted “Armed Forces Retirement Home Trust Fund” for “Soldiers’ Home, Permanent Fund” in two places.
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–189 substituted “annual appropriations and only if the appropriations are specifically authorized by law.” for “annual appropriations. Those appropriations are authorized to be made.”
1984—Subsec. (a)(12). Pub. L. 98–426 substituted “Longshore” for “Longshoremen's”.
Change of Name
The United States Soldiers Home was renamed the United States Soldiers’ and Airmen's Home, effective Sept. 7, 1972. See 37 F.R. 23533, Nov. 4, 1972.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Section 341(b) of Pub. L. 101–189 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to appropriations for the operation of the United States Soldiers’ and Airmen's Home made for fiscal years after fiscal year 1990.”
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–426 effective Sept. 28, 1984, see section 28(e)(1) of Pub. L. 98–426, set out as a note under section 901 of Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
Trust Funds for Individual Indians
Section 725s of former Title 31 (now this section) was modified by act June 25, 1936, ch. 814, 49 Stat. 1928, providing that it shall not be applicable to funds held in trust for individual Indians, associations of individual Indians, or for Indian corporations chartered under sections 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 to 470, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476 to 478, and 479 of Title 25, Indians.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1322 of this title; title 20 section 225; title 24 section 431; title 25 section 385a; title 33 section 770; title 38 sections 8502, 8520.
§1322. Payments of unclaimed trust fund amounts and refund of amounts erroneously deposited
(a) On September 30 of each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall transfer to the Treasury trust fund receipt account “Unclaimed Moneys of Individuals Whose Whereabouts are Unknown” that part of the balance of a trust fund account named in section 1321(a)(1)–(82) of this title or an analogous trust fund established under section 1321(b) of this title that has been in the fund for more than one year and represents money belonging to individuals whose whereabouts are unknown. Subsequent claims to the transferred funds shall be paid from the account “Unclaimed Moneys of Individuals Whose Whereabouts are Unknown”.
(b) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, necessary amounts are appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury to make payments from—
(1) the Treasury trust fund receipt account “Unclaimed Moneys of Individuals Whose Whereabouts are Unknown”; and
(2) the United States Government account “Refund of Moneys Erroneously Received and Covered” and other collections erroneously deposited that are not properly chargeable to another appropriation.
(c)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall hold in the Treasury trust fund receipt account “Unclaimed Moneys of Individuals Whose Whereabouts Are Unknown” the balance remaining after the final distribution of unclaimed Postal Savings System deposits under subsection (a) of the first section of the Act of August 13, 1971 (Public Law 92–117; 85 Stat. 337). The Secretary shall use the balance to pay claims for Postal Savings System deposits without regard to the State law or the law of other jurisdictions of deposit concerning the disposition of unclaimed or abandoned property.
(2) Necessary amounts may be appropriated without fiscal year limitation to the trust fund receipt account to pay claims for deposits when the balance in the account is not sufficient to pay the claims made within the time limitation set forth in paragraph (3) of this subsection.
(3) No claim for any Postal Savings System deposit may be brought more than one year from the date of the enactment of the Postal Savings System Statute of Limitations Act.
(4) The United States Postal Service shall assist the Secretary of the Treasury in providing public notice of the time limitation set forth in paragraph (3) of this subsection by posting notices thereof in all post offices as soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of the Postal Savings System Statute of Limitations Act.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 922; Pub. L. 98–359, §2, July 13, 1984, 98 Stat. 402.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1322(a) | 31:725s(a)(last sentence last proviso). | June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §20(a)(last sentence last proviso), 48 Stat. 1233; Apr. 21, 1976, Pub. L. 94–273, §2(16), 90 Stat. 375. |
| 1322(b) | 31:725p–1. | June 30, 1949, ch. 286, §101(par. under heading “Payments of Unclaimed Moneys”), 63 Stat. 359. |
| 31:725q–1. | June 30, 1949, ch. 286, §101(par. under heading “Refund of Moneys Erroneously Received and Covered”), 63 Stat. 358. | |
| 1322(c) | 31:725p(note). | Aug. 13, 1971, Pub. L. 92–117, 85 Stat. 337. |
In subsection (a), the words “directed to be established in section 725p of this title” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasury Department” for consistency. The words “out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated” in 31:725q–1 are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “of the character formerly chargeable to the appropriation accounts abolished under section 725p of this title” in 31:725p–1 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. In clause (2), the words “United States Government account ‘Refund of Moneys Erroneously Received and Covered’ ” are substituted for “of the character formerly chargeable to the appropriation accounts abolished under section 725q of this title” in 31:725q–1 for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “claims for . . . deposits” are substituted for “claims by or on behalf of depositors” to eliminate unnecessary words. The text of section 1(a) of the Act of August 13, 1971 (Pub. L. 92–117, 85 Stat. 337), is omitted as executed.
References in Text
Subsection (a) of the first section of the Act of August 13, 1971 (Public Law 92–117; 85 Stat. 337), referred to in subsec. (c)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1081.
The date of the enactment of the Postal Savings System Statute of Limitations Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(3) and (4), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 98–359, which was approved July 13, 1984.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98–359 substituted provision authorizing the balance to be held by the Secretary for provision authorizing the balance to be held by the Secretary in perpetuity.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98–359 substituted reference to par. (3) of this subsection for reference to par. (1) of this subsection.
Subsec. (c)(3), (4). Pub. L. 98–359 added pars. (3) and (4).
Cross References
Deposit in trust fund of unclaimed money, etc., of deceased seaman, see section 10710 of Title 46, Shipping.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 331 of this title; title 20 section 225; title 33 section 770; title 38 sections 3232, 5504.
§1323. Trust funds for certain fees, donations, quasi-public amounts, and unearned amounts
(a) Amounts from the following sources held in checking accounts of disbursing officials shall be deposited in the Treasury to the appropriate trust fund receipt accounts:
(1) unearned money, lands (Department of the Interior).
(2) reentry permit fees (Department of Justice).
(3) naturalization fees (Department of Justice).
(4) registry fees (Department of Justice).
(b) Amounts deposited under subsection (a) of this section are appropriated for refunds. Earned parts of those amounts shall be transferred and credited to the appropriate receipt fund accounts.
(c) Donations, quasi-public amounts, and unearned amounts shall be deposited in the Treasury as trust funds and are appropriated for disbursement under the terms of the trusts when the donation or amount is—
(1) administered by officers and employees of the United States Government; and
(2) carried in checking accounts of disbursing officials or others required to account to the Comptroller General (except clerks and marshals of the United States district courts).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 922.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1323(a), (b) | 31:725r(less proviso). | June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §19, 48 Stat. 1232; Dec. 21, 1944, ch. 631, §2, 58 Stat. 845. |
| 1323(c) | 31:725r(proviso). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Effective July 1, 1935” are omitted as executed. In clauses (2)–(4), the words “Department of Justice” are substituted for “Labor Department” (subsequently changed to “Justice Department” because of Reorganization Plan No. 5 of 1940 (eff. June 14, 1940, 54 Stat. 1238)) for consistency with title 28.
The words related to Patent Office (subsequently changed to Patent and Trademark Office because of section 3 of the Act of January 2, 1975 (Pub. L. 93–596, 88 Stat. 1949)), are omitted as superseded by 35:42.
In subsection (c), the words “officers and employees of the United States Government” are substituted for “officers of the United States by virtue of their official capacity” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
§1324. Refund of internal revenue collections
(a) Necessary amounts are appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury for refunding internal revenue collections as provided by law, including payment of—
(1) claims for prior fiscal years; and
(2) accounts arising under—
(A) “Allowance or drawback (Internal Revenue)”;
(B) “Redemption of stamps (Internal Revenue)”;
(C) “Refunding legacy taxes, Act of March 30, 1928”;
(D) “Repayment of taxes on distilled spirits destroyed by casualty”; and
(E) “Refunds and payments of processing and related taxes”.
(b) Disbursements may be made from the appropriation made by this section only for—
(1) refunds to the limit of liability of an individual tax account; and
(2) refunds due from credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) enacted before January 1, 1978.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 923; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1324(a) | 31:725q–1a(1st par.). | June 19, 1948, ch. 558, §101(words before proviso in par. under heading “Bureau of Internal Revenue”), 62 Stat. 561. |
| 1324(b) | 31:725q–1a(last par.). | June 19, 1948, ch. 558, 62 Stat. 560, §302(last par); added Sept. 8, 1978, Pub. L. 95–355, §303, 92 Stat. 563. |
In subsection (a), the words “Necessary amounts are appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury” are added to reflect the introductory language of the Act of June 19, 1948. The words “on and after June 19, 1948” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the words “appropriation made by this section” are substituted for “the appropriation to the Treasury Department entitled ‘Bureau of Internal Revenue Refunding Internal-Revenue Collections’ ” to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
Act of March 30, 1928, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C), is act Mar. 30, 1928, ch. 302, 45 Stat. 398, which is not classified to the Code.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
Coordination With Refund Provision
Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11116, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–415, provided that: “For purposes of section 1324(b)(2) of title 31 of the United States Code, section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 32] (as amended by this Act) shall be considered to be a credit provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 enacted before January 1, 1978.”
SUBCHAPTER III—LIMITATIONS, EXCEPTIONS, AND PENALTIES
§1341. Limitations on expending and obligating amounts
(a)(1) An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government may not—
(A) make or authorize an expenditure or obligation exceeding an amount available in an appropriation or fund for the expenditure or obligation;
(B) involve either government in a contract or obligation for the payment of money before an appropriation is made unless authorized by law;
(C) make or authorize an expenditure or obligation of funds required to be sequestered under section 252 of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985; or
(D) involve either government in a contract or obligation for the payment of money required to be sequestered under section 252 of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
(2) This subsection does not apply to a corporation getting amounts to make loans (except paid in capital amounts) without legal liability of the United States Government.
(b) An article to be used by an executive department in the District of Columbia that could be bought out of an appropriation made to a regular contingent fund of the department may not be bought out of another amount available for obligation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 923; Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13213(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–621.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1341(a) | 31:665(a), (d)(2)(last sentence related to spending and obligations). | R.S. §3679(a), (d)(2)(last sentence related to spending and obligations); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 765. |
| 1341(b) | 31:669(words after semicolon). | Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §6(words after semicolon), 37 Stat. 414. |
In subsection (b), the words “another amount available for obligation” are substituted for “any other fund” for consistency in the revised title.
References in Text
Section 252 of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D), is classified to section 902 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendments
1990—Subsec. (a)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 101–508 added subpars. (C) and (D).
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1349, 1350, 1351 of this title; title 2 section 60a–2; title 5 section 5306; title 12 section 1749bbb–8; title 19 section 2081; title 20 section 1225; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 2295b, 3723, 5857; title 26 section 7608; title 33 section 891d; title 40 section 490e; title 42 sections 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2394, 9619; title 43 section 377b; title 49 sections 40110, 40111, 40112.
§1342. Limitation on voluntary services
An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government may not accept voluntary services for either government or employ personal services exceeding that authorized by law except for emergencies involving the safety of human life or the protection of property. This section does not apply to a corporation getting amounts to make loans (except paid in capital amounts) without legal liability of the United States Government. As used in this section, the term “emergencies involving the safety of human life or the protection of property” does not include ongoing, regular functions of government the suspension of which would not imminently threaten the safety of human life or the protection of property.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 923; Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13213(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–621.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1342 | 31:665(b). | R.S. §3679(b), (d)(2)(last sentence related to voluntary services); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 765. |
| 31:665(d)(2)(last sentence related to voluntary services). |
The words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 47–105 of the D.C. Code.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–508 inserted at end “As used in this section, the term ‘emergencies involving the safety of human life or the protection of property’ does not include ongoing, regular functions of government the suspension of which would not imminently threaten the safety of human life or the protection of property.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1349, 1350, 1351 of this title; title 2 section 60a–2; title 5 sections 568, 583, 595, 3102, 3111, 5306; title 10 section 1588; title 15 sections 636, 2076, 2218; title 18 section 4204; title 19 section 2171; title 20 sections 5933, 6104; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 2124c, 2509, 3723, 5422; title 25 section 2020; title 28 section 995; title 29 sections 783, 1579, 2635; title 30 section 1807; title 33 section 1123; title 36 section 155b; title 42 sections 682, 1314a, 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2394, 3788, 4343, 5613, 7705c, 10248, 12651g; title 44 section 2105; title 46 App. section 1717; title 47 sections 154, 332.
§1343. Buying and leasing passenger motor vehicles and aircraft
(a) In this section, buying a passenger motor vehicle or aircraft includes a transfer of the vehicle or aircraft between agencies.
(b) An appropriation may be expended to buy or lease passenger motor vehicles only—
(1) for the use of—
(A) the President;
(B) the secretaries to the President; or
(C) the heads of executive departments listed in section 101 of title 5; or
(2) as specifically provided by law.
(c)(1) Except as specifically provided by law, an agency may use an appropriation to buy a passenger motor vehicle (except a bus or ambulance) only at a total cost (except costs required only for transportation) that—
(A) includes the price of systems and equipment the Administrator of General Services decides is incorporated customarily in standard passenger motor vehicles completely equipped for ordinary operation;
(B) includes the value of a vehicle used in exchange;
(C) is not more than the maximum price established by the agency having authority under law to establish a maximum price; and
(D) is not more than the amount specified in a law.
(2) Additional systems and equipment may be bought for a passenger motor vehicle if the Administrator decides the purchase is appropriate. The price of additional systems or equipment is not included in deciding whether the cost of the vehicle is within a maximum price specified in a law.
(d) An appropriation (except an appropriation for the armed forces) is available to buy, maintain, or operate an aircraft only if the appropriation specifically authorizes the purchase, maintenance, or operation.
(e) This section does not apply to—
(1) buying, maintaining, and repairing passenger motor vehicles by the United States Capitol Police;
(2) buying, maintaining, and repairing vehicles necessary to carry out projects to improve, preserve, and protect rivers and harbors; or
(3) leasing, maintaining, repairing, or operating motor passenger vehicles necessary in the field work of the Department of Agriculture.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 924.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1343(a) | 31:638a(e). | July 16, 1914, ch. 141, §5(a), (b), (e), 38 Stat. 508; restated Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §16(a), 60 Stat. 810, 811. |
| 1343(b) | 31:638a(a). | |
| 1343(c) | 31:638a(c)(1). | July 16, 1914, ch. 141, §5(c)(1), 38 Stat. 508; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §16(a), 60 Stat. 810; restated Sept. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–423, 84 Stat. 879. |
| 1343(d) | 31:638a(b). | |
| 1343(e) | 31:638a–1. | July 25, 1975, Pub. L. 94–59, §1108, 89 Stat. 300. |
| 31:638d. | Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 142, §10, 38 Stat. 1054. | |
| 31:638e. | Aug. 11, 1916, ch. 313(last proviso on p. 491), 39 Stat. 491. |
In subsection (a), the word “agency” is substituted for “department of the Government” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency with the other source provisions restated in the section.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “buy or lease” are substituted for “purchase or hire” for consistency. In clause (1)(C), the words “section 101 of title 5” are used because of section 7(b) of the Act of September 6, 1966 (Pub. L. 89–554, 80 Stat. 631).
In subsection (c)(1), before clause (A), the word “agency” is substituted for “department” for consistency. The words “total cost” are substituted for “cost” because of the restatement. The words “(except costs required only for transportation)” are substituted for “which shall be in addition to the amount required for transportation” for clarity. Clause (A) is substituted for “completely equipped for operation” and 31:638a(c)(1)(2d sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “Notwithstanding any other provisions of law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “armed forces” are substituted for “Military and Naval Establishments” for consistency.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “motor boats, trucks” in 31:638d are omitted as being included in “vehicles”. The words “adopted by Congress” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(3), the words “horse-drawn” in 31:638e are omitted because the section applies only to motor vehicles and aircraft described in 31:638a and also is obsolete. The words “motor boats” are omitted as being included in “vehicles”.
Motor Vehicles Purchased for Intelligence Activities; Exception From Monetary Limitations
Pub. L. 103–139, title VIII, §8105, Nov. 11, 1993, 107 Stat. 1464, provided that: “During the current fiscal year and thereafter, monetary limitations on the purchase price of a passenger motor vehicle shall not apply to vehicles purchased for intelligence activities conducted pursuant to Executive Order 12333 [50 U.S.C. 401 note] or successor orders.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 102–396, title IX, §9038, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1910.
Pub. L. 102–172, title VIII, §8038, Nov. 26, 1991, 105 Stat. 1180.
Pub. L. 101–511, title VIII, §8039, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1883.
Pub. L. 101–165, title IX, §9049, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1139.
Pub. L. 100–463, title VIII, §8086, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2270–32.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(b) [title VIII, §8119], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–43, 1329–84.
Maximum Purchase Price of Motor Vehicles; Exceptions
Act Sept. 30, 1994, Pub. L. 103–329, title VI, §604, 108 Stat. 2416, provided that: “Unless otherwise specifically provided, the maximum amount allowable during the current fiscal year in accordance with section 16 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (60 Stat. 810 [31 U.S.C. 1343]), for the purchase of any passenger motor vehicle (exclusive of buses, ambulances, law enforcement, and undercover surveillance vehicles), is hereby fixed at $8,100 except station wagons for which the maximum shall be $9,100: Provided, That these limits may be exceeded by not to exceed $3,700 for police-type vehicles, and by not to exceed $4,000 for special heavy-duty vehicles: Provided further, That the limits set forth in this section may not be exceeded by more than five percent for electric or hybrid vehicles purchased for demonstration under the provisions of the Electric and Hybrid Vehicle Research, Development, and Demonstration Act of 1976 [15 U.S.C. 2501 et seq]: Provided further, That the limits set forth in this section may be exceeded by the incremental cost of clean alternative fuels vehicles acquired pursuant to Public Law 101–549 [see Tables for classification] over the cost of comparable conventionally fueled vehicles.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Oct. 28, 1993, Pub. L. 103–123, title VI, §604, 107 Stat. 1259.
Oct. 6, 1992, Pub. L. 102–393, title VI, §605, 106 Stat. 1766.
Oct. 28, 1991, Pub. L. 102–141, title VI, §605, 105 Stat. 868.
Nov. 5, 1990, Pub. L. 101–509, title VI, §601, 104 Stat. 1470.
Nov. 3, 1989, Pub. L. 101–136, title VI, §601, 103 Stat. 816.
Sept. 22, 1988, Pub. L. 100–440, title VI, §601, 102 Stat. 1751.
Dec. 22, 1987, Pub. L. 100–202, §101(m) [title VI, §601], 101 Stat. 1329–390, 1329–419.
Oct. 18, 1986, Pub. L. 99–500, §101(m) [title VI, §601], 100 Stat. 1783–308, 1783–328, and Oct. 30, 1986, Pub. L. 99–591, §101(m) [title VI, §601], 100 Stat. 3341–308, 3341–328.
Dec. 19, 1985, Pub. L. 99–190, §101(h) [H.R. 3036, title VI, §601], 99 Stat. 1291.
Oct. 12, 1984, Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(j) [H.R. 5798, title VI, §602], 98 Stat. 1963.
Nov. 14, 1983, Pub. L. 98–151, §101(f) [H.R. 4139, title VI, §602], 97 Stat. 973.
Dec. 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(a) [H.R. 7158, title VI, §602], 96 Stat. 1830.
Dec. 15, 1981, Pub. L. 97–92, §101(a) [H.R. 4121, title VI, §602], 95 Stat. 1183.
Dec. 16, 1980, Pub. L. 96–536, §113, 94 Stat. 3171.
Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–74, title VI, §601, 93 Stat. 573.
Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–429, title VI, §601, 92 Stat. 1015.
July 31, 1977, Pub. L. 95–81, title VI, §601, 91 Stat. 354.
July 14, 1976, Pub. L. 94–363, title VI, §601, 90 Stat. 977.
Aug. 9, 1975, Pub. L. 94–91, title VI, §601, 89 Stat. 458.
Aug. 21, 1974, Pub. L. 93–381, title VI, §601, 88 Stat. 630.
Oct. 30, 1973, Pub. L. 93–143, title VI, §601, 87 Stat. 524.
July 13, 1972, Pub. L. 92–351, title VI, §601, 86 Stat. 487.
July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–49, title VI, §601, 85 Stat. 122.
Oct. 7, 1970, Pub. L. 91–439, title V, §501, 84 Stat. 902.
Dec. 11, 1969, Pub. L. 91–144, title V, §501, 83 Stat. 336.
Aug. 12, 1968, Pub. L. 90–479, title V, §501, 82 Stat. 717.
Nov. 20, 1967, Pub. L. 90–147, title V, §501, 81 Stat. 482.
Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–689, title V, §501, 80 Stat. 1014.
Oct. 28, 1965, Pub. L. 89–299, title V, §501, 79 Stat. 1108.
Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–511, title V, §501, 78 Stat. 693.
Dec. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–257, title V, §501, 77 Stat. 855.
Oct. 24, 1962, Pub. L. 87–880, title V, §501, 76 Stat. 1227.
Aug. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–125, title V, §501, 75 Stat. 282.
July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–642, title II, §201, 74 Stat. 476.
July 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–79, title II, §201, 73 Stat. 165.
June 25, 1958, Pub. L. 85–468, title II, §201, 72 Stat. 224.
June 5, 1957, Pub. L. 85–48, title II, §201, 71 Stat. 53.
June 13, 1956, ch. 385, title II, §201, 70 Stat. 279.
June 29, 1955, ch. 226, title II, §201, 69 Stat. 195.
Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 935, Ch. XIII, §1301, 68 Stat. 828.
Aug. 7, 1953, ch. 340, Ch. XIII, §1301, 67 Stat. 435.
July 15, 1952, ch. 758, Ch. XIV, §1401, 66 Stat. 659.
Nov. 1, 1951, ch. 664, Ch. XIII, §1301, 65 Stat. 755.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. XII, §1201, 64 Stat. 763.
Aug. 24, 1949, ch. 506, title III, §301, 63 Stat. 661.
Apr. 20, 1948, ch. 219, title II, §201, 62 Stat. 193.
July 30, 1947, ch. 359, title II, §201, 61 Stat. 608.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 5 section 3374; title 22 sections 2514, 3622; title 33 section 576a; title 40 section 491.
§1344. Passenger carrier use
(a)(1) Funds available to a Federal agency, by appropriation or otherwise, may be expended by the Federal agency for the maintenance, operation, or repair of any passenger carrier only to the extent that such carrier is used to provide transportation for official purposes. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, transporting any individual other than the individuals listed in subsections (b) and (c) of this section between such individual's residence and such individual's place of employment is not transportation for an official purpose.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), transportation between the residence of an officer or employee and various locations that is—
(A) required for the performance of field work, in accordance with regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (e) of this section, or
(B) essential for the safe and efficient performance of intelligence, counterintelligence, protective services, or criminal law enforcement duties,
is transportation for an official purpose, when approved in writing by the head of the Federal agency.
(b) A passenger carrier may be used to transport between residence and place of employment the following officers and employees of Federal agencies:
(1)(A) the President and the Vice President;
(B) no more than 6 officers or employees in the Executive Office of the President, as designated by the President; and
(C) no more than 10 additional officers or employees of Federal agencies, as designated by the President;
(2) the Chief Justice and the Associate Justices of the Supreme Court;
(3)(A) officers compensated at Level I of the Executive Schedule pursuant to section 5312 of title 5; and
(B) a single principal deputy to an officer described in subclause (A) of this clause, when a determination is made by such officer that such transportation is appropriate;
(4) principal diplomatic and consular officials abroad, and the United States Ambassador to the United Nations;
(5) the Deputy Secretary of Defense and Under Secretaries of Defense, the Secretary of the Air Force, the Secretary of the Army, the Secretary of the Navy, the members and Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Commandant of the Coast Guard;
(6) the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency and the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(7) the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
(8) the Comptroller General of the United States and the Postmaster General of the United States; and
(9) an officer or employee with regard to whom the head of a Federal agency makes a determination, in accordance with subsection (d) of this section and with regulations prescribed pursuant to paragraph (1) of subsection (e), that highly unusual circumstances present a clear and present danger, that an emergency exists, or that other compelling operational considerations make such transportation essential to the conduct of official business.
Except as provided in paragraph (2) of subsection (d), any authorization made pursuant to clause (9) of this subsection to permit the use of a passenger carrier to transport an officer or employee between residence and place of employment shall be effective for not more than 15 calendar days.
(c) A passenger carrier may be used to transport between residence and place of employment any person for whom protection is specifically authorized pursuant to section 3056(a) of title 18 or for whom transportation is authorized pursuant to section 28 of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956, section 2637 of title 10, or section 8(a)(1) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949.
(d)(1) Any determination made under subsection (b)(9) of this section shall be in writing and shall include the name and title of the officer or employee affected, the reason for such determination, and the duration of the authorization for such officer or employee to use a passenger carrier for transportation between residence and place of employment.
(2) If a clear and present danger, an emergency, or a compelling operational consideration described in subsection (b)(9) of this section extends or may extend for a period in excess of 15 calendar days, the head of the Federal agency shall determine whether an authorization under such paragraph shall be extended in excess of 15 calendar days for a period of not more than 90 additional calendar days. Determinations made under this paragraph may be reviewed by the head of such agency at the end of each such period, and, where appropriate, a subsequent determination may be made whether such danger, emergency, or consideration continues to exist and whether an additional extension, not to exceed 90 calendar days, may be authorized. Determinations made under this paragraph shall be in accordance with regulations prescribed pursuant to paragraph (1) of subsection (e).
(3) The authority to make designations under subsection (b)(1) of this section and to make determinations pursuant to subsections (a)(2) and (b)(3)(B) and (9) of this section and pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection may not be delegated, except that, with respect to the Executive Office of the President, the President may delegate the authority of the President under subsection (b)(9) of this section to an officer in the Executive Office of the President. No designation or determination under this section may be made solely or principally for the comfort or convenience of the officer or employee.
(4) Notification of each designation or determination made under subsection (b)(1), (3)(B), and (9) of this section and under paragraph (2) of this subsection, including the name and title of the officer or employee affected, the reason for any determination under subsection (b)(9), and the expected duration of any authorization under subsection (b)(9), shall be transmitted promptly to the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate.
(e)(1) Not later than March 15, 1987, the Administrator of General Services, after consultation with the Comptroller General, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, shall promulgate regulations governing the heads of all Federal agencies in making the determinations authorized by subsections (a)(2)(A), (b)(9), and (d)(2) of this section. Such regulations shall specify that the comfort and convenience of an officer or employee is not sufficient justification for authorizations of transportation under this section.
(2) In promulgating regulations under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Administrator of General Services shall provide criteria defining the term “field work” for purposes of subsection (a)(2)(A) of this section. Such criteria shall ensure that transportation between an employee's residence and the location of the field work will be authorized only to the extent that such transportation will substantially increase the efficiency and economy of the Government.
(f) Each Federal agency shall maintain logs or other records necessary to establish the official purpose for Government transportation provided between an individual's residence and such individual's place of employment pursuant to this section.
(g) As used in this section—
(1) the term “passenger carrier” means a passenger motor vehicle, aircraft, boat, ship, or other similar means of transportation that is owned or leased by the United States Government; and
(2) the term “Federal agency” means—
(A) a department (as such term is defined in section 18 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (41 U.S.C. 5a));
(B) an Executive department (as such term is defined in section 101 of title 5);
(C) a military department (as such term is defined in section 102 of title 5);
(D) a Government corporation (as such term is defined in section 103(1) of title 5);
(E) a Government controlled corporation (as such term is defined in section 103(2) of title 5);
(F) a mixed-ownership Government corporation (as such term is defined in section 9101(2) of this title);
(G) any establishment in the executive branch of the Government (including the Executive Office of the President);
(H) any independent regulatory agency (including an independent regulatory agency specified in section 3502(10) of title 44);
(I) the Smithsonian Institution; and
(J) any nonappropriated fund instrumentality of the United States,
except that such term does not include the government of the District of Columbia.
(h) Notwithstanding section 410(a) of title 39, this section applies to the United States Postal Service.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 924; Pub. L. 99–550, §1(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3067; Pub. L. 100–180, div. A, title XIII, §1314(d)(2), Dec. 4, 1987, 101 Stat. 1176; Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–26; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title III, §326(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1531; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(2), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1344(a) | 31:638a(c)(2)(1st sentence). | July 16, 1914, ch. 141, §5(c)(2)(1st, last sentences), 38 Stat. 508; restated Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §16(a), 60 Stat. 810. |
| 1344(b) | 31:638a(c)(2)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “officers and employees of the Government” are substituted for “officers and employees” for clarity. In clause (2), the words “performing field work requiring transportation” are substituted for “engaged in field work the character of whose duties makes such transportation necessary” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “agency” is substituted for “department” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency with the source provisions restated in the section and section 1341.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “section 101 of title 5” are used because of section 7(b) of the Act of September 6, 1966 (Pub. L. 89–554, 80 Stat. 631).
In subsection (b)(3), the words “ambassadors, ministers, charges d'affaires” are omitted as being included in “principal diplomatic and consular officials”.
References in Text
Section 28 of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956, referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 2700 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Section 8(a)(1) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 403j(a)(1) of Title 50, War and National Defense.
Subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), (4), was redesignated subsec. (b)(3)(B) by Pub. L. 100–202. See 1987 Amendment note below.
Amendments
1994—Subsecs. (b), (d), (e). Pub. L. 103–272 amended Pub. L. 100–202. See 1987 Amendment notes below.
1990—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–510 inserted “, section 2637 of title 10,” after “Act of 1956”.
1987—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407(1)], as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, added cl. (2), redesignated former cl. (2) as (3) and in subcl. (B) substituted “subclause (A) of this clause” for “subparagraph (A) of this paragraph”, redesignated former cls. (3) to (8) as (4) to (9), respectively, and in last sentence substituted “clause (9)” for “paragraph (8)”.
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 100–180 inserted “the members and Vice Chairman of” before “the Joint Chiefs of Staff”.
Subsec. (d)(1), (2). Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407(2)(A)], as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, substituted “subsection (b)(9) of this section” for “paragraph (8) of subsection (b)”.
Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407(2)(B)], as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, substituted “subsections (a)(2) and (b)(3)(B) and (9)” for “subsections (a)(2), (b)(2)(B), and (b)(8)” and “subsection (b)(9)” for “subsection (b)(8)”.
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407(2)(C)], as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, substituted “subsection (b)(1), (3)(B), and (9) of this section” and “subsection (b)(9), and the expected duration of any authorization under subsection (b)(9)” for “paragraphs (1), (2)(B), and (8) of subsection (b)” and “paragraph (8) of subsection (b), and the expected duration of any authorization under such paragraph”, respectively.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title IV, §407(3)], as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, substituted “(b)(9)” for “(b)(8)”.
1986—Pub. L. 99–550 substituted “carrier” for “motor vehicle and aircraft” in section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
“(a) Except as specifically provided by law, an appropriation may be expended to maintain, operate, and repair passenger motor vehicles or aircraft of the United States Government that are used only for an official purpose. An official purpose does not include transporting officers or employees of the Government between their domiciles and places of employment except—
“(1) medical officers on out-patient medical service; and
“(2) officers or employees performing field work requiring transportation between their domiciles and places of employment when the transportation is approved by the head of the agency.
“(b) This section does not apply to a motor vehicle or aircraft for the official use of—
“(1) the President;
“(2) the heads of executive departments listed in section 101 of title 5; or
“(3) principal diplomatic and consular officials.”
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 4(f)(2) of Pub. L. 103–272 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Dec. 22, 1987.
Use of Government Vehicles
Pub. L. 101–194, title V, §503, Nov. 30, 1989, 103 Stat. 1755, as amended by Pub. L. 101–280, §6(b), May 4, 1990, 104 Stat. 160, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the head of each department, agency, or other entity of each branch of the Government may prescribe by rule appropriate conditions for the incidental use, for other than official business, of vehicles owned or leased by the Government. Such use with respect to vehicles owned or leased by, or the cost of which is reimbursed by, the House of Representatives or the Senate shall be only as prescribed by rule of the House of Representatives or the Senate, as applicable.”
Use of Official Vehicles of House of Representatives
Pub. L. 101–194, title VIII, §802(d), Nov. 30, 1989, 103 Stat. 1773, provided that: “The Committee on House Administration [now Committee on House Oversight] of the House of Representatives shall take such action as may be necessary to carry out section 503 [set out above] with respect to vehicles of the House of Representatives.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1349 of this title; title 5 section 3374; title 22 section 3622; title 40 section 491.
§1345. Expenses of meetings
Except as specifically provided by law, an appropriation may not be used for travel, transportation, and subsistence expenses for a meeting. This section does not prohibit—
(1) an agency from paying the expenses of an officer or employee of the United States Government carrying out an official duty; and
(2) the Secretary of Agriculture from paying necessary expenses for a meeting called by the Secretary for 4–H Boys and Girls Clubs as part of the cooperative extension work of the Department of Agriculture.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 925.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1345 | 31:551. | Feb. 2, 1935, ch. 4, 49 Stat. 19. |
| 31:552. | June 17, 1935, ch. 271, 49 Stat. 387. |
In the section, before clause (1), the word “appropriation” is substituted for “no moneys from funds appropriated for any purpose” in 31:551 for consistency in the revised title. The words “travel, transportation, and subsistence expenses for a meeting” are substituted for “the purpose of lodging, feeding, conveying, or furnishing transportation to, any conventions or other form of assemblage or gathering” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “to be held in the District of Columbia or elsewhere” are omitted as unnecessary.
In clause (1), the words “agency from paying” are substituted for “the payment of” for clarity and because of section 101 of the revised title.
Availability of Appropriations for Expenses of Attending Meetings
Pub. L. 102–394, title V, §505, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1825, provided that: “Appropriations contained in this Act or subsequent Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education, and Related Agencies Appropriations Acts, available for salaries and expenses, shall be available for expenses of attendance at meetings which are concerned with the functions or activities for which the appropriation is made or which will contribute to improved conduct, supervision, or management of those functions or activities.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 102–170, title V, §505, Nov. 26, 1991, 105 Stat. 1141.
Pub. L. 101–517, title V, §505, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2221.
Pub. L. 101–166, title V, §505, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1189.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(h) [title V, §505], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–256, 1329–287.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(i) [H.R. 5233, title V, §505], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–287, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(i) [H.R. 5233, title V, §505], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–287.
Pub. L. 99–178, title V, §505, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1132.
Pub. L. 98–619, title V, §505, Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3333.
Pub. L. 98–139, title V, §505, Oct. 31, 1983, 97 Stat. 899.
Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(e)(1) [title V, §505], Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1878, 1904.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 5 section 6327; title 22 section 290f; title 42 section 3788.
§1346. Commissions, councils, boards, and interagency and similar groups
(a) Except as provided in this section—
(1) public money and appropriations are not available to pay—
(A) the pay or expenses of a commission, council, board, or similar group, or a member of that group;
(B) expenses related to the work or the results of work or action of that group; or
(C) for the detail or cost of personal services of an officer or employee from an executive agency in connection with that group; and
(2) an accounting or disbursing official, absent a special appropriation to pay the account or charge, may not allow or pay an account or charge related to that group.
(b) Appropriations of an executive agency are available for the expenses of an interagency group conducting activities of interest common to executive agencies when the group includes a representative of the agency. The representatives receive no additional pay because of membership in the group. An officer or employee of an executive agency not a representative of the group may not receive additional pay for providing services for the group.
(c) Subject to section 1347 of this title, this section does not apply to—
(1) commissions, councils, boards, or similar groups authorized by law;
(2) courts-martial or courts of inquiry of the armed forces; or
(3) the contingent fund related to foreign relations at the disposal of the President.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 925.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1346(a) | 31:672(1st sentence less words between 4th and 5th commas). | R.S. §3681. |
| 31:673(less words between 11th comma and semicolon). | Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 299, §9, 35 Stat. 1027. | |
| 1346(b) | 31:691. | May 3, 1945, ch. 106, §214, 59 Stat. 134. |
| 1346(c) | 31:672(1st sentence words between 4th and 5th commas), (last sentence). | |
| 31:673(words between 11th comma and semicolon). |
In the section, the words “executive agency” are substituted for “any executive department or other Government establishment” for clarity and because of section 102 of the revised title.
In subsection (a)(1), before subclause (A), the words “made by Congress” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (C), the words “the detail or cost of personal services of an officer” are substituted for “by detail, hereafter or heretofore made, or otherwise personal services” to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “of the Government” are omitted as surplus. The words “absent a special appropriation” are substituted for “until special appropriations shall have been made by law” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “On or after May 3, 1945” are omitted as executed. The words “interagency group” are substituted for “committees, boards, or other interagency groups” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “includes a representative of the agency” are substituted for “composed in whole or in part of representatives thereof” for clarity.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “authorized by law” are substituted for “unless the creation . . . shall be or shall have been authorized by law” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “armed forces” are substituted for “military or naval service of the United States” for consistency.
Subsection (c)(3) is substituted for the last sentence of 31:672 to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 22 sections 2396, 2456, 2514.
§1347. Appropriations or authorizations required for agencies in existence for more than one year
(a) An agency in existence for more than one year may not use amounts otherwise available for obligation to pay its expenses without a specific appropriation or specific authorization by law. If the principal duties and powers of the agency are substantially the same as or similar to the duties and powers of an agency established by executive order, the agency established later is deemed to have been in existence from the date the agency established by the order came into existence.
(b) Except as specifically authorized by law, another agency may not use amounts available for obligation to pay expenses to carry out duties and powers substantially the same as or similar to the principal duties and powers of an agency that is prohibited from using amounts under this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 925.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1347(a) | 31:696(1st, 2d sentences). | June 27, 1944, ch. 286, §213, 58 Stat. 387. |
| 1347(b) | 31:696(last sentence). |
In the section, the word “agency” is substituted for “agency or instrumentality” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency. The words “amounts otherwise available for obligation” are substituted for “any appropriation or fund made available by this or any other Act”, and the words “duties and powers” are substituted for “functions”, for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), the words “After January 1, 1945” are omitted as executed. The words “including those established by Executive order” are omitted the first time they appear as surplus. The words “from the date . . . came into existence” are substituted for “during the existence” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the word “amounts” is substituted for “appropriations” for consistency in the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1346 of this title.
§1348. Telephone installation and charges
(a)(1) Except as provided in this section, appropriations are not available to install telephones in private residences or for tolls or other charges for telephone service from private residences.
(2) Under regulations of the Secretary of State, appropriations may be used to install and pay for the use of telephones in residences owned or leased by the United States Government in foreign countries for the use of the Foreign Service. Subsection (b) of this section applies to long-distance calls made on those telephones.
(b) Appropriations of an agency are available to pay charges for a long-distance call if required for official business and the voucher to pay for the call is sworn to by the head of the agency. Appropriations of an executive agency are available only if the head of the agency also certifies that the call is necessary in the interest of the Government.
(c) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army on recommendation of the Chief of Engineers, not more than $30,000 may be expended each fiscal year to install and use in private residences telephones required for official business in constructing and operating locks and dams for navigation, flood control, and related water uses.
(d) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Defense, funds appropriated to the Department of Defense are available to install, repair, and maintain telephone wiring in residences owned or leased by the United States Government and, if necessary for national defense purposes, in other private residences.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 926; Pub. L. 98–407, title VIII, §811(a), Aug. 28, 1984, 98 Stat. 1523.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1348(a)(1) | 31:679(words before 2d comma). | Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §7(less proviso), 37 Stat. 414. |
| 1348(a)(2) | 31:679(proviso). | Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, 37 Stat. 360, §7(proviso); added Apr. 30, 1940, ch. 175, 54 Stat. 175. |
| 1348(b) | 31:679(words between 2d comma and proviso). | |
| 31:680a. | May 10, 1939, ch. 119, §4, 53 Stat. 738. | |
| 1348(c) | 31:680. | Sept. 22, 1922, ch. 427, §7, 42 Stat. 1042; May 17, 1950, ch. 188, §203, 64 Stat. 170; restated June 28, 1955, ch. 198, 69 Stat. 188. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “or private apartment” are omitted as being included in “private residences”.
In subsection (a)(2), the word “appropriations” is substituted for “Government funds”, and the word “calls” is substituted for “tolls”, for consistency. The word “official” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “On and after May 10, 1939” in 31:680a are omitted as executed. The word “agency” is substituted for “executive department, establishment, or agency” for clarity and because of section 101 of the revised title. The words “official business” are substituted for “public business” in 31:679 and “transaction of public business which the interests of the Government require to be so transacted” in 31:680a to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “division, bureau, or office” in 31:679 are omitted as being included in “agency”. The words “or such subordinates as he may specially designate” in 31:680a are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “On and after September 22, 1922 the provisions of section 679 of this title, or any other law prohibiting the expenditure of public money . . . shall not be construed to apply to or forbid” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–407 added subsec. (d).
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Section 811(b) of Pub. L. 98–407 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be effective as of January 1, 1984. Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense may be used to reimburse persons for expenditures made after December 31, 1983, for the installation, repair, and maintenance of telephone wiring in any Government-owned or leased housing unit before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 28, 1984].”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 16 section 580f; title 22 section 287e.
§1349. Adverse personnel actions
(a) An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government violating section 1341(a) or 1342 of this title shall be subject to appropriate administrative discipline including, when circumstances warrant, suspension from duty without pay or removal from office.
(b) An officer or employee who willfully uses or authorizes the use of a passenger motor vehicle or aircraft owned or leased by the United States Government (except for an official purpose authorized by section 1344 of this title) or otherwise violates section 1344 shall be suspended without pay by the head of the agency. The officer or employee shall be suspended for at least one month, and when circumstances warrant, for a longer period or summarily removed from office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 926.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1349(a) | 31:665(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (a), (b)). | R.S. §3679(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (a), (b)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
| 1349(b) | 31:638a(c)(2)(2d sentence). | July 16, 1914, ch. 141, §5(c)(2)(2d sentence), 38 Stat. 508; restated Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §16(a), 60 Stat. 810. |
In subsection (a), the words “In addition to any penalty or liability under other law” are omitted as surplus. The words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 47–105 of the D.C. Code.
In subsection (b), the words “of the Government” and “from duty” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “pay” is substituted for “compensation” for consistency. The word “agency” is substituted for “department” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 60a–2; title 5 sections 3374, 5306; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 3622, 3723; title 40 section 491; title 42 sections 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2394.
§1350. Criminal penalty
An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government knowingly and willfully violating section 1341(a) or 1342 of this title shall be fined not more than $5,000, imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 926.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1350 | 31:665(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (a), (b)). | R.S. §3679(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (a), (b)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
The words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 47–105 of the D.C. Code. The words “upon conviction” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 60a–2; title 5 section 5306; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 3723; title 42 sections 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2394.
§1351. Reports on violations
If an officer or employee of an executive agency or an officer or employee of the District of Columbia government violates section 1341(a) or 1342 of this title, the head of the agency or the Mayor of the District of Columbia, as the case may be, shall report immediately to the President and Congress all relevant facts and a statement of actions taken.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 926.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1351 | 31:665(i)(2)(related to (a), (b)). | R.S. §3679(i)(2)(related to (a), (b)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1404, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
The words “executive agency” are substituted for “agency” because the definition of “agency” in 31:665(d)(2) applies to the source provisions restated in the section and because of section 102 of the revised title. The word “Mayor” is used because of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1967 (eff. Aug. 11, 1967, 81 Stat. 948) and sections 421, 422, and 771 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 789, 818). The word “President” is substituted for “President, through the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 60a–2; title 5 section 5306; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 3723; title 42 sections 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2394.
§1352. Limitation on use of appropriated funds to influence certain Federal contracting and financial transactions
(a)(1) None of the funds appropriated by any Act may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any Federal action described in paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(2) The prohibition in paragraph (1) of this subsection applies with respect to the following Federal actions:
(A) The awarding of any Federal contract.
(B) The making of any Federal grant.
(C) The making of any Federal loan.
(D) The entering into of any cooperative agreement.
(E) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(b)(1) Each person who requests or receives a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement from an agency or requests or receives from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall file with that agency, in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection—
(A) a written declaration described in paragraph (2) or (3) of this subsection, as the case may be; and
(B) copies of all declarations received by such person under paragraph (5).
(2) A declaration filed by a person pursuant to paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection in connection with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement shall contain—
(A) a statement setting forth whether such person—
(i) has made any payment with respect to that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, using funds other than appropriated funds, which would be prohibited by subsection (a) of this section if the payment were paid for with appropriated funds; or
(ii) has agreed to make any such payment;
(B) with respect to each such payment (if any) and each such agreement (if any)—
(i) the name and address of each person paid, to be paid, or reasonably expected to be paid;
(ii) the name and address of each individual performing the services for which such payment is made, to be made, or reasonably expected to be made;
(iii) the amount paid, to be paid, or reasonably expected to be paid;
(iv) how the person was paid, is to be paid, or is reasonably expected to be paid; and
(v) the activity for which the person was paid, is to be paid, or is reasonably expected to be paid; and
(C) a certification that the person making the declaration has not made, and will not make, any payment prohibited by subsection (a).
(3) A declaration filed by a person pursuant to paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection in connection with a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall contain—
(A) a statement setting forth whether such person—
(i) has made any payment to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with that loan insurance or guaranty; or
(ii) has agreed to make any such payment; and
(B) with respect to each such payment (if any) and each such agreement (if any), the information described in paragraph (2)(B) of this subsection.
(4) A person referred to in paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection shall file a declaration referred to in that paragraph—
(A) with each submission by such person that initiates agency consideration of such person for award of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, or for grant of a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan;
(B) upon receipt by such person of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or of a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, unless such person previously filed a declaration with respect to such contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement or commitment pursuant to clause (A); and
(C) at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any declaration previously filed by such person in connection with such Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, loan insurance commitment, or loan guaranty commitment.
(5) Any person who requests or receives from a person referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection a subcontract under a Federal contract, a subgrant or contract under a Federal grant, a contract or subcontract to carry out any purpose for which a particular Federal loan is made, or a contract under a Federal cooperative agreement shall be required to file with the person referred to in such paragraph a written declaration referred to in clause (A) of such paragraph.
(6)(A) The head of each agency shall collect and compile the information contained, pursuant to paragraphs (2)(B) and (3)(B) of this subsection, in the statements filed under this subsection and, on May 31 and November 30 of each year, submit to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives a report containing a compilation of the information contained, pursuant to such paragraphs, in the statements received during the six-month period ending on March 31 or September 30, respectively, of that year. The report, including the compilation, shall be available for public inspection 30 days after receipt of the report by the Secretary and the Clerk.
(B) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)—
(i) information referred to in subparagraph (A) that involves intelligence matters shall be reported only to the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate, the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees;
(ii) information referred to in subparagraph (A) that is specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, is classified in accordance with such order, and is available only by special access shall be reported only to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives or the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and the House of Representatives (whichever such committees have jurisdiction of matters involving such information) and to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees; and
(iii) information reported in accordance with this subparagraph shall not be available for public inspection.
(7) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, after consulting with the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives, shall issue guidance for agency implementation of, and compliance with, the requirements of this section.
(c)(1) Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited by subsection (a) of this section shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure.
(2)(A) Any person who fails to file or amend a declaration required to be filed or amended under subsection (b) of this section shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
(B) A filing of a declaration of a declaration amendment on or after the date on which an administrative action for the imposition of a civil penalty under this subsection is commenced does not prevent the imposition of such civil penalty for a failure occurring before that date. For the purposes of this subparagraph, an administrative action is commenced with respect to a failure when an investigating official determines in writing to commence an investigation of an allegation of such failure.
(3) Sections 3803 (except for subsection (c)), 3804, 3805, 3806, 3807, 3808, and 3812 of this title shall be applied, consistent with the requirements of this section, to the imposition and collection of civil penalties under this subsection.
(4) An imposition of a civil penalty under this subsection does not prevent the United States from seeking any other remedy that the United States may have for the same conduct that is the basis for the imposition of such civil penalty.
(d)(1) The official of each agency referred to in paragraph (3) of this subsection shall submit to Congress each year an evaluation of the compliance of that agency with, and the effectiveness of, the requirements imposed by this section on the agency, persons requesting or receiving Federal contracts, grants, loans, or cooperative agreements from that agency, and persons requesting or receiving from that agency commitments providing for the United States to insure or guarantee loans. The report shall be submitted at the same time the agency submits its annual budget justifications to Congress.
(2) The report of an agency under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall include the following:
(A) All alleged violations of the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) of this section, relating to the agency's Federal actions referred to in such subsections, during the year covered by the report.
(B) The actions taken by the head of the agency in such year with respect to those alleged violations and any alleged violations of subsections (a) and (b) of this section that occurred before such year, including the amounts of civil penalties imposed by the head of such agency in such year, if any.
(3) The Inspector General of an agency shall prepare and submit the annual report of the agency required by paragraph (1) of this subsection. In the case of an agency that does not have an inspector general, the agency official comparable to an inspector general shall prepare and submit the annual report, or, if there is no such comparable official, the head of the agency shall prepare and submit such annual report.
(e)(1)(A) Subsection (a)(1) of this section does not apply in the case of a payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement to the extent that the payment is for agency and legislative liaison activities not directly related to a Federal action referred to in subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(B) Subsection (a)(1) of this section does not prohibit any reasonable payment to a person in connection with, or any payment of reasonable compensation to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving, a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or an extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement if the payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(C) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as permitting the use of appropriated funds for making any payment prohibited in or pursuant to any other provision of law.
(2) The reporting requirement in subsection (b) of this section shall not apply to any person with respect to—
(A) payments of reasonable compensation made to regularly employed officers or employees of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan;
(B) a request for or receipt of a contract (other than a contract referred to in clause (C)), grant, cooperative agreement, subcontract (other than a subcontract referred to in clause (C)), or subgrant that does not exceed $100,000; and
(C) a request for or receipt of a loan, or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, that does not exceed $150,000, or the single family maximum mortgage limit for affected programs, whichever is greater, including a contract or subcontract to carry out any purpose for which such a loan is made.
(f) The Secretary of Defense may exempt a Federal action described in subsection (a)(2) from the prohibition in subsection (a)(1) whenever the Secretary determines, in writing, that such an exemption is in the national interest. The Secretary shall transmit a copy of each such written exemption to Congress immediately after making such determination.
(g) The head of each Federal agency shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions of this section are vigorously implemented and enforced in such agency.
(h) As used in this section:
(1) The term “recipient”, with respect to funds received in connection with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement—
(A) includes the contractors, subcontractors, or subgrantees (as the case may be) of the recipient; but
(B) does not include an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization eligible to receive Federal contracts, grants, cooperative agreements, or loans from an agency but only with respect to expenditures that are by such tribe or organization for purposes specified in subsection (a) and are permitted by other Federal law.
(2) The term “agency” has the same meaning provided for such term in section 552(f) of title 5, and includes a Government corporation, as defined in section 9101(1) of this title.
(3) The term “person”—
(A) includes an individual, corporation, company, association, authority, firm, partnership, society, State, and local government, regardless of whether such entity is operated for profit or not for profit; but
(B) does not include an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization eligible to receive Federal contracts, grants, cooperative agreements, or loans from an agency but only with respect to expenditures by such tribe or organization that are made for purposes specified in subsection (a) and are permitted by other Federal law.
(4) The term “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, a territory or possession of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and a multi-State, regional, or interstate entity having governmental duties and powers.
(5) The term “local government” means a unit of government in a State and, if chartered, established, or otherwise recognized by a State for the performance of a governmental duty, the following entities:
(A) A local public authority.
(B) A special district.
(C) An intrastate district.
(D) A council of governments.
(E) A sponsor group representative organization.
(F) Any other instrumentality of a local government.
(6)(A) The terms “Federal contract”, “Federal grant”, “Federal cooperative agreement” mean, respectively—
(i) a contract awarded by an agency;
(ii) a grant made by an agency or a direct appropriation made by law to any person; and
(iii) a cooperative agreement entered into by an agency.
(B) Such terms do not include—
(i) direct United States cash assistance to an individual;
(ii) a loan;
(iii) loan insurance; or
(iv) a loan guaranty.
(7) The term “Federal loan” means a loan made by an agency. Such term does not include loan insurance or a loan guaranty.
(8) The term “reasonable payment” means, with respect to professional and other technical services, a payment in an amount that is consistent with the amount normally paid for such services in the private sector.
(9) The term “reasonable compensation” means, with respect to a regularly employed officer or employee of any person, compensation that is consistent with the normal compensation for such officer or employee for work that is not furnished to, not funded by, or not furnished in cooperation with the Federal Government.
(10) The term “regularly employed”, with respect to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, means an officer or employee who is employed by such person for at least 130 working days within one year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for receipt of such contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, loan insurance commitment, or loan guaranty commitment.
(11) The terms “Indian tribe” and “tribal organization” have the meaning provided in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b).
(Added Pub. L. 101–121, title III, §319(a)(1), Oct. 23, 1989, 103 Stat. 750; amended Pub. L. 101–512, title III, §320, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1977; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(F), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
Codification
Another section 1352 was renumbered section 1353 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(F)(i), substituted “(c)(1) Any person” for “(C)(1) Any person”.
Subsec. (e)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(F)(ii), substituted “appropriated” for “appropirated” and inserted period at end.
Subsec. (h)(7). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(F)(iii), inserted periods after “agency” and “guaranty”.
1990—Subsec. (e)(2)(C). Pub. L. 101–512 inserted “or the single family maximum mortgage limit for affected programs, whichever is greater,” after “$150,000,”.
Change of Name
Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives changed to Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Committee on Armed Services of House of Representatives changed to Committee on National Security of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date
Section 319(d) of Pub. L. 101–121 provided that: “Section 1352 of title 31, United States Code (as added by subsection (a)), shall take effect with respect to Federal contracts, grants, loans, cooperative agreements, loan insurance commitments, and loan guaranty commitments that are entered into or made more than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 23, 1989].”
First Report on May 31, 1990; Content
Section 319(b) of Pub. L. 101–121 provided that: “The first report submitted under subsection (b)(6) of section 1352 of title 31, United States Code (as added by subsection (a)), shall be submitted on May 31, 1990, and shall contain a compilation relating to the statements received under subsection (b) of such section during the six-month period beginning on October 1, 1989.”
Notification of Compliance Date; Guidance for Agency Implementation
Section 319(c) of Pub. L. 101–121 provided that: “The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall notify the head of each agency that section 1352 of title 31, United States Code (as added by subsection (a)), is to be complied with commencing 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 23, 1989]. Not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall issue the guidance required by subsection (b)(7) of such section.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 12 section 4707.
§1353. Acceptance of travel and related expenses from non-Federal sources
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Administrator of General Services, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Government Ethics, shall prescribe by regulation the conditions under which an agency in the executive branch (including an independent agency) may accept payment, or authorize an employee of such agency to accept payment on the agency's behalf, from non-Federal sources for travel, subsistence, and related expenses with respect to attendance of the employee (or the spouse of such employee) at any meeting or similar function relating to the official duties of the employee. Any cash payment so accepted shall be credited to the appropriation applicable to such expenses. In the case of a payment in kind so accepted, a pro rata reduction shall be made in any entitlement of the employee to payment from the Government for such expenses.
(b) Except as provided in this section or section 4111 or 7342 of title 5, an agency or employee may not accept payment for expenses referred to in subsection (a). An employee who accepts any payment in violation of the preceding sentence—
(1) may be required, in addition to any penalty provided by law, to repay, for deposit in the general fund of the Treasury, an amount equal to the amount of the payment so accepted; and
(2) in the case of a repayment under paragraph (1), shall not be entitled to any payment from the Government for such expenses.
(c) As used in this section—
(1) the term “executive branch” means all executive agencies (as such term is defined in section 105 of title 5); and
(2) the term “employee in the executive branch” means—
(A) an appointed officer or employee in the executive branch; and
(B) an expert or consultant in the executive branch, under section 3109 of title 5; and
(3) the term “payment” means a payment or reimbursement, in cash or in kind.
(d)(1) The head of each agency of the executive branch shall, in the manner provided in paragraph (2), submit to the Director of the Office of Government Ethics reports of payments of more than $250 accepted under this section with respect to employees of the agency. The Director shall make such reports available for public inspection and copying.
(2) The reports required by paragraph (1) shall, with respect to each payment—
(A) specify the amount and method of payment, the name of the person making the payment, the name of the employee, the nature of the meeting or similar function, the time and place of travel, the nature of the expenses, and such other information as the Administrator of General Services may prescribe by regulation under subsection (a);
(B) be submitted not later than May 31 of each year with respect to payments in the preceding period beginning on October 1 and ending on March 31; and
(C) be submitted not later than November 30 of each year with respect to payments in the preceding period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30.
(Added Pub. L. 101–194, title III, §302(a), Nov. 30, 1989, 103 Stat. 1745, §1352; renumbered §1353 and amended Pub. L. 101–280, §4(b)(1), (c), May 4, 1990, 104 Stat. 157, 158.)
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–280, §4(b)(1), renumbered section 1352 of this title as this section.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–280, §4(c)(1), substituted “in the executive branch (including an independent agency) may accept payment, or authorize an employee of such agency to accept payment on the agency's behalf,” for “or employee in the executive branch may accept payment”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–280, §4(c)(2)(A), inserted “or 7342” after “section 4111”.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 101–280, §4(c)(2)(B), substituted “(1),” for “(1)”.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 101–280, §4(c)(3), substituted “all executive agencies” for “any executive agency”.
CHAPTER 15—APPROPRIATION ACCOUNTING
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER II—APPORTIONMENT
SUBCHAPTER III—TRANSFERS AND REIMBURSEMENTS
SUBCHAPTER IV—CLOSING ACCOUNTS
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title X, §1054(e)(1), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2503, substituted “Definitions; applicability of subchapter” for “Definitions and application” in item 1551 and “Procedure for appropriation accounts available for definite periods” for “Audit, control, and reporting” in item 1552.
1990—Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1679, substituted “Audit, control, and reporting” for “Procedure for appropriation accounts available for definite periods” in item 1552 and for “Review of appropriation accounts” in item 1554, “Closing of appropriation accounts available” for “Withdrawal of unobligated balances of appropriations” in item 1555, “General: reports” for “General reports” in item 1556, and “Authority for exemptions in appropriation laws” for “Authorization to exempt” in item 1557.
1989—Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title VIII, §813(b), Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1494, added item 1558.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 12 sections 481, 1422b, 1467, 1772b, 1817; title 42 section 292a.
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
§1501. Documentary evidence requirement for Government obligations
(a) An amount shall be recorded as an obligation of the United States Government only when supported by documentary evidence of—
(1) a binding agreement between an agency and another person (including an agency) that is—
(A) in writing, in a way and form, and for a purpose authorized by law; and
(B) executed before the end of the period of availability for obligation of the appropriation or fund used for specific goods to be delivered, real property to be bought or leased, or work or service to be provided;
(2) a loan agreement showing the amount and terms of repayment;
(3) an order required by law to be placed with an agency;
(4) an order issued under a law authorizing purchases without advertising—
(A) when necessary because of a public exigency;
(B) for perishable subsistence supplies; or
(C) within specific monetary limits;
(5) a grant or subsidy payable—
(A) from appropriations made for payment of, or contributions to, amounts required to be paid in specific amounts fixed by law or under formulas prescribed by law;
(B) under an agreement authorized by law; or
(C) under plans approved consistent with and authorized by law;
(6) a liability that may result from pending litigation;
(7) employment or services of persons or expenses of travel under law;
(8) services provided by public utilities; or
(9) other legal liability of the Government against an available appropriation or fund.
(b) A statement of obligations provided to Congress or a committee of Congress by an agency shall include only those amounts that are obligations consistent with subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 927.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1501(a) | 31:200(a). | Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 935, §1311(a), (e), 68 Stat. 830, 831. |
| 1501(b) | 31:200(e). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “After August 26, 1954” are omitted as executed. In clause (1), the words “an agency and another person (including an agency)” are substituted for “the parties thereto, including Government agencies” for clarity. In clause (2), the word “valid” is omitted as unnecessary. In clause (6), the words “brought under authority of law” are omitted as surplus. In clause (9), the word “legally” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “consistent with” are substituted for “as defined in” for clarity and for consistency with section 1108 of the revised title. The word “valid” is omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1108, 1502 of this title; title 19 section 2345; title 22 section 2361; title 49 sections 5309, 47110.
§1502. Balances available
(a) The balance of an appropriation or fund limited for obligation to a definite period is available only for payment of expenses properly incurred during the period of availability or to complete contracts properly made within that period of availability and obligated consistent with section 1501 of this title. However, the appropriation or fund is not available for expenditure for a period beyond the period otherwise authorized by law.
(b) A provision of law requiring that the balance of an appropriation or fund be returned to the general fund of the Treasury at the end of a definite period does not affect the status of lawsuits or rights of action involving the right to an amount payable from the balance.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 928.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1502(a) | 31:200(d). | Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 935, §1311(d), 68 Stat. 831. |
| 31:712a. | July 6, 1949, ch. 299, §1, 63 Stat. 407. | |
| 1502(b) | 31:665b. | July 1, 1973, Pub. L. 93–52, §111, 87 Stat. 134. |
Subsection (a) restates the source provisions to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “balance of an appropriation or fund” are substituted for “unexpended funds” for clarity and consistency in the revised chapter.
Availability of Energy and Water Development Appropriations Limited to Fiscal Year In Which Appropriated
Pub. L. 102–377, title V, §501, Oct. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 1342, provided that: “No part of any appropriation contained in this Act or subsequent Energy and Water Development Appropriations Acts shall remain available for obligation beyond the fiscal year specified in such Acts therein unless expressly so provided therein.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 19 section 2345; title 38 section 114; title 49 section 5309.
§1503. Comptroller General reports of amounts for which no accounting is made
The Comptroller General shall make a special report each year to Congress on recommendations for changes in laws, that the Comptroller General believes may be in the public interest, about amounts—
(1) for which no accounting is made to the Comptroller General; and
(2) that are in—
(A) accounts of the United States Government; or
(B) the custody of an officer or employee of the Government if the Government is financially concerned.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 928.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1503 | 31:725w. | June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §24, 48 Stat. 1236; Aug. 30, 1954, ch. 1076, §1(31), 68 Stat. 968. |
The words “shall cause a survey to be made” are omitted as executed. The word “existing” is omitted as surplus.
SUBCHAPTER II—APPORTIONMENT
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in title 2 sections 60a–2, 661d; title 5 section 5306; title 16 section 831n–4; title 22 sections 277d–3, 1461b, 2587, 3723; title 39 section 2003; title 42 sections 2204, 2204a, 2210, 2295, 2297b–7, 2394, 10156, 10222; title 47 section 603.
§1511. Definition and application
(a) In this subchapter, “appropriations” means—
(1) appropriated amounts;
(2) funds; and
(3) authority to make obligations by contract before appropriations.
(b) This subchapter does not apply to—
(1) amounts (except amounts for administrative expenses) available—
(A) for price support and surplus removal of agricultural commodities; and
(B) under section 32 of the Act of August 24, 1935 (7 U.S.C. 612c);
(2) a corporation getting amounts to make loans (except paid in capital amounts) without legal liability on the part of the United States Government; and
(3) the Senate, the House of Representatives, a committee of Congress, a member, officer, employee, or office of either House of Congress, or the Office of the Architect of the Capitol or an officer or employee of that Office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 928.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1511(a) | 31:665(c)(1)(last sentence), (d)(2)(5th sentence). | R.S. §3679(c)(1)(last sentence), (d)(2)(5th sentence, 6th sentence less 1st–22d words, last sentence related to price supports), (f)(2); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 765, 766, 767. |
| 1511(b)(1) | 31:665(d)(2)(6th sentence less 1st–22d words). | |
| 1511(b)(2) | 31:665(d)(2)(last sentence related to price supports). | |
| 1511(b)(3) | 31:665(f)(2). |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “appropriated amounts” are substituted for “appropriations” for clarity. In clause (3), the word “make” is substituted for “create” as being more precise. The text of 31:665(d)(2)(5th sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 102 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the word “amounts” is substituted for “funds” for consistency in the revised title. In clause (1)(B), the words “(7 U.S.C. 612c)” are substituted for “section 612(c) of title 7” to correct an error in section 3679(d)(2)(6th sentence) of the Revised Statutes. Clause (2) is substituted for the source provisions for consistency in the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 38 section 114.
§1512. Apportionment and reserves
(a) Except as provided in this subchapter, an appropriation available for obligation for a definite period shall be apportioned to prevent obligation or expenditure at a rate that would indicate a necessity for a deficiency or supplemental appropriation for the period. An appropriation for an indefinite period and authority to make obligations by contract before appropriations shall be apportioned to achieve the most effective and economical use. An apportionment may be reapportioned under this section.
(b)(1) An appropriation subject to apportionment is apportioned by—
(A) months, calendar quarters, operating seasons, or other time periods;
(B) activities, functions, projects, or objects; or
(C) a combination of the ways referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this paragraph.
(2) The official designated in section 1513 of this title to make apportionments shall apportion an appropriation under paragraph (1) of this subsection as the official considers appropriate. Except as specified by the official, an amount apportioned is available for obligation under the terms of the appropriation on a cumulative basis unless reapportioned.
(c)(1) In apportioning or reapportioning an appropriation, a reserve may be established only—
(A) to provide for contingencies;
(B) to achieve savings made possible by or through changes in requirements or greater efficiency of operations; or
(C) as specifically provided by law.
(2) A reserve established under this subsection may be changed as necessary to carry out the scope and objectives of the appropriation concerned. When an official designated in section 1513 of this title to make apportionments decides that an amount reserved will not be required to carry out the objectives and scope of the appropriation concerned, the official shall recommend the rescission of the amount in the way provided in chapter 11 of this title for appropriation requests. Reserves established under this section shall be reported to Congress as provided in the Impoundment Control Act of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 681 et seq.).
(d) An apportionment or a reapportionment shall be reviewed at least 4 times a year by the official designated in section 1513 of this title to make apportionments.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 929.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1512(a) | 31:665(c)(1)(1st sentence), (4)(words after 1st comma). | R.S. §3679(c)(1)(1st sentence), (3), (4); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 765, 766. |
| 1512(b) | 31:665(c)(3). | |
| 1512(c) | 31:665(c)(2). | R.S. §3679(c)(2); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 765; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §1002, 88 Stat. 332. |
| 1512(d) | 31:665(c)(4)(words before 1st comma). |
In subsection (a), the word “appropriation” is substituted for “appropriations or funds” because of the definition of “appropriation” in section 1511 of the revised title. The words “at a rate” are substituted for “in a manner” for clarity. The words “indefinite period” are substituted for “not limited to a definite period of time” for consistency in the revised title. The words “An apportionment may be reapportioned under this section” are substituted for 31:665(c)(4)(words after 1st comma) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the word “apportioned” is substituted for “distributed” for consistency in the revised section.
In subsections (b)(2) and (d), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c)(1)(C), the words “by law” are substituted for “by particular appropriation Acts or other laws” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “appropriation requests” are substituted for “estimates of appropriations” for consistency with chapter 11 of the revised title.
References in Text
The Impoundment Control Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), is title X of Pub. L. 93–344, July 12, 1974, 88 Stat. 332, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 17B (§681 et seq.) of Title 2, The Congress. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 681 of Title 2 and Tables.
Apportionment of Funds Appropriated to District of Columbia Government
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(c) [title I, §135], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–90, 1329–102, provided that: “Federal funds hereafter appropriated to the District of Columbia government shall not be subject to apportionment except to the extent specifically provided by statute.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1513, 1515 of this title; title 10 section 2201; title 40 section 757.
§1513. Officials controlling apportionments
(a) The official having administrative control of an appropriation available to the legislative branch, the judicial branch, the United States International Trade Commission, or the District of Columbia government that is required to be apportioned under section 1512 of this title shall apportion the appropriation in writing. An appropriation shall be apportioned not later than the later of the following:
(1) 30 days before the beginning of the fiscal year for which the appropriation is available; or
(2) 30 days after the date of enactment of the law by which the appropriation is made available.
(b)(1) The President shall apportion in writing an appropriation available to an executive agency (except the Commission) that is required to be apportioned under section 1512 of this title. The head of each executive agency to which the appropriation is available shall submit to the President information required for the apportionment in the form and the way and at the time specified by the President. The information shall be submitted not later than the later of the following:
(A) 40 days before the beginning of the fiscal year for which the appropriation is available; or
(B) 15 days after the date of enactment of the law by which the appropriation is made available.
(2) The President shall notify the head of the executive agency of the action taken in apportioning the appropriation under paragraph (1) of this subsection not later than the later of the following:
(A) 20 days before the beginning of the fiscal year for which the appropriation is available; or
(B) 30 days after the date of enactment of the law by which the appropriation is made available.
(c) By the first day of each fiscal year, the head of each executive department of the United States Government shall apportion among the major organizational units of the department the maximum amount to be expended by each unit during the fiscal year out of each contingent fund appropriated for the entire year for the department. Each amount may be changed during the fiscal year only by written direction of the head of the department. The direction shall state the reasons for the change.
(d) An appropriation apportioned under this subchapter may be divided and subdivided administratively within the limits of the apportionment.
(e) This section does not affect the initiation and operation of agricultural price support programs.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 930.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1513(a) | 31:665(d)(1). | R.S. §3679(d)(1), (2)(1st–4th sentences, 6th sentence 1st–22d words), (g)(1st sentence); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 766, 767; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085; Jan. 3, 1975, Pub. L. 93–618, §175(a)(2), 88 Stat. 2011. |
| 1513(b) | 31:665(d)(2)(1st–4th sentences). | |
| 1513(c) | 31:669(words before semicolon). | Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §6(words before semicolon), 37 Stat. 414. |
| 1513(d) | 31:665(g)(1st sentence). | |
| 1513(e) | 31:665(d)(2)(6th sentence 1st–22d words). |
In the section, the word “apportion” is substituted for “apportionment or reapportionment” because of section 1512(a)(last sentence) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title. The words “judicial branch” are substituted for “judiciary”, and the words “District of Columbia government” are substituted for “District of Columbia”, for consistency.
In subsection (b), the word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget”, “Office of Management and Budget”, and “Director” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “(except the Commission)” are added because the International Trade Commission is covered specifically by the source provisions restated in subsection (a).
In subsection (b)(2), the words “head of the executive agency” are substituted for “agency” as being more precise and because of section 102 of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the words “In addition to the apportionment required by section 665 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “By the first day” are substituted for “on or before the beginning”, and the words “of the United States Government” are added, for clarity. The words “major organizational unit” are substituted for “office or bureau” for consistency in the revised section. The word “changed” is substituted for “increased or diminished” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e), the words “initiation and operation” are substituted for “initiation, operation, and administration” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1512, 1516 of this title; title 16 section 470m; title 20 section 76j; title 40 section 757.
§1514. Administrative division of apportionments
(a) The official having administrative control of an appropriation available to the legislative branch, the judicial branch, the United States International Trade Commission, or the District of Columbia government, and, subject to the approval of the President, the head of each executive agency (except the Commission) shall prescribe by regulation a system of administrative control not inconsistent with accounting procedures prescribed under law. The system shall be designed to—
(1) restrict obligations or expenditures from each appropriation to the amount of apportionments or reapportionments of the appropriation; and
(2) enable the official or the head of the executive agency to fix responsibility for an obligation or expenditure exceeding an apportionment or reapportionment.
(b) To have a simplified system for administratively dividing appropriations, the head of each executive agency (except the Commission) shall work toward the objective of financing each operating unit, at the highest practical level, from not more than one administrative division for each appropriation affecting the unit.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 930.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1514(a) | 31:665(g)(2d sentence). | R.S. §3679(g)(2d sentence); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 767; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085; Jan. 3, 1975, Pub. L. 93–618, §175(a)(2), 88 Stat. 2011. |
| 1514(b) | 31:665(g)(last sentence). | R.S. §3679(g)(last sentence); added Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §3, 70 Stat. 783. |
In the section, the words “(except the Commission)” are added because the International Trade Commission is covered specifically by the source provisions restated in this section.
In subsection (a), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title. The words “judicial branch” are substituted for “judiciary”, and the words “District of Columbia government” are substituted for “District of Columbia”, for consistency. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (b), the words “dividing” and “division” are substituted for “subdivision” for consistency in the revised section. The word “appropriations” is substituted for “appropriations or funds” because of the definition of “appropriation” in section 1511 of the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1517 of this title; title 16 section 470m.
§1515. Authorized apportionments necessitating deficiency or supplemental appropriations
(a) An appropriation required to be apportioned under section 1512 of this title may be apportioned on a basis that indicates the need for a deficiency or supplemental appropriation to the extent necessary to permit payment of such pay increases as may be granted pursuant to law to civilian officers and employees (including prevailing rate employees whose pay is fixed and adjusted under subchapter IV of chapter 53 of title 5) and to retired and active military personnel.
(b)(1) Except as provided in subsection (a) of this section, an official may make, and the head of an executive agency may request, an apportionment under section 1512 of this title that would indicate a necessity for a deficiency or supplemental appropriation only when the official or agency head decides that the action is required because of—
(A) a law enacted after submission to Congress of the estimates for an appropriation that requires an expenditure beyond administrative control; or
(B) an emergency involving the safety of human life, the protection of property, or the immediate welfare of individuals when an appropriation that would allow the United States Government to pay, or contribute to, amounts required to be paid to individuals in specific amounts fixed by law or under formulas prescribed by law, is insufficient.
(2) If an official making an apportionment decides that an apportionment would indicate a necessity for a deficiency or supplemental appropriation, the official shall submit immediately a detailed report of the facts to Congress. The report shall be referred to in submitting a proposed deficiency or supplemental appropriation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 931; Pub. L. 100–202, §105, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–433.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1515(a) | 31:665a. | June 5, 1957, Pub. L. 85–48, §210, 71 Stat. 55. |
| 1515(b)(1) | 31:665(e)(1). | R.S. §3679(e)(1); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 767; restated Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–170, §1401, 71 Stat. 440. |
| 1515(b)(2) | 31:665(e)(2). | R.S. §3679(e)(2); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 767. |
In subsection (a), the words “On and after June 5, 1957” are omitted as executed. The words “deficiency or supplemental appropriation” are substituted for “supplemental or deficiency estimate of appropriation” for consistency with chapter 11 of the revised title. The words “prevailing rate employees whose pay is fixed and adjusted under subchapter IV of chapter 53 of title 5” are substituted for “those employees (commonly known as wage-board employees) whose compensation is fixed and adjusted from time to time in accordance with prevailing rates (5 U.S.C. 5102(c)(7), 5341 et seq.)” for consistency with title 5.
In subsection (b), the word “apportionment” is substituted for “apportionment or reapportionment” because of section 1512(a)(last sentence) of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “Except as provided in subsection (a) of this section” are added because of the restatement. The word “appropriation” is substituted for “estimate” for consistency in the revised section. The words “is insufficient” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “proposed deficiency or supplemental appropriation” are substituted for “deficiency or supplemental estimates” for consistency with chapter 11 of the revised title.
Amendments
1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–202 added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which read as follows: “An appropriation required to be apportioned under section 1512 of this title may be apportioned on a basis that indicates a necessity for a deficiency or supplemental appropriation to the extent necessary to permit payment of pay increases for prevailing rate employees whose pay is fixed and adjusted under subchapter IV of chapter 53 of title 5.”
§1516. Exemptions
An official designated in section 1513 of this title to make apportionments may exempt from apportionment—
(1) a trust fund or working fund if an expenditure from the fund has no significant effect on the financial operations of the United States Government;
(2) a working capital fund or a revolving fund established for intragovernmental operations;
(3) receipts from industrial and power operations available under law; and
(4) appropriations made specifically for—
(A) interest on, or retirement of, the public debt;
(B) payment of claims, judgments, refunds, and drawbacks;
(C) items the President decides are of a confidential nature;
(D) payment under a law requiring payment of the total amount of the appropriation to a designated payee; and
(E) grants to the States under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 931.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1516 | 31:665(f)(1). | R.S. §3679(f)(1); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 767. |
In the section, before clause (1), the word “apportionments” is substituted for “apportionments and reapportionments” because of section 1512(a)(last sentence) of the revised title. In subclause (D), the word “law” is substituted for “private relief acts or other laws” to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
The Social Security Act, referred to in par. (4)(E), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 7 (§301 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.
§1517. Prohibited obligations and expenditures
(a) An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government may not make or authorize an expenditure or obligation exceeding—
(1) an apportionment; or
(2) the amount permitted by regulations prescribed under section 1514(a) of this title.
(b) If an officer or employee of an executive agency or of the District of Columbia government violates subsection (a) of this section, the head of the executive agency or the Mayor of the District of Columbia, as the case may be, shall report immediately to the President and Congress all relevant facts and a statement of actions taken.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 932.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1517(a) | 31:665(h). | R.S. §3679(h), (i)(2)(related to (h)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
| 1517(b) | 31:665(i)(2)(related to (h)). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 9 of the Act of June 26, 1912 (ch. 182, 37 Stat. 184). In clause (1), the word “apportionment” is substituted for “apportionment or reapportionment” because of section 1512(a)(last sentence) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the word “Mayor” is used because of Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1967 (eff. Aug. 11, 1967, 81 Stat. 948) and sections 421, 422, and 771 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 789, 818). The word “President” is substituted for “President, through the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1518, 1519 of this title.
§1518. Adverse personnel actions
An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government violating section 1517(a) of this title shall be subject to appropriate administrative discipline including, when circumstances warrant, suspension from duty without pay or removal from office.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 932.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1518 | 31:665(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (h)). | R.S. §3679(i)(1)(words before semicolon related to (h)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
The words “In addition to any penalty or liability under other law” are omitted as surplus. The words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 9 of the Act of June 26, 1912 (ch. 182, 37 Stat. 184).
§1519. Criminal penalty
An officer or employee of the United States Government or of the District of Columbia government knowingly and willfully violating section 1517(a) of this title shall be fined not more than $5,000, imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 932.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1519 | 31:665(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (h)). | R.S. §3679(i)(1)(words after semicolon related to (h)); Mar. 3, 1905, ch. 1484, §4(1st par.), 33 Stat. 1257; Feb. 27, 1906, ch. 510, §3, 34 Stat. 48; restated Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1211, 64 Stat. 768. |
The words “District of Columbia government” are added because of section 9 of the Act of June 26, 1912 (ch. 182, 37 Stat. 184).
SUBCHAPTER III—TRANSFERS AND REIMBURSEMENTS
§1531. Transfers of functions and activities
(a) The balance of an appropriation available and necessary to finance or discharge a function or activity transferred or assigned under law within an executive agency or from one executive agency to another may be transferred to and used—
(1) by the organizational unit or agency to which the function or activity was transferred or assigned; and
(2) for a purpose for which the appropriation was originally available.
(b) The head of the executive agency determines the amount that, with the approval of the President, is necessary to be transferred when the transfer or assignment of the function or activity is within the agency. The President determines the amount necessary to be transferred when the transfer or assignment of the function or activity is from one executive agency to another.
(c) A balance transferred under this section is—
(1) credited to an applicable existing or new appropriation account;
(2) merged with the amount in an account to which the balance is credited; and
(3) with the amount with which the balance is merged, accounted for as one amount.
(d) New appropriation accounts may be established to carry out subsection (c)(1) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 932.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1531(a), (b) | 31:581c(a)(1st sentence), (b)(1st sentence). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §202, 64 Stat. 838. |
| 1531(c), (d) | 31:581c(a)(last sentence), (b)(last sentence). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the defined term “executive agency” in section 102 of the revised title is substituted for “department or establishment” for consistency and clarity.
In subsection (a), the words “organizational unit or agency” are substituted for “agency”, and the word “appropriation” is substituted for “said funds”, for consistency and clarity.
Subsection (d) is substituted for “which are hereby authorized to be established” because of the restatement.
Prohibition on Transfer of Funds to Other Departments and Agencies
Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title XVI, §1604, Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1598, provided that funds available for military functions of Department of Defense could not be made available to any other department or agency of Federal Government pursuant to a provision of law enacted after Nov. 29, 1989, unless, not less than 30 days before such funds were made available to such other department or agency, Secretary of Defense submitted to congressional defense committees a report describing effect on military preparedness of making such funds available to such department or agency, prior to repeal and restatement in section 2215 of Title 10, Armed Forces, by Pub. L. 103–160, div. A, title XI, §1106(a)(1), (b), Nov. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 1750.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 7 section 6912; title 20 sections 76k, 3501; title 42 sections 5872, 7291; title 46 App. section 1605.
§1532. Withdrawal and credit
An amount available under law may be withdrawn from one appropriation account and credited to another or to a working fund only when authorized by law. Except as specifically provided by law, an amount authorized to be withdrawn and credited is available for the same purpose and subject to the same limitations provided by the law appropriating the amount. A withdrawal and credit is made by check and without a warrant.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 933.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1532 | 31:628–1. | Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1210(less last proviso), 64 Stat. 765. |
The word “limitations” is substituted for “limitations, conditions, and restrictions” to eliminate unnecessary words.
§1533. Transfers of appropriations for salaries and expenses to carry out national defense responsibilities
An appropriation of an executive agency for salaries and expenses is available to carry out national defense responsibilities assigned to the agency under law. A transfer necessary to carry out this section may be made between appropriations or allocations within the executive agency. An allocation may not be made to an executive agency that can carry out with its regular personnel a defense activity assigned to it by using the authority of this section to realign its regular programs.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 933.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1533 | 31:697. | June 2, 1951, ch. 121, ch. XI(proviso immediately before heading “Independent Offices”), 65 Stat. 61. |
The words “executive agency” are substituted for “department, agency, or corporation, in the executive branch of the Government” because of section 102 of the revised title. The words “authority of this section” are substituted for “foregoing authority” for clarity.
§1534. Adjustments between appropriations
(a) An appropriation available to an agency may be charged at any time during a fiscal year for the benefit of another appropriation available to the agency to pay costs—
(1) when amounts are available in both the appropriation to be charged and the appropriation to be benefited; and
(2) subject to limitations applicable to the appropriations.
(b) Amounts paid under this section are charged on a final basis during, or as of the close of, the fiscal year to the appropriation benefited. The appropriation charged under subsection (a) of this section shall be appropriately credited.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 933.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1534(a) | 31:628a(1st sentence). | June 29, 1966, Pub. L. 89–473, §1, 80 Stat. 221. |
| 1534(b) | 31:628a(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “Subject to limitations applicable with respect to each appropriation concerned” are omitted as surplus. The words “or any bureau or office thereof” are omitted as being included in “agency”. The words “to pay costs” are substituted for “for the purpose of financing the procurement of materials and services, or financing other costs” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “amounts paid under this section” are substituted for “such expenses so financed”, and the words “appropriations charged under subsection (a) of this section” are substituted for “financing appropriation”, for clarity.
§1535. Agency agreements
(a) The head of an agency or major organizational unit within an agency may place an order with a major organizational unit within the same agency or another agency for goods or services if—
(1) amounts are available;
(2) the head of the ordering agency or unit decides the order is in the best interest of the United States Government;
(3) the agency or unit to fill the order is able to provide or get by contract the ordered goods or services; and
(4) the head of the agency decides ordered goods or services cannot be provided by contract as conveniently or cheaply by a commercial enterprise.
(b) Payment shall be made promptly by check on the written request of the agency or unit filling the order. Payment may be in advance or on providing the goods or services ordered and shall be for any part of the estimated or actual cost as determined by the agency or unit filling the order. A bill submitted or a request for payment is not subject to audit or certification in advance of payment. Proper adjustment of amounts paid in advance shall be made as agreed to by the heads of the agencies or units on the basis of the actual cost of goods or services provided.
(c) A condition or limitation applicable to amounts for procurement of an agency or unit placing an order or making a contract under this section applies to the placing of the order or the making of the contract.
(d) An order placed or agreement made under this section obligates an appropriation of the ordering agency or unit. The amount obligated is deobligated to the extent that the agency or unit filling the order has not incurred obligations, before the end of the period of availability of the appropriation, in—
(1) providing goods or services; or
(2) making an authorized contract with another person to provide the requested goods or services.
(e) This section does not—
(1) authorize orders to be placed for goods or services to be provided by convict labor; or
(2) affect other laws about working funds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 933; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(2), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 3.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1535(a) | 31:686(a)(1st sentence words before 15th comma, last proviso). | Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 143, §1(3d proviso on p. 1084), 38 Stat. 1084; May 21, 1920, ch. 194, §7(a), 41 Stat. 613; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §601, 47 Stat. 417; restated July 20, 1942, ch. 507, 56 Stat. 661; Aug. 23, 1958, Pub. L. 85–726, §1407, 72 Stat. 808; Aug. 6, 1981, Pub. L. 97–31, §12(11), 95 Stat. 154; Dec. 29, 1981, Pub. L. 97–136, §11, 95 Stat. 1707. |
| 1535(b) | 31:686(a)(1st sentence 1st proviso). | |
| 1535(c) | 31:686(a)(1st sentence words between 15th comma and 1st proviso, last sentence). | |
| 1535(d) | 31:686(c). | May 21, 1920, ch. 194, §7(c), 41 Stat. 613; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §601, 47 Stat. 417; restated June 26, 1943, ch. 150, §1, 57 Stat. 219. |
| 31:686–1. | Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, §1210(last proviso), 64 Stat. 765. | |
| 1535(e)(1) | 31:686b(a), (b). | June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §602(a), (b), (c)(related to §602), 47 Stat. 418. |
| 1535(e)(2) | 31:686b(c)(related to 31:686, 686b). |
In the section, the word “agency” is substituted for “executive department or independent establishment of the Government” for clarity. See 12 Comp. Gen. 442 (1932) and United States v. Mitchell, 425 F. Supp. 917 (D.D.C. 1976). The words “major organizational unit” or “unit” are substituted for “bureau or office” for consistency in the revised title. The words “to fill the order” or “filling the order” are substituted for “such requisitioned” and “as may be requisitioned” for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “goods or services” are substituted for “materials, supplies, equipment, work, or services” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(4), the words “the head of the agency decides” are added, and the words “commercial enterprise” are substituted for “private agencies”, for clarity. The words “by competitive bids” are omitted as surplus because of various procurement laws.
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary of Defense” are added for clarity because of Comptroller General decision B–20179 (Apr. 1, 1981). The words “a military department of the Department of Defense” are substituted for “the Department of the Army, Navy Department” for consistency with title 10 and to apply the source provisions to the Department of the Air Force because of sections 205(a) and 207(a) and (f) of the Act of July 26, 1947 (ch. 343, 61 Stat. 501, 502), and section 1 of the Act of August 10, 1956 (ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 488). The words “Secretary of Transportation in carrying out duties and powers related to aviation and the Coast Guard” are substituted for “Federal Aviation Agency, Coast Guard” to reflect the transfer of those functions to the Secretary of Transportation. The words “the Administrator of General Services” are added to reflect the transfer of the functions of the Bureau of Federal Supply of the Treasury Department to the Administrator by section 102(a) of the Act of June 30, 1949 (40:752(a)). The words “the Administrator of” are added before “Maritime Administration” for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (c), the words “pursuant to such order” are omitted as unnecessary.
Subsection (d) is substituted for the source provisions being restated to reflect decisions of the Comptroller General, including 31 Comp. Gen. 83 (1951), 34 Comp. Gen. 418 (1955), 39 Comp. Gen. 317 (1959), and 55 Comp. Gen. 1497 (1976).
In subsection (e), the words “any Government department or independent establishment, or any bureau or office thereof” and “except as otherwise provided by law” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:686b(a) is omitted as executed.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1535(a) | 31 App.:686(a) (1st sentence words before 15th comma, proviso) | May 21, 1920, ch. 194, §7(a) (1st, 2d sentences), 41 Stat. 613; June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §601, 47 Stat. 417; restated July 20, 1942, ch. 507, 56 Stat. 661; Aug. 23, 1958, Pub. L. 85–726, §1407, 72 Stat. 808; Aug. 6, 1981, Pub. L. 97–136, §11, 95 Stat. 1707; Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–332, §1(1)–(3), 96 Stat. 1622. |
| 1535(b) | 31 App.:686(a) (1st sentence words between 15th comma and proviso, 2d sentence) | |
| 1535(c) | 31 App.:686(a) (last sentence) | May 21, 1920, ch. 194, 41 Stat. 607, §7(a) (last sentence); added Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–332, §1(4), 96 Stat. 1622. |
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 98–216, §1(2)(A), inserted “or get by contract” after “provide”.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98–216, §1(2)(B), inserted “by contract” after “provided”.
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 98–216, §1(2)(C)–(E), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b). Former subsec. (b), which provided that the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of a military department of the Department of Defense, the Secretary of Transportation in carrying out duties and powers related to aviation and the Coast Guard, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Administrator of General Services, and the Administrator of the Maritime Administration could place orders under this section for goods and services that an agency or unit filling the order might be able to provide or procure by contract, was struck out.
Economy Act Purchases
Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1074, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3271, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) require that each purchase described in subsection (a) be approved in advance by a contracting officer of the ordering agency with authority to contract for the goods or services to be purchased or by another official in a position specifically designated by regulation to approve such purchase;
“(2) provide that such a purchase of goods or services may be made only if—
“(A) the purchase is appropriately made under a contract that the agency filling the purchase order entered into, before the purchase order, in order to meet the requirements of such agency for the same or similar goods or services;
“(B) the agency filling the purchase order is better qualified to enter into or administer the contract for such goods or services by reason of capabilities or expertise that is not available within the ordering agency; or
“(C) the agency or unit filling the order is specifically authorized by law or regulations to purchase such goods or services on behalf of other agencies;
“(3) prohibit any such purchase under a contract or other agreement entered into or administered by an agency not covered by the provisions of chapter 137 of title 10, United States Code, or title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.) and not covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation unless the purchase is approved in advance by the senior procurement official responsible for purchasing by the ordering agency; and
“(4) prohibit any payment to the agency filling a purchase order of any fee that exceeds the actual cost or, if the actual cost is not known, the estimated cost of entering into and administering the contract or other agreement under which the order is filled.
“(c)
“(d)
Department of Defense Purchases Through Other Agencies
Pub. L. 103–160, div. A, title VIII, §844, Nov. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 1720, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) require that each purchase described in subsection (a) be approved in advance by a contracting officer of the Department of Defense with authority to contract for the goods or services to be purchased or by another official in a position specifically designated by regulation to approve such purchase;
“(2) provide that such a purchase of goods or services may be made only if—
“(A) the purchase is appropriately made under a contract that the agency filling the purchase order entered into, before the purchase order, in order to meet the requirements of such agency for the same or similar goods or services;
“(B) the agency filling the purchase order is better qualified to enter into or administer the contract for such goods or services by reason of capabilities or expertise that is not available within the Department;
“(C) the agency or unit filling the order is specifically authorized by law or regulations to purchase such goods or services on behalf of other agencies; or
“(D) the purchase is authorized by an Executive order or a revision to the Federal Acquisition Regulation setting forth specific additional circumstances in which purchases referred to in subsection (a) are authorized;
“(3) prohibit any such purchase under a contract or other agreement entered into or administered by an agency not covered by the provisions of chapter 137 of title 10, United States Code, or title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 [41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.] and not covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation unless the purchase is approved in advance by the Senior Acquisition Executive responsible for purchasing by the ordering agency or unit; and
“(4) prohibit any payment to the agency filling a purchase order of any fee that exceeds the actual cost or, if the actual cost is not known, the estimated cost of entering into and administering the contract or other agreement under which the order is filled.
“(c)
“(d)
Acquisition of Goods, Services, or Space by Secretary of Senate and Sergeant at Arms and Doorkeeper of Senate
Pub. L. 101–163, title I, §8, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1046, provided that:
“(1) The Secretary of the Senate and the Sergeant at Arms and Doorkeeper of the Senate are authorized to acquire goods, services, or space from government agencies and units by agreement under the provisions of the Economy Act, 31 U.S.C. 1535, and to make advance payments in conjunction therewith, if required by the providing agency or establishment.
“(2) No advance payment may be made under paragraph (1) unless specifically provided for in the agreement. No agreement providing for advance payment may be entered into unless it contains a provision requiring the refund of any unobligated balance of the advance.
“(3) No agreement may be entered into under paragraph (1) without the approval of the Senate Committee on Rules and Administration and the Senate Committee on Appropriations.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1536 of this title; title 2 section 142j; title 7 section 5922; title 10 sections 377, 1104, 2205; title 16 section 825k; title 22 section 2358; title 24 section 168b; title 25 section 2804; title 29 section 563a; title 38 sections 1720A, 8110; title 40 sections 270f, 298b, 1104; title 41 section 261; title 42 section 254; title 43 section 1471c; title 48 section 1469d; title 50 section 414.
§1536. Crediting payments from purchases between executive agencies
(a) An advance payment made on an order under section 1535 of this title is credited to a special working fund that the Secretary of the Treasury considers necessary to be established. Except as provided in this section, any other payment is credited to the appropriation or fund against which charges were made to fill the order.
(b) An amount paid under section 1535 of this title may be expended in providing goods or services or for a purpose specified for the appropriation or fund credited. Where goods are provided from stocks on hand, the amount received in payment is credited so as to be available to replace the goods unless—
(1) another law authorizes the amount to be credited to some other appropriation or fund; or
(2) the head of the executive agency filling the order decides that replacement is not necessary, in which case, the amount received is deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(c) This section does not affect other laws about working funds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 934.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1536(a) | 31:686(b)(1st, 2d sentences). | May 21, 1920, ch. 194, §7(b), 41 Stat. 613; restated June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §601, 47 Stat. 418. |
| 1536(b) | 31:686(b)(3d, last sentences). | |
| 1536(c) | 31:686b(c)(related to 31:686). | June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §602(c)(related to §601), 47 Stat. 418. |
In subsection (b), the words “providing goods or services” are substituted for “furnishing the materials, supplies, or equipment, or in performing the work or services” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 142j; title 10 section 2205; title 16 section 825k; title 29 section 563a; title 38 section 1720A; title 40 sections 270f, 298b; title 42 section 254; title 43 section 1471c; title 48 section 1469d; title 50 section 414.
§1537. Services between the United States Government and the District of Columbia government
(a) To prevent duplication and to promote efficiency and economy, an officer or employee of—
(1) the United States Government may provide services to the District of Columbia government; and
(2) the District of Columbia government may provide services to the United States Government.
(b)(1) Services under this section shall be provided under an agreement—
(A) negotiated by officers and employees of the 2 governments; and
(B) approved by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and the Mayor of the District of Columbia.
(2) Each agreement shall provide that the cost of providing the services shall be borne in the way provided in subsection (c) of this section by the government to which the services are provided at rates or charges based on the actual cost of providing the services.
(3) To carry out an agreement made under this subsection, the agreement may provide for the delegation of duties and powers of officers and employees of—
(A) the District of Columbia government to officers and employees of the United States Government; and
(B) the United States Government to officers and employees of the District of Columbia government.
(c) In providing services under an agreement made under subsection (b) of this section—
(1) costs incurred by the United States Government may be paid from appropriations available to the District of Columbia government officer or employee to whom the services were provided; and
(2) costs incurred by the District of Columbia government may be paid from amounts available to the United States Government officer or employee to whom the services were provided.
(d) When requested by the Director of the United States Secret Service, the Chief of the Metropolitan Police shall assist the Secret Service and the Executive Protective Service on a non-reimbursable basis in carrying out their protective duties under section 302 of title 3 and section 3056 of title 18.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 934.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1537(a) | 31:685a(a)(1st sentence). | Dec. 24, 1973, Pub. L. 93–198, §731, 87 Stat. 822. |
| 1537(b) | 31:685a(a)(2d, last sentences), (b). | |
| 1537(c) | 31:685a(c)(less last sentence words after last comma). | |
| 1537(d) | 31:685a(c)(last sentence words after last comma). |
In the section, the words “District of Columbia” are substituted for “District” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (a), the word “duplication” is substituted for “duplication of effort” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “officer or employee of the United States Government” are substituted for “any Federal officer or agency”, and the words “officer or employee of the District of Columbia government” are substituted for “any District officer or agency”, for consistency.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “Except where the terms and conditions governing the furnishing of such services are prescribed by other provisions of law” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “officers and employees of the 2 governments” are substituted for “Federal and District authorities” for consistency. In clause (B), the words “of the District of Columbia” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b)(3), before clause (A), the words “duties and powers” are substituted for “functions” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The text of 31:685a(b)(last sentence) is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “United States Government” are substituted for “each Federal officer and agency” for clarity.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “District of Columbia government” are substituted for “each District officer and agency” for consistency.
Codification
Section is also set out in D.C. Code, §1–1131.1.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 40 section 136.
SUBCHAPTER IV—CLOSING ACCOUNTS
§1551. Definitions; applicability of subchapter
(a) In this subchapter—
(1) An obligated balance of an appropriation account as of the end of a fiscal year is the amount of unliquidated obligations applicable to the appropriation less amounts collectible as repayments to the appropriation.
(2) An unobligated balance is the difference between the obligated balance and the total unexpended balance.
(3) A fixed appropriation account is an appropriation account available for obligation for a definite period.
(b) The limitations on the availability for expenditure prescribed in this subchapter apply to all appropriations unless specifically otherwise authorized by a law that specifically—
(1) identifies the appropriate account for which the availability for expenditure is to be extended;
(2) provides that such account shall be available for recording, adjusting, and liquidating obligations properly chargeable to that account; and
(3) extends the availability for expenditure of the obligated balances.
(c) This subchapter does not apply to—
(1) appropriations for the District of Columbia government; or
(2) appropriations to be disbursed by the Secretary of the Senate or the Clerk of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 935; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1676; Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title X, §1054(e)(2), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2503.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1551(a) | 31:701(c)(1st sentence). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §1(c)(1st sentence), 70 Stat. 648; July 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–79, §210(b), 73 Stat. 167. |
| 1551(b) | 31:707. | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §8, 70 Stat. 650. |
In subsection (b)(1), the words “District of Columbia government” are substituted for “District of Columbia” for consistency.
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–484 substituted “Definitions; applicability of subchapter” for “Definitions and applications” as section catchline.
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 amended text generally, reenacting former subsec. (a)(1) and (2) with a change in capitalization, adding subsecs. (a)(3) and (b), and restating former subsec. (b) as (c).
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment; Transitional Provisions
Section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, as amended by Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title X, §1004, Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2481, provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(6)
“(B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply so as to require the deobligation of amounts—
“(i) for which there is documentary evidence that payment will be required within 180 days of the date of the enactment of this Act; or
“(ii) that are determined to be necessary for severance payments for foreign national employees.
“(7)
“(B) Any charge made pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be subject to the maximum amount chargeable under subsection (b) of section 1553 of title 31, United States Code, as amended by this section, and shall be included in the calculation of the total amount charged to any account under that section.
“(8)
“(i) the obligation would have been properly chargeable (except as to amount) to the expired account before the end of the period of availability of that account; and
“(ii) the obligation is not otherwise properly chargeable to any current appropriation account of the Department of Defense.
“(B) The total amount charged to a current appropriation account under subparagraph (A) may not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of—
“(i) one percent of the total amount of the appropriations for that account; or
“(ii) one percent of the total amount of the appropriations for the expired account.
“(C) No obligation or adjustment of an obligation may be charged pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph until the Committees on Armed Services and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives are notified of the intent to make such a charge and a period of 30 days elapses after the notification is submitted.
“(D)
“(i) That the limitations on expending and obligating amounts established pursuant to section 1341 of title 31, United States Code, are being observed within the Department of Defense.
“(ii) That reports on any violations of such section 1341, whether intentional or inadvertent, are being submitted to the President and Congress immediately and with all relevant facts and a statement of actions taken as required by section 1351 of title 31, United States Code.
“(E)
Transfer of Functions
Certain functions of Clerk of House of Representatives transferred to Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services by section 7 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992. Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services replaced by Chief Administrative Officer of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
§1552. Procedure for appropriation accounts available for definite periods
(a) On September 30th of the 5th fiscal year after the period of availability for obligation of a fixed appropriation account ends, the account shall be closed and any remaining balance (whether obligated or unobligated) in the account shall be canceled and thereafter shall not be available for obligation or expenditure for any purpose.
(b) Collections authorized or required to be credited to an appropriation account, but not received before closing of the account under subsection (a) or under section 1555 of this title shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 935; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1676.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1552(a) | 31:701(a)(1). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §1(a)(1), 70 Stat. 647; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §503(a), 88 Stat. 321. |
| 31:701(a)(2). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §1(a)(2), 70 Stat. 648; June 29, 1960, Pub. L. 86–533, §1(25), 74 Stat. 249. | |
| 31:701(b). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §1(b), 70 Stat. 648; restated July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–344, §503(b), 88 Stat. 322; Apr. 21, 1976, Pub. L. 94–273, §45, 90 Stat. 382. | |
| 1552(b) | 31:701(c)(last sentence). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §§1(c)(last sentence), (d), 5, 70 Stat. 648, 649. |
| 1552(c) | 31:701(d). | |
| 1552(d) | 31:705. |
In subsection (a), the text of 31:701(b)(1)(A) and (2)(A) and the words “for the period commencing on July 1, 1976, and ending on September 30, 1976, and for any fiscal year commencing on or after October 1, 1976” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “period of availability ends” are substituted for “that period or the fiscal year or years, as the case may be, for which the appropriation is available for obligation” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “reverts to the Treasury” are substituted for “if the appropriation was derived in whole or in part from the general fund, shall revert to such fund” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “not received before” are substituted for “not received until after” for clarity. The words “unless otherwise authorized by law” are omitted as surplus. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:701(d)(last sentence) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the word “heading” is substituted for “heads” for clarity and consistency.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 amended text generally, revising and restating former subsecs. (a) to (d) as subsecs. (a) and (b).
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under subsec. (a)(1) of this section, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
Audit of Obligated Balances of Department of Defense
Section 1406 of Pub. L. 101–510 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) the balance in the account;
“(2) the amount of such balance that is considered by the Secretary (as of the time of the audit) to represent amounts required for valid obligations (as supported by documentary evidence as required by section 1501 of title 31) and the amount of such balance that is considered by the Secretary (as of the time of the audit) to represent amounts for obligations that are considered no longer valid;
“(3) the sources of amounts in the account, shown by fiscal year and by amount for each fiscal year; and
“(4) such other matters as the Secretary considers appropriate.
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) the information required to be identified pursuant to subsection (a); and
“(2) for each appropriation account (A) the average length of time funds have been obligated, (B) the average size of the obligation, and (iii)[(C)] the object classification of the obligations, all shown for total obligations and separately for valid obligations and obligations that are no longer valid.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1553, 1554, 1558 of this title.
§1553. Availability of appropriation accounts to pay obligations
(a) After the end of the period of availability for obligation of a fixed appropriation account and before the closing of that account under section 1552(a) of this title, the account shall retain its fiscal-year identity and remain available for recording, adjusting, and liquidating obligations properly chargeable to that account.
(b)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), after the closing of an account under section 1552(a) or 1555 of this title, obligations and adjustments to obligations that would have been properly chargeable to that account, both as to purpose and in amount, before closing and that are not otherwise chargeable to any current appropriation account of the agency may be charged to any current appropriation account of the agency available for the same purpose.
(2) The total amount of charges to an account under paragraph (1) may not exceed an amount equal to 1 percent of the total appropriations for that account.
(c)(1) In the case of a fixed appropriation account with respect to which the period of availability for obligation has ended, if an obligation of funds from that account to provide funds for a program, project, or activity to cover amounts required for contract changes would cause the total amount of obligations from that appropriation during a fiscal year for contract changes for that program, project, or activity to exceed $4,000,000, the obligation may only be made if the obligation is approved by the head of the agency (or an officer of the agency within the Office of the head of the agency to whom the head of the agency has delegated the authority to approve such an obligation).
(2) In the case of a fixed appropriation account with respect to which the period of availability for obligation has ended, if an obligation of funds from that account to provide funds for a program, project, or activity to cover amounts required for contract changes would cause the total amount obligated from that appropriation during a fiscal year for that program, project, or activity to exceed $25,000,000, the obligation may not be made until—
(A) the head of the agency submits to the appropriate authorizing committees of Congress and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives a notice in writing of the intent to obligate such funds, together with a description of the legal basis for the proposed obligation and the policy reasons for the proposed obligation; and
(B) a period of 30 days has elapsed after the notice is submitted.
(3) In this subsection, the term “contract change” means a change to a contract under which the contractor is required to perform additional work. Such term does not include adjustments to pay claims or increases under an escalation clause.
(d)(1) Obligations under this section may be paid without prior action of the Comptroller General.
(2) This subchapter does not—
(A) relieve the Comptroller General of the duty to make decisions requested under law; or
(B) affect the authority of the Comptroller General to settle claims and accounts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 936; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1676.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1553(a) | 31:702(1st sentence). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §2, 70 Stat. 648. |
| 1553(b) | 31:702(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the word “separately” is substituted for “as one fund” for clarity. The words “remains available until expended” are substituted for “shall be available without fiscal year limitation” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (b), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “Comptroller General of the United States” and “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The words “affect the authority” are substituted for “abridge the existing authority” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “settle claims and accounts” are substituted for “settle and adjust claims, demands, and accounts” for consistency with chapter 35 of the revised title.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
“(a) Each appropriation account established under section 1552 of this title is accounted for separately and remains available until expended to pay obligations chargeable against any appropriation from which the account is derived.
“(b) Under regulations prescribed by the Comptroller General, obligations under subsection (a) of this section may be paid without prior action of the Comptroller General. However, this subchapter does not—
“(1) relieve the Comptroller General of the duty to make decisions requested under law; or
“(2) affect the authority of the Comptroller General to settle claims and accounts.”
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under section 1552(a)(1) of this title, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1554 of this title.
§1554. Audit, control, and reporting
(a) Any audit requirement, limitation on obligations, or reporting requirement that is applicable to an appropriation account shall remain applicable to that account after the end of the period of availability for obligation of that account.
(b)(1) After the close of each fiscal year, the head of each agency shall submit to the President and the Secretary of the Treasury a report regarding the unliquidated obligations, unobligated balances, canceled balances, and adjustments made to appropriation accounts of that agency during the completed fiscal year. The report shall be submitted no later than 15 days after the date on which the President's budget for the next fiscal year is submitted to Congress under section 1105 of this title.
(2) Each report required by this subsection shall—
(A) provide a description, with reference to the fiscal year of appropriations, of the amount in each account, its source, and an itemization of the appropriations accounts;
(B) describe all current and expired appropriations accounts;
(C) describe any payments made under section 1553 of this title;
(D) describe any adjustment of obligations during that fiscal year pursuant to section 1553 of this title;
(E) contain a certification by the head of the agency that the obligated balances in each appropriation account of the agency reflect proper existing obligations and that expenditures from the account since the preceding review were supported by a proper obligation of funds and otherwise were proper;
(F) describe all balances canceled under sections 1552 and 1555 of this title.
(3) The head of each Federal agency shall provide a copy of each such report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee on Governmental Affairs, and other appropriate oversight and authorizing committees of the Senate.
(c) The head of each agency shall establish internal controls to assure that an adequate review of obligated balances is performed to support the certification required by section 1108(c) of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 936; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1677; Pub. L. 102–190, div. A, title X, §1004(b), Dec. 5, 1991, 105 Stat. 1457.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1554(a) | 31:703(a)(1st, 2d sentences, last sentence proviso). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §3(a), 70 Stat. 649; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085; Apr. 21, 1976, Pub. L. 94–273, §8(1), 90 Stat. 378. |
| 1554(b) | 31:703(a)(3d sentence, last sentence less proviso). |
In subsection (a), the words “head of the agency” are substituted for “agency concerned” for consistency. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (b), the words “withdrawal or restoration” are substituted for “transactions” the first time it appears.
Amendments
1991—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 102–190 redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out former subsec. (c) which read as follows:
“(1) The Director of the Congressional Budget Office shall estimate each year the effect on the Federal deficit of payments and adjustments made with respect to sections 1552 and 1553 of this title. Such estimate shall be made separately for accounts of each agency.
“(2) The Director shall include in the annual report of the Director to the Committees on the Budget of the Senate and House of Representatives under paragraph (1) of section 202(f) of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974 a statement of the estimates made pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection during the preceding year (including any revisions to estimates contained in earlier reports under such paragraph). The Director shall include in any report under paragraph (2) of that section any revisions to such estimates made since the most recent report under paragraph (1) of such section.”
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted “Audit, control, and reporting” for “Review of appropriation accounts” in section catchline and amended text generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (d) for former subsecs. (a) and (b) which required the head of each agency to annually review each appropriation account established by the agency under section 1552 of this title.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under section 1552(a)(1) of this title, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
Reporting Requirement Regarding Effect of Certain Payments and Adjustments on Federal Deficit
Section 1004(a) of Pub. L. 102–190 provided that: “At the same time that the President submits to Congress the budget for each of fiscal years 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 under section 1105 of title 31, United States Code, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall submit to Congress a report regarding the effect on the Federal deficit of payments and adjustments made with respect to sections 1552 and 1553 of such title for the fiscal year in which such budget is submitted, the fiscal year preceding that fiscal year, and the fiscal year covered by that budget. The report shall include separate estimates for the accounts of each agency.”
§1555. Closing of appropriation accounts available for indefinite periods
An appropriation account available for obligation for an indefinite period shall be closed, and any remaining balance (whether obligated or unobligated) in that account shall be canceled and thereafter shall not be available for obligation or expenditure for any purpose, if—
(1) the head of the agency concerned or the President determines that the purposes for which the appropriation was made have been carried out; and
(2) no disbursement has been made against the appropriation for two consecutive fiscal years.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 937; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1678.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1555(a) | 31:706(less proviso). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §6, 70 Stat. 649. |
| 1555(b) | 31:706(proviso). |
In subsection (a), the words “indefinite period” are substituted for “not limited to a definite period of time” for consistency in the revised title. The words “consecutive fiscal years” are substituted for “full consecutive fiscal years” to eliminate an unnecessary word.
In subsection (b), the words “or were heretofore withdrawn from the appropriation account by administrative action” are omitted as executed.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted “Closing of appropriation accounts available” for “Withdrawal of unobligated balances of appropriations” in section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
“(a) An unobligated balance of an appropriation for an indefinite period shall be withdrawn in the way provided in section 1552(a)(2) of this title when the head of the agency concerned decides that the purposes for which the appropriation was made have been carried out or when no disbursement is made against the appropriation for 2 consecutive fiscal years.
“(b) An amount of an appropriation withdrawn under this section may be restored to the applicable appropriation account to pay obligations and to settle accounts.”
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under section 1552(a)(1) of this title, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1552, 1553, 1554 of this title.
§1556. Comptroller General: reports on appropriation accounts
(a) In carrying out audit responsibilities, the Comptroller General shall report on operations under this subchapter to—
(1) the head of the agency concerned;
(2) the Secretary of the Treasury; and
(3) the President.
(b) A report under this section shall include an appraisal of unpaid obligations under fixed appropriation accounts for which the period of availability for obligation has ended.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 937; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1678.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1556(a) | 31:703(b)(1st sentence words before 4th comma). | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §3(b), 70 Stat. 649; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 1556(b) | 31:703(b)(1st sentence words after 4th comma, last sentence). |
In the section, the word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted “General: reports” for “General reports” in section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
“(a) In carrying out audit responsibilities, the Comptroller General shall report on operations under this subchapter to—
“(1) the head of the agency concerned;
“(2) the Secretary of the Treasury; and
“(3) the President.
“(b) A report under this section shall include an appraisal of unpaid obligations under appropriation accounts established under section 1552 of this title. By the 30th day after receiving a report, the head of the agency concerned shall carry out actions required by section 1554 of this title that the report shows is necessary.”
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under section 1552(a)(1) of this title, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
§1557. Authority for exemptions in appropriation laws
A provision of an appropriation law may exempt an appropriation from the provisions of this subchapter and fix the period for which the appropriation remains available for expenditure.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 937; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1405(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1679.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 1557 | 31:708. | July 25, 1956, ch. 727, §9, 70 Stat. 650. |
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–510 substituted “Authority for exemptions in appropriation laws” for “Authorization to exempt” in section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “A provision of an appropriation law may exempt an appropriation from this subchapter and fix the period for which the appropriation remains available for expenditure.”
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–510 applicable to any appropriation account the obligated balance of which, on Nov. 5, 1990, has not been transferred under section 1552(a)(1) of this title, as in effect Nov. 4, 1990, with transitional provisions, see section 1405(b) of Pub. L. 101–510, set out as a note under section 1551 of this title.
§1558. Availability of funds following resolution of a protest
(a) Notwithstanding section 1552 of this title or any other provision of law, funds available to an agency for obligation for a contract at the time a protest is filed in connection with a solicitation for, proposed award of, or award of such contract shall remain available for obligation for 90 working days after the date on which the final ruling is made on the protest. A ruling is considered final on the date on which the time allowed for filing an appeal or request for reconsideration has expired, or the date on which a decision is rendered on such an appeal or request, whichever is later.
(b) Subsection (a) applies with respect to any protest filed under subchapter V of chapter 35 of this title or under section 111(f) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 759(f)).
(Added Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title VIII, §813(a), Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1494.)
SUBTITLE III—FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Amendments
1986—Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(b), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1948, added item for chapter 38.
1983—Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(B), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477, added item for chapter 39.
CHAPTER 31—PUBLIC DEBT
SUBCHAPTER I—BORROWING AUTHORITY
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
Amendments
1993—Pub. L. 103–202, title II, §201(b), Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2356, added item 3130.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 2 sections 651, 1105; title 5 sections 8348, 8438; title 7 sections 903, 934, 947, 1032, 1929, 1929a, 1988; title 12 sections 635d, 1431, 1455, 1701g–5b, 1719, 1721, 1783, 1824, 2278b, 2279aa–13, 2288; title 15 sections 78q, 78q–1, 78ddd, 633, 713a–4, 1848, 2509; title 16 sections 831n–1, 831n–3, 831n–4, 838k, 1606a; title 18 section 412d; title 20 sections 76o, 1081, 1087–2, 2009, 4510, 4707, 5202, 5705; title 22 sections 282e, 283e, 284e, 286e, 286m, 1980, 2195, 2906; title 26 sections 454, 1037; title 29 sections 773, 1305; title 30 section 1144; title 33 section 985; title 38 section 3723; title 39 section 2007; title 40 section 875; title 42 sections 291j–6, 293i, 300e–7, 300q–2, 401, 1104, 1395e, 1395i, 1395t, 1437b, 1440, 1481, 1487, 2210, 2414, 5308, 10156, 10222; title 45 sections 231n, 664, 720, 832; title 46 App. sections 1241h, 1275; title 48 section 1574b; title 50 sections 167j, 1904; title 50 App. section 2312.
SUBCHAPTER I—BORROWING AUTHORITY
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in title 22 section 2183.
§3101. Public debt limit
(a) In this section, the current redemption value of an obligation issued on a discount basis and redeemable before maturity at the option of its holder is deemed to be the face amount of the obligation.
(b) The face amount of obligations issued under this chapter and the face amount of obligations whose principal and interest are guaranteed by the United States Government (except guaranteed obligations held by the Secretary of the Treasury) may not be more than $4,900,000,000,000, outstanding at one time, subject to changes periodically made in that amount as provided by law through the congressional budget process described in Rule XLIX of the Rules of the House of Representatives or otherwise.
(c) For purposes of this section, the face amount, for any month, of any obligation issued on a discount basis that is not redeemable before maturity at the option of the holder of the obligation is an amount equal to the sum of—
(1) the original issue price of the obligation, plus
(2) the portion of the discount on the obligation attributable to periods before the beginning of such month (as determined under the principles of section 1272(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 without regard to any exceptions contained in paragraph (2) of such section).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 938; Pub. L. 98–34, §1(a), May 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 196; Pub. L. 98–161, Nov. 21, 1983, 97 Stat. 1012; Pub. L. 98–342, §1(a), July 6, 1984, 98 Stat. 313; Pub. L. 98–475, Oct. 13, 1984, 98 Stat. 2206; Pub. L. 99–177, §1, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 99–384, Aug. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 818; Pub. L. 100–119, §1, Sept. 29, 1987, 101 Stat. 754; Pub. L. 101–72, §2, Aug. 7, 1989, 103 Stat. 182; Pub. L. 101–140, §1, Nov. 8, 1989, 103 Stat. 830; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11901[(a)], Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–560; Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13411(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 565.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3101(a) | 31:757b(last sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §21; added Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §5, 49 Stat. 21; May 26, 1938, ch. 285, §2, 52 Stat. 447; July 20, 1939, ch. 336, 53 Stat. 1071; June 25, 1940, ch. 419, §302, 54 Stat. 526; Feb. 19, 1941, ch. 7, §2(a), 55 Stat. 7; Mar. 28, 1942, ch. 205, §2, 56 Stat. 189; Apr. 11, 1943, ch. 52, §2, 57 Stat. 63; June 9, 1944, ch. 240, §2, 58 Stat. 272; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §2, 59 Stat. 47; June 26, 1946, ch. 501, §1, 60 Stat. 316; restated Sept. 2, 1958, Pub. L. 85–912, 72 Stat. 1758; June 30, 1959, Pub. L. 86–74, §1, 73 Stat. 156; June 30, 1967, Pub. L. 90–39, §1, 81 Stat. 99; Apr. 7, 1969, Pub. L. 91–8, §1, 83 Stat. 7; June 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–301, §1, 84 Stat. 368; Mar. 17, 1971, Pub. L. 92–5, §1, 85 Stat. 5; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–78, §202, 93 Stat. 591. |
| 3101(b) | 31:757b(1st sentence). | |
| 3101(c) | 31:757b–1. | June 30, 1967, Pub. L. 90–39, §2, 81 Stat. 99. |
In subsection (a), the words “is deemed to be” are substituted for “shall be considered . . . to be” because a legal fiction is intended.
References in Text
Section 1272(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 1272(a) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Amendments
1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–66 substituted “$4,900,000,000,000” for “$4,145,000,000,000”.
1990—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–508 substituted “$4,145,000,000,000” for “$3,122,700,000,000”.
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–140 substituted “$3,122,700,000,000” for “$2,800,000,000,000”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–72 amended subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) read as follows: “The face amount of beneficial interests and participations (except those held by their issuer) issued under section 302(c) of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1717(c)) from July 1, 1967, through June 30, 1968, and outstanding at any time shall be included in the amount taken into account in deciding whether the face amount requirement of subsection (b) of this section has been exceeded. This subsection does not require a change in the budgetary accounting for beneficial interests and participations.”
1987—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–119 substituted “$2,800,000,000,000” for “$2,111,000,000,000”.
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–384, which directed that subsec. (b) be amended by “striking out the dollar limitation contained in such subsection and inserting in lieu thereof ‘$2,111,000,000,000,’ ”, was executed by substituting “$2,111,000,000,000,” for “$1,847,800,000,000, or $2,078,700,000,000 on and after October 1, 1985,” as the probable intent of Congress.
1985—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–177 substituted “$1,847,800,000,000, or $2,078,700,000,000 on and after October 1, 1985” for “$1,575,700,000,000, or $1,823,800,000,000 on and after October 1, 1984”.
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–475 substituted “$1,575,700,000,000, or $1,823,800,000,000 on and after October 1, 1984,” for “$1,573,000,000,000”.
Pub. L. 98–342 substituted “$1,573,000,000,000” for “$1,389,000,000,000, or $1,490,000,000,000 on and after October 1, 1983,”.
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–161 inserted “, or $1,490,000,000,000 on and after October 1, 1983,” after “$1,389,000,000,000”.
Pub. L. 98–34 substituted “$1,389,000,000,000” for “$400,000,000,000”.
Repeal of Permanent Increase in Public Debt Limit
Pub. L. 98–302, §1, May 25, 1984, 98 Stat. 217, which permanently increased the public debt limit by $30,000,000,000 effective May 25, 1984, was repealed by Pub. L. 98–342, §1(b), July 6, 1984, 98 Stat. 313, effective on and after July 6, 1984.
Temporary Increases in Public Debt Limit
The public debt limit set forth in this section was temporarily increased for limited periods by the following acts:
Oct. 28, 1990, Pub. L. 101–467, §106, 104 Stat. 1087—Increase to $3,230,000,000,000 for the period Oct. 28, 1990, to Nov. 5, 1990.
Aug. 9, 1990, Pub. L. 101–350, §1, 104 Stat. 403, as amended Oct. 2, 1990, Pub. L. 101–405, §1, 104 Stat. 878; Oct. 9, 1990, Pub. L. 101–412, §114, 104 Stat. 897; Oct. 19, 1990, Pub. L. 101–444, §114, 104 Stat. 1033; Oct. 25, 1990, Pub. L. 101–461, §114, 104 Stat. 1078—Increase to $3,195,000,000,000 for the period Aug. 9, 1990, to Oct. 27, 1990.
Aug. 7, 1989, Pub. L. 101–72, §1, 103 Stat. 182—Increase of $70,000,000,000 for the period Aug. 7, 1989, to Oct. 31, 1989.
Aug. 10, 1987, Pub. L. 100–84, 101 Stat. 550—Increase to $2,352,000,000,000 for the period Aug. 10, 1987, to Sept. 23, 1987.
May 15, 1987, Pub. L. 100–40, §1(a), 101 Stat. 308, as amended July 30, 1987, Pub. L. 100–80, §1(a), 101 Stat. 542—Increase to $2,320,000,000,000 for the period May 15, 1987, to August 6, 1987. [Section 1(b) of Pub. L. 100–80 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 1(a) of Pub. L. 100–40] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [July 30, 1987].”]
Nov. 14, 1985, Pub. L. 99–155, §1, 99 Stat. 814—Provided for a temporary increase of an amount determined by the Secretary of the Treasury as necessary, but not to exceed a public debt limit of $1,903,800,000,000 for the period Nov. 14, 1985, to Dec. 6, 1985.
June 28, 1982, Pub. L. 97–204, 96 Stat. 130—Increase of $743,100,000,000 for the period June 28, 1982, to Sept. 30, 1982.
Sept. 30, 1981, Pub. L. 97–49, 95 Stat. 956—Increase of $679,800,000,000 for the period Oct. 1, 1981, to Sept. 30, 1982.
Repeals of Temporary Increases in Public Debt Limit
Pub. L. 103–12, Apr. 6, 1993, 107 Stat. 42, providing for a temporary increase in public debt limit to $4,370,000,000,000 for the period Apr. 6, 1993, to Sept. 30, 1993, was repealed by Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13411(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 565, effective Aug. 10, 1993.
Pub. L. 99–509, title VIII, §8201, Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1968, providing for a temporary increase in public debt limit of $189,000,000,000 for the period Oct. 21, 1986, to May 15, 1987, was repealed by Pub. L. 100–40, §1(b), May 15, 1987, 101 Stat. 308, effective May 15, 1987.
Pub. L. 97–270, Sept. 30, 1982, 96 Stat. 1156, providing for a temporary increase in public debt limit of $890,200,000,000 for the period Oct. 1, 1982, to Sept. 30, 1983, was repealed by Pub. L. 98–34, §1(b), May 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 196, effective May 26, 1983.
The following acts which temporarily increased the public debt limit for limited periods were repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068:
Pub. L. 97–48, Sept. 30, 1981, 95 Stat. 955, provided for a temporary increase of $599,800,000,000 for the period Sept. 30, 1981, to Sept. 30, 1981.
Pub. L. 97–2, Feb. 7, 1981, 95 Stat. 4, provided for a temporary increase of $585,000,000,000 for the period Feb. 7, 1981, to Sept. 30, 1981.
Pub. L. 96–556, §1, Dec. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 3261, provided for a temporary increase of $535,100,000,000 for the period Oct. 1, 1980, to Sept. 30, 1981.
Pub. L. 96–286, §1, June 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 598, provided for a temporary increase of $525,000,000,000 for the period June 28, 1980, to Feb. 28, 1981.
Pub. L. 96–78, title I, §101(a), Sept. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 589, as amended Pub. L. 96–256, May 30, 1980, 94 Stat. 421; Pub. L. 96–264, §1, June 6, 1980, 94 Stat. 439, provided for a temporary increase of $479,000,000,000 for the period Sept. 29, 1979, to June 30, 1980.
Pub. L. 96–5, §1, Apr. 2, 1979, 93 Stat. 8, providing for a temporary increase of $430,000,000,000 for the period Apr. 2, 1979, to Sept. 30, 1979, was also repealed by Pub. L. 96–79, title I, §101(b), Sept. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 589.
Pub. L. 95–333, §1, Aug. 3, 1978, 92 Stat. 419, providing for a temporary increase of $398,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period Oct. 3, 1978, to Mar. 31, 1979, was also repealed by Pub. L. 96–5, §2, Apr. 2, 1979, 93 Stat. 8.
Pub. L. 95–120, §1, Oct. 4, 1977, 91 Stat. 1090, as amended, providing for a temporary increase of $352,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period Oct. 4, 1977, to July 31, 1978, was also repealed by Pub. L. 95–333, §2, Aug. 3, 1978, 92 Stat. 419.
Pub. L. 94–334, §1, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 793, providing for a temporary increase of $300,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period Apr. 1, 1977, to Sept. 30, 1977, was also repealed by Pub. L. 95–120, §2, Oct. 4, 1977, 91 Stat. 1090.
Pub. L. 94–232, §1, Mar. 15, 1976, 90 Stat. 217, provided for a temporary increase of $227,000,000,000 for the period Mar. 15, 1976, to June 30, 1976.
Pub. L. 94–132, §1, Nov. 14, 1975, 89 Stat. 693, providing for a temporary increase of $195,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period Nov. 14, 1975, to Mar. 15, 1976, was also repealed by Pub. L. 94–232, §2, Mar. 15, 1976, 90 Stat. 217.
Pub. L. 94–47, §1, June 30, 1975, 89 Stat. 246, providing for a temporary increase of $177,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period June 30, 1975, to Nov. 15, 1975, was also repealed by Pub. L. 94–132, §2, Nov. 14, 1975, 89 Stat. 693.
Pub. L. 94–3, §1, Feb. 19, 1975, 89 Stat. 5, providing for a temporary increase of $131,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period Feb. 19, 1975, to June 30, 1975, was also repealed by Pub. L. 94–47, §2, June 30, 1975, 89 Stat. 246.
Pub. L. 93–325, §1, June 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 285, providing for a temporary increase of $95,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period June 30, 1974, to Mar. 31, 1975, was also repealed by Pub. L. 94–3, §2, Feb. 19, 1975, 89 Stat. 5.
Pub. L. 93–173, §1, Dec. 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 691, providing for a temporary increase of $75,700,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period of Dec. 3, 1973, to June 30, 1974, was also repealed by Pub. L. 93–325, §2, June 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 285, eff. June 30, 1974.
Pub. L. 92–599, title I, §101, Oct. 27, 1972, 86 Stat. 1324, as amended Pub. L. 93–53, §1, July 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 134, providing for a temporary increase of $65,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period of Nov. 1, 1972, to Nov. 30, 1973, was also repealed by Pub. L. 93–173, §2, Dec. 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 691, eff. Dec. 3, 1973.
Pub. L. 92–250, Mar. 15, 1972, 86 Stat. 63, as amended Pub. L. 92–336, title I, §1, July 1, 1972, 86 Stat. 406, provided for a temporary increase of $20,000,000,000 for the period Mar. 15, 1972, to Oct. 31, 1972.
Pub. L. 92–5, title I, §2(a), Mar. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 5, as amended July 1, 1972, Pub. L. 92–336, title I, §1, 86 Stat. 406, provided for a temporary increase of $30,000,000,000 for the period of Mar. 17, 1971, to Oct. 31, 1972.
Pub. L. 91–301, §2, June 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 368, providing for a temporary increase of $15,000,000,000 in the public debt limit for the period of June 30, 1970, to June 30, 1971, was also repealed by Pub. L. 92–5, title I, §2(b), Mar. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 5, eff. Mar. 17, 1971.
Pub. L. 91–8, §2, Apr. 7, 1969, 83 Stat. 7, provided for a temporary increase of $12,000,000,000 for the period Apr. 7, 1969, to June 30, 1970.
Pub. L. 90–3, Mar. 2, 1967, 81 Stat. 4, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $336,000,000,000 for the period Mar. 2, 1967.
Pub. L. 89–472, June 24, 1966, 80 Stat. 221, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $330,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1966, to June 30, 1967.
Pub. L. 89–49, June 24, 1965, 79 Stat. 172, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $328,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1965, to June 30, 1966.
Pub. L. 88–327, June 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 255, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $324,000,000,000 for the period June 29, 1964, to June 30, 1965.
Pub. L. 88–187, Nov. 26, 1963, 77 Stat. 342, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $309,000,000,000 for the period Dec. 1, 1963, to June 30, 1964 and a further increase of $6,000,000,000 for the period Dec. 1, 1963 through June 29, 1964 because of variations in the timing of revenue receipts.
Pub. L. 88–106, Aug. 27, 1963, 77 Stat. 131, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $309,000,000,000 for the period Sept. 1, 1963, to Nov. 30, 1963.
Pub. L. 88–30, §1(2), May 29, 1963, 77 Stat. 50, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $309,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1963, to Aug. 31, 1963.
Pub. L. 88–30, §1(1), May 29, 1963, 77 Stat. 50, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $307,000,000,000 for the period May 29, 1963, to June 30, 1963.
Pub. L. 87–512, §1(3), July 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 124, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $300,000,000,000 for the period June 25, 1963, to June 30, 1963.
Pub. L. 87–512, §1(2), July 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 124, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $305,000,000,000 for the period Apr. 1, 1963, to June 24, 1963.
Pub. L. 87–512, §1(1), July 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 124, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $308,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1962, to Mar. 31, 1963.
Pub. L. 87–414, Mar. 13, 1962, 76 Stat. 23, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $300,000,000,000 for the period Mar. 13, 1962, to June 30, 1962.
Pub. L. 87–69, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 148, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $298,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1961, to June 30, 1962.
Pub. L. 86–564, title I, §101, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 290, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $293,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1960, to June 30, 1961.
Pub. L. 86–74, §2, June 30, 1959, 73 Stat. 156, provided for a temporary increase from $285,000,000,000 to $295,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1959, to June 30, 1960.
Pub. L. 85–336, Feb. 26, 1958, 72 Stat. 27, provided for a temporary increase from $275,000,000,000 to $280,000,000,000 for the period Feb. 26, 1958, to June 30, 1959.
July 9, 1956, ch. 536, 70 Stat. 519, provided for a temporary increase from $275,000,000,000 to $278,000,000,000 for the period July 1, 1956, to June 30, 1957.
Aug. 28, 1954, ch. 1037, 68 Stat. 895, as amended by act June 30, 1955, ch. 256, 69 Stat. 241, provided for a temporary increase from $275,000,000,000 to $281,000,000,000 for the period Aug. 28, 1954, to June 30, 1956.
Restoration of Trust Fund Investments
Provisions requiring the Secretary of the Treasury to restore certain Federal trust funds and Government accounts to the position they would have been if the debt limitation of 31 U.S.C. 3101(b) had not prevented them from investing funds during specific periods were contained in the following acts:
Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11901(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–560.
Pub. L. 101–140, title III, §301, Nov. 8, 1989, 103 Stat. 833.
Pub. L. 99–177, title II, §272, Dec. 12, 1985, 99 Stat. 1095.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3130 of this title; title 2 section 632; title 5 sections 8348, 8438; title 12 section 1824.
§3102. Bonds
(a) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may borrow on the credit of the United States Government amounts necessary for expenditures authorized by law and may issue bonds of the Government for the amounts borrowed and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. The Secretary may issue bonds authorized by this section to the public and to Government accounts at any annual interest rate and prescribe conditions under section 3121 of this title.
(b) The Secretary shall offer the bonds authorized under this section first as a popular loan under regulations of the Secretary that allow the people of the United States as nearly as possible an equal opportunity to participate in subscribing to the offered bonds. However, the bonds may be offered in a way other than as a popular loan when the Secretary decides the other way is in the public interest.
(c)(1) When the Secretary decides it is in the public interest in making a bond offering under this section, the Secretary may—
(A) make full allotments on receiving applications for smaller amounts of bonds to subscribers applying before the closing date the Secretary sets for filing applications;
(B) reject or reduce allotments on receiving applications filed after the closing date or for larger amounts;
(C) reject or reduce allotments on receiving applications from incorporated banks and trust companies for their own account and make full allotments or increase allotments to other subscribers; and
(D) prescribe a graduated scale of allotments.
(2) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations applying to all popular loan subscribers similarly situated governing a reduction or increase of an allotment under paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(d) The Secretary may make special arrangements for subscriptions from members of the armed forces. However, bonds issued to those members must be the same as other bonds of the same issue.
(e) The Secretary may dispose of any part of a bond offering not taken and may prescribe the price and way of disposition.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 938; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(5), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467; Pub. L. 98–34, §2, May 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 196; Pub. L. 98–302, §2, May 25, 1984, 98 Stat. 217; Pub. L. 99–272, title XIII, §13212, Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 325; Pub. L. 100–203, title IX, §9403, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–377; Pub. L. 100–647, title VI, §6301, Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3755.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3102(a) | 31:752(1st par.). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §1(1st par.), 40 Stat. 288; restated Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §1, 40 Stat. 502; July 9, 1918, ch. 142, §1, 40 Stat. 844; Mar. 3, 1931, ch. 433, 46 Stat. 1506; Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §1, 49 Stat. 20; May 26, 1938, ch. 285, §1, 52 Stat. 447. |
| 31:752(2d par. less form of bonds). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §1(2d par. less form of bonds), 40 Stat. 288; restated Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §1, 40 Stat. 502; Mar. 17, 1971, Pub. L. 92–5, §3, 85 Stat. 5; July 1, 1973, Pub. L. 93–53, §2, 87 Stat. 135; Mar. 15, 1976, Pub. L. 94–232, §3(a), 90 Stat. 217; June 30, 1976, Pub. L. 94–334, §2, 90 Stat. 793; Oct. 4, 1977, Pub. L. 95–120, §3, 91 Stat. 1090; Aug. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–333, §3, 92 Stat. 419; Apr. 2, 1979, Pub. L. 96–5, §3, 93 Stat. 8; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–78, §102, 93 Stat. 589; Oct. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–377, §2, 94 Stat. 1512. | |
| 3102(b) | 31:752(3d par. 1st sentence words before 4th comma). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §1(3d par.), 40 Stat. 288; restated Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §1, 40 Stat. 502. |
| 31:752(4th par. related to a popular loan). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §1(4th par.); added Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(a)(1), 48 Stat. 343. | |
| 3102(c)(1) | 31:752(3d par. 1st sentence words between 4th comma and proviso), (4th par. related to allotments). | |
| 3102(c)(2) | 31:752(3d par. 1st sentence proviso). | |
| 3102(d) | 31:752(3d par. last sentence). | |
| 3102(e) | 31:752(3d par. 2d sentence). |
In subsection (a), the word “amounts” is substituted for “sum or sums” for consistency. The words “as in his judgment may be” are omitted as surplus. The words “for expenditures authorized by law” are substituted for “for the purposes of this Act . . . and to meet expenditures authorized for the national security and defense and other public purposes authorized by law” because they are inclusive and for consistency. The words “under section 3111 of this title” are substituted for “at or before maturity, of any outstanding bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or Treasury bills of the United States” because of the restatement. The words “prescribe conditions under section 3121 of this title” are substituted for the text of 31:752(2d par. 1st sentence less form of bonds, 2d sentence) because of the restatement. The words “at any annual interest rate” are added for clarity and to more precisely define the 4.25 percent limitation. The words “bonds may not be issued under this section to the public, or sold by a Government account to the public, with a rate of interest exceeding 41/4 per centum per annum in an amount which would cause” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (b), (d), and (e), the words “not less than par” are omitted as superseded by section 3 of the Public Debt Act of 1942 (ch. 205, 56 Stat. 189), restated in section 3121 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the words “under regulations of the Secretary that allow” are substituted for “under such regulations, prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury from time to time, as will in his opinion give” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “subscribing to the offered bonds” are substituted for “therein” for clarity. The words “However . . . when the Secretary decides the other way is in the public interest” are substituted for “Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph, the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time, when he deems it to be in the public interest” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(1), before clause (A), the words “and may from time to time adopt any or all of said methods, should any such action” in 31:752(3d par. 1st sentence words between 4th comma and proviso) are omitted because of the restatement. The word “decides” is substituted for “deemed” in 31:752(3d par. 1st sentence words between 4th comma and proviso) and “deems” in 31:752a(4th par. related to allotments) for consistency. The words “in making a bond offering under this section” are added for clarity.
In subsection (c)(2), the word “regulations” is substituted for “general rules” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (d), the words “members of armed forces” are substituted for “persons in the military or naval forces of the United States” for clarity and consistency with title 10.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3102(a) | 31 App.:752(2d par. less form of bonds). | Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, §289(c), 96 Stat. 572. |
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–647 struck out at end: “However, the face amount of bonds issued under this section and held by the public with interest rates of more than 4.25 percent a year may not be more than $270,000,000,000.”
1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–203 substituted “$270,000,000,000” for “$250,000,000,000”.
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–272 substituted “$250,000,000,000” for “$200,000,000,000”.
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–302 substituted “$200,000,000,000” for “$150,000,000,000”.
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–34 substituted “$150,000,000,000” for “$110,000,000,000”.
Pub. L. 97–452 substituted “$110,000,000,000” for “$70,000,000,000”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3108, 3121, 3123 of this title; title 29 section 213; title 45 sections 231f, 231n.
§3103. Notes
(a) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may borrow on the credit of the United States Government amounts necessary for expenditures authorized by law and may issue notes of the Government for the amounts borrowed and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. The Secretary may prescribe conditions under section 3121 of this title. Notwithstanding section 3121(a)(5) of this title, the payment date of each series of notes issued shall be at least one year but not more than 10 years from the date of issue.
(b) The Government may redeem any part of a series of notes before maturity by giving at least 4 months’ notice but not more than one year's notice.
(c) The holder of a note of one series issued under this section with the same issue date as another series of notes issued under this section may convert, at par value, a note of the holder for a note of the other series.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 939.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3103(a), (b) | 31:753(a)(less form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(a)(less form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1309; Nov. 23, 1921, ch. 136, §1401, 42 Stat. 321; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(a)(3), 48 Stat. 343; restated Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §4, 49 Stat. 20; June 30, 1967, Pub. L. 90–39, §4, 81 Stat. 99; Mar. 15, 1976, Pub. L. 94–232, §3(b), 90 Stat. 217. |
| 3103(c) | 31:753(c). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(c); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1310. |
In subsection (a), the words “In addition to the bonds and certificates of indebtedness and war-savings certificates authorized by this Act, and amendments thereto” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “subject to the limitation imposed by section 757b of this title” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is added for consistency. The words “for expenditures authorized by law” are substituted for “for the purposes of this Act . . . and to meet public expenditures authorized by law” for clarity and because they are inclusive. The words “under section 3111 of this title” are substituted for “at or before maturity, of any outstanding bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or Treasury bills of the United States” because of the restatement. The words “denomination or denominations” are omitted because section 3121(a) of the revised title consolidates this authority in one section for the various types of debt instruments. The words “under section 3121 of this title” are substituted for “containing such terms and conditions, and at such rate or rates of interest” because of the restatement. The words “at not less than par (except as provided in section 754b of this title)” are omitted as superseded by section 3 of the Public Debt Act of 1942 (ch. 205, 56 Stat. 189), restated in section 3121 of the revised title. The words “Notwithstanding section 3121(a)(5) of this title” are added for clarity because the section cited contains the general authority to which subsection (a)(last sentence) of this section is an exception.
In subsection (b), the words “at the option of” and “and under such rules and regulations and during such period as he may prescribe” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (c) is substituted for 31:753(c) to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3108, 3121 of this title.
§3104. Certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may borrow on the credit of the United States Government amounts necessary for expenditures authorized by law and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. For amounts borrowed, the Secretary may issue—
(1) certificates of indebtedness of the Government; and
(2) Treasury bills of the Government.
(b) The Secretary may prescribe conditions for issuing certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills under section 3121 of this title and conditions under which the certificates and bills may be redeemed before maturity. Notwithstanding section 3121(a)(5) of this title, the payment date of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills may not be more than one year after the date of issue.
(c) Treasury bills issued under this section may not be accepted before maturity to pay principal or interest on obligations of governments of foreign countries that are held by the United States Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 939.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3104(a) | 31:754(a)(1st, 2d sentences). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §5(a)(less form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills, finality), 40 Stat. 290; Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §4, 40 Stat. 504; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §3, 40 Stat. 1311; restated June 17, 1929, ch. 26, 46 Stat. 19; Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §§2, 3, 49 Stat. 20. |
| 3104(b) | 31:754(a)(3d sentence)(less form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills, finality). | |
| 3104(c) | 31:754(a)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “In addition to the bonds and notes authorized by sections 752, 753, and 757c of this title” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “subject to the limitation imposed by section 757b of this title” are omitted as surplus. The words “for expenditures authorized by law” are substituted for “for the purposes of this Act . . . and to meet public expenditures authorized by law” for clarity and because they are inclusive. The words “under section 3111 of this title” are substituted for “at or before maturity, of any outstanding bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness or Treasury bills of the United States” because of the restatement. The words “at not less than par” are omitted as superseded by section 3 of the Public Debt Act of 1942 (ch. 205, 56 Stat. 189), restated in section 3121 of the revised title. The text of 31:754(a)(2d sentence) is omitted as superseded by section 3121(a) of the revised title. In clause (1), the words “and at such rate or rates of interest, payable at such time or times as he may prescribe” are omitted because they are superseded by section 3121(a), (b)(1), and (c) of the revised title. In clause (2), the words “on a discount basis and payable at maturity without interest” are omitted because they are superseded by section 3121(a) of the revised title. The words “of the Government” are added for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “terms and” after “upon such” are omitted as surplus. The words “for issuing . . . under section 3121 of this title” are substituted for “subject to such terms and conditions” because of the restatement. The words “Notwithstanding section 3121(a)(5) of this title” are substituted for “shall be payable at such time” for clarity because the section cited contains the general authority to which subsection (c)(last sentence) of this section is an exception.
In subsection (c), the words “account of” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3108, 3121, 3129 of this title; title 12 section 221.
§3105. Savings bonds and savings certificates
(a) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may issue savings bonds and savings certificates of the United States Government and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. Proceeds from the bonds and certificates shall be used for expenditures authorized by law. Savings bonds and certificates may be issued on an interest-bearing basis, on a discount basis, or on an interest-bearing and discount basis. Savings bonds shall mature not more than 20 years from the date of issue. Savings certificates shall mature not more than 10 years from the date of issue. The difference between the price paid and the amount received on redeeming a savings bond or certificate is interest under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.).
(b)(1) The Secretary may—
(A) fix the investment yield for savings bonds; and
(B) change the investment yield on an outstanding savings bond, except that the yield on a bond for the period held may not be decreased below the minimum yield for the period guaranteed on the date of issue.
(2) The Secretary may prescribe regulations providing that—
(A) owners of savings bonds may keep the bonds after maturity or after a period beyond maturity during which the bonds have earned interest and continue to earn interest at rates consistent with paragraph (1) of this subsection; and
(B) savings bonds earning a different rate of interest before the regulations are prescribed shall earn a rate of interest consistent with paragraph (1).
(c) The Secretary may prescribe for savings bonds and savings certificates issued under this section—
(1) the form and amount of an issue and series;
(2) the way in which they will be issued;
(3) the conditions, including restrictions on transfer, to which they will be subject;
(4) conditions governing their redemption;
(5) their sales price and denominations;
(6) a way to evidence payments for or on account of them and to provide for the exchange of savings certificates for savings bonds; and
(7) the maximum amount issued in a year that may be held by one person.
(d) The Secretary may authorize financial institutions to make payments to redeem savings bonds and savings notes. A financial institution may be a paying agent only if the institution—
(1) is incorporated under the laws of the United States, a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States;
(2) in the usual course of business accepts, subject to withdrawal, money for deposit or the purchase of shares;
(3) is under the supervision of a banking authority of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated;
(4) has a regular office to do business; and
(5) is qualified under regulations prescribed by the Secretary in carrying out this subsection.
(e)(1) The Secretary may prescribe a way in which a check issued to an individual (except a trust or estate) as a refund for taxes imposed under subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) may become a series E savings bond. However, a check may become a bond only if the claim for a refund is filed by the last day prescribed by law for filing the return (determined without any extensions) for the taxable year for which the refund is made. The Secretary may prescribe the time and way in which the check becomes a bond.
(2) A bond issued under this subsection is deemed to be a series E bond issued under this section, except that the bond shall bear an issue date of the first day of the first month beginning after the close of the taxable year for which the bond is issued. The Secretary also may provide that a bond issued to joint payees may be redeemed by either payee alone.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 940; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(6), (7), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2467, 2468; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 103–465, title VII, §745(a), Dec. 8, 1994, 108 Stat. 5011.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3105(a) | 31:757c(a)(1st sentence), (b)(1)(1st sentence), (d)(1st sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(a)–(d)(1st sentence); added Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §6, 49 Stat. 21; restated Feb. 19, 1941, ch. 7, §3, 55 Stat. 7; Mar. 26, 1951, ch. 19, §1, 65 Stat. 26; Apr. 20, 1957, Pub. L. 85–17, §1, 71 Stat. 15; Sept. 22, 1959, Pub. L. 86–346, §101(b), 73 Stat. 621; Dec. 1, 1969, Pub. L. 91–130, §§1, 2(b), 83 Stat. 272; Aug. 24, 1970, Pub. L. 91–388, §3, 84 Stat. 830; Mar. 15, 1976, Pub. L. 94–232, §4, 90 Stat. 217; Apr. 2, 1979, Pub. L. 96–5, §4, 93 Stat. 8; Oct. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–377, §1, 94 Stat. 1512. |
| 3105(b)(1) | 31:757c(b)(1)(2d sentence proviso, last sentence). | |
| 3105(b)(2) | 31:757c(b)(3). | |
| 3105(b)(3) | 31:757c(b)(2). | |
| 3105(c) | 31:757c(a)(last sentence), (b)(1)(2d sentence less proviso, 3d, 4th sentences), (c). | |
| 3105(d) | 31:757c(h). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(h); added Apr. 11, 1943, ch. 52, §3, 57 Stat. 63; restated Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §3, 59 Stat. 47; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–595, §1, 82 Stat. 1155. |
| 3105(e) | 31:757c(j). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(j); added July 1, 1973, Pub. L. 93–53, §3(a), 87 Stat. 135. |
In subsection (a), the words “through the United States Postal Service or otherwise” and “Treasury” before “savings” are omitted as surplus. The words “and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title” are added because of the restatement. The words “for expenditures authorized by law” are substituted for “to meet any public expenditures authorized by law, and to retire any outstanding obligations of the United States bearing interest or issued on a discount basis” for clarity and because they are inclusive. The word “combination” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection” are added for clarity. The word “conditions” is substituted for “terms” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “calendar” is omitted as surplus. The words “(or, beginning on October 1, 1976, if later)” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “at their option” and “upon them” are omitted as surplus. The last sentence is substituted for 31:757c(b)(2)(B) for clarity.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “subject to the limitation imposed by section 757b of this title” are omitted as surplus. The words “issued under this section” are added for clarity. In clause (3), the words “terms and” are omitted as surplus. The words “consistent with subsections (b) to (d) of this section” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. In clause (4), the words “before maturity” are omitted as surplus. In clause (6), the words “a way to evidence payments for” are substituted for “issue, or cause to be issued, stamps, or may provide any other means to evidence payments for” because they are inclusive. The text of 31:757c(c)(last sentence) is omitted because section 5 of the Public Debt Act of 1942 (ch. 205, 56 Stat. 189), ended the authority of the Postmaster General to issue stamps. In clause (7), the word “maximum” is added for clarity. The words “at any one time” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the words “under such regulations as he may prescribe”, “or permit”, and “commercial banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations, building and loan associations (including cooperative banks), credit unions, cash depositories, industrial banks, and similar” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands” in section 22(h) of the Second Liberty Bond Act (ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288) are omitted because of Proclamation No. 2695 (July 24, 1946, 60 Stat. 1352) proclaiming the independence of the Philippines. In clause (3), the words “department or equivalent” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the word “duly” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(1), the words “by regulations” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “a way” are added, and the words “However, a check may become a bond” are substituted for “This subsection shall apply”, for clarity.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “Except as provided in paragraph (2)” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “is deemed to be” are substituted for “shall be treated for all purposes of law as” because a legal fiction is intended. The words “calendar” and “In the case of . . . under this subsection” are omitted as surplus.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3105(b)(1) | 31 App.:757c(b)(1) (2d sentence). | Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, §289(a)(1)(A), (B), (D), 96 Stat. 571. |
| 3105(b)(2) | 31 App.:757c(b)(3) | |
| 3105(b)(3) | 31 App.:757c(b)(2). | |
| 3105(c) | 31 App.:757c(b)(1) (3d sentence). | Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, §289(a)(1)(C), 96 Stat. 571. |
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “and except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection” are added for clarity. In clause (B), the word “change‘’ is substituted for “provide for increases and decreases in” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “investment” is omitted the 2d time it appears as surplus.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–465 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows:
“(b)(1) With the approval of the President and except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, the Secretary may—
“(A) fix the investment yield for savings bonds; and
“(B) change the investment yield on an outstanding savings bond, except that the yield on a bond for the period held may not be decreased below the minimum yield for the period guaranteed on the date of issue.
“(2) The investment yield on a series E savings bond shall be at least 4 percent a year compounded semiannually beginning on the first day of the month beginning after the date of issue of the bond and ending on the last day of the month before the date of redemption.
“(3) With the approval of the President, the Secretary may prescribe regulations providing that—
“(A) owners of series E and H savings bonds may keep the bonds after maturity or after a period beyond maturity during which the bonds have earned interest and continue to earn interest at rates consistent with paragraph (1) of this subsection; and
“(B) series E and H savings bonds earning a different rate of interest before the regulations are prescribed shall earn a rate of interest consistent with paragraph (1).”
1986—Subsecs. (a), (e)(1). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–452, §1(6), added par. (1) and redesignated former par. (1) as (2), in par. (2) as so redesignated, struck out provision that except as provided in former par. (2), the interest rate on, and the issue price of, savings bonds and savings certificates and the conditions under which they might be redeemed might not yield more than 5.5 percent a year compounded semiannually, struck out former par. (2) which provided that the Secretary with the President's approval might fix the yield on savings bonds at any percent per year compounded semiannually, but that total increases in a six-month period might not exceed one percent a year compounded semiannually, redesignated provisions of par. (3) as subpars. (A) and (B), and, in subpar. (B), as so redesignated, substituted provisions that series E and H savings bonds earning a different rate of interest before the regulations are prescribed shall earn a rate of interest consistent with par. (1) for provision that series E and H savings bonds earning a higher rate of interest before the regulations were prescribed would continue to earn a higher rate of interest consistent with par. (1).
Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 97–452, §1(7), struck out “(expressed in terms of the maturity value)” after “denominations”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 745(b) of Pub. L. 103–465 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to bonds issued after October 31, 1994.”
Ex. Ord. No. 11981. Interagency Committee for the Purchase of United States Bonds
Ex. Ord. No. 11981, Mar. 29, 1977, 42 F.R. 17095, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, and as President of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(b) Members of the Committee may designate an alternate, who shall serve as a member of the Committee whenever the regular member is unable to attend any meeting of the Committee. The alternate member may be authorized to act for the regular member in all appropriate matters relating to the Committee. In the case of an executive or military department, a Deputy Secretary or an Under Secretary may be designated as an alternate member. In the case of any other Federal agency, the alternate member shall be designated from among the officials thereof of appropriate rank.
(c) The Chairman will designate the Federal Payroll Savings Officer of the Savings Bonds Division, Department of the Treasury, to act as his liaison officer with members of the Committee.
(a) Formulating and presenting to the Federal agencies a plan of organization and sales promotion whereby the Payroll Savings Plan and Military Bond Allotment Plan, hereinafter referred to as the Plans, will be made available to all uniformed and civilian personnel of the government for the purchase of Savings Bonds, and whereby all such personnel will be urged to participate.
(b) Assisting the Federal agencies in installing the Plans and in solving any special problems that may develop in connection therewith.
(c) Acting as a clearinghouse for Federal agencies in compiling and disseminating such statistics and information with respect to the implementation and sales promotion of the Plans as may be appropriate.
(d) Recommending to the Federal agencies any methods for improvements in the program adopted pursuant to the Plans.
(e) The Committee will meet, and will be available to meet with the President, at least once each calendar year and at such other times as may be necessary to carry out its responsibilities.
Jimmy Carter.
Transitional Rule
Pub. L. 97–248, title II, §289(b), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 57, provided that for a savings bond issued before the 30th day after Sept. 3, 1982, for purposes of sections 757c and 757c–2 of former Title 31, the minimum yield for the period held is the scheduled investment yield for the period in effect on the 30th day.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3106, 3108 of this title; title 26 section 135.
§3106. Retirement and savings bonds
(a) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may issue retirement and savings bonds of the United States Government and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. The proceeds from the bonds shall be used for expenditures authorized by law. Retirement and savings bonds may be issued only on a discount basis. The maturity period of the bonds shall be at least 10 years from the date of issue but not more than 30 years from the date of issue. The difference between the price paid and the amount received on redeeming a bond is interest under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.).
(b) With the approval of the President, the Secretary may allow owners of retirement and savings bonds to keep the bonds after maturity and continue to earn interest on them at rates that are consistent with the rate of investment yield provided by retirement and savings bonds.
(c) Section 3105(c)(1)–(5) of this title applies to this section. Sections 3105(c)(6) and (d) and 3126 of this title apply to this section to the extent consistent with this section. The Secretary may prescribe the maximum amount of retirement and savings bonds issued under this section in a year that may be held by one person. However, the maximum amount shall be at least $3,000.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 941; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(8), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2468; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3106(a) | 31:757c–2(a)(1st sentence), (b)(1)(1st sentence), (c)(1st sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22A(a)–(c)(1st sentence), (d); added Nov. 8, 1966, Pub. L. 89–800, §5, 80 Stat. 1514. |
| 3106(b) | 31:757c–2(b)(1)(2d sentence words after 1st comma), (2). | |
| 3106(c) | 31:757c–2(a)(last sentence), (b)(1)(2d sentence words before 1st comma, 3d, last sentences), (d). |
In subsection (a), the words “In addition to the United States savings bonds authorized to be issued under section 757c of this title” are omitted as surplus. The words “through the United States Postal Service or otherwise” are omitted as surplus and unnecessary because of 39:411. The words “and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title” are added because of the restatement. The words “and to retire any outstanding obligations of the United States bearing interest or issued on a discount basis” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 3111 of the revised title. The words “as the terms thereof may provide” are omitted because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the word “conditions” is substituted for “terms” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “by regulations” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “at their option” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “Section 3105(c)(1)–(5) of this title applies to this section” are substituted for 31:757c–2(a)(last sentence) and (b)(1)(2d sentence words before 1st comma, 3d sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “by regulations” are omitted as unnecessary.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3106(b) | 31 App.:757c–2 (b)(1) (2d sentence). | Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, §289(a)(2), 96 Stat. 571. |
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–452 struck out provisions that the issue price of retirement and savings bonds and the conditions under which they could be redeemed could give an investment yield of not more than 5 percent a year compounded semiannually.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3108 of this title.
§3107. Increasing interest rates and investment yields on retirement bonds
With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may increase by regulation the interest rate or investment yield on an offering of bonds issued under this chapter that are described in sections 405(b) and 409(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 405(b), 409(a)), as in effect before the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1984. The increased yield shall be for interest accrual periods specified in the regulations so that the interest rate or investment yield on the bonds for those periods is consistent with the interest rate or investment yield on a new offering of those bonds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 941; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §491(d)(59), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 852.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3107 | 31:752(last par.). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §1(last par.); added Dec. 24, 1980, Pub. L. 96–595, §2(a), 94 Stat. 3465. |
The words “interest rate” are added for consistency in the chapter and with 26:405(b) and 409(a).
References in Text
Sections 405(b) and 409(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 405(b), 409(a)), referred to in text, were repealed by Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §491(a), (b), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 848.
Enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, referred to in text, means the date of enactment of division A of Pub. L. 98–369, which was approved July 18, 1984.
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–369 inserted “, as in effect before the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1984” after “(26 U.S.C. 405(b), 409(a))”.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to obligations issued after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 491(f)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 62 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3108 of this title.
§3108. Prohibition against circulation privilege
An obligation issued under sections 3102–3104(a)(1) and 3105–3107 of this title may not bear the circulation privilege.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 942.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3108 | 31:753(d)(1st sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(d)(1st sentence); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1310. |
| 31:757c(d)(last sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(d)(last sentence); added Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §6, 49 Stat. 21; restated Feb. 19, 1941, ch. 7, §3, 55 Stat. 8. | |
| 31:757c–2(c)(last sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22A(c)(last sentence); added Nov. 8, 1966, Pub. L. 89–800, §5, 80 Stat. 1515. | |
| 31:758. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §7(1st sentence), 40 Stat. 291. |
The reference in 31:758 to certificates authorized under 31:757 is omitted because the authority under 31:757 was ended by section 2(b)(3) of the Public Debt Act of 1941 (ch. 7, 55 Stat. 7).
§3109. Tax and loss bonds
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may issue tax and loss bonds of the United States Government and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title. The proceeds of the tax and loss bonds shall be used for expenditures authorized by law. Tax and loss bonds are nontransferrable except as provided by the Secretary, bear no interest, and shall be issued in amounts needed to allow persons to comply with section 832(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 832(e)). The Secretary may prescribe the amount of tax and loss bonds and the conditions under which the bonds will be issued as required by section 832(e).
(b) For a taxable year in which amounts are deducted from the mortgage guaranty account referred to in section 832(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 832(e)(3)), an amount of tax and loss bonds bought under section 832(e)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 832(e)(2)) shall be redeemed for the amount deducted from the account. The amount redeemed shall be applied as necessary to pay taxes due because of the inclusion under section 832(b)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 832(b)(1)(E)) of amounts in gross income. The Secretary also may prescribe additional ways to redeem the bonds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 942; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3109(a) | 31:757c–3(1st–3d sentences). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §26; added Jan. 2, 1968, Pub. L. 90–240, §5(f), 81 Stat. 778. |
| 3109(b) | 31:757c–3(4th, last sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “and may buy, redeem, and make refunds under section 3111 of this title” are substituted for “and to retire any outstanding obligations of the United States issued under this Act” for consistency. The words “subject to the limitations imposed by section 757b of this title” are omitted as surplus. The word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive.
Amendments
1986—Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954” wherever appearing.
§3110. Sale of obligations of governments of foreign countries
(a) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may sell obligations of the government of a foreign country when the obligations were acquired under—
(1) the First Liberty Bond Act and matured before June 16, 1947;
(2) the Second Liberty Bond Act and matured before October 16, 1938; or
(3) section 7(a) of the Victory Liberty Loan Act.
(b) The Secretary may prescribe the conditions and frequency for receiving payment under obligations of a government of a foreign country acquired under the laws referred to in subsection (a) of this section. A sale of an obligation acquired under those Acts shall at least equal the purchase price and accrued interest. The proceeds of obligations sold under this section and payments received from governments on the principal of their obligations shall be used to redeem or buy (for not more than par value and accrued interest) bonds of the United States Government issued under this chapter. If those bonds cannot be redeemed or bought, the Secretary shall redeem or buy other outstanding interest-bearing obligations of the Government that are subject to redemption or which can be bought at not more than par value and accrued interest.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 942.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3110 | 31:801. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §3, 40 Stat. 289. |
| 31:802, 803. | Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §§7(b), 8, 40 Stat. 1312, 1313. | |
| 31:804. | Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, §3, 40 Stat. 35. |
In the section, the words “government of a foreign country” are substituted for “foreign governments” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the text of 31:801 and 802 (related to converting certain obligations of foreign governments into obligations bearing a higher rate of interest or with a longer term to maturity) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the text of 31:804 is omitted as unnecessary. The word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive. The words “unless otherwise hereafter provided by law” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The First Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is act Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, 40 Stat. 35, which enacted sections 746, 755, 755a, 759, 764, 774, and 804 of former Title 31 and section 462a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and amended sections 745 and 768 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
The Second Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is act Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, as amended, which enacted sections 747, 752 to 754b, 757, 757b, 757c to 757e, 758, 760, 765, 766, 771, 773, and 801 and amended sections 745, 764, 769, and 774 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
Section 7(a) of the Victory Liberty Loan Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is section 7(a) of act Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, 40 Stat. 1309, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
§3111. New issue used to buy, redeem, or refund outstanding obligations
An obligation may be issued under this chapter to buy, redeem, or refund, at or before maturity, outstanding bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, Treasury bills, or savings certificates of the United States Government. Under regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, money received from the sale of an obligation and other money in the general fund of the Treasury may be used in making the purchases, redemptions, or refunds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 942.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3111 | 31:754a. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §19; added Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(a)(4), 48 Stat. 343; restated Mar. 28, 1942, ch. 205, §4, 56 Stat. 189. |
The words “regulations of” are substituted for “rules, regulations, terms, and conditions . . . may prescribe” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3103, 3104, 3105, 3106, 3109 of this title.
§3112. Sinking fund for retiring and cancelling bonds and notes
(a) The Department of the Treasury has a sinking fund for retiring bonds and notes issued under this chapter. Amounts in the fund are appropriated for payment of bonds and notes at maturity or for their redemption or purchase before maturity by the Secretary of the Treasury. The fund is available until all the bonds and notes are retired.
(b) For each fiscal year, an amount is appropriated equal to—
(1) the interest that would have been payable during the fiscal year for which the appropriation is made on the bonds and notes bought, redeemed, or paid out of the fund during that or prior years;
(2) 2.5 percent of the total amount of bonds and notes issued under the First Liberty Bond Act, the Second Liberty Bond Act, the Third Liberty Bond Act, the Fourth Liberty Bond Act, and the Victory Liberty Loan Act and outstanding on July 1, 1920, less an amount equal to the par amount of obligations of governments of foreign countries that the United States Government held on July 1, 1920; and
(3) 2.5 percent of the total amount expended after June 29, 1933, from appropriations made or authorized in sections 301 and 302 of the Emergency Relief and Construction Act of 1932.
(c) The Secretary may prescribe the price and conditions for paying, redeeming, and buying bonds and notes under this section. The average cost of bonds and notes bought under this section may not be more than par value and accrued interest. Bonds and notes bought, redeemed, or paid out of the sinking fund must be canceled and retired and may not be reissued.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 943.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3112(a) | 31:767(less 2d sentence related to price, terms, and conditions, 3d, 4th sentences). | Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §6, 40 Stat. 1311; Mar. 2, 1923, ch. 179, 42 Stat. 1427; May 29, 1928, ch. 901, §1(21), 45 Stat. 987; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(b), 48 Stat. 344. |
| 3112(b) | 31:767(last sentence). | |
| 31:767b. | Mar. 3, 1933, ch. 212, §1(last par. on p. 1492), 47 Stat. 1492; Mar. 15, 1934, ch. 70, §1(2d complete par. on p. 428), 48 Stat. 428. | |
| 3112(c) | 31:767(2d sentence related to price, terms, and conditions, 3d, 4th sentences). |
In subsection (a), the word “cumulative” is omitted as surplus. The words “under this chapter” are substituted for “under the First Liberty Bond Act, the Second Liberty Bond Act, the Third Liberty Bond Act, the Fourth Liberty Bond Act, or under this Act, and outstanding on July 1, 1920, and of bonds and notes thereafter issued, under any of such Acts or under any of such Acts as amended” to eliminate unnecessary words, reference to laws that have been executed, and to reflect consolidation of the public debt authority in the revised chapter. The words “and all additions thereto” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (b)(1) and (2) is substituted for 31:767(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(3), the text of 31:767b(related to 31:767a) is omitted as obsolete.
In subsection (c), the word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive.
References in Text
The First Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, 40 Stat. 35, which enacted sections 746, 755, 755a, 759, 764, 774, and 804 of former Title 31 and section 462a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and amended sections 745 and 768 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
The Second Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, as amended, which enacted sections 747, 752 to 754b, 757, 757b, 757c to 757e, 758, 760, 765, 766, 771, 773, and 801 and amended sections 745, 764, 769, and 774 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
The Third Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, 40 Stat. 502, which enacted sections 765, 766, and 774 and amended sections 752, 752a, 754, and 771 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
The Fourth Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act July 9, 1918, ch. 142, 40 Stat. 844, which enacted sections 750 and 772 and amended sections 752 and 774 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
The Victory Liberty Loan Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, 40 Stat. 1309, which enacted sections 749, 753, 763, 767, 802, and 803 and amended sections 750, 754, and 774 of former Title 31 and section 343 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
Sections 301 and 302 of the Emergency Relief and Construction Act of 1932, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), are sections 301 and 302 of act July 21, 1932, ch. 520, 47 Stat. 709, which are not classified to the Code.
§3113. Accepting gifts
(a) To provide the people of the United States with an opportunity to make gifts to the United States Government to be used to reduce the public debt—
(1) the Secretary of the Treasury may accept for the Government a gift of—
(A) money made only on the condition that it be used to reduce the public debt;
(B) an obligation of the Government included in the public debt made only on the condition that the obligation be canceled and retired and not reissued; and
(C) other intangible personal property made only on the condition that the property is sold and the proceeds from the sale used to reduce the public debt; and
(2) the Administrator of General Services may accept for the Government a gift of tangible property made only on the condition that it be sold and the proceeds from the sale be used to reduce the public debt.
(b) The Secretary and the Administrator each may reject a gift under this section when the rejection is in the interest of the Government.
(c) The Secretary and the Administrator shall convert a gift either of them accepts under subsection (a)(1)(C) or (2) of this section to money on the best terms available. If a gift accepted under subsection (a) of this section is subject to a gift or inheritance tax, the Secretary or the Administrator may pay the tax out of the proceeds of the gift or the proceeds of the redemption or sale of the gift.
(d) The Treasury has an account into which money received as gifts and proceeds from the sale or redemption of gifts under this section shall be deposited. The Secretary shall use the money in the account to pay at maturity, or to redeem or buy before maturity, an obligation of the Government included in the public debt. An obligation of the Government that is paid, redeemed, or bought with money from the account shall be canceled and retired and may not be reissued. Money deposited in the account is appropriated and may be expended to carry out this section.
(e)(1) The Secretary shall redeem a direct obligation of the Government bearing interest or sold on a discount basis on receiving it when the obligation—
(A) is given to the Government;
(B) becomes the property of the Government under the conditions of a trust; or
(C) is payable on the death of the owner to the Government (or to an officer of the Government in the officer's official capacity).
(2) If the gift or transfer to the Government is subject to a gift or inheritance tax, the Secretary shall pay the tax out of the proceeds of redemption.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 943.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3113(a) | 31:901(less (b)(proviso)). | June 27, 1961, Pub. L. 87–58, 75 Stat. 119. |
| 3113(b) | 31:901(b)(proviso). | |
| 3113(c) | 31:902, 903. | |
| 3113(d) | 31:904. | |
| 3113(e) | 31:757e. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §24; added Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §4, 59 Stat. 48. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “In order” are omitted as surplus. The words “To provide” are substituted for “to afford” for clarity. The words “for the purpose” are omitted as unnecessary. In clauses (1) and (2), the word “for” is substituted for “on behalf of” for consistency. The word “realized” is omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “tangible” is substituted for “real or personal” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “as the case may be” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), the words “under applicable law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “on the books of” and “special” are omitted as surplus. The words “proceeds from the sale or redemption of gifts” are substituted for “all money received as a result of the conversion into money of gifts of property other than money received” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (e)(1), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. In clause (A), the word “given” is substituted for “is donated . . . is bequeathed by will” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (B), the word “conditions” is substituted for “terms” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (C), the words “by its terms” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “under applicable law” and “bequest” are omitted as surplus. The words “and shall deposit the balance in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts or as otherwise authorized by law” are omitted as surplus because of section 3302(a) of the revised title. The text of 31:757e(last sentence) is omitted because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 26 section 2055.
SUBCHAPTER II—ADMINISTRATIVE
§3121. Procedure
(a) In issuing obligations under sections 3102–3104 of this title, the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe—
(1) whether an obligation is to be issued on an interest-bearing basis, a discount basis, or an interest-bearing and discount basis;
(2) regulations on the conditions under which the obligation will be offered for sale, including whether it will be offered for sale on a competitive or other basis;
(3) the offering price and interest rate;
(4) the method of computing the interest rate;
(5) the dates for paying principal and interest;
(6) the form and denominations of the obligations; and
(7) other conditions.
(b)(1) Under conditions prescribed by the Secretary, an obligation issued under this chapter and redeemable on demand of the owner or holder may be used to pay the United States Government for taxes imposed by it.
(2) An obligation of the Government issued after March 3, 1971, under law may not be redeemed before its maturity to pay a tax imposed by the Government in an amount more than the fair market value of the obligation at the time of its redemption. This paragraph does not apply to a Treasury bill issued under section 3104 of this title.
(c) Under conditions prescribed by the Secretary, an obligation authorized by this chapter may be issued in exchange for an obligation of an agency whose principal and interest are unconditionally guaranteed by the Government at or before maturity.
(d) Under conditions prescribed by the Secretary, the Secretary may issue registered bonds in exchange for and instead of coupon bonds that have been or may be issued. The registered bonds shall be similar in all respects to the registered bonds issued under a law authorizing the issue of coupon bonds offered for exchange.
(e) A decision of the Secretary about an issue of obligations under sections 3102–3104 of this title is final.
(f) The Secretary may accept voluntary services in carrying out the sale of public debt obligations.
(g)(1) In this subsection, “registration-required obligation” means an obligation except an obligation—
(A) not of a type offered to the public;
(B) having a maturity (at issue) of not more than one year; or
(C) described in paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(2) An obligation is not a registration-required obligation if—
(A) there are arrangements reasonably designed to ensure that the obligation will be sold (or resold in connection with the original issue) only to a person that is not a United States person; and
(B) for an obligation not in registered form—
(i) interest on the obligation is payable only outside the United States and its territories and possessions; and
(ii) a statement is on the face of the obligation that a United States person holding the obligation is subject to limitations under the United States income tax laws.
(3) Every registration-required obligation of the Government shall be in registered form. A book entry obligation is deemed to be in registered form if the right to principal and stated interest on the obligation may be transferred only through a book entry consistent with regulations of the Secretary.
(4) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations necessary to carry out this subsection when there is a nominee.
(h)(1) The Secretary shall prescribe by regulation standards for the safeguarding and use of obligations issued under this chapter, and obligations otherwise issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States. Such regulations shall apply only to a depository institution that is not a government securities broker or a government securities dealer and that holds such obligations as fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for the account of a customer and not for its own account. Such regulations shall provide for the adequate segregation of obligations so held, including obligations which are purchased or sold subject to resale or repurchase.
(2) Violation of a regulation prescribed under paragraph (1) shall constitute adequate basis for the issuance of an order under section 5239(a) or (b) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 93(a) or (b)), section 8(b) or 8(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 5(d)(2) or 5(d)(3) 1 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, section 407(e) or 407(f) 1 of the National Housing Act, or section 206(e) or 206(f) of the Federal Credit Union Act. Such an order may be issued with respect to a depository institution by its appropriate regulatory agency and with respect to a federally insured credit union by the National Credit Union Administration Board.
(3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to affect in any way the powers of such agencies under any other provision of law.
(4) The Secretary shall, prior to adopting regulations under this subsection, determine with respect to each appropriate regulatory agency and the National Credit Union Administration Board, whether its rules and standards adequately meet the purposes of regulations to be promulgated under this subsection, and if the Secretary so determines, shall exempt any depository institution subject to such rules or standards from the regulations promulgated under this subsection.
(5) As used in this subsection—
(A) “depository institution” has the meaning stated in clauses (i) through (vi) of section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act and also includes a foreign bank, an agency or branch of a foreign bank, and a commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank (as such terms are defined in the International Banking Act of 1978).
(B) “government securities broker” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(43) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(C) “government securities dealer” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(D) “appropriate regulatory agency” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 944; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(9), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2468; Pub. L. 99–571, title II, §201(a), Oct. 28, 1986, 100 Stat. 3222.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3121(a) | 31:752(2d par. related to form of bonds). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §1(2d par. related to form of bonds), 40 Stat. 288; restated Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §1, 40 Stat. 503. |
| 31:753(a)(related to form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(a)(related to form of notes, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury bills); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1310; restated Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §4, 49 Stat. 20. | |
| 31:754(a)(related to form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §5(a)(related to form of certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills, finality), 40 Stat. 290; restated June 17, 1929, ch. 26, 46 Stat. 20. | |
| 31:754b(a)(less last 12 words). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §20; added Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(a)(4), 48 Stat 343; restated Mar. 28, 1942, ch. 205, §3, 56 Stat. 189. | |
| 31:768(words after semicolon). | Feb. 4, 1910, ch. 25, §1(words after semicolon), 36 Stat. 192. | |
| 3121(b)(1) | 31:754b(b). | |
| 3121(b)(2) | 31:757c–4. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §27; added Mar. 17, 1971, Pub. L. 92–5, §4(b), 85 Stat. 5. |
| 3121(c) | 31:754b(c). | |
| 3121(d) | 31:739. | R.S. §3706. |
| 3121(e) | 31:754(a)(related to finality). | |
| 31:754b(a)(last 12 words). | ||
| 3121(f) | 31:772a. | June 1, 1955, ch. 119, §2, 69 Stat. 82. |
In subsection (a)(1), the word “combination” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), the word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive.
In subsection (a)(3), the words “offering” and “interest rate” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b)(1), the word “issued” is substituted for “authorized” for clarity. The words “the Commissioner of Internal Revenue” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “In the case of” are omitted as surplus. The words “under law” are substituted for “under this Act or under any other provision of law” because they are inclusive. The words “the terms and conditions of issue” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “permit” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the word “conditions” is substituted for “regulations and upon such terms” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “agency” is substituted for “agency or instrumentality of the United States” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency.
In subsection (d), the word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and under such regulations” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “instead of” are substituted for “in lieu of” for clarity.
In subsection (f), the words “in carrying out” are substituted for “in connection with the program for” to eliminate unnecessary words.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3121(g) | 31 App.:757c–5. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §28; added Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, §310(a), 96 Stat. 595. |
In subsection (g)(1), before clause (A), the words “Except as provided in paragraph (2)” and “(2) The term ‘registration-required obligation’ shall not include any obligation if” are omitted because of the restatement. Clause (C) is added for clarity.
In subsection (g)(2)(B)(i), the words “territories and” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (g)(3), the words “(or of any agency or instrumentality thereof)” are omitted as included in “Government”. The words “For purposes of subsection (a)” are omitted as surplus. The words “is deemed to be” are substituted for “shall be treated as” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (g)(4), the words “or chain of nominees” are omitted as included in “nominee” and because of 1:1.
References in Text
Section 8(b) or (c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (h)(2), is classified to section 1818(b), (c) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section 5(d)(2) or 5(d)(3) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, referred to in subsec. (h)(2), is classified to section 1464(d)(2), (3) of Title 12, but was amended generally by Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 282, and no longer relates to issuance of orders. See section 1464(d)(1) of Title 12.
Section 407 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (h)(2), which was classified to section 1730 of Title 12, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Section 206(e) or 206(f) of the Federal Credit Union Act, referred to in subsec. (h)(2), is classified to section 1786(e), (f) of Title 12.
Clauses (i) through (vi) of section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (h)(5)(A), are classified to cls. (i) through (vi) of section 461(b)(1)(A) of Title 12.
The International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (h)(5)(A), is Pub. L. 95–369, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 607, which enacted sections 347d, 611a, and 3101 to 3111 of Title 12, amended sections 72, 378, 614, 615, 618, 619, 1813, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1829b, 1831b, and 1841 of Title 12, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 36, 247, 601, 611a, and 3101 of Title 12. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3101 of Title 12 and Tables.
Section 3(a)(43), (44), (34)(G), of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to in subsec. (h)(5)(B) to (D), is classified to section 78c(a)(43), (44), (34)(G) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 99–571 added subsec. (h).
1983—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 97–452 added subsec. (g).
Effective Date of 1986 Amendment; Promulgation of Regulations
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–571 effective 270 days after Oct. 28, 1986, except that the Secretary of the Treasury and each appropriate regulatory agency shall publish for notice and public comment within 120 days after Oct. 28, 1986, initial implementing regulations to become effective as temporary regulations 210 days after Oct. 28, 1986, and as final regulations not later than 270 days after Oct. 28, 1986, see title IV of Pub. L. 99–571, set out as an Effective Date note under section 78o–5 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–216, §4(a), (b), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 6, 7, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
“(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, the amendment made by section 1(9) of the Act of January 12, 1983 (Public Law 97–452, 96 Stat. 2468) [amending this section], applies to an obligation issued under section 3102(a) of title 31, United States Code, after September 3, 1982.
“(2) The amendment made by section 1(9) of the Act of January 12, 1983 (Public Law 97–452, 96 Stat. 2468) [amending this section], applies to an obligation issued after June 30, 1983, if—
“(A) interest on the obligation is exempt from tax (decided without regard to the amendments made by section 310 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–248, 96 Stat. 595) [enacting section 4701 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, section 757c–5 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, amending sections 103, 103A, 163, 165, 312, and 1232 of Title 26, and enacting a provision set out as a note under section 103 of Title 26]) under law (without regard to the identity of the holder); and
“(B) the obligation was not required to be in registered form under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) as in effect on September 2, 1982.
“(b) The amendment made by section 1(9) of the Act of January 12, 1983 (Public Law 97–452, 96 Stat. 2468) [amending this section], applies to an obligation issued under section 3103(a) of title 31, United States Code, after December 31, 1982.”
Transitional and Savings Provisions
For transitional and savings provisions of Pub. L. 99–571, see section 301 of Pub. L. 99–571, set out as a note under section 78o–5 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Collection of Definitive Security and Annual Maintenance Fees
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2386, provided in part: “That in fiscal year 1995 and thereafter, the Secretary is authorized to collect fees of not less than $46 for each definitive security issue provided to customers, and an annual maintenance fee of not less than $25 for each Treasury Direct Investor Account exceeding $100,000 in par value: Provided further, That in fiscal year 1995 and thereafter, of the definitive security fees collected, not to exceed $600,000, and of the annual maintenance fees for Treasury Direct Investor Account collected, not to exceed $2,500,000, shall be retained and used in the current fiscal year for the specific purpose of offsetting costs of Bureau of the Public Debt's marketable security activities, and any fees collected in excess of said amounts shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury”.
Treasury Auction Reforms
Pub. L. 103–202, title II, §202, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2356, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) meets the minimum creditworthiness standard established by the Secretary; and
“(2) agrees to comply with regulations and procedures applicable to the automated system and the sale upon issuance of securities issued by the Secretary.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A)
“(i) the Secretary determines that any advantage, favorable treatment, or other benefit referred to in such paragraph is necessary and appropriate and in the public interest; and
“(ii) the grant of the exception is designed to minimize any anticompetitive effect.
“(B)
“(c)
“(1)
“(A)
“(B)
“(i) discusses and debates the issues presented to the advisory committee by the Secretary of the Treasury; or
“(ii) makes recommendations to the Secretary.
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(A)
“(i) another member of the advisory committee who is present at the meeting; or
“(ii) an officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury.
“(B)
“(i) with respect to any discussion, debate, or recommendation which relates to the securities to be auctioned in a midquarter refunding by the Secretary of the Treasury, at the time the Secretary makes a public announcement of the refunding; and
“(ii) with respect to any other discussion, debate, or recommendation at the meeting, at the time the Secretary releases the minutes of the meeting in accordance with paragraph (2).
“(C)
“(i) remove a member of the advisory committee who violates a provision of this paragraph from the advisory committee and permanently bar such person from serving as a member of the advisory committee; and
“(ii) prohibit any director, officer, or employee of the firm of which the member referred to in clause (i) is a director, officer, or employee (at the time the member is removed from the advisory committee) from serving as a member of the advisory committee at any time during the 5-year period beginning on the date of such removal.
“(d)
“(1)
“(A) The number of inquiries begun by the Secretary during the year covered by the report regarding such material violations or suspected material violations by any participant in the auction system or any director, officer, or employee of any such participant and the number of inquiries regarding any such violations or suspected violations which remained open at the end of such year.
“(B) A brief description of the nature of the violations.
“(C) A brief description of any action taken by the Secretary during such year with respect to any such violation, including any referrals made to the Attorney General, the Securities and Exchange Commission, any other law enforcement agency, and any Federal banking agency (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813]).
“(2)
Notice on Treasury Modifications to Auction Process
Pub. L. 103–202, title II, §203, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2359, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the Congress of any significant modifications to the auction process for issuing United States Treasury obligations at the time such modifications are implemented.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3102, 3103, 3104 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§3122. Banks and trust companies as depositaries
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may designate incorporated banks and trust companies as depositaries for any part of proceeds of an obligation issued under this chapter. The Secretary may prescribe the conditions under which deposits may be made under this section, including the interest rate on amounts deposited and security requirements.
(b) The Secretary may designate a bank or trust company that is a depositary under subsection (a) of this section as a fiscal agent of the United States Government in selling and delivering bonds and certificates of indebtedness issued by the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 945.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3122(a) | 31:753(d)(last sentence related to 31:771). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(d)(last sentence related to §8); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1309. |
| 31:771. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §8, 40 Stat. 291; restated Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §5, 40 Stat. 504; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(a)(2), 48 Stat. 343; Aug. 27, 1949, ch. 517, §7(b), 63 Stat. 668; Sept. 21, 1966, Pub. L. 89–597, §2(d), 80 Stat. 824. | |
| 3122(b) | 31:772. | July 9, 1918, ch. 142, §4, 40 Stat. 845. |
In the section, the words “war-savings certificates” are omitted because the authority to issue them was ended by section 2(b)(3) of the Public Debt Act of 1941 (ch. 7, 55 Stat. 7).
In subsection (a), the words “in his discretion” are omitted as surplus. The word “obligation” is substituted for “bonds and certificates of indebtedness, Treasury bills” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and arising from the payment of internal revenue taxes” are omitted as superseded by 26:6302(c). The word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive. The words “upon and” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary may designate a bank or trust company that is a depositary under subsection (a) of this section” are substituted for “Any incorporated bank or trust company designated as a depositary by the Secretary of the Treasury under the authority conferred by section 771 of this title, which gives security for such deposits as, and to amounts, by him prescribed, may, upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, act” to eliminate unnecessary words.
§3123. Payment of obligations and interest on the public debt
(a) The faith of the United States Government is pledged to pay, in legal tender, principal and interest on the obligations of the Government issued under this chapter.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall pay interest due or accrued on the public debt. As the Secretary considers expedient, the Secretary may pay in advance interest on the public debt by a period of not more than one year, with or without a rebate of interest on the coupons.
(c)(1) The Secretary may issue a bond, note, or certificate of indebtedness authorized under this chapter whose principal and interest are payable in a foreign currency stated in the bond, note, or certificate. The Secretary may dispose of the bonds, notes, and certificates at a price that is at least par value without complying with section 3102(b)–(d) of this title.
(2) In determining the dollar amount of bonds, notes, and certificates of indebtedness that may be issued under this chapter, the dollar equivalent of the amount of bonds, notes, and certificates payable in a foreign currency is determined by the par of the exchange value on the date of issue of the bonds, notes, or certificates as published by the Secretary under section 5151 of this title.
(3) The Secretary may designate depositaries in foreign countries in which any part of the proceeds of bonds, notes, or certificates of indebtedness payable in the foreign currency may be deposited.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 945.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3123(a) | 31:731. | R.S. §3693. |
| 31:753(d)(2d sentence). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(d)(2d sentence); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1310. | |
| 31:768(words before semicolon). | Feb. 4, 1910, ch. 25, §1(words before semicolon), 36 Stat. 192. | |
| 3123(b) | 31:732. | R.S. §3698. |
| 31:733(words before semicolon). | R.S. §3699(words before semicolon); restated Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §9, 48 Stat. 341. | |
| 3123(c) | 31:766. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §16; added Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §6, 40 Stat. 505; Nov. 13, 1966, Pub. L. 89–809, §401, 80 Stat. 1590. |
In subsection (a), the words “legal tender” are substituted for “in coin or its equivalent” in 31:731 and “gold coin of the present standard of value” in section 1 of the Act of Feb. 1, 1910, and section 18(d)(2d sentence) of the Second Liberty Bond Act because of section 1 of the Act of June 5, 1933 (ch. 48, 48 Stat. 113). The words “obligations of the Government” are substituted for 31:731(1st sentence 18th–last words), “thereof” in 31:753(d), and 31:768(1st 17 words) for clarity and consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The text of 31:731(last sentence) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the words “cause to be”, “out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated”, “falling”, “any portion of”, and “authorized by law” in 31:732 are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:733(words between semicolon and colon) is omitted as unnecessary because of chapter 53 of the revised title. The text of 31:733(words after colon) is omitted as superseded by the Bretton Woods Agreement Act (22 U.S.C. 286 et seq.) and sections 6 and 9 of the Act of Oct. 19, 1976 (Pub. L. 94–564, 90 Stat. 2661), repealing 31:449 that provided for parity of the dollar on terms of gold and special drawing rights.
In subsection (c), the word “currency” is substituted for “money or . . . moneys” for clarity and because of 1:1.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “but not also in United States gold coin” and “in such manner” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “dollar” before “amount”, and “value”, are added for clarity. The words “estimated by the Director of the Mint, and” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The word “published” is substituted for “proclaimed” for clarity.
In subsection (c)(3), the words “as he may determine” are omitted as surplus.
§3124. Exemption from taxation
(a) Stocks and obligations of the United States Government are exempt from taxation by a State or political subdivision of a State. The exemption applies to each form of taxation that would require the obligation, the interest on the obligation, or both, to be considered in computing a tax, except—
(1) a nondiscriminatory franchise tax or another nonproperty tax instead of a franchise tax, imposed on a corporation; and
(2) an estate or inheritance tax.
(b) The tax status of interest on obligations and dividends, earnings, or other income from evidences of ownership issued by the Government or an agency and the tax treatment of gain and loss from the disposition of those obligations and evidences of ownership is decided under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.). An obligation that the Federal Housing Administration had agreed, under a contract made before March 1, 1941, to issue at a future date, has the tax exemption privileges provided by the authorizing law at the time of the contract. This subsection does not apply to obligations and evidences of ownership issued by the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, or a department, agency, instrumentality, or political subdivision of the District, territory, or possession.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 945; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3124(a) | 31:742. | R.S. §3701; Sept. 22, 1959, Pub. L. 86–346, §105(a), 73 Stat. 622. |
| 3124(b) | 31:742a. | Feb. 19, 1941, ch. 7, §4, 55 Stat. 9; Mar. 28, 1942, ch. 205, §6, 56 Stat. 190; restated June 25, 1947, ch. 147, 61 Stat. 180; Sept. 22, 1959, Pub. L. 86–346, §202, 73 Stat. 624. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Except as otherwise provided by law, all . . . bonds, Treasury notes, and other” are omitted as surplus. The words “political subdivision of a State” are substituted for “municipal or local authority” for clarity and consistency. The word “applies” is substituted for “extends” for clarity. The words “directly or indirectly” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the word “instead” is substituted for “in lieu” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “shares, certificates, stock, or other” and “sale or other” are omitted as surplus. The words “The tax status of . . . and the tax treatment of . . . is decided under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.)” are substituted for “shall not have any exemption, as such . . . shall not have any special treatment, as such, except as provided under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954” for clarity. The words “on or after March 28, 1942” and 31:742a(a)(1st sentence words after semicolon related to the United States Maritime Commission) are omitted as executed. The last sentence is substituted for 31:742a(a)(last sentence) for clarity. The words “any political subdivision thereof” are omitted as included in “agency or instrumentality”. The text of 31:742a(b) and (c) is omitted as unnecessary.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 12 sections 1441, 1441b, 2023, 2079, 2098; title 20 section 1087–2.
§3125. Relief for lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or defaced obligations
(a) In this section, “obligation” means a direct obligation of the United States Government issued under law for valuable consideration, including bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, Treasury bills, and interim certificates issued for an obligation.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury may provide relief for the loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement of an obligation identified by number and description.
(c)(1) An indemnity bond is required as a condition of relief if the obligation is payable to bearer or assigned so as to become payable to bearer and is not proven clearly to have been destroyed. The Secretary may prescribe for the indemnity bond the form, amount, and surety or security requirements.
(2) Relief for interest coupons claimed to have been attached to an obligation may be provided only if the Secretary is satisfied that the coupons have not been paid and are destroyed or will not become the basis of a valid claim against the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 946.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3125(a) | 31:738a(d). | July 8, 1937, ch. 444, §8(a)–(d), 50 Stat. 481; Aug. 10, 1939, ch. 665, §4, 53 Stat. 1359; Nov. 8, 1945, ch. 453, §153, 59 Stat. 574; restated May 27, 1971, Pub. L. 92–19, 85 Stat. 74. |
| 3125(b) | 31:738a(a). | |
| 3125(c)(1) | 31:738a(b). | |
| 3125(c)(2) | 31:738a(c). |
In the section, the word “obligation” is substituted for “security” in the defined term for consistency in the chapter and the revised title and to eliminate using the word “security” in 2 different ways in the same section.
In subsection (b), the words “Under such regulations as he may deem necessary for the administration of this section” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “whether before, at, or after maturity” and “in effect” are omitted as surplus.
§3126. Losses and relief from liability related to redeeming savings bonds and notes
(a) Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, a loss resulting from a payment related to redeeming a savings bond or savings note shall be replaced out of the fund established by section 2 of the Government Losses in Shipment Act (40 U.S.C. 722). A Federal reserve bank, a paying agent allowed to make payments in redeeming a bond or note, or an officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury is relieved from liability to the United States Government for the loss when the Secretary decides that the loss did not result from the fault or negligence of the bank, paying agent, officer, or employee. The Secretary shall relieve the bank, agent, officer, or employee from liability when the Secretary decides that written notice of liability or potential liability has not been given to the bank, agent, officer, or employee by the Government within 10 years from the date of the erroneous payment. However, the Secretary may not relieve a paying agent of an assumed unconditional liability to the Government.
(b) Section 3 of the Government Losses in Shipment Act (40 U.S.C. 723) (related to finality of decisions of the Secretary) applies to a decision of the Secretary made under this section. A recovery or repayment of a loss for which replacement is made out of the fund shall be credited to the fund and is available for the purposes for which the fund was established.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 946.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3126(a) | 31:757c(i)(1st–4th sentences). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(i)(1st–6th sentences); added Apr. 11, 1943, ch. 52, §3, 57 Stat. 63; restated Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §3, 59 Stat. 47; Sept. 22, 1959, Pub. L. 86–346, §103, 31 Stat. 622; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–595, §2, 82 Stat. 1155. |
| 3126(b) | 31:757c(i)(5th, 6th sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “qualified” and “authorized or” are omitted as surplus. The words “officer or employee of the Department of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasury of the United States” and “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The text of 31:757c(i)(3d sentence) is omitted as surplus because of 39:410. The words “under regulations prescribed by him” are omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 331, 3106 of this title.
§3127. Credit to officers, employees, and agents for stolen Treasury notes
When an officer, employee, or agent of the United States Government authorized to receive, redeem, or cancel Treasury notes receives or pays a note that was stolen and put in circulation after it had been received or redeemed by an officer, employee, or agent authorized to receive or redeem the note, the Secretary of the Treasury may allow the officer, employee, or agent receiving or paying the stolen note a credit for the amount of the note. The Secretary may allow the credit only if the Secretary is satisfied that the note was received or paid in good faith and in exercising ordinary prudence.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 947.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3127 | 31:740. | R.S. §3707. |
The word “employee” is added for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The words “of the United States Government” are added for clarity and consistency. The word “duly” is omitted as surplus. The words “issued by authority of law” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “which has subsequently thereto” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “is satisfied” are substituted for “upon full and satisfactory proof” to eliminate unnecessary words.
§3128. Proof of death to support payment
A finding of death made by an officer or employee of the United States Government authorized by law to make the finding is sufficient proof of death to allow credit in the accounts of a Federal reserve bank or accountable official of the Department of the Treasury in a case involving the transfer, exchange, reissue, redemption, or payment of obligations of the Government, including obligations guaranteed by the Government for which the Secretary of the Treasury acts as transfer agent.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 947.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3128 | 31:757d. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §23; added Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 51, §4, 59 Stat. 48. |
The words “officer or employee” are substituted for “official or agency” for clarity and consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The word “Government” is added for consistency. The words “section 1005 of Appendix to title 50” are omitted because the section was repealed by section 8(a) of the Act of Sept. 6, 1966 (Pub. L. 89–554, 80 Stat. 651). The words “or by any other” are omitted as surplus. The words “or by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Navy” are omitted because of 10:ch. 75. The word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency. The words “bonds and other” are omitted as surplus. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasury Department” for accuracy and consistency.
§3129. Appropriation to pay expenses
(a) Amounts to pay necessary expenses (including rent) for an issue of obligations authorized under this chapter are appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury. However, the amount appropriated under this section may not be more than—
(1) .2 percent of the amount of bonds and notes authorized under this chapter;
(2) .1 percent of the amount of certificates of indebtedness authorized under section 3104 of this title; and
(3) .1 percent of the amount of certificates of indebtedness authorized under the First Liberty Bond Act.
(b) An appropriation under this section is available for obligation only through the end of the fiscal year after the fiscal year in which the issue was made. During a period for which an appropriation for a specified amount is made for expenses for which this section makes an appropriation for an unspecified amount, only the appropriation for the specified amount is available for obligation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 947.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3129 | 31:753(d)(last sentence less related to 31:771). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §18(d)(last sentence less related to §8); added Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §1, 40 Stat. 1310. |
| 31:757c(e). | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, 40 Stat. 288, §22(e); added Feb. 4, 1935, ch. 5, §6, 49 Stat. 21; restated Feb. 19, 1941, ch. 7, §3, 55 Stat. 8. | |
| 31:759. | Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, §8, 40 Stat. 37; May 29, 1928, ch. 901, §1(20)(related to 40 Stat. 37), 45 Stat. 987. | |
| 31:760. | Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §10, 40 Stat. 292; May 29, 1928, ch. 901, §1(20)(related to 40 Stat. 292), 45 Stat. 987; June 1, 1955, ch. 119, §3, 69 Stat. 82. | |
| 31:761. | June 16, 1921, ch. 23, §1(last par. last sentence under heading “Office of the Secretary”), 42 Stat. 36. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “an issue of obligations authorized under this chapter” are substituted for 31:761(less proviso) to reflect consolidation of the authority for issues of obligations in the revised chapter and for consistency. The text of 31:757c(e) is omitted as unnecessary and superseded by 39:410. The words “out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated” in 31:760 are omitted as unnecessary and for consistency. The words “to be expended as the Secretary of the Treasury may direct” in 31:760 are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the .2 percent limitation on expenses of bonds referred to in 31:760 is made applicable to a “note” because of the definition of bond in 31:753(d)(last sentence). The words “sections 735 to 738, . . . 765, . . . 773 of this title and section 84 of title 12” in 31:753(d)(last sentence) are omitted because they refer to sections previously repealed (31:735–738, 765) or obsolete (31:773, which was superseded by 39:410) and because 12:84 was amended to express the result required by the source provisions by section 10 of the Act of February 25, 1927 (ch. 191, 44 Stat. 1229).
In subsection (b), the words “appropriation for the specified amount” are substituted for “definite appropriation”, and the words “appropriation for an unspecified amount” are substituted for “indefinite appropriation”, as being more precise. The word “only” is substituted for “and the indefinite appropriation shall not be available for obligation” to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
The First Liberty Bond Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is act Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, 40 Stat. 35, which enacted sections 746, 755, 755a, 759, 764, 774, and 804 of former Title 31 and section 462a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and amended sections 745 and 768 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1072.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 40 section 723.
§3130. Annual public debt report
(a)
(1) the Treasury's public debt activities, and
(2) the operations of the Federal Financing Bank.
(b)
(1) A table showing the following information with respect to the total public debt:
(A) The past levels of such debt and the projected levels of such debt as of the close of the current fiscal year and as of the close of the next 5 fiscal years under the most recent current services baseline projection of the executive branch.
(B) The past debt to GDP ratios and the projected debt to GDP ratios as of the close of the current fiscal year and as of the close of the next 5 fiscal years under such most recent current services baseline projection.
(2) A table showing the following information with respect to the net public debt:
(A) The past levels of such debt and the projected levels of such debt as of the close of the current fiscal year and as of the close of the next 5 fiscal years under the most recent current services baseline projection of the executive branch.
(B) The past debt to GDP ratios and the projected debt to GDP ratios as of the close of the current fiscal year and as of the close of the next 5 fiscal years under such most recent current services baseline projection.
(C) The interest cost on such debt for prior fiscal years and the projected interest cost on such debt for the current fiscal year and for the next 5 fiscal years under such most recent current services baseline projection.
(D) The interest cost to outlay ratios for prior fiscal years and the projected interest cost to outlay ratios for the current fiscal year and for the next 5 fiscal years under such most recent current services baseline projection.
(3) A table showing the maturity distribution of the net public debt as of the time the report is submitted and for prior years, and an explanation of the overall financing strategy used in determining the distribution of maturities when issuing public debt obligations, including a discussion of the projections and assumptions with respect to the structure of interest rates for the current fiscal year and for the succeeding 5 fiscal years.
(4) A table showing the following information as of the time the report is submitted and for prior years:
(A) A description of the various categories of the holders of public debt obligations.
(B) The portions of the total public debt held by each of such categories.
(5) A table showing the relationship of federally assisted borrowing to total Federal borrowing as of the time the report is submitted and for prior years.
(6) A table showing the annual principal and interest payments which would be required to amortize in equal annual payments the level (as of the time the report is submitted) of the net public debt over the longest remaining term to maturity of any obligation which is a part of such debt.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(Added Pub. L. 103–202, title II, §201(a), Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2355.)
CHAPTER 33—DEPOSITING, KEEPING, AND PAYING MONEY
SUBCHAPTER I—DEPOSITS AND DEPOSITARIES
SUBCHAPTER II—PAYMENTS
SUBCHAPTER III—MISCELLANEOUS
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §402(b), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3413, substituted “Required direct deposit” for “Checks payable to financial organizations designated by Government officers and employees” in item 3332.
Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(G), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362, added item 3334.
1991—Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(4)(B), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 277, substituted “Department of Veterans Affairs” for “Veterans’ Administration” in item 3330.
1990—Pub. L. 101–453, §4(b), Oct. 24, 1990, 104 Stat. 1059, added item 3335.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 47 section 309.
SUBCHAPTER I—DEPOSITS AND DEPOSITARIES
§3301. General duties of the Secretary of the Treasury
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) receive and keep public money;
(2) take receipts for money paid out by the Secretary;
(3) give receipts for money deposited in the Treasury;
(4) endorse warrants for receipts for money deposited in the Treasury;
(5) submit the accounts of the Secretary to the Comptroller General every 3 months, or more often if required by the Comptroller General; and
(6) submit to inspection at any time by the Comptroller General of money in the possession of the Secretary.
(b) Except as provided in section 3326 of this title, an acknowledgment for money deposited in the Treasury is not valid if the Secretary does not endorse a warrant as required by subsection (a)(4) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 948.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3301 | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:147(less disbursement). | R.S. §305(less disbursement). |
In subsection (a), the words “public money” are substituted for “the moneys of the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. In clauses (3) and (4), the words “deposited in the Treasury” are substituted for “received by him” for clarity and consistency in the revised title. In clause (4), the words “signed by the Secretary of the Treasury” are omitted as surplus. In clauses (5) and (6), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. In clause (5), the word “submit” is substituted for “render” for consistency. The words “and shall transmit a copy thereof, when settled, to the Secretary of the Treasury” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (6), the words “Secretary of the Treasury . . . or either of them” are omitted because of the restatement. The word “public” is added for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “Except as provided in section 3326 of this title” are added for clarity. The words “endorse . . . as required by subsection (a)(4) of this section” are substituted for “so signed” for clarity and consistency.
Short Title of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–356, §1(a), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3410, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 331, 3332, 3515, and 3521 of this title, section 31 of Title 2, The Congress, section 104 of Title 3, The President, sections 5318 and 6304 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 461 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 501 and 1113 of this title, section 31 of Title 2, and section 6304 of Title 5] may be cited as the ‘Government Management Reform Act of 1994’.”
Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §401, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3412, provided that: “This title [amending sections 331, 3332, 3515, and 3521 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 501 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Federal Financial Management Act of 1994’.”
§3302. Custodians of money
(a) Except as provided by another law, an official or agent of the United States Government having custody or possession of public money shall keep the money safe without—
(1) lending the money;
(2) using the money;
(3) depositing the money in a bank; and
(4) exchanging the money for other amounts.
(b) Except as provided in section 3718(b) 1 of this title, an official or agent of the Government receiving money for the Government from any source shall deposit the money in the Treasury as soon as practicable without deduction for any charge or claim.
(c)(1) A person having custody or possession of public money, including a disbursing official having public money not for current expenditure, shall deposit the money without delay in the Treasury or with a depositary designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under law. Except as provided in paragraph (2), money required to be deposited pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited not later than the third day after the custodian receives the money. The Secretary or a depositary receiving a deposit shall issue duplicate receipts for the money deposited. The original receipt is for the Secretary and the duplicate is for the custodian.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulation prescribe that a person having custody or possession of money required by this subsection to be deposited shall deposit such money during a period of time that is greater or lesser than the period of time specified by the second sentence of paragraph (1).
(d) An official or agent not complying with subsection (b) of this section may be removed from office. The official or agent may be required to forfeit to the Government any part of the money held by the official or agent and to which the official or agent may be entitled.
(e) An official or agent of the Government having custody or possession of public money shall keep an accurate entry of each amount of public money received, transferred, and paid.
(f) When authorized by the Secretary, an official or agent of the Government having custody or possession of public money, or performing other fiscal agent services, may be allowed necessary expenses to collect, keep, transfer, and pay out public money and to perform those services. However, money appropriated for those expenses may not be used to employ or pay officers and employees of the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 948; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(10), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2468; Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VI, §2652(b)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1152; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(H), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362; Pub. L. 103–429, §7(a)(3)(A), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4388.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3302(a) | 31:521. | R.S. §3639; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(r), 86 Stat. 210. |
| 3302(b) | 31:484. | R.S. §3617. |
| 3302(c) | 31:495. | R.S. §3621; restated May 28, 1896, ch. 252, §5, 29 Stat. 179. |
| 3302(d) | 31:490. | R.S. §3619. |
| 3302(e) | 31:525. | R.S. §3643. |
| 3302(f) | 31:545. | R.S. §3653; Aug. 7, 1882, ch. 433, §1(2d complete par. on p. 312), 22 Stat. 312; Jan. 22, 1925, ch. 87(2d par. under heading “Division of Bookkeeping and Warrants”), 43 Stat. 767. |
| 31:1023(b). | June 1, 1955, ch. 119, §1(b), 69 Stat. 82. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Except as provided by another law” are substituted for “than as specially allowed by law” in 31:521 for clarity and consistency. The words “an official or agent of the United States Government having custody or possession of public money” are substituted for “The Treasurer of the United States, all assistant treasurers [subsequently changed to ‘all depositaries designated in accordance with section 476 of this title’ because of 31:476], and those performing the duties of assistant treasurer, all collectors of the customs, all surveyors of the customs, acting also as collectors, all receivers of public moneys at the several land offices, all postmasters, and all public officers of whatsoever character . . . all the public money collected by them, or otherwise at any time placed in their possession and custody” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title. The words “till the same is ordered, by the proper department or officer of the Government, to be transferred or paid out” are omitted as superseded by source provisions restated in the chapter. The text of 31:521(words after semicolon) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “any abatement or” are omitted as surplus. The words “for any charge or claim” are substituted for “on account of salary, fees, costs, charges, expenses, or claim of any description whatever”, and the words “shall deposit the money in the Treasury” are substituted for “The gross amount of all moneys received from whatever source for the use of the United States, . . . shall be paid . . . into the Treasury”, to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “except as otherwise provided in section 487 of this title” are omitted because 31:487 is obsolete. The text of 31:484(last sentence) is omitted as superseded by title 39.
In subsection (c), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The balance of subsection (c) is substituted for 31:495(words before proviso) for clarity and consistency. The text of 31:495(proviso) is omitted as superseded by title 39.
Subsection (d) is substituted for 31:490 for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (e), the words “official or agent having custody or possession of public money” are substituted for “persons charged by law with the safekeeping, transfer, and disbursements of the public moneys” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “other than those connected with the United States Postal Service” are omitted as superseded by title 39.
In subsection (f), the word “expressly” is omitted as surplus. The words “official or agent having custody or possession” are substituted for 31:545(words before 21st comma) for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “additional . . . fireproof of chests or vaults or other necessary expenses of” are omitted as surplus. The words “employ or pay officers and employees of the Government” are substituted for “clerical services or payment of employees of any nature or grade” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3302(b) | 31 App.:484. | Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §13(a), 96 Stat. 1757. |
The reference to “952(g)(2)” in 31 App.:484 is incorrect and should be “952(f)(2)”.
1984 Act (Pub. L. 98–216)
Section 3618 (1st sentence related to non-military deposits) of the Revised Statutes inadvertently was omitted as a source credit for 31:3302. Table 2A of H. Rep. 97–651 (p. 298) states that the sentence was omitted as superseded by various sections of title 10. Title 10 supersedes the sentence only as it applies to military deposits. However, the language of section 3618 (1st sentence related to non-military deposits) is subsumed in the broader language of section 3617 of the Revised Statutes, the source credit for 31:3302(b). Therefore, while section 3618 (1st sentence related to non-military deposits) should be a source credit for 31:3302(b), it is not necessary that the language of the sentence be restated.
References in Text
Section 3718(b) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was temporarily redesignated section 3718(d) of this title by Pub. L. 99–578, §1(1), Oct. 28, 1986, 100 Stat. 3305.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–272, as amended by Pub. L. 103–429, substituted a period for a comma at end of second sentence.
1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369 designated existing provisions as par. (1), struck out “, but not later than the 30th day after the custodian receives the money,” after “without delay” in first sentence, inserted after first sentence “Except as provided in paragraph (2), money required to be deposited pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited not later than the third day after the custodian receives the money,”, and added par. (2).
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–452 inserted exception relating to section 3718(b) of this title.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 7(a) of Pub. L. 103–429 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective July 5, 1994.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Section 2652(b)(2) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall become effective January 1, 1985.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 327, 3322, 3718, 3720 of this title; title 8 sections 1254a, 1330; title 10 sections 114, 423, 7605; title 12 section 4241; title 15 sections 1527a, 2514; title 18 section 1963; title 19 section 2081; title 22 sections 1475e, 4226; title 26 section 7608; title 28 section 1921; title 38 section 3720; title 42 sections 1973gg–10, 2169, 5812, 7651o; title 43 section 1338a.
1 See References in Text note below.
§3303. Designation of depositaries
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury designates depositaries of money as provided in this section and under other law.
(b) When necessary to carry out the business of the United States Government and under conditions the Secretary decides are necessary, the Secretary may designate depositaries in foreign countries and in territories and possessions of the United States to receive deposits of public money. The Secretary shall give preference to United States financial institutions the Secretary decides are safe and able to give the service required.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 949.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3303(a) | (no source). | |
| 3303(b) | 31:473. | June 19, 1922, ch. 228, 42 Stat. 662. |
Subsection (a) is added to inform the reader that there are numerous other laws providing for the designation of depositaries. These other laws are scattered throughout the titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b), the words “carry out” are substituted for “transaction” for consistency. The words “terms and . . . as to security and otherwise” and “of public moneys” are omitted as surplus. The words “territories and possessions of the United States” are substituted for “Territories and insular possessions of the United States” for consistency. The words “to receive deposits of public money” are added for clarity.
§3304. Transfers of public money from depositaries
The Secretary of the Treasury may transfer public money in the possession of a depositary—
(1) to the Treasury; and
(2) if the Secretary believes the safety of the public money and convenience require it, to another depositary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 949.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3304 | 31:522. | R.S. §3640. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “except as provided in section 523 of this title” are omitted as superseded by title 39. The words “of the United States, to the credit of the Treasurer” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “if the Secretary believes the safety of the public money and convenience require it” are substituted for “as the safety of the public moneys and the convenience of the public service shall seem to him to require” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
§3305. Audits of depositaries
The Secretary of the Treasury, or an officer, employee, or agent designated by the Secretary, may audit a depositary of public money. For uniformity and accuracy in accounts and safety of public money, an individual conducting an audit shall audit a depositary's—
(1) books;
(2) accounts;
(3) returns; and
(4) public money on hand and the way the money is kept.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 949.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3305 | 31:548. | R.S. §3649. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “or an officer, employee, or agent designated by the Secretary” are substituted for “and for that purpose to appoint special agents, as occasion may require” for clarity and consistency. The words “may audit a depositary of public money” are substituted for “is authorized to cause examinations to be made of the books, accounts and money on hand, of the several depositaries” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “with such compensation, not exceeding $6 per day and traveling expenses, as he may think reasonable, to be fixed and declared at the time of each appointment” are omitted as superseded by 5:3109 and ch. 57. The words “be instructed to” and “as well” are omitted as surplus.
SUBCHAPTER II—PAYMENTS
§3321. Disbursing authority in the executive branch
(a) Except as provided in this section or another law, only officers and employees of the Department of the Treasury designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as disbursing officials may disburse public money available for expenditure by an executive agency.
(b) For economy and efficiency, the Secretary may delegate the authority to disburse public money to officers and employees of other executive agencies.
(c) The head of each of the following executive agencies shall designate personnel of the agency as disbursing officials to disburse public money available for expenditure by the agency:
(1) United States Marshal's Office.
(2) The Department of Defense (except for disbursements for departmental pay and expenses in the District of Columbia).
(d) On request of the Secretary and with the approval of the head of an executive agency referred to in subsection (c) of this section, facilities of the agency may be used to assist in disbursing public money available for expenditure by another executive agency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 949; Pub. L. 103–355, title III, §3067, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3337.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3321(a), (b) | 5:901(note). | Exec. Order No. 6166, June 10, 1933, §4. |
| 3321(c), (d) | 31:492–1. | R.S. §176; Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), 80 Stat. 632; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(a), 86 Stat. 209. |
| 5 App. | Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1940, eff. June 30, 1940, §§3, 4, 54 Stat. 1234. | |
| Exec. Order No. 6728, May 29, 1934. |
The section uses the defined term “executive agency” in section 102 of the revised title because the source provisions of this section are from a reorganization plan and executive orders that apply only to departments, agencies, and instrumentalities of the executive branch of the United States Government.
In subsections (a) and (b), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” and “Secretary” are substituted for references to the Division of Disbursement and a Chief Disbursing Officer because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “public money” are substituted for “moneys of the United States” for consistency with the other source provisions restated in the section and for consistency in the chapter.
Subsection (a) is substituted for section 4(1st paragraph) of Executive Order No. 6166 to omit executed words.
In subsection (b), the words “may require” and “as the interests of” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “to establish local offices” are omitted because of the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury as the head of the Department of the Treasury and the authority of the Secretary under section 321 of the revised title. The text of section 4(last paragraph) is omitted as superseded by section 3325 of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:492–1(1st sentence) is applied only to the listed agencies because of subsection (a) and Executive Order 6728. The text of 31:492–1(last sentence) is omitted as superseded by section 2 of Reorganization Plan No. 18 of 1950 (eff. July 1, 1950, 64 Stat. 1270) and by 40:490. In clause (1), the words after “disbursement by United States marshals” and before the last proviso in section 3 of Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1940 (eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1234) are omitted as unnecessary because of 28:571 and sections 3512(a)–(c) and 3513(a) of the revised title. In clause (2), the word “pay” is substituted for “salaries” in Executive Order No. 6728 for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “including the Marine Corps” are omitted as being included in “military departments”. The words “Panama Canal” are omitted because of the Panama Canal Treaty of 1977. The first proviso is omitted as unnecessary because of sections 3512 and 3513 of the revised title. Section 4 of Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1940 is omitted because (1) the Post Office Department was abolished by the 1970 restatement of title 39, with all authority of the former Postmaster General being placed in the new United States Postal Service, (2) under 39:410 and 3604, the Postal Service and the Postal Rate Commission were exempt from all provisions of law related to budget and funds, and (3) the Postal Savings System and its Board of Trustees were abolished under section 5 of the Act of March 28, 1942 (ch. 205, 56 Stat. 189).
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–355 substituted “The Department of Defense” for “military departments of the Department of Defense”.
Reimbursement of Financial Management Service for Postage Expenses
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, §105, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2390, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, beginning in fiscal year 1995 and thereafter, the Financial Management Service (FMS) shall be reimbursed, for postage incurred by FMS to make check payments on their behalf, by: the Department of Veterans Affairs, for the mailing of Compensation and Pension benefit payments; the Department of Health and Human Services, for the mailing of Supplemental Security Income payments; and the Office of Personnel Management, for the mailing of Retirement payments. Such reimbursement shall be due beginning with checks mailed on October 1, 1994, and such reimbursement shall occur on a monthly basis.”
§3322. Disbursing officials
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall transfer public money to a disbursing official only by draft or warrant written on the Treasury. Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, a disbursing official shall—
(1) deposit public money as required by section 3302 of this title; and
(2) draw public money from the Treasury or a depositary only—
(A) as necessary to make payments; and
(B) payable to persons to whom payment is to be made.
(b) In a place without a depositary, the Secretary, on deciding it is essential to the public interest, may authorize specially in writing that public money be—
(1) deposited in any other public depositary; or
(2) kept in another manner under regulations the Secretary decides are the safest and most effective in making a payment to a public creditor easier.
(c) A disbursing official is not liable for an overpayment provided under a United States Government bill of lading or transportation request when the overpayment is caused by the—
(1) use of improper transportation rates or classifications; or
(2) failure to deduct the proper amount under—
(A) a land grant law; or
(B) an equalization or other agreement.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 950; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(3), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 3.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3322(a) | 31:492(a). | R.S. §3620(a); Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69(7th complete par. on p. 249), 19 Stat. 249; Aug. 28, 1965, Pub. L. 89–145, §1(1), 79 Stat. 582. |
| 3322(b) | 31:82g(related to disbursing officers). | June 1, 1942, ch. 320(related to disbursing officers), 56 Stat. 306. |
In the section, the words “disbursing official” are substituted for “disbursing officer” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “or an assistant treasurer of the United States” in section 3620(a) of the Revised Statutes are omitted as obsolete because of the 1st–4th pars. under the heading “Independent Treasury” in the Act of May 29, 1920 (ch. 214, 41 Stat. 654). In clause (1), the words “as required by section 3302 of this title” are substituted for “with the Treasurer or some one of the assistant treasurers of the United States (subsequently changed to ‘or with one of the depositaries of the United States mentioned in section 476 of this title’)” because of 31:476. In clause (2), the words “in pursuance of law” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:492(a)(last sentence) is omitted because of section 3323(a) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “On and after June 1, 1942” are omitted as executed. The words “of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “for transportation” are omitted as surplus.
1984 Act
This is necessary because section 3620(a) (last sentence) of the Revised Statutes inadvertently was omitted from the codification of title 31 by section 1 of the Act of September 13, 1982 (Pub. L. 97–258, 96 Stat. 877).
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section” are added because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the word “however” is omitted as surplus. The words “treasurer or” are omitted as obsolete because of the 1st–4th pars. under the heading “Independent Treasury” in the Act of May 29, 1920 (ch. 214, 41 Stat. 654). In clause (2), the words “rules and” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–216 amended subsec. (a) generally, substituting “Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, a” for “A” in second sentence.
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 98–216 added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–216 effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 98–216, set out as a note under section 490 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
§3323. Warrants
(a) Except as provided in section 3326 of this title, the Secretary of the Treasury may pay out money only against a warrant. A warrant shall be—
(1) authorized by law;
(2) signed by the Secretary; and
(3) countersigned by the Comptroller General.
(b)(1) A disbursing official shall send to the Secretary with a warrant a certificate under section 3526 of this title, or a requisition for an advance. The certificate or requisition shall state the appropriation to which the payment is to be charged.
(2) The Secretary shall return the certificate or requisition to the Comptroller General with the date and amount endorsed on the certificate or requisition.
(c) A requisition for the payment of money on an audited account or for depositing money in the Treasury is not required.
(d) The Secretary and the Comptroller General shall charge to the appropriate appropriation in their books any money paid by a warrant.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 950.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3323(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:76(2d sentence words before 3d comma). | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §11(2d, 3d sentences), 28 Stat. 209. | |
| 31:147(related to disbursement). | R.S. §305(related to disbursement); July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §11(last sentence related to §305), 28 Stat. 209. | |
| 3323(b) | 31:76(2d sentence words after 3d comma). | |
| 3323(c) | 31:76(3d sentence). | |
| 3323(d) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:77. | R.S. §3675. |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
Subsection (a) is substituted for 31:76(2d sentence words before 3d comma) and 147(related to disbursement) to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (b), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “instead of being specified on the warrant” are omitted as surplus. The reference to “section 3526 of this title” is used because section 72, referred to in 31:76, has been omitted from the restatement superseded by 31:82i and 31:82i is restated in section 3526.
In subsection (c), the word “depositing” is substituted for “covering” for clarity and consistency.
§3324. Advances
(a) Except as provided in this section, a payment under a contract to provide a service or deliver an article for the United States Government may not be more than the value of the service already provided or the article already delivered.
(b) An advance of public money may be made only if it is authorized by—
(1) a specific appropriation or other law; or
(2) the President to be made to—
(A) a disbursing official if the President decides the advance is necessary to carry out—
(i) the duties of the official promptly and faithfully; and
(ii) an obligation of the Government; or
(B) an individual serving in the armed forces at a distant station if the President decides the advance is necessary to disburse regularly pay and allowances.
(c) Before the Secretary of the Treasury acts on a requisition for an advance, the Comptroller General shall act on the requisition under section 3522 of this title. The Comptroller General does not countersign a requisition for an advance.
(d) The head of an agency may pay in advance from appropriations available for the purpose—
(1) to the Secretary of the Army, charges for messages sent by the Secretary of the Army for the head of the agency, including charges for—
(A) payment of tolls of commercial carriers;
(B) leasing facilities for sending messages; and
(C) installing and maintaining facilities for sending messages; and
(2) charges for a publication printed or recorded in any way for the auditory or visual use of the agency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 950.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3324(a) | 31:529(2d sentence). | R.S. §3648; Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 744, §11, 60 Stat. 809. |
| 3324(b) | 31:529(1st, 3d, last sentences). | |
| 3324(c) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:76(1st, last sentences). | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §11(1st, 4th sentences), 28 Stat. 209. | |
| 3324(d) | 31:530a. | June 12, 1930, ch. 470, §1, 46 Stat. 580; July 20, 1961, Pub. L. 87–91, §1, 75 Stat. 211. |
| 31:530b. | June 12, 1930, ch. 470, 46 Stat. 580, §2; added Dec. 22, 1974, Pub. L. 93–534, 88 Stat. 1731. | |
| 31:686–2. | Apr. 15, 1926, ch. 146, §101(proviso on p. 267), 44 Stat. 267. |
In subsection (a), the words “Except as provided in this section” are added for clarity. The words “already provided” and “already delivered” are substituted for “rendered . . . delivered previously to such payment” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “in any case” and “It shall, however, be lawful under the special direction of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2)(A)(i), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title. The words “of the Government” are omitted as surplus. Clause (2)(A)(ii) is substituted for “the public engagements” for clarity. In clause (2)(B), the word “individual” is substituted for “persons” for consistency. The words “armed forces” are substituted for “military and naval service” for consistency with title 10. The words “and proper” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “disburse regularly pay and allowances” are substituted for “discharge of the pay and emoluments to which they may be entitled cannot be regularly effected” to eliminate unnecessary words, for clarity, and for consistency with title 37.
In subsection (c), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the words “On and after April 15, 1926” in 31:686–2 are omitted as executed. The word “agency” is substituted for “department or establishment” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency. The words “may pay in advance from appropriations available for the purpose” are substituted for “may transfer in advance . . . such amounts as may be necessary to defray the expense of” for clarity and consistency. In clause (1), the words “Secretary of the Army” are substituted for “Signal Corps of the Army” because of 10:3012. The title of Secretary of War was changed to Secretary of the Army, and the Department of War was designated the Department of the Army by section 205(a) of the Act of July 26, 1947 (ch. 343, 61 Stat. 501), and by sections 1 and 53 of the Act of August 10, 1956 (ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 157, 676). Clause (2) is substituted for 31:530a and 530b to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or the municipal government of the District of Columbia” are omitted because of sections 441–445 and 736 of the Act of December 24, 1973 (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 798, 823).
Exemption of Functions
Functions authorized by Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, as exempt, see Ex. Ord. No. 11223, May 12, 1965, 30 F.R. 6635, set out as a note under section 2393 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
International Refugee Organization
Funds available for expenditure without regard to this section, see section 289c of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 781, 3726 of this title; title 2 section 475; title 5 sections 3381, 4109, 5923, 5924; title 7 sections 427i, 1624, 3318; title 10 sections 2127, 2371, 2388, 2852, 6154, 18239; title 12 sections 1701c, 1701z–2, 3012; title 15 sections 196, 634, 2056, 2451, 2609, 2626; title 16 sections 460l–1, 565a–1, 581i–1, 1645, 2107; title 18 sections 4109, 4204; title 19 sections 2076, 2080, 2081; title 20 sections 959, 2012, 2106, 4414, 4513, 5708; title 21 sections 360j, 360ii; title 22 sections 287e–1, 289c, 294, 2103, 2179; title 25 sections 3115, 3733; title 26 section 7608; title 28 section 995; title 29 section 1774; title 33 section 1254; title 37 section 1006; title 38 section 7613; title 40 section 462; title 42 sections 242m, 254b, 254l, 285a–2, 285b–3, 285n, 293, 295o, 299c–3, 300c–22, 300u, 300cc–41, 1870, 2473, 3105, 4101, 4372, 7403, 7404; title 49 section 44505; title 50 sections 491, 502, 522; title 50 App. section 1918.
§3325. Vouchers
(a) A disbursing official in the executive branch of the United States Government shall—
(1) disburse money only as provided by a voucher certified by—
(A) the head of the executive agency concerned; or
(B) an officer or employee of the executive agency having written authorization from the head of the agency to certify vouchers;
(2) examine a voucher if necessary to decide if it is—
(A) in proper form;
(B) certified and approved; and
(C) computed correctly on the facts certified; and
(3) except for the correctness of computations on a voucher, be held accountable for carrying out clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection.
(b) Subsection (a) of this section does not apply to disbursements of a military department of the Department of Defense, except for disbursements for departmental pay and expenses in the District of Columbia.
(c) On request, the Secretary of the Treasury may provide to the appropriate officer or employee of the United States Government a list of persons receiving periodic payments from the Government. When certified and in proper form, the list may be used as a voucher on which the Secretary may disburse money.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 951.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3325(a) | 31:82b. | Dec. 29, 1941, ch. 641, §§1, 4(related to §1), 55 Stat. 875, 876. |
| 31:82f(related to disbursing officers). | Apr. 28, 1942, ch. 247, §301(1st par. proviso under heading “Bureau of Accounts” related to disbursing officers), 56 Stat. 244. | |
| 3325(b) | 31:82e(related to 31:82b). | |
| 3325(c) | 31:82a. | May 14, 1937, ch. 180, §1(2d par. last proviso on p. 140), 50 Stat. 140. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Notwithstanding the provisions of section 82 of this title, and section 4 of Executive Order Numbered 6166, dated June 10, 1933” in 31:82b are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (1), the word “duly” is omitted as surplus. In clause (1)(A) and (B), the words “executive agency” are substituted for “department, establishment or agency concerned” because of section 102 of the revised title and for consistency. In clause (2)(C), the words “basis of the” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “for carrying out clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection” are substituted for “accordingly” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “under the jurisdiction” are omitted as surplus. The words “a military department of the Department of Defense” are substituted for “the Department of the Army, the Navy Department (including the Marine Corps)” for consistency with title 10. The words “and the Panama Canal” (subsequently changed to “the Canal Zone Government” by section 2(a)(1) of the Act of September 26, 1950 (ch. 1049, 64 Stat. 1038)) are omitted because of 22:ch. 51. The word “pay” is substituted for “salaries” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (c), the words “On and after May 14, 1937” are omitted as executed. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department” in section 1(last proviso of 2d par. on p. 140) of the Act of May 14, 1937, because of section 1(a) of Reorganization Plan No. III of 1940 (eff. June 30, 1940, 54 Stat. 1231) and section 321(c) of the revised title. The word “appropriate” is added for clarity. The words “officer or employee of the United States Government” are substituted for “administrative officers” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “addressographed or stenciled” and “administratively revised and” are omitted as surplus. The words “disburse public money” are substituted for “make payment” for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3528 of this title.
§3326. Waiver of requirements for warrants and advances
(a) When the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller General decide that, with sufficient safeguards, existing procedures may be changed to simplify, improve, and economize the control and accounting of public money, they may prescribe joint regulations for waiving any part of the requirements in effect on September 12, 1950, that—
(1) warrants be issued and countersigned for the receipt, retention, and disbursement of public money and trust funds; and
(2) amounts be requisitioned and advanced to accountable officials.
(b) Regulations of the Secretary and the Comptroller General may provide for the payment of vouchers by authorized disbursing officials by checks drawn on the general fund of the Treasury. However, the regulations shall provide for appropriate action (including suspension or withdrawal of authority to make payments) against a delinquent disbursing official for any reason related to the official's accounts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 951.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3326(a) | 31:66c(a). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §115, 64 Stat. 837. |
| 3326(b) | 31:66c(b). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “in effect on September 12, 1950” are substituted for “existing” for clarity. In clause (2), the words “under each separate appropriation head or otherwise” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the word “official” is substituted for “officers” for consistency. The word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The words “in the rendition of their accounts or for other” and “under necessary circumstances” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3301, 3323 of this title.
§3327. General authority to issue checks and other drafts
The Secretary of the Treasury may issue a check or other draft on public money in the Treasury to pay an obligation of the United States Government. When the Secretary decides it is convenient to a public creditor and in the public interest, the Secretary may designate a depositary to issue a check or other draft on public money held by the depositary to pay an obligation of the Government. As directed by the Secretary, each depositary shall report to the Secretary on public money paid and received by the depositary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 952.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3327 | 31:526. | R.S. §3644. |
The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “may issue a check or other draft” are substituted for “shall be subject to the draft of” for consistency in the revised title. The words “public money” are substituted for “moneys” because section 10 of the Act of August 6, 1846 (ch. 90, 9 Stat. 61), from which section 3644 of the Revised Statutes is derived, used the term “public money”. The words “obligation of the United States Government” are substituted for “on the public account”, and the words “may designate a depositary to issue a check or draft on public money held by the depositary to pay an obligation of the Government” are substituted for “is authorized to draw upon any of the depositaries” for clarity and consistency. The words “at such times and in such forms . . . shall be” are omitted as surplus. The words “United States Postal Service” and “Postmaster General” are omitted because of 39:410. The words “report to the Secretary on public money paid and received by the depositary” are substituted for “so drawn upon shall make returns to the Treasury Department” for clarity and consistency.
§3328. Paying checks and drafts
(a)
(1)
(A) the Secretary shall not be required to pay a Treasury check issued on or after the effective date of this section unless it is negotiated to a financial institution within 12 months after the date on which the check was issued; and
(B) the Secretary shall not be required to pay a Treasury check issued before the effective date of this section unless it is negotiated to a financial institution within 12 months after such effective date.
(2)
(3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to affect the underlying obligation of the United States, or any agency thereof, for which a Treasury check was issued.
(b)(1) If a check issued by a disbursing official and drawn on a designated depositary is not paid by the last day of the fiscal year after the fiscal year in which the check was issued, the amount of the check is—
(A) withdrawn from the account with the depositary; and
(B) deposited in the Treasury for credit to a consolidated account of the Treasury.
(2) A claim for the proceeds of an unpaid check under this subsection may be paid from a consolidated account by a check drawn on the Treasury on settlement by the Comptroller General.
(c) A limitation imposed on a claim against the United States Government under section 3702 of this title does not apply to an unpaid check drawn on the Treasury or a designated depositary.
(d) With the approval of the Comptroller General, the Secretary may prescribe regulations the Secretary decides are necessary to carry out subsections (a)–(c) of this section.
(e)(1) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations on—
(A) enforcing the speedy presentation of Government drafts;
(B) paying drafts, including the place of payment; and
(C) paying drafts if presentment is not made as required.
(2) Regulations prescribed under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall prevent, as far as may be practicable, Government drafts from being used or placed in circulation as paper currency or a medium of exchange.
(f)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 952; Pub. L. 100–86, title X, §1002, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 658.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3328(a)(1) | 31:132(a). | July 11, 1947, ch. 222, §1, 61 Stat. 308; restated Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–183, §1, 71 Stat. 464. |
| 3328(a)(2) | 31:134(less last 30 words before 1st proviso). | July 11, 1947, ch. 222, §3, 61 Stat. 309; restated Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–183, §2, 71 Stat. 464. |
| 3328(b) | 31:132(b). | |
| 3328(c) | 31:132(c). | |
| 3328(d) | 31:134(last 30 words before 1st proviso). | |
| 3328(e) | 31:527 | R.S. §3645. |
In the section, the word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280).
In subsections (a)(1) and (b), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsections (a)(1) and (c), the words “heretofore or hereafter” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “Except as provided in sections 3330 and 3331 of this title” are added for clarity. The words “including those drawn by wholly owned and mixed-ownership Government corporations” are omitted as surplus. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” after “for payment the” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “doubtful”, “for payment”, and “of such check” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), before clause (A), the words “When the Secretary decides it is appropriate” are substituted for “at appropriate intervals” for clarity. In clauses (A) and (B), the words “on the books” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “drawn on the Treasury” are added for clarity and consistency. In clause (B), the words “from the accounts . . . for the payment of unpaid checks . . . of the Treasury” are omitted as surplus. The words “and to transfer to such consolidated account or accounts the balance of the special deposit account established pursuant to section 132 of this title”, and the words “any unpaid checks heretofore payable from the special deposit account”, are omitted as executed because the account was established under 31:132 as originally enacted in 1947 and then abolished by the 1957 amendment to that section. The text of 31:134(1st proviso) is omitted as superseded by section 448 of the Act of December 24, 1973 (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 801). The text of 31:134(last proviso) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “issued by a disbursing official” are substituted for “drawn by authorized officers of the United States” for consistency. In clause (B), the words “or accounts on the books” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (c) is substituted for 31:132(c) for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), the words “rules and” and “or proper” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e)(1), before clause (A), the word “prescribe” is substituted for “issue and publish” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (B), the words “and to prescribe the time, according to the different distances of the depositaries from the seat of Government, within which all drafts upon them, respectively, shall be presented for payment” are omitted as superseded by subsection (a) of the revised section. Clause (C) is substituted for 31:527(words between semicolons) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “and directions” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The effective date of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), probably means the effective date of subsec. (a) of this section as amended by section 1002 of Pub. L. 100–86, which is effective 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations. See section 1006 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note below.
Amendments
1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–86, §1002(1), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows:
“(1) Except as provided in sections 3329 and 3330 of this title, a check drawn on the Treasury may be paid at any time. However, if the Secretary of the Treasury is on notice of a question of law or fact about the check when the check is presented, the Secretary shall defer payment until the Comptroller General settles the question.
“(2) When the Secretary decides it is appropriate, the Secretary may transfer—
“(A) the amount of an unpaid check drawn on the Treasury from the account on which it was drawn to a consolidated account of the Treasury available for paying checks; and
“(B) an amount available, but not required, for paying checks drawn on the Treasury to the appropriate receipt account.”
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100–86, §1002(2), added subsec. (f).
Effective Date of 1987 Amendment
Section 1006 of Pub. L. 100–86 provided that: “The amendments made by sections 1002, 1003, and 1004 [enacting section 3334 of this title and amending this section and sections 3702 and 3712 of this title] shall become effective 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 1987] or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations.”
Regulations
Section 1005 of Pub. L. 100–86 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures as the Secretary deems necessary to implement the amendments made by sections 1002, 1003, and 1004 [enacting section 3334 of this title and amending this section and sections 3702 and 3712 of this title], including the recertification of Treasury checks which have been canceled or for which a claim has been asserted or barred.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3334 of this title.
§3329. Withholding checks to be sent to foreign countries
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall prohibit a check or warrant drawn on public money from being sent to a foreign country from the United States or from a territory or possession of the United States when the Secretary decides that postal, transportation, or banking facilities generally, or local conditions in the foreign country, do not reasonably ensure that the payee—
(1) will receive the check or warrant; and
(2) will be able to negotiate it for full value.
(b)(1) If a check or warrant is prohibited from being sent to a foreign country under subsection (a) of this section, the drawer shall hold the check or warrant until the end of the calendar quarter after the date of the check or warrant.
(2) The Secretary may release the check or warrant for delivery during the calendar quarter after the date of the check or warrant if the Secretary decides that conditions have changed to ensure reasonably that the payee—
(A) will receive the check or warrant; and
(B) will be able to negotiate it for full value.
(3) Unless the Secretary otherwise directs, the drawer shall send at the end of the calendar quarter after the date of the check or warrant the—
(A) withheld check or warrant to the drawee; and
(B) report to the Secretary on—
(i) the name and address of the payee;
(ii) the date, number, and amount of the check or warrant; and
(iii) the account on which the check or warrant was drawn.
(4) The drawee shall transfer the amount of a withheld check or warrant from the account of the drawer to the special deposit account “Secretary of the Treasury, Proceeds of Withheld Foreign Checks”. The check or warrant shall be marked “Paid into Withheld Foreign Check Account”. After that time, the drawee shall send all withheld checks and warrants to the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General shall credit the accounts of the drawer and drawee.
(c) The Secretary may pay an amount deposited in the special account under subsection (b)(4) of this section with a check drawn on the account when—
(1) a person claiming payment satisfies the Secretary of the right to the amount of the check or warrant (or satisfies the Secretary of Veterans Affairs if the claim represents a payment under laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs); and
(2) the Secretary is reasonably ensured that the person—
(A) will receive the check or warrant; and
(B) will be able to negotiate it for full value.
(d) This section and section 3330 of this title—
(1) apply to a check or warrant whose delivery may be withheld under Executive Order 8389;
(2) do not affect a requirement for a license for delivering and paying a check in payment of a claim under subsection (c) of this section when a license is required by law to authorize delivery and payment; and
(3) do not affect a check or warrant issued for the payment of pay or goods bought by the United States Government in a foreign country.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 953; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(2), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 277.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3329(a) | 31:123(words before 1st proviso). | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 796, §1(words before 1st proviso), 54 Stat. 1086; Dec. 2, 1942, ch. 659, 56 Stat. 1028. |
| 3329(b) | 31:124(1st par.). | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 796, §§2(1st par.), 3(1st par.), 4, 6, 54 Stat. 1086, 1087. |
| 3329(c) | 31:125(1st par.). | |
| 3329(d) | 31:126. | |
| 31:128. |
In the section, the words “drawn on” are substituted for “drawn against” for consistency in the revised chapter. The word “actually” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “On and after October 9, 1940” are omitted as executed. The words “drawn on public money” are substituted for “drawn against funds of the United States, or any agency or instrumentality thereof” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the chapter. The words “and the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands” in section 1 of the Act of October 9, 1940, are omitted because of Proclamation No. 2695 of July 4, 1946 (60 Stat. 1352). The words “to which such check or warrant is to be delivered” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3)(A), the words “in accordance with the provisions of sections 123 to 128 of this title” and “thereof” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3)(B), before subclause (i), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Bureau of Accounts of the Treasury Department” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The word “fully” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(4), the word “withheld” is substituted for “undelivered” for clarity. The words “with the Treasurer of the United States” and the words “of the United States” after “Comptroller General” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “is now being, or . . . hereafter” and “as well as to all checks or warrants the delivery of which is now being withheld pursuant to administrative action, which administrative action is ratified and confirmed” in 31:126 are omitted as executed.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “do not affect a requirement for” are substituted for “nothing in sections 123 to 128 of this title shall be construed to dispense with the necessity of” in 31:126 to eliminate unnecessary words and because of the restatement. The words “obtaining . . . authorize” and “is now or hereafter” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(3), the words “does not affect” are substituted for “Nothing contained in sections 123 to 128 of this title shall be construed as affecting or applying to” in 31:128 to eliminate unnecessary words and because of the restatement. The word “pay” is substituted for “salaries or wages” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
Amendments
1991—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102–54 substituted “Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs” and “laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “laws carried out by the Administrator”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3328, 3330 of this title; title 38 sections 5121, 5309; title 42 section 402.
§3330. Payment of Department of Veterans Affairs checks for the benefit of individuals in foreign countries
(a)(1) A check is deemed to be issued for sending to a foreign country and subject to this section and section 3329 of this title if the check is—
(A) drawn on public money;
(B) for benefits under laws carried out by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs; and
(C) to be sent to a person in the United States or a territory or possession of the United States, and the person is legally responsible for the care of an individual in a foreign country.
(2) The Secretary of Veterans Affairs shall notify the Secretary of the Treasury of each check described under paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(3) The Secretary of Veterans Affairs may exempt a check from paragraph (1) of this subsection if the application of paragraph (1) would reduce, discontinue, or deny benefits for the care of a dependent of an individual in a foreign country.
(b) When the amount of checks (representing payments to an individual under laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs) transferred under section 3329(b)(4) of this title equals $1,000, the amounts of additional checks (except checks under contracts of insurance) payable to the individual under those laws shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. An amount transferred under section 3329(b)(4) or deposited as miscellaneous receipts is deemed to be payment for all purposes to the individual entitled to payment.
(c) If the payee of a check for pension, compensation, or emergency officers’ retirement pay under laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs dies while the amount of the check is in the special deposit account, the amount is payable (subject to section 3329 of this title and this section) as follows:
(1) after the death of the veteran, to the surviving spouse, or, if there is no surviving spouse, to children of the veteran under 18 years of age at the time of the veteran's death.
(2) after the death of the surviving spouse, to children of the spouse under 18 years of age at the time of the spouse's death.
(3) after the death of an apportionee of a part of the veteran's pension, compensation, or emergency officers’ retirement pay but before all of the apportioned amount is paid to the veteran, the apportioned amount not paid.
(4) in any other case, only to the extent necessary to reimburse a person for burial expenses.
(d)(1) A payment may be made under subsection (c) of this section only if a claim for payment is—
(A) filed with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs by the end of the first year after the date of the death of the individual entitled to payment; and
(B) completed by submitting the necessary evidence by the 6th month after the date the Secretary of Veterans Affairs requests the evidence.
(2) Payment shall include only amounts due at the time of death under ratings or decisions existing at the time of the death.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 954; Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(3), (4)(A), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 277; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(I), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3330(a) | 31:123(provisos). | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 796, 54 Stat. 1086, §1(provisos); added Dec. 2, 1942, ch. 659, 56 Stat. 1028. |
| 3330(b) | 31:124(last par.). | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 796, §§2(last par.), 3(last par.), 54 Stat. 1086, 1087. |
| 3330(c), (d) | 31:125(last par.). |
In the section, the words “laws carried out” are substituted for “laws administered”, and the words “Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs” and “Administrator” are substituted for “Veterans’ Administration”, for consistency.
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the word “issued” is substituted for “drawn” for clarity and consistency. Clause (A) is substituted for “drawn against funds of the United States” for consistency in the chapter. In clause (C), the words “guardian, curator, conservator, or other” are omitted as surplus. The words “legally responsible for” are substituted for “vested with” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “under section 3329(b)(4) of this title” are substituted for “to the special deposit account” for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “deposited in” are substituted for “covered into” for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the word “accruing” is omitted as surplus. In clauses (1) and (2), the words “surviving spouse” and “spouse” are substituted for “widow”, and the word “spouse's” is substituted for “widow's”, to conform to amendments made generally to title 38 by the Veterans Disability Compensation and Survivor Benefits Act of 1976 (Pub. L. 94–433, 90 Stat. 1374). In clause (1), the words “first to” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the word “only” is substituted for “no disbursement whatsoever of such pension, compensation, or emergency officers’ retirement pay shall be made or allowed except so much” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d)(1)(B), the word “completed” is substituted for “perfected” for clarity.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “and unpaid” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “Administrator”.
1991—Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(4)(A), substituted “Department of Veterans Affairs” for “Veterans’ Administration” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(3)(A), substituted “Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs”.
Subsec. (a)(2), (3). Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(3)(B), substituted “Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “Administrator”.
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(3)(C), substituted “laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “laws carried out by the Administrator”.
Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–54, §13(l)(3)(B), substituted “Secretary of Veterans Affairs” for “Administrator”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3328, 3329 of this title; title 5 section 5514; title 38 sections 5121, 5309; title 42 section 402.
§3331. Substitute checks
(a) In this section, “original check”—
(1) means an order for the payment of money—
(A) payable on demand;
(B) that does not bear interest;
(C) drawn by an authorized disbursing official or agent of the United States Government; and
(D) the amount of which is deposited with the Treasury or another account available for payment; and
(2) does not include coins and currency of the Government.
(b) When the Secretary of the Treasury is satisfied that an original check is lost, stolen, destroyed in any part, or is so defaced that the value to the owner or holder is impaired, the Secretary may issue a substitute check to the owner or holder of the original check. Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, the substitute check is payable from the amount available to pay the original check.
(c) When the Secretary is satisfied that an original check drawn on a depositary in a foreign country or a territory or possession of the United States is lost, stolen, destroyed in part, or is so defaced that its value to the owner or holder is impaired, the drawer of the original check (or another official designated by the Secretary with the approval of the head of the agency on whose behalf the original check was issued) may issue to the owner or holder of the check a substitute check. The drawer or official shall issue the substitute check by the last day of the fiscal year after the fiscal year in which the original check was issued—
(1) using the current date; and
(2) drawn on the account of the drawer of the original check or another account available for payment of the substitute.
(d) A substitute check issued under this section—
(1) may be paid only if the original check has not been paid;
(2) shall include information necessary to identify the original check;
(3) that is drawn on the Treasury—
(A) is deemed to be an original check; and
(B) is paid under the same conditions as the original check; and
(4) does not relieve a disbursing or certifying official from liability to the Government for payment resulting from erroneously issuing the original check.
(e) Before issuing a substitute check under this section, the Secretary may require the owner or holder of the original check to agree to indemnify the Government with security in the form and amount the Secretary decides is necessary.
(f) Under conditions the Secretary may prescribe, the Secretary may delegate duties and powers of the Secretary under this section to the head of an agency. Consistent with a delegation from the Secretary under this subsection, the head of an agency may delegate those duties and powers to an officer or employee of the agency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 955; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(11), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2468.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3331(a) | 31:528(g). | R.S. §3646(a)–(c), (f), (g); Feb. 16, 1885, ch. 123, 23 Stat. 306; Mar. 23, 1906, ch. 1129, 34 Stat. 84; June 19, 1906, ch. 3434, 34 Stat. 301; May 27, 1908, ch. 206(par. beginning on p. 415 amending §§3646, 3647), 35 Stat. 415; Feb. 23, 1909, ch. 174, 35 Stat. 643; Mar. 21, 1916, ch. 52, 39 Stat. 37; July 8, 1937, ch. 444, §9, 50 Stat. 482; Aug. 10, 1939, ch. 665, §§5–7, 53 Stat. 1359; restated Dec. 3, 1945, ch. 515, §1, 59 Stat. 592; July 11, 1947, ch. 222, §4(c), (d)(related to §3646(c)), (e), (f), 61 Stat. 309; Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–183, §§4, 5(a), (c), 71 Stat. 465; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(s), 86 Stat. 211; Sept. 22, 1978, Pub. L. 95–380, 92 Stat. 725. |
| 3331(b) | 31:528(a)(less last 28 words before proviso, proviso). | |
| 3331(c) | 31:528(c)(1st sentence 1st–158th words, 171st–195th words). | |
| 3331(d) | 31:528(a)(last 28 words before proviso, proviso), (c)(1st sentence 159th–170th words, 237th–last words, last sentence), (f). | |
| 3331(e) | 31:528(b), (c)(1st sentence 196th–236th words). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “The term . . . wherever used” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (1), before subclause (A), the words “check, warrant, or other” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (C), the word “duly” is omitted as surplus. The words “disbursing official or agent” are substituted for “officer or agent” for consistency in the revised title. The words “any wholly owned or mixed-ownership Government corporation” are omitted as already being included in the restated source provisions and because of section 101 of the revised title. Therefore, the text is not meant to exclude employees of wholly owned Government corporations and mixed-ownership Government corporations. The words “the District of Columbia, or the District Unemployment Compensation Board” are omitted because of section 448 of the Act of December 24, 1973 (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 801). The words “or by any entity owned or controlled by the United States” are omitted as unnecessary. In subclause (D), the words “and covered . . . or deposited with the Treasurer of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “or another account available for payment” are added for clarity and consistency in the revised section. In clause (2), the word “money” is omitted as being covered by “coins and currency”.
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “When the Secretary is satisfied” are substituted for “whenever it is clearly proved to the satisfaction of the Secretary” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “mutilated or” are omitted as being covered by “defaced”.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “including the Panama Canal Zone” are omitted because of the Panama Canal Treaty of 1977. The words “official designated” are substituted for “officer or employee of the United States as may be authorized” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “agency” is substituted for “department or agency” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency. In clause (2), the words “drawn on” are substituted for “drawn against” for consistency in the revised chapter.
In subsection (d)(3), before subclause (A), the word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280).
In subsection (d)(4), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (e), the words “surety or” are omitted as surplus. The words “the receipt and approval by the Secretary of the Treasury of” are omitted because of the restatement.
1983 Act
This restates, as 31:3331(f), section 3646(h) of the Revised Statutes that was inadvertently omitted from the codification of title 31 by the Act of Sept. 13, 1982 (Pub. L. 97–258, 96 Stat. 1084). It provides authority for the Secretary of the Treasury to delegate duties and powers related to issuing substitute checks to heads of other agencies.
The words “terms and” are omitted as surplus. The words “duties and powers” are substituted for “power, authority, or discretion” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “in whole or in part” are omitted as surplus. The words “to such individuals as he may designate within the Treasury Department” are omitted because of 31:321(b)(2). The word “agency” is coextensive with and substituted for “other department or agency of the Government or of any Federal Reserve bank” because of 31:101. The words “terms and conditions” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 97–452 added subsec. (f).
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452 provided that: “The amendments made by section 1(11), (14), (19), (22), (24), (26), and (27) [amending this section and sections 3702, 5103, 5154, 6501, 9101, 9107, and 9108 of this title] are effective as of September 13, 1982.”
§3332. Required direct deposit
(a)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all Federal wage, salary, and retirement payments shall be paid to recipients of such payments by electronic funds transfer, unless another method has been determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be appropriate.
(2) Each recipient of Federal wage, salary, or retirement payments shall designate one or more financial institutions or other authorized payment agents and provide the payment certifying or authorizing agency information necessary for the recipient to receive electronic funds transfer payments through each institution so designated.
(b)(1) The head of each agency shall waive the requirements of subsection (a) of this section for a recipient of Federal wage, salary, or retirement payments authorized or certified by the agency upon written request by such recipient.
(2) Federal wage, salary, or retirement payments shall be paid to any recipient granted a waiver under paragraph (1) of this subsection by any method determined appropriate by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(c)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury may waive the requirements of subsection (a) of this section for any group of recipients upon request by the head of an agency under standards prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(2) Federal wage, salary, or retirement payments shall be paid to any member of a group granted a waiver under paragraph (1) of this subsection by any method determined appropriate by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(d) This section shall apply only to recipients of Federal wage or salary payments who begin to receive such payments on or after January 1, 1995, and recipients of Federal retirement payments who begin to receive such payments on or after January 1, 1995.
(e) The crediting of the amount of a payment to the appropriate account on the books of a financial institution or other authorized payment agent designated by a payment recipient under this section shall constitute a full acquittance to the United States for the amount of the payment.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 955; Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VIII, §2814, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1207; Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §402(a), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3412.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3332(a) | 31:492(b)(3). | R.S. §3620(b), (c); added Aug. 28, 1965, Pub. L. 89–145, §1(2), 79 Stat. 582; restated June 29, 1968, Pub. L. 90–365, 82 Stat. 274; July 19, 1975, Pub. L. 94–57, §1(a), 89 Stat. 265. |
| 31:492(note). | July 19, 1975, Pub. L. 94–57, §1(b)(1st sentence), (c)(1st sentence), 89 Stat. 265. | |
| 3332(b) | 31:492(b)(1)(1st sentence words before 1st comma, words between 2d comma and proviso). | |
| 3332(c) | 31:492(b)(1)(proviso, last sentence). | |
| 31:492(note). | July 19, 1975, Pub. L. 94–57, 89 Stat. 265, §1(b)(2d, last sentences), (c)(2d, last sentences); added Dec. 18, 1975, Pub. L. 94–157, §109, 89 Stat. 831. | |
| 3332(d) | 31:492(b)(2)(less 32d–43d words). | |
| 3332(e) | 31:492(c). | |
| 3332(f) | 31:492(d)(1st–50th words). | R.S. §3620(d); added Aug. 7, 1972, Pub. L. 92–366, 86 Stat. 506. |
| 3332(g) | 31:492(b)(1)(1st sentence words between 1st and 2d commas), (2)(32d–43d words), (d)(51st–last words). | |
| 31:492(note). |
In subsection (a), the definition of “agency” is omitted because of section 101 of the revised title. The words “and the municipal government of the District of Columbia” are omitted because of section 448 of the Act of December 24, 1973 (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 801). The text of section 1(b)(1st sentence) and (c)(1st sentence) of the Act of July 19, 1975, is omitted as executed. In clause (2), the words “savings bank” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (b)–(f), the words “officer or employee” are substituted for “employee” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsections (b) and (d), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “issue a check payable to” are substituted for “make the payment . . . by sending to . . . a check that is drawn in favor of the organization” for clarity and consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section or any other provision of law” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “may designate in writing not more than 3 financial organizations to which a payment of pay of the officer or employee shall be sent and the amount to be sent to each organization” are substituted for “upon the written request of an employee of the agency to whom a payment for wages or salary is to be made . . . in the form of one, two, or three checks (the number of checks . . . if more than one . . . designated by such employee” for clarity, consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code, and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “(except for a financial organization designated by an officer or employee of either House of Congress)” are substituted for section 1(b)(last sentence) and (c)(last sentence) of the Act of July 19, 1975 (Pub. L. 94–57, 89 Stat. 265), because of the restatement. The words “to which such check is sent” are omitted because of the restatement.
In subsection (d), the words “to whom a payment is to be made” are omitted as surplus. The words “upon the written request of such employee” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “accompanied by a schedule” are added for clarity.
In subsection (e), the word “payment” is substituted for “acquittance” for clarity and consistency.
Subsection (f) is substituted for 31:492(d)(1st–50th words) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (g), the words “rules and” in section 1(b) and (c) of the Act of July 19, 1975 (Pub. L. 94–57, 89 Stat. 265), are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–356 substituted “Required direct deposit” for “Checks payable to financial organizations designated by Government officers and employees” as section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, section authorized agency officers and employees to designate not more than 3 financial organizations to which a payment of pay or other recurring payments was to be sent without charge and required the agency head to authorize issuance of checks payable to those financial organizations in the designated amounts.
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–369, §2814(a), inserted “without charge” after “shall be sent”.
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 98–369, §2814(b), struck out subsec. (c) which related to reimbursement of an agency for issuing additional checks, and redesignated subsecs. (d) to (g) as (c) to (f), respectively.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 10 sections 1053, 1594.
§3333. Relief for payments made without negligence
(a)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury is not liable for a payment made by the Secretary or depositary in due course and without negligence, of a—
(A) check, draft, or warrant drawn on the Treasury or the depositary; and
(B) debt obligation guaranteed or assumed by the United States Government.
(2) The Comptroller General shall credit the accounts of the Treasury or the depositary for the payment.
(b) This section does not relieve another individual from civil or criminal liability for a check, draft, warrant, or debt obligation of the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 956.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3333(a) | 31:156(less proviso). | Aug. 4, 1947, ch. 455, §3, 61 Stat. 730. |
| 3333(b) | 31:156(proviso). |
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer” before “is not liable” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The word “depositary” is substituted for “upon the Treasurer of the United States through any Federal Reserve Bank” for consistency in the revised title. The words “Whenever . . . heretofore has been or hereafter” and “or on behalf of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” after “drawn upon the” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). In clause (B), the words “public . . . of the United States, including any obligation of any type whatever, the payment of which is” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “of the Treasury or the depositary” are substituted for “Treasurer's” because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “another individual” are substituted for “any person, other than the Treasurer of the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “now existing or which may hereafter exist” are omitted as unnecessary.
§3334. Cancellation and proceeds distribution of Treasury checks
(a)
(2) Such checks shall be canceled by the Secretary and the proceeds thereof shall be returned to the agency concerned and credited to the appropriation or fund account initially charged for the payment.
(b)
(2) The proceeds from checks canceled pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be applied to eliminate the balances in accounts that represent uncollectible accounts receivable and other costs associated with the payment of checks and check claims by the Department of the Treasury on behalf of all payment certifying agencies. Any remaining proceeds shall be deposited to the miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury.
(c)
(Added Pub. L. 100–86, title X, §1003, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 658.)
References in Text
Such effective date, and the effective date of this section, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), is 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations. See Effective Date note below.
Effective Date
Section effective 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations, see section 1006 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as an Effective Date of 1987 Amendment note under section 3328 of this title.
Regulations
For provision permitting Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe rules, regulations, and procedures as necessary to implement this section, including recertification of Treasury checks which have been canceled or for which a claim has been asserted or barred, see section 1005 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 3328 of this title.
§3335. Timely disbursement of Federal funds
(a) Each head of an executive agency (other than the Tennessee Valley Authority) shall, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, provide for the timely disbursement of Federal funds through cash, checks, electronic funds transfer, or any other means identified by the Secretary.
(b) The Secretary may collect from any executive agency which does not comply with subsection (a) a charge in an amount the Secretary determines to be the cost to the general fund of the Treasury caused by such noncompliance.
(c) The amounts of charges collected from an executive agency under this section shall be deposited in the Treasury and credited as miscellaneous receipts.
(d) Any charge assessed by the Secretary under this section, to the maximum extent practicable—
(1) shall be paid out of appropriations available for executive agency operations; and
(2) shall not be paid from amounts available for funding programs of an executive agency.
(Added Pub. L. 101–453, §4(a), Oct. 24, 1990, 104 Stat. 1058.)
Regulations
Section 4(c) of Pub. L. 101–453, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §2(1), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe regulations under section 3335 of title 31, United States Code, as added by subsection (a), to ensure the full implementation of that section.”
SUBCHAPTER III—MISCELLANEOUS
§3341. Sale of Government warrants, checks, drafts, and obligations
(a) A disbursing official of the United States Government may sell a Government warrant, check, draft, or obligation not the property of the official at a premium, or dispose of the proceeds of the warrant, check, draft, or obligation, only if the official deposits the premium and the proceeds in the Treasury or with a depositary for the credit of the Government.
(b) A disbursing official violating subsection (a) of this section shall be dismissed immediately.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 956.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3341(a) | 31:544(words before last semicolon). | R.S. §3652. |
| 3341(b) | 31:544(words after last semicolon). |
In subsection (a), the words “disbursing official” are substituted for “officer” for clarity and consistency in the revised title. The words “either directly or indirectly” and “or dispose of to any person” are omitted as surplus. The words “Government warrant, check, draft, or obligation” are substituted for “Treasury note, draft, warrant, or other public security” for consistency in the revised title. The words “or sell . . . avails or . . . in his hands for disbursement” are omitted as surplus. The words “only if the official deposits the premium and the proceeds in the Treasury or with a depositary” are substituted for “without making return of such premium, and accounting therefor by charging the same in his account” for clarity and consistency in the chapter.
In subsection (b), the words “from office” are omitted as unnecessary.
§3342. Check cashing and exchange transactions
(a) A disbursing official of the United States Government may—
(1) cash and negotiate negotiable instruments payable in United States currency or currency of a foreign country;
(2) exchange United States currency, coins, and negotiable instruments and currency, coins, and negotiable instruments of foreign countries; and
(3) cash checks drawn on the Treasury to accommodate United States citizens in a foreign country, but only if—
(A) satisfactory banking facilities are not available in the foreign country; and
(B) a check is presented by the payee who is a United States citizen.
(b) A disbursing official may act under subsection (a)(1) and (2) of this section only for—
(1) an official purpose;
(2) personnel of the Government;
(3) a veteran hospitalized or living in an institution operated by an agency;
(4) a contractor, or personnel of a contractor, carrying out a Government project; and
(5) personnel of an authorized agency not part of the Government that operates with an agency of the Government.
(c)(1) An amount held by the disbursing official that is available for expenditure may be used to carry out subsection (a) of this section with the approval of the head of the agency having jurisdiction over the amount.
(2) The head of an agency having jurisdiction over a disbursing official may offset, within the same fiscal year, a deficiency resulting from a transaction under subsection (a) of this section with a gain from a transaction under subsection (a). A gain in the account of a disbursing official not used to offset deficiencies under subsection (a) shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(3) Amounts necessary to adjust for deficiencies in the account of a disbursing official because of transactions under subsection (a) of this section are authorized to be appropriated.
(d) The Secretary of the Treasury and, with the approval of the Secretary, the head of an agency having jurisdiction over a disbursing official, may issue regulations to carry out this section. However, under conditions the Secretary decides are necessary, the Secretary may delegate to the head of an agency the authority to issue regulations applying to a disbursing official that is an officer or employee of the agency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 957.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3342(a) | 31:492a(less 1st sentence words between 2d–7th commas, last sentence). | Dec. 23, 1944, ch. 716, §§1–3, 58 Stat. 921; restated June 16, 1953, ch. 115, 67 Stat. 61. |
| 3342(b) | 31:492a(1st sentence words between 2d–7th commas). | |
| 3342(c)(1) | 31:492a(last sentence). | |
| 3342(c)(2), (3) | 31:492b. | |
| 3342(d) | 31:492c. |
In the section, the words “disbursing official” are substituted for “disbursing officers” for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), the words “negotiable instruments” are substituted for “checks, drafts, bills of exchange, and other instruments” for clarity and consistency. Before clause (1), the words “Subject to regulations promulgated pursuant to sections 492a–492c of this title” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (3), before subclause (A), the words “disbursing officers in foreign countries are also authorized . . . to” are omitted because of the restatement. The word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The words “person who is” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (B), the word “payee” is substituted for “person to whose order they are drawn” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “who is a United States citizen” are added for clarity.
Subsection (b), before clause (1), is added because of the restatement. In clause (2), the words “the accommodation of” are omitted as surplus. The word “personnel” is substituted for “members of the Armed Forces and civilian personnel” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (3), the words “of the Armed Forces of the United States . . . institutions operated by the Veterans’ Administration and other” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “For the purposes of this section” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “in the accounts of such disbursing officers” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “resulting from a transaction under subsection (a) of this section” are added for clarity. The words “not used to offset deficiencies from transactions under subsection (a)” are substituted for “resulting from operations permitted by sections 492a to 492c of this title” for clarity and consistency.
Subsection (c)(3) is substituted for 31:492b(2d sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (d), the words “rules and . . . governing the disbursing officers under their respective jurisdictions, as may be deemed necessary or proper . . . the purposes of” are omitted as surplus. The words “under conditions the Secretary decides are necessary” are substituted for “subject to such terms and conditions as he may prescribe” for clarity and consistency. The words “and exercise the function of disbursement pursuant to a delegation by the Secretary of the Treasury” are omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 22 section 2504.
§3343. Check forgery insurance fund
(a) The Department of the Treasury has a special deposit revolving fund, the “Check Forgery Insurance Fund”. Amounts may be appropriated to the Fund. The Fund consists of amounts—
(1) appropriated to the Fund; and
(2) received under subsection (d) of this section.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall pay from the Fund to a payee or special endorsee of a check drawn on the Treasury or a depositary designated by the Secretary the amount of the check without interest if—
(1) the check was lost or stolen without the fault of the payee or a holder that is a special endorsee and whose endorsement is necessary for further negotiation;
(2) the check was negotiated later and paid by the Secretary or a depositary on a forged endorsement of the payee's or special endorsee's name;
(3) the payee or special endorsee has not participated in any part of the proceeds of the negotiation or payment; and
(4) recovery from the forger, a transferee, or a party on the check after the forgery has been or may be delayed or unsuccessful.
(c) Notwithstanding section 1306 of this title, a check drawn on a designated depositary may be paid in the currency of a foreign country when the appropriate accountable official authorizes payment in that currency.
(d) The Secretary shall deposit immediately to the credit of the Fund an amount recovered from a forger or a transferee or party on the check. However, currency of a foreign country recovered because of a forged check drawn on a designated depositary shall be credited to the Fund or to the foreign currency fund that was charged when payment was made under subsection (b) of this section to the payee or special endorsee.
(e) This section does not relieve—
(1) a forger from civil or criminal liability; or
(2) a transferee or party on a check after the forgery from liability—
(A) on the express or implied warranty of prior endorsements of the transferee or party; or
(B) to refund amounts to the Secretary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 957.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3343(a) | 31:561. | Nov. 21, 1941, ch. 489, §§1–3, 55 Stat. 777. |
| 3343(b) | 31:562. | |
| 31:563a(1st sentence). | Nov. 21, 1941, ch. 489, 55 Stat. 777, §4; added Dec. 22, 1974, Pub. L. 93–539, §1(b), 88 Stat. 1738. | |
| 3343(c) | 31:563a(2d sentence). | |
| 3343(d) | 31:563(words after 3d comma). | |
| 31:563a(last sentence). | ||
| 3343(e) | 31:563(words before 3d comma). |
Subsection (a) is substituted for 31:561 for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the text of 31:563a(1st sentence) is omitted because of section 321 of the revised title. Before clause (1), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” before “is authorized and directed” in 31:562 because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “prior to reclamation” and “heretofore or hereafter” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Treasury or a depositary designated by the Secretary” are substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” before “has been lost or stolen” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280) and for consistency in the revised title. The words “it is established” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “Secretary or a depositary” are substituted for “Treasurer” for consistency. In clause (3), the words “either directly or indirectly” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “drawn on a designated depositary” are added because of the restatement.
In subsection (d), the words “The Secretary shall deposit immediately to the credit of the Fund amounts recovered from a forger” are substituted for 31:563(words after 3d comma) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “The liability and restoration provisions of section 563 of this title shall apply with respect to checks drawn on designated depositaries” in 31:563a(last sentence) are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “because of a forged check drawn on a designated depositary” are added for clarity. The words “credited to” are substituted for “used, as required, to reimburse” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “payment” is substituted for “settlement” for consistency. The words “under subsection (b) of this section” are added for clarity.
In subsection (e), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
CHAPTER 35—ACCOUNTING AND COLLECTION
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER II—ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, SYSTEMS, AND INFORMATION
SUBCHAPTER III—AUDITING AND SETTLING ACCOUNTS
SUBCHAPTER IV—COLLECTION
SUBCHAPTER V—PROCUREMENT PROTEST SYSTEM
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §§301(b), 303(f), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2848, 2852, substituted “and other financial management reports and plans” for “systems” in item 3512 and added item 3515.
1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(b), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1203, added subchapter V heading and items 3551 to 3556.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in section 3726 of this title; title 20 sections 1132d–1, 8508; title 22 sections 2421, 3721, 3723; title 38 section 7807; title 40 section 756; title 48 sections 1469b, 1683; title 49 sections 5334, 44308.
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
§3501. Definition
In this chapter, “executive agency” does not include (except in section 3513 of this title) a corporation, agency, or instrumentality subject to chapter 91 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 959.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3501 | 31:65a. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §118, 64 Stat. 837; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §2(c), 70 Stat. 783. |
The words “As used . . . the term” are omitted as surplus. The words “means any executive department or independent establishment in the executive branch of the Government” are omitted because of section 102 of the revised title. The reference to 31:66d is unnecessary because the defined term is not used in the restatement of 31:66d in section 3514 of the revised title. The text of 31:65a(words after 4th comma) is omitted as unnecessary because of 39:410.
SUBCHAPTER II—ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, SYSTEMS, AND INFORMATION
§3511. Prescribing accounting requirements and developing accounting systems
(a) The Comptroller General shall prescribe the accounting principles, standards, and requirements that the head of each executive agency shall observe. Before prescribing the principles, standards, and requirements, the Comptroller General shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury and the President on their accounting, financial reporting, and budgetary needs, and shall consider the needs of the heads of the other executive agencies.
(b) Requirements prescribed under subsection (a) of this section shall—
(1) provide for suitable integration between the accounting process of each executive agency and the accounting of the Department of the Treasury;
(2) allow the head of each agency to carry out section 3512 of this title; and
(3) provide a method of—
(A) integrated accounting for the United States Government;
(B) complete disclosure of the results of the financial operations of each agency and the Government; and
(C) financial information and control the President and Congress require to carry out their responsibilities.
(c) Consistent with subsections (a) and (b) of this section—
(1) the authority of the Comptroller General continues under section 205(b) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 486(b)); and
(2) the Comptroller General may prescribe the forms, systems, and procedures that the judicial branch of the Government (except the Supreme Court) shall observe.
(d) The Comptroller General, the Secretary, and the President shall conduct a continuous program for improving accounting and financial reporting in the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 959.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3511(a) | 31:66(a)(1st sentence words before last comma). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §§111(f), 112(a), 64 Stat. 835; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 3511(b) | 31:66(a)(1st sentence words after last comma, 2d sentence). | |
| 3511(c) | 31:49 | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §309, 42 Stat. 25. |
| 31:66(a)(3d, last sentences). | ||
| 3511(d) | 31:65(f). |
In the section, the words “the head of” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) redesignated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “as a whole” and “respective” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (c)(2) is substituted for 31:49 and the words “and, to the extent he deems necessary, the authority vested in him by section 49 of this title” in 31:66(a) for clarity and consistency. H. Rept. 2556, 81st Cong. (1950), states that the Comptroller General will be able to prescribe appropriation and fund accounting systems under 31:49 “in terms of principles, standards and related requirements rather than in terms of detailed forms and procedures”. The reference to the judicial branch covers authority that the Comptroller General was given under 31:49 that applies to departments and establishments except the Supreme Court that was not superseded by the source provisions restated in subsection (a) of this section.
Adoption of Capital Accounting Standards
Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §307, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2855, provided that: “No capital accounting standard or principle, including any human capital standard or principle, shall be adopted for use in an executive department or agency until such standard has been reported to the Congress and a period of 45 days of continuous session of the Congress has expired.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3512, 3513 of this title; title 10 sections 3022, 5025, 8022.
§3512. Executive agency accounting and other financial management reports and plans
(a)(1) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a financial management status report and a governmentwide 5-year financial management plan.
(2) A financial management status report under this subsection shall include—
(A) a description and analysis of the status of financial management in the executive branch;
(B) a summary of the most recently completed financial statements—
(i) of Federal agencies under section 3515 of this title; and
(ii) of Government corporations;
(C) a summary of the most recently completed financial statement audits and reports—
(i) of Federal agencies under section 3521(e) and (f) of this title; and
(ii) of Government corporations;
(D) a summary of reports on internal accounting and administrative control systems submitted to the President and the Congress under the amendments made by the Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–255); and
(E) any other information the Director considers appropriate to fully inform the Congress regarding the financial management of the Federal Government.
(3)(A) A governmentwide 5-year financial management plan under this subsection shall describe the activities the Director, the Deputy Director for Management, the Controller of the Office of Federal Financial Management, and agency Chief Financial Officers shall conduct over the next 5 fiscal years to improve the financial management of the Federal Government.
(B) Each governmentwide 5-year financial management plan prepared under this subsection shall—
(i) describe the existing financial management structure and any changes needed to establish an integrated financial management system;
(ii) be consistent with applicable accounting principles, standards, and requirements;
(iii) provide a strategy for developing and integrating individual agency accounting, financial information, and other financial management systems to ensure adequacy, consistency, and timeliness of financial information;
(iv) identify and make proposals to eliminate duplicative and unnecessary systems, including encouraging agencies to share systems which have sufficient capacity to perform the functions needed;
(v) identify projects to bring existing systems into compliance with the applicable standards and requirements;
(vi) contain milestones for equipment acquisitions and other actions necessary to implement the 5-year plan consistent with the requirements of this section;
(vii) identify financial management personnel needs and actions to ensure those needs are met;
(viii) include a plan for ensuring the annual audit of financial statements of executive agencies pursuant to section 3521(h) of this title; and
(ix) estimate the costs of implementing the governmentwide 5-year plan.
(4)(A) Not later than 15 months after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall submit the first financial management status report and governmentwide 5-year financial management plan under this subsection to the appropriate committees of the Congress.
(B)(i) Not later than January 31 of each year thereafter, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a financial management status report and a revised governmentwide 5-year financial management plan to cover the succeeding 5 fiscal years, including a report on the accomplishments of the executive branch in implementing the plan during the preceding fiscal year.
(ii) The Director shall include with each revised governmentwide 5-year financial management plan a description of any substantive changes in the financial statement audit plan required by paragraph (3)(B)(viii), progress made by executive agencies in implementing the audit plan, and any improvements in Federal Government financial management related to preparation and audit of financial statements of executive agencies.
(5) Not later than 30 days after receiving each annual report under section 902(a)(6) of this title, the Director shall transmit to the Chairman of the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives and the Chairman of the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate a final copy of that report and any comments on the report by the Director.
(b) The head of each executive agency shall establish and maintain systems of accounting and internal controls that provide—
(1) complete disclosure of the financial results of the activities of the agency;
(2) adequate financial information the agency needs for management purposes;
(3) effective control over, and accountability for, assets for which the agency is responsible, including internal audit;
(4) reliable accounting results that will be the basis for—
(A) preparing and supporting the budget requests of the agency;
(B) controlling the carrying out of the agency budget; and
(C) providing financial information the President requires under section 1104(e) of this title; and
(5) suitable integration of the accounting of the agency with the central accounting and reporting responsibilities of the Secretary of the Treasury under section 3513 of this title.
(c)(1) To ensure compliance with subsection (b)(3) of this section and consistent with standards the Comptroller General prescribes, the head of each executive agency shall establish internal accounting and administrative controls that reasonably ensure that—
(A) obligations and costs comply with applicable law;
(B) all assets are safeguarded against waste, loss, unauthorized use, and misappropriation; and
(C) revenues and expenditures applicable to agency operations are recorded and accounted for properly so that accounts and reliable financial and statistical reports may be prepared and accountability of the assets may be maintained.
(2) Standards the Comptroller General prescribes under this subsection shall include standards to ensure the prompt resolution of all audit findings.
(d)(1) In consultation with the Comptroller General, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget—
(A) shall establish by December 31, 1982, guidelines that the head of each executive agency shall follow in evaluating the internal accounting and administrative control systems of the agency to decide whether the systems comply with subsection (c) of this section; and
(B) may change a guideline when considered necessary.
(2) By December 31 of each year (beginning in 1983), the head of each executive agency, based on an evaluation conducted according to guidelines prescribed under paragraph (1) of this subsection, shall prepare a statement on whether the systems of the agency comply with subsection (c) of this section, including—
(A) if the head of an executive agency decides the systems do not comply with subsection (c) of this section, a report identifying any material weakness in the systems and describing the plans and schedule for correcting the weakness; and
(B) a separate report on whether the accounting system of the agency conforms to the principles, standards, and requirements the Comptroller General prescribes under section 3511(a) of this title.
(3) The head of each executive agency shall sign the statement and reports required by this subsection and submit them to the President and Congress. The statement and reports are available to the public, except that information shall be deleted from a statement or report before it is made available if the information specifically is—
(A) prohibited from disclosure by law; or
(B) required by Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or the conduct of foreign affairs.
(e) To assist in preparing a cost-based budget under section 1108(b) of this title and consistent with principles and standards the Comptroller General prescribes, the head of each executive agency shall maintain the accounts of the agency on an accrual basis to show the resources, liabilities, and costs of operations of the agency. An accounting system under this subsection shall include monetary property accounting records.
(f) The Comptroller General shall—
(1) cooperate with the head of each executive agency in developing an accounting system for the agency; and
(2) approve the system when the Comptroller General considers it to be adequate and in conformity with the principles, standards, and requirements prescribed under section 3511 of this title.
(g) The Comptroller General shall review the accounting systems of each executive agency. The results of a review shall be available to the head of the executive agency, the Secretary, and the President. The Comptroller General shall report to Congress on a review when the Comptroller General considers it proper.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 959; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(12), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2468; Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §301(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2847; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(J), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3512(a) | 31:66a(a). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §§112(c), 113(a), 64 Stat. 835; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 3512(b) | 31:66a(c). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §113(c); added Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 814, §2(b), 70 Stat. 782. |
| 3512(c) | 31:66(b)(less Treasury Department). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §§112(b)(less Treasury Department), 113(b), 64 Stat. 835, 836. |
| 31:66a(b). | ||
| 3512(d) | 31:66(c). |
In subsection (a)(3), the words “funds, property, and other” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(4)(C), the word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) redesignated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
In subsection (a)(5), the words “the accounting of the Treasury Department in connection with” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “As soon as practicable after August 1, 1956” are omitted as executed. The words “with a view”, “adequate”, and “as an integral part of the system” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (c) and (d), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The word “considers” is substituted for “deemed” as being more precise.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:66a(b) is omitted as unnecessary. In clause (1), the words “the head of” are added for consistency with the revised title and other titles of the United States Code. In clause (2), the words “under section 3511 of this title” are substituted for “by him” in 31:66(b)(less Treasury Department) for clarity.
In subsection (d), the word “concerned” is omitted as surplus. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 redesignated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3512(b) | 31 App.:66a(d)(1). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §113(d); added Sept. 8, 1982, Pub. L. 97–255, §2, 96 Stat. 814. |
| 3512(c)(1) | 31 App.:66a(d)(2). | |
| 3512(c)(2) (A) | 31 App.:66a(d)(3), (4). | |
| 3512(c)(2) (B) | 31 App.:66a(b)(last sentence). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §113(b)(last sentence); added Sept. 8, 1982, Pub. L. 97–255, §4, 96 Stat. 815. |
| 3512(c)(3) | 31 App.:66a(d)(5). |
In subsections (b)(1) and (c)(1)(A), the words “the requirements of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “the head of” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “provide” is omitted as surplus. In clause (B), the word “all” is substituted for “funds, property, and other” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(1)(A), the words “the head of each executive agency shall follow” are substituted for “agencies” for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (c)(2), before clause (A), the words “beginning in” are substituted for “succeeding” because of the restatement. The words “on whether the systems of the agency comply with subsection (b) of this section” are substituted for 31 App.:66a(d)(3)(A) to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (B), the word “related” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3)(A), the words “provision of” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(D), is Pub. L. 97–255, Sept. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 814, which added subsec. (d) to section 66a of former Title 31, Money and Finance. Section 66a of former Title 31 was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, and reenacted by the first section thereof as this section. Provisions relating to reports on internal accounting and administrative control systems are restated in subsec. (d)(2) and (3) of this section.
The date of the enactment of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (a)(4)(A), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 101–576, which added subsec. (a) and was approved Nov. 15, 1990.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(J)(i), substituted “subsection (b)(3)” for “subsection (a)(3)” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d)(1), (2). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(J)(ii), substituted “subsection (c)” for “subsection (b)” wherever appearing.
1990—Pub. L. 101–576 substituted “and other financial management reports and plans” for “systems” in section catchline, added subsec. (a), and redesignated former subsecs. (a) to (f) as (b) to (g), respectively.
1983—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 97–452 added subsecs. (b) and (c). Former subsecs. (b) and (c) were redesignated (d) and (e), respectively.
Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 97–452 redesignated former subsecs. (b) to (d) as (d) to (f), respectively.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 902, 3511, 3521, 5134, 7502 of this title; title 10 sections 3022, 5025, 8022; title 22 section 2421; title 36 section 169j–10.
§3513. Financial reporting and accounting system
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare reports that will inform the President, Congress, and the public on the financial operations of the United States Government. The reports shall include financial information the President requires. The head of each executive agency shall give the Secretary reports and information on the financial conditions and operations of the agency the Secretary requires to prepare the reports.
(b) The Secretary may—
(1) establish facilities necessary to prepare the reports; and
(2) reorganize the accounting functions and procedures and financial reports of the Department of the Treasury to develop an effective and coordinated system of accounting and financial reporting in the Department that will integrate the accounting results for the Department and be the operating center for consolidating accounting results of other executive agencies with accounting results of the Department.
(c) The Comptroller General shall—
(1) cooperate with the Secretary in developing and establishing the reporting and accounting system under this section; and
(2) approve the system when the Comptroller General considers it to be adequate and in conformity with the principles, standards, and requirements prescribed under section 3511 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 960.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3513(a) | 31:66b(a). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §114(a), 64 Stat. 836; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. |
| 3513(b) | 31:66b(b). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §§112(b)(related to Treasury Department), 114(b), (c), 64 Stat. 835, 836. |
| 3513(c) | 31:66(b)(related to Treasury Department). | |
| 31:66b(c). |
In subsection (a), the words “the results of” are omitted as surplus. The words “The report” are substituted for “Provided, That” for clarity. The word “information” is substituted for “data” for consistency. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) redesignated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “in connection with the preparation of the Budget or for other purposes of the Office” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “The head of” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “by rules and regulations” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of this title. The words “to prepare the reports” are substituted for “for the effective performance of his responsibilities under this section” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “install, revise, or eliminate”, “the several bureaus and offices of”, “with such concentration of accounting and reporting as is necessary”, and “the activities of” are omitted as surplus. The word “be” is substituted for “provide” for clarity. The text of 31:66b(b)(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 321 of this title.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the text of 31:66b(c) is omitted as unnecessary. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. In clause (1), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasury Department” in 31:66(b)(related to Treasury Department) for consistency. The word “central” is omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “considers” is substituted for “deemed” as being more precise. The words “under section 3511 of this title” are substituted for “by him” for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3501, 3512 of this title.
§3514. Discontinuing certain accounts maintained by the Comptroller General
The Comptroller General may discontinue an agency appropriation, expenditure, limitation, receipt, or personal ledger account maintained by the Comptroller General when the Comptroller General believes that the accounting system and internal controls of the agency will allow the Comptroller General to carry out the functions related to the account.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 960.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3514 | 31:66d. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §116, 64 Stat. 837. |
The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The word “agency” is substituted for “executive, legislative, and judicial agencies” because of sections 101, 102, and 3501 of the revised title. The word “properly” is omitted as surplus.
§3515. Financial statements of agencies
(a) Not later than March 1 of 1997 and each year thereafter, the head of each executive agency identified in section 901(b) of this title shall prepare and submit to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget an audited financial statement for the preceding fiscal year, covering all accounts and associated activities of each office, bureau, and activity of the agency.
(b) Each audited financial statement of an executive agency under this section shall reflect—
(1) the overall financial position of the offices, bureaus, and activities covered by the statement, including assets and liabilities thereof; and
(2) results of operations of those offices, bureaus, and activities.
(c) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall identify components of executive agencies that shall be required to have audited financial statements meeting the requirements of subsection (b).
(d) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe the form and content of the financial statements of executive agencies under this section, consistent with applicable accounting and financial reporting principles, standards, and requirements.
(e) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget may waive the application of all or part of subsection (a) for financial statements required for fiscal years 1996 and 1997.
(f) Not later than March 1 of 1995 and 1996, the head of each executive agency identified in section 901(b) of this title and designated by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prepare and submit to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget an audited financial statement for the preceding fiscal year, covering all accounts and associated activities of each office, bureau, and activity of the agency.
(g) Not later than March 31 of 1995 and 1996, for executive agencies not designated by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget under subsection (f), the head of each executive agency identified in section 901(b) of this title shall prepare and submit to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget a financial statement for the preceding fiscal year, covering—
(1) each revolving fund and trust fund of the agency; and
(2) to the extent practicable, the accounts of each office, bureau, and activity of the agency which performed substantial commercial functions during the preceding fiscal year.
(h) For purposes of subsection (g), the term “commercial functions” includes buying and leasing of real estate, providing insurance, making loans and loan guarantees, and other credit programs and any activity involving the provision of a service or thing for which a fee, royalty, rent, or other charge is imposed by an agency for services and things of value it provides.
(Added Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §303(a)(1), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2849; amended Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3415.)
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–356 amended section generally, revising and restating as subsecs. (a) to (h) provisions of former subsecs. (a) to (e) which required agency preparation and submission of annual financial statements, provided for form and contents of such statements, and defined term “commercial functions” for purposes of section.
Effective Date; Waiver of Requirement; Resolution Approving Designation of Agencies
Section 303(a)(2), (3), (b) of Pub. L. 101–576 provided that section 3515(e) of this title, as added by section 303(a)(1) of Pub. L. 101–576, would take effect on date on which a resolution was passed by Congress and approved by the President, provided that Director of Office of Management and Budget could, for fiscal year 1991, waive application of section 3515(a) of this title with respect to any revolving fund, trust fund, or account of an executive agency, and described and specified procedures for passage of the resolution.
Report on Substantial Commercial Functions
Section 303(c) of Pub. L. 101–576 directed Director of Office of Management and Budget, not later than 180 days after Nov. 15, 1990, to determine and report to Congress on which executive agencies or parts thereof perform substantial commercial functions for which financial statements can be prepared practicably under 31 U.S.C. 3515.
Pilot Project for Preparation and Audit of Financial Statements; Report to Congress
Section 303(d), (e) of Pub. L. 101–576 directed specific departments, administrations, and services by Mar. 31 of 1991, 1992, and 1993 to prepare and submit to Director of Office of Management and Budget financial statements for the preceding fiscal year for the accounts of all of the offices, bureaus, and activities, required each financial statement to be audited in accordance with 31 U.S.C. section 3521(e), (f), (g), and (h), and directed Director of Office of Management and Budget, not later than June 30, 1993, to report to Congress on the financial statements including an analysis of the accuracy of the data, the difficulties encountered in preparing the data, the benefits derived from preparation of the financial statements, and the cost associated with preparing and auditing the financial statements.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 902, 1116, 3512, 3521 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER III—AUDITING AND SETTLING ACCOUNTS
§3521. Audits by agencies
(a) Each account of an agency shall be audited administratively before being submitted to the Comptroller General. The head of each agency shall prescribe regulations for conducting the audit and designate a place at which the audit is to be conducted. However, a disbursing official of an executive agency may not administratively audit vouchers for which the official is responsible. With the consent of the Comptroller General, the head of the agency may waive any part of an audit.
(b) The head of an agency may prescribe a statistical sampling procedure to audit vouchers of the agency when the head of the agency decides economies will result from using the procedure. The Comptroller General—
(1) may prescribe the maximum amount of a voucher that may be audited under this subsection; and
(2) in reviewing the accounting system of the agency, shall evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the procedure.
(c) A disbursing or certifying official acting in good faith under subsection (b) of this section is not liable for a payment or certification of a voucher not audited specifically because of the procedure prescribed under subsection (b) if the official and the head of the agency carry out diligently collection action the Comptroller General prescribes.
(d) Subsections (b) and (c) of this section do not—
(1) affect the liability, or authorize the relief, of a payee, beneficiary, or recipient of an illegal, improper, or incorrect payment; or
(2) relieve a disbursing or certifying official, the head of an agency, or the Comptroller General of responsibility in carrying out collection action against a payee, beneficiary, or recipient.
(e) Each financial statement prepared under section 3515 by an agency shall be audited in accordance with applicable generally accepted government auditing standards—
(1) in the case of an agency having an Inspector General appointed under the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.), by the Inspector General or by an independent external auditor, as determined by the Inspector General of the agency; and
(2) in any other case, by an independent external auditor, as determined by the head of the agency.
(f)(1) For each audited financial statement required under subsections (a) and (f) of section 3515 of this title, the person who audits the statement for purpose of subsection (e) of this section shall submit a report on the audit to the head of the agency. A report under this subsection shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards.
(2) Not later than June 30 following the fiscal year for which a financial statement is submitted under subsection (g) of section 3515 of this title, the person who audits the statement for purpose of subsection (e) of this section shall submit a report on the audit to the head of the agency. A report under this subsection shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards.
(g) The Comptroller General of the United States—
(1) may review any audit of a financial statement conducted under this subsection by an Inspector General or an external auditor;
(2) shall report to the Congress, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the head of the agency which prepared the statement, regarding the results of the review and make any recommendation the Comptroller General considers appropriate; and
(3) may audit a financial statement prepared under section 3515 of this title at the discretion of the Comptroller General or at the request of a committee of the Congress.
An audit the Comptroller General performs under this subsection shall be in lieu of the audit otherwise required by subsection (e) of this section. Prior to performing such audit, the Comptroller General shall consult with the Inspector General of the agency which prepared the statement.
(h) Each financial statement prepared by an executive agency for a fiscal year after fiscal year 1991 shall be audited in accordance with this section and the plan required by section 3512(a)(3)(B)(viii) of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 961; Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §304(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2852; Pub. L. 103–356, title IV, §405(b), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3416.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3521(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:65b. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §119, 64 Stat. 838. | |
| 31:75, 41:21. | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §22, 28 Stat. 210. | |
| 31:82. | Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. under heading “Office of the Comptroller of the Treasury”), 37 Stat. 375. | |
| 3521(b) | 31:82b–1(a)(1st sentence words before semicolon, last sentence). | Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–521, 78 Stat. 700; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §101, 88 Stat. 1959. |
| 3521(c) | 31:82b–1(a)(1st sentence words after semicolon). | |
| 3521(d) | 31:82b–1(b). |
In the section, the word “audit” is substituted for “examination”, and the word “official” is substituted for “officer”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “Except as otherwise provided” in 31:82(words before 5th comma) are omitted as unnecessary. The words “on and after August 23, 1912” are omitted as executed. The words “of an agency” are substituted for “public” for clarity and consistency. The words “preliminary to their audit by the General Accounting Office . . . as contemplated by section 78 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” in 31:75 for consistency. The words “prepared and” in 31:82(words between 5th and 6th commas) are omitted as surplus. The words “by and through the administrative heads of divisions and bureaus” are omitted because of the authority vested in the heads of agencies. The words “and pay rolls” are omitted as being included in “vouchers”. The text of 31:82(words after 6th comma) is omitted as executed. The text of 31:75(1st par.) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title. The words “head of each agency” are substituted for “head of each executive agency . . . Provided, That the same authority is conferred upon the officers responsible for the administrative examination of accounts for legislative and judicial agencies” in 31:65b and “heads of the several executive departments and of the proper officers of other Government establishments, not within the jurisdiction of any executive department” in 31:75 because of sections 101, 102, and 3501 of the revised title. The words “shall prescribe regulations for conducting the audit” are substituted for “It shall also be the duty of . . . to make appropriate rules and regulations to secure a proper administrative examination of all accounts sent to them, as required by section 78 of this title” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and for the execution of other requirements of this chapter insofar as the same relate to the several departments or establishments” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “or places, at the seat of government or elsewhere . . . of fiscal officers’ accounts” in 31:65b are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “the Mayor of the District of Columbia” are omitted as superseded by sections 448(2) and 449 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 802, 803).
In subsection (c), the words “made by him” are omitted as surplus. The words “head of the” are added for consistency. The words “to recover the illegal, improper, or incorrect payment in accordance with procedures” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103–356 amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) read as follows: “Not later than June 30 following the fiscal year for which a financial statement is submitted under section 3515 of this title by an agency, the person who audits the statement for purpose of subsection (e) shall submit a report on the audit to the head of the agency. A report under this subsection shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards.”
1990—Subsecs. (e) to (h). Pub. L. 101–576 added subsecs. (e) to (h).
Waiver of Requirements
Section 304(b) of Pub. L. 101–576 provided that: “The Director of the Office of Management and Budget may waive application of subsections (e) and (f) of section 3521 of title 31, United States Code, as amended by this section, to a financial statement submitted by an agency for fiscal years 1990 and 1991.”
Time Limit for Resolving Pending and New Audits
Pub. L. 96–304, title III, §305, July 8, 1980, 94 Stat. 928, provided that: “All unresolved audits currently pending within agencies and departments, for which appropriations are made under this Act, shall be resolved not later than September 30, 1981. Any new audits, involving questioned costs, arising after July 8, 1980, shall be resolved within 6 months.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 902, 3512 of this title.
§3522. Making and submitting accounts
(a)(1) Unless the Comptroller General decides the public interest requires that an account be made more frequently, each disbursing official shall make a quarterly account. An official or agent of the United States Government receiving public money not authorized to be kept as pay of the official or agent shall make a monthly account of the money.
(2) An official or agent of the Government receiving public money shall make an account of public money received by the official or agent according to the appropriation from which the money was advanced.
(b)(1) A monthly account shall be submitted to the appropriate official in the District of Columbia by the 10th day after the end of the month covered by the account. The official shall submit the account to the Comptroller General by the 20th day after receiving the account.
(2) An account (except a monthly account) shall be submitted to the appropriate official in the District of Columbia by the 20th day after the end of the period covered by the account. The official shall submit the account to the Comptroller General by the 60th day after receiving the account.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, an account of the armed forces shall be submitted to the Comptroller General by the 60th day after the account is received. However, during a war or national emergency and for 18 months after the war or emergency ends, an account shall be submitted to the Comptroller General by the 90th day after the account is received.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, an account of a disbursing official of the Department of Justice shall be submitted to the Comptroller General by the 80th day after the account is received.
(c) An official shall give evidence of compliance with subsection (b) of this section if an account is not received within a reasonable time after the time required by subsection (b).
(d) The head of an agency may require other returns or reports about the agency that the public interest requires.
(e)(1) The Comptroller General shall disapprove a requisition for an advance of money if an account from which the advance is to be made is not submitted to the Comptroller General within the time required by subsection (b) of this section. The Comptroller General may disapprove the request for another reason related to the condition of an account of the official for whom the advance is requested. However, the Secretary of the Treasury may overrule the decision of the Comptroller General on the sufficiency of the other reasons.
(2) The Secretary may extend the time requirements of subsection (b)(1) and (2) of this section for submitting an account to the proper official in the District of Columbia or waive a condition of delinquency only when there is, or is likely to be, a manifest physical difficulty in complying with those requirements. If an account is not submitted to the Comptroller General on time under subsection (b), an order of the President or, if the President is ill or not in the District of Columbia, the Secretary is required to authorize an advance.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 961.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3522(a)(1) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:496(1st sentence). | R.S. §3622; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69(8th complete par. on p. 249), 19 Stat. 249; July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §12(last par.), 28 Stat. 209. | |
| 31:497. | Aug. 30, 1890, ch. 837, §4, 26 Stat. 413. | |
| 3522(a)(2) | 31:498. | R.S. §3623. |
| 3522(b)(1), (2) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:78(1st, last sentences). | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §12(1st par.), 28 Stat. 209; Mar. 2, 1895, ch. 177, §4, 28 Stat. 807. | |
| 31:496(2d sentence). | ||
| 3522(b)(3) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:80. | Mar. 2, 1901, ch. 803(3d par. on p. 910), 31 Stat. 910; July 9, 1918, ch. 143, ch. XVIII(last par.), 40 Stat. 892. | |
| 31:80a. | Nov. 21, 1941, ch. 499, 55 Stat. 781. | |
| 31:80b. | Dec. 26, 1941, ch. 629, 55 Stat. 862; Dec. 23, 1944, ch. 720, 58 Stat. 923. | |
| 31:80c. | Feb. 20, 1942, ch. 95, 56 Stat. 94. | |
| 31:496(3d sentence). | ||
| 3522(b)(4) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:81. | Mar. 4, 1907, ch. 2918, §1(3d par. under heading “United States Courts”), 34 Stat. 1360. | |
| 3522(c) | 31:496(4th sentence). | |
| 3522(d) | 31:496(last sentence). | |
| 3522(e)(1) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:78(2d sentence). | ||
| 3522(e)(2) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:78(3d, 4th sentences). |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “of the United States” and “and the Secretary of the Senate shall render his accounts as otherwise provided” in 31:497 are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Except as otherwise provided” in 31:496 are omitted as unnecessary. The words “official or agent of the United States Government” are substituted for “officer or agent of the United States” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “pay” is substituted for “salary, pay, or emolument” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “official or agent of the Government” are substituted for “officers, agents, or other persons” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “distinct” is omitted as surplus. The word “received” is substituted for “application” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (b)(1), the text of 31:496(2d sentence) is omitted as surplus. The text of 31:78(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of 39:410. The words “Except as otherwise provided by law” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “mailed or otherwise” are omitted as surplus. The words “District of Columbia” are substituted for “Washington” for consistency. The words “The official shall submit the account” are substituted for “and shall be transmitted” for clarity. The words “and received by” are omitted as surplus. The words “receiving the account” are substituted for “of their actual receipt at the proper office in Washington” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Subsection (b)(2) is substituted for “and quarterly and other accounts within twenty days after the period to which they relate” and “and sixty days in the case of quarterly and other accounts” because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(3), the source provisions are combined to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection” are added for clarity. The words “monthly” in 31:80 and “quarterly” in 31:80c are omitted as unnecessary. The words “armed forces” are substituted for “Army” in 31:80 and 80a and “United States Navy, United States Marine Corps, and United States Coast Guard” in 31:80b for consistency with title 10. The Air Force is included because of sections 205(a) and 207(a) and (f) of the National Security Act of 1947 (ch. 343, 61 Stat. 501, 502) and sections 1 and 53 of the Act of August 10, 1956 (ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 488, 676).
In subsection (b)(4), the words “Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection” are added for clarity. The words “United States marshals and other” are omitted as surplus. The words “in the Department of Justice at Washington, District of Columbia” are omitted because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), the words “whose accounts are in default”, “be required to”, “satisfactory”, “at the General Accounting Office or proper bureau”, and “proper” are omitted as surplus. The words “after the time required by subsection (b) of this section” are substituted for “thereafter” for clarity.
In subsection (d), the word “agency” is substituted for “departments” because of the definition of “agency” in section 102 of the revised title. The word “may” is substituted for “Nothing contained in this section shall, however, be construed to restrain . . . from” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “about the agency” are substituted for “from the officer or agent, subject to the control of such heads of departments” for clarity.
In subsection (e)(1), the words “if an account from which the advance is to be made is not submitted to the Comptroller General within the time required by subsection (b) of this section” are substituted for “Should there by any delinquency in this regard” for clarity.
In subsection (e)(2), the 1st sentence is substituted for 31:78(3d sentence), and the words “If an account is not submitted to the Comptroller General on time under subsection (b)” are substituted for “Should there be a delay by the administrative departments beyond the aforesaid twenty or sixty days in transmitting accounts”, for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “District of Columbia” are substituted for “seat of Government” for consistency. The words “in the particular case” and “of money requested” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3324 of this title; title 22 section 4225.
§3523. General audit authority of the Comptroller General
(a) Except as specifically provided by law, the Comptroller General shall audit the financial transactions of each agency. In deciding on auditing procedures and the extent to which records are to be inspected, the Comptroller General shall consider generally accepted auditing principles, including the effectiveness of accounting organizations and systems, internal audit and control, and related administrative practices of each agency.
(b) The Comptroller General shall audit the Architect of the Capitol at times the Comptroller General considers appropriate. Section 716 of this title applies to the Architect in conducting the audit. The Comptroller General shall report the results of the audit to Congress. Each report shall be printed as a Senate document.
(c)(1) When the Comptroller General decides an audit shall be conducted at a place at which the records of an executive agency or the Architect of the Capitol are usually kept, the Comptroller General may require the head of the agency or the Architect to keep any part of an account of an accountable official or of a record required to be submitted to the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General may require records be kept under conditions and for a period of not more than 10 years specified by the Comptroller General. However, the Comptroller General and the head of the agency or the Architect may agree on a longer period.
(2) The Comptroller General and the head of an agency in the legislative or judicial branch of the United States Government (except the Architect) may agree to apply this subsection to the agency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 962.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3523(a) | 31:67(a). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §117(a), 64 Stat. 837. |
| 3523(b) | 31:67(c). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(c); added Aug. 20, 1964, Pub. L. 88–454, §105(a)(last par.), 78 Stat. 551. |
| 3523(c) | 31:67(b). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §117(b), 64 Stat. 837; Aug 20, 1964, Pub. L. 88–454, §105(a)(last par.), 78 Stat. 551. |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the words “otherwise” and “including but not limited to the accounts of accountable officers” are omitted as surplus. The words “in accordance with such principles and procedures and under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 711 of the revised title. The words “to be followed” are omitted as surplus. The words “to which records are to be inspected” are substituted for “of examination of vouchers and other documents” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b), the first sentence is substituted for 31:67(c)(1st sentence), and the word “Congress” is substituted for “the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives”, for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “the head of” are added for consistency.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “or places”, “accounts and other”, and “contracts, vouchers, and other” are omitted as surplus. The word “record” is substituted for “documents” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “under existing law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “Provided, That” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “the accounts and records of” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 104a; title 42 sections 2996h, 10711.
§3524. Auditing expenditures approved without vouchers
(a)(1) The Comptroller General may audit expenditures, accounted for only on the approval, authorization, or certificate of the President or an official of an executive agency, to decide if the expenditure was authorized by law and made. Records and related information shall be made available to the Comptroller General in conducting the audit.
(2) The Comptroller General may release the results of the audit or disclose related information only to the President or head of the agency, or, if there is an unresolved discrepancy, to the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives, and the committees of Congress having legislative or appropriation oversight of the expenditure.
(b) Before December 1 of each year, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall submit a report listing each account that may be subject to this section to the Committees on the Budget and Appropriations of both Houses of Congress, the Committee on Governmental Affairs, and to the Committee on Government Operations, and to the Comptroller General.
(c) The President may exempt from this section a financial transaction about sensitive foreign intelligence or foreign counter-intelligence activities or sensitive law enforcement investigations if an audit would expose the identifying details of an active investigation or endanger investigative or domestic intelligence sources involved in the investigation. The exemption may apply to a class or category of financial transactions.
(d) This section does not—
(1) apply to expenditures under section 102, 103, 105(d)(1), (3), or (5), or 106(b)(2) or (3) of title 3; or
(2) affect authority under section 8(b) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403j(b)).
(e) Information about a financial transaction exempt under subsection (c) of this section or a financial transaction under section 8(b) of the Central Intelligence Agency Act of 1949 (50 U.S.C. 403j(b)) may be reviewed by the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House and the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate.
(f) Subsections (a)(1) and (d)(1) of this section may be superseded only by a law enacted after April 3, 1980, specifically repealing or amending this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 963.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3524(a)(1) | 31:67(f)(1)(1st sentence). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §117(f); added Apr. 3, 1980, Pub. L. 96–226, §101, 94 Stat. 311. |
| 3524(a)(2) | 31:67(f)(2). | |
| 3524(b) | 31:67(f)(4). | |
| 3524(c) | 31:67(f)(3)(B). | |
| 3524(d) | 31:67(f)(1)(last sentence), (3)(A). | |
| 3524(e) | 31:67(f)(3)(C). | |
| 3524(f) | 31:67(f)(1)(2d sentence). |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “Notwithstanding any provision of law” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “may audit” are added for clarity and for consistency in the revised section and chapter. The words “as may be necessary to enable him” and “in fact, actually” are omitted as surplus. The words “Records . . . shall be made available” are substituted for “shall have access to such books, documents, papers, records” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “With respect to any expenditure accounted for solely on the approval, authorization, or certificate of the President of the United States or an official of an executive agency and notwithstanding any provision of law” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “in question” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “Before December 1 of each year” are substituted for “Not later than sixty days after the beginning of each fiscal year” for clarity. The words “starting on or after October 1, 1980” are omitted as executed. The words “audit by the Comptroller General under” and “the Chairmen of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “proceeding pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this subsection” and “the safety of” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (d)(1) is substituted for 31:67(f)(1)(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e), the words “from the provisions of paragraph (1)” are omitted as surplus.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 716 of this title.
§3525. Auditing nonappropriated fund activities
(a) The Comptroller General may audit—
(1) the operations and accounts of each nonappropriated fund and related activities authorized or operated by the head of an executive agency to sell goods or services to United States Government personnel and their dependents;
(2) accounting systems and internal controls of the fund and related activities; and
(3) internal or independent audits or reviews of the fund and related activities.
(b) The head of each executive agency promptly shall provide the Comptroller General with—
(1) a copy of the annual report of a nonappropriated fund and related activities subject to this section when the Comptroller General—
(A) requires a report for a designated class of each fund and related activities having gross sales receipts of more than $100,000 a year; or
(B) specifically requests a report for another fund and related activities; and
(2) a statement on the yearly financial operations, financial condition, and cash flow and other yearly information about the fund and related activities that the head of the agency and the Comptroller General agree on if the information is not included in the annual report.
(c) Records and property of a fund and related activities subject to this section shall be made available to the Comptroller General to the extent the Comptroller General considers necessary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 963.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3525(a) | 31:135(a)(1st sentence). | Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §301, 88 Stat. 1961. |
| 3525(b) | 31:135(b). | |
| 3525(c) | 31:135(a)(last sentence). |
In the section, the words “the head of” are added for consistency.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “unless otherwise provided by law” are omitted as surplus. The words “may audit” are substituted for “shall . . . be subject to review” for consistency. The words “in accordance with such principles and procedures and under such rules and regulations as he may prescribe” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 711 of the revised title. In clause (1), the words “(including central funds)” and “military or other . . . such as the Army and Air Force Exchange Service, Navy Exchanges, Marine Corps Exchanges, Coast Guard Exchanges, Exchange Councils of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, commissaries, clubs, and theaters” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “the Comptroller General” are added for clarity. In clause (1)(B), the words “for another fund and related activities” are substituted for “in any other case” for clarity.
In subsection (c), the words “and his duly authorized representatives” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Records . . . shall be made available” are substituted for “shall have access to those books, accounts, records, documents, reports, files, and other papers, things” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
§3526. Settlement of accounts
(a) The Comptroller General shall settle all accounts of the United States Government and supervise the recovery of all debts finally certified by the Comptroller General as due the Government.
(b) A decision of the Comptroller General under section 3529 of this title is conclusive on the Comptroller General when settling the account containing the payment.
(c)(1) The Comptroller General shall settle an account of an accountable official within 3 years after the date the Comptroller General receives the account. A copy of the certificate of settlement shall be provided the official.
(2) The settlement of an account is conclusive on the Comptroller General after 3 years after the account is received by the Comptroller General. However, an amount may be charged against the account after the 3-year period when the Government has or may have lost money because the official acted fraudulently or criminally.
(3) A 3-year period under this subsection is suspended during a war.
(4) This subsection does not prohibit—
(A) recovery of public money illegally or erroneously paid;
(B) recovery from an official of a balance due the Government under a settlement within the 3-year period; or
(C) an official from clearing an account of questioned items as prescribed by law.
(d) On settling an account of the Government, the balance certified by the Comptroller General is conclusive on the executive branch of the Government. On the initiative of the Comptroller General or on request of an individual whose accounts are settled or the head of the agency to which the account relates, the Comptroller General may change the account within a year after settlement. The decision of the Comptroller General to change the account is conclusive on the executive branch.
(e) When an amount of money is expended under law for a treaty or relations with a foreign country, the President may—
(1) authorize the amount to be accounted for each year specifically by settlement of the Comptroller General when the President decides the amount expended may be made public; or
(2) make, or have the Secretary of State make, a certificate of the amount expended if the President decides the amount is not to be accounted for specifically. The certificate is a sufficient voucher for the amount stated in the certificate.
(f) The Comptroller General shall keep all settled accounts, vouchers, certificates, and related papers until they are disposed of as prescribed by law.
(g) This subchapter does not prohibit the Comptroller General from suspending an item in an account to get additional evidence or explanations needed to settle an account.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 964.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3526(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par.), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:71(related to accounts). | R.S. §236(related to accounts); restated June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §305, 42 Stat. 24. | |
| 31:538. | June 5, 1920, ch. 240(3d par. under heading “Advances to Disbursing Officers”), 41 Stat. 975. | |
| 31:541. | June 19, 1878, ch. 312, §3, 20 Stat. 168. | |
| 3526(b) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:74(last par. words after 4th comma). | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §8(1st par. less proviso, 3d par. 1st sentence words after semicolon, 4th par., 6th par. words after 4th comma), 28 Stat. 207, 208; Oct. 25, 1951, ch. 562, §3(1), 65 Stat. 639. | |
| 3526(c) | 31:82i. | May 19, 1947, ch. 78, 61 Stat. 101; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(ee), 86 Stat. 213. |
| 3526(d) | 31:44. | |
| 31:74(1st par. 1st sentence). | ||
| 3526(e) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:107. | R.S. §291. | |
| 3526(f) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:74(2d par.). | ||
| 3526(g) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:74(1st par. last sentence). |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the text of 31:538 and 541 is omitted as executed and obsolete. The words “either as debtor or creditor” in 31:71(related to accounts) and “and adjusted” are omitted as surplus. The last 17 words are added to restate that part of section 4 of the Act of July 31, 1894 (ch. 174, 28 Stat. 206), that was inadvertently repealed in the codification of title 5.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 31:74(last par. words after 4th comma) for clarity and consistency and because of the restatement.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “Effective three years after May 19, 1947” are omitted as executed. The words “monthly or quarterly . . . disbursing . . . or certifying” are omitted as surplus. The word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “a period of not to exceed”, “in each case”, and “involved” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “final and”, “the expiration of”, and “date of” are omitted as surplus. The words “However, an amount may be charged against the account after the 3-year period when” are substituted for “to the extent that no further charges or debts shall be raised in such account thereafter except as to” for clarity and consistency.
Subsection (c)(3) is substituted for 31:82i(last proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(4), before clause (A), the words “Provided, That” and “Provided further, That” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (A), the words “from any payee” and “to such payee” are omitted as surplus. In clause (B), the words “disbursing, accountable, or certifying”, “found . . . made”, and “as provided in this section” are omitted as surplus. In clause (C), the words “of his right at any time” and “existing” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the text of 31:44(last sentence) is omitted as executed. The words “final and” are omitted as surplus. The words “an account of the Government” are substituted for “public” for consistency. The words “On the initiative of” and “after settlement” are added for clarity.
In subsection (e), before clause (1), the words “is expended” are substituted for “has been or shall be issued, from the Treasury” for clarity. The words “the purposes of” are omitted as surplus. The word “country” is substituted for “nations” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “in pursuance of any law” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the word “duly” is omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “if the President decides the amount is not to be accounted for specifically” are substituted for “as he may think it advisable not to specify” for clarity. The words “to have been expended” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (f), the word “settled” is substituted for “which have been finally adjusted” for consistency. The words “together with” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 716, 3323 of this title; title 16 section 831h; title 22 section 2671.
§3527. General authority to relieve accountable officials and agents from liability
(a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the Comptroller General may relieve a present or former accountable official or agent of an agency responsible for the physical loss or deficiency of public money, vouchers, checks, securities, or records, or may authorize reimbursement from an appropriation or fund available for the activity in which the loss or deficiency occurred for the amount of the loss or deficiency paid by the official or agent as restitution, when—
(1) the head of the agency decides that—
(A) the official or agent was carrying out official duties when the loss or deficiency occurred, or the loss or deficiency occurred because of an act or failure to act by a subordinate of the official or agent; and
(B) the loss or deficiency was not the result of fault or negligence by the official or agent;
(2) the loss or deficiency was not the result of an illegal or incorrect payment; and
(3) the Comptroller General agrees with the decision of the head of the agency.
(b)(1) The Comptroller General shall relieve a disbursing official of the armed forces responsible for the physical loss or deficiency of public money, vouchers, or records, or shall authorize reimbursement, from an appropriation or fund available for reimbursement, of the amount of the loss or deficiency paid by or for the official as restitution, when—
(A) the Secretary of Defense or the appropriate Secretary of the military department of the Department of Defense decides that the official was carrying out official duties when the loss or deficiency occurred;
(B) the loss or deficiency was not the result of an illegal or incorrect payment; and
(C) the loss or deficiency was not the result of fault or negligence by the official.
(2) The finding of the Secretary involved is conclusive on the Comptroller General.
(c) On the initiative of the Comptroller General or written recommendation of the head of an agency, the Comptroller General may relieve a present or former disbursing official of the agency responsible for a deficiency in an account because of an illegal, improper, or incorrect payment, and credit the account for the deficiency, when the Comptroller General decides that the payment was not the result of bad faith or lack of reasonable care by the official. However, the Comptroller General may deny relief when the Comptroller General decides the head of the agency did not carry out diligently collection action under procedures prescribed by the Comptroller General.
(d)(1) When the Comptroller General decides it is necessary to adjust the account of an official or agent granted relief under subsection (a) or (c) of this section, the amount of the relief shall be charged—
(A) to an appropriation specifically provided to be charged; or
(B) if no specific appropriation, to the appropriation or fund available for the expense of the accountable function when the adjustment is carried out.
(2) Subsection (c) of this section does not—
(A) affect the liability, or authorize the relief, of a payee, beneficiary, or recipient of an illegal, improper, or incorrect payment; or
(B) relieve an accountable official, the head of an agency, or the Comptroller General of responsibility in carrying out collection action against a payee, beneficiary, or recipient.
(e) Relief provided under this section is in addition to relief provided under another law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 965.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3527(a) | 31:82a–1(1st, 2d sentences). | Aug. 1, 1947, ch. 441, §1, 61 Stat. 720; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 694, 69 Stat. 626. |
| 3527(b) | 31:95a(1st–3d sentences). | Dec. 13, 1944, ch. 552, 58 Stat. 800; restated Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 803, §2(a), 69 Stat. 687. |
| 3527(c) | 31:82a–2(a). | Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 803, §1, 69 Stat. 687. |
| 3527(d)(1) | 31:82a–1(last sentence). | |
| 31:82a–2(c). | ||
| 3527(d)(2) | 31:82a–2(b)(1st sentence). | |
| 3527(e) | 31:82a–2(b)(last sentence). | |
| 31:95a(last sentence). |
In the section, the word “official” is substituted for “officer”, and the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section” are added for clarity. The words “disbursing or other” are omitted as surplus. The words “public money, vouchers, checks, securities, or records” are substituted for “Government funds, vouchers, records, checks, securities, or papers” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “subsequent to August 1, 1947” are omitted as executed. In clause (1)(A), the words “carrying out” are substituted for “acting in the discharge of” for consistency. The words “failure to act” are substituted for “omission” for clarity. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:82a–1(a)(2d sentence), and clause (3) is substituted for 31:82a–1(1st sentence words between 1st and 2d commas), to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “armed forces” are substituted for “Army, Navy, Air Force, or Marine Corps” for consistency with title 10. The words “responsible for” are substituted for “Whenever . . . incurs or has incurred” for consistency. The words “public money, vouchers, or records” are substituted for “Government funds, vouchers, records, or papers” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “reimbursement” is substituted for “that purpose” for clarity. In clause (A), the words “the Secretary of Defense, or” are added for clarity because of Comptroller General decision B–201579 (Apr. 1, 1981). The words “appropriate Secretary of the military department of the Department of Defense” are substituted for “the Secretary of the department concerned”, for clarity. The words “carrying out official” are substituted for “in line of his” for consistency. In clause (B), the words “the loss or deficiency was not the result of an illegal or incorrect payment” are substituted for 31:95a(3d sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(2), the word “involved” is added for clarity because of Comptroller General decision B–201579, April 1, 1981.
In subsection (c), the words “or any officer of the General Accounting Office designated by the Comptroller General” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 731 of the revised title. The word “initiative” is substituted for “motion” for consistency. The words “findings and” and “concerned” are omitted as surplus. The words “or his designee” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 731 of the revised title. The words “in his discretion”, “of accountability and”, “official disbursing”, and “the making of” are omitted as surplus. The word “reasonable” is substituted for “due”, the words “the head of” are added, and the words “carry out” are substituted for “pursued”, for consistency.
In subsection (d)(1), before clause (A), the words “restore or otherwise”, and the words “in . . . any amount” in 31:82a–2(c), are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “to be charged” are substituted for “therefor” for clarity. In clause (B), the words “carried out” are substituted for “effected” for consistency.
Subsection (e) is substituted for 31:82a–2(b)(last sentence) and 95a(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
§3528. Responsibilities and relief from liability of certifying officials
(a) A certifying official certifying a voucher is responsible for—
(1) information stated in the certificate, voucher, and supporting records;
(2) the computation of a certified voucher under this section and section 3325 of this title;
(3) the legality of a proposed payment under the appropriation or fund involved; and
(4) repaying a payment—
(A) illegal, improper, or incorrect because of an inaccurate or misleading certificate;
(B) prohibited by law; or
(C) that does not represent a legal obligation under the appropriation or fund involved.
(b)(1) The Comptroller General may relieve a certifying official from liability when the Comptroller General decides that—
(A) the certification was based on official records and the official did not know, and by reasonable diligence and inquiry could not have discovered, the correct information; or
(B)(i) the obligation was incurred in good faith;
(ii) no law specifically prohibited the payment; and
(iii) the United States Government received value for payment.
(2) The Comptroller General may deny relief when the Comptroller General decides the head of the agency did not carry out diligently collection action under procedures prescribed by the Comptroller General.
(c) The Comptroller General shall relieve a certifying official from liability for an overpayment—
(1) to a common carrier under section 3726 of this title when the Comptroller General decides the overpayment occurred only because the administrative audit before payment did not verify transportation rates, freight classifications, or land-grant deductions; or
(2) provided under a Government bill of lading or transportation request when the overpayment was the result of using improper transportation rates or classifications or the failure to deduct the proper amount under a land-grant law or agreement.
(d) This section does not apply to disbursements of a military department of the Department of Defense, except disbursements for departmental pay and expenses in the District of Columbia.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 966; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(4), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 4.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3528(a) | 31:82c(less provisos). | Dec. 29, 1941, ch. 641, §2, 55 Stat. 875; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(cc), 86 Stat. 213. |
| 31:82f(related to certifying officers). | Apr. 28, 1942, ch. 247, §301(1st par. proviso under heading “Bureau of Accounts” related to certifying officers), 56 Stat. 244. | |
| 3528(b) | 31:82c(1st proviso). | |
| 3528(c) | 31:82c(last proviso). | |
| 31:82g(related to certifying officers). | June 1, 1942, ch. 320(related to certifying officers), 56 Stat. 306. | |
| 3528(d) | 31:82e(related to 31:82c). | Dec. 29, 1941, ch. 641, §4(related to §2), 55 Stat. 876. |
In the section, the word “official” is substituted for “officer or employee” and “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “the existence and correctness of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “or otherwise stated on” are omitted as surplus. The word “records” is substituted for “papers” for consistency. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:82f(related to certifying officers) because of the restatement. In clause (4), before subclause (A), the word “repaying” is substituted for “and required to make good to the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the amount of” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (A), the word “inaccurate” is substituted for “false, inaccurate” to eliminate an unnecessary word. The words “made by him” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “in his discretion” and “for any payment otherwise proper” are omitted as surplus. Clause (2)(B) is substituted for “the payment was not contrary to any statutory provision specifically prohibiting payments of the character involved” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the word “services” in 31:82c(last proviso) is omitted as surplus. The words “On and after June 1, 1942” in 31:82g(related to certifying officers) are omitted as executed. The word “audit” is substituted for “examination” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “of the transportation bill” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “equalization and other” in 31:82g are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “under the jurisdiction” are omitted as surplus. The words “a military department of the Department of Defense” are substituted for “the Department of the Army, the Navy Department (including the Marine Corps)” for consistency with title 10. The words “and the Panama Canal” (subsequently changed to “the Canal Zone Government” by section 2(a)(1) of the Act of September 26, 1950 (ch. 1049, 64 Stat. 1038)) are omitted because of the Panama Canal Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96–70, 93 Stat. 452). The word “pay” is substituted for “salaries” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
1984 Act
This clarifies section 3528(b) by restoring the authority of the Comptroller General to deny relief to certifying officials in the same way relief may be denied to disbursing officials.
Amendments
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–216 designated existing provisions as par. (1), substituted designations of subpars. (A) and (B) and cls. (i), (ii), and (iii) for former designations of pars. (1) and (2) and subpars. (A), (B), and (C), respectively, and added par. (2).
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–216 effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 98–216, set out as a note under section 490 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 28 section 594.
§3529. Requests for decisions of the Comptroller General
(a) A disbursing or certifying official or the head of an agency may request a decision from the Comptroller General on a question involving—
(1) a payment the disbursing official or head of the agency will make; or
(2) a voucher presented to a certifying official for certification.
(b) The Comptroller General shall issue a decision requested under this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 967.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3529 | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:74(last par. words before 4th comma). | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §8(6th par. words before 4th comma), 28 Stat. 208. | |
| 31:82d(words after semicolon). | Dec. 29, 1941, ch. 641, §§3(words after semicolon), 4(related to §3 ), 55 Stat. 876. | |
| 31:82e(related to 31:82d). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:82e(related to 82d) is omitted as unnecessary because it does not apply to 31:82d. The words “of law” in 31:82d(words after semicolon) are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “or under them” in 31:74(last par. words before 4th comma) are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “a payment on” in 31:82d(words after semicolon) are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the word “issue” is substituted for “render” in 31:74(last par. words before 4th comma) and “obtain” in 31:82d(words after semicolon) because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3526 of this title.
§3530. Adjusting accounts
(a) An appropriation or fund currently available for the expense of an accountable function shall be charged with an amount necessary to adjust an account of an accountable official or agent when—
(1) necessary to adjust the account for a loss to the United States Government resulting from the fault or negligence of the official or agent; and
(2) the head of the agency decides the loss is uncollectable.
(b) An adjustment does not affect the personal financial liability of an official or agent for the loss.
(c) The Comptroller General shall prescribe regulations to carry out subsection (a) of this section.
(d) Under procedures prescribed by the Comptroller General, the head of an agency may charge the net amount of unpaid and overpaid balances in individual pay accounts against the appropriation for the fiscal year in which the balances occurred and from which the accounts were payable. The net amount shall be credited to and paid from the corresponding appropriation for the next fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 967.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3530(a) | 31:1202(a)(1st sentence). | June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §102, 86 Stat. 201. |
| 3530(b) | 31:1202(a)(last sentence). | |
| 3530(c) | 31:1202(b). | |
| 3530(d) | 31:581d. | July 15, 1954, ch. 509, §3(a), 68 Stat. 483. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “restore or otherwise” are omitted as surplus. The word “currently” is substituted for “at the time the restoration or adjustment is made” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (2), the words “concerned” and “the amount of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “restoration or” are omitted as surplus and because of the restatement.
In subsections (c) and (d), the words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “and issue” are omitted as surplus. The words “to carry out subsection (a) of this section” are substituted for “The restorations and adjustments provided for by subsection (a) of this section shall be made in accordance with” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), the word “settlement” is omitted as surplus. The words “the Secretary of the department concerned or . . . or independent establishment concerned” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “occurring” is omitted as surplus. The word “accounts” is substituted for “amount” before “was payable” for clarity. The word “succeeding” is omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 5 section 5514.
§3531. Property returns
(a) The head of an executive department—
(1) shall certify to the Comptroller General a charge against an official or agent entrusted with public property for the department resulting from a loss to the United States Government from the property because of fault of the official or agent; and
(2) may not forward the property to the Comptroller General.
(b)(1) A certificate under subsection (a) of this section shall state—
(A) the condition of the property;
(B) that the official or agent has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard but has not been relieved of liability; and
(C) that the certificate includes all charges not certified previously.
(2) The effect of information in the certificate is the same as if the Comptroller General had discovered the information when auditing the account. The Comptroller General shall charge the appropriate account for the amount of the loss.
(c) Except as provided in subsection (a) of this section, this section does not affect the way a property return is made or liability for property is decided.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 967.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3531(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:89(less debiting). | Mar. 29, 1894, ch. 49, §§1–4, 28 Stat. 47. | |
| 31:92. | ||
| 3531(b)(1) | 31:90(words before semicolon). | |
| 31:91(words after semicolon). | ||
| 3531(b)(2) | 31:44(1st sentence). | |
| 31:89(related to debiting). | ||
| 31:90(words after semicolon). | ||
| 3531(c) | 31:91(words before semicolon). |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:92 is omitted as unnecessary. The words “the head of an executive department” are substituted for “the Quartermaster-General, the Commissary-General of Subsistence, [subsequently changed to ‘the Quartermaster General’ by section 3 of the Act of August 24, 1912 (ch. 391, 37 Stat. 591)], the Surgeon General, the Chief of Engineers, the Chief of Ordnance, the Chief Signal Officer, the Paymaster General of the Navy, the Commissioner of Indian Affairs, or other like chief officers in any department” to eliminate unnecessary words and because of the restatement. In clause (1), the words “for the department” are substituted for “by, through, or under whom stores, supplies, and other public property are received for distribution, or whose duty it is to receive or examine returns of such property” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “so intrusted to him” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the text of 31:91(words after semicolon) and the words “of such officer's or agent's” and “made up to its date” in 31:90 are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “information in” are added for clarity. The words “when received” and “therein set forth” are omitted as surplus. The words “auditing the account” are substituted for “accounting” for consistency. The words “for debiting on one proper account” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “to or in any administrative bureau or department” and “under existing laws and regulations” are omitted as surplus.
§3532. Notification of account deficiencies
An accounting official discovering a deficiency in an account of an official of the United States Government having custody of public money shall notify the head of the agency having jurisdiction of the official of the kind and amount of the deficiency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 968.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3532 | 31:497a. | June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §260, 86 Stat. 215. |
The word “official” is substituted for “officers”, and the word “Government” is added, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “having custody of public money” are substituted for “or in the accounts of any officer disbursing or chargeable with public money” for clarity and consistency. The words “immediately” and “the affairs of . . . or officer” are omitted as surplus.
SUBCHAPTER IV—COLLECTION
§3541. Distress warrants
(a) When an official receiving public money before it is paid to the Treasury or a disbursing or certifying official of the United States Government does not submit an account or pay the money as prescribed by law, the Comptroller General shall make the account for the official and certify to the Secretary of the Treasury the amount due the Government.
(b) The Secretary shall issue a distress warrant against the official stating the amount due from the official and any amount paid. The warrant shall be directed to the marshal of the district in which the official resides. If the Secretary intends to take and sell the property of an official that is located in a district other than where the official resides, the warrant shall be directed to the marshal of the district in which the official resides and the marshal of the district in which the property is located.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 968.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3541(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:82d(words before semicolon). | Dec. 29, 1941, ch. 641, §3(words before semicolon), 55 Stat. 876. | |
| 31:506(1st sentence words before 8th comma). | R.S. §3625; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69(9th complete par. on p. 249), 19 Stat. 249; July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §4(5th par.), 28 Stat. 206; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(k), 86 Stat. 210. | |
| 31:514. | R.S. §3633; July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §4(last par.), 28 Stat. 206. | |
| 31:516. | R.S. 3634; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(q), 86 Stat. 210. | |
| 3541(b) | 31:506(1st sentence words after 8th comma, last sentence). | |
| 31:507. | R.S. §3626. |
In the section, the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “any collector of the revenue, receiver of public money, or other” in 31:506(1st sentence words before 8th comma) are omitted as surplus. The words “or a disbursing or certifying official” are substituted for 31:82d(words before semicolon), 514, and 516 to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “in the manner or within the time” in 31:506(1st sentence words before 8th comma) are omitted as surplus. The words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “exhibiting truly” are omitted as surplus. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Solicitor of the Treasury” (subsequently changed to “General Counsel for the Department of the Treasury” by section 512 of the Act of May 10, 1934 (ch. 277, 48 Stat. 759)) because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the words “delinquent” in 31:506(1st sentence words after 8th comma, last sentence) and “if any, which have been” in 31:507 are omitted as surplus. The words “If the Secretary intends to take and sell the property of an official that is located in a district other than where the official resides” are substituted for “Where the officer resides in a district other than that in which his estate may be, which it is intended to take and sell” in 31:506 for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3542, 3543 of this title.
§3542. Carrying out distress warrants
(a) A marshal carrying out a distress warrant issued under section 3541 of this title shall seize the personal property of the official and sell the property after giving 10 days notice of the sale. Notice shall be given by posting an advertisement of the property to be sold in at least 2 public places in the town and county in which the property was taken or the town and county in which the owner of the property resides. If the property does not satisfy the amount due under the warrant, the official may be sent to prison until discharged by law.
(b)(1) The amount due under a warrant is a lien on the real property of the official from the date the distress warrant is issued. The lien shall be recorded in the office of the clerk of the appropriate district court until discharged under law.
(2) If the personal property of the official is not enough to satisfy a distress warrant, the marshal shall sell real property of the official after advertising the property for at least 3 weeks in at least 3 public places in the county or district where the property is located. A buyer of the real property has valid title against all persons claiming under the official.
(c) The official shall receive that part of the proceeds of a sale remaining after the distress warrant is satisfied and the reasonable costs and charges of the sale are paid.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 968.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3542(a) | 31:508. | R.S. §3627. |
| 3542(b)(1) | 31:510. | R.S. §3629; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(m), 86 Stat. 210. |
| 3542(b)(2) | 31:511. | R.S. §3630; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(n), 86 Stat. 210. |
| 31:512. | R.S. §3631; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(o), 86 Stat. 210. | |
| 3542(c) | 31:513. | R.S. §3632; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(p), 86 Stat. 210. |
In the section, the word “delinquent” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a), the words “issued under section 3541 of this title” are added for clarity. The words “by himself or by his deputy, proceed to levy and collect the sum remaining due, by” are omitted as surplus. The words “seize the personal property” are substituted for “distress . . . of the goods and chattels” for clarity. The word “intended” is omitted as surplus. The last sentence is substituted for 31:508(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “real property” are substituted for “lands, tenements, and hereditaments” for clarity.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “by any delinquent officer”, “declared to be”, “of a levy in pursuance of”, and “against him” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “personal property” are substituted for “goods and chattels” for consistency. The words “issued pursuant to sections 506 to 510 of this title” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “or so much thereof as may be necessary for that purpose” and “of such district or his deputy” are omitted as unnecessary. The last sentence is substituted for 31:512 to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “that part” are substituted for “All moneys” for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3543 of this title.
§3543. Postponing a distress warrant proceeding
(a) A distress warrant proceeding may be postponed for a reasonable time if the Secretary of the Treasury believes the public interest will not be harmed by the postponement.
(b)(1) A person adversely affected by a distress warrant issued under section 3541 of this title may bring a civil action in a district court of the United States. The complaint shall state the kind and extent of the harm. The court may grant an injunction to stay any part of a distress warrant proceeding required by the action after the person applying for the injunction gives a bond in an amount the court prescribes for carrying out a judgment.
(2) An injunction under this subsection does not affect a lien under section 3542(b)(1) of this title. The United States Government is not required to answer in a civil action brought under this subsection.
(3) If the court dissolves the injunction on a finding that the civil action for the injunction was brought only for delay, the court may increase the interest rate imposed on amounts found due against the complainant to not more than 10 percent a year. The judge may grant or dissolve an injunction under this subsection either in or out of court.
(c) A person adversely affected by a refusal to grant an injunction or by dissolving an injunction under subsection (b) of this section may petition a judge of a circuit court of appeals in which the district is located or the Supreme Court justice allotted to that circuit by giving the judge or justice a copy of the proceeding held before the district judge. The judge or justice may grant an injunction or allow an appeal if the judge or justice finds the case requires it.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 968.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3543(a) | 31:517. | R.S. §3635. |
| 3543(b) | 31:518. | R.S. §3636. |
| 3543(c) | 31:519. | R.S. §3637. |
In subsection (a), the words “With the approval of” and “the institution of” are omitted as surplus.
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “person adversely affected” are substituted for “person who considers himself aggrieved” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “bring a civil action . . . court” are substituted for “prefer a bill of complaint . . . judge” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “of which he complains” are omitted as surplus. The words “any part of a distress warrant proceeding” are substituted for “proceedings on such warrant altogether, or for so much thereof as the nature of” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “with sufficient security” and “as may be awarded against him” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “in any manner” are omitted as surplus. The words “under section 3542(b)(1) of this title” are substituted for “produced by the issuing of the warrant” for clarity. The last sentence is substituted for 31:518(2d sentence words before semicolon) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “on a finding” are substituted for “it appears to the satisfaction of the judge” for clarity and consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “civil action” are substituted for “application” for consistency. The words “increase the interest rate imposed . . . to” are substituted for “add to the lawful interest assessed . . . such damages as, with such lawful interest, shall” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “all” and “district” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the text of R.S. §3637(last sentence) is omitted as obsolete because of section 289 of the Act of March 3, 1911 (ch. 231, 36 Stat. 1167). The words “When the district judge”, “to stay proceedings on a distress warrant”, “after it is granted”, and “by the decision in the premises”, are omitted as surplus. The words “may petition . . . by giving the judge or justice” are substituted for “may lay before” for clarity. The words “judge of a circuit court of appeals” are substituted for “circuit judge of the circuit” for consistency with 28:43. The words “Supreme Court justice allotted to that district” are substituted for “circuit justice” for clarity and consistency with 28:42. The words “and thereupon”, “as the case may be”, and “the equity of” are omitted as surplus.
§3544. Rights and remedies of the United States Government reserved
This subchapter does not affect a right or remedy the United States Government has by law to recover a tax, debt, or demand.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 969.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3544 | 31:520. | R.S. §3638. |
The words “relating to distress warrants” and “take away or” are omitted as surplus.
§3545. Civil action to recover money
The Attorney General shall bring a civil action to recover an amount due to the United States Government on settlement of the account of a person accountable for public money when the person neglects or refuses to pay the amount to the Treasury. Any commission of that person and interest of 6 percent a year from the time the money is received by the person until repaid to the Treasury shall be added to the amount due on the account. The commission is forfeited when judgment is obtained.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 969.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3545 | 31:505. | R.S. §3624. |
The functions of the First Comptroller of the Treasury, referred to in Revised Statutes section 3624, were as a matter of law vested in the Solicitor of the Treasury by Revised Statutes sections 377 and 379 (based on the Act of May 28, 1830, ch. 153, 45 Stat. 414). This function is now vested in the Attorney General. See 28:507 as enacted in 1948 and revision notes thereto and existing 28:519, 547, and 509. The words “bring a civil action” are substituted for “institute suit” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “amount” is substituted for “sum or balance” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “reported to be” are omitted as surplus. The word “settlement” is substituted for “adjustment” for consistency. The words “by the person” are added for clarity. The words “stated to be”, “in every instance where suit is commenced and . . . thereon”, and “it shall be” are omitted as surplus.
SUBCHAPTER V—PROCUREMENT PROTEST SYSTEM
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in section 1558 of this title; title 10 section 2305; title 40 section 759; title 41 section 253b.
§3551. Definitions
In this subchapter—
(1) The term “protest” means a written objection by an interested party to any of the following:
(A) A solicitation or other request by a Federal agency for offers for a contract for the procurement of property or services.
(B) The cancellation of such a solicitation or other request.
(C) An award or proposed award of such a contract.
(D) A termination or cancellation of an award of such a contract, if the written objection contains an allegation that the termination or cancellation is based in whole or in part on improprieties concerning the award of the contract.
(2) The term “interested party”, with respect to a contract or proposed contract described in paragraph (1), means an actual or prospective bidder or offeror whose direct economic interest would be affected by the award of the contract or by failure to award the contract.
(3) The term “Federal agency” has the meaning given such term by section 3 of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 472).
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1199; amended Pub. L. 99–145, title XIII, §1304(d), Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 742; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(K), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362; Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1401, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3287.)
Amendments
1994—Par. (1). Pub. L. 103–355, §1401(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “ ‘protest’ means a written objection by an interested party to a solicitation by a Federal agency for bids or proposals for a proposed contract for the procurement of property or services or a written objection by an interested party to a proposed award or the award of such a contract;”.
Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “a Federal” for “an Federal”.
Par. (2). Pub. L. 103–355, §1401(b)(1), inserted “The term” after “(2)” and substituted a period for “; and” at end.
Par. (3). Pub. L. 103–355, §1401(b)(2), inserted “The term” after “(3)”.
1985—Par. (1). Pub. L. 99–145 substituted “Federal agency” for “executive agency”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
§3552. Protests by interested parties concerning procurement actions
A protest concerning an alleged violation of a procurement statute or regulation shall be decided by the Comptroller General if filed in accordance with this subchapter. An interested party who has filed a protest under section 111(f) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 759(f)) with respect to a procurement or proposed procurement may not file a protest with respect to that procurement under this subchapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1199; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(L), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362; Pub. L. 103–355, title X, §10005(d), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3408.)
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272 and Pub. L. 103–355 amended section identically, substituting “section 111(f)” for “section 111(h)” and “759(f)” for “759(h)”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
§3553. Review of protests; effect on contracts pending decision
(a) Under procedures prescribed under section 3555 of this title, the Comptroller General shall decide a protest submitted to the Comptroller General by an interested party.
(b)(1) Within one day after the receipt of a protest, the Comptroller General shall notify the Federal agency involved of the protest.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3) of this subsection, a Federal agency receiving a notice of a protested procurement under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall submit to the Comptroller General a complete report (including all relevant documents) on the protested procurement—
(A) within 35 days after the date of the agency's receipt of that notice;
(B) if the Comptroller General, upon a showing by the Federal agency, determines (and states the reasons in writing) that the specific circumstances of the protest require a longer period, within the longer period determined by the Comptroller General; or
(C) in a case determined by the Comptroller General to be suitable for the express option under section 3554(a)(2) of this title, within 20 days after the date of the Federal agency's receipt of that determination.
(3) A Federal agency need not submit a report to the Comptroller General pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection if the agency is sooner notified by the Comptroller General that the protest concerned has been dismissed under section 3554(a)(3) 1 of this title.
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, a contract may not be awarded in any procurement after the Federal agency has received notice of a protest with respect to such procurement from the Comptroller General and while the protest is pending.
(2) The head of the procuring activity responsible for award of a contract may authorize the award of the contract (notwithstanding a protest of which the Federal agency has notice under this section)—
(A) upon a written finding that urgent and compelling circumstances which significantly affect interests of the United States will not permit waiting for the decision of the Comptroller General under this subchapter; and
(B) after the Comptroller General is advised of that finding.
(3) A finding may not be made under paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection unless the award of the contract is otherwise likely to occur within 30 days after the making of such finding.
(d)(1) A contractor awarded a Federal agency contract may, during the period described in paragraph (4), begin performance of the contract and engage in any related activities that result in obligations being incurred by the United States under the contract unless the contracting officer responsible for the award of the contract withholds authorization to proceed with performance of the contract.
(2) The contracting officer may withhold an authorization to proceed with performance of the contract during the period described in paragraph (4) if the contracting officer determines in writing that—
(A) a protest is likely to be filed; and
(B) the immediate performance of the contract is not in the best interests of the United States.
(3)(A) If the Federal agency awarding the contract receives notice of a protest in accordance with this section during the period described in paragraph (4)—
(i) the contracting officer may not authorize performance of the contract to begin while the protest is pending; or
(ii) if authorization for contract performance to proceed was not withheld in accordance with paragraph (2) before receipt of the notice, the contracting officer shall immediately direct the contractor to cease performance under the contract and to suspend any related activities that may result in additional obligations being incurred by the United States under that contract.
(B) Performance and related activities suspended pursuant to subparagraph (A)(ii) by reason of a protest may not be resumed while the protest is pending.
(C) The head of the procuring activity may authorize the performance of the contract (notwithstanding a protest of which the Federal agency has notice under this section)—
(i) upon a written finding that—
(I) performance of the contract is in the best interests of the United States; or
(II) urgent and compelling circumstances that significantly affect interests of the United States will not permit waiting for the decision of the Comptroller General concerning the protest; and
(ii) after the Comptroller General is notified of that finding.
(4) The period referred to in paragraphs (2) and (3)(A), with respect to a contract, is the period beginning on the date of the contract award and ending on the later of—
(A) the date that is 10 days after the date of the contract award; or
(B) the date that is 5 days after the debriefing date offered to an unsuccessful offeror for any debriefing that is requested and, when requested, is required.
(e) The authority of the head of the procuring activity to make findings and to authorize the award and performance of contracts under subsections (c) and (d) of this section may not be delegated.
(f)(1) Within such deadlines as the Comptroller General prescribes, upon request each Federal agency shall provide to an interested party any document relevant to a protested procurement action (including the report required by subsection (b)(2) of this section) that would not give that party a competitive advantage and that the party is otherwise authorized by law to receive.
(2)(A) The Comptroller General may issue protective orders which establish terms, conditions, and restrictions for the provision of any document to a party under paragraph (1), that prohibit or restrict the disclosure by the party of information described in subparagraph (B) that is contained in such a document.
(B) Information referred to in subparagraph (A) is procurement sensitive information, trade secrets, or other proprietary or confidential research, development, or commercial information.
(C) A protective order under this paragraph shall not be considered to authorize the withholding of any document or information from Congress or an executive agency.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1200; amended Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §§1402, 1403(c), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3287, 3290.)
References in Text
Section 3554(a)(3) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), was redesignated section 3554(a)(4) of this title by Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1403(a)(3), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3289.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103–355, §1402(a)(1)(A), substituted “one day after” for “one working day of”.
Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 103–355, §1402(a)(1)(B)(i), substituted “35 days after” for “25 working days from”.
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 103–355, §1402(a)(1)(B)(ii), substituted “20 days after” for “10 working days from”.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 103–355, §1402(a)(2), substituted “after the making of such finding” for “thereafter”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–355, §1402(b), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows:
“(d)(1) If a Federal agency receives notice of a protest under this section after the contract has been awarded but within 10 days of the date of the contract award, the Federal agency (except as provided under paragraph (2)) shall, upon receipt of that notice, immediately direct the contractor to cease performance under the contract and to suspend any related activities that may result in additional obligations being incurred by the United States under that contract. Performance of the contract may not be resumed while the protest is pending.
“(2) The head of the procuring activity responsible for award of a contract may authorize the performance of the contract (notwithstanding a protest of which the Federal agency has notice under this section)—
“(A) upon a written finding—
“(i) that performance of the contract is in the best interests of the United States; or
“(ii) that urgent and compelling circumstances that significantly affect interests of the United States will not permit waiting for the decision of the Comptroller General concerning the protest; and
“(B) after the Comptroller General is notified of that finding.”
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(c), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3554, 3556 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§3554. Decisions on protests
(a)(1) To the maximum extent practicable, the Comptroller General shall provide for the inexpensive and expeditious resolution of protests under this subchapter. Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this subsection, the Comptroller General shall issue a final decision concerning a protest within 125 days after the date the protest is submitted to the Comptroller General.
(2) The Comptroller General shall, by regulation prescribed pursuant to section 3555 of this title, establish an express option for deciding those protests which the Comptroller General determines suitable for resolution within 65 days after the date the protest is submitted.
(3) An amendment to a protest that adds a new ground of protest, if timely made, should be resolved, to the maximum extent practicable, within the time limit established under paragraph (1) of this subsection for final decision of the initial protest. If an amended protest cannot be resolved within such time limit, the Comptroller General may resolve the amended protest through the express option under paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(4) The Comptroller General may dismiss a protest that the Comptroller General determines is frivolous or which, on its face, does not state a valid basis for protest.
(b)(1) With respect to a solicitation for a contract, or a proposed award or the award of a contract, protested under this subchapter, the Comptroller General may determine whether the solicitation, proposed award, or award complies with statute and regulation. If the Comptroller General determines that the solicitation, proposed award, or award does not comply with a statute or regulation, the Comptroller General shall recommend that the Federal agency—
(A) refrain from exercising any of its options under the contract;
(B) recompete the contract immediately;
(C) issue a new solicitation;
(D) terminate the contract;
(E) award a contract consistent with the requirements of such statute and regulation;
(F) implement any combination of recommendations under clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E); or
(G) implement such other recommendations as the Comptroller General determines to be necessary in order to promote compliance with procurement statutes and regulations.
(2) If the head of the procuring activity responsible for a contract makes a finding under section 3553(d)(2)(A)(i) 1 of this title, the Comptroller General shall make recommendations under this subsection without regard to any cost or disruption from terminating, recompeting, or reawarding the contract.
(3) If the Federal agency fails to implement fully the recommendations of the Comptroller General under this subsection with respect to a solicitation for a contract or an award or proposed award of a contract within 60 days after receiving the recommendations, the head of the procuring activity responsible for that contract shall report such failure to the Comptroller General not later than 5 days after the end of such 60-day period.
(c)(1) If the Comptroller General determines that a solicitation for a contract or a proposed award or the award of a contract does not comply with a statute or regulation, the Comptroller General may recommend that the Federal agency conducting the procurement pay to an appropriate interested party the costs of—
(A) filing and pursuing the protest, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and consultant and expert witness fees; and
(B) bid and proposal preparation.
(2) No party (other than a small business concern (within the meaning of section 3(a) of the Small Business Act)) may be paid, pursuant to a recommendation made under the authority of paragraph (1)—
(A) costs for consultant and expert witness fees that exceed the highest rate of compensation for expert witnesses paid by the Federal Government; or
(B) costs for attorneys’ fees that exceed $150 per hour unless the agency determines, based on the recommendation of the Comptroller General on a case by case basis, that an increase in the cost of living or a special factor, such as the limited availability of qualified attorneys for the proceedings involved, justifies a higher fee.
(3) If the Comptroller General recommends under paragraph (1) that a Federal agency pay costs to an interested party, the Federal agency shall—
(A) pay the costs promptly; or
(B) if the Federal agency does not make such payment, promptly report to the Comptroller General the reasons for the failure to follow the Comptroller General's recommendation.
(4) If the Comptroller General recommends under paragraph (1) that a Federal agency pay costs to an interested party, the Federal agency and the interested party shall attempt to reach an agreement on the amount of the costs to be paid. If the Federal agency and the interested party are unable to agree on the amount to be paid, the Comptroller General may, upon the request of the interested party, recommend to the Federal agency the amount of the costs that the Federal agency should pay.
(d) Each decision of the Comptroller General under this subchapter shall be signed by the Comptroller General or a designee for that purpose. A copy of the decision shall be made available to the interested parties, the head of the procuring activity responsible for the solicitation, proposed award, or award of the contract, and the senior procurement executive of the Federal agency involved.
(e)(1) The Comptroller General shall report promptly to the Committee on Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and to the Committee on Government Operations and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives any case in which a Federal agency fails to implement fully a recommendation of the Comptroller General under subsection (b) or (c). The report shall include—
(A) a comprehensive review of the pertinent procurement, including the circumstances of the failure of the Federal agency to implement a recommendation of the Comptroller General; and
(B) a recommendation regarding whether, in order to correct an inequity or to preserve the integrity of the procurement process, the Congress should consider—
(i) private relief legislation;
(ii) legislative rescission or cancellation of funds;
(iii) further investigation by Congress; or
(iv) other action.
(2) Not later than January 31 of each year, the Comptroller General shall transmit to the Congress a report containing a summary of each instance in which a Federal agency did not fully implement a recommendation of the Comptroller General under subsection (b) or (c) during the preceding year. The report shall also describe each instance in which a final decision in a protest was not rendered within 125 days after the date the protest is submitted to the Comptroller General.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1201; amended Pub. L. 100–463, title VIII, §8139, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2270–47; Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1403(a)–(b)(3), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3289, 3290.)
References in Text
Section 3553(d) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was amended generally by Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1402(b), Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3288, and, as so amended, provisions formerly appearing in subsec. (d)(2)(A)(i) of section 3553 are now contained in subsec. (d)(3)(C)(i)(I) of that section.
Section 3(a) of the Small Business Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), is classified to section 632(a) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(a)(1), substituted “125 days after” for “90 working days from”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(a)(2), substituted “65 days after” for “45 calendar days from”.
Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(a)(3), (4), added par. (3) and redesignated former par. (3) as (4).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(b)(1), added par. (3).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(b)(2), amended subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) read as follows:
“(c)(1) If the Comptroller General determines that a solicitation for a contract or a proposed award or the award of a contract does not comply with a statute or regulation, the Comptroller General may declare an appropriate interested party to be entitled to the costs of—
“(A) filing and pursuing the protest, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; and
“(B) bid and proposal preparation.
“(2) Monetary awards to which a party is declared to be entitled under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be paid promptly by the Federal agency concerned out of funds available to or for the use of the Federal agency for the procurement of property and services.”
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–355, §1403(b)(3), amended subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (e) read as follows:
“(e)(1) The head of the procuring activity responsible for the solicitation, proposed award, or award of the contract shall report to the Comptroller General, if the Federal agency has not fully implemented those recommendations within 60 days of receipt of the Comptroller General's recommendations under subsection (b) of this section.
“(2) Not later than January 31 of each year, the Comptroller General shall transmit to Congress a report describing each instance in which a Federal agency did not fully implement the Comptroller General's recommendations during the preceding fiscal year.”
1988—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–463 struck out “unless the Comptroller General determines and states in writing the reasons that the specific circumstances of the protest require a longer period” after “submitted to the Comptroller General” before period at end.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Prompt Payment of Costs Under Prior Law
Section 1403(b)(4) of Pub. L. 103–355 provided that: “Costs to which the Comptroller General declared an interested party to be entitled under section 3554 of title 31, United States Code, as in effect immediately before the enactment of this Act [Oct. 13, 1994], shall, if not paid or otherwise satisfied by the Federal agency concerned before the date of the enactment of this Act, be paid promptly.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3553, 3555, 3556 of this title; title 10 section 2305; title 41 section 253b.
1 See References in Text note below.
§3555. Regulations; authority of Comptroller General to verify assertions
(a) The Comptroller General shall prescribe such procedures as may be necessary to the expeditious decision of protests under this subchapter, including procedures for accelerated resolution of protests under the express option authorized by section 3554(a)(2) of this title. Such procedures shall provide that the protest process may not be delayed by the failure of a party to make a filing within the time provided for the filing.
(b) The procedures shall provide that, in the computation of any period described in this subchapter—
(1) the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run not be included; and
(2) the last day after such act, event, or default be included, unless—
(A) such last day is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday; or
(B) in the case of a filing of a paper at the General Accounting Office or a Federal agency, such last day is a day on which weather or other conditions cause the closing of the General Accounting Office or Federal agency, in which event the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday shall be included.
(c) The Comptroller General may prescribe procedures for the electronic filing and dissemination of documents and information required under this subchapter. In prescribing such procedures, the Comptroller General shall consider the ability of all parties to achieve electronic access to such documents and records.
(d) The Comptroller General may use any authority available under chapter 7 of this title and this chapter to verify assertions made by parties in protests under this subchapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1202; amended Pub. L. 103–355, title I, §1404, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3291.)
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–355, §1404(c), substituted “The Comptroller General” for “Not later than January 15, 1985, the Comptroller General”.
Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 103–355, §1404(a), (b), added subsecs. (b) and (c) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (d).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
For effective date and applicability of amendment by Pub. L. 103–355, see section 10001 of Pub. L. 103–355, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3553, 3554 of this title.
§3556. Nonexclusivity of remedies; matters included in agency record
This subchapter does not give the Comptroller General exclusive jurisdiction over protests, and nothing contained in this subchapter shall affect the right of any interested party to file a protest with the contracting agency or to file an action in a district court of the United States or the United States Court of Federal Claims. In any such action based on a procurement or proposed procurement with respect to which a protest has been filed under this subchapter, the reports required by sections 3553(b)(2) and 3554(e)(1) of this title with respect to such procurement or proposed procurement and any decision or recommendation of the Comptroller General under this subchapter with respect to such procurement or proposed procurement shall be considered to be part of the agency record subject to review.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VII, §2741(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1202; amended Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516.)
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–572 substituted “United States Court of Federal Claims” for “United States Claims Court”.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to any protest filed after Jan. 14, 1985, see section 2751(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 251 of Title 41, Public Contracts.
CHAPTER 37—CLAIMS
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER II—CLAIMS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
SUBCHAPTER III—CLAIMS AGAINST THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–203, §1(b)(2), Dec. 7, 1989, 103 Stat. 1805, substituted “investigative or law enforcement officers of the Department of Justice” for “the Federal Bureau of Investigation” in item 3724.
1986—Pub. L. 99–562, §6(b), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3168, added items 3732 and 3733.
1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VI, §§2652(a)(2), 2653(a)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1152, 1154, added items 3720 and 3720A.
1983—Pub. L. 97–452, §1(13)(B), (16)(B), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2470, 2474, inserted “and application” in item 3701 and added items 3716–3719.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 20 section 1234a; title 42 sections 1395ccc, 5155, 12651d.
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL
§3701. Definitions and application
(a) In this chapter—
(1) “administrative offset” means withholding money payable by the United States Government to, or held by the Government for, a person to satisfy a debt the person owes the Government.
(2) “calendar quarter” means a 3-month period beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.
(3) “consumer reporting agency” means—
(A) a consumer reporting agency as that term is defined in section 603(f) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(f)); or
(B) a person that, for money or on a cooperative basis, regularly—
(i) gets information on consumers to give the information to a consumer reporting agency; or
(ii) serves as a marketing agent under an arrangement allowing a third party to get the information from a consumer reporting agency.
(4) “executive or legislative agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality in the executive or legislative branch of the Government.
(5) “military department” means the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force.
(6) “system of records” has the same meaning given that term in section 552a(a)(5) of title 5.
(7) “uniformed services” means the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Commissioned Corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service.
(b) In subchapter II of this chapter, “claim” includes amounts owing on account of loans insured or guaranteed by the Government and other amounts due the Government.
(c) In sections 3716 and 3717 of this title, “person” does not include an agency of the United States Government, of a State government, or of a unit of general local government.
(d) Sections 3711(f) and 3716–3719 of this title do not apply to a claim or debt under, or to an amount payable under, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), except to the extent provided under section 204(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 404(f)),,1 or the tariff laws of the United States.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 970; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(13)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2469; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 103–387, §5(b), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4077.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3701(1) | 31:951. | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, §2, 80 Stat. 308. |
| 3701(2) | 31:240(1), (4). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, §2(1), (2), (4), 78 Stat. 767; restated Sept. 15, 1965, Pub. L. 89–185, §3(a), 79 Stat. 789. |
| 3701(3) | 31:240(2). |
Clause (1) is substituted for 31:951(a) for consistency. The text of 31:951(b) is omitted as unnecessary because of laws vesting authority in the commission, board, or other group of individuals and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In clause (2), the text of 31:240(1) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3701(a)(1) | 31 App.:954(e)(1). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §5(e); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §10(2), 96 Stat. 1755. |
| 3701(a)(2) | 31 App.:952(e)(1) (last sentence). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(e)(1)(last sentence), (8); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §11, 96 Stat. 1755, 1756. |
| 3701(a)(3) | 31 App.:952(d)(4) (A). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(d)(4); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §3, 96 Stat. 1750. |
| 3701(a)(4), (5) | 31:3701(1), (2). | |
| 3701(a)(6) | 31 App.:952(d)(4) (B), (C). | |
| 3701(a)(7) | 31:3701(3). | |
| 3701(b) | 31 App.:952(g). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L.89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(g); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §13(b), 96 Stat. 1758. |
| 3701(c) | 31 App.:952(e)(8). | |
| 31 App.:954(e)(2). | ||
| 3701(d) | 31 App.:954(note) (related to 31 App.:952(d)–(f), 954, 955). | Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §8(e)(related to §§3, 10(2)–12, 13(b)), 96 Stat. 1754. |
In subsections (a)(1), (b), and (c), the word “Government” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a)(3)(B), before clause (i), the word “money” is substituted for “monetary fees, dues” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “engages in whole or in part in the practice of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (i), the words “credit or other” and “(as defined in clause (i) of this subparagraph)” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(6), 31 App.:952(d)(4)(C) is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b), the words “all . . . from fees, duties, leases, rents, royalties, services, sales of real or personal property, overpayments, fines, penalties, damages, interest, taxes, forfeitures, and other sources” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “unit of general” are added for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (d), the word “arising” is omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (d), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 7 (§301 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.
The tariff laws of the United States, referred to in subsec. (d), are classified generally to Title 19, Customs Duties.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–387 inserted “, except to the extent provided under section 204(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 404(f)),” after “the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.)”.
1986—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1983—Pub. L. 97–452 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), added pars. (1), (2), and (3), redesignated former par. (1) as (4) and substituted “Government” for “United States Government”, redesignated former par. (2) as (5), added par. (6), redesignated former par. (3) as (7) and struck out “the” before “Commissioned Corps” in two places, and added subsecs. (b) to (d).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 5(c) of Pub. L. 103–387 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 404 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] shall apply to collection activities begun on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1994] and before October 1, 1999.”
Short Title of 1986 Amendment
Pub. L. 99–562, §1, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3153, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 3732 and 3733 of this title and amending sections 3729 to 3731 of this title and section 287 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure] may be cited as the ‘False Claims Amendments Act of 1986’.”
United States Senate as Legislative Agency; Regulations Promulgated by Secretary of Senate
Pub. L. 101–163, title I, §11, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1046, provided that:
“(a) For purposes of subchapters I and II of chapter 37 of title 31, United States Code (relating to claims of or against the United States Government), the United States Senate shall be considered to be a legislative agency (as defined in section 3701(a)(4) of such title), and the Secretary of the Senate shall be deemed to be the head of such legislative agency.
“(b) Regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Senate pursuant to section 3716 of title 31, United States Code, shall not become effective until they are approved by the Senate Committee on Rules and Administration.”
§3702. Authority of the Comptroller General to settle claims
(a) Except as provided in this chapter or another law, the Comptroller General shall settle all claims of or against the United States Government. A claim that was not administratively examined before submission to the Comptroller General shall be examined by 2 officers or employees of the General Accounting Office independently of each other.
(b)(1) A claim against the Government presented under this section must contain the signature and address of the claimant or an authorized representative. The claim must be received by the Comptroller General within 6 years after the claim accrues except—
(A) as provided in this chapter or another law; or
(B) a claim of a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States.
(2) When the claim of a member of the armed forces accrues during war or within 5 years before war begins, the claim must be presented to the Comptroller General within 5 years after peace is established or within the period provided in clause (1) of this subsection, whichever is later.
(3) The Comptroller General shall return a claim not received in the time required under this subsection with a copy of this subsection and no further communication is required.
(c)
(2) Nothing in this subsection affects the underlying obligation of the United States, or any agency thereof, for which a Treasury check was issued.
(d) The Comptroller General shall report to Congress on a claim against the Government that is timely presented under this section that may not be adjusted by using an existing appropriation, and that the Comptroller General believes Congress should consider for legal or equitable reasons. The report shall include recommendations of the Comptroller General.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 970; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(14), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 100–86, title X, §1004(b), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 659.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3702(a) | 31:44(1st sentence). | June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304(1st par. 1st sentence), 42 Stat. 24. |
| 31:71(related to claims). | R.S. §236(related to claims); June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §305, 42 Stat. 24. | |
| 31:86. | July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §14, 28 Stat. 210. | |
| 3702(b)(1) | 31:71a(1)(less proviso). | Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 788, 54 Stat. 1061; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §801, 88 Stat. 1965. |
| 31:237(1)(less proviso). | ||
| 3702(b)(2) | 31:71a(1)(proviso). | |
| 31:237(1)(proviso). | ||
| 3702(b)(3) | 31:71a(2). | |
| 31:237(2). | ||
| 3702(c) | 31:122. | June 22, 1926, ch. 650, §2, 44 Stat. 761; Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–183, §3(a), 71 Stat. 465. |
| 3702(d) | 31:236. | Apr. 10, 1928, ch. 334, 45 Stat. 413. |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the words “Except as provided in this chapter or another law” are added for clarity. The words “and demands whatever” and “and adjusted” are omitted as surplus. The words “officers or employees of the General Accounting Office” are substituted for “of his subordinates” for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “or demand” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is substituted for “United States” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “representative” is substituted for “agent or attorney” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “received by the Comptroller General” are substituted for “received in said office” for clarity and consistency. The words “the date” are omitted as surplus. Clause (A) is added for clarity. In clause (B), the words “cognizable by the General Accounting Office under sections 71 and 236 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “member of the armed forces” are substituted for “person serving in the military or naval forces of the United States” for consistency with title 10. The words “to the Comptroller General” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “to the claimant” are omitted as surplus. The words “not received in the time required” are substituted for “barred by” because of the restatement. The words “no further communication is required” are substituted for “such action shall be a complete response without further communication” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:122(1st sentence words before 2d comma and last sentence) is omitted as executed. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasury Department” for consistency. The word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280).
In subsection (d), the words “report . . . on” are substituted for “submit the same . . . by a special report . . . the material facts” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or demand” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is substituted for “United States”, and the words “presented under this section” are substituted for “filed in the General Accounting Office” for consistency. The words “lawfully”, “the use of”, and “thereon” are omitted as surplus.
1983 Act
This amends 31:3702(b)(2) by inserting a word inadvertently omitted in the codification of title 31.
References in Text
The effective date of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), probably means the effective date of subsec. (c) of this section as amended by section 1004(b) of Pub. L. 100–86, which is effective 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations. See Effective Date of 1987 Amendment note below.
Amendments
1987—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–86 amended subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) read as follows: “A claim on a check or warrant that the records of the Comptroller General or the Secretary of the Treasury show as being paid must be presented to the Comptroller General or the Secretary within 6 years after the check or warrant was issued.”
1983—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 97–452 inserted “this” before “subsection”.
Effective Date of 1987 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–86 effective 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations, see section 1006 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 3328 of this title.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Regulations
For provision permitting Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe rules, regulations, and procedures as necessary to implement amendment by section 1004(b) of Pub. L. 100–86, including recertification of Treasury checks which have been canceled or for which a claim has been asserted or barred, see section 1005 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 3328 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3328, 3712 of this title; title 16 section 831h.
SUBCHAPTER II—CLAIMS OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in sections 3701, 3712 of this title; title 21 section 379h.
§3711. Collection and compromise
(a) The head of an executive or legislative agency—
(1) shall try to collect a claim of the United States Government for money or property arising out of the activities of, or referred to, the agency;
(2) may compromise a claim of the Government of not more than $100,000 (excluding interest) or such higher amount as the Attorney General may from time to time prescribe that has not been referred to another executive or legislative agency for further collection action; and
(3) may suspend or end collection action on a claim referred to in clause (2) of this subsection when it appears that no person liable on the claim has the present or prospective ability to pay a significant amount of the claim or the cost of collecting the claim is likely to be more than the amount recovered.
(b) The Comptroller General has the same authority that the head of the agency has under subsection (a) of this section when the claim is referred to the Comptroller General for further collection action. Only the Comptroller General may compromise a claim arising out of an exception the Comptroller General makes in the account of an accountable official.
(c)(1) The head of an executive or legislative agency may not act under subsection (a)(2) or (3) of this section on a claim that appears to be fraudulent, false, or misrepresented by a party with an interest in the claim, or that is based on conduct in violation of the antitrust laws.
(2) The Secretary of Transportation may not compromise for less than $500 a penalty under section 21302 of title 49 for a violation of chapter 203, 205, or 207 of title 49 or a regulation or requirement prescribed or order issued under any of those chapters.
(d) A compromise under this section is final and conclusive unless gotten by fraud, misrepresentation, presenting a false claim, or mutual mistake of fact. An accountable official is not liable for an amount paid or for the value of property lost or damaged if the amount or value is not recovered because of a compromise under this section.
(e) The head of an executive or legislative agency acts under—
(1) regulations prescribed by the head of the agency; and
(2) standards that the Attorney General and the Comptroller General may prescribe jointly.
(f)(1) When trying to collect a claim of the Government under a law except the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), the head of an executive or legislative agency may disclose to a consumer reporting agency information from a system of records that an individual is responsible for a claim if—
(A) notice required by section 552a(e)(4) of title 5 indicates that information in the system may be disclosed to a consumer reporting agency;
(B) the head of the agency has reviewed the claim and decided that the claim is valid and overdue;
(C) the head of the agency has notified the individual in writing—
(i) that payment of the claim is overdue;
(ii) that, within not less than 60 days after sending the notice, the head of the agency intends to disclose to a consumer reporting agency that the individual is responsible for the claim;
(iii) of the specific information to be disclosed to the consumer reporting agency; and
(iv) of the rights the individual has to a complete explanation of the claim, to dispute information in the records of the agency about the claim, and to administrative repeal or review of the claim;
(D) the individual has not—
(i) repaid or agreed to repay the claim under a written repayment plan that the individual has signed and the head of the agency has agreed to; or
(ii) filed for review of the claim under paragraph (2) of this subsection;
(E) the head of the agency has established procedures to—
(i) disclose promptly, to each consumer reporting agency to which the original disclosure was made, a substantial change in the condition or amount of the claim;
(ii) verify or correct promptly information about the claim on request of a consumer reporting agency for verification of information disclosed; and
(iii) get satisfactory assurances from each consumer reporting agency that the agency is complying with all laws of the United States related to providing consumer credit information; and
(F) the information disclosed to the consumer reporting agency is limited to—
(i) information necessary to establish the identity of the individual, including name, address, and taxpayer identification number;
(ii) the amount, status, and history of the claim; and
(iii) the agency or program under which the claim arose.
(2) Before disclosing information to a consumer reporting agency under paragraph (1) of this subsection and at other times allowed by law, the head of an executive or legislative agency shall provide, on request of an individual alleged by the agency to be responsible for the claim, for a review of the obligation of the individual, including an opportunity for reconsideration of the initial decision on the claim.
(3) Before disclosing information to a consumer reporting agency under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the head of an executive or legislative agency shall take reasonable action to locate an individual for whom the head of the agency does not have a current address to send the notice under paragraph (1)(C).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 971; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(15), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2470; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(5), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 4; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 101–552, §8(b), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2746; Pub. L. 102–365, §4(a)(4), Sept. 3, 1992, 106 Stat. 973; Pub. L. 103–272, §5(i)(1), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1375.)
Amendment of Section
For termination of amendment by section 11 of Pub. L. 101–552, see Termination Date of 1990 Amendment; Savings Provision note below.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3711(a) | 31:952(a)(less words between 1st and 2d commas), (b)(1st sentence less words between 6th and 7th commas). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, §3, 80 Stat. 309. |
| 3711(b) | 31:952(b)(2d sentence, last sentence words after semicolon). | |
| 3711(c)(1) | 31:952(b)(last sentence words before semicolon). | |
| 3711(c)(2) | 31:952(note). | July 8, 1976, Pub. L. 94–348, §3(e), 90 Stat. 818. |
| 3711(d) | 31:952(c). | |
| 3711(e) | 31:952(a)(words between 1st and 2d commas), (b)(1st sentence words between 6th and 7th commas). |
In the section, the words “executive or legislative agency” are substituted for “agency” because of the restatement. The words “or his designee” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a), the word “Government” is added for consistency. In clause (2), the words “including the General Accounting Office” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the word “financial” is omitted as surplus.
In subsections (b) and (d), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency. The words “has the same authority that the head of the agency has” are substituted for “have the foregoing authority” for clarity. The words “by another agency” are omitted as surplus. The words “only . . . may compromise” are substituted for “nor shall the head of an agency, other than . . . have authority to compromise” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “that appears to be fraudulent, false, or misrepresented by” are substituted for “as to which there is an indication of fraud, the presentation of a false claim, or misrepresentation on the part of” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the debtor or . . . other” and “in whole or in part” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “Notwithstanding any provision of the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “arising” and “an amount” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “effected . . . authority conferred by”, “on the debtor and on all officials, agencies, and courts of the United States”, “destroyed”, and “with a person primarily responsible” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), the words “in conformity with” are omitted as surplus.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3711(f)(1) | 31 App.:952(d)(1). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(d)(1)–(3); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §3, 96 Stat. 1749. |
| 3711(f)(2) | 31 App.:952(d)(2). | |
| 3711(f)(3) | 31 App.:952(d)(3). |
In subsection (f)(1), before clause (A), the word “Government” is substituted for “United States” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “subsection (a) of this section, or under any other” are omitted as surplus. The word “law” is substituted for “statutory authority” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (A), the words “for the system of records” are omitted as surplus. In clause (C)(iii), the word “intended” is omitted as surplus. In clause (E)(ii), the words “as appropriate” and “any or all” are omitted as surplus. In clause (E)(iii), the words “all laws of the United States” are coextensive with and substituted for “the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.) and any other Federal law”.
1984 Act
This is necessary to reflect the transfer of the non-positive law provisions of title 49 to title 49 appendix.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “section 21302 of title 49 for a violation of chapter 203, 205, or 207 of title 49 or a regulation or requirement prescribed or order issued under any of those chapters” for “section 6 of the Act of March 2, 1893 (45 U.S.C. 6), section 4 of the Act of April 14, 1910 (45 U.S.C. 13), section 9 of the Act of February 17, 1911 (45 U.S.C. 34), and section 25(h) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 App. U.S.C. 26(h))”.
1992—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–365 substituted “$500” for “$250”.
1990—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 101–552 temporarily substituted “$100,000 (excluding interest) or such higher amount as the Attorney General may from time to time prescribe” for “$20,000 (excluding interest)”. See Termination Date of 1990 Amendment; Savings Provision note below.
1986—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1984—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98–216 substituted “(49 App. U.S.C. 26(h))” for “(49 U.S.C. 26(h))”.
1983—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 97–452 added subsec. (f).
Termination Date of 1990 Amendment; Savings Provision
For termination of amendments by Pub. L. 101–552 and authority to use dispute resolution proceedings on Oct. 1, 1995, except with respect to certain pending proceedings, see section 11 of Pub. L. 101–552, set out as a Termination Date; Savings Provision note under section 571 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Existing Agency Authority To Litigate, Settle, Compromise, or Close Claims
Pub. L. 89–508, §4, July 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 309, provided that: “Nothing in this Act [now this section] shall increase or diminish the existing authority of the head of an agency to litigate claims, or diminish his existing authority to settle, compromise, or close claims.”
Cross References
Waiver of claims for overpayment of pay and allowances of employees of Executive agencies, see section 5584 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3701, 3716 of this title; title 5 sections 552a, 5514, 5569; title 10 section 2780; title 18 section 1114; title 22 section 2671; title 26 section 6103; title 37 section 559; title 38 section 5301; title 42 section 404; title 49 sections 21302, 21303.
§3712. Time limitations for presenting certain claims of the Government
(a)
(1)
(A) the end of the 1-year period beginning on the date of payment; or
(B) the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the close of the period described in subparagraph (A) if a timely claim is received under section 3702.
(2)
(B) If the United States has given an endorser written notice of a claim against the endorser within the time allowed by subparagraph (A), the 1-year period for bringing a civil action on that claim under subparagraph (A) shall be extended by 3 years.
(3)
(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, a civil action may be brought within 2 years after the claim is discovered when an endorser, transferor, depositary, or fiscal agent fraudulently conceals the claim from an officer or employee of the Government entitled to bring the civil action.
(c) The Comptroller General shall credit the appropriate account of the Treasury for the amount of a check or warrant for which a civil action cannot be brought because notice was not given within the time required under subsection (a) of this section if the failure to give notice was not the result of negligence of the Secretary.
(d) The Government waives all claims against a person arising from dual pay from the Government if the dual pay is not reported to the Comptroller General for collection within 6 years from the last date of a period of dual pay.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 971; Pub. L. 100–86, title X, §1004(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 659.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3712(a) | 31:129. | Mar. 6, 1946, ch. 48, §1, 60 Stat. 31; Aug. 28, 1957, Pub. L. 85–183, §3(b), 71 Stat. 465; Aug. 12, 1970, Pub. L. 91–375, §6(l)(2), 84 Stat. 782. |
| 3712(b) | 31:131. | Mar. 6, 1946, ch. 48, §§2, 3, 60 Stat. 31. |
| 3712(c) | 31:130. | |
| 3712(d) | 31:237a. | Aug. 28, 1954, ch. 1035, 68 Stat. 890. |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the words “civil action” are substituted for “proceeding in any court”, “court proceeding”, and “proceeding”, and the word “fiscal” is substituted for “financial”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “Except as provided in this subsection” are added for clarity. The words “or by an agency or official of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “the Postmaster General” are omitted because of section 4(a) of the Postal Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 91–375, 84 Stat. 773). The words “the Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers of the United States” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The word “official” is substituted for “officers” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “of the United States”, “to the Treasurer of the United States or other drawee”, and “of such check, checks, warrant, or warrants” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:129(last sentence less proviso) is omitted as unnecessary. The last sentence is substituted for 31:129(last sentence proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “at any time” in 31:131 are omitted as surplus. The words “the claim is discovered” are substituted for “the United States or any agency or official of the United States who is entitled to bring the same shall discover that the United States or any agency or official of the United States had such cause of action” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “who is liable to any of the actions mentioned in sections 129 to 131 of this title” are omitted as surplus. The words “officer or employee of the Government” are substituted for “United States or any agency or official of the United States” before “entitled” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “although such action would be otherwise barred by the provisions of sections 129 to 131 of this title” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “of the United States” and “allow . . . in” are omitted as surplus. The word “appropriate” is added for clarity. The word “Treasury” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” before “for the amount” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The words “cannot be brought because notice was not given within the time required under this subsection” are substituted for “shall have been barred pursuant to the provisions of sections 129 to 131 of this title upon a showing that the barring of such proceedings . . . required by the provision of section 129 of this title” for clarity. The word “Secretary” is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” before “in failing” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title and Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974.
In subsection (d), the words “arising from dual pay” are substituted for “arising out of the receipt by such person of compensation . . . in violation of any provision of law prohibiting or restricting the receipt of dual compensation” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “including Government owned or controlled corporations” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “or from the government of the District of Columbia” are omitted because of sections 102(a), 448, 449, and 761 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 93–198, 87 Stat. 777, 801, 836).
Amendments
1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–86 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: “Except as provided in this subsection, the United States Government must bring a civil action to enforce the liability of an endorser, transferor, depositary, or fiscal agent on a forged or unauthorized signature or endorsement on, or a change in, a check or warrant issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, the United States Postal Service, or a disbursing official or agent within 6 years after the check or warrant is presented to the drawee of the check or warrant for payment unless, within that period, written notice of the claim is given to the endorser, transferor, depositary, or fiscal agent. The period for bringing a civil action or giving notice is extended for 180 days if a claim is received under section 3702(c) of this title.”
Effective Date of 1987 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–86 effective 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, or on such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations, see section 1006 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 3328 of this title.
Regulations
For provision permitting Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe rules, regulations, and procedures as necessary to implement amendment by section 1004(a) of Pub. L. 100–86, including recertification of Treasury checks which have been canceled or for which a claim has been asserted or barred, see section 1005 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 3328 of this title.
§3713. Priority of Government claims
(a)(1) A claim of the United States Government shall be paid first when—
(A) a person indebted to the Government is insolvent and—
(i) the debtor without enough property to pay all debts makes a voluntary assignment of property;
(ii) property of the debtor, if absent, is attached; or
(iii) an act of bankruptcy is committed; or
(B) the estate of a deceased debtor, in the custody of the executor or administrator, is not enough to pay all debts of the debtor.
(2) This subsection does not apply to a case under title 11.
(b) A representative of a person or an estate (except a trustee acting under title 11) paying any part of a debt of the person or estate before paying a claim of the Government is liable to the extent of the payment for unpaid claims of the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 972.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3713(a) | 31:191. | R.S. §3466; Nov. 6, 1978, Pub. L. 95–598, §322(a), 92 Stat. 2678. |
| 3713(b) | 31:192. | R.S. §3467; restated May 10, 1934, ch. 277, §518(a), 48 Stat. 760; Nov. 6, 1978, Pub. L. 95–598, §322(b), 92 Stat. 2679. |
In the section, the word “claim” is substituted for “debts” for consistency. The word “due” is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the word “paid” is substituted for “satisfied” for consistency. In clause (A)(i), the words “and the priority established shall extend as well to cases in which” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (A)(ii), the word “property” is substituted for “estate and effects” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “absconding, concealed, or” and “by process of law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “The priority established under . . . however” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “A representative of a person or an estate” are substituted for “executor, administrator, or assignee, or other” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “for whom or for which he acts”, “satisfies and”, and “from such person or estate” are omitted as surplus. The word “liable” is substituted for “answerable in his own person and estate” for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 20 section 1087–2; title 22 section 1631g; title 26 sections 6327, 6901, 7421, 7434; title 28 section 3003; title 29 section 1368; title 30 section 934; title 41 section 108; title 48 section 1423a; title 50 App. section 34.
§3714. Keeping money due States in default
The Secretary of the Treasury shall keep the necessary amount of money the United States Government owes a State when the State defaults in paying principal or interest on investments in stocks or bonds the State issues or guarantees and that the Government holds in trust. The money shall be used to pay the principal or interest or reimburse, with interest, money the Government advanced for interest due on the stocks or bonds.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 972.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3714 | 31:207. | R.S. §3481. |
The word “amount” is substituted for “whole, or so much thereof” for clarity. The word “owes” is substituted for “due on any account from the . . . to” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or either” and “thereon” are omitted as surplus.
§3715. Buying real property of a debtor
The head of an agency for whom a civil action is brought against a debtor of the United States Government may buy real property of the debtor at a sale on execution of the real property of the debtor resulting from the action. The head of the agency may not bid more for the property than the amount of the judgment for which the property is being sold, and costs. The marshal of the district in which the sale is held shall transfer the property to the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 972.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3715 | 31:195. | R.S. §3470; June 2, 1965, Pub. L. 89–30, §5, 79 Stat. 119. |
The words “by such agent as . . . shall appoint” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “agency” is substituted for “department or independent agency” because of the restatement. The words “for whom a civil action is brought” are substituted for “at whose instance suit was instituted” for consistency. The words “real property” are substituted for “lands or tenements” for clarity and consistency. The words “in behalf of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “for the property” are added for clarity. The word “property” is substituted for “such estate” for consistency in the section. The words “Whenever such purchase is made” are omitted as surplus. The words “transfer the property” are substituted for “make all needful conveyances, assignments, or transfers” to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity.
§3716. Administrative offset
(a) After trying to collect a claim from a person under section 3711(a) of this title, the head of an executive or legislative agency may collect the claim by administrative offset. The head of the agency may collect by administrative offset only after giving the debtor—
(1) written notice of the type and amount of the claim, the intention of the head of the agency to collect the claim by administrative offset, and an explanation of the rights of the debtor under this section;
(2) an opportunity to inspect and copy the records of the agency related to the claim;
(3) an opportunity for a review within the agency of the decision of the agency related to the claim; and
(4) an opportunity to make a written agreement with the head of the agency to repay the amount of the claim.
(b) Before collecting a claim by administrative offset under subsection (a) of this section, the head of an executive or legislative agency must prescribe regulations on collecting by administrative offset based on—
(1) the best interests of the United States Government;
(2) the likelihood of collecting a claim by administrative offset; and
(3) for collecting a claim by administrative offset after the 6-year period for bringing a civil action on a claim under section 2415 of title 28 has expired, the cost effectiveness of leaving a claim unresolved for more than 6 years.
(c) This section does not apply—
(1) to a claim under this subchapter that has been outstanding for more than 10 years; or
(2) when a statute explicitly provides for or prohibits using administrative offset to collect the claim or type of claim involved.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(16)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2471.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3716(a) | 31 App.:954(a) (words before last comma), (c). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §5(a)–(d); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §10(2), 96 Stat. 1754. |
| 3716(b) | 31 App.:954(b). | |
| 3716(c)(1) | 31 App.:954(a) (words after last comma). | |
| 3716(c)(2) | 31 App.:954(d). |
In the subchapter, the words “or his designee” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a)(1), the words “head of the” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b)(1), the word “Government” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (b)(3), the word “civil” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (c)(2), the word “either” is omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3701, 3807 of this title; title 5 section 5514; title 18 section 1114; title 28 section 2415; title 38 section 5301; title 42 section 404.
§3717. Interest and penalty on claims
(a)(1) The head of an executive or legislative agency shall charge a minimum annual rate of interest on an outstanding debt on a United States Government claim owed by a person that is equal to the average investment rate for the Treasury tax and loan accounts for the 12-month period ending on September 30 of each year, rounded to the nearest whole percentage point. The Secretary of the Treasury shall publish the rate before November 1 of that year. The rate is effective on the first day of the next calendar quarter.
(2) The Secretary may change the rate of interest for a calendar quarter if the average investment rate for the 12-month period ending at the close of the prior calendar quarter, rounded to the nearest whole percentage point, is more or less than the existing published rate by 2 percentage points.
(b) Interest under subsection (a) of this section accrues from the date—
(1) on which notice is mailed after October 25, 1982, if notice was first mailed before October 25, 1982; or
(2) notice of the amount due is first mailed to the debtor at the most current address of the debtor available to the head of the executive or legislative agency, if notice is first mailed after October 24, 1982.
(c) The rate of interest charged under subsection (a) of this section—
(1) is the rate in effect on the date from which interest begins to accrue under subsection (b) of this section; and
(2) remains fixed at that rate for the duration of the indebtedness.
(d) Interest under subsection (a) of this section may not be charged if the amount due on the claim is paid within 30 days after the date from which interest accrues under subsection (b) of this section. The head of an executive or legislative agency may extend the 30-day period.
(e) The head of an executive or legislative agency shall assess on a claim owed by a person—
(1) a charge to cover the cost of processing and handling a delinquent claim; and
(2) a penalty charge of not more than 6 percent a year for failure to pay a part of a debt more than 90 days past due.
(f) Interest under subsection (a) of this section does not accrue on a charge assessed under subsection (e) of this section.
(g) This section does not apply—
(1) if a statute, regulation required by statute, loan agreement, or contract prohibits charging interest or assessing charges or explicitly fixes the interest or charges; and
(2) to a claim under a contract executed before October 25, 1982, that is in effect on October 25, 1982.
(h) In conformity with standards prescribed jointly by the Attorney General and the Comptroller General, the head of an executive or legislative agency may prescribe regulations identifying circumstances appropriate to waiving collection of interest and charges under subsections (a) and (e) of this section. A waiver under the regulations is deemed to be compliance with this section.
(Added Pub L. 97–452, §1(16)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2472.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3717(a) | 31 App.:952(e)(1) (1st–3d sentences). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(e)(1) (1st–3d sentences), (2)–(7); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §11, 96 Stat. 1755. |
| 3717(b), (c) | 31 App.:952(e)(5). | |
| 3717(d) | 31 App.:952(e)(6). | |
| 3717(e) | 31 App.:952(e)(2). | |
| 3717(f) | 31 App.:952(e)(7). | |
| 3717(g)(1) | 31 App.:952(e)(3) (1st sentence). | |
| 3717(g)(2) | 31 App.:952(e)(4). | |
| 3717(h) | 31 App.:952(e)(3) (2d, last sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “percentage point” and “percentage points” are substituted for “per centum” for clarity.
In subsections (a)(1) and (e), the words “Except as provided in paragraph (3)” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “for a calendar quarter” are substituted for “quarterly”, and the words “prior calendar quarter” are substituted for “that calendar quarter”, for clarity.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Subject to paragraph (6)” and “except as provided in subparagraph (B)” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “on the claim” are omitted as surplus. The words “if notice is first mailed after October 24, 1982” are added for clarity.
In subsection (c), the words “on a claim” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (g)(1), the words “applicable” and “either” are omitted as surplus. The word “assessing” is added for clarity. The words “that apply to claims involved” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (h), the words “under this section” are added for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3701 of this title; title 5 section 5514; title 7 sections 147a, 2371; title 18 section 1114; title 21 section 136a; title 22 section 2671; title 26 section 6103.
§3718. Contracts for collection services
(a) Under conditions the head of an executive or legislative agency considers appropriate, the head of the agency may make a contract with a person for collection services to recover indebtedness owed the United States Government. The contract shall provide that—
(1) the head of the agency retains the authority to resolve a dispute, compromise a claim, end collection action, and refer a matter to the Attorney General to bring a civil action; and
(2) the person is subject to—
(A) section 552a of title 5, to the extent provided in section 552a(m); and
(B) laws and regulations of the United States Government and State governments related to debt collection practices.
(b)(1)(A) The Attorney General may make contracts retaining private counsel to furnish legal services, including representation in negotiation, compromise, settlement, and litigation, in the case of any claim of indebtedness owed the United States. Each such contract shall include such terms and conditions as the Attorney General considers necessary and appropriate, including a provision specifying the amount of the fee to be paid to the private counsel under such contract or the method for calculating that fee. The amount of the fee payable for legal services furnished under any such contract may not exceed the fee that counsel engaged in the private practice of law in the area or areas where the legal services are furnished typically charge clients for furnishing legal services in the collection of claims of indebtedness, as determined by the Attorney General, considering the amount, age, and nature of the indebtedness and whether the debtor is an individual or a business entity. If the Attorney General makes a contract for legal services to be furnished in any judicial district of the United States under the first sentence of this paragraph, the Attorney General shall use his best efforts to obtain, from among attorneys regularly engaged in the private practice of law in such district, at least four such contracts for legal services with private individuals or firms in such district. Nothing in this subparagraph shall relieve the Attorney General of the competition requirements set forth in title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 and following).
(B) The Attorney General shall use his best efforts to enter into contracts under this paragraph with law firms owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, so as to enable each agency to comply with paragraph (3).
(2) The head of an executive or legislative agency may, subject to the approval of the Attorney General, refer to a private counsel retained under paragraph (1) of this subsection claims of indebtedness owed the United States arising out of activities of that agency.
(3) Each agency shall use its best efforts to assure that not less than 10 percent of the amounts of all claims referred to private counsel by that agency under paragraph (2) are referred to law firms owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals. For purposes of this paragraph—
(A) the term “law firm owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals” means a law firm that meets the requirements set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of section 8(d)(3)(C) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(3)(C)(i) and (ii)) and regulations issued under those clauses; and
(B) “socially and economically disadvantaged individuals” shall be presumed to include these groups and individuals described in the last paragraph of section 8(d)(3)(C) of the Small Business Act.
(4) Notwithstanding sections 516, 518(b), 519, and 547(2) of title 28, a private counsel retained under paragraph (1) of this subsection may represent the United States in litigation in connection with legal services furnished pursuant to the contract entered into with that counsel under paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(5) A contract made with a private counsel under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall include—
(A) a provision permitting the Attorney General to terminate either the contract or the private counsel's representation of the United States in particular cases if the Attorney General finds that such action is for the convenience of the Government;
(B) a provision stating that the head of the executive or legislative agency which refers a claim under the contract retains the authority to resolve a dispute regarding the claim, to compromise the claim, or to terminate a collection action on the claim; and
(C) a provision requiring the private counsel to transmit monthly to the Attorney General and the head of the executive or legislative agency referring a claim under the contract a report on the services relating to the claim rendered under the contract during the month and the progress made during the month in collecting the claim under the contract.
(6) Notwithstanding the fourth sentence of section 803(6) of the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (15 U.S.C. 1692a(6)), a private counsel performing legal services pursuant to a contract made under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be considered to be a debt collector for the purposes of such Act.
(7) Any counterclaim filed in any action to recover indebtedness owed the United States which is brought on behalf of the United States by private counsel retained under this subsection may not be asserted unless the counterclaim is served directly on the Attorney General or the United States Attorney for the judicial district in which, or embracing the place in which, the action is brought. Such service shall be made in accordance with the rules of procedure of the court in which the action is brought.
(c) The Attorney General shall transmit to the Congress an annual report on the activities of the Department of Justice to recover indebtedness owed the United States which was referred to the Department of Justice for collection. Each such report shall include a list, by agency, of—
(1) the total number and amounts of claims which were referred for legal services to the Department of Justice and to private counsel under subsection (b) during the 1-year period covered by the report;
(2) the total number and amount of those claims referred for legal services to the Department of Justice which were collected or were not collected or otherwise resolved during the 1-year period covered by the report; and
(3) the total number and amount of those claims referred for legal services to private counsel under subsection (b)—
(A) which were collected or were not collected or otherwise resolved during the 1-year period covered by the report;
(B) which were not collected or otherwise resolved under a contract terminated by the Attorney General during the 1-year period covered by the report; and
(C) on which the Attorney General terminated the private counsel's representation during the 1-year period covered by the report without terminating the contract with the private counsel under which the claims were referred.
(d) Notwithstanding section 3302(b) of this title, a contract under subsection (a) or (b) of this section may provide that a fee a person charges to recover indebtedness owed the United States Government is payable from the amount recovered.
(e) A contract under subsection (a) or (b) of this section is effective only to the extent and in the amount provided in an appropriation law. This limitation does not apply in the case of a contract that authorizes a person to collect a fee as provided in subsection (d) of this section.
(f) This section does not apply to the collection of debts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.).
(g) In order to assist Congress in determining whether use of private counsel is a cost-effective method of collecting Government debts, the Attorney General shall, following consultation with the General Accounting Office, maintain and make available to the Inspector General of the Department of Justice, statistical data relating to the comparative costs of debt collection by participating United States Attorneys’ Offices and by private counsel.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(16)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2473; amended Pub. L. 98–167, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1104; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 99–578, §1, Oct. 28, 1986, 100 Stat. 3305; Pub. L. 102–589, §6, Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5135; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(M), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
Amendment of Section
For termination of amendment by section 5 of Pub. L. 99–578, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment note below.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3718(a) | 31 App.:952(f)(1) (1st sentence words after 2d comma, last sentence). | July 19, 1966, Pub. L. 89–508, 80 Stat. 308, §3(f); added Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §13(b), 96 Stat. 1757. |
| 3718(b) | 31 App.:952(f)(2). | |
| 3718(c) | 31 App.:952(f)(3). | |
| 3718(d) | 31 App.:952(f)(1) (1st sentence words before 2d comma). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the word “Government” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “terms and” are omitted as surplus. The words “or organization” are omitted because of 1:1. In clause (1), the words “bring a civil action” are substituted for “initiate legal action” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. In clause (2)(B), the words “including the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (15 U.S.C. 1692 et seq.)” are omitted as being included in “laws and regulations of the United States Government”.
In subsection (b), the words “the head of an agency” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the word “advanced” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law governing the collection of claims owed the United States” and “unpaid or underpaid” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), is act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, 63 Stat. 377, as amended. Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter IV (§251 et seq.) of chapter 4 of Title 41, Public Contracts. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 471 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Tables.
The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(6), is title VIII of Pub. L. 90–321, as added by Pub. L. 95–109 Sept. 20, 1977, 91 Stat. 874, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter V (§1692 et seq.) of chapter 41 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 15 and Tables.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “15 U.S.C. 637(d)(3)(C)(i)” for “15 U.S.C. 6376(d)(3)(C)(i)”.
1992—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–589 added subsec. (g).
1986—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 99–578, §1(1), (4), temporarily added subsecs. (b) and (c) and redesignated former subsecs. (b) and (c) as (d) and (e), respectively. See Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–578, §1(1), (2), temporarily redesignated former subsec. (b) as (d) and inserted “or (b)” after “subsection (a)”. Former subsec. (d) redesignated (f). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment note below.
Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–578, §1(1), (3), temporarily redesignated former subsec. (c) as (e), inserted “or (b)” after “(a)”, and substituted “subsection (d)” for “subsection (b)”. See Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–578, §1(1), temporarily redesignated former subsec. (d) as (f). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment note below.
1983—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–167 inserted “This limitation does not apply in the case of a contract that authorizes a person to collect a fee as provided in subsection (b) of this section.”
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Section 7 of Pub. L. 102–589 provided that: “The provisions of this Act [amending this section and section 3720A of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 6501 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 3335 and 6503 of this title] and amendments made by this Act shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1992], except if such date of enactment is on or after October 1, 1992, such provisions and amendments shall be effective as if enacted on September 30, 1992.”
Effective and Termination Dates of 1986 Amendment
Section 5 of Pub. L. 99–578, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §4(c), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5134, provided that: “This Act and the amendments made by section 1 of this Act [amending this section and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] shall be in effect until September 30, 1996.”
Regulations
Section 4 of Pub. L. 99–578 provided that: “The Attorney General shall issue regulations to carry out this Act and the amendments made by section 1 of this Act [amending this section and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section]. The Attorney General shall submit the regulations to the Congress at least 60 days before they become effective.”
Extension of Pilot Program for Legal Services
Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 102–589 provided that: “The pilot debt collection program carried out by the Attorney General under section 3718(b) and (c) of title 31, United States Code, as authorized and directed under section 3 of the Act entitled ‘An Act to amend section 3718 of title 31, United States Code, to authorize contracts retaining private counsel to furnish legal services in the case of indebtedness owed the United States.’ approved October 29, 1986 (37 U.S.C. 3718 note; Public Law 99–578 [set out below]) is extended through September 30, 1996.”
Pub. L. 102–395, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1832, provided: “That the Pilot Debt Collection Project authorized in Public Law 99–578 [temporarily amending this section and enacting provisions set out below] is hereby extended through September 30, 1993.”
Pub. L. 101–302, title II, May 25, 1990, 104 Stat. 216, provided that: “The pilot debt collection project authorized by Public Law 99–578 [temporarily amending this section and enacting provisions set out below] is extended through September 30, 1992.”
Extension of Contracts With Private Counsel
Section 4(d) of Pub. L. 102–589 provided that: “The Attorney General may extend or modify any or all of the contracts entered into with private counsel prior to October 1, 1992, for such time as is necessary to conduct a full and open competition in accordance with section 3718(b) of title 31, United States Code.”
Audit by Inspector General
Section 5 of Pub. L. 102–589 provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Pilot Program
Section 3 of Pub. L. 99–578, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §4(b), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5134, provided that: “The Attorney General shall carry out subsections (b) and (c) of section 3718 of title 31, United States Code (as added by section 1 of this Act), through a pilot program in each of at least 5 and not more than 15 judicial districts selected by the Attorney General.”
Report by Attorney General
Section 2 of Pub. L. 99–578 directed Attorney General, not later than 180 days after Oct. 28, 1986, to transmit to Congress a report on actions taken under subsec. (b) of this section, as added by Pub. L. 99–578.
Audit by Comptroller General
Section 6 of Pub. L. 99–578 provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3302, 3701 of this title; title 5 section 5514; title 10 section 2780; title 18 section 1114; title 22 sections 1475f, 2671, 2716; title 25 section 1616a; title 26 section 6103; title 28 section 3002; title 38 section 1729; title 42 sections 254o, 404.
§3719. Reports on debt collection activities
(a) In consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller General, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe regulations requiring the head of each agency with outstanding debts to prepare and submit to the Director and the Secretary at least once each year a report summarizing the status of loans and accounts receivable managed by the head of the agency. The report shall contain—
(1) information on—
(A) the total amount of loans and accounts receivable owed the agency and when amounts owed the agency are due to be repaid;
(B) the total amount of receivables and number of claims at least 30 days past due;
(C) the total amount written off as actually uncollectible and the total amount allowed for uncollectible loans and accounts receivable;
(D) the rate of interest charged for overdue debts and the amount of interest charged and collected on debts;
(E) the total number of claims and the total amount collected; and
(F) the number and total amount of claims referred to the Attorney General for settlement and the number and total amount of claims the Attorney General settles;
(2) the information described in clause (1) of this subsection for each program or activity the head of the agency carries out; and
(3) other information the Director considers necessary to decide whether the head of the agency is acting aggressively to collect the claims of the agency.
(b) The Director shall analyze the reports submitted under subsection (a) of this section and shall report annually to Congress on the management of debt collection activities by the head of each agency, including the information provided the Director under subsection (a).
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(16)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2473.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3719(a) | 31 App.:955(a). | Oct. 25, 1982, Pub. L. 97–365, §12, 96 Stat. 1756. |
| 3719(b) | 31 App.:955(b). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “the head of” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (1)(C), the words “uncollectible loans and accounts receivable” are added for clarity. In clause (1)(F), the words “Attorney General” are substituted for “Department of Justice” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code, including 28:503, 509.
In subsection (b), the word “submitted” is substituted for “received by each agency” for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3701 of this title.
§3720. Collection of payments
(a) Each head of an executive agency (other than an agency subject to section 9 of the Act of May 18, 1933 (48 Stat. 63, chapter 32; 16 U.S.C. 831h)) shall, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, provide for the timely deposit of money by officials and agents of such agency in accordance with section 3302, and for the collection and timely deposit of sums owed to such agency by the use of such procedures as withdrawals and deposits by electronic transfer of funds, automatic withdrawals from accounts at financial institutions, and a system under which financial institutions receive and deposit, on behalf of the executive agency, payments transmitted to post office lockboxes. The Secretary is authorized to collect from any agency not complying with the requirements imposed pursuant to the preceding sentence a charge in an amount the Secretary determines to be the cost to the general fund caused by such noncompliance.
(b) The head of an executive agency shall pay to the Secretary of the Treasury charges imposed pursuant to subsection (a). Payments shall be made out of amounts appropriated or otherwise made available to carry out the program to which the collections relate. The amounts of the charges paid under this subsection shall be deposited in the Cash Management Improvements Fund established by subsection (c).
(c) There is established in the Treasury of the United States a revolving fund to be known as the “Cash Management Improvements Fund”. Sums in the fund shall be available without fiscal year limitation for the payment of expenses incurred in developing the methods of collection and deposit described in subsection (a) of this section and the expenses incurred in carrying out collections and deposits using such methods, including the costs of personal services and the costs of the lease or purchase of equipment and operating facilities.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VI, §2652(a)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1152.)
Regulations
Section 2652(a)(3) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe regulations, including regulations under section 3720 of title 31, United States Code, designed to achieve by October 1, 1986, full implementation of the purposes of this subsection.”
§3720A. Reduction of tax refund by amount of debt
(a) Any Federal agency that is owed a past-due legally enforceable debt (other than any past-due support), including debt administered by a third party acting as an agent for the Federal Government, by a named person shall, in accordance with regulations issued pursuant to subsections (b) and (d), notify the Secretary of the Treasury at least once a year of the amount of all such debt.
(b) No Federal agency may take action pursuant to subsection (a) with respect to any debt until such agency—
(1) notifies the person incurring such debt that such agency proposes to take action pursuant to such paragraph with respect to such debt;
(2) gives such person at least 60 days to present evidence that all or part of such debt is not past-due or not legally enforceable;
(3) considers any evidence presented by such person and determines that an amount of such debt is past due and legally enforceable;
(4) satisfies such other conditions as the Secretary may prescribe to ensure that the determination made under paragraph (3) with respect to such debt is valid and that the agency has made reasonable efforts (determined on a government-wide basis) to obtain payment of such debt; and
(5) certifies that reasonable efforts have been made by the agency (pursuant to regulations) to obtain payment of such debt.
(c) Upon receiving notice from any Federal agency that a named person owes to such agency a past-due legally enforceable debt, the Secretary of the Treasury shall determine whether any amounts, as refunds of Federal taxes paid, are payable to such person. If the Secretary of the Treasury finds that any such amount is payable, he shall reduce such refunds by an amount equal to the amount of such debt, pay the amount of such reduction to such agency, and notify such agency of the individual's home address.
(d) The Secretary of the Treasury shall issue regulations prescribing the time or times at which agencies must submit notices of past-due legally enforceable debts, the manner in which such notices must be submitted, and the necessary information that must be contained in or accompany the notices. The regulations shall specify the minimum amount of debt to which the reduction procedure established by subsection (c) may be applied and the fee that an agency must pay to reimburse the Secretary of the Treasury for the full cost of applying such procedure. Any fee paid to the Secretary pursuant to the preceding sentence may be used to reimburse appropriations which bore all or part of the cost of applying such procedure.
(e) Any Federal agency receiving notice from the Secretary of the Treasury that an erroneous payment has been made to such agency under subsection (c) shall pay promptly to the Secretary, in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, an amount equal to the amount of such erroneous payment (without regard to whether any other amounts payable to such agency under such subsection have been paid to such agency).
(f)(1) Subsection (a) shall apply with respect to an OASDI overpayment made to any individual only if such individual is not currently entitled to monthly insurance benefits under title II of the Social Security Act.
(2)(A) The requirements of subsection (b) shall not be treated as met in the case of the recovery of an OASDI overpayment from any individual under this section unless the notification under subsection (b)(1) describes the conditions under which the Commissioner of Social Security is required to waive recovery of an overpayment, as provided under section 204(b) of the Social Security Act.
(B) In any case in which an individual files for a waiver under section 204(b) of the Social Security Act within the 60-day period referred to in subsection (b)(2), the Commissioner of Social Security shall not certify to the Secretary of the Treasury that the debt is valid under subsection (b)(4) before rendering a decision on the waiver request under such section 204(b). In lieu of payment, pursuant to subsection (c), to the Commissioner of Social Security of the amount of any reduction under this subsection based on an OASDI overpayment, the Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit such amount in the Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund or the Federal Disability Insurance Trust Fund, whichever is certified to the Secretary of the Treasury as appropriate by the Commissioner of Social Security.
(g) In the case of refunds of business associations, this section shall apply only to refunds payable on or after January 1, 1995. In the case of refunds of individuals who owe debts to Federal agencies that have not participated in the Federal tax refund offset program prior to the date of enactment of this subsection, this section shall apply only to refunds payable on or after January 1, 1994.
(h) For purposes of this section—
(1) the term “Federal agency” means a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States (other than an agency subject to section 9 of the Act of May 18, 1933 (48 Stat. 63, chapter 32; 16 U.S.C. 831h)), and includes a Government corporation (as such term is defined in section 103 of title 5, United States Code);
(2) the term “past-due support” means any delinquency subject to section 464 of the Social Security Act;
(3) the term “OASDI overpayment” means any overpayment of benefits made to an individual under title II of the Social Security Act; and
(4) the term “person” means an individual; or a sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, nonprofit organization, or any other form of business association.
(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title VI, §2653(a)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1153; amended Pub. L. 101–508, title V, §5129(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–287; Pub. L. 102–589, §3, Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133; Pub. L. 103–296, title I, §108(j)(2), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1488.)
References in Text
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsecs. (f)(1) and (h)(3), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Title II of the Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§401 et seq.) of chapter 7 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Sections 204 and 464 of the Act are classified to sections 404 and 664, respectively, of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.
The date of enactment of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (g), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 102–589, which was approved Nov. 10, 1992.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 103–296 substituted “Commissioner of Social Security” for “Secretary of Health and Human Services” wherever appearing.
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–589, §3(1), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: “Any Federal agency that is owed a past-due legally enforceable debt (other than any past-due support) by a named person shall, in accordance with regulations issued pursuant to subsection (d), notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the amount of such debt.”
Subsec. (b)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 102–589, §3(2), struck out “and” at end of par. (3), substituted “(determined on a government-wide basis) to obtain payment of such debt; and” for “to obtain payment of such debt.” in par. (4), and added par. (5).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–589, §3(5), added subsec. (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated (h).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–589, §3(3), (4), redesignated subsec. (g) as (h) and added par. (4).
1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–508, §5129(b)(1), struck out “OASDI overpayment and” after “other than any”.
Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 101–508, §5129(b)(2), (3), added subsec. (f) and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (g).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–296 effective Mar. 31, 1995, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 103–296, set out as a note under section 401 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–589 effective as if enacted on Sept. 30, 1992, see section 7 of Pub. L. 102–589, set out as a note under section 3718 of this title.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–508 effective Jan. 1, 1991, and inapplicable to refunds to which amendments by section 2653 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, do not apply, see section 5129(d) of Pub. L. 101–508, set out as a note under section 6402 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to refunds payable under section 6402 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, after Dec. 31, 1985, see section 2653(c) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 6402 of Title 26.
Clarification of Congressional Intent as to Scope of Amendments by Section 2653 of Pub. L. 98–369
For provisions that nothing in amendments by section 2653 of Pub. L. 98–369, enacting this section, be construed as exempting debts of corporations or any other category of persons from application of such amendments, with such amendments to extend to all Federal agencies (as defined in such amendments), see section 9402(b) of Pub. L. 100–203, set out as a note under section 6402 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 26 section 6402; title 42 sections 404, 1320a–8, 1395ccc.
SUBCHAPTER III—CLAIMS AGAINST THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
§3721. Claims of personnel of agencies and the District of Columbia government for personal property damage or loss
(a) In this section—
(1) “agency” does not include a nonappropriated fund activity or a contractor with the United States Government.
(2) “head of an agency” means—
(A) for a military department, the Secretary of the military department;
(B) for the Department of Defense (except the military departments), the Secretary of Defense; and
(C) for another agency, the head of the agency.
(3) “settle” means consider, determine, adjust, and dispose of a claim by disallowance or by complete or partial allowance.
(b)(1) The head of an agency may settle and pay not more than $40,000 for a claim against the Government made by a member of the uniformed services under the jurisdiction of the agency or by an officer or employee of the agency for damage to, or loss of, personal property incident to service. A claim allowed under this subsection may be paid in money or the personal property replaced in kind.
(2) The Secretary of State may waive the settlement and payment limitation referred to in paragraph (1) for claims for damage or loss by United States Government personnel under the jurisdiction of a chief of mission in a foreign country if such claims arise in circumstances where there is in effect a departure from the country authorized or ordered under circumstances described in section 5522(a) of title 5, if the Secretary determines that there exists exceptional circumstances that warrant such a waiver.
(c) On paying a claim under this section, the Government is subrogated for the amount of the payment to a right or claim that the claimant may have against a foreign country for the damage or loss for which the Government made the payment.
(d) The Mayor of the District of Columbia may settle and pay a claim against the District of Columbia government made by an officer or employee of the District of Columbia government to the same extent the head of an agency may settle and pay a claim under this section.
(e) A claim may not be allowed under this section if the personal property damage or loss occurred at quarters occupied by the claimant in a State or the District of Columbia that were not assigned or provided in kind by the United States Government or the District of Columbia government.
(f) A claim may be allowed under this section only if—
(1) the claim is substantiated;
(2) the head of the agency decides that possession of the property was reasonable or useful under the circumstances; and
(3) no part of the loss was caused by any negligent or wrongful act of the claimant or an agent or employee of the claimant.
(g) A claim may be allowed under this section only if it is presented in writing within 2 years after the claim accrues. However, if a claim under subsection (b) of this section accrues during war or an armed conflict in which an armed force of the United States is involved, or has accrued within 2 years before war or an armed conflict begins, and for cause shown, the claim must be presented within 2 years after the cause no longer exists or after the war or armed conflict ends, whichever is earlier. An armed conflict begins and ends as stated in a concurrent resolution of Congress or a decision of the President.
(h) The head of the agency—
(1) may settle and pay a claim made by the surviving spouse, child, parent, or brother or sister of a dead member, officer, or employee if the claim is otherwise payable under this section; and
(2) may settle and pay the claims by the survivors only in the following order:
(A) the spouse's claim.
(B) a child's claim.
(C) a parent's claim.
(D) a brother's or sister's claim.
(i) Notwithstanding a contract, the representative of a claimant may not receive more than 10 percent of a payment of a claim made under this section for services related to the claim. A person violating this subsection shall be fined not more than $1,000.
(j) The President may prescribe policies to carry out this section (except subsection (b) to the extent that subsection (b) applies to the military departments, the Department of Defense, and the Coast Guard). Subject to those policies, the head of each agency shall prescribe regulations to carry out this section.
(k) Settlement of a claim under this section is final and conclusive.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 973; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(17), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2474; Pub. L. 100–565, §1, Oct. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 2833; Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §172(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 412.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3721(a), (b) | 31:240(3). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, §§2(3), 4, 78 Stat. 767, 768. |
| 31:241(a)(1)(1st sentence words after 3d comma, 2d sentence words after last comma, last sentence). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, §3(a)(1), 78 Stat. 767; restated Sept. 15, 1965, Pub. L. 89–185, §3(b), 79 Stat. 789; Oct. 18, 1974, Pub. L. 93–455, §1(a), 88 Stat. 1381. | |
| 31:241(a)(2)(words after 1st comma). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, §3(a)(2), (3), (b)(2)–(d), 78 Stat. 767; restated Sept. 15, 1965, Pub. L. 89–185, §3(b)–(d), 79 Stat. 789, 790. | |
| 31:241(b)(1)(1st sentence words after 5th comma, 2d sentence words after last comma, last sentence). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, §3(b)(1), 78 Stat. 767; Sept. 15, 1965, Pub. L. 89–185, §3(b), 79 Stat. 790; July 13, 1972, Pub. L. 92–352, §106(a), 86 Stat. 491; restated Oct. 18, 1974, Pub. L. 93–455, §1(b), 88 Stat. 1381. | |
| 31:243a(d)(2d sentence related to payment). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, 78 Stat. 767, §9; added Dec. 12, 1980, Pub. L. 96–519, §1, 94 Stat. 3031. | |
| 3721(c)(1) | 31:243a(a)(words after 1st comma). | |
| 3721(c)(2) | 31:243a(e). | |
| 3721(c)(3) | 31:243a(note). | Dec. 12, 1980, Pub. L. 96–519, §2, 94 Stat. 3032. |
| 3721(d) | 31:241(f). | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, 78 Stat. 767, §3(f); added Oct. 12, 1968, Pub. L. 90–561, 82 Stat. 998. |
| 3721(e) | 31:241(c)(2). | |
| 3721(f) | 31:241(a)(1)(2d sentence words before last comma), (b)(1)(2d sentence words before last comma), (c)(3). | |
| 31:243a(d)(2d sentence less payment, last sentence). | ||
| 3721(g) | 31:241(c)(1), (d). | |
| 31:243a(c). | ||
| 3721(h) | 31:241(a)(3), (b)(2). | |
| 31:243a(b). | ||
| 3721(i) | 31:243. | Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–558, 78 Stat. 767, §8; added Sept. 15, 1965, Pub. L. 89–185, §5, 79 Stat. 791. |
| 3721(j) | 31:241(a)(1)(1st sentence words before 3d comma), (2)(words before 1st comma), (b)(1)(1st sentence words before 5th comma). | |
| 31:243a(a)(words before 1st comma), (d)(1st sentence). | ||
| 3721(k) | 31:242. |
In the section, the words “or his designee” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsections (b) and (c), the word “civilian” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “arising after August 31, 1964” and “arising after October 18, 1974” and 31:241(a)(1)(last sentence) and (b)(1)(last sentence) are omitted as executed.
In subsection (c)(1)(B), the words “mob violence, terrorist attacks, or other” are omitted as surplus. The word “members” is added for consistency.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “in which that damage or loss occurred” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), the text of section 2(last sentence) of the Act of December 12, 1980 (Pub. L. 96–519, 94 Stat. 3032) is omitted as obsolete.
Subsection (d) is substituted for 31:241(f) because of the restatement.
In subsection (e), the words “assigned to him or otherwise” in 31:241(c)(2) are omitted as surplus. The words “or the District of Columbia government” are added because of the restatement.
In subsection (f), the words “the head of the agency decides” are substituted for “determined to be” in 31:241(b)(1) for clarity.
In subsection (g), the text of 31:243a(c)(words after 1st comma) are omitted as executed. The words “in writing” and “of the United States” in 31:241(c)(1) are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (h)(1), the words “the surviving . . . of a dead member, officer, or employee” are substituted for “If a person named in this subsection is dead” and “the decedent's surviving” in 31:241(a)(3) and (b)(2) and “if such person is deceased” and “the decedent's surviving” in 31:243a(b) to omit surplus words. The words “that arose before, concurrently with, or after the decedent's death” in 31:241(a)(3) and (b)(2) and 31:243a(b) are omitted as surplus. The words “child, parent, or brother or sister” are substituted for “(2) children, (3) father or mother, or both, or (4) brothers or sisters, or both” to eliminate surplus words and because of 1:1. The words “otherwise payable” are substituted for “otherwise covered” for clarity.
Subsection (h)(2) is substituted for “Claims of survivors shall be settled and paid in the order named” in 31:241(a)(3) and (b)(2) and “Claims of survivors shall be settled and paid in the order set forth in the preceding sentence” in 31:243a(b) for clarity.
In subsection (i), the words “to the contrary” are omitted as surplus. The words “representative of a claimant” are substituted for “agent or attorney” for clarity and consistency. The words “be paid or delivered to or” are omitted as surplus. The word “payment” is substituted for “amount paid in settlement” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “individual . . . submitted and settled . . . the authority of” are omitted as surplus. The words “and the same shall be unlawful” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof . . . in any sum” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (j), the words “the purposes of” in 31:241(b)(1)(1st sentence words before 5th comma) are omitted as surplus. The words “(except subsection (b) to the extent that subsection (b) applies to the military departments, the Department of Defense, and the Coast Guard)” are substituted for the source provisions because of the restatement. The words “to carry out this section” after “regulations” are added for clarity.
In subsection (k), the words “Notwithstanding any other provision of law” are omitted as unnecessary.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3721(b) | 31 App.:241(a)(1), (b)(1). | July 28, 1982, Pub. L. 97–226, §1(a), 96 Stat. 245. |
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–236 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1988—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–565, §1(1), substituted “$40,000” for “$25,000”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–565, §1(2), in amending subsec. (c) generally, redesignated former subsec. (c)(2) as (c) and substituted “section” for “subsection”, struck out par. (1) which authorized agency head to pay claim against Government for not more than $40,000 to member of uniformed services, or officer or employee of agency, for damage to, or loss of, personal property in foreign country, incurred after December 30, 1978, incident to service, after evacuation from foreign country, and struck out par. (3) which limited amounts to be obligated or expended for claims to extent provided in advance in appropriation laws.
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–452 substituted “$25,000” for “$15,000”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 172(b) of Pub. L. 103–236 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to claims arising on or after October 31, 1988.”
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Section 2 of Pub. L. 100–565 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [amending this section] shall apply only to claims arising on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 31, 1988].”
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Section 2(g) of Pub. L. 97–452 provided that: “The amendment made by section 1(17) of this Act [amending this section] applies only to claims arising after July 27, 1982.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 16 sections 18i, 558c; title 26 section 6402; title 43 section 1737.
§3722. Claims of officers and employees at Government penal and correctional institutions
(a) The Attorney General may settle and pay not more than $1,000 in any one case for a claim made by an officer or employee at a United States Government penal or correctional institution for damage to, or loss of, personal property incident to employment.
(b) A claim may not be allowed under this section if the loss occurred at quarters occupied by the claimant that were not assigned or provided in kind by the Government.
(c) A claim may be allowed only if—
(1) no part of the loss was caused by any negligent or wrongful act of the claimant or an agent or employee of the claimant;
(2) the Attorney General decides that possession of the property was reasonable or useful under the circumstances; and
(3) it is presented in writing within one year after it accrues.
(d) A claim may be paid under this section only if the claimant accepts the amount of the settlement in complete satisfaction of the claim.
(e) Necessary amounts are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 974.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3722(a) | 31:238(1st sentence). | June 10, 1949, ch. 187, 63 Stat. 167. |
| 3722(b) | 31:238(2d sentence last 25 words before last semicolon). | |
| 3722(c) | 31:238(2d sentence less last 25 words before last semicolon). | |
| 3722(d) | 31:238(last sentence). | |
| 3722(e) | 31:238(note). |
In subsection (a), the words “and such other officer or officers as he may designate for such purpose” are omitted as unnecessary because of 28:509. The word “settle” is substituted for “consider, determine, adjust” for consistency. The words “the sum of” are omitted as surplus. The words “officer or employee” are substituted for “persons employed” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “or destruction” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “assigned to him . . . otherwise” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “no part” are substituted for “not . . . in whole or in part” because of the restatement.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “the Attorney General decides that possession of” are substituted for “is determined” for clarity. The words “claimed to be damaged, lost, or destroyed” and “necessary, or proper . . . attendant” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), the word “accrues” is substituted for “the occurrence of the accident or incident out of which such claim arises” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d), the words “A claim may be paid under this section” are added for clarity. The words “the amount of the settlement” are substituted for “an award hereunder” for consistency. The words “in complete satisfaction of the claim” are substituted for “shall release the United States, its agents or employees, from any further claim by such claimant arising out of the same incident” to eliminate unnecessary words.
§3723. Small claims for privately owned property damage or loss
(a) The head of an agency (except a military department of the Department of Defense or the Coast Guard) may settle a claim for not more than $1,000 for damage to, or loss of, privately owned property that—
(1) is caused by the negligence of an officer or employee of the United States Government acting within the scope of employment; and
(2) may not be settled under chapter 171 of title 28.
(b) A claim under this section may be allowed only if it is presented to the head of the agency within one year after it accrues.
(c) A claim under this section may be paid as provided in section 1304 of this title only if the claimant accepts the amount of the settlement in complete satisfaction of the claim against the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 975.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3723(a) | 31:215(1st sentence), 216. | Dec. 28, 1922, ch. 17, §§1–3, 42 Stat. 1066. |
| 31:216(note). | July 3, 1943, ch. 189, §4, 57 Stat. 373. | |
| 31:216(note). | Dec. 28, 1945, ch. 597, §4(words before 3d comma), 59 Stat. 662. | |
| 31:216(note). | Dec. 28, 1945, ch. 597, 59 Stat. 662, §5(last sentence); added Mar. 20, 1946, ch. 104, 60 Stat. 56. | |
| Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, §424(a)(last par. on p. 846), 60 Stat. 846. | ||
| 3723(b) | 31:215(last sentence proviso). | |
| 3723(c) | 31:215(last sentence less proviso), 217. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:216(words before semicolon) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 102 of the revised title. The words “acting on behalf of the Government of the United States” in 31:215 are omitted as unnecessary. The word “settle” is substituted for “consider, ascertain, adjust, and determine” for consistency. The words “after April 6, 1917” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (c), the words “A claim under this section may be paid” are added for clarity. The words “as provided in section 1304 of this title” are substituted for 31:215(last sentence less proviso) because 31:215(last sentence less proviso) is superseded by section 201 of the Supplemental Appropriations Act, 1978 (Pub. L. 95–240, 92 Stat. 116). The words “of the settlement” are substituted for “determined under the provisions of sections 215 and 216 of this title” in 31:217 for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “complete” is substituted for “full” for consistency. The word “satisfaction” is substituted for “settlement” for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1304 of this title.
§3724. Claims for damages caused by investigative or law enforcement officers of the Department of Justice
(a) The Attorney General may settle, for not more than $50,000 in any one case, a claim for personal injury, death, or damage to, or loss of, privately owned property, caused by an investigative or law enforcement officer as defined in section 2680(h) of title 28 who is employed by the Department of Justice acting within the scope of employment that may not be settled under chapter 171 of title 28. An officer or employee of the United States Government may not present a claim arising during the scope of employment. A claim may be allowed only if it is presented to the Attorney General within one year after it accrues.
(b) The Attorney General shall report annually to the Congress on all settlements made under this section. With respect to each such settlement, the Attorney General shall include a brief statement on the type of the claim, the amount claimed, and the amount of the settlement.
(c) A claim may be paid under this section only if the claimant accepts the amount of the settlement in complete satisfaction of the claim against the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 975; Pub. L. 101–203, §1(a), (b)(1), Dec. 7, 1989, 103 Stat. 1805.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3724(a) | 31:224b(words before 9th comma and between 10th and 11th commas, 1st, 2d provisos). | Mar. 20, 1936, ch. 159, 49 Stat. 1184. |
| 31:224b(note). | Aug. 2, 1946, ch. 753, §424(a)(2d par. on p. 847), (b)(related to 2d par. of (a) on p. 847), 60 Stat. 847. | |
| 3724(b) | 31:224b(words between 9th and 10th commas and between 11th comma and 1st proviso). | |
| 3724(c) | 31:224b(last proviso). |
In subsection (a), the words “of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “settle” is substituted for “consider, adjust, and determine” for consistency. The words “after January 1, 1934” are omitted as executed. The words “personal injury, death” are substituted for “damages to any person” for clarity. The words “of the Department of Justice” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “that may not be settled under chapter 171 of title 28” are substituted for section 424(a)(2d par. on p. 847) and (b)(related to 2d par. of (a) on p. 847) of the Legislative Reorganization Act of 1946 (31:224b(note)) because of the restatement. The words “An officer or employee of the United States Government may not present a claim arising during the scope of employment” are substituted for 31:224b(1st proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words. The text of 31:224b(2d proviso words after semicolon) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (b), the word “settlement” is substituted for “amount as may be found due to any claimant . . . as a legal claim” for clarity and consistency. The words “by Congress” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “A claim may be paid under this section” are added for clarity. The words “of the settlement” are substituted for “determined to be due him under the provisions of this section” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “complete” is substituted for “full and final” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “satisfaction” is substituted for “settlement” for clarity.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–203, §1(b)(1), amended section catchline generally, substituting “investigative or law enforcement officers of the Department of Justice” for “the Federal Bureau of Investigation”.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–203, §1(a)(1), substituted “$50,000” for “$500” and “an investigative or law enforcement officer as defined in section 2680(h) of title 28 who is employed by the Department of Justice” for “the Director or an Assistant Director, inspector, or special agent of the Federal Bureau of Investigation”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–203, §1(a)(2), substituted “report annually to the Congress on all settlements made under this section. With respect to each such settlement, the” for “certify to Congress a settlement under this section for payment out of an appropriation that may be made to pay the settlement. The”.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Section 2 of Pub. L. 101–203 provided that: “The amendments made by section 1 [amending this section] shall apply to—
“(1) any claim arising on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 7, 1989],
“(2) any claim pending on such date, and
“(3) any claim arising before such date which has not been settled if the time for presenting the claim to the Attorney General under the last sentence of section 3724(a) of title 31, United States Code, has not expired.”
§3725. Claims of non-nationals for personal injury or death in a foreign country
(a) The Secretary of State may settle, for not more than $1,500 in any one case, a claim for personal injury or death of an individual not a national of the United States in a foreign country in which the United States exercises privileges of extraterritoriality when the injury or death is caused by an officer, employee, or agent of the United States Government (except of a military department of the Department of Defense or the Coast Guard). An officer or employee of the Government may not present a claim. A claim under this section may be allowed only if it is presented to the Secretary within one year after it accrues.
(b) The Secretary shall certify to Congress a settlement under this section for payment out of an appropriation that may be made to pay the settlement. The Secretary shall include a brief statement on the type of the claim, the amount claimed, and the amount of the settlement.
(c) A claim may be paid under this section only if the claimant accepts the amount of the settlement in complete satisfaction of the claim against the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 975.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3725(a) | 31:224a(words before 21st comma, 1st, 2d provisos). | Feb. 13, 1936, ch. 67, 49 Stat. 1138. |
| 31:224a(note). | July 3, 1943, ch. 189, §7, 57 Stat. 374. | |
| Dec. 28, 1945, ch. 597, §1, 59 Stat. 662. | ||
| Dec. 28, 1945, ch. 597, 59 Stat. 662, §5(1st sentence); added Mar. 20, 1946, ch. 104, 60 Stat. 56. | ||
| 3725(b) | 31:224a(words between 21st comma and 1st proviso). | |
| 3725(c) | 31:224a(last proviso). |
In subsection (a), the word “settle” is substituted for “consider, adjust, and determine” for consistency. The words “United States currency” are omitted as surplus. The words “after February 13, 1936” are omitted as executed. The words “act of omission of any” are omitted as surplus. The words “(except of a military department of the Department of Defense or the Coast Guard)” are substituted for “including all officers, enlisted men, and employees of the Army, Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps” because of 10:2734, section 7 of the Act of July 3, 1943 (ch. 189, 57 Stat. 374), and sections 1 and 5(1st sentence) of the Act of December 28, 1945 (ch. 597, 59 Stat. 662). The words “An officer or employee of the Government may not present a claim” are substituted for 31:224a(1st proviso) for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “by the Secretary of State” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the word “settlement” is substituted for “amount as may be found to be due to any claimant . . . as a legal claim” for clarity and consistency. The words “by Congress” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “A claim may be paid under this section” are added for clarity. The words “of the settlement” are substituted for “determined under the provisions of this section” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “complete” is substituted for “full” for consistency. The word “satisfaction” is substituted for “settlement” for clarity.
§3726. Payment for transportation
(a) A carrier or freight forwarder presenting a bill for transporting an individual or property for the United States Government may be paid before the Administrator of General Services conducts an audit, in accordance with regulations that the Administrator shall prescribe. A claim under this section shall be allowed only if it is received by the Administrator not later than 3 years (excluding time of war) after the later of the following dates:
(1) accrual of the claim;
(2) payment for the transportation is made;
(3) refund for an overpayment for the transportation is made; or
(4) a deduction under subsection (b) of this section is made.
(b) Not later than 3 years (excluding time of war) after the time a bill is paid, the Government may deduct from an amount subsequently due a carrier or freight forwarder an amount paid on the bill that was greater than the rate allowed under—
(1) a lawful tariff on file with the Interstate Commerce Commission, the Secretary of Transportation with respect to foreign air transportation (as defined in section 40102(a) of title 49), the Federal Maritime Commission, or a State transportation authority; or
(2) sections 10721–10724 of title 49 or an equivalent arrangement or an exemption.
(c) Expenses of transportation audit postpayment contracts and contract administration, and the expenses of all other transportation audit and audit-related functions conferred upon the Administrator of General Services, shall be financed from overpayments collected from carriers on transportation bills paid by the Government and other similar type refunds, not to exceed collections. Payment to any contractor for audit services shall not exceed 50 percent of the overpayment identified by contract audit.
(d) At least annually, and as determined by the Administrator, after making adequate provision for expense of refunds to carriers, transportation audit postpayment contracts, contract administration, and other expenses authorized in subsection (c), overpayments collected by the General Services Administration shall be transferred to miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury. A report of receipts, disbursements, and transfers (to miscellaneous receipts) pursuant to this section shall be made annually in connection with the budget estimates to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and to the Congress.
(e) The Administrator may delegate any authority conferred by this section to another agency or agencies if the Administrator determines that such a delegation would be cost-effective or otherwise in the public interest.
(f) Under regulations the head of an agency prescribes that conform with standards the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller General prescribe jointly, a bill under this section may be paid before the transportation is completed notwithstanding section 3324 of this title when a carrier or freight forwarder issues the usual document for the transportation. Payment for transportation ordered but not provided may be recovered by deduction or other means.
(g)(1) A carrier or freight forwarder may request the Comptroller General to review the action of the Administrator if the request is received not later than 6 months (excluding time of war) after the Administrator acts or within the time stated in subsection (a) of this section, whichever is later.
(2) This section does not prevent the Comptroller General from conducting an audit under chapter 35 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 976; Pub. L. 98–443, §9(f), Oct. 4, 1984, 98 Stat. 1707; Pub. L. 99–627, §1, Nov. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 3508; Pub. L. 103–123, title VI, §620A, Oct. 28, 1993, 107 Stat. 1265; Pub. L. 103–272, §§4(f)(1)(N), 5(i)(2), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362, 1375; Pub. L. 103–429, §7(a)(3)(B), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4388.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3726(a) | 31:244(a)(1st sentence, last sentence last proviso). | Sept. 18, 1940, ch. 722, §322(a), 54 Stat. 955; Aug. 26, 1958, Pub. L. 85–762, §2, 72 Stat. 860; Oct. 25, 1972, Pub. L. 92–550, §1(a), 86 Stat. 1163; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §201(1), (2), 88 Stat. 1960. |
| 3726(b) | 31:244(a)(2d sentence, last sentence less last proviso). | |
| 3726(c) | 31:244(c), (d). | Sept. 18, 1940, ch. 722, 54 Stat. 898, §322(c), (d); added Oct. 25, 1972, Pub. L. 92–550, §1(b), 86 Stat. 1164; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §201(3), 88 Stat. 1960. |
| 3726(d)(1) | 31:244(b). | Sept. 18, 1940, ch. 722, 54 Stat. 898, §322(b); added Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §201(3), 88 Stat. 1960. |
| 3726(d)(2) | 31:244(a)(3d sentence). |
In the section, the words “Administrator of General Services” are substituted for “General Services Administration, or his designee” for consistency. The word “freight” is added for clarity and consistency with 49:10101 et seq.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the word “individual” is substituted for “persons” for consistency. The words “or on behalf of” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “for charges for transportation . . . the purview of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the word “claim” is substituted for “cause of action thereon” for consistency. In clauses (2) and (3), the words “is made” are substituted for “of charges . . . involved” and “subsequent . . . of such charges” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Provided, however, That such deductions shall be made” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “found to be” are omitted as surplus. The words “of any overcharge by any carrier or forwarder” and “The term ‘overcharges’ shall be deemed to mean . . . those applicable thereto” are omitted because of the restatement. The word “rate” is substituted for “charges for transportation services” and “rates, fares, and charges” for consistency with title 49. In clause (1), the word “authority” is substituted for “regulatory agency” for consistency. In clause (2), the words “established” and “contract . . . from regulation” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:244(d) and the words “Government”, “or his designee”, and “of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “under this section” are substituted for “for passenger or freight transportation services to be furnished the United States by any carrier or forwarder” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “transportation” is substituted for “services” for consistency. The words “ticket, receipt, bill of lading, or equivalent . . . involved” and “as ordered by the United States” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “may request” are substituted for “Nothing in subsection (a) of this section hereof shall be deemed to prevent . . . from requesting” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of limitation” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103–272, §5(i)(2), substituted “section 40102(a) of title 49” for “the Federal Aviation Act of 1958”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(N), which directed the substitution of “miscellaneous receipts” for “miscellaneous receipt”, was repealed by Pub. L. 103–429.
1993—Subsecs. (c) and (d). Pub. L. 103–123 amended subsecs. (c) and (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsecs. (c) and (d) read as follows:
“(c) Expenses of transportation audit contracts and contract administration shall be financed from overpayments collected from carriers on transportation bills paid by the Government and other similar type refunds at not to exceed 40 percent of such collections annually. Payment to any contractor shall not exceed 50 percent of the overpayments identified by any contract audit.
“(d) At least annually, and as determined by the Administrator, after making adequate provision for expenses of refunds to carriers, transportation audit contracts, and contract administration authorized in subsection (c), the balance of the overpayments collected by the General Services Administration shall be transferred to miscellaneous receipt of the Treasury. A report of receipts, disbursements, and transfers (to miscellaneous receipts) pursuant to this section shall be made annually in connection with the budget estimates to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and to the Congress.”
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–627, §1(1), amended first sentence generally, substituting “may be paid before the Administrator of General Services conducts an audit, in accordance with regulations that the Administrator shall prescribe” for “shall be paid before the Administrator of General Services conducts an audit”.
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 99–627, §1(2), (3), added subsecs. (c) to (e) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) and (d) as (f) and (g), respectively.
1984—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98–443 substituted “Secretary of Transportation with respect to foreign air transportation (as defined in the Federal Aviation Act of 1958)” for “Civil Aeronautics Board”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 7(a) of Pub. L. 103–429 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective July 5, 1994.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–443 effective Jan. 1, 1985, see section 9(v) of Pub. L. 98–443, set out as a note under section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Task Force
Section 2 of Pub. L. 99–627 provided that:
“(a) Within 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 7, 1986], the Administrator of General Services shall establish a task force to study and investigate the feasibility, desirability, and economy of an integrated, automated system that Federal agencies may use in managing the transportation of property for the United States.
“(b) The task force established under subsection (a) shall—
“(1) be chaired by a representative of the Administrator;
“(2) include representatives of the Department of Defense and other Federal agencies significantly involved in the transportation of property for the United States; and
“(3) solicit the views of private businesses with expertise in the matters being considered by the task force.
“(c) In studying and investigating the integrated, automated system, the task force shall consider including in that system such elements as automated routing, rating, documentation, payment, and auditing.
“(d) Each department, agency, and instrumentality of the Federal Government shall furnish to the task force, upon its request, such data, reports, and other information (not otherwise prohibited by law) as the task force deems necessary to carry out its functions under this section.
“(e) The head of each such department, agency, and instrumentality may provide to the task force such services and personnel as the task force requests on such basis (reimbursable or otherwise) as may be agreed upon between such department, agency, or instrumentality and the task force.
“(f) The task force shall submit a final report on the results of its study and investigation to the Congress not later than July 1, 1988.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3528 of this title; title 2 sections 142b, 142e, 142f; title 44 section 308; title 49 section 11706.
§3727. Assignments of claims
(a) In this section, “assignment” means—
(1) a transfer or assignment of any part of a claim against the United States Government or of an interest in the claim; or
(2) the authorization to receive payment for any part of the claim.
(b) An assignment may be made only after a claim is allowed, the amount of the claim is decided, and a warrant for payment of the claim has been issued. The assignment shall specify the warrant, must be made freely, and must be attested to by 2 witnesses. The person making the assignment shall acknowledge it before an official who may acknowledge a deed, and the official shall certify the assignment. The certificate shall state that the official completely explained the assignment when it was acknowledged. An assignment under this subsection is valid for any purpose.
(c) Subsection (b) of this section does not apply to an assignment to a financing institution of money due or to become due under a contract providing for payments totaling at least $1,000 when—
(1) the contract does not forbid an assignment;
(2) unless the contract expressly provides otherwise, the assignment—
(A) is for the entire amount not already paid;
(B) is made to only one party, except that it may be made to a party as agent or trustee for more than one party participating in the financing; and
(C) may not be reassigned; and
(3) the assignee files a written notice of the assignment and a copy of the assignment with the contracting official or the head of the agency, the surety on a bond on the contract, and any disbursing official for the contract.
(d) During a war or national emergency proclaimed by the President or declared by law and ended by proclamation or law, a contract with the Department of Defense, the General Services Administration, the Department of Energy (when carrying out duties and powers formerly carried out by the Atomic Energy Commission), or other agency the President designates may provide, or may be changed without consideration to provide, that a future payment under the contract to an assignee is not subject to reduction or setoff. A payment subsequently due under the contract (even after the war or emergency is ended) shall be paid to the assignee without a reduction or setoff for liability of the assignor—
(1) to the Government independent of the contract; or
(2) because of renegotiation, fine, penalty (except an amount that may be collected or withheld under, or because the assignor does not comply with, the contract), taxes, social security contributions, or withholding or failing to withhold taxes or social security contributions, arising from, or independent of, the contract.
(e)(1) An assignee under this section does not have to make restitution of, refund, or repay the amount received because of the liability of the assignor to the Government that arises from or is independent of the contract.
(2) The Government may not collect or reclaim money paid to a person receiving an amount under an assignment or allotment of pay or allowances authorized by law when liability may exist because of the death of the person making the assignment or allotment.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 976.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3727(a) | 31:203(1st par. words before 9th comma). | R.S. §3477; May 27, 1908, ch. 206(last par. on p. 411), 35 Stat. 411; Oct. 9, 1940, ch. 779, §1(related to §3477), 54 Stat. 1029; May 15, 1951, ch. 75, §1(related to §1 related to §3477), 65 Stat. 41. |
| 3727(b) | 31:203(1st par. words after 9th comma, 3d, last pars.). | |
| 3727(c) | 31:203(2d par.). | |
| 3727(d) | 31:203(5th par.). | |
| 3727(e)(1) | 31:203(4th par.). | |
| 3727(e)(2) | 31:239. | Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, §45, 70A Stat. 638. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “or share thereof” and “whether absolute or conditional, and whatever may be the consideration therefor” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “authorization” is substituted for “powers of attorney, orders, or other authorities” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsections (b) and (c), the word “official” is substituted for “officer” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b), the words “Except as hereinafter provided” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “read and” are omitted as surplus. The words “to the person acknowledging the same” are omitted as unnecessary. The text of 31:203(1st par. last sentence) is omitted as superseded by 39:410. The words “Notwithstanding any law to the contrary governing the validity of assignments” and the text of 31:203(last par.) are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “bank, trust company, or other . . . including any Federal lending agency” are omitted as surplus. The words “of money due or to become due under a contract providing for payments totaling at least $1,000” are substituted for “in any case in which the moneys due or to become due from the United States or from any agency or department thereof, under a contract providing for payments aggregating $1,000 or more” to eliminate unnecessary words. The text of 31:203(2d par. proviso cl. 1) is omitted as executed. In clause (1), the words “in the case of any contract entered into after October 9, 1940” are omitted as executed. In clause (2)(A), the words “payable under such contract” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “true” and “instrument of” are omitted as surplus. The words “department or” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “if any” and “to make payment” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the words “During a war or national emergency proclaimed by the President or declared by law and ended by proclamation or law” are substituted for “in time of war or national emergency proclaimed by the President (including the national emergency proclaimed December 16, 1950) or by Act or joint resolution of the Congress and until such war or national emergency has been terminated in such manner” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “Department of Energy (when carrying out duties and powers formerly carried out by the Atomic Energy Commission)” are substituted for “Atomic Energy Commission” (which was reconstituted as the Energy Research and Development Administration by 42:5813 and 5814) because of 42:7151(a) and 7293. The words “other department or . . . of the United States . . . except any such contract under which full payment has been made” and “of any moneys due or to become due under such contract” before “shall not be subject” are omitted as surplus. The words “A payment subsequently due under the contract (even after the war or emergency is ended) shall be paid to the assignee without” are substituted for “and if such provision or one to the same general effect has been at any time heretofore or is hereafter included or inserted in any such contract, payments to be made thereafter to an assignee of any moneys due or to become due under such contract, whether during or after such war or emergency . . . hereafter” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of any nature” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “or any department or agency thereof” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (2), the words “under any renegotiation statute or under any statutory renegotiation article in the contract” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (e)(1) is substituted for 31:203(4th par.) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “person receiving an amount under an assignment or allotment” are substituted for “assignees, transferees, or allottees” for clarity and consistency. The words “or to others for them” and “with respect to such assignments, transfers, or allotments or the use of such moneys” are omitted as surplus. The words “person making the assignment or allotment” are substituted for “assignors, transferors, or allotters” for clarity and consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 22 sections 2392, 4060; title 25 section 1725; title 26 section 6422; title 43 section 1628; title 50 section 1651.
§3728. Setoff against judgment
(a) The Comptroller General shall withhold paying that part of a judgment against the United States Government presented to the Comptroller General that is equal to a debt the plaintiff owes the Government.
(b) The Comptroller General shall—
(1) discharge the debt if the plaintiff agrees to the setoff and discharges a part of the judgment equal to the debt; or
(2)(A) withhold payment of an additional amount the Comptroller General decides will cover legal costs of bringing a civil action for the debt if the plaintiff denies the debt or does not agree to the setoff; and
(B) have a civil action brought if one has not already been brought.
(c) If the Government loses a civil action to recover a debt or recovers less than the amount the Comptroller General withholds under this section, the Comptroller General shall pay the plaintiff the balance and interest of 6 percent for the time the money is withheld.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 977.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3728(a) | 31:227(1st sentence words before semicolon). | Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 149, 18 Stat. 481; restated Mar. 3, 1933, ch. 212, §13, 47 Stat. 1516. |
| 3728(b) | 31:227(1st sentence words after semicolon, 2d, 3d sentences). | |
| 3728(c) | 31:227(last sentence). |
In the section, the words “of the United States” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (a), the words “final . . . recovered . . . duly allowed by legal authority”, “for payment”, and “in any manner, whether as principal or surety” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “due from the plaintiff to the United States” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2)(A), the words “of such judgment”, “be sufficient to”, and “charges and” are omitted as surplus. The words “of bringing a civil action” are substituted for “in prosecuting the debt” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “of the United States to final judgment” and “to the United States” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (b)(2)(B) is substituted for 31:227(3d sentence) for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “for debt and costs”, “thereon”, and “from the plaintiff” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 26 section 6422.
§3729. False claims
(a)
(1) knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, to an officer or employee of the United States Government or a member of the Armed Forces of the United States a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval;
(2) knowingly makes, uses, or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement to get a false or fraudulent claim paid or approved by the Government;
(3) conspires to defraud the Government by getting a false or fraudulent claim allowed or paid;
(4) has possession, custody, or control of property or money used, or to be used, by the Government and, intending to defraud the Government or willfully to conceal the property, delivers, or causes to be delivered, less property than the amount for which the person receives a certificate or receipt;
(5) authorized to make or deliver a document certifying receipt of property used, or to be used, by the Government and, intending to defraud the Government, makes or delivers the receipt without completely knowing that the information on the receipt is true;
(6) knowingly buys, or receives as a pledge of an obligation or debt, public property from an officer or employee of the Government, or a member of the Armed Forces, who lawfully may not sell or pledge the property; or
(7) knowingly makes, uses, or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement to conceal, avoid, or decrease an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the Government,
is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not less than $5,000 and not more than $10,000, plus 3 times the amount of damages which the Government sustains because of the act of that person, except that if the court finds that—
(A) the person committing the violation of this subsection furnished officials of the United States responsible for investigating false claims violations with all information known to such person about the violation within 30 days after the date on which the defendant first obtained the information;
(B) such person fully cooperated with any Government investigation of such violation; and
(C) at the time such person furnished the United States with the information about the violation, no criminal prosecution, civil action, or administrative action had commenced under this title with respect to such violation, and the person did not have actual knowledge of the existence of an investigation into such violation;
the court may assess not less than 2 times the amount of damages which the Government sustains because of the act of the person. A person violating this subsection shall also be liable to the United States Government for the costs of a civil action brought to recover any such penalty or damages.
(b)
(1) has actual knowledge of the information;
(2) acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the information; or
(3) acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information,
and no proof of specific intent to defraud is required.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 978; Pub. L. 99–562, §2, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3153; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(O), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3729 | 31:231. | R.S. §3490. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “a member of an armed force of the United States” are substituted for “in the military or naval forces of the United States, or in the militia called into or actually employed in the service of the United States” and “military or naval service” for consistency with title 10. The words “is liable” are substituted for “shall forfeit and pay” for consistency. The words “civil action” are substituted for “suit” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “and such forfeiture and damages shall be sued for in the same suit” are omitted as unnecessary because of rules 8 and 10 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 App. U.S.C.). In clauses (1)–(3), the words “false or fraudulent” are substituted for “false, fictitious, or fraudulent” and “Fraudulent or fictitious” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. In clause (1), the words “presents, or causes to be presented” are substituted for “shall make or cause to be made, or present or cause to be presented” for clarity and consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “officer or employee of the Government or a member of an armed force” are substituted for “officer in the civil, military, or naval service of the United States” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “upon or against the Government of the United States, or any department of the United States, or any department or officer thereof” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “knowingly” is substituted for “knowing the same to contain any fraudulent or fictitious statement or entry” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “record or statement” are substituted for “bill, receipt, voucher, roll, account, claim, certificate, affidavit, or deposition” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. In clause (3), the words “conspires to” are substituted for “enters into any agreement, combination, or conspiracy” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of the United States, or any department or officer thereof” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “charge”, “or other”, and “to any other person having authority to receive the same” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “document certifying receipt” are substituted for “certificate, voucher, receipt, or other paper certifying the receipt” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “arms, ammunition, provisions, clothing, or other”, “to any other person”, and “the truth of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (6), the words “arms, equipments, ammunition, clothes, military stores, or other” are omitted as surplus. The words “member of an armed force” are substituted for “soldier, officer, sailor, or other person called into or employed in the military or naval service” for consistency with title 10. The words “such soldier, sailor, officer, or other person” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (e), is classified generally to Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “1986” for “1954”.
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted subsec. heading, and substituted “Any person who” for “A person not a member of an armed force of the United States is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of $2,000, an amount equal to 2 times the amount of damages the Government sustains because of the act of that person, and costs of the civil action, if the person” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(2), substituted “United States Government or a member of the Armed Forces of the United States” for “Government or a member of an armed force”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(3), inserted “by the Government” after “approved”.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(4), substituted “control of property” for “control of public property” and “by the Government” for “in an armed force”.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(5), substituted “by the Government” for “in an armed force” and “true;” for “true; or”.
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(6), substituted “an officer or employee of the Government, or a member of the Armed Forces,” for “a member of an armed force” and “property; or” for “property.”
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(7), added par. (7).
Subsecs. (b) to (e). Pub. L. 99–562, §2(7), added subsecs. (b) to (e).
Increased Penalties for False Claims in Defense Procurement
Pub. L. 99–145, title IX, §931(b), Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 699, provided that: “Notwithstanding section 3729 of title 31, United States Code, the amount of the liability under that section in the case of a person who makes a false claim related to a contract with the Department of Defense shall be a civil penalty of $2,000, an amount equal to three times the amount of the damages the Government sustains because of the act of the person, and costs of the civil action.”
[Section 931(c) of Pub. L. 99–145 provided that section 931(b) is applicable to claims made or presented on or after Nov. 8, 1985.]
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3730, 3731, 3732, 3733 of this title; title 10 section 2324; title 20 section 1078–9; title 41 section 256.
§3730. Civil actions for false claims
(a)
(b)
(2) A copy of the complaint and written disclosure of substantially all material evidence and information the person possesses shall be served on the Government pursuant to Rule 4(d)(4) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The complaint shall be filed in camera, shall remain under seal for at least 60 days, and shall not be served on the defendant until the court so orders. The Government may elect to intervene and proceed with the action within 60 days after it receives both the complaint and the material evidence and information.
(3) The Government may, for good cause shown, move the court for extensions of the time during which the complaint remains under seal under paragraph (2). Any such motions may be supported by affidavits or other submissions in camera. The defendant shall not be required to respond to any complaint filed under this section until 20 days after the complaint is unsealed and served upon the defendant pursuant to Rule 4 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
(4) Before the expiration of the 60-day period or any extensions obtained under paragraph (3), the Government shall—
(A) proceed with the action, in which case the action shall be conducted by the Government; or
(B) notify the court that it declines to take over the action, in which case the person bringing the action shall have the right to conduct the action.
(5) When a person brings an action under this subsection, no person other than the Government may intervene or bring a related action based on the facts underlying the pending action.
(c)
(2)(A) The Government may dismiss the action notwithstanding the objections of the person initiating the action if the person has been notified by the Government of the filing of the motion and the court has provided the person with an opportunity for a hearing on the motion.
(B) The Government may settle the action with the defendant notwithstanding the objections of the person initiating the action if the court determines, after a hearing, that the proposed settlement is fair, adequate, and reasonable under all the circumstances. Upon a showing of good cause, such hearing may be held in camera.
(C) Upon a showing by the Government that unrestricted participation during the course of the litigation by the person initiating the action would interfere with or unduly delay the Government's prosecution of the case, or would be repetitious, irrelevant, or for purposes of harassment, the court may, in its discretion, impose limitations on the person's participation, such as—
(i) limiting the number of witnesses the person may call;
(ii) limiting the length of the testimony of such witnesses;
(iii) limiting the person's cross-examination of witnesses; or
(iv) otherwise limiting the participation by the person in the litigation.
(D) Upon a showing by the defendant that unrestricted participation during the course of the litigation by the person initiating the action would be for purposes of harassment or would cause the defendant undue burden or unnecessary expense, the court may limit the participation by the person in the litigation.
(3) If the Government elects not to proceed with the action, the person who initiated the action shall have the right to conduct the action. If the Government so requests, it shall be served with copies of all pleadings filed in the action and shall be supplied with copies of all deposition transcripts (at the Government's expense). When a person proceeds with the action, the court, without limiting the status and rights of the person initiating the action, may nevertheless permit the Government to intervene at a later date upon a showing of good cause.
(4) Whether or not the Government proceeds with the action, upon a showing by the Government that certain actions of discovery by the person initiating the action would interfere with the Government's investigation or prosecution of a criminal or civil matter arising out of the same facts, the court may stay such discovery for a period of not more than 60 days. Such a showing shall be conducted in camera. The court may extend the 60-day period upon a further showing in camera that the Government has pursued the criminal or civil investigation or proceedings with reasonable diligence and any proposed discovery in the civil action will interfere with the ongoing criminal or civil investigation or proceedings.
(5) Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Government may elect to pursue its claim through any alternate remedy available to the Government, including any administrative proceeding to determine a civil money penalty. If any such alternate remedy is pursued in another proceeding, the person initiating the action shall have the same rights in such proceeding as such person would have had if the action had continued under this section. Any finding of fact or conclusion of law made in such other proceeding that has become final shall be conclusive on all parties to an action under this section. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a finding or conclusion is final if it has been finally determined on appeal to the appropriate court of the United States, if all time for filing such an appeal with respect to the finding or conclusion has expired, or if the finding or conclusion is not subject to judicial review.
(d)
(2) If the Government does not proceed with an action under this section, the person bringing the action or settling the claim shall receive an amount which the court decides is reasonable for collecting the civil penalty and damages. The amount shall be not less than 25 percent and not more than 30 percent of the proceeds of the action or settlement and shall be paid out of such proceeds. Such person shall also receive an amount for reasonable expenses which the court finds to have been necessarily incurred, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. All such expenses, fees, and costs shall be awarded against the defendant.
(3) Whether or not the Government proceeds with the action, if the court finds that the action was brought by a person who planned and initiated the violation of section 3729 upon which the action was brought, then the court may, to the extent the court considers appropriate, reduce the share of the proceeds of the action which the person would otherwise receive under paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection, taking into account the role of that person in advancing the case to litigation and any relevant circumstances pertaining to the violation. If the person bringing the action is convicted of criminal conduct arising from his or her role in the violation of section 3729, that person shall be dismissed from the civil action and shall not receive any share of the proceeds of the action. Such dismissal shall not prejudice the right of the United States to continue the action, represented by the Department of Justice.
(4) If the Government does not proceed with the action and the person bringing the action conducts the action, the court may award to the defendant its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses if the defendant prevails in the action and the court finds that the claim of the person bringing the action was clearly frivolous, clearly vexatious, or brought primarily for purposes of harassment.
(e)
(2)(A) No court shall have jurisdiction over an action brought under subsection (b) against a Member of Congress, a member of the judiciary, or a senior executive branch official if the action is based on evidence or information known to the Government when the action was brought.
(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “senior executive branch official” means any officer or employee listed in paragraphs (1) through (8) of section 101(f) of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
(3) In no event may a person bring an action under subsection (b) which is based upon allegations or transactions which are the subject of a civil suit or an administrative civil money penalty proceeding in which the Government is already a party.
(4)(A) No court shall have jurisdiction over an action under this section based upon the public disclosure of allegations or transactions in a criminal, civil, or administrative hearing, in a congressional, administrative, or Government 2 Accounting Office report, hearing, audit, or investigation, or from the news media, unless the action is brought by the Attorney General or the person bringing the action is an original source of the information.
(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “original source” means an individual who has direct and independent knowledge of the information on which the allegations are based and has voluntarily provided the information to the Government before filing an action under this section which is based on the information.
(f)
(g)
(h) Any employee who is discharged, demoted, suspended, threatened, harassed, or in any other manner discriminated against in the terms and conditions of employment by his or her employer because of lawful acts done by the employee on behalf of the employee or others in furtherance of an action under this section, including investigation for, initiation of, testimony for, or assistance in an action filed or to be filed under this section, shall be entitled to all relief necessary to make the employee whole. Such relief shall include reinstatement with the same seniority status such employee would have had but for the discrimination, 2 times the amount of back pay, interest on the back pay, and compensation for any special damages sustained as a result of the discrimination, including litigation costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. An employee may bring an action in the appropriate district court of the United States for the relief provided in this subsection.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 978; Pub. L. 99–562, §§3, 4, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3154, 3157; Pub. L. 100–700, §9, Nov. 19, 1988, 102 Stat. 4638; Pub. L. 101–280, §10(a), May 4, 1990, 104 Stat. 162; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(P), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3730(a) | 31:233. | R.S. §3492. |
| 3730(b)(1) | 31:232(A), (B)(less words between 3d and 4th commas). | R.S. §3491(A)–(E); restated Dec. 23, 1943, ch. 377, §1, 57 Stat. 608; June 11, 1960, Pub. L. 86–507, §1(28), (29), 74 Stat. 202. |
| 3730(b)(2) | 31:232(C)(1st–3d sentences, 5th sentence proviso). | |
| 3730(b)(3) | 31:232(C)(4th sentence, 5th sentence less proviso). | |
| 3730(b)(4) | 31:232(C)(last sentence), (D). | |
| 3730(c)(1) | 31:232(E)(1). | |
| 3730(c)(2) | 31:232(E)(2)(less proviso). | |
| 3730(d) | 31:232(B)(words between 3d and 4th commas), (E)(2)(proviso). |
In the section, the words “civil action” are substituted for “suit” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a), the words “Attorney General” are substituted for “several district attorneys of the United States [subsequently changed to ‘United States attorneys’ because of section 1 of the Act of June 25, 1948 (ch. 646, 62 Stat. 909)] for the respective districts, for the District of Columbia, and for the several Territories” because of 28:509. The words “by persons liable to such suit” are omitted as surplus. The words “and found within their respective districts or Territories” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “If the Attorney General finds that a person has violated or is violating section 3729, the Attorney General may bring a civil action under this section against the person” are substituted for “and to cause them to be proceeded against in due form of law for the recovery of such forfeiture and damages” for clarity and consistency. The words “as the district judge may order” are omitted as surplus. The words “of the Attorney General” are substituted for “the person bringing the suit” for consistency in the section.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “Except as hereinafter provided” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “for a violation of section 3729 of this title” are added because of the restatement. The words “and carried on”, “several” and “full power and” are omitted as surplus. The words “of the action” are substituted for “to hear, try, and determine such suit” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “Trial is in the judicial district within whose jurisdictional limits the person charged with a violation is found or the violation occurs” are substituted for “within whose jurisdictional limits the person doing or committing such act shall be found, shall wheresoever such act may have been done or committed” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “withdrawn or” and “judge of the” are omitted as surplus. The words “Attorney General” are substituted for “district attorney [subsequently changed to ‘United States attorneys’ because of section 1 of the Act of June 25, 1948 (ch. 646, 62 Stat. 909)], first filed in the case” because of 28:509.
In subsection (b)(2), before clause (A), the words “bill of”, “Whenever any such suit shall be brought by any person under clause (B) of this section” and “to the effective prosecution of such suit or” are omitted as surplus. The words “served on the Government under rule 4 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 App. U.S.C.)” are substituted for “notice . . . shall be given to the United States by serving upon the United States Attorney for the district in which such suit shall have been brought . . . and by sending, by registered mail, or by certified mail, to the Attorney General of the United States at Washington, District of Columbia” because of 28:509 and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “proceed with the action” are added for clarity. Clause (A) is substituted for “shall fail, or decline in writing to the court, during said period of sixty days to enter any such suit” for clarity and consistency. In clause (B), the words “a period of” and “therein” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(3), the words “within said period” are omitted as surplus. The words “proceeds with the action” are substituted for “shall enter appearance in such suit” for consistency. The words “In carrying on such suit” and “and may proceed in all respects as if it were instituting the suit” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(4), the words “Unless the Government proceeds with the action” are added because of the restatement. The words “shall dismiss an action brought by the person on discovering” are substituted for “shall have no jurisdiction to proceed with any such suit . . . or pending suit . . . whenever it shall be made to appear that” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or any agency, officer, or employee thereof” are omitted as unnecessary. The text of 31:232(C)(last sentence proviso) and (D) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (c), the words “herein provided”, “fair and . . . compensation to such person”, and “involved therein, which shall be collected” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “whether heretofore or hereafter brought” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “bringing the action or settling the claim” are substituted for “who brought such suit and prosecuted it to final judgment, or to settlement” for clarity and consistency. The words “as provided in clause (B) of this section” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “the civil penalty” are substituted for “forfeiture” for clarity and consistency. The words “to his own use”, “the court may”, and “to be allowed and taxed according to any provision of law or rule of court in force, or that shall be in force in suits between private parties in said court” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (d) is substituted for 31:232(B)(words between 3d and 4th commas) and (E)(2)(proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), (3), are set out in the Appendix to Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Section 101(f) of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (e)(2)(B), is section 101(f) of Pub. L. 95–521, title I, Oct. 26, 1978, 92 Stat. 1824, as amended, which was set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (e)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “paragraphs (1) through (8)” for “section paragraphs (1) through (8)”.
1990—Subsec. (e)(2)(B). Pub. L. 101–280 substituted “paragraphs (1) through (8) of section 101(f)” for “201(f)”.
1988—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 100–700, §9(b)(1), which directed amendment of section 3730 of title 28 by substituting “with the action” for “with action” in subsec. (c)(4), was executed to subsec. (c)(4) of this section as the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 100–700, §9(a)(1), (2), added par. (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 100–700, §9(b)(2), which directed amendment of section 3730 of title 28 by substituting “claim of the person bringing the action” for “claim of the person bringing the actions” in subsec. (d)(4), was executed to subsec. (d)(4) of this section as the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 100–700, §9(a)(1), redesignated former par. (3) as (4).
1986—Pub. L. 99–562, §3, amended section generally, revising and expanding provisions of subsecs. (a) to (c), adding subsecs. (d) and (e), redesignating former subsec. (d) as (f), and adding subsec. (g).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 99–562, §4, added subsec. (h).
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–280 effective Jan. 1, 1991, see section 10(c) of Pub. L. 101–280, set out as a note under section 2397a of Title 10, Armed Forces.
Federal Rules of Civil Procedure
Costs, see rule 54, Title 28, Appendix, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3731, 3732, 3733 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “General”.
2 So in original. Probably should be “General”.
§3731. False claims procedure
(a) A subpena requiring the attendance of a witness at a trial or hearing conducted under section 3730 of this title may be served at any place in the United States.
(b) A civil action under section 3730 may not be brought—
(1) more than 6 years after the date on which the violation of section 3729 is committed, or
(2) more than 3 years after the date when facts material to the right of action are known or reasonably should have been known by the official of the United States charged with responsibility to act in the circumstances, but in no event more than 10 years after the date on which the violation is committed,
whichever occurs last.
(c) In any action brought under section 3730, the United States shall be required to prove all essential elements of the cause of action, including damages, by a preponderance of the evidence.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, or the Federal Rules of Evidence, a final judgment rendered in favor of the United States in any criminal proceeding charging fraud or false statements, whether upon a verdict after trial or upon a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, shall estop the defendant from denying the essential elements of the offense in any action which involves the same transaction as in the criminal proceeding and which is brought under subsection (a) or (b) of section 3730.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 979; Pub. L. 99–562, §5, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3158.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3731(a) | 31:232(F). | R.S. §3491(F); added Nov. 2, 1978, Pub. L. 95–582, §1, 92 Stat. 2479. |
| 3731(b) | 31:235. | R.S. §3494. |
In subsection (b), the words “A civil action under section 3730 of this title” are substituted for “Every such suit” for clarity.
References in Text
The Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, referred to in subsec. (d), are set out in the Appendix to Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
The Federal Rules of Evidence, referred to in subsec. (d), are set out in the Appendix to Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Amendments
1986—Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 99–562 added subsecs. (b) to (d) and struck out former subsec. (b) which read as follows: “A civil action under section 3730 of this title must be brought within 6 years from the date the violation is committed.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3733 of this title.
§3732. False claims jurisdiction
(a)
(b)
(Added Pub. L. 99–562, §6(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 3158.)
References in Text
The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, referred to in subsec. (a), are set out in the Appendix to Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3733 of this title; title 20 section 1078–9.
§3733. Civil investigative demands
(a)
(1)
(A) to produce such documentary material for inspection and copying,
(B) to answer in writing written interrogatories with respect to such documentary material or information,
(C) to give oral testimony concerning such documentary material or information, or
(D) to furnish any combination of such material, answers, or testimony.
The Attorney General may not delegate the authority to issue civil investigative demands under this subsection. Whenever a civil investigative demand is an express demand for any product of discovery, the Attorney General, the Deputy Attorney General, or an Assistant Attorney General shall cause to be served, in any manner authorized by this section, a copy of such demand upon the person from whom the discovery was obtained and shall notify the person to whom such demand is issued of the date on which such copy was served.
(2)
(A) Each civil investigative demand issued under paragraph (1) shall state the nature of the conduct constituting the alleged violation of a false claims law which is under investigation, and the applicable provision of law alleged to be violated.
(B) If such demand is for the production of documentary material, the demand shall—
(i) describe each class of documentary material to be produced with such definiteness and certainty as to permit such material to be fairly identified;
(ii) prescribe a return date for each such class which will provide a reasonable period of time within which the material so demanded may be assembled and made available for inspection and copying; and
(iii) identify the false claims law investigator to whom such material shall be made available.
(C) If such demand is for answers to written interrogatories, the demand shall—
(i) set forth with specificity the written interrogatories to be answered;
(ii) prescribe dates at which time answers to written interrogatories shall be submitted; and
(iii) identify the false claims law investigator to whom such answers shall be submitted.
(D) If such demand is for the giving of oral testimony, the demand shall—
(i) prescribe a date, time, and place at which oral testimony shall be commenced;
(ii) identify a false claims law investigator who shall conduct the examination and the custodian to whom the transcript of such examination shall be submitted;
(iii) specify that such attendance and testimony are necessary to the conduct of the investigation;
(iv) notify the person receiving the demand of the right to be accompanied by an attorney and any other representative; and
(v) describe the general purpose for which the demand is being issued and the general nature of the testimony, including the primary areas of inquiry, which will be taken pursuant to the demand.
(E) Any civil investigative demand issued under this section which is an express demand for any product of discovery shall not be returned or returnable until 20 days after a copy of such demand has been served upon the person from whom the discovery was obtained.
(F) The date prescribed for the commencement of oral testimony pursuant to a civil investigative demand issued under this section shall be a date which is not less than seven days after the date on which demand is received, unless the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General determines that exceptional circumstances are present which warrant the commencement of such testimony within a lesser period of time.
(G) The Attorney General shall not authorize the issuance under this section of more than one civil investigative demand for oral testimony by the same person unless the person requests otherwise or unless the Attorney General, after investigation, notifies that person in writing that an additional demand for oral testimony is necessary. The Attorney General may not, notwithstanding section 510 of title 28, authorize the performance, by any other officer, employee, or agency, of any function vested in the Attorney General under this subparagraph.
(b)
(1)
(A) the standards applicable to subpoenas or subpoenas duces tecum issued by a court of the United States to aid in a grand jury investigation; or
(B) the standards applicable to discovery requests under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, to the extent that the application of such standards to any such demand is appropriate and consistent with the provisions and purposes of this section.
(2)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(d)
(1)
(A) delivering an executed copy of such demand or petition to any partner, executive officer, managing agent, or general agent of the partnership, corporation, association, or entity, or to any agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service of process on behalf of such partnership, corporation, association, or entity;
(B) delivering an executed copy of such demand or petition to the principal office or place of business of the partnership, corporation, association, or entity; or
(C) depositing an executed copy of such demand or petition in the United States mails by registered or certified mail, with a return receipt requested, addressed to such partnership, corporation, association, or entity at its principal office or place of business.
(2)
(A) delivering an executed copy of such demand or petition to the person; or
(B) depositing an executed copy of such demand or petition in the United States mails by registered or certified mail, with a return receipt requested, addressed to the person at the person's residence or principal office or place of business.
(e)
(f)
(1)
(A) in the case of a natural person, the person to whom the demand is directed, or
(B) in the case of a person other than a natural person, a person having knowledge of the facts and circumstances relating to such production and authorized to act on behalf of such person.
The certificate shall state that all of the documentary material required by the demand and in the possession, custody, or control of the person to whom the demand is directed has been produced and made available to the false claims law investigator identified in the demand.
(2)
(g)
(1) in the case of a natural person, the person to whom the demand is directed, or
(2) in the case of a person other than a natural person, the person or persons responsible for answering each interrogatory.
If any interrogatory is objected to, the reasons for the objection shall be stated in the certificate instead of an answer. The certificate shall state that all information required by the demand and in the possession, custody, control, or knowledge of the person to whom the demand is directed has been submitted. To the extent that any information is not furnished, the information shall be identified and reasons set forth with particularity regarding the reasons why the information was not furnished.
(h)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(B) If such person refuses to answer any question on the grounds of the privilege against self-incrimination, the testimony of such person may be compelled in accordance with the provisions of part V of title 18.
(8)
(i)
(1)
(2)
(B) The custodian may cause the preparation of such copies of such documentary material, answers to interrogatories, or transcripts of oral testimony as may be required for official use by any false claims law investigator, or other officer or employee of the Department of Justice, who is authorized for such use under regulations which the Attorney General shall issue. Such material, answers, and transcripts may be used by any such authorized false claims law investigator or other officer or employee in connection with the taking of oral testimony under this section.
(C) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no documentary material, answers to interrogatories, or transcripts of oral testimony, or copies thereof, while in the possession of the custodian, shall be available for examination by any individual other than a false claims law investigator or other officer or employee of the Department of Justice authorized under subparagraph (B). The prohibition in the preceding sentence on the availability of material, answers, or transcripts shall not apply if consent is given by the person who produced such material, answers, or transcripts, or, in the case of any product of discovery produced pursuant to an express demand for such material, consent is given by the person from whom the discovery was obtained. Nothing in this subparagraph is intended to prevent disclosure to the Congress, including any committee or subcommittee of the Congress, or to any other agency of the United States for use by such agency in furtherance of its statutory responsibilities. Disclosure of information to any such other agency shall be allowed only upon application, made by the Attorney General to a United States district court, showing substantial need for the use of the information by such agency in furtherance of its statutory responsibilities.
(D) While in the possession of the custodian and under such reasonable terms and conditions as the Attorney General shall prescribe—
(i) documentary material and answers to interrogatories shall be available for examination by the person who produced such material or answers, or by a representative of that person authorized by that person to examine such material and answers; and
(ii) transcripts of oral testimony shall be available for examination by the person who produced such testimony, or by a representative of that person authorized by that person to examine such transcripts.
(3)
(4)
(A) any case or proceeding before the court or grand jury arising out of such investigation, or any proceeding before any Federal agency involving such material, has been completed, or
(B) no case or proceeding in which such material may be used has been commenced within a reasonable time after completion of the examination and analysis of all documentary material and other information assembled in the course of such investigation,
the custodian shall, upon written request of the person who produced such material, return to such person any such material (other than copies furnished to the false claims law investigator under subsection (f)(2) or made for the Department of Justice under paragraph (2)(B)) which has not passed into the control of any court, grand jury, or agency through introduction into the record of such case or proceeding.
(5)
(A) designate another false claims law investigator to serve as custodian of such material, answers, or transcripts, and
(B) transmit in writing to the person who produced such material, answers, or testimony notice of the identity and address of the successor so designated.
Any person who is designated to be a successor under this paragraph shall have, with regard to such material, answers, or transcripts, the same duties and responsibilities as were imposed by this section upon that person's predecessor in office, except that the successor shall not be held responsible for any default or dereliction which occurred before that designation.
(j)
(1)
(2)
(i) within 20 days after the date of service of the civil investigative demand, or at any time before the return date specified in the demand, whichever date is earlier, or
(ii) within such longer period as may be prescribed in writing by any false claims law investigator identified in the demand.
(B) The petition shall specify each ground upon which the petitioner relies in seeking relief under subparagraph (A), and may be based upon any failure of the demand to comply with the provisions of this section or upon any constitutional or other legal right or privilege of such person. During the pendency of the petition in the court, the court may stay, as it deems proper, the running of the time allowed for compliance with the demand, in whole or in part, except that the person filing the petition shall comply with any portions of the demand not sought to be modified or set aside.
(3)
(i) within 20 days after the date of service of the civil investigative demand, or at any time before the return date specified in the demand, whichever date is earlier, or
(ii) within such longer period as may be prescribed in writing by any false claims law investigator identified in the demand.
(B) The petition shall specify each ground upon which the petitioner relies in seeking relief under subparagraph (A), and may be based upon any failure of the portions of the demand from which relief is sought to comply with the provisions of this section, or upon any constitutional or other legal right or privilege of the petitioner. During the pendency of the petition, the court may stay, as it deems proper, compliance with the demand and the running of the time allowed for compliance with the demand.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(k)
(l)
(1) the term “false claims law” means—
(A) this section and sections 3729 through 3732; and
(B) any Act of Congress enacted after the date of the enactment of this section which prohibits, or makes available to the United States in any court of the United States any civil remedy with respect to, any false claim against, bribery of, or corruption of any officer or employee of the United States;
(2) the term “false claims law investigation” means any inquiry conducted by any false claims law investigator for the purpose of ascertaining whether any person is or has been engaged in any violation of a false claims law;
(3) the term “false claims law investigator” means any attorney or investigator employed by the Department of Justice who is charged with the duty of enforcing or carrying into effect any false claims law, or any officer or employee of the United States acting under the direction and supervision of such attorney or investigator in connection with a false claims law investigation;
(4) the term “person” means any natural person, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity, including any State or political subdivision of a State;
(5) the term “documentary material” includes the original or any copy of any book, record, report, memorandum, paper, communication, tabulation, chart, or other document, or data compilations stored in or accessible through computer or other information retrieval systems, together with instructions and all other materials necessary to use or interpret such data compilations, and any product of discovery;
(6) the term “custodian” means the custodian, or any deputy custodian, designated by the Attorney General under subsection (i)(1); and
(7) the term “product of discovery” includes—
(A) the original or duplicate of any deposition, interrogatory, document, thing, result of the inspection of land or other property, examination, or admission, which is obtained by any method of discovery in any judicial or administrative proceeding of an adversarial nature;
(B) any digest, analysis, selection, compilation, or derivation of any item listed in subparagraph (A); and
(C) any index or other manner of access to any item listed in subparagraph (A).
(Added Pub. L. 99–562, §6(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3159.)
References in Text
The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(B), (c)(2), (h)(1), and (j)(6), are set out in the Appendix to Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
The date of enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (l)(1)(B), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 99–562, which was approved Oct. 27, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 20 section 1078–9.
CHAPTER 38—ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES FOR FALSE CLAIMS AND STATEMENTS
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 5 section 504; title 15 sections 637, 645.
§3801. Definitions
(a) For purposes of this chapter—
(1) “authority” means—
(A) an executive department;
(B) a military department;
(C) an establishment (as such term is defined in section 11(2) of the Inspector General Act of 1978) which is not an executive department; and
(D) the United States Postal Service;
(2) “authority head” means—
(A) the head of an authority; or
(B) an official or employee of the authority designated, in regulations promulgated by the head of the authority, to act on behalf of the head of the authority;
(3) “claim” means any request, demand, or submission—
(A) made to an authority for property, services, or money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits);
(B) made to a recipient of property, services, or money from an authority or to a party to a contract with an authority—
(i) for property or services if the United States—
(I) provided such property or services;
(II) provided any portion of the funds for the purchase of such property or services; or
(III) will reimburse such recipient or party for the purchase of such property or services; or
(ii) for the payment of money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits) if the United States—
(I) provided any portion of the money requested or demanded; or
(II) will reimburse such recipient or party for any portion of the money paid on such request or demand; or
(C) made to an authority which has the effect of decreasing an obligation to pay or account for property, services, or money,
except that such term does not include any claim made in any return of tax imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(4) “investigating official” means an individual who—
(A)(i) in the case of an authority in which an Office of Inspector General is established by the Inspector General Act of 1978 or by any other Federal law, is the Inspector General of that authority or an officer or employee of such Office designated by the Inspector General;
(ii) in the case of an authority in which an Office of Inspector General is not established by the Inspector General Act of 1978 or by any other Federal law, is an officer or employee of the authority designated by the authority head to conduct investigations under section 3803(a)(1) of this title; or
(iii) in the case of a military department, is the Inspector General of the Department of Defense or an officer or employee of the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Defense who is designated by the Inspector General; and
(B) who, if a member of the Armed Forces of the United States on active duty, is serving in grade O–7 or above or, if a civilian employee, is serving in a position for which the rate of basic pay is not less than the minimum rate of basic pay for grade GS–16 under the General Schedule;
(5) “knows or has reason to know”, for purposes of establishing liability under section 3802, means that a person, with respect to a claim or statement—
(A) has actual knowledge that the claim or statement is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
(B) acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement; or
(C) acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement,
and no proof of specific intent to defraud is required;
(6) “person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or private organization;
(7) “presiding officer” means—
(A) in the case of an authority to which the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5 apply, an administrative law judge appointed in the authority pursuant to section 3105 of such title or detailed to the authority pursuant to section 3344 of such title; or
(B) in the case of an authority to which the provisions of such subchapter do not apply, an officer or employee of the authority who—
(i) is selected under chapter 33 of title 5 pursuant to the competitive examination process applicable to administrative law judges;
(ii) is appointed by the authority head to conduct hearings under section 3803 of this title;
(iii) is assigned to cases in rotation so far as practicable;
(iv) may not perform duties inconsistent with the duties and responsibilities of a presiding officer;
(v) is entitled to pay prescribed by the Office of Personnel Management independently of ratings and recommendations made by the authority and in accordance with chapter 51 of such title and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title;
(vi) is not subject to performance appraisal pursuant to chapter 43 of such title; and
(vii) may be removed, suspended, furloughed, or reduced in grade or pay only for good cause established and determined by the Merit Systems Protection Board on the record after opportunity for hearing by such Board;
(8) “reviewing official” means any officer or employee of an authority—
(A) who is designated by the authority head to make the determination required under section 3803(a)(2) of this title;
(B) who, if a member of the Armed Forces of the United States on active duty, is serving in grade O–7 or above or, if a civilian employee, is serving in a position for which the rate of basic pay is not less than the minimum rate of basic pay for grade GS–16 under the General Schedule; and
(C) who is—
(i) not subject to supervision by, or required to report to, the investigating official; and
(ii) not employed in the organizational unit of the authority in which the investigating official is employed; and
(9) “statement” means any representation, certification, affirmation, document, record, or accounting or bookkeeping entry made—
(A) with respect to a claim or to obtain the approval or payment of a claim (including relating to eligibility to make a claim); or
(B) with respect to (including relating to eligibility for)—
(i) a contract with, or a bid or proposal for a contract with; or
(ii) a grant, loan, or benefit from,
an authority, or any State, political subdivision of a State, or other party, if the United States Government provides any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit, or if the Government will reimburse such State, political subdivision, or party for any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit,
except that such term does not include any statement made in any return of tax imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(b) For purposes of paragraph (3) of subsection (a)—
(1) each voucher, invoice, claim form, or other individual request or demand for property, services, or money constitutes a separate claim;
(2) each claim for property, services, or money is subject to this chapter regardless of whether such property, services, or money is actually delivered or paid; and
(3) a claim shall be considered made, presented, or submitted to an authority, recipient, or party when such claim is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of such authority, recipient, or party.
(c) For purposes of paragraph (9) of subsection (a)—
(1) each written representation, certification, or affirmation constitutes a separate statement; and
(2) a statement shall be considered made, presented, or submitted to an authority when such statement is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of such authority.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1934; amended Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(Q), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
References in Text
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), (4)(A), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), (9), is classified generally to Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(7)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “section 3803 of this title” for “section 3803 of such title”.
1986—Subsec. (a)(3), (9). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
Effective Date
Section 6104 of subtitle B (§§6101–6104) of title VI of Pub. L. 99–509 provided that: “This subtitle and the amendments made by this subtitle [see Short Title note below] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1986], and shall apply to any claim or statement made, presented, or submitted on or after such date.”
Short Title
Section 6101 of subtitle B (§§6101–6104) of title VI of Pub. L. 99–509 provided that: “This subtitle [enacting this chapter, amending section 504 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the ‘Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986’.”
References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
Congressional Findings and Purposes
Section 6102 of subtitle B (§§6101–6104) of title VI of Pub. L. 99–509 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) false, fictitious, and fraudulent claims and statements in Government programs are a serious problem;
“(2) false, fictitious, and fraudulent claims and statements in Government programs result in the loss of millions of dollars annually by allowing persons to receive Federal funds to which they are not entitled;
“(3) false, fictitious, and fraudulent claims and statements in Government programs undermine the integrity of such programs by allowing ineligible persons to participate in such programs; and
“(4) present civil and criminal remedies for such claims and statements are not sufficiently responsive.
“(b)
“(1) to provide Federal agencies which are the victims of false, fictitious, and fraudulent claims and statements with an administrative remedy to recompense such agencies for losses resulting from such claims and statements, to permit administrative proceedings to be brought against persons who make, present, or submit such claims and statements, and to deter the making, presenting, and submitting of such claims and statements in the future; and
“(2) to provide due process protections to all persons who are subject to the administrative adjudication of false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or statements.”
§3802. False claims and statements; liability
(a)(1) Any person who makes, presents, or submits, or causes to be made, presented, or submitted, a claim that the person knows or has reason to know—
(A) is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
(B) includes or is supported by any written statement which asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
(C) includes or is supported by any written statement that—
(i) omits a material fact;
(ii) is false, fictitious, or fraudulent as a result of such omission; and
(iii) is a statement in which the person making, presenting, or submitting such statement has a duty to include such material fact; or
(D) is for payment for the provision of property or services which the person has not provided as claimed,
shall be subject to, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each such claim. Except as provided in paragraph (3) of this subsection, such person shall also be subject to an assessment, in lieu of damages sustained by the United States because of such claim, of not more than twice the amount of such claim, or the portion of such claim, which is determined under this chapter to be in violation of the preceding sentence.
(2) Any person who makes, presents, or submits, or causes to be made, presented, or submitted, a written statement that—
(A) the person knows or has reason to know—
(i) asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent; or
(ii)(I) omits a material fact; and
(II) is false, fictitious, or fraudulent as a result of such omission;
(B) in the case of a statement described in clause (ii) of subparagraph (A), is a statement in which the person making, presenting, or submitting such statement has a duty to include such material fact; and
(C) contains or is accompanied by an express certification or affirmation of the truthfulness and accuracy of the contents of the statement,
shall be subject to, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each such statement.
(3) An assessment shall not be made under the second sentence of paragraph (1) with respect to a claim if payment by the Government has not been made on such claim.
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection—
(A) a determination under section 3803(a)(2) of this title that there is adequate evidence to believe that a person is liable under subsection (a) of this section; or
(B) a determination under section 3803 of this title that a person is liable under subsection (a) of this section,
may provide the authority with grounds for commencing any administrative or contractual action against such person which is authorized by law and which is in addition to any action against such person under this chapter.
(2) A determination referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection may be used by the authority, but shall not require such authority, to commence any administrative or contractual action which is authorized by law.
(3) In the case of an administrative or contractual action to suspend or debar any person who is eligible to enter into contracts with the Federal Government, a determination referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection shall not be considered as a conclusive determination of such person's responsibility pursuant to Federal procurement laws and regulations.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1937.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3801, 3803, 3805 of this title.
§3803. Hearing and determinations
(a)(1) The investigating official of an authority may investigate allegations that a person is liable under section 3802 of this title and shall report the findings and conclusions of such investigation to the reviewing official of the authority. The preceding sentence does not modify any responsibility of an investigating official to report violations of criminal law to the Attorney General.
(2) If the reviewing official of an authority determines, based upon the report of the investigating official under paragraph (1) of this subsection, that there is adequate evidence to believe that a person is liable under section 3802 of this title, the reviewing official shall transmit to the Attorney General a written notice of the intention of such official to refer the allegations of such liability to a presiding officer of such authority. Such notice shall include—
(A) a statement of the reasons of the reviewing official for the referral of such allegations;
(B) a statement specifying the evidence which supports such allegations;
(C) a description of the claims or statements for which liability under section 3802 of this title is alleged;
(D) an estimate of the amount of money or the value of property or services requested or demanded in violation of section 3802 of this title; and
(E) a statement of any exculpatory or mitigating circumstances which may relate to such claims or statements.
(b)(1) Within 90 days after receipt of a notice from a reviewing official under paragraph (2) of subsection (a), the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General shall transmit a written statement to the reviewing official which specifies—
(A) that the Attorney General or such Assistant Attorney General approves or disapproves the referral to a presiding officer of the allegations of liability stated in such notice;
(B) in any case in which the referral of allegations is approved, that the initiation of a proceeding under this section with respect to such allegations is appropriate; and
(C) in any case in which the referral of allegations is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval.
(2) A reviewing official may refer allegations of liability to a presiding officer only if the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General approves the referral of such allegations in a written statement described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(3) If the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General transmits to an authority head a written finding that the continuation of any hearing under this section with respect to a claim or statement may adversely affect any pending or potential criminal or civil action related to such claim or statement, such hearing shall be immediately stayed and may be resumed only upon written authorization of the Attorney General.
(c)(1) No allegations of liability under section 3802 of this title with respect to any claim made, presented, or submitted by any person shall be referred to a presiding officer under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) if the reviewing official determines that—
(A) an amount of money in excess of $150,000; or
(B) property or services with a value in excess of $150,000,
is requested or demanded in violation of section 3802 of this title in such claim or in a group of related claims which are submitted at the time such claim is submitted.
(2)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, no allegations of liability against an individual under section 3802 of this title with respect to any claim or statement made, presented, or submitted, or caused to be made, presented, or submitted, by such individual relating to any benefits received by such individual shall be referred to a presiding officer under paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
(B) Allegations of liability against an individual under section 3802 of this title with respect to any claim or statement made, presented, or submitted, or caused to be made, presented, or submitted, by such individual relating to any benefits received by such individual may be referred to a presiding officer under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) if—
(i) such claim or statement is made by such individual in making application for such benefits;
(ii) such allegations relate to the eligibility of such individual to receive such benefits; and
(iii) with respect to such claim or statement, the individual—
(I) has actual knowledge that the claim or statement is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
(II) acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement; or
(III) acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement.
(C) For purposes of this subsection, the term “benefits” means—
(i) benefits under the supplemental security income program under title XVI of the Social Security Act;
(ii) old age, survivors, and disability insurance benefits under title II of the Social Security Act;
(iii) benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act;
(iv) aid to families with dependent children under a State plan approved under section 402(a) of the Social Security Act;
(v) medical assistance under a State plan approved under section 1902(a) of the Social Security Act;
(vi) benefits under title XX of the Social Security Act;
(vii) benefits under the food stamp program (as defined in section 3(h) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977);
(viii) benefits under chapters 11, 13, 15, 17, and 21 of title 38;
(ix) benefits under the Black Lung Benefits Act;
(x) benefits under the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants, and children established under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966;
(xi) benefits under section 336 of the Older Americans Act;
(xii) any annuity or other benefit under the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974;
(xiii) benefits under the National School Lunch Act;
(xiv) benefits under any housing assistance program for lower income families or elderly or handicapped persons which is administered by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Agriculture;
(xv) benefits under the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981; and
(xvi) benefits under part A of the Energy Conservation in Existing Buildings Act of 1976,
which are intended for the personal use of the individual who receives the benefits or for a member of the individual's family.
(d)(1) On or after the date on which a reviewing official is permitted to refer allegations of liability to a presiding officer under subsection (b) of this section, the reviewing official shall mail, by registered or certified mail, or shall deliver, a notice to the person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title. Such notice shall specify the allegations of liability against such person and shall state the right of such person to request a hearing with respect to such allegations.
(2) If, within 30 days after receiving a notice under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the person receiving such notice requests a hearing with respect to the allegations contained in such notice—
(A) the reviewing official shall refer such allegations to a presiding officer for the commencement of such hearing; and
(B) the presiding officer shall commence such hearing by mailing by registered or certified mail, or by delivery of, a notice which complies with paragraphs (2)(A) and (3)(B)(i) of subsection (g) to such person.
(e)(1)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, at any time after receiving a notice under paragraph (2)(B) of subsection (d), the person receiving such notice shall be entitled to review, and upon payment of a reasonable fee for duplication, shall be entitled to obtain a copy of, all relevant and material documents, transcripts, records, and other materials, which relate to such allegations and upon which the findings and conclusions of the investigating official under paragraph (1) of subsection (a) are based.
(B) A person is not entitled under subparagraph (A) to review and obtain a copy of any document, transcript, record, or material which is privileged under Federal law.
(2) At any time after receiving a notice under paragraph (2)(B) of subsection (d), the person receiving such notice shall be entitled to obtain all exculpatory information in the possession of the investigating official or the reviewing official relating to the allegations contained in such notice. The provisions of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) do not apply to any document, transcript, record, or other material, or any portion thereof, in which such exculpatory information is contained.
(f) Any hearing commenced under paragraph (2) of subsection (d) shall be conducted by the presiding officer on the record in order to determine—
(1) the liability of a person under section 3802 of this title; and
(2) if a person is determined to be liable under such section, the amount of any civil penalty or assessment to be imposed on such person.
Any such determination shall be based on the preponderance of the evidence.
(g)(1) Each hearing under subsection (f) of this section shall be conducted—
(A) in the case of an authority to which the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5 apply, in accordance with—
(i) the provisions of such subchapter to the extent that such provisions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter; and
(ii) procedures promulgated by the authority head under paragraph (3) of this subsection; or
(B) in the case of an authority to which the provisions of such subchapter do not apply, in accordance with procedures promulgated by the authority head under paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection.
(2) An authority head of an authority described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall by regulation promulgate procedures for the conduct of hearings under this chapter. Such procedures shall include:
(A) The provision of written notice of the hearing to any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title, including written notice of—
(i) the time, place, and nature of the hearing;
(ii) the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held; and
(iii) the matters of facts and law to be asserted.
(B) The provision to any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title of opportunities for the submission of facts, arguments, offers of settlement, or proposals of adjustment.
(C) Procedures to ensure that the presiding officer shall not, except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters as authorized by law—
(i) consult a person or party on a fact in issue, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to the hearing to participate; or
(ii) be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of the investigating official or the reviewing official.
(D) Procedures to ensure that the investigating official and the reviewing official do not participate or advise in the decision required under subsection (h) of this section or the review of the decision by the authority head under subsection (i) of this section, except as provided in subsection (j) of this section.
(E) The provision to any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title of opportunities to present such person's case through oral or documentary evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.
(F) Procedures to permit any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title to be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel or such other qualified representative as the authority head may specify in such regulations.
(G) Procedures to ensure that the hearing is conducted in an impartial manner, including procedures to—
(i) permit the presiding officer to at any time disqualify himself; and
(ii) permit the filing, in good faith, of a timely and sufficient affidavit alleging personal bias or another reason for disqualification of a presiding officer or a reviewing official.
(3)(A) Each authority head shall promulgate by regulation procedures described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph for the conduct of hearings under this chapter. Such procedures shall be in addition to the procedures described in paragraph (1) or paragraph (2) of this subsection, as the case may be.
(B) The procedures referred to in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph are:
(i) Procedures for the inclusion, in any written notice of a hearing under this section to any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title, of a description of the procedures for the conduct of the hearing.
(ii) Procedures to permit discovery by any person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title only to the extent that the presiding officer determines that such discovery is necessary for the expeditious, fair, and reasonable consideration of the issues, except that such procedures shall not apply to documents, transcripts, records, or other material which a person is entitled to review under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or to information to which a person is entitled under paragraph (2) of such subsection. Procedures promulgated under this clause shall prohibit the discovery of the notice required under subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(4) Each hearing under subsection (f) of this section shall be held—
(A) in the judicial district of the United States in which the person alleged to be liable under section 3802 of this title resides or transacts business;
(B) in the judicial district of the United States in which the claim or statement upon which the allegation of liability under such section was made, presented, or submitted; or
(C) in such other place as may be agreed upon by such person and the presiding officer who will conduct such hearing.
(h) The presiding officer shall issue a written decision, including findings and determinations, after the conclusion of the hearing. Such decision shall include the findings of fact and conclusions of law which the presiding officer relied upon in determining whether a person is liable under this chapter. The presiding officer shall promptly send to each party to the hearing a copy of such decision and a statement describing the right of any person determined to be liable under section 3802 of this title to appeal the decision of the presiding officer to the authority head under paragraph (2) of subsection (i).
(i)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection and section 3805 of this title, the decision, including the findings and determinations, of the presiding officer issued under subsection (h) of this section are final.
(2)(A)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii) of this subparagraph, within 30 days after the presiding officer issues a decision under subsection (h) of this section, any person determined in such decision to be liable under section 3802 of this title may appeal such decision to the authority head.
(ii) If, within the 30-day period described in clause (i) of this subparagraph, a person determined to be liable under this chapter requests the authority head for an extension of such 30-day period to file an appeal of a decision issued by the presiding officer under subsection (h) of this section, the authority head may extend such period if such person demonstrates good cause for such extension.
(B) Any authority head reviewing under this section the decision, findings, and determinations of a presiding officer shall not consider any objection that was not raised in the hearing conducted pursuant to subsection (f) of this section unless a demonstration is made of extraordinary circumstances causing the failure to raise the objection. If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the authority head that additional evidence not presented at such hearing is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to present such evidence at such hearing, the authority head shall remand the matter to the presiding officer for consideration of such additional evidence.
(C) The authority head may affirm, reduce, reverse, compromise, remand, or settle any penalty or assessment determined by the presiding officer pursuant to this section. The authority head shall promptly send to each party to the appeal a copy of the decision of the authority head and a statement describing the right of any person determined to be liable under section 3802 of this title to judicial review under section 3805 of this title.
(j) The reviewing official has the exclusive authority to compromise or settle any allegations of liability under section 3802 of this title against a person without the consent of the presiding officer at any time after the date on which the reviewing official is permitted to refer allegations of liability to a presiding officer under subsection (b) of this section and prior to the date on which the presiding officer issues a decision under subsection (h) of this section. Any such compromise or settlement shall be in writing.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1939; amended Pub. L. 103–448, title II, §204(w)(2)(C), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4746.)
References in Text
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(i) to (vi), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Titles II, XVI, XVIII, and XX of the Social Security Act are classified generally to subchapters II (§401 et seq.), XVI (§1381 et seq.), XVIII (§1395 et seq.), and XX (§1397 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 7 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Sections 402(a) and 1902(a) of such Act are classified to sections 602(a) and 1396a(a), respectively, of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.
Section 3(h) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(vii), is classified to section 2012(h) of Title 7, Agriculture.
The Black Lung Benefits Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(ix), is title IV of Pub. L. 91–173, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 792, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter IV (§901 et seq.) of chapter 22 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 901(b) of Title 30 and Tables.
Section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(x), is classified to section 1786 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Section 336 of the Older Americans Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(xi), probably means section 336 of the Older Americans Act of 1965, which is classified to section 3030f of Title 42.
The Railroad Retirement Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(xii), is act Aug. 29, 1935, ch. 812, as amended generally by Pub. L. 93–445, title I, §101, Oct. 16, 1974, 88 Stat. 1305, which is classified generally to subchapter IV (§231 et seq.) of chapter 9 of Title 45, Railroads. For further details and complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Codification note set out preceding section 231 of Title 45, section 231t of Title 45, and Tables.
The National School Lunch Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(xiii), is act June 4, 1946, ch. 281, 60 Stat. 230, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 13 (§1751 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1751 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(xv), is title XXVI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 893, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter II (§8621 et seq.) of chapter 94 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 8621 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Energy Conservation in Existing Buildings Act of 1976, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(C)(xvi), is title IV of Pub. L. 94–385, Aug. 14, 1976, 90 Stat. 1150, as amended. Part A of the Energy Conservation in Existing Buildings Act of 1976 is classified generally to Part A (§6861 et seq.) of subchapter III of chapter 81 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6801 of Title 42 and Tables.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c)(2)(C)(x). Pub. L. 103–448 substituted “special supplemental nutrition program” for “special supplemental food program”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–448 effective Oct. 1, 1994, see section 401 of Pub. L. 103–448, set out as a note under section 1755 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1352, 3801, 3802, 3804, 3805, 3806, 3807, 3808, 3809, 3810 of this title; title 50 App. sections 1989b–4, 1989c–5.
§3804. Subpoena authority
(a) For the purposes of an investigation under section 3803(a)(1) of this title, an investigating official is authorized to require by subpoena the production of all information, documents, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers, and data not otherwise reasonably available to the authority.
(b) For the purposes of conducting a hearing under section 3803(f) of this title, a presiding officer is authorized—
(1) to administer oaths or affirmations; and
(2) to require by subpoena the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of all information, documents, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers, and other data and documentary evidence which the presiding officer considers relevant and material to the hearing.
(c) In the case of contumacy or refusal to obey a subpoena issued pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of this section, the district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction to issue an appropriate order for the enforcement of any such subpoena. Any failure to obey such order of the court is punishable by such court as contempt. In any case in which an authority seeks the enforcement of a subpoena issued pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of this section, the authority shall request the Attorney General to petition any district court in which a hearing under this chapter is being conducted, or in which the person receiving the subpoena resides or conducts business, to issue such an order.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1944.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1352 of this title.
§3805. Judicial review
(a)(1) A determination by a reviewing official under section 3803 of this title shall be final and shall not be subject to judicial review.
(2) Unless a petition is filed under this section, a determination under section 3803 of this title that a person is liable under section 3802 of this title shall be final and shall not be subject to judicial review.
(b)(1)(A) Any person who has been determined to be liable under section 3802 of this title pursuant to section 3803 of this title may obtain review of such determination in—
(i) the United States district court for the district in which such person resides or transacts business;
(ii) the United States district court for the district in which the claim or statement upon which the determination of liability is based was made, presented, or submitted; or
(iii) the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.
(B) Such review may be obtained by filing in any such court a written petition that such determination be modified or set aside. Such petition shall be filed—
(i) only after such person has exhausted all administrative remedies under this chapter; and
(ii) within 60 days after the date on which the authority head sends such person a copy of the decision of such authority head under section 3803(i)(2) of this title.
(2) The clerk of the court shall transmit a copy of a petition filed under paragraph (1) of this subsection to the authority and to the Attorney General. Upon receipt of the copy of such petition, the authority shall transmit to the Attorney General the record in the proceeding resulting in the determination of liability under section 3802 of this title. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction to review the decision, findings, and determinations in issue and to affirm, modify, remand for further consideration, or set aside, in whole or in part, the decision, findings, and determinations of the authority, and to enforce such decision, findings, and determinations to the extent that such decision, findings, and determinations are affirmed or modified.
(c) The decisions, findings, and determinations of the authority with respect to questions of fact shall be final and conclusive, and shall not be set aside unless such decisions, findings, and determinations are found by the court to be unsupported by substantial evidence. In concluding whether the decisions, findings, and determinations of an authority are unsupported by substantial evidence, the court shall review the whole record or those parts of it cited by a party, and due account shall be taken of the rule of prejudicial error.
(d) Any district court reviewing under this section the decision, findings, and determinations of an authority shall not consider any objection that was not raised in the hearing conducted pursuant to section 3803(f) of this title unless a demonstration is made of extraordinary circumstances causing the failure to raise the objection. If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the court that additional evidence not presented at such hearing is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to present such evidence at such hearing, the court shall remand the matter to the authority for consideration of such additional evidence.
(e) Upon a final determination by the district court that a person is liable under section 3802 of this title, the court shall enter a final judgment for the appropriate amount in favor of the United States.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1944.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1352, 3803, 3806, 3807 of this title.
§3806. Collection of civil penalties and assessments
(a) The Attorney General shall be responsible for judicial enforcement of any civil penalty or assessment imposed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
(b) Any penalty or assessment imposed in a determination which has become final pursuant to this chapter may be recovered in a civil action brought by the Attorney General. In any such action, no matter that was raised or that could have been raised in a hearing conducted under section 3803(f) of this title or pursuant to judicial review under section 3805 of this title may be raised as a defense, and the determination of liability and the determination of amounts of penalties and assessments shall not be subject to review.
(c) The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction of any action commenced by the United States under subsection (b) of this section.
(d) Any action under subsection (b) of this section may, without regard to venue requirements, be joined and consolidated with or asserted as a counterclaim, cross-claim, or setoff by the United States in any other civil action which includes as parties the United States and the person against whom such action may be brought.
(e) The United States Court of Federal Claims shall have jurisdiction of any action under subsection (b) of this section to recover any penalty or assessment if the cause of action is asserted by the United States as a counterclaim in a matter pending in such court.
(f) The Attorney General shall have exclusive authority to compromise or settle any penalty or assessment the determination of which is the subject of a pending petition pursuant to section 3805 of this title or a pending action to recover such penalty or assessment pursuant to this section.
(g)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, any amount of penalty or assessment collected under this chapter shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury of the United States.
(2)(A) Any amount of a penalty or assessment imposed by the United States Postal Service under this chapter shall be deposited in the Postal Service Fund established by section 2003 of title 39.
(B) Any amount of a penalty or assessment imposed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under this chapter with respect to a claim or statement made in connection with old age and survivors benefits under title II of the Social Security Act shall be deposited in the Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund.
(C) Any amount of a penalty or assessment imposed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under this chapter with respect to a claim or statement made in connection with disability benefits under title II of the Social Security Act shall be deposited in the Federal Disability Insurance Trust Fund.
(D) Any amount of a penalty or assessment imposed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under this chapter with respect to a claim or statement made in connection with benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act shall be deposited in the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund.
(E) Any amount of a penalty or assessment imposed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under this chapter with respect to a claim or statement made in connection with benefits under part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act shall be deposited in the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1945; amended Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516.)
References in Text
The Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(B) to (E), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended. Title II and parts A and B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act are classified generally to subchapter II (§401 et seq.) and parts A (§1395c et seq.) and B (§1395j et seq.) of subchapter XVIII, respectively, of chapter 7 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–572 substituted “United States Court of Federal Claims” for “United States Claims Court”.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1352, 3807, 3808, 3809 of this title.
§3807. Right to administrative offset
(a) The amount of any penalty or assessment which has become final under section 3803 of this title, or for which a judgment has been entered under section 3805(e) or 3806 of this title, or any amount agreed upon in a settlement or compromise under section 3803(j) or 3806(f) of this title, may be collected by administrative offset under section 3716 of this title, except that an administrative offset may not be made under this subsection against a refund of an overpayment of Federal taxes, then or later owing by the United States to the person liable for such penalty or assessment.
(b) All amounts collected pursuant to this section shall be remitted to the Secretary of the Treasury for deposit in accordance with section 3806(g) of this title.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1947.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1352 of this title.
§3808. Limitations
(a) A hearing under section 3803(d)(2) of this title with respect to a claim or statement shall be commenced within 6 years after the date on which such claim or statement is made, presented, or submitted.
(b) A civil action to recover a penalty or assessment under section 3806 of this title shall be commenced within 3 years after the date on which the determination of liability for such penalty or assessment becomes final.
(c) If at any time during the course of proceedings brought pursuant to this chapter the authority head receives or discovers any specific information regarding bribery, gratuities, conflict of interest, or other corruption or similar activity in relation to a false claim or statement, the authority head shall immediately report such information to the Attorney General, and in the case of an authority in which an Office of Inspector General is established by the Inspector General Act of 1978 or by any other Federal law, to the Inspector General of that authority.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1947.)
References in Text
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (c), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1352 of this title.
§3809. Regulations
Within 180 days after the date of enactment of this chapter, each authority head shall promulgate rules and regulations necessary to implement the provisions of this chapter. Such rules and regulations shall—
(1) ensure that investigating officials and reviewing officials are not responsible for conducting the hearing required in section 3803(f) of this title, making the determinations required by subsections (f) and (h) of section 3803 of this title, or making collections under section 3806 of this title; and
(2) require a reviewing official to include in any notice required by section 3803(a)(2) of this title a statement which specifies that the reviewing official has determined that there is a reasonable prospect of collecting, from a person with respect to whom the reviewing official is referring allegations of liability in such notice, the amount for which such person may be liable.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1947.)
References in Text
The date of enactment of this chapter, referred to in text, means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 99–509 which was approved Oct. 21, 1986.
§3810. Reports
Not later than October 31 of each year, each authority head shall prepare and transmit to the appropriate committees and subcommittees of the Congress an annual report summarizing actions taken under this chapter during the most recent 12-month period ending the previous September 30. Such report shall include—
(1) a summary of matters referred by the investigating official of the authority to the reviewing official of the authority under section 3803(a)(1) of this title during such period;
(2) a summary of matters transmitted to the Attorney General under section 3803(a)(2) of this title during such period;
(3) a summary of all hearings conducted by presiding officers under section 3803(f) of this title, and the results of such hearings, during such period; and
(4) a summary of the actions taken during such period to collect any civil penalty or assessment imposed under this chapter.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1947.)
§3811. Effect on other law
(a) This chapter does not diminish the responsibility of any agency to comply with the provisions of chapter 35 of title 44.
(b) This chapter does not supersede the provisions of section 3512 of title 44.
(c) For purposes of this section, the term “agency” has the same meaning as in section 3502(1) of title 44.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1948.)
§3812. Prohibition against delegation
Any function, duty, or responsibility which this chapter specifies be carried out by the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General, shall not be delegated to, or carried out by, any other officer or employee of the Department of Justice.
(Added Pub. L. 99–509, title VI, §6103(a), Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1948.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1352 of this title.
CHAPTER 39—PROMPT PAYMENT
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–496, §9(b), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2463, added item 3905 and redesignated former items 3905 and 3906 as 3906 and 3907, respectively.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 15 section 644; title 25 sections 450l, 2025, 2507; title 39 section 410.
§3901. Definitions and application
(a) In this chapter—
(1) “agency” has the same meaning given that term in section 551(1) of title 5 and includes an entity being operated, and the head of the agency identifies the entity as being operated, only as an instrumentality of the agency to carry out a program of the agency.
(2) “business concern” means—
(A) a person carrying on a trade or business; and
(B) a nonprofit entity operating as a contractor.
(3) “proper invoice” is an invoice containing or accompanied by substantiating documentation the Director of the Office of Management and Budget may require by regulation and the head of the appropriate agency may require by regulation or contract.
(4) for the purposes of determining a payment due date and the date upon which any late payment interest penalty shall begin to accrue, the head of the agency is deemed to receive an invoice—
(A) on the later of—
(i) the date on which the place or person designated by the agency to first receive such invoice actually receives a proper invoice; or
(ii) on the 7th day after the date on which, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract, the property is actually delivered or performance of the services is actually completed, as the case may be, unless—
(I) the agency has actually accepted such property or services before such 7th day; or
(II) the contract (except in the case of a contract for the procurement of a brand-name commercial item for authorized resale) specifies a longer acceptance period, as determined by the contracting officer to be required to afford the agency a practicable opportunity to inspect and test the property furnished or evaluate the services performed; or
(B) on the date of the invoice, if the agency has failed to annotate the invoice with the date of receipt at the time of actual receipt by the place or person designated by the agency to first receive such invoice.
(5) a payment is deemed to be made on the date a check for payment is dated or an electronic fund transfer is made.
(6) a contract to rent property is deemed to be a contract to acquire the property.
(b) This chapter applies to the Tennessee Valley Authority. However, regulations prescribed under this chapter do not apply to the Authority, and the Authority alone is responsible for carrying out this chapter as it applies to contracts of the Authority.
(c) This chapter, except section 3906 of this title, applies to the United States Postal Service. However, the Postmaster General shall be responsible for issuing the implementing procurement regulations, solicitation provisions, and contract clauses for the United States Postal Service.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2474; amended Pub. L. 100–496, §2(a)–(c)(1), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2455.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3901(a) | 31 App.:1805. | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §§6, 7(c), 96 Stat. 87, 88. |
| 3901(b) | 31 App.:1806. |
In the chapter, the words “the head of” are added for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a)(1), the word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “for this purpose” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “the purpose of” and “or more” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(5), the words “deemed to be” are substituted for “considered” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (a)(6), the words “real or personal” are omitted as surplus. The words “deemed to be” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (b), the words “the authority of” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–496, §2(a), amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: “the head of an agency is deemed to receive an invoice on the later of the dates that—
“(A) the designated payment office or finance center of the agency actually receives a proper invoice; or
“(B) the head of the agency accepts the applicable property or service.”
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100–496, §2(b), amended par. (5) generally, substituting “check for payment is dated or an electronic fund transfer is made” for “check for the payment is dated”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–496, §2(c)(1), added subsec. (c).
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by section 2(a), (b) of Pub. L. 100–496 applicable to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after Oct. 17, 1988, and amendment by section 2(c)(1) of Pub. L. 100–496 applicable with respect to all obligations incurred on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 14(a), (c) of Pub. L. 100–496, set out as a note under section 3902 of this title.
Short Title of 1988 Amendment
Section 1 of Pub. L. 100–496 provided that: “This Act [enacting section 3905 of this title, amending this section, sections 3902 to 3904 and 3906 of this title, section 644 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 410 of Title 39, Postal Service, renumbering sections 3905 and 3906 of this title as 3906 and 3907, respectively, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 3902, 3903, and 3906 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 3903 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Prompt Payment Act Amendments of 1988’.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3903 of this title.
§3902. Interest penalties
(a) Under regulations prescribed under section 3903 of this title, the head of an agency acquiring property or service from a business concern, who does not pay the concern for each complete delivered item of property or service by the required payment date, shall pay an interest penalty to the concern on the amount of the payment due. The interest shall be computed at the rate of interest established by the Secretary of the Treasury, and published in the Federal Register, for interest payments under section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611), which is in effect at the time the agency accrues the obligation to pay a late payment interest penalty.
(b) Except as provided in section 3906 of this title, the interest penalty shall be paid for the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment is made.
(c)(1) A business concern shall be entitled to an interest penalty of $1.00 or more which is owed such business concern under this section, and such penalty shall be paid without regard to whether the business concern has requested payment of such penalty.
(2) Each payment subject to this chapter for which a late payment interest penalty is required to be paid shall be accompanied by a notice stating the amount of the interest penalty included in such payment and the rate by which, and period for which, such penalty was computed.
(3) If a business concern—
(A) is owed an interest penalty by an agency;
(B) is not paid the interest penalty in a payment made to the business concern by the agency on or after the date on which the interest penalty becomes due;
(C) is not paid the interest penalty by the agency within 10 days after the date on which such payment is made; and
(D) makes a written demand, not later than 40 days after the date on which such payment is made, that the agency pay such a penalty,
such business concern shall be entitled to an amount equal to the sum of the late payment interest penalty to which the contractor is entitled and an additional penalty equal to a percentage of such late payment interest penalty specified by regulation by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, subject to such maximum as may be specified in such regulations.
(d) The temporary unavailability of funds to make a timely payment due for property or services does not relieve the head of an agency from the obligation to pay interest penalties under this section.
(e) An amount of an interest penalty unpaid after any 30-day period shall be added to the principal amount of the debt, and a penalty accrues thereafter on the added amount.
(f) This section does not authorize the appropriation of additional amounts to pay an interest penalty. The head of an agency shall pay a penalty under this section out of amounts made available to carry out the program for which the penalty is incurred.
(g) A recipient of a grant from the head of an agency may provide in a contract for the acquisition of property or service from a business concern that, consistent with the usual business practices of the recipient and applicable State and local law, the recipient will pay an interest penalty on amounts overdue under the contract under conditions agreed to by the recipient and the concern. The recipient may not pay the penalty from amounts received from an agency. Amounts expended for the penalty may not be counted toward a matching requirement applicable to the grant. An obligation to pay the penalty is not an obligation of the United States Government.
(h)(1) This section shall apply to contracts for the procurement of property or services entered into pursuant to section 4(h) of the Act of June 29, 1948 (15 U.S.C. 714b(h)).
(2)(A) In the case of a payment to which producers on a farm are entitled under the terms of an agreement entered into under the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1421 et seq.), an interest penalty shall be paid to the producers if the payment has not been made by the required payment or loan closing date. The interest penalty shall be paid—
(i) on the amount of payment or loan due; and
(ii) for the period beginning on the first day beginning after the required payment or loan closing date and ending on the date the amount is paid or loaned.
(B) As used in this subsection, the “required payment or loan closing date” means—
(i) for a purchase agreement, the 30th day after delivery of the warehouse receipt for the commodity subject to the purchase agreement;
(ii) for a loan agreement, the 30th day beginning after the date of receipt of an application with all requisite documentation and signatures, unless the applicant requests that the disbursement be deferred;
(iii) for refund of amounts received greater than the amount required to repay a commodity loan, the first business day after the Commodity Credit Corporation receives payment for such loan;
(iv) for land diversion payments (other than advance payments), the 30th day beginning after the date of completion of the production adjustment contract by the producer;
(v) for an advance land diversion payment, 30 days after the date the Commodity Credit Corporation executes the contract with the producer;
(vi) for a deficiency payment (other than advance payments) based upon a 12-month or 5-month period, 91 days after the end of such period; or
(vii) for an advance deficiency payment, 30 days after the date the Commodity Credit Corporation executes the contract with the producer.
(3) Payment of the interest penalty under this subsection shall be made out of funds available under section 8 of the Act of June 29, 1948 (15 U.S.C. 714f).
(4) Section 3907 of this title shall not apply to interest penalty payments made under this subsection.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2475; amended Pub. L. 98–216, §1(6), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 4; Pub. L. 100–496, §3, Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2456.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3902(a) | 31 App.:1801(a)(1), (b)(1) (2d, last sentences). | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §2(a)(1), (b)–(d), 96 Stat. 85. |
| 3902(b) | 31 App.:1801(b)(1) (1st sentence). | |
| 3902(c) | 31 App.:1801(b)(2). | |
| 3902(d) | 31 App.:1801(c). | |
| 3902(e) | 31 App.:1801(d). |
In subsection (a), the words “under section 3903 of this title” are substituted for “by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because of the restatement. The words “in accordance with this section” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “on amounts due to a business concern under this chapter . . . to the business concern”, “of the amount due”, and “complete delivered . . . of property or service concerned” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “which remains” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (e), the words “terms and” and “non-Federal” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
1984 Act
This is necessary to correct cross-references in section 3902(b).
References in Text
The Agricultural Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (h)(2)(A), is act Oct. 31, 1949, ch. 792, 63 Stat. 1051, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 35A (§1421 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1421 of Title 7 and Tables.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–496, §3(a)(1), substituted “The interest shall be computed at the rate of interest established by the Secretary of the Treasury, and published in the Federal Register, for interest payments under section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611), which is in effect at the time the agency accrues the obligation to pay a late payment interest penalty” for “The interest shall be computed at the rate the Secretary of the Treasury establishes for interest payments under section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611). The Secretary shall publish each rate in the Federal Register”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–496, §3(a)(2), struck out second sentence which read as follows: “However, a penalty may not be paid if payment for the item is made—
“(1) when the item is a meat or meat food product described in section 3903(2) of this title, before the 4th day after the required payment date;
“(2) when the item is an agricultural commodity described in section 3903(3) of this title, before the 6th day after the required payment date; or
“(3) when the item is not an item referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection, before the 16th day after the required payment date.”
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 100–496, §3(b), added subsecs. (c) and (d) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) to (e) as (e) to (g), respectively.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 100–496, §3(c), added subsec. (h).
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–216 substituted “3903(2)” for “3903(2)(A)” in par. (1) and “3903(3)” for “3903(2)(B)” in par. (2).
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Section 14(a)–(c) of Pub. L. 100–496 provided that:
“(a) The amendments made by sections 2(a), 2(b), 3(a), 4 through 9, 12, and 13 of this Act [enacting section 3905 of this title, amending this section, sections 3901, 3903, and 3904 of this title and section 644 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, renumbering sections 3905 and 3906 of this title as sections 3906 and 3907, respectively, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 3903 of this title] shall apply to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1988].
“(b) The requirements of section 3902(c)(2) of title 31, United States Code, as added by section 3(b) of this Act, shall apply to payments under contracts awarded on or after October 1, 1989.
“(c) The amendments made by sections 2(c) and 3(c) of this Act [amending sections 3901 and 3902 of this title and section 410 of Title 39, Postal Service] shall be applicable with respect to all obligations incurred on or after January 1, 1989.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3903, 3904, 3905 of this title; title 42 sections 1395h, 1395u.
§3903. Regulations
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe regulations to carry out section 3902 of this title. The regulations shall—
(1) provide that the required payment date is—
(A) the date payment is due under the contract for the item of property or service provided; or
(B) 30 days after a proper invoice for the amount due is received if a specific payment date is not established by contract;
(2) for the acquisition of meat or a meat food product (as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Packers and Stockyards Act, 1921 (7 U.S.C. 182(3))), including any edible fresh or frozen poultry meat, any perishable poultry meat food product, fresh eggs, and any perishable egg product, or of fresh or frozen fish (as defined in section 204(3) of the Fish and Seafood Promotion Act of 1986 (16 U.S.C. 4003(3)), provide a required payment date of not later than 7 days after the meat, meat food product, or fish is delivered; and
(3) for the acquisition of a perishable agricultural commodity (as defined in section 1(4) 1 of the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 (7 U.S.C. 499a(4))), provide a required payment date consistent with that Act;
(4) for the acquisition of dairy products (as defined in section 111(e) of the Dairy Production Stabilization Act of 1983 (7 U.S.C. 4502(e)), the acquisition of edible fats or oils, and the acquisition of food products prepared from edible fats or oils, provide a required payment date of not later than 10 days after the date on which a proper invoice for the amount due has been received by the agency acquiring such dairy products, fats, oils, or food products;
(5) require periodic payments, in the case of a property or service contract which does not prohibit periodic payments for partial deliveries or other contract performance during the contract period, upon—
(A) submission of an invoice for property delivered or services performed during the contract period, if an invoice is required by the contract; and
(B) either—
(i) acceptance of the property or services by an employee of an agency authorized to accept the property or services; or
(ii) the making of a determination by such an employee, that the performance covered by the payment conforms to the terms and conditions of the contract;
(6) in the case of a construction contract, provide for the payment of interest on—
(A) a progress payment (including a monthly percentage-of-completion progress payment or milestone payments for completed phases, increments, or segments of any project) that is approved as payable by the agency pursuant to subsection (b) of this section and remains unpaid for—
(i) a period of more than 14 days after receipt of the payment request by the place or person designated by the agency to first receive such requests; or
(ii) a longer period, specified in the solicitation, if required to afford the Government a practicable opportunity to adequately inspect the work and to determine the adequacy of the contractor's performance under the contract; and
(B) any amounts which the agency has retained pursuant to a prime contract clause providing for retaining a percentage of progress payments otherwise due to a contractor and that are approved for release to the contractor, if such retained amounts are not paid to the contractor by a date specified in the contract or, in the absence of such a specified date, by the 30th day after final acceptance;
(7) require that—
(A) each invoice be reviewed as soon as practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that such an invoice is a proper invoice within the meaning of section 3901(a)(3) of this title;
(B) any invoice determined not to be such a proper invoice suitable for payment shall be returned as soon as practicable, but not later than 7 days, after receipt, specifying the reasons that the invoice is not a proper invoice; and
(C) the number of days available to an agency to make a timely payment of an invoice without incurring an interest penalty shall be reduced by the number of days by which an agency exceeds the requirements of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph;
(8) permit an agency to make payment up to 7 days prior to the required payment date, or earlier as determined by the agency to be necessary on a case-by-case basis; and
(9) prescribe the methods for computing interest under section 3903(c) of this title.
(b)(1) A payment request may not be approved under subsection (a)(6)(A) of this section unless the application for such payment includes—
(A) substantiation of the amounts requested; and
(B) a certification by the prime contractor, to the best of the contractor's knowledge and belief, that—
(i) the amounts requested are only for performance in accordance with the specifications, terms, and conditions of the contract;
(ii) payments to subcontractors and suppliers have been made from previous payments received under the contract, and timely payments will be made from the proceeds of the payment covered by the certification, in accordance with their subcontract agreements and the requirements of this chapter; and
(iii) the application does not include any amounts which the prime contractor intends to withhold or retain from a subcontractor or supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions of their subcontract.
(2) The agency shall return any such payment request which is defective to the contractor within 7 days after receipt, with a statement identifying the defect.
(c)(1) The contracting officer shall—
(A) compute the interest which a contractor shall be obligated to pay under sections 3905(a)(2) and 3905(e)(6) of this title on the basis of the average bond equivalent rates of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the most recent auction of such bills prior to the date the contractor received the unearned amount; and
(B) deduct the interest amount determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph from the next available payment to the contractor.
(2) Amounts deducted from payments to contractors under paragraph (1)(B) shall revert to the Treasury.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2476; amended Pub. L. 100–496, §§4–7, 13(a), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2457–2459, 2465; Pub. L. 102–190, div. A, title VIII, §842, Dec. 5, 1991, 105 Stat. 1449.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3903 | 31 App.:1801(a)(2). | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §2(a)(2), 96 Stat. 85. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe regulations to carry out section 3902 of this title” are added because of the restatement. In clause (1)(A), the words “the terms of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1)(B), the words “of the payment” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is act June 10, 1930, ch. 436, 46 Stat. 531, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 20A (§499a et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. Section 1(4) of the Act was redesignated section 1(b)(4) by Pub. L. 102–237, title X, §1011(1)(A), Dec. 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 1898, and is classified to section 499a(b)(4) of Title 7. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 499r of Title 7 and Tables.
Amendments
1991—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–190 inserted provisions relating to fresh or frozen fish as defined in 16 U.S.C. 4003(3) and substituted “meat, meat food product, or fish” for “meat or meat food product”.
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–496, §6(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a).
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–496, §13(a), included any edible fresh or frozen poultry meat, any perishable poultry meat food product, fresh eggs, and any perishable egg product.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–496, §4, amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: “provide separate required payment dates for a contract under which property or service is provided in a series of partial executions or deliveries to the extent the contract provides for separate payments for partial execution or delivery; and”.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100–496, §5(2), added par. (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (7).
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 100–496, §6(2), added par. (6).
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 100–496, §7, added par. (7) and struck out former par. (7), which read as follows: “require that, within 15 days after an invoice is received, the head of an agency notify the business concern of a defect or impropriety in the invoice that would prevent the running of the time period specified in clause (1)(B) of this section.”
Pub. L. 100–496, §5(1), redesignated par. (5) as (7).
Subsec. (a)(8), (9). Pub. L. 100–496, §7, added pars. (8) and (9).
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 100–496, §6(3), added subsecs. (b) and (c).
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–496 applicable to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after Oct. 17, 1988, see section 14(a) of Pub. L. 100–496, set out as a note under section 3902 of this title.
Implementation Through Federal Acquisition Regulation
Section 11 of Pub. L. 100–496 provided that:
“(a) The Federal Acquisition Regulation shall be modified to provide appropriate solicitation provisions and contract clauses that implement chapter 39 of title 31, United States Code, as amended by this Act [see Short Title of 1988 Amendment note set out under section 3901 of this title], and the regulations prescribed under section 3903 of such title (as amended).
“(b) The solicitation provisions and contract clauses required by subsection (a) of this section shall include (but not be limited to) the following matters:
“(1) Authority for a contracting officer to specify for a contract or class of contracts a specific payment period, which—
“(A) in the case of payments for commercial items or services, is similar to the payment period or periods permitted in prevailing private industry contracting practices;
“(B) in the case of payments for noncommercial items and services, does not exceed 30 days unless the circumstances of the procurement action is determined to require a longer period for payment and such determination is approved above the level of the contracting officer;
“(C) in the case of payments for items of property or services in an amount less than the amount specified as a small purchase in section 303(g)(2) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g)(2)), does not exceed 15 days after the date of receipt of the invoice, if—
“(i) the contract provides for such ‘fast payment’ terms;
“(ii) title to any property will vest in the Government upon delivery (including delivery to a common carrier); and
“(iii) the business concern offers appropriate warranties to furnish property or services conforming to the requirements of the contract or purchase order, if payment will be due prior to acceptance of the items or services; and
“(D) in the case of progress payments under construction contracts, does not exceed 14 days, unless the solicitation specifies a longer period which the contracting officer has determined is required to afford the Government a practicable opportunity to adequately inspect the work and to evaluate the adequacy of the contractor's performance under the contract.
“(2) Requirements to make periodic payments, in the case of a property or service contract which does not prohibit periodic payments for partial deliveries or other contract performance during the contract period, upon—
“(A) submission of an invoice for property delivered or services performed during the contract period, if an invoice is required by the contract; and
“(B) either—
“(i) acceptance of the property or services by an employee of the contracting agency authorized to accept the property or services; or
“(ii) the making of a determination by such an employee, that the performance covered by the payment conforms to the terms and conditions of the contract.
“(3) A conclusive presumption, exclusively for the purposes of determining when an agency becomes obligated to pay a late payment interest penalty (other than under construction contracts), that the Federal Government has accepted property or services by the 7th day after the date on which, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract, the property is delivered or final performance of the services is completed, unless the solicitation specifies a longer period which is determined by the contracting officer to be required to afford the agency a practicable opportunity to inspect and test the property furnished or evaluate the services performed.
“(4) The limitation that the Federal Government may take a discount offered by a contractor for early payment by the Federal Government only in accordance with the time limits specified by the contractor, determined in accordance with the second sentence of section 3904 of title 31, United States Code.
“(5) The requirements of section 3902(c) of title 31, United States Code.
“(6) The requirements of section 3903(a)(6) of title 31, United States Code.
“(7) The requirements of section 3905 of title 31, United States Code.
“(c) The regulations required by subsection (a) of this section shall be published as proposed regulations for public comment as provided in section 22 of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 418b) within 120 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1988].”
Edible Fresh or Frozen Poultry Meat, Perishable Poultry Meat Food Products, Fresh Eggs, and Perishable Egg Products
Pub. L. 98–181, title II, §2002, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1297, to the extent that it provided that the terms “meat” and “meat food products” as used in 31 U.S.C. 3903(2) also included edible fresh or frozen poultry meat, perishable poultry meat food products, fresh eggs and perishable egg products, was stricken by Pub. L. 100–496, §13(b), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2465, applicable to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after Oct. 17, 1988.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 3904, 3905 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§3904. Limitations on discount payments
The head of an agency offered a discount by a business concern from an amount due under a contract for property or service in exchange for payment within a specified time may pay the discounted amount only if payment is made within the specified time. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, the specified time shall be determined from the date of the invoice. The head of the agency shall pay an interest penalty on an amount remaining unpaid in violation of this section. The penalty accrues as provided under sections 3902 and 3903 of this title, except that the required payment date for the unpaid amount is the last day specified in the contract that the discounted amount may be paid.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2476; amended Pub. L. 100–496, §8, Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2460.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3904 | 31 App.:1802. | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §3, 96 Stat. 86. |
The word “otherwise” is omitted as surplus. The words “may pay the discounted amount” are substituted for “may make payment in an amount equal to the discounted price” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “on such unpaid amount” and “the regulations prescribed pursuant to” are omitted as surplus. The words “specified in the contract that the discounted amount may be paid” are substituted for “of the specified period of time described in subsection (a)” for clarity.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–496 inserted after first sentence “For the purpose of the preceding sentence, the specified time shall be determined from the date of the invoice.”
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–496 applicable to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after Oct. 17, 1988, see section 14(a) of Pub. L. 100–496, set out as a note under section 3902 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3907 of this title.
§3905. Payment provisions relating to construction contracts
(a) In the event that a contractor, after making a certified payment request to an agency pursuant to section 3903(b) of this title, discovers that a portion or all of such payment request constitutes a payment for performance by such contractor that fails to conform to the specifications, terms, and conditions of its contract (hereafter in this subsection referred to as the “unearned amount”), then the contractor shall—
(1) notify the agency of such performance deficiency; and
(2) be obligated to pay the Government an amount equal to interest on the unearned amount (computed in the manner provided in section 3903(c) of this title), from the date of the contractor's receipt of such unearned amount until—
(A) the date the contractor notifies the agency that the performance deficiency has been corrected; or
(B) the date the contractor reduces the amount of any subsequent certified application for payment to such agency by an amount equal to the unearned amount.
(b) Each construction contract awarded by an agency shall include a clause that requires the prime contractor to include in each subcontract for property or services entered into by the prime contractor and a subcontractor (including a material supplier) for the purpose of performing such construction contract—
(1) a payment clause which obligates the prime contractor to pay the subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within 7 days out of such amounts as are paid to the prime contractor by the agency under such contract; and
(2) an interest penalty clause which obligates the prime contractor to pay to the subcontractor an interest penalty on amounts due in the case of each payment not made in accordance with the payment clause included in the subcontract pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection—
(A) for the period beginning on the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which payment of the amount due is made; and
(B) computed at the rate specified by section 3902(a) of this title.
(c) The construction contract awarded by the agency shall further require the prime contractor to include in each of its subcontracts (for the purpose of performance of such construction contract) a provision requiring the subcontractor to include a payment clause and an interest penalty clause conforming to the standards of subsection (b) of this section in each of its subcontracts and to require each of its subcontractors to include such clauses in their subcontracts with each lower-tier subcontractor or supplier.
(d) The clauses required by subsections (b) and (c) of this section shall not be construed to impair the right of a prime contractor or a subcontractor at any tier to negotiate, and to include in their subcontract, provisions which—
(1) permit the prime contractor or a subcontractor to retain (without cause) a specified percentage of each progress payment otherwise due to a subcontractor for satisfactory performance under the subcontract, without incurring any obligation to pay a late payment interest penalty, in accordance with terms and conditions agreed to by the parties to the subcontract, giving such recognition as the parties deem appropriate to the ability of a subcontractor to furnish a performance bond and a payment bond;
(2) permit the contractor or subcontractor to make a determination that part or all of the subcontractor's request for payment may be withheld in accordance with the subcontract agreement; and
(3) permit such withholding without incurring any obligation to pay a late payment penalty if—
(A) a notice conforming to the standards of subsection (g) of this section has been previously furnished to the subcontractor; and
(B) a copy of any notice issued by a prime contractor pursuant to subparagraph (A) of this paragraph has been furnished to the Government.
(e) If a prime contractor, after making application to an agency for payment under a contract but before making a payment to a subcontractor for the subcontractor's performance covered by such application, discovers that all or a portion of the payment otherwise due such subcontractor is subject to withholding from the subcontractor in accordance with the subcontract agreement, then the prime contractor shall—
(1) furnish to the subcontractor a notice conforming to the standards of subsection (g) of this section as soon as practicable upon ascertaining the cause giving rise to a withholding, but prior to the due date for subcontractor payment;
(2) furnish to the Government, as soon as practicable, a copy of the notice furnished to the subcontractor pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection;
(3) reduce the subcontractor's progress payment by an amount not to exceed the amount specified in the notice of withholding furnished under paragraph (1) of this subsection;
(4) pay the subcontractor as soon as practicable after the correction of the identified subcontract performance deficiency, and—
(A) make such payment within—
(i) 7 days after correction of the identified subcontract performance deficiency (unless the funds therefor must be recovered from the Government because of a reduction under paragraph (5)(A)); or
(ii) 7 days after the contractor recovers such funds from the Government; or
(B) incur an obligation to pay a late payment interest penalty computed at the rate specified by section 3902(a) of this title;
(5) notify the Government, upon—
(A) reduction of the amount of any subsequent certified application for payment; or
(B) payment to the subcontractor of any withheld amounts of a progress payment, specifying—
(i) the amounts of the progress payments withheld under paragraph (1) of this subsection; and
(ii) the dates that such withholding began and ended; and
(6) be obligated to pay to the Government an amount equal to interest on the withheld payments (computed in the manner provided in section 3903(c) of this title), from the 8th day after receipt of the withheld amounts from the Government until—
(A) the day the identified subcontractor performance deficiency is corrected; or
(B) the date that any subsequent payment is reduced under paragraph (5)(A).
(f)(1) If a prime contractor, after making payment to a first-tier subcontractor, receives from a supplier or subcontractor of the first-tier subcontractor (hereafter referred to as a “second-tier subcontractor”) a written notice in accordance with section 2 of the Act of August 24, 1935 (40 U.S.C. 270b), asserting a deficiency in such first-tier subcontractor's performance under the contract for which the prime contractor may be ultimately liable, and the prime contractor determines that all or a portion of future payments otherwise due such first-tier subcontractor is subject to withholding in accordance with the subcontract agreement, then the prime contractor may, without incurring an obligation to pay an interest penalty under subsection (e)(6) of this section—
(A) furnish to the first-tier subcontractor a notice conforming to the standards of subsection (g) of this section as soon as practicable upon making such determination; and
(B) withhold from the first-tier subcontractor's next available progress payment or payments an amount not to exceed the amount specified in the notice of withholding furnished under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
(2) As soon as practicable, but not later than 7 days after receipt of satisfactory written notification that the identified subcontract performance deficiency has been corrected, the prime contractor shall pay the amount withheld under paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection to such first-tier subcontractor, or shall incur an obligation to pay a late payment interest penalty to such first-tier subcontractor computed at the rate specified by section 3902(a) of this title.
(g) A written notice of any withholding shall be issued to a subcontractor (with a copy to the Government of any such notice issued by a prime contractor), specifying—
(1) the amount to be withheld;
(2) the specific causes for the withholding under the terms of the subcontract; and
(3) the remedial actions to be taken by the subcontractor in order to receive payment of the amounts withheld.
(h) A prime contractor may not request payment from the agency of any amount withheld or retained in accordance with subsection (d) of this section until such time as the prime contractor has determined and certified to the agency that the subcontractor is entitled to the payment of such amount.
(i) A dispute between a contractor and subcontractor relating to the amount or entitlement of a subcontractor to a payment or a late payment interest penalty under a clause included in the subcontract pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of this section does not constitute a dispute to which the United States is a party. The United States may not be interpleaded in any judicial or administrative proceeding involving such a dispute.
(j) Except as provided in subsection (i) of this section, this section shall not limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to a contractor or a subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by a prime contractor or deficient subcontract performance or nonperformance by a subcontractor.
(k) A contractor's obligation to pay an interest penalty to a subcontractor pursuant to the clauses included in a subcontract under subsection (b) or (c) of this section may not be construed to be an obligation of the United States for such interest penalty. A contract modification may not be made for the purpose of providing reimbursement of such interest penalty. A cost reimbursement claim may not include any amount for reimbursement of such interest penalty.
(Added Pub. L. 100–496, §9(a)(2), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2460.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 3905 was renumbered section 3906 of this title.
Effective Date
Section applicable to payments under contracts awarded, contracts renewed, and contract options exercised during or after the first fiscal quarter which begins more than 90 days after Oct. 17, 1988, see section 14(a) of Pub. L. 100–496, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note under section 3902 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3903 of this title.
§3906. Reports
(a)(1) By the 60th day after the end of the fiscal year, the head of each agency shall submit to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget a report on the agency's payment practices during that fiscal year, including a description of the extent to which those practices satisfy the requirements of this chapter.
(2) In addition to such other information as may be required by the Director, the report required by paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) the number, dollar value, and percentage of invoices for which interest or other late payment penalties were paid, the amount of such late payment interest and other penalties, and the reasons the interest penalties were not avoided by prompt payment; and
(B) the number, dollar value, and percentage of invoices paid after the required payment date without payment of an interest penalty or other late payment penalty, and the reasons no obligation to pay such penalties was incurred with respect to such invoices or no amount for such penalties were included in the payments of such invoices.
(b) By the 120th day after the end of each fiscal year, the Director shall submit to the Committees on Governmental Affairs, Appropriations, and Small Business of the Senate and the Committees on Government Operations, Appropriations, and Small Business of the House of Representatives a report on agency compliance with this chapter. The report shall include a summary of the report of each agency submitted under subsection (a) of this section and an analysis of progress made in reducing interest penalty payments by that agency from prior years.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2476, §3905; renumbered §3906 and amended Pub. L. 100–496, §§9(a)(1), 10, Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2460, 2463.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3905(a) | 31 App.:1804(a), (b). | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §5, 96 Stat. 87. |
| 3905(b) | 31 App.:1804(c). |
In subsection (a), the word “detailed” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “the requirements of” are omitted as surplus.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 3906 was renumbered section 3907 of this title.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–496, §9(a)(1), renumbered section 3905 of this title as this section.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–496, §10, amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: “By the 60th day after the end of each fiscal year, the head of each agency shall submit to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget a report on interest penalty payments made under this chapter during that fiscal year. The report shall include the number, amounts, and frequency of the payments and the reasons the payments were not avoided by prompt payment.”
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Section 14(d) of Pub. L. 100–496 provided that: “The amendment made by section 10 of this Act [amending this section] shall apply to the report required by section 3906 of title 31, United States Code, for each fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1988.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3901 of this title.
§3907. Relationship to other laws
(a) A claim for an interest penalty not paid under this chapter may be filed under section 6 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 605).
(b)(1) An interest penalty under this chapter does not continue to accrue—
(A) after a claim for a penalty is filed under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601 et seq.); or
(B) for more than one year.
(2) Paragraph (1) of this subsection does not prevent an interest penalty from accruing under section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611) after a penalty stops accruing under this chapter. A penalty accruing under section 12 may accrue on an unpaid contract payment and on the unpaid penalty under this chapter.
(c) Except as provided in section 3904 of this title, this chapter does not require an interest penalty on a payment that is not made because of a dispute between the head of an agency and a business concern over the amount of payment or compliance with the contract. A claim related to the dispute, and interest payable for the period during which the dispute is being resolved, is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(18)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477, §3906; renumbered §3907, Pub. L. 100–496, §9(a)(1), Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2460.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 3906(a) | 31 App.:1803(a)(1). | May 21, 1982, Pub. L. 97–177, §4, 96 Stat. 87. |
| 3906(b) | 31 App.:1803(a)(2), (3). | |
| 3906(c) | 31 App.:1803(b). |
In the section, the words “be construed to” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a), the words “not paid under this chapter” are substituted for “which a Federal agency has failed to pay in accordance with the requirements of section 2 or 3 of this chapter” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(2), the word “accruing” is added for clarity. The word “both” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “with respect to disputes concerning discounts”, “by the required payment date”, and “other allegations concerning” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Contract Disputes Act of 1978, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(A) and (c), is Pub. L. 95–563, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2383, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 9 (§601 et seq.) of Title 41, Public Contracts. For complete classification of this Act to the Code see Short Title note set out under section 601 of Title 41 and Tables.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–496 renumbered section 3906 of this title as this section.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3902 of this title.
SUBTITLE IV—MONEY
CHAPTER 51—COINS AND CURRENCY
SUBCHAPTER I—MONETARY SYSTEM
SUBCHAPTER II—GENERAL AUTHORITY
SUBCHAPTER III—UNITED STATES MINT
SUBCHAPTER IV—BUREAU OF ENGRAVING AND PRINTING
SUBCHAPTER V—MISCELLANEOUS
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §§221(d), 225(b)(6), 229(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1629, 1630, 1632, substituted “UNITED STATES MINT” for “BUREAU OF THE MINT” in subchapter III heading and added items 5134 and 5135.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 2 section 802.
1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.
SUBCHAPTER I—MONETARY SYSTEM
§5101. Decimal system
United States money is expressed in dollars, dimes or tenths, cents or hundreths,1 and mills or thousandths. A dime is a tenth of a dollar, a cent is a hundredth of a dollar, and a mill is a thousandth of a dollar.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 980.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5101 | 31:371. | R.S. §3563. |
The word “money” is substituted for “money of account” to eliminate unnecessary words. As far as can be determined, the phrase “money of account” has not been interpreted by any court or Government agency. The phrase was used by Alexander Hamilton in his “Report on the Establishment of the Mint” (1791). In that Report, Hamilton propounded 6 questions, including:
1st. What ought to be the nature of the money unit of the United States?
Thereafter, Hamilton uses the phrases “money unit of the United States” and “money of account” interchangeably and in the sense that the phrases are used to denote the monetary system for keeping financial accounts. In short, the phrases simply indicate that financial accounts are to be based on a decimal money system:
. . ., and it is certain that nothing can be more simple and convenient than the decimal subdivisions. There is every reason to expect that the method will speedily grow into general use, when it shall be seconded by corresponding coins. On this plan the unit in the money of account will continue to be, as established by that resolution [of August 8, 1786], a dollar, and its multiples, dimes, cents, and mills, or tenths, hundreths, [sic] and thousands.
Thus, the phrase “money of account” did not mean, by itself, that dollars or fractions of dollars must be equal to something having intrinsic or “substantive” value. This concept is supported by earlier writings of Thomas Jefferson in his “Notes on the Establishment of a Money Unit, and of a Coinage for the United States” (1784), and the 1782 report to the President of the Continental Congress on the coinage of the United States by the Superintendent of Finances, Robert Morris, which was apparently prepared by the Assistant Superintendent, Gouverneur Morris. See Paul L. Ford, The Writings of Thomas Jefferson, vol. III (G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1894) pp. 446–457; William G. Sumner, The Financier and the Finances of the American Revolution, vol. II (Burt Franklin, 1891, reprinted 1970) pp. 36–47; and George T. Curtis, History of the Constitution, vol. I (Harper and Brothers, 1859) p. 443, n2. The words “or units” and “and all accounts in the public offices and all proceedings in the courts shall be kept and had in conformity to this regulation” are omitted as surplus.
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §201, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1624, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 5134 and 5135 of this title, amending sections 304, 5111, 5112, 5119, 5131, and 5132 of this title and section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 5132 and 5134 of this title, amending provisions set out as notes under section 5112 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 5112 of this title] may be cited as the ‘United States Mint Reauthorization and Reform Act of 1992’.”
Short Title of 1990 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–585, §1, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2874, provided that: “This Act [amending section 5132 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Silver Coin Proof Sets Act’.”
1 So in original. Probably should be hundredths,”.
§5102. Standard weight
The standard troy pound of the National Institute of Standards and Technology of the Department of Commerce shall be the standard used to ensure that the weight of United States coins conforms to specifications in section 5112 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 980; Pub. L. 100–418, title V, §5115(c), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1433.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5102 | 31:364. | R.S. §3548; restated Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 268, §1, 36 Stat. 1354. |
The words “National Bureau of Standards of the Department of Commerce” are substituted for “Bureau of Standards of the United States” because of 15:1511. The words “troy pound of the mint of the United States, conformably to which the coinage thereof shall be regulated” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “ensure” is substituted for “securing” as being more precise. The words “specifications in section 5112 of this title” are substituted for “the provisions of the laws relating to coinage” because of the restatement.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–418 substituted “National Institute of Standards and Technology” for “National Bureau of Standards”.
§5103. Legal tender
United States coins and currency (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks) are legal tender for all debts, public charges, taxes, and dues. Foreign gold or silver coins are not legal tender for debts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 980; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(19), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5103 | 31:392. | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §102, 79 Stat. 255. |
| 31:456. | R.S. §3584. |
The words “All . . . regardless of when coined or issued” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “debts” is substituted for “debts, public and private” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “public charges, taxes, duties, and dues” are omitted as included in “debts”.
1983 Act
This restores to 31:5103 the reference to public charges, taxes, and dues because they are not considered to be debts. See, Hagar v. Reclamation District No. 108, 111 U.S. 701, 706 (1884).
Amendments
1983—Pub. L. 97–452 inserted “, public charges, taxes, and dues” after “all debts”.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5112, 5132 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER II—GENERAL AUTHORITY
§5111. Minting and issuing coins, medals, and numismatic items
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) shall mint and issue coins described in section 5112 of this title in amounts the Secretary decides are necessary to meet the needs of the United States;
(2) may prepare national medal dies and strike national and other medals if it does not interfere with regular minting operations but may not prepare private medal dies;
(3) may prepare and distribute numismatic items; and
(4) may mint coins for a foreign country if the minting does not interfere with regular minting operations, and shall prescribe a charge for minting the foreign coins equal to the cost of the minting (including labor, materials, and the use of machinery).
(b) The Department of the Treasury has a coinage metal fund and a coinage profit fund. The Secretary may use the coinage metal fund to buy metal to mint coins. The Secretary shall credit the coinage profit fund with the amount by which the nominal value of the coins minted from the metal exceeds the cost of the metal. The Secretary shall charge the coinage profit fund with waste incurred in minting coins and the cost of distributing the coins, including the cost of coin bags and pallets. The Secretary shall deposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts excess amounts in the coinage profit fund.
(c)
(1)
(2)
(B) Subparagraph (A) shall apply only in the case of a bid or offer from a supplier the principal place of business of which is in a foreign country which does not accord to United States companies the same competitive opportunities for procurements in connection with the production of coins as it accords to domestic companies.
(3)
(A)
(B)
(4) Nothing in paragraph (2) of this subsection in any way affects the procurement by the Secretary of gold and silver for the production of coins by the United States Mint.
(d)(1) The Secretary may prohibit or limit the exportation, melting, or treatment of United States coins when the Secretary decides the prohibition or limitation is necessary to protect the coinage of the United States.
(2) A person knowingly violating an order or license issued or regulation prescribed under paragraph (1) of this subsection, shall be fined not more than $10,000, imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.
(3) Coins exported, melted, or treated in violation of an order or license issued or regulation prescribed, and metal resulting from the melting or treatment, shall be forfeited to the United States Government. The powers of the Secretary and the remedies available to enforce forfeitures are those provided in part II of subchapter C of chapter 75 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 1 (26 U.S.C. 7321 et seq.).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 980; Pub. L. 100–274, §3, Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §222, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1629.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5111(a)(1) | 31:272. | R.S. §3503. |
| 31:275. | R.S. §3509; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 31:322. | R.S. §3516. | |
| 31:342. | June 4, 1897, ch. 2, §1(1st par. under heading “Recoinage, Reissue, and Transportation of Minor Coins”), 30 Stat. 27. | |
| 31:345. | R.S. §3532; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 31:353. | R.S. §3540; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 31:391(a). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §101(a), 79 Stat. 254; restated Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §201, 84 Stat. 1768. | |
| 5111(a)(2) | 31:368. | R.S. §3551; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
| 5111(a)(3) | 31:324h. | Oct. 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–127, §5, 87 Stat. 456. |
| 5111(a)(4) | 31:367. | Jan. 29, 1874, ch. 19, 18 Stat. 6. |
| 5111(b) | 31:340. | R.S. §3528; Apr. 24, 1906, ch. 1861, 34 Stat. 132; Dec. 2, 1918, ch. 1, 40 Stat. 1051; Aug. 14, 1937, ch. 631, 50 Stat. 647; June 21, 1941, ch. 213, 55 Stat. 255; June 30, 1954, ch. 427, 68 Stat. 336; July 9, 1956, ch. 535, §1, 70 Stat. 518; restated July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §206(a), 79 Stat. 256. |
| 5111(c) | 31:393(a). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §§103(a), 105, 106, 79 Stat. 255. |
| 5111(d) | 31:395, 396. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “coins described in” are substituted for “coins of the denominations set forth in” in 31:391(a) because of the restatement. The text of 31:253, 272, and 345(1st sentence) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The text of 31:275, 322, 342, 345(last sentence), and 353 is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “engraver” and “superintendent of coining department of the mint at Philadelphia” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “under such regulations as the superintendent, with the approval of the Director of the Mint, may prescribe” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title. The words “national medal dies” are substituted for “Dies of a national character” for clarity. The words “or the machinery or apparatus thereof be used for that purpose” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (a)(3), the words “numismatic items” are retained and used throughout the revised title to apply to medals, proof coins, uncirculated coins, numismatic accessories, and other numismatic items to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “In connection with the operations of the Bureau of the Mint” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:324h(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 5132(a) of the revised title.
In subsection (a)(4), the words “may mint” are substituted for “It shall be lawful for coinage to be executed” in 31:367, and the words “regular minting operations” are substituted for “required coinage of the United States”, for consistency in the revised section. The words “at the mints of the United States” and “according to the legally prescribed standards and devices of such country” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “The Secretary of the Treasury . . . shall prescribe a charge” are substituted for “the charge . . . to be fixed by the Director of the Mint, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “minting the foreign coins” are substituted for “the same”, for clarity. The words “under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the first sentence is added for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “amount by which the nominal value of the coins minted from the metal exceeds the cost of the metal” are substituted for “gain arising from the coinage of metals purchased out of such fund into coin of a nominal value exceeding the cost of such metals” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “The Secretary shall deposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts excess amounts in the coinage profit fund” are substituted for “such sums as shall from time to time be transferred therefrom to the general fund of the Treasury” for clarity and for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c), the words “metallic strip” are omitted as being included in “materials”, and the word “terms” is omitted as being included in “conditions”.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “prohibit or limit” are substituted for “prohibit, curtail, or regulate” because of the restatement and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “prohibition or limitation” are substituted for “such action” because of the restatement. The words “under such rules and regulations as he may prescribe” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title.
In subsection (d)(2), the word “person” is substituted for “Whoever” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (d)(3), the words “and his delegates” are omitted as unnecessary because of the power of the Secretary to delegate under section 321(b) of the revised title. The word “remedies” is substituted for “judicial and other remedies available to the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “of property subject to forfeiture pursuant to subsection (a) of this section” and “for the enforcement of forfeitures of property subject to forfeiture under any provision of title 26” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
References in Text
The Internal Revenue Code of 1954, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), was redesignated the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, and is classified generally to Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–390 inserted “, including the cost of coin bags and pallets” after “distributing the coins” in fourth sentence.
1988—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–274 inserted heading and amended subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) read as follows: “The Secretary may make contracts on conditions the Secretary decides are appropriate and in the public interest to acquire equipment, manufacturing facilities, patents, patent rights, technical knowledge and assistance, and materials necessary to produce rapidly an adequate supply of coins referred to in section 5112(a)(1)–(4) of this title.”
Award of Gold Medal to Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson
Pub. L. 103–457, Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4799, authorized President to present on behalf of Congress, a gold medal to the Lubavitcher rebbe, Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson, in recognition of his outstanding and enduring contributions toward world education, morality, and acts of charity, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions, provided that gifts or donations but not appropriations were to be used for this purpose, authorized Secretary to have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Thomas Jefferson Medals
Pub. L. 102–479, Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2308, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, to a representative of the American Philosophical Society a gold Thomas Jefferson Medal to commemorate the 250th anniversary of the founding of the American Philosophical Society and of the birth of Thomas Jefferson, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike the gold medal and 50 bronze duplicate medals to be presented by the American Philosophical Society to persons of scholarly achievement, provided for payment for the medals and general waiver of procurement regulations, and provided that the medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Benjamin Franklin National Memorial Commemorative Medal and Fire Service Bill of Rights
Pub. L. 102–406, Oct. 12, 1992, 106 Stat. 1986, set forth a fire service bill of rights, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 1,500,000 medals commemorating Benjamin Franklin's contributions to the American Fire Service, provided for the design, sale, and marketing of the medals, sources of bullion therefor, termination of authority to mint these medals after June 30, 1994, general waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances, and provided that the medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Silver Congressional Commemorative Medal for Veterans of Persian Gulf Conflict
Pub. L. 102–281, title III, May 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 137, as amended by Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §203, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2369, directed Secretary of the Treasury to design and strike a silver medal for presentation to eligible members of the United States Armed Forces who served in a combat zone in connection with the Persian Gulf conflict, directed Secretary of Defense to develop a list of eligible individuals and to distribute the medals, provided that Secretary of the Treasury could have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, authorized the general waiver of procurement regulations, provided for financial assurances, and provided that the silver and bronze medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Award of Gold Medal to General Colin L. Powell
Pub. L. 102–33, Apr. 23, 1991, 105 Stat. 177, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, a gold medal to General Colin L. Powell in recognition of his exemplary performance as a military leader and adviser to the President in planning and coordinating the military response of the United States to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait and the ultimate retreat and defeat of Iraqi forces and Iraqi acceptance of all United Nations Resolutions relating to Kuwait, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, provided that the gold and bronze medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title, authorized appropriations, and provided for disposition of proceeds of sales.
Award of Gold Medal to General H. Norman Schwarzkopf
Pub. L. 102–32, Apr. 23, 1991, 105 Stat. 175, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, a gold medal to General H. Norman Schwarzkopf in recognition of his exemplary performance as a military leader in coordinating the planning, strategy, and execution of the United States combat action and his invaluable contributions to the United States and to the liberation of Kuwait as Commander-in-Chief, United States Central Command, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, provided that the gold and bronze medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title, authorized appropriations, and provided for disposition of proceeds of sales.
Award of Gold Medal to General Matthew B. Ridgway
Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1491, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1720, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, to General Matthew B. Ridgway, a gold medal in recognition of his distinguished service to the Nation, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike the gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions, and authorized the Secretary to have bronze duplicates of the gold medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation.
Congressional Medals for Veterans of Attack on Pearl Harbor
Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1492, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1721, authorized Speaker of the House and President pro tempore of the Senate to jointly present, on behalf of Congress, to eligible persons who were members of the Armed Forces of the United States, who were present in Hawaii on Dec. 7, 1941, and who participated in combat operations that day against Japanese military forces attacking Hawaii, bronze medals commemorating the service of those persons to the United States, provided that medals could be accepted by next-of-kin of eligible persons killed in action during that attack or who have since died, and directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike the medals with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions.
Yosemite National Park Centennial Medals
Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1493, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1722, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue medals commemorating the centennial of Yosemite National Park, and provided for specification, design, pricing, and sale of medals, payment of surcharges from sales to a permanent endowment fund for the benefit of Yosemite National Park, and audits by Comptroller General.
Designation of Medals Issued Under Sections 1491 to 1493 of Pub. L. 101–510 as National Medals
Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIV, §1494, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1722, provided that: “The medals authorized by sections 1491, 1492, and 1493 [Pub. L. 101–510, set out as notes above] are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of title 31, United States Code.”
Award of Gold Medal to Laurance Spelman Rockefeller
Pub. L. 101–296, May 17, 1990, 104 Stat. 197, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, a gold medal to Laurance Spelman Rockefeller in recognition of his leadership on behalf of natural resource conservation and historic preservation, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
United States Coast Guard Bicentennial Medals
Pub. L. 101–260, Mar. 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 122, known as the “United States Coast Guard Bicentennial Medal Act”, directed Secretary of the Treasury to design, strike, and sell a medal in commemoration of the bicentennial of the United States Coast Guard in 1990, provided that the medals be sold at a price sufficient to cover the cost of such medals including labor, materials, dies, use of machinery and overhead expenses, directed that the design of the medal be selected by Secretary of the Treasury after consultation with Secretary of Transportation and Commission of Fine Arts, and provided that the medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Award of Gold Medal to Andrew Wyeth
Pub. L. 100–639, Nov. 9, 1988, 102 Stat. 3331, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, a gold medal to Andrew Wyeth in recognition of his outstanding and invaluable contributions to American art and culture, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Award of Gold Medal to Mrs. Jesse Owens
Pub. L. 100–437, §§1–3, Sept. 20, 1988, 102 Stat. 1717, authorized President to present, on behalf of Congress, to Mrs. Jesse Owens a gold medal in recognition of the late Jesse Owens’ athletic achievements and humanitarian contributions to public service, civil rights, and international goodwill, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals were national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Award of Special Gold Medal to Mary Lasker
Pub. L. 100–210, §§1, 2, Dec. 24, 1987, 101 Stat. 1441, authorized President to present a gold medal to Mary Lasker in recognition of her humanitarian contributions to medical research and education, urban beautification, and the fine arts, directed Secretary of the Treasury to coin a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals were national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title.
Award of Gold Medal to Aaron Copland
Pub. L. 99–418, Sept. 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 952, authorized President to present a gold medal to Aaron Copland in recognition of his contributions to American musical composition, directed Secretary of the Treasury to coin a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals were national medals for purposes of 31 U.S.C. 5111.
Award of Gold Medal to Family of Harry Chapin
Pub. L. 99–311, May 20, 1986, 100 Stat. 464, authorized President to present a gold medal to the family of Harry Chapin in recognition of his efforts to address issues of world hunger, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike a gold medal with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medal coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals were national medals for purposes of 31 U.S.C. 5111.
Award of Gold Medals to Natan (Anatoly) and Avital Shcharansky
Pub. L. 99–298, May 13, 1986, 100 Stat. 432, requested President to present Congressional gold medals to Natan (Anatoly) and Avital Shcharansky in recognition of their dedication and commitment to individual human rights and freedoms, directed Secretary of the Treasury to strike two gold medals with suitable emblems, devices, and inscriptions for purposes of presentation by President, provided that Secretary could have bronze duplicates of the medals coined and sold as prescribed by regulation, and provided that the gold and bronze medals be considered to be national medals for purposes of 31 U.S.C. 5111.
Young Astronaut Program Medals
Pub. L. 99–295, May 12, 1986, 100 Stat. 427, as amended by Pub. L. 100–210, §3, Dec. 24, 1987, 101 Stat. 1441; Pub. L. 100–437, §4, Sept. 20, 1988, 102 Stat. 1717, known as the “Young Astronaut Program Medal Act”, directed Secretary of the Treasury to prepare 750,000 gold, silver, and bronze medals, at 10 percent above cost, for disposition at a premium by Young Astronaut Council, provided that the medals are national medals for purposes of chapter 51 of this title, empowered Comptroller General of the United States to examine all records of the Young Astronaut Council related to the medals, and prohibited Secretary of the Treasury from striking medals after Dec. 31, 1989.
American Arts Gold Medallions
Pub. L. 95–630, title IV, §§401–407, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3679, 3680, directed Secretary of the Treasury, during each of the first five calendar years beginning after Nov. 10, 1978, to strike and sell to the general public gold medallions, aggregating not less than one million troy ounces of fine gold and commemorating outstanding individuals in the American arts, provided for the size, content, design and inscriptions of the medallions, provided that the medallions were deemed to be a coin of a denomination of higher than 5 cents for the purposes of section 485 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and provided for the pricing and sale of the medallions by Secretary and Administrator of General Services.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5112, 5116, 5120, 5132 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§5112. Denominations, specifications, and design of coins
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may mint and issue only the following coins:
(1) a dollar coin that is 1.043 inches in diameter and weighs 8.1 grams.
(2) a half dollar coin that is 1.205 inches in diameter and weighs 11.34 grams.
(3) a quarter dollar coin that is 0.955 inch in diameter and weighs 5.67 grams.
(4) a dime coin that is 0.705 inch in diameter and weighs 2.268 grams.
(5) a 5-cent coin that is 0.835 inch in diameter and weighs 5 grams.
(6) except as provided under subsection (c) of this section, a one-cent coin that is 0.75 inch in diameter and weighs 3.11 grams.
(7) A fifty dollar gold coin that is 32.7 millimeters in diameter, weighs 33.931 grams, and contains one troy ounce of fine gold.
(8) A twenty-five dollar gold coin that is 27.0 millimeters in diameter, weighs 16.966 grams, and contains one-half troy ounce of fine gold.
(9) A ten dollar gold coin that is 22.0 millimeters in diameter, weighs 8.483 grams, and contains one-fourth troy ounce of fine gold.
(10) A five dollar gold coin that is 16.5 millimeters in diameter, weighs 3.393 grams, and contains one-tenth troy ounce of fine gold.
(b) The dollar, half dollar, quarter dollar, and dime coins are clad coins with 3 layers of metal. The 2 identical outer layers are an alloy of 75 percent copper and 25 percent nickel. The inner layer is copper. The outer layers are metallurgically bonded to the inner layer and weigh at least 30 percent of the weight of the coin. The 5-cent coin is an alloy of 75 percent copper and 25 percent nickel. In minting 5-cent coins, the Secretary shall use bars that vary not more than 2.5 percent from the percent of nickel required. Except as provided under subsection (c) of this section, the one-cent coin is an alloy of 95 percent copper and 5 percent zinc. In minting gold coins, the Secretary shall use alloys that vary not more than 0.1 percent from the percent of gold required. The specifications for alloys are by weight.
(c) The Secretary may prescribe the weight and the composition of copper and zinc in the alloy of the one-cent coin that the Secretary decides are appropriate when the Secretary decides that a different weight and alloy of copper and zinc are necessary to ensure an adequate supply of one-cent coins to meet the needs of the United States.
(d)(1) United States coins shall have the inscription “In God We Trust”. The obverse side of each coin shall have the inscription “Liberty”. The reverse side of each coin shall have the inscriptions “United States of America” and “E Pluribus Unum” and a designation of the value of the coin. The design on the reverse side of the dollar, half dollar, and quarter dollar is an eagle. The eagle on the reverse side of the dollar is the symbolic eagle of Apollo 11 landing on the moon. The obverse side of the dollar has the likeness of Susan B. Anthony. The coins have an inscription of the year of minting or issuance. However, to prevent or alleviate a shortage of a denomination, the Secretary may inscribe coins of the denomination with the year that was last inscribed on coins of the denomination.
(2) The Secretary shall prepare the devices, models, hubs, and dies for coins, emblems, devices, inscriptions, and designs authorized under this chapter. The Secretary may adopt and prepare new designs or models of emblems or devices that are authorized in the same way as when new coins or devices are authorized. The Secretary may change the design or die of a coin only once within 25 years of the first adoption of the design, model, hub, or die for that coin. The Secretary may procure services under section 3109 of title 5 in carrying out this paragraph.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary shall mint and issue, in quantities sufficient to meet public demand, coins which—
(1) are 40.6 millimeters in diameter and weigh 31.103 grams;
(2) contain .999 fine silver;
(3) have a design—
(A) symbolic of Liberty on the obverse side; and
(B) of an eagle on the reverse side;
(4) have inscriptions of the year of minting or issuance, and the words “Liberty”, “In God We Trust”, “United States of America”, “1 Oz. Fine Silver”, “E Pluribus Unum”, and “One Dollar”; and
(5) have reeded edges.
(f)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(g) For purposes of section 5132(a)(1) of this title, all coins minted under subsection (e) of this section shall be considered to be numismatic items.
(h) The coins issued under this title shall be legal tender as provided in section 5103 of this title.
(i)(1) Notwithstanding section 5111(a)(1) of this title, the Secretary shall mint and issue the gold coins described in paragraphs (7), (8), (9), and (10) of subsection (a) of this section, in quantities sufficient to meet public demand, and such gold coins shall—
(A) have a design determined by the Secretary, except that the fifty dollar gold coin shall have—
(i) on the obverse side, a design symbolic of Liberty; and
(ii) on the reverse side, a design representing a family of eagles, with the male carrying an olive branch and flying above a nest containing a female eagle and hatchlings;
(B) have inscriptions of the denomination, the weight of the fine gold content, the year of minting or issuance, and the words “Liberty”, “In God We Trust”, “United States of America”, and “E Pluribus Unum”; and
(C) have reeded edges.
(2)(A) The Secretary shall sell the coins minted under this subsection to the public at a price equal to the market value of the bullion at the time of sale, plus the cost of minting, marketing, and distributing such coins (including labor, materials, dies, use of machinery, and promotional and overhead expenses).
(B) The Secretary shall make bulk sales of the coins minted under this subsection at a reasonable discount.
(3) For purposes of section 5132(a)(1) of this title, all coins minted under this subsection shall be considered to be numismatic items.
(4)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary of the Treasury may change the diameter, weight, or design of any coin minted under this subsection or the fineness of the gold in the alloy of any such coin if the Secretary determines that the specific diameter, weight, design, or fineness of gold which differs from that otherwise required by law is appropriate for such coin.
(B) The Secretary may not mint any coin with respect to which a determination has been made by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) before the end of the 30-day period beginning on the date a notice of such determination is published in the Federal Register.
(j)
(1)
(2)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 981; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(20), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477; Pub. L. 99–61, title II, §202, July 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 115; Pub. L. 99–185, §2(a), (b), Dec. 17, 1985, 99 Stat. 1177; Pub. L. 100–274, §§4(a), 6, Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §§226(a), 227, 228, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1630; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(R), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5112(a) | 31:317(a)(1st, last sentences). | R.S. §3515(a); Sept. 26, 1890, ch. 945, §1, 26 Stat. 485; Sept. 5, 1962, Pub. L. 87–643, §1, 76 Stat. 440; Oct. 11, 1974, Pub. L. 93–441, §1, 88 Stat. 1261. |
| 31:391(c). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §101(c), 79 Stat. 255; restated Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §201, 84 Stat. 1768; Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–447, §2, 92 Stat. 1072. | |
| 5112(b) | 31:317(a)(2d, 3d sentences). | |
| 31:346. | R.S. §3533; June 14, 1947, ch. 104, §1, 61 Stat. 132. | |
| 31:391(b). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §101(b), (d), 79 Stat. 254; restated Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §201, 84 Stat. 1768. | |
| 31:398(1)–(4), (6). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §108(1)–(4), (6), 79 Stat. 255. | |
| 5112(c) | 31:317(b). | R.S. §3515(b); added Oct. 11, 1974, Pub. L. 93–441, §1, 88 Stat. 1261. |
| 5112(d)(1) | 31:324. | R.S. §3517; Mar. 3, 1887, ch. 396, §3, 24 Stat. 635; Sept. 26, 1890, ch. 945, §1, 26 Stat. 485; May 18, 1908, ch. 173, 35 Stat. 164; restated July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §204(a), 79 Stat. 256; Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §206, 84 Stat. 1769. |
| 31:324b–1. | Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–447, §3, 92 Stat. 1072. | |
| 5112(d)(2) | 31:276. | R.S. §3510; restated Sept. 26, 1890, ch. 944, 26 Stat. 484. |
| 5112(e) | 31:324b. | Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §203, 84 Stat. 1769; Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–447, §4, 92 Stat. 1072. |
| 31:324c. | Dec. 31, 1970, Pub. L. 91–607, §209, 84 Stat. 1769. | |
| 31:391(d). | ||
| 31:398(3), (4). | ||
| 5112(f) | 31:321. | R.S. §3514; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §5, 48 Stat. 340. |
| 31:399. | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, 79 Stat. 254, §109; added Dec. 23, 1981, Pub. L. 97–104, §2, 95 Stat. 1491. |
In subsection (a), the words before clause (1) are added because of the restatement. In clause (5), the words “that is 0.835 inch in diameter” are added because the Secretary of the Treasury has prescribed the diameter and the diameter of a coin may not be changed under 31:276. The words “5 grams” are substituted for “seventy-seven and sixteen-hundredths grains troy” for consistency in the revised chapter. In clause (6), the words “that is 0.75 inch in diameter” are added because the Secretary has prescribed the diameter and the diameter of a coin may not be changed under 31:276. The words “except as provided under subsection (c) of this section” are added for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “3.11 grams” are substituted for “forty-eight grains” for consistency in the revised chapter.
In subsection (b), the words “In minting 5-cent coins” are substituted for “in minor-coinage alloys” in 31:346 because 5-cent coins are the minor coins composed of nickel. The words “Secretary shall use” are substituted for “shall be used” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The word “bars” is substituted for “ingots” for consistency in the revised chapter. The words “2.5 percent” are substituted for “twenty-five thousandths” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “from the percent of nickel required” are substituted for “the legal standard . . . in the proportion of nickel” because of the restatement. The words “In silver ingots, six-thousandths” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in the section. The words “In gold ingots, one-thousandth” in section 3533 of the Revised Statutes are omitted because gold coinage was discontinued by 31:315b. The words “Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section” are added for clarity and because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), the words “a different weight and alloy of copper and zinc” are substituted for “such action” for clarity.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “an impression emblematic of liberty” in 31:324 are omitted as obsolete. The words “The design on the reverse side of the dollar, half dollar, and quarter dollar is an eagle” are substituted for “and upon the reverse side shall be the figure or representation of an eagle . . . but on the dime, 5-, and 1-cent piece, the figure of the eagle shall be omitted”, and the words “The emblem on the obverse side of the dollar is” are substituted for “The one-dollar coin authorized by section 391(c) of this title shall bear on the obverse side” in 31:324b–1, to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “Any coins minted after July 23, 1965, from 900 fine coin silver shall be inscribed with the year 1964” in 31:324 are omitted because the Secretary no longer has authority to mint coins from 900 fine coin silver.
In subsection (d)(2), the word “Secretary” is substituted for “engraver”, “Director of the Mint”, and “Director of the Mint . . . with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The word “dies” is substituted for “from the original dies already authorized all the working dies required for use in the coinage of the several mints” and “original dies” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “inscription” is substituted for “legend” for consistency in the section. The words “Provided, That no change be made in the diameter of any coin” are omitted as unnecessary because the diameters are prescribed by subsection (a) of the revised section. The words “procure services under section 3109 of title 5 in carrying out this paragraph” are substituted for “engage temporarily for this purpose the services of one or more artists, distinguished in their respective departments of art” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “who shall be paid for such service from the contingent appropriation for the mint at Philadelphia” are omitted as obsolete. The text of section 3510(2d proviso) of the Revised Statutes is omitted as executed.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “80 percent” are substituted for “eight hundred parts” in 31:391(d), and the words “20 percent” are substituted for “two hundred parts”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “that are metallurgically bonded to” are added for clarity and consistency with subsection (b). In clause (4), the words “the late President of the United States” in 31:324b are omitted as unnecessary. Clause (6) is added because 31:324 applies to coins minted under this subsection.
In subsection (f)(1), before clause (A), the words “Notwithstanding this section and section 5111(a)(1) of this title are substituted for “Notwithstanding any other provision of law” in 31:399 for clarity. In clause (B), the words “are an alloy of 90 percent silver and 10 percent copper” are substituted for “be minted in accordance with the standard established in section 3514 of the Revised Statutes (31 U.S.C. 321)” and 31:321 to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity. In clause (C), the word “symbolizing” is substituted for “emblematic” for clarity.
In subsection (f)(2), the words “under such regulations as he may prescribe” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321 of the revised title. The word “Treasury” is substituted for “general fund of the Treasury” to eliminate unnecessary words.
The text of 31:399(b)(3) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 5103 of the revised title.
1983 Act
This amends 31:5112(f)(1) to make technical and conforming changes.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “section 5103 of this title” for “section 5103 of title 31, United States Code”.
1992—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 102–390, §226(a), inserted “shall” before “have” in first sentence and substituted “coin shall have” for “coin has” in second and third sentences.
Subsec. (i)(4). Pub. L. 102–390, §228, added par. (4).
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 102–390, §227, added subsec. (j).
1988—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–274, §4(a), inserted before last sentence “In minting gold coins, the Secretary shall use alloys that vary not more than 0.1 percent from the percent of gold required.”
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100–274, §6, inserted heading and amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) read as follows: “The Secretary shall sell the coins minted under subsection (e) to the public at a price equal to the market value of the bullion at the time of sale, plus the cost of minting, marketing, and distributing such coins (including labor, materials, dyes, use of machinery, and overhead expenses).”
1985—Subsec. (a)(7) to (10). Pub. L. 99–185, §2(a), added pars. (7) to (10).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–61 added subsec. (e). Former subsec. (e), providing for the minting of 150,000,000 silver and copper alloy dollar coins bearing the likeness of Dwight David Eisenhower, was struck out.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–61 added subsec. (f). Former subsec. (f), providing for the minting of up to 10,000,000 silver and copper alloy half-dollar coins symbolizing the 250th anniversary of the birth of George Washington, was struck out.
Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 99–61 added subsecs. (g) and (h).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 99–185, §2(b), added subsec. (i).
1983—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 97–452, §1(20)(A), inserted a comma after “10,000,000)” in introductory text.
Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 97–452, §1(20)(B), substituted “250th” for “two hundred and fiftieth”.
Effective Date of 1985 Amendments
Section 3 of Pub. L. 99–185 provided that: “This Act [amending this section and sections 5116, 5118, and 5132 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1985, except that no coins may be issued or sold under section 5112(i) of title 31, United States Code, before October 1, 1986.”
Section 205 of title II of Pub. L. 99–61 provided that: “This title [amending this section and sections 5116 and 5132 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1985, except that no coins may be issued or sold under subsection (e) of section 5112 of title 31, United States Code, before September 1, 1986, or before the date on which all coins minted under title I of this Act [set out as a note below] have been sold, whichever is earlier.”
Short Title of 1985 Amendments
Section 1 of Pub. L. 99–185 provided that: “This Act [amending this section and sections 5116, 5118, and 5132 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the ‘Gold Bullion Coin Act of 1985’.”
Section 201 of title II of Pub. L. 99–61 provided that: “This title [amending this section and sections 5116 and 5132 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Liberty Coin Act’.”
Reform of Commemorative Coin Programs
Pub. L. 103–186, title III, Dec. 14, 1993, 107 Stat. 2251, provided that:
“SEC. 301. SENSE OF CONGRESS RESOLUTION.
“(a)
“(1) Congress has authorized 18 commemorative coin programs in the 9 years since 1984.
“(2) There are more meritorious causes, events, and people worthy of commemoration than can be honored with commemorative coinage.
“(3) Commemorative coin legislation has increased at a pace beyond that which the numismatic community can reasonably be expected to absorb.
“(4) It is in the interests of all Members of Congress that a policy be established to control the flow of commemorative coin legislation.
“(b)
“SEC. 302. REPORTS BY RECIPIENTS OF COMMEMORATIVE COIN SURCHARGES.
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(b)
“SEC. 303. GAO REPORTS TO CONGRESS.
“Before the end of the 1-year period beginning on the last day on which sales of commemorative coins may be made under the Act of Congress which authorized such coins, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a financial accounting statement to the Congress on the payment of any surcharges derived from the sale of such coins and the use and expenditure of the proceeds of such surcharges by any recipient (other than a recipient which is an agency or department of the Federal Government) based on the reports filed by such recipient with the Comptroller General in accordance with section 302 and any audit of such recipient which is conducted by the Comptroller General with respect to the use and expenditure of such proceeds.”
Amount Equal to Profit From Sale of Gold Coins Deposited in General Fund of Treasury To Reduce National Debt
Section 2(f) of Pub. L. 99–185 provided that an amount equal to the amount by which the proceeds from the sale of the coins issued under 31 U.S.C. 5112(i) exceeded the sum of the cost of minting, marketing, and distributing such coins, and the value of gold certificates (not exceeding forty-two and two-ninths dollars a fine troy ounce) retired from the use of gold contained in such coins, was to be deposited in the general fund of the Treasury and used for the sole purpose of reducing the national debt, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(A), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, effective Oct. 1, 1992.
Issuance of Gold Coins To Result in No Net Cost to United States
Section 2(g) of Pub. L. 99–185 provided that: “The Secretary shall take all actions necessary to ensure that the issuance of the coins minted under section 5112(i) of title 31, United States Code, shall result in no net cost to the United States Government.”
Commemoration of 1995 Special Olympic World Games
Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §204, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2369, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 800,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the 1995 Special Olympic World Games, and provided for specification and design of coins, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
National Community Service Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §205, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2371, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating students who volunteer to perform community service, and provided for specification and design of coins, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
Robert F. Kennedy Memorial Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §206, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2373, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the life and work of Robert F. Kennedy, and provided for specification and design of coins, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
United States Military Academy Bicentennial Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §207, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2375, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the bicentennial of the United States Military Academy, and provided for specification and design of coins, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, application of Numismatic Public Enterprise Fund requirements, and financial assurances.
United States Botanic Garden Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §208, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2377, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the United States Botanic Garden, and provided for specification and design of coins, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
Thomas Jefferson Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–186, title I, Dec. 14, 1993, 107 Stat. 2245, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 600,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the 250th anniversary of the birth of Thomas Jefferson, and provided for coin specifications, sources of bullion, selection of design, issuance and sale of coins, general waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
United States Veterans Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–186, title II, Dec. 14, 1993, 107 Stat. 2247, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins each of 3 designs commemorating American prisoners of war, the 10th anniversary of the Vietnam Veterans Memorial, and the Women in Military Service for America Memorial, and provided for coin specifications, sources of bullion, selection of design, issuance and sale of coins, general waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, establishment of the Andersonville Prisoner-of-War Museum Endowment Fund, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
Bicentennial of the United States Capitol Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 103–186, title IV, Dec. 14, 1993, 107 Stat. 2252, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the bicentennial of the United States Capitol, and provided for specifications of coins, sources of bullion, design of coins, issuance and sale of coins, financial assurances, use of surcharges, and general waiver of procurement regulations.
World War II 50th Anniversary Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–414, Oct. 14, 1992, 106 Stat. 2106, directed Secretary of the Treasury to mint and issue not more than 300,000 five dollar gold coins, not more than 1 million one dollar silver coins, and not more than 2 million half dollar clad coins commemorating the 50th anniversary of the involvement of the United States in World War II and provided for specification, design, and sale of the coins, sources of bullion therefor, financial assurances, use of surcharges, general waiver of procurement regulations, deposit in the coinage profit fund, and report to Congress.
1996 Olympic Games Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–390, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1620, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue in 1995 not more than 175,000 each of 2 five dollar gold coins of different designs, not more than 750,000 each of 4 one dollar silver coins of different designs, and not more than 2 million each of 2 half dollar clad coins of different designs, and in 1996, not more than 300,000 each of 2 five dollar gold coins of different designs, not more than 1 million each of 4 one dollar silver coins of different designs, and not more than 3 million each of 2 half dollar clad coins of different designs, to support the 1996 Atlanta Centennial Olympic Games and the programs of the United States Olympic Committee, and provided for sources of bullion, design, issuance and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, financial assurances, reciprocity of coin sales, and reports to Congress.
Civil War Battlefield Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–379, Oct. 5, 1992, 106 Stat. 1362, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 300,000 five dollar coins, 1 million one dollar coins, and 2 million half dollar coins commemorating the 100th anniversary of the beginning of the protection of Civil War battlefields, and provided for specification and design and sale of the coins, sources of bullion therefor, termination of authority to mint these coins after Dec. 31, 1995, establishment of a coinage profit fund, distribution and use of surcharges, general waiver of procurement regulations, financial assurances, and quarterly reports to Congress.
1992 White House Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–281, title I, May 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 133, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(G), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 one dollar silver coins commemorating the 200th anniversary of the White House and provided for specifications, sources of bullion, design, sale, and issuance of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
World Cup USA 1994 Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–281, title II, May 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 135, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(H), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 750,000 five dollar gold coins, 5 million one dollar silver coins, and 5 million half dollar clad coins, commemorating the 1994 World Cup games and provided for specifications, sources of bullion, design and design competition, sale, and issuance of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Coins
Pub. L. 102–281, title IV, §§401–411, May 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 139–141, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(I), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 five dollar gold coins, 4 million one dollar silver coins, and 6 million half dollar clad coins, commemorating the Christopher Columbus Quincentenary and provided for specifications, sources of bullion, design, issuance, and sale of coins, financial assurances, use of surcharges, waiver of procurement regulations, and reports to Congress.
James Madison—Bill of Rights Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 102–281, title V, May 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 145, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 300,000 five dollar gold coins, 900,000 one dollar silver coins, and 1 million half dollar silver coins, commemorating James Madison and the Bill of Rights and provided for specifications, sources of bullion, issuance and sale of coins, financial assurances, distribution of surcharges, audits by Comptroller General, and waiver of procurement regulations.
Korean War Veterans Memorial Thirty-Eighth Anniversary Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 101–495, Oct. 31, 1990, 104 Stat. 1187, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(F), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 1 million one dollar silver coins commemorating the thirty-eighth anniversary of the ending of the Korean War and provided for sources of bullion, design, issuance and sale of coins, financial assurances, use of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, and waiver of procurement regulations.
1992 Olympic Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 101–406, Oct. 3, 1990, 104 Stat. 879, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(E), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 five dollar gold coins, 4 million one dollar silver coins, and 6 million half dollar clad coins to support the training of American athletes participating in the 1992 Olympic Games and provided for sources of bullion, specification, design, issuance, and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
United Services Organization 50th Anniversary Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 101–404, Oct. 2, 1990, 104 Stat. 875, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(D), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 1 million one dollar silver coins commemorating the 50th anniversary of the United Services Organization and provided for sources of bullion, design, issuance, and sale of coins, financial assurances, use of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, report to Congress, and waiver of procurement regulations.
Mount Rushmore Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 101–332, July 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 313, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(C), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628; Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §209, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2378, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 five dollar gold coins, 2.5 million one dollar silver coins, and 2.5 million half dollar clad coins commemorating the golden anniversary of the Mount Rushmore National Memorial and provided for sources of bullion, specification, design, issuance, and sale of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by Comptroller General, and financial assurances.
Bicentennial of the United States Congress Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 100–673, Nov. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 3992, as amended by Pub. L. 101–302, title III, §312(c), May 25, 1990, 104 Stat. 245; Pub. L. 103–186, title IV, §408(b), Dec. 14, 1993, 107 Stat. 2253, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than one million five dollar coins, three million one dollar coins, and four million half dollar coins commemorating the bicentennial of the United States Congress, and provided for specification and design and sale of coins, sources of bullion therefor, financial assurances, use of surcharges, inapplicability of other provisions governing procurement of goods and services, and compliance with provisions relating to equal employment opportunity.
Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 100–378, Aug. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 887, and were repealed on enactment by section 11 of Pub. L. 100–378.
Pub. L. 101–36, June 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 69, authorized a first strike ceremony at the United States Capitol for the Bicentennial of the Congress Commemorative Coin.
Dwight David Eisenhower Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 100–467, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2275, as amended by Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(c)(2)(B), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1628, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than four million one dollar coins commemorating the one hundredth anniversary of the birth of Dwight David Eisenhower, and provided for specification, design and sale of coins, sources of bullion therefor, financial assurances, inapplicability of other provisions governing procurement of goods and services, and compliance with provisions relating to equal employment opportunity.
1988 Olympic Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 100–141, Oct. 28, 1987, 101 Stat. 832, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than one million five dollar coins and ten million one dollar coins commemorating the 1988 Olympics and provided for coin specifications, sources of bullion, design, sale, and issuance of coins, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by the Comptroller General, establishment of a coinage profit fund, and financial assurances.
Bicentennial of United States Constitution Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 99–582, Oct. 29, 1986, 100 Stat. 3315, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than one million five dollar coins and ten million one dollar coins commemorating the bicentennial of the United States Constitution, and provided for specification, design and sale of coins, sources of bullion therefor, financial assurances, use of revenue from sales for reduction of national debt, inapplicability of other provisions governing procurement of goods and services, and compliance with provisions relating to equal employment opportunity.
Statue of Liberty-Ellis Island Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 99–61, title I, July 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 113, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than 500,000 five dollar coins, ten million one dollar coins, and twenty-five million half dollar coins commemorating the Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island, and provided for coin specifications, sources of bullion, design of coins, requirements for issuance, waiver of procurement regulations, distribution of surcharges, audit by the Comptroller General, establishment of a coinage profit fund, and financial assurances.
1984 Olympic Commemorative Coins
Pub. L. 97–220, July 22, 1982, 96 Stat. 222, directed Secretary of the Treasury to issue not more than fifty million one-dollar coins and two million ten-dollar coins commemorating the 1984 summer Olympic games and provided for national and international sales, distribution of proceeds, establishment of a coinage profit fund, audits by the Comptroller General, financial assurances, and reports to Congress.
Possession of Gold Coins and Bullion
The possession of gold coins and bullion was prohibited except under Government license by Ex. Ord. No. 6260, eff. Aug. 28, 1933. That prohibition was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003, eff. Dec. 31, 1974. See notes set out under section 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5102, 5111, 5113, 5116, 5132 of this title; title 26 section 408.
§5113. Tolerances and testing of coins
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe reasonable manufacturing tolerances for specifications in section 5112 of this title (except for specifications that are limits) for the dollar, half dollar, quarter dollar, and dime coins. The weight of the 5-cent coin may vary not more than 0.194 gram. The weight of the one-cent coin may vary not more than 0.13 gram. Any gold coin issued under section 5112 of this title shall contain the full weight of gold stated on the coin.
(b) The Secretary shall keep a record of the kind, number, and weight of each group of coins minted and test a number of the coins separately to determine if the coins conform to the weight specified in section 5112(a) of this title. If the coins tested do not conform, the Secretary—
(1) shall weigh each coin of the group separately and deface the coins that do not conform and cast them into bars for reminting; or
(2) may remelt the group of coins.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 983; Pub. L. 100–274, §4(b), Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 50.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5113(a) | 31:350. | R.S. §3537; Sept. 26, 1890, ch. 945, §1, 26 Stat. 485. |
| 31:398(5). | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §108(5), 79 Stat. 255. | |
| 5113(b) | 31:351. | R.S. §3538; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
In subsection (a), the words “for the dollar, half dollar, quarter dollar, and dime coins” are added because of the restatement. The words “0.194 gram” are substituted for “three grains”, and the words “0.13 gram” are substituted for “two grains”, for consistency in the revised chapter.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “Secretary shall keep a record of the kind, number, and weight of each group of coins minted” are substituted for 31:351(1st sentence) because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. In clause (1), the words “deface the coins that do not conform and cast them into bars for reminting” are substituted for “shall be defaced and delivered to the superintendent of melting and refining department as standard bullion, to be again formed into ingots and recoined” for consistency in the revised chapter and to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (2), the words “if more convenient” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–274 inserted at end “Any gold coin issued under section 5112 of this title shall contain the full weight of gold stated on the coin.”
§5114. Engraving and printing currency and security documents
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall engrave and print United States currency and bonds of the United States Government and currency and bonds of United States territories and possessions from intaglio plates on plate printing presses the Secretary selects. However, other security documents and checks may be printed by any process the Secretary selects. Engraving and printing shall be carried out within the Department of the Treasury if the Secretary decides the engraving and printing can be carried out as cheaply, perfectly, and safely as outside the Department.
(b) United States currency has the inscription “In God We Trust” in a place the Secretary decides is appropriate. Only the portrait of a deceased individual may appear on United States currency and securities. The name of the individual shall be inscribed below the portrait.
(c) The Secretary may make a contract for a period of not more than 4 years to manufacture distinctive paper for United States currency and securities. To promote competition among manufacturers of the distinctive paper, the Secretary may split the award for the manufacture of the paper between the 2 bidders with the lowest prices a pound. When the Secretary decides that it is necessary to operate more than one mill to manufacture distinctive paper, the Secretary may—
(1) employ individuals temporarily at rates of pay equivalent to the rates of pay of regular employees; and
(2) charge the pay of the temporary employees to the appropriation available for manufacturing distinctive paper.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 983.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5114(a) | 31:177. | Aug. 24, 1912, ch. 355, §1(4th par. under heading “Engraving and Printing”), 37 Stat. 430. |
| Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 22(2d par. under heading “Bureau of Engraving and Printing”), 42 Stat. 1099. | ||
| 31:415. | Mar. 3, 1877, ch. 105(provisos in par. under heading “Bureau of Engraving and Printing”), 19 Stat. 353. | |
| 31:416. | R.S. §3577. | |
| 5114(b) | 31:324a. | July 11, 1955, ch. 303, 69 Stat. 290. |
| 31:413. | R.S. §3576. | |
| 31:414. | Mar. 2, 1889, ch. 411, §1(5th proviso under heading “Engraving and Printing”), 25 Stat. 945. | |
| 5114(c) | 31:418. | July 1, 1916, ch. 209, §1(2d par. on p. 277), 39 Stat. 277; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §2(19), 65 Stat. 707. |
| 31:418a. | Aug. 11, 1951, ch. 301, §101(proviso under heading “Bureau of Engraving and Printing”), 65 Stat. 184. | |
| 31:419. | Apr. 4, 1924, ch. 84(1st par. on p. 69), 43 Stat. 69. |
In subsection (a), the words “The Secretary of the Treasury shall engrave and print” are substituted for “The work of engraving and printing . . . shall be performed at the Treasury Department” in 31:415 because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “United States currency and security documents of the United States Government and currency and bonds of the United States territories and possessions” are substituted for “the backs and tints of all United States bonds, the backs and tints of all United States paper money, and the backs and tints of bonds and paper money issued by any of the insular possessions of the United States” in 31:177 to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency in the revised title. The words “other security documents and checks” are substituted for “checks” because only currency and bonds must be printed from intaglio plates. The text of 31:177(1st proviso) is omitted as unnecessary because of the authority of the Secretary to engrave and print restated in the subsection and the source provisions restated in section 303 of the revised title. The text of 31:177(last proviso) is omitted as executed. The text of the first and 2d provisos in the 4th paragraph under the heading “Engraving and Printing” in section 1 of the Act of August 24, 1912 (ch. 355, 37 Stat. 430), is omitted as superseded by 31:177(1st proviso). The words after the semicolon in the 2d paragraph under the heading “Bureau of Engraving and Printing” of the Act of January 3, 1923 (ch. 22, 42 Stat. 1099), are omitted as executed. The words “if the Secretary decides the engraving and printing can be carried out . . . as outside the Department” are substituted for “provided it can be done there” in 31:415 for clarity. The words “The Secretary of the Treasury may purchase and provide all the machinery and materials” in 31:416 are omitted as being superseded by section 5142 of the revised title. The words “and employ such persons and appoint such officers as are necessary for the purpose of section 415 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of 5:3101. The text of section 3577(words before the semicolon) of the Revised Statutes is omitted as superseded by 31:415.
In subsection (b), the words “United States currency has the inscription” are substituted for “the dies shall bear . . . the inscription” in 31:324a for clarity. The words “At such time as new dies for the printing of currency are adopted” are omitted as executed. The words “and thereafter this inscription shall appear on all United States currency and coins” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement of the source provisions in this subsection and section 5112(d) of the revised title. The words “in connection with the current program of the Treasury Department to increase the capacity of presses utilized by the Bureau of Engraving and Printing” in the Act of July 11, 1955 (ch. 303, 69 Stat. 290), are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Only . . . of a deceased individual” are substituted for “No . . . while the original of such portrait is living” in 31:413 for clarity. The words “United States currency and obligations” are substituted for “bonds, securities, notes, fractional or postal currency of the United States” for consistency in the revised title. The words “shall be placed upon any of the plates for bonds, securities, notes, and silver certificates of the United States” in 31:414 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “subject to applicable regulations under the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended” in 31:418 are omitted as unnecessary. The words “On and after August 11, 1951” in 31:418a are omitted as executed. The words “received after advertisement” are omitted as unnecessary because of 41:252. The words “the Secretary decides” are added for clarity. In clause (1), the words “as may be necessary” in 31:419 are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the word “pay” is substituted for “compensation” for consistency in the revised subsection and with other titles of the United States Code.
Prohibition on Use of Funds for Manufacture of Distinctive Paper for Currency and Securities by Foreign Owned Corporations or Outside United States; Exception
Pub. L. 100–440, title VI, §617(a), Sept. 22, 1988, 102 Stat. 1755, provided that: “None of the funds made available by this or any other Act with respect to any fiscal year may be used to make a contract for the manufacture of distinctive paper for United States currency and securities pursuant to section 5114 of title 31, United States Code, with any corporation or other entity owned or controlled by persons not citizens of the United States, or for the manufacture of such distinctive paper outside of the United States or its possessions. This subsection shall not apply if the Secretary of the Treasury determines that no domestic manufacturer of distinctive paper for United States currency or securities exists with which to make a contract and if the Secretary of the Treasury publishes in the Federal Register a written finding stating the basis for the determination.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(m) [title VI, §622(a)], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–390, 1329–428.
§5115. United States currency notes
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may issue United States currency notes. The notes—
(1) are payable to bearer; and
(2) shall be in a form and in denominations of at least one dollar that the Secretary prescribes.
(b) The amount of United States currency notes outstanding and in circulation—
(1) may not be more than $300,000,000; and
(2) may not be held or used for a reserve.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 983.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5115(a) | 31:401. | R.S. §3571. |
| 5115(b) | 31:402. | June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §6, 18 Stat. 124; Jan. 14, 1875, ch. 15, §3, 18 Stat. 296. |
In the section, the words “United States currency notes” are substituted for “United States notes” for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (a), the first sentence is added for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “shall not bear interest” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 5118 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “in circulation” are substituted for “to be used as a part of the circulation medium” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (1), the words “the sum of” are omitted as surplus. The words “which said sum shall appear in each monthly statement of the public debt” are omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 5118 of the revised title. In clause (2), the words “and no part thereof shall” are omitted because of the restatement. The text of section 3(less 2d sentence) of the Act of January 14, 1875 (ch. 15, 18 Stat. 296), is omitted as executed.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5119 of this title.
§5116. Buying and selling gold and silver
(a)(1) With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may—
(A) buy and sell gold in the way, in amounts, at rates, and on conditions the Secretary considers most advantageous to the public interest; and
(B) buy the gold with any direct obligations of the United States Government or United States coins and currency authorized by law, or with amounts in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated.
(2) Amounts received from the purchase of gold are an asset of the general fund of the Treasury. Amounts received from the sale of gold shall be deposited by the Secretary in the general fund of the Treasury and shall be used for the sole purpose of reducing the national debt.
(3) The Secretary shall acquire gold for the coins issued under section 5112(i) of this title by purchase of gold mined from natural deposits in the United States, or in a territory or possession of the United States, within one year after the month in which the ore from which it is derived was mined. The Secretary shall pay not more than the average world price for the gold. In the absence of available supplies of such gold at the average world price, the Secretary may use gold from reserves held by the United States to mint the coins issued under section 5112(i) of this title. The Secretary shall issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this paragraph.
(b)(1) The Secretary may buy silver mined from natural deposits in the United States, or in a territory or possession of the United States, that is brought to a United States mint or assay office within one year after the month in which the ore from which it is derived was mined. The Secretary may use the coinage metal fund under section 5111(b) of this title to buy silver under this subsection.
(2) The Secretary may sell or use Government silver to mint coins, except silver transferred to stockpiles established under the Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act (50 U.S.C. 98 et seq.). The Secretary shall obtain the silver for the coins authorized under section 5112(e) of this title by purchase from stockpiles established under the Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act (50 U.S.C. 98 et seq.). The Secretary shall sell silver under conditions the Secretary considers appropriate for at least $1.292929292 a fine troy ounce.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 984; Pub. L. 99–61, title II, §203, July 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 116; Pub. L. 99–185, §2(c), Dec. 17, 1985, 99 Stat. 1178; Pub. L. 100–274, §5, Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 50.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5116(a) | 31:733(words after semicolon). | R.S. §3699(words after semicolon); restated Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §9, 48 Stat. 341. |
| 31:734. | R.S. §3700; restated Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §8, 48 Stat. 341. | |
| 5116(b)(1) | 31:335. | R.S. §3526; restated May 10, 1950, ch. 173, 64 Stat. 157; July 9, 1956, ch. 535, §2, 70 Stat. 518; July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §205, 79 Stat. 256. |
| 31:394. | July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §104, 79 Stat. 255. | |
| 5116(b)(2) | 31:405a–1. | June 4, 1963, Pub. L. 88–36, §2, 77 Stat. 54; July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §209, 79 Stat. 257; restated June 24, 1967, Pub. L. 90–29, §3, 81 Stat. 77. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “With the approval of the President” are applied to 31:733(words after semicolon) because of 31:822b. The words “at home or abroad” in 31:733(words after semicolon) and 734 are omitted as surplus. The words “terms and” are omitted as included in “conditions”. The text of 31:733(proviso) is omitted as superseded by the Bretton Woods Agreement Act (22 U.S.C. 286 et seq.) and sections 6 and 9 of the Act of October 19, 1976 (Pub. L. 94–564, 90 Stat. 2661), repealing 31:449 that provided for parity of the dollar on terms of gold and special drawing rights. The text of 31:734(1st sentence words after semicolon) is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “coinage metal fund” are substituted for “bullion fund” in 31:335 as being more precise and because of section 5111 of the revised title. The words “after July 23, 1965” in 31:394 are omitted as executed. The words “to procure bullion for coinage” and 31:335(2d–last sentences) are omitted as obsolete because the Secretary of the Treasury has authority to mint coins containing silver only under section 5112(e) of the revised title and the Secretary holds sufficient silver to mint those coins. See Sen. Rept. No. 91–1084 (1970).
In subsection (b)(2), the word “terms” is omitted as being included in “conditions”. The words “for at least” are substituted for “at a price not less than the monetary value of” to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
The Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act June 7, 1939, ch. 190, as revised generally by Pub. L. 96–41, §2, July 30, 1979, 93 Stat. 319, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§98 et seq.) of chapter 5 of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 98 of Title 50 and Tables.
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–274 amended last sentence generally, substituting “shall be deposited by the Secretary in the general fund of the Treasury and shall be used for the sole purpose of reducing the national debt” for “shall be deposited in the general fund of the Treasury”.
1985—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99–185 added par. (3).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99–61, §203(1), (2), substituted “The Secretary may buy silver” for “The Secretary shall buy silver”, and struck out provision directing that the Secretary pay $1.25 a fine troy ounce for silver.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99–61, §203(3), inserted provision directing that the Secretary obtain the silver for the coins authorized under section 5112(e) of this title by purchase from stockpiles established under the Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act.
Effective Date of 1985 Amendments
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–185 effective Oct. 1, 1985, except that no coins may be issued or sold under section 5112(i) of this title before Oct. 1, 1986, see section 3 of Pub. L. 99–185, set out as a note under section 5112 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–61 effective Oct. 1, 1985, with exception as to issuance or sale of coins under section 5112(e) of this title, see section 205 of Pub. L. 99–61, set out as a note under section 5112 of this title.
§5117. Transferring gold and gold certificates
(a) All right, title, and interest, and every claim of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, a Federal reserve bank, and a Federal reserve agent, in and to gold is transferred to and vests in the United States Government to be held in the Treasury. Payment for the transferred gold is made by crediting equivalent amounts in dollars in accounts established in the Treasury under the 15th paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 467). Gold not in the possession of the Government shall be held in custody for the Government and delivered on the order of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Board of Governors, Federal reserve banks, and Federal reserve agents shall give instructions and take action necessary to ensure that the gold is so held and delivered.
(b) The Secretary shall issue gold certificates against gold transferred under subsection (a) of this section. The Secretary may issue gold certificates against other gold held in the Treasury. The Secretary may prescribe the form and denominations of the certificates. The amount of outstanding certificates may be not more than the value (for the purpose of issuing those certificates, of 42 and two-ninths dollars a fine troy ounce) of the gold held against gold certificates. The Secretary shall hold gold in the Treasury equal to the required dollar amount as security for gold certificates issued after January 29, 1934.
(c) With the approval of the President, the Secretary may prescribe regulations the Secretary considers necessary to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 984.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5117(a) | 31:441(1st, last sentences). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §§2(a), 11, 48 Stat. 337, 342. |
| 5117(b) | 31:405b. | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §14(c), 48 Stat. 344; Mar. 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–269, §12, 82 Stat. 51; restated Oct. 19, 1976, Pub. L. 94–564, §8, 90 Stat. 2661. |
| 31:408a(last proviso). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §6(last proviso), 48 Stat. 340; Mar. 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–269, §8, 82 Stat. 50. | |
| 31:441(2d sentence). | ||
| 5117(c) | 31:822b. |
In subsection (a), the words “On January 30, 1934” are omitted as executed. The word “gold” is substituted for “gold coin and gold bullion” for consistency and to omit unnecessary words. The word “transferred” is substituted for “pass” for consistency in the subsection. The words “to be held in the Treasury” are added for consistency with the source provisions restated in subsection (b) of the revised section.
In subsection (b), the first sentence is substituted for 31:441(2d sentence) for consistency. The word “issued” in 31:405b is omitted as being included in “outstanding”. The words “of 42 and two-ninths dollars a fine troy ounce)” are substituted for “at the legal standard provided in section 449 of this title on October 19, 1976” because that was the legal standard in that section on that date. The text of 31:449 was repealed by section 6 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act. The words “The Secretary shall hold . . . in the Treasury . . . as security” are substituted for “security . . . shall be maintained” in 31:408a(last proviso) because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “gold certificates issued after January 29, 1934” are substituted for “gold certificates (including the gold certificates held in the Treasury for credits payable therein)” for clarity and because of section 5118(c)(1)(A) of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the word “regulations” is substituted for “rules and regulations”, and the word “necessary” is substituted for “necessary or proper”, to eliminate unnecessary words.
§5118. Gold clauses and consent to sue
(a) In this section—
(1) “gold clause” means a provision in or related to an obligation alleging to give the obligee a right to require payment in—
(A) gold;
(B) a particular United States coin or currency; or
(C) United States money measured in gold or a particular United States coin or currency.
(2) “public debt obligation” means a domestic obligation issued or guaranteed by the United States Government to repay money or interest.
(b) The United States Government may not pay out any gold coin. A person lawfully holding United States coins and currency may present the coins and currency to the Secretary of the Treasury for exchange (dollar for dollar) for other United States coins and currency (other than gold and silver coins) that may be lawfully held. The Secretary shall make the exchange under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(c)(1) The Government withdraws its consent given to anyone to assert against the Government, its agencies, or its officers, employees, or agents, a claim—
(A) on a gold clause public debt obligation or interest on the obligation;
(B) for United States coins or currency; or
(C) arising out of the surrender, requisition, seizure, or acquisition of United States coins or currency, gold, or silver involving the effect or validity of a change in the metallic content of the dollar or in a regulation about the value of money.
(2) Paragraph (1) of this subsection does not apply to a proceeding in which no claim is made for payment or credit in an amount greater than the face or nominal value in dollars of public debt obligations or United States coins or currency involved in the proceeding.
(3) Except when consent is not withdrawn under this subsection, an amount appropriated for payment on public debt obligations and for United States coins and currency may be expended only dollar for dollar.
(d)(1) In this subsection, “obligation” means any obligation (except United States currency) payable in United States money.
(2) An obligation issued containing a gold clause or governed by a gold clause is discharged on payment (dollar for dollar) in United States coin or currency that is legal tender at the time of payment. This paragraph does not apply to an obligation issued after October 27, 1977.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 985; Pub. L. 99–185, §2(d), Dec. 17, 1985, 99 Stat. 1178.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5118(a) | 31:773d. | Aug. 27, 1935, ch. 780, 49 Stat. 938. |
| 5118(b) | 31:315b. | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §5, 48 Stat. 340. |
| 31:773a. | ||
| 5118(c)(1), (2) | 31:773b. | |
| 5118(c)(3) | 31:773c. | |
| 5118(d) | 31:463. | June 5, 1933, ch. 48, §1, 48 Stat. 113. |
| 31:463(note). | Oct. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–147, §4(c), 91 Stat. 1229. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “the phrase” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the words “declared to be against public policy by section 463 of this title” are omitted as surplus. Clause (2) is substituted for 31:773d(words after semicolon) for consistency in the revised title and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “after January 30, 1934” in 31:315b are omitted as executed. The words “that may be lawfully held” are substituted for “which may be lawfully acquired and are legal tender for public and private debts” in 31:773a for consistency in the subsection and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and that the owners of the gold clause securities of the United States shall be, at their election, entitled to receive immediate payment of the stated dollar amount thereof with interest to the date of payment or to prior maturity or to prior redemption date, whichever is earlier” in section 1 of the Act of August 27, 1935 (ch. 780, 49 Stat. 938), are omitted as expired. The words “make the exchange” are substituted for “make such exchanges and payments upon presentation hereunder” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “No gold shall after January 30, 1934, be coined” in 31:315b are omitted because of section 5112 of the revised title. The text of 31:315b(proviso) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:315b(last sentence) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (c)(1), before clause (A), the word “Government” is substituted for “United States” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “to anyone” are added for clarity. The words “whether by way of suit, counterclaim, set-off, recoupment, or other affirmative action or defense in its own name or in the name of” are omitted as surplus. The word “employees” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “instrumentalities” is omitted as unnecessary because of section 101 of the revised title. The word “claim” is substituted for “right, privilege, or power” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “in any proceeding of any nature whatsoever” are omitted as surplus. In clause (C), the words “or demand” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “any suit commenced prior to August 27, 1935, or which may be commenced by January 1, 1936” are omitted as executed. The words “referred to in this section” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), the words “may be expended” are substituted for “an amount appropriated or authorized to be expended” and “shall be available for or expended in”, and the words “dollar for dollar” are substituted for “on an equal and uniform dollar for dollar basis”, to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “including every obligation of and to the United States” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:463(b)(words after semicolon) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Amendments
1985—Subsec.(b). Pub. L. 99–185 struck out “or deliver” after “pay out” and inserted “(other than gold and silver coins)” before “that may be lawfully held”.
Effective Date of 1985 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–185 effective Oct. 1, 1985, except that no coins may be issued or sold under section 5112(i) of this title before Oct. 1, 1986, see section 3 of Pub. L. 99–185, set out as a note under section 5112 of this title.
§5119. Redemption and cancellation of currency
(a) Except to the extent authorized in regulations the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes with the approval of the President, the Secretary may not redeem United States currency (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks) in gold. However, the Secretary shall redeem gold certificates owned by the Federal reserve banks at times and in amounts the Secretary decides are necessary to maintain the equal purchasing power of each kind of United States currency. When redemption in gold is authorized, the redemption may be made only in gold bullion bearing the stamp of a United States mint or assay office in an amount equal at the time of redemption to the currency presented for redemption.
(b)(1) Except as provided in subsection (c)(1) of this section, the following are public debts bearing no interest:
(A) gold certificates issued before January 30, 1934.
(B) silver certificates.
(C) notes issued under the Act of July 14, 1890 (ch. 708, 26 Stat. 289).
(D) Federal Reserve notes for which payment was made under section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act.
(E) United States currency notes, including those issued under section 1 of the Act of February 25, 1862 (ch. 33, 12 Stat. 345), the Act of July 11, 1862 (ch. 142, 12 Stat. 532), the resolution of January 17, 1863 (P.R. 9; 12 Stat. 822), section 2 of the Act of March 3, 1863 (ch. 73, 12 Stat. 710), or section 5115 of this title.
(2)
(A) redeem any currency described in paragraph (1) from the general fund of the Treasury upon presentment to the Secretary; and
(B) cancel and destroy such currency upon redemption.
The Secretary shall not be required to reissue United States currency notes upon redemption.
(c)(1) The Secretary may determine the amount of the following United States currency that will not be presented for redemption because the currency has been destroyed or irretrievably lost:
(A) circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks issued before July 1, 1929, for which the United States Government has assumed liability.
(B) outstanding currency referred to in subsection (b)(1) of this section.
(2) When the Secretary makes a determination under this subsection, the Secretary shall reduce the amount of that currency outstanding by the amount the Secretary determines will not be redeemed and credit the appropriate receipt account.
(d) To provide a historical collection of United States currency, the Secretary may withhold from cancellation and destruction and transfer to a special account one piece of each design, issue, or series of each denomination of each kind of currency (including circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks) after redemption. The Secretary may make appropriate entries in Treasury accounts because of the transfers.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 985; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §226(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1630; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(14), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5119(a) | 31:408a(less last proviso). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §§6(less last proviso), 11, 15(1st sentence words between 2d and 3d semicolons), 48 Stat. 340, 342, 344. |
| 31:444(1st sentence words between 2d and 3d semicolons). | ||
| 31:822b. | ||
| 5119(b)(1) | 31:405a–3. | June 24, 1967, Pub. L. 90–29, §§1, 2, 81 Stat. 77. |
| 31:911. | June 30, 1961, Pub. L. 87–66, §§2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 75 Stat. 146, 147. | |
| 31:915(a), (b). | ||
| 5119(b)(2) | 31:404. | May 31, 1878, ch. 146, 20 Stat. 87; June 30, 1961, Pub. L. 87–66, §7, 75 Stat. 147. |
| 31:420. | R.S. §3580. | |
| 31:914. | ||
| 31:916. | ||
| 5119(c)(1) | 31:915(c)(words before last comma). | |
| 5119(c)(2) | 31:405a–2. | |
| 31:915(c)(words after last comma). | ||
| 5119(d) | 31:917. |
In subsection (a), the words “Secretary may not redeem” are substituted for “no . . . shall be redeemed” in 31:408a(less last proviso) because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “United States currency (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks)” are substituted for “currency of the United States” and the text of 31:444(1st sentence words between 2d and 3d semicolons) for consistency with section 5103 of this title and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “upon completion of the transfers and credits authorized and directed by section 912 of this title” in 31:915 and “and the amount of the payment credited as a public debt receipt in accordance with such section” are omitted as executed. In clause (B), the text of 31:405a–3(last sentence) and 31:915(a)(4) is consolidated. The text of 31:405a–3(1st sentence) is omitted as executed. In clauses (C) and (E), the citations in parentheses are included only for information purposes.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “cancel and destroy” are substituted for “retired” in 31:914 for consistency in the revised section. The words “paragraph (1) of this subsection” are substituted for “Any currency the funds for the redemption or security of which have been transferred pursuant to the provisions of section 912 of this title, and any Federal Reserve notes as to which payment has been made under section 913 of this title” because of the restatement. The words “presented to the Secretary” are substituted for “presentation at the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The text of 31:916 is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:404 and 31:420 is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in this subsection and subsection (c). The words “All acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby repealed” in the Act of May 31, 1878 (ch. 146, 20 Stat. 87), are omitted as executed.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “When the Secretary makes a determination under this subsection” are added because of the restatement. The words “on the books of the Treasury” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:405(e)(2)(1st sentence) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in subsection (b).
In subsection (d), the word “paper” is omitted as surplus. The words “(including circulating notes of Federal Reserve banks and national banks)” are substituted for “including bank notes” for consistency in the section. The words “heretofore or hereafter issued” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
Act of July 14, 1890, ch. 708, 26 Stat. 289, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(C), which was known as the Sherman Purchase of Silver Act of July 14, 1890, was classified to sections 408, 410, 412, and 453 of former Title 31, and sections 122 and 145 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1069.
Section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(D), is section 4 of Pub. L. 87–66, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 146, which was classified to section 913 of former Title 31, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1079.
Acts February 25, 1862, July 11, 1862, and March 3, 1863, and resolution January 17, 1863, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(E), are acts Feb. 25, 1862, ch. 33, 12 Stat. 345, July 11, 1862, ch. 142, 12 Stat. 532, and Mar. 3, 1863, ch. 73, 12 Stat. 709, and resolution Jan. 17, 1863, 12 Stat. 822, respectively, which are not classified to the Code.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 103–325 inserted concluding provisions.
1992—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 102–390 amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: “The Secretary shall redeem from the general fund of the Treasury and cancel and destroy currency referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection when the currency is presented to the Secretary.”
§5120. Obsolete, mutilated, and worn coins and currency
(a)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall melt obsolete and worn United States coins withdrawn from circulation. The Secretary may use the metal from melting the coins for reminting or may sell the metal. The Secretary shall account for the following in the coinage metal fund under section 5111(b) of this title:
(A) obsolete and worn coins and the metal from melting the coins.
(B) proceeds from the sale of the metal.
(C) losses incurred in the sale of the metal.
(D) losses incurred because of the difference between the face value of the coins melted and the coins minted from the metal.
(2) The Secretary shall reimburse the coinage metal fund for losses under paragraph (1)(C) and (D) of this subsection out of amounts in the coinage profit fund under section 5111(b) of this title.
(b) The Secretary shall—
(1) cancel and destroy (by a secure process) obsolete, mutilated, and worn United States currency withdrawn from circulation; and
(2) dispose of the residue of the currency and notes.
(c) The Comptroller General shall audit the cancellation and destruction of United States currency and the accounting of the cancellation and destruction. Records the Comptroller General considers necessary to make an effective audit easier shall be made available to the Comptroller General.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 986.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5120(a) | 31:317c. | Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 767, §3, 56 Stat. 1065; July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §203(a), 79 Stat. 256. |
| 5120(b) | 31:421. | R.S. §3581. |
| 31:422. | June 23, 1874, ch. 455, §1(3d par. under heading “National Currency”), 18 Stat. 206. | |
| 5120(c) | 31:49a. | May 20, 1966, Pub. L. 89–427, §5, 80 Stat. 161. |
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the word “obsolete” is substituted for “uncurrent” as being more precise. The words “withdrawn from circulation” are substituted for “received in the Treasury” for clarity. The words “heretofore or hereafter issued” are omitted as surplus. The words “metal from melting the coins” are substituted for “the resulting metal” because of the restatement. The word “reminting” is substituted for “coinage” for consistency in the revised title. The word “material” is omitted as being included in “metal”. The words “The Secretary shall account” are substituted for “shall be accounted for by entries” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. In clause (D), the word “face” is substituted for “nominal or face” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “coins minted from the metal” are substituted for “the amount the same will produce in new coin” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “The Secretary shall reimburse” are substituted for “fund shall be reimbursed” because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The text of 31:317c(proviso) is omitted as obsolete because the statutory limit on the coinage metal fund was removed by the restatement of section 3528 of the Revised Statutes by section 206(a) of the Coinage Act of 1965 (Pub. L. 89–81, 79 Stat. 256).
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “The Secretary shall” are substituted for “shall be destroyed in such manner and under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe” in 31:421 because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. In clause (1), the words “cancel and destroy” are substituted for “shall be destroyed” to conform to subsection (c) and section 5118(c) and (e) of the revised title. The words “(by a secure process)” are substituted for “may be destroyed by maceration instead of burning to ashes” in 31:422 to eliminate unnecessary words and because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “obsolete, mutilated, and worn . . . withdrawn from circulation” are substituted for “which by law are required to be taken up, and not reissued, when taken up” in 31:421 for consistency with subsection (a) and 12:124. The words “United States currency” are substituted for “all other notes” in 31:421 and “All national bank notes . . . and other obligations of the United States” for consistency in the revised title. The words “Mutilated United States notes, when replaced according to law” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 5119(b) of the revised title. The text of the 3d paragraph(words before the first semicolon and between the 2d and last semicolons) under the heading “National Currency” in section 1 of the Act of June 23, 1874 (ch. 455, 18 Stat. 206), is omitted as executed. In clause (2), the words “dispose of the residue of the currency and notes” are substituted for “The pulp from such macerated issue shall be disposed of only under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury” in 31:422 to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c), the word “currency” is substituted for “currency . . . unfit for circulation” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “regardless of who is responsible for, and regardless of who performs, such cancellation, destruction, or accounting” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “record” is substituted for “books, documents, papers, and records”, and the words “make . . . easier” are substituted for “facilitate”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
§5121. Refining, assaying, and valuation of bullion
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) melt and refine bullion;
(2) as required, assay coins, metal, and bullion;
(3) cast gold and silver bullion deposits into bars; and
(4) cast alloys into bars for minting coins.
(b) A person owning gold or silver bullion may deposit the bullion with the Secretary to be cast into fine, standard fineness, or unrefined bars weighing at least 5 troy ounces. When practicable, the Secretary shall weigh the bullion in front of the depositor. The Secretary shall give the depositor a receipt for the bullion stating the description and weight of the bullion. When the Secretary has to melt the bullion or remove base metals before the value of the bullion can be determined, the weight is the weight after the melting or removal of the metals. The Secretary may refuse a deposit of gold bullion if the deposit is less than $100 in value or the bullion is so base that it is unsuitable for the operations of the Bureau of the Mint.
(c) When the gold and silver are combined in bullion that is deposited and either the gold or silver is so little that it cannot be separated economically, the Secretary may not pay the depositor for the gold or silver that cannot be separated.
(d)(1) Under conditions prescribed by the Secretary, a person may exchange unrefined bullion for fine bars when—
(A) gold and silver are combined in the bullion in proportions that cannot be economically refined; or
(B) necessary supplies of acids cannot be procured at reasonable rates.
(2) The charge for refining in an exchange under this subsection may be not more than the charge imposed in an exchange of unrefined bullion for refined bullion.
(e) The Secretary shall prepare bars for payment of deposits. The Secretary shall stamp each bar with a designation of the weight and fineness of the bar and a symbol the Secretary considers suitable to prevent fraudulent imitation of the bar.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 987.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5121(a) | 31:274. | R.S. §3508; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
| 31:277. | R.S. §3507. | |
| 31:330. | R.S. §3522. | |
| 31:343. | R.S. §3530; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 31:344. | R.S. §3531; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 5121(b) | 31:325(words before 4th comma and after last comma). | R.S. §3518. |
| 31:327(1st sentence). | R.S. §3519. | |
| 31:328(1st sentence). | R.S. §3520; Mar. 3, 1887, ch. 396, §3, 24 Stat. 635. | |
| 31:329. | R.S. §3521; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 5121(c) | 31:327(last sentence). | |
| 31:328(last sentence). | ||
| 5121(d) | 31:360. | R.S. §3546. |
| 31:362. | June 19, 1878, ch. 329, §1(2d sentence words after last semicolon on p. 191), 20 Stat. 191. | |
| 5121(e) | 31:325(words between 4th and last commas). | |
| 31:347. | R.S. §3534; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
In the section, the word “Secretary” is substituted for “superintendent”, “superintendent of melting and refining department”, “assayer”, “Director of the Mint”, and “Director of the Mint, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), clause (1) is added to provide a complete list of the duties and powers of the Secretary and for consistency with section 5131 of the revised title. In clause (2), the words “as required” are substituted for “required by the operations of the Bureau of the Mint” and “whenever required by the superintendent” in 31:277 to eliminate unnecessary words. The text of 31:330 is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. In clause (3), the word “bars” is substituted for “bars conformable in all respects to the law” in 31:274 to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (4), the word “alloys” is substituted for “standard silver or gold, and alloys for minor” in 31:274, and the text of 31:343(last sentence) is omitted, because coins issued by the Secretary under this chapter are composed of alloys. The words “minting coins” are substituted for “coinage” for consistency in the revised chapter. The words “suitable for the superintendent of coining department, from the metals legally delivered to him for that purpose” in 31:274 and the text of 31:274(last sentence) and 31:343(1st, 2d sentences) are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The text of 31:344(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement of the source provisions in sections 5112 and 5113 of the revised title.
In subsections (b) and (d), the word “unrefined” is substituted for “unparted” for consistency in the revised chapter.
In subsection (b), the words “At the option of the owner” and “as he may prefer” in 31:325 and “for his benefit” in 31:327 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “weighing at least” are substituted for “and no such bars shall be issued of a less weight than” in 31:325 to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “troy” is added for clarity. The words “into coin” in section 3519 of the Revised Statutes are omitted because the coinage of gold was discontinued by 31:315b. The text of 31:329(last sentence) is omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “and no deposit of silver for other coinage shall be received” in 31:328(1st sentence) are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), the word “economically” is substituted for “advantageously” in 31:327(last sentence) for consistency in the section. The text of 31:328(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 5121(a) of the revised title.
In subsection (d)(1), before clause (A), the words “at any of the mints” in 31:360(1st sentence) are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The text of 31:360(2d sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 5121(a) of the revised title.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “in an exchange under this subsection” are added for clarity. The word “refining” is substituted for “refining or parting” for consistency in the revised chapter.
In subsection (e), the word “suitable” is substituted for “expedient” in 31:325(words between 4th and last commas) for clarity. The words “but the fineness thereof shall be ascertained and” in 31:347 are omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 5121(a) of the revised title.
Possession of Gold Coins and Bullion
The possession of gold coins and bullion was prohibited except under Government license by Ex. Ord. No. 6260, eff. Aug. 28, 1933. That prohibition was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003, eff. Dec. 31, 1974. See notes set out under section 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5122 of this title.
§5122. Payment to depositors
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall determine the fineness, weight, and value of each deposit and bar under section 5121 of this title. The value and the amount of charges under subsection (b) of this section shall be based on the fineness and weight of the bullion. The Secretary shall give the depositor a statement of the charges and the net amount of the deposit to be paid in money or bars of the same species of bullion as that deposited.
(b) The Secretary shall impose a charge equal to the average cost of material, labor, waste, and use of machinery of a United States mint or assay office for—
(1) melting and refining bullion;
(2) using copper as an alloy when bullion deposited is above standard;
(3) separating gold and silver combined in the bullion; and
(4) preparing bars.
(c) The Secretary shall pay to the depositor or to a person designated by the depositor money or bars equivalent to the bullion deposited as soon as practicable after the value of the deposit is determined. If demanded, the Secretary shall pay depositors in the order in which the bullion is deposited with the Secretary. However, when there is an unavoidable delay in determining the value of a deposit, the Secretary shall pay subsequent depositors. When practicable and convenient, the Secretary shall pay depositors in the denominations requested by the depositor. After the depositor is paid, the bullion is the property of the United States Government.
(d) To allow the Secretary to pay depositors with as little delay as possible, the Secretary shall keep in the mints and assay offices, when possible, money and bullion the Secretary decides are convenient and necessary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 987.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5122(a) | 31:273(last sentence). | R.S. §3506(last sentence). |
| 31:331. | R.S. §3523. | |
| 31:334. | R.S. §3525. | |
| 5122(b) | 31:332. | R.S. §3524; Jan. 14, 1875, ch. 15, §2(words before comma), 18 Stat. 296; Mar. 1, 1881, ch. 95, 21 Stat. 374; Mar. 3, 1887, ch. 396, §3, 24 Stat. 635. |
| 5122(c) | 31:357. | R.S. §3544. |
| 31:358(2d sentence). | R.S. §3545; June 19, 1878, ch. 329, §1(last par. 1st sentence words before 1st semicolon under heading “Mint at Denver, Colorado”), 20 Stat. 191. | |
| 5122(d) | 31:358(1st, last sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “he” in 31:273(last sentence) because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “fineness, weight, and value of each deposit and bar” and “The value and the amount of charges . . . shall be based on the fineness and weight of the bullion” are substituted for “From the report of the assayer and the weight of the bullion” for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “or deductions, if any” are omitted as being included in “charges”. The word “money” is substituted for “in coins” for clarity. The text of 31:331 and 334 is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The text of 31:273(last sentence words after 7th comma) is omitted because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the words “Secretary shall impose a charge” are substituted for “shall be fixed, from time to time, by the director, with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “for toughening when metals are contained in it which render it unfit for coinage” are omitted as obsolete because the Secretary of the Treasury has authority to mint coins containing silver only under section 5112(e) of the revised title and the Secretary holds sufficient silver to mint those coins. See Sen. Rept. No. 91–1084 (1970).
In subsection (c), the words “person designated by the depositor” are substituted for “his order” for clarity. The words “an unavoidable delay in determining the value of a deposit” are substituted for “delay in manipulating a refractory deposit, or for any other unavoidable cause” in 31:357 for clarity.
In subsection (d), the words “the Secretary to pay depositors” are substituted for “the several mints and assay offices of the United States to make returns to depositors” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “when the state of the Treasury will admit thereof” are omitted as surplus. The words “under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the said Secretary” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321(b) of the revised title. The text of 31:358(last sentence) is omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5132 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER III—UNITED STATES MINT
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §225(b)(5), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1630, substituted “UNITED STATES MINT” for “BUREAU OF THE MINT” in subchapter heading.
§5131. Organization
(a) The United States Mint has—
(1) a United States mint at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
(2) a United States mint at Denver, Colorado.
(3) a United States mint at West Point, New York.
(4) a United States mint at San Francisco, California.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall carry out duties and powers related to refining and assaying bullion, minting coins, striking medals, and numismatic items at the mints. However, until the Secretary decides that the mints are adequate for minting and striking an ample supply of coins and medals, the Secretary may use any facility of the United States Mint to mint coins and strike medals and to store coins and medals.
(c) Each mint has a superintendent and an assayer appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The mint at Philadelphia has an engraver appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
(d) Laws on mints, officers and employees of mints, and punishment of offenses related to mints and minting coins apply to assay offices, as applicable.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 988; Pub. L. 100–274, §2(a)–(c)(2), Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 48; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §§224, 225(b)(3), (4), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1629.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5131(a) | 31:251(1st sentence words after 1st comma). | R.S. §343(1st sentence words after 1st comma). |
| 31:261. | R.S. §3495; restated July 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–534, §1, 76 Stat. 155. | |
| 5131(b) | 31:278. | R.S. §3553. |
| 31:283(1st sentence). | R.S. §3558(1st sentence); July 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–534, §2, 76 Stat. 155; restated July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §201, 79 Stat. 256. | |
| 31:324f. | Oct. 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–127, §3, 87 Stat. 456. | |
| 31:361(1st sentence words before 1st comma). | June 19, 1878, ch. 329, §1(1st sentence on p. 191), 20 Stat. 191. | |
| July 7, 1898, ch. 571(7th par. 1st sentence words before 1st comma under heading “Mints and Assay Offices”), 30 Stat. 661. | ||
| 5131(c) | 31:263. | R.S. §3496; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
| 31:279. | R.S. §3554; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. | |
| 31:281. | R.S. §3555; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §231(g), 86 Stat. 210. | |
| 5131(d) | 31:287. | R.S. §3562. |
| 5131(e) | 31:292. | Aug. 20, 1963, Pub. L. 88–102, §2, 77 Stat. 129. |
In subsection (a), the words “The Bureau of the Mint has” are substituted for “embracing in its organization and under its control all mints . . . and all assay offices” in 31:251(1st sentence words after 1st comma) because of the restatement and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “for the manufacture of coin . . . for the stamping of bars, which have been, or which may be, authorized by law” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in subsection (b).
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary of the Treasury shall carry out duties and powers” are added because of the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title. The words “related to refining and assaying bullion, minting coins, striking medals, and numismatic items at the mints and assay offices” are substituted for 31:278(1st sentence words before comma), 283(1st–26th words), and 361(1st sentence words before 1st comma) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency with the source provisions restated in sections 5111(a)(1)–(3) and 5120(a) of the revised title. The words “and not coin” in 31:278 are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “and no metals shall be purchased for minor coinage” are omitted as superseded by section 5111(b) of the revised title. The text of 31:278(2d, last sentences) is omitted as obsolete because the Secretary of the Treasury has authority to mint coins containing silver only under section 5112(e) of the revised title and the Secretary holds sufficient silver to mint those coins. See Sen. Rept. No. 91–1084 (1970). The words “except that until the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the mints of the United States are adequate for the production of ample supplies of coins, its facilities may be used for the production of coins” in 31:283(1st sentence) are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in the subsection. The words “striking” and “strike” are added for consistency with section 5111 of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:281(words before semicolon) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321 of the revised title, and 31:281(words after semicolon) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in subsection (d) and by 5:ch. 35, subch. II.
In subsection (e), the words “the mint at Philadelphia” are substituted for “any building constructed pursuant to this subchapter” because that is the building that was constructed under the subchapter.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(3), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau of the Mint” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(4), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–390, §224, struck out subsec. (e) which read as follows: “The Secretary shall operate, maintain, and have custody of, the mint at Philadelphia. However, the Administrator of General Services shall make repairs and improvements to the mint.”
1988—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(b), substituted “mint at West Point, New York” for “assay office at New York, New York”.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(a), substituted “mint” for “assay office”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(1), struck out “and assay offices, except that only bars may be made at the assay offices” before period at end of first sentence.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(2), substituted “Each mint has” for “Each mint and the assay office at New York have”.
§5132. Administrative
(a)(1) Except as provided in this chapter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts amounts the Secretary receives from the operations of the United States Mint. Expenditures made from appropriated funds which are subsequently determined to be properly chargeable to the Numismatic Public Enterprise Fund established by section 5134 shall be reimbursed by such Fund to the appropriation. The Secretary shall annually sell to the public, directly and by mail, sets of uncirculated and proof coins minted under paragraphs (1) through (6) of section 5112(a) of this title, and shall solicit such sales through the use of the customer list of the United States Mint. Except with respect to amounts deposited in the Numismatic Public Enterprise Fund in accordance with section 5134, the Secretary may not use amounts the Secretary receives from profits on minting coins or from charges on gold or silver bullion under section 5122 to pay officers and employees.
(2)(A) In addition to the coins described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall sell annually to the public directly and by mail, sets of proof coins minted under paragraphs (1) through (6) of section 5112(a).
(B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for purposes of this paragraph—
(i) the coins described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 5112(a) shall be made of an alloy of 90 percent silver and 10 percent copper; and
(ii) all coins minted under this paragraph shall have a mint mark indicating the place of manufacture.
(C) All coins minted under this paragraph shall be considered to be—
(i) numismatic items for purposes of paragraph (1) and section 5111(a)(3); and
(ii) legal tender, as provided in section 5103.
(D) The Secretary shall obtain silver for coins minted under this paragraph by purchase from stockpiles established under the Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act (50 U.S.C. 98 et seq.). At such time as the silver stockpile is depleted, the Secretary shall obtain silver for such coins by purchase of silver mined from natural deposits in the United States or in a territory or possession of the United States not more than 1 year following the month in which the ore from which it is derived was mined. The Secretary shall pay not more than the average world price for such silver. The Secretary may issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this subparagraph.
(3) Not more than $54,208,000 may be appropriated to the Secretary for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 1993, to pay costs of the mints. Not more than $965,000 of amounts appropriated pursuant to the preceding sentence shall remain available until expended for research and development.
(b) To the extent the Secretary decides is necessary, the Secretary may use amounts received from depositors for refining bullion and the proceeds from the sale of byproducts (including spent acids from surplus bullion recovered in refining processes) to pay the costs of refining the bullion (including labor, material, waste, and loss on the sale of sweeps). The Secretary may not use amounts appropriated for the mints to pay those costs.
(c) The Secretary shall make an annual report at the end of each fiscal year on the operation of the United States Mint.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 988; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(21), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477; Pub. L. 98–151, §123, Nov. 14, 1983, 97 Stat. 979; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(7), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 4; Pub. L. 99–61, title II, §204, July 9, 1985, 99 Stat. 116; Pub. L. 99–185, §2(e), Dec. 17, 1985, 99 Stat. 1178; Pub. L. 100–274, §§1, 2(c)(3), Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 48; Pub. L. 101–585, §2, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2874; Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §§211, 221(c)(1), 225(b)(3), (4), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1624, 1628, 1629.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5132(a) | 31:273(1st, 2d sentences). | R.S. §3506(1st, 2d sentences). |
| 31:369. | R.S. §3552; restated May 10, 1950, ch. 172, 64 Stat. 157; Sept. 5, 1962, Pub. L. 87–643, §2, 76 Stat. 440; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §382(b)(1), 95 Stat. 432. | |
| 5132(b) | 31:361(1st sentence words after 1st comma, last sentence). | June 19, 1878, ch. 329, §1(2d sentence words before last semicolon on p. 191), 20 Stat. 191. |
| July 7, 1898, ch. 571(7th par. 1st sentence words after 1st comma, last sentence under heading “Mints and Assay Offices”), 30 Stat. 661. | ||
| 5132(c) | 31:253. | R.S. §345. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts” are substituted for “shall . . . be covered into the Treasury” in 31:369 because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “amounts the Secretary receives from the operations of the Bureau of the Mint” are substituted for “The money arising from all charges and deductions on and from gold and silver bullion and from all other sources” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “amounts from” are substituted for “money arising from the manufacture and sale of” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “numismatic items” are substituted for “medals, proof coins, and uncirculated coins” for consistency with section 5111(a)(3) of the revised title. The words “minting coins” are substituted for “silver or minor coinage” for consistency with section 5112 of the revised title. The words “made by law” are omitted as surplus. The words “on estimates furnished by the Secretary of the Treasury” are omitted because of section 1108 of the revised title. The text of 31:273(1st, 2d sentences) is omitted because of section 321 of the revised title and the other source provisions restated in this chapter.
In subsection (a)(2), the words “ending September 30” are added for clarity and consistency in the revised title. The words “to pay costs” are substituted for “for all expenditures (salaries and expenses)” for consistency in the revised title and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “not herein otherwise provided for” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the word “refining” is substituted for “parting and refining” for consistency in the revised chapter. The words “mints and assay offices” are substituted for “coinage mints and assay office at New York” because of the source provisions restated in section 5131(b) of the revised title. The words “pursuant to law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the text of 31:253(less 18th–38th words) is omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5132(a)(2) | 31 App.:369. | Sept. 8, 1982, Pub. L. 97–253, §202, 96 Stat. 790. |
1984 Act
This is necessary because the language was restated by section 382(h)(1) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97–35, 95 Stat. 432) but inadvertently codified as 31:5132(a)(1) (last sentence) by section 1 of the Act of September 13, 1982 (Pub. L. 97–258, 96 Stat. 989.)
References in Text
The Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(D), is act June 7, 1939, ch. 190, as revised generally by Pub. L. 96–41, §2, July 30, 1979, 93 Stat. 319, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§98 et seq.) of chapter 5 of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 98 of Title 50 and Tables.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(3), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau of the Mint” in two places.
Pub. L. 102–390, §221(c)(1)(A), amended second sentence generally. Prior to amendment, second sentence read as follows: “However, amounts from numismatic items shall be reimbursed to the current appropriation used to pay the cost of preparing and selling the items.”
Pub. L. 102–390, §221(c)(1)(B), amended last sentence generally. Prior to amendment, last sentence read as follows: “The Secretary may not use amounts the Secretary receives from profits on minting coins or from charges on gold or silver bullion under section 5122 of this title to pay officers and employees.”
Subsec. (a)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 102–390, §211, which directed the substitution of “$54,208,000” for “$46,511,000” and “1993” for “1988” in par. (2), and the striking out of pars. (3) and (4), was executed by making the substitution in par. (3) and striking out pars. (4) and (5) to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the intervening amendment by Pub. L. 101–585 redesignating pars. (2) to (4) as (3) to (5). See 1990 Amendment note below. Prior to being struck out, par. (4) provided that not more than $75,000 be expended for purpose of hosting International Mint Directors’ Conference in the United States in 1988, and par. (5) authorized Director of the Mint to collect from participants at Conference reasonable fees and assessments in connection with Conference, administer such amounts, and spend such amounts to pay expenses incurred in connection with Conference.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–390, §225(b)(4), substituted “United States Mint” for “Bureau”.
1990—Subsec. (a)(2) to (5). Pub. L. 101–585 added par. (2), redesignated former pars. (2) to (4) as (3) to (5), respectively, and substituted “(3)” for “(2)” in par. (4).
1988—Subsec. (a)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 100–274, §1, added pars. (2) to (4) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: “Not more than $50,165,000 may be appropriated to the Secretary for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1983, to pay costs of the mints and assay offices.”
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(3), struck out “and assay offices” after “amounts appropriated for the mints” in last sentence.
1985—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–185 inserted “paragraphs (1) through (6) of” before “section 5112(a) of this title”.
Pub. L. 99–61 inserted “minted under section 5112(a) of this title” after “proof coins”.
1984—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–216 struck out provision requiring the Secretary to pay the costs of the mints and assay offices not provided for in this subsection out of appropriations.
1983—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–151 inserted provisions relating to authority of Secretary to sell sets of uncirculated and proof coins and solicitation of such sales through the customer lists of the Bureau of the Mint.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 97–452 substituted “$50,165,000” for “$54,706,000”, and “1983” for “1982”.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Section 221(e) of Pub. L. 102–390 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting section 5134 of this title, amending this section, amending and repealing provisions set out as notes under section 5112 of this title] shall apply with respect to fiscal years beginning after fiscal year 1992.”
Effective Date of 1985 Amendments
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–185 effective Oct. 1, 1985, except that no coins may be issued or sold under section 5112(i) of this title before Oct. 1, 1986, see section 3 of Pub. L. 99–185, set out as a note under section 5112 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–61 effective Oct. 1, 1985, with exception as to issuance or sale of coins under section 5112(e) of this title, see section 205 of Pub. L. 99–61, set out as a note under section 5112 of this title.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–216 effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 98–216, set out as a note under section 490 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5112 of this title.
§5133. Settlement of accounts
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) charge the superintendent of each mint with the amount in weight of standard metal of bullion the superintendent receives from the Secretary;
(2) credit each superintendent with the amount in weight of coins, clippings, and other bullion the superintendent returns to the Secretary; and
(3) charge separately to each superintendent, who shall account for, copper to be used in the alloy of gold and silver bullion.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(A) return to the Secretary any coin, clipping, or other bullion in the possession of the superintendent; and
(B) present the Secretary with a statement of bullion received and returned since the last settlement (including any bullion returned for settlement).
(3)
(A) audit the accounts of each superintendent; and
(B) allow each superintendent the waste of precious metals that the Secretary determines is necessary—
(i) for refining and minting (within the limitations which the Secretary shall prescribe); and
(ii) for casting fine gold and silver bars (within the limit prescribed for refining), except that any waste allowance under this clause may not apply to deposit operations.
(c) After settlement, the Secretary shall compare the amount of gold and silver bullion and coins on hand with the total liabilities of the mints. The Secretary also shall make a statement of the ordinary expense account.
(d) The Secretary shall procure for each mint a series of standard weights corresponding to the standard troy pound of the National Institute of Standards and Technology of the Department of Commerce. The series shall include a one pound weight and multiples and subdivisions of one pound from .01 grain to 25 pounds. At least once a year, the Secretary shall test the weights normally used in transactions at the mints against the standard weights.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 989; Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(4)–(7), (9), (10), Mar. 31, 1988, 102 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 100–418, title V, §5115(c), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1433.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5133(a) | 31:354(1st sentence). | R.S. §3541; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384. |
| 31:355(last sentence). | R.S. §3542; Aug. 23, 1912, ch. 350, §1(last par. words before 7th comma under heading “Assay Office at Salt Lake City, Utah”), 37 Stat. 384; July 23, 1965, Pub. L. 89–81, §207, 79 Stat. 257. | |
| 5133(b) | 31:283(2d, last sentences). | R.S. §3558(2d, last sentences); restated July 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–534, §2, 76 Stat. 155. |
| 31:354(last sentence). | ||
| 31:355(1st, 2d sentences). | ||
| 5133(c) | 31:356. | R.S. §3543. |
| 5133(d) | 31:365. | R.S. §3549; restated Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 268, §2, 36 Stat. 1354. |
In the section, the word “Secretary” is substituted for “superintendent” and “Director of the Mint” in 31:354, 356, 365, and the word “Superintendent” is substituted for “superintendent of coining department” in 31:354 and 355 and “superintendent of melting and refining”, because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), the words “superintendent of each mint and the assay office at New York and the officer in charge of the assay office at San Francisco” are added because of the source provisions restated in section 5131(b) and (c) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “shall settle” are substituted for “and at such time as the . . . shall appoint, there shall be an accurate and full settlement” in 31:354(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (1), the words “The Secretary shall audit” are substituted for “When all the coins, clippings, and other bullion have been delivered to the superintendent, it shall be his duty to examine” in 31:355(1st, 2d sentences) to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (2), the words “the waste of precious metals . . . decides is necessary for refining and minting” are substituted for “The difference between the amount charged and credited to each officer . . . as necessary wastage, if . . . shall be satisfied that there has been a bona fide waste of the precious metals” for consistency in the subsection and to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (3), the words “limitations prescribed for refining” are substituted for “that provided for the melter and refiner” in 31:283(2d, last sentences) for consistency in the subsection. The word “bona fide” is omitted as being included in “necessary”.
In subsection (c), the words “It shall also be the duty of the superintendent to forward a correct statement of his balance sheet” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “mints and assay offices” are substituted for “mint” for consistency in the section.
In subsection (d), the words “National Bureau of Standards of the Department of Commerce” are substituted for “Bureau of Standards of the United States” because of 15:1511. The words “from .01 grain” are substituted for “from the hundredths part of a grain” for consistency. The words “under the inspection of the superintendent and assayer” are omitted as superseded by the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “and the accuracy of those used at the mint at Philadelphia shall be tested annually in the presence of the assay commissioners, at the time of the annual examination and test of coins” are omitted because the position of assay commissioner was abolished by section 201 of the Act of March 14, 1980 (Pub. L. 96–209, 94 Stat. 98).
Amendments
1988—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(4), substituted “each mint” and “superintendent receives” for “each mint and the assay office at New York and the officer in charge of the assay office at San Francisco” and “superintendent or officer receives”, respectively.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(5), substituted “credit each superintendent with the amount” and “superintendent returns” for “credit each superintendent and the officer with the amount” and “superintendent or officer returns”, respectively.
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(6), substituted “superintendent, who” for “superintendent and the officer, who”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(7), inserted heading and amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “At least once a year, the Secretary shall settle the accounts of the superintendents and the officer in charge. At settlement, each superintendent and the officer shall return to the Secretary coins, clippings, and other bullion in their possession with a statement of bullion received and returned since the last settlement (including bullion returned for settlement). The Secretary shall—
“(1) audit the accounts and statements of each superintendent and the officer;
“(2) allow each superintendent the waste of precious metals, within limitations prescribed by the Secretary, that the Secretary decides is necessary for refining and minting; and
“(3) allow the officer the waste, within the limitations prescribed for refining, that the Secretary decides is necessary in casting fine gold and silver bars, except that the waste allowance may not apply to deposit operations.”
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(9), struck out “and assay offices” after “total liabilities of the mints”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–418 substituted “National Institute of Standards and Technology” for “National Bureau of Standards”.
Pub. L. 100–274, §2(c)(10), struck out “and assay office” after “procure for each mint” and “and assay offices” after “transactions at the mints”.
§5134. Numismatic Public Enterprise Fund
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(A) means the activities concerning, and assets utilized in, the production, administration, sale, and management of numismatic items and the Numismatic Public Enterprise Fund; and
(B) includes capital, personnel salaries, functions relating to operations, marketing, distribution, promotion, advertising, and official reception and representation, the acquisition or replacement of equipment, and the renovation or modernization of facilities (other than the construction or acquisition of new buildings).
(5)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(A)
(B)
(i) a statement of the total amount transferred to the Treasury pursuant to subparagraph (A) during the period covered by the report;
(ii) a statement of the amount by which the amount on deposit in the Fund at the end of the period covered by the report exceeds the estimated operating costs of the Fund for the 1-year period beginning at the end of such period; and
(iii) an explanation of the specific purposes for which such excess amounts are being retained in the Fund.
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(A) the overall financial position (including assets and liabilities) of the Fund as of the end of the fiscal year;
(B) the results of the numismatic operations and programs of the Fund during the fiscal year;
(C) the cash flows or the changes in financial position of the Fund; and
(D) a reconciliation of the financial statement to the budget reports of the Fund.
(3)
(A)
(i) by—
(I) an independent external auditor; or
(II) the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury,
as designated by the Secretary; and
(ii) in accordance with the generally accepted Government auditing standards issued by the Comptroller General of the United States.
(B)
(i) to the Secretary by March 31 of the year beginning after the end of the fiscal year covered by such financial statement; and
(ii) containing the auditor's opinion on—
(I) the financial statement of the Fund;
(II) the internal accounting and administrative controls and accounting systems of the Fund; and
(III) the Fund's compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
(4)
(A)
(B)
(i) the financial statement prepared under paragraph (1) for such fiscal year;
(ii) the audit report submitted to the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (3)(B) for such fiscal year;
(iii) a description of activities carried out during such fiscal year;
(iv) a summary of information relating to numismatic operations and programs contained in the reports on systems on internal accounting and administrative controls and accounting systems submitted to the President and the Congress under section 3512(c);
(v) a summary of the corrective actions taken with respect to material weaknesses relating to numismatic operations and programs identified in the reports prepared under section 3512(c);
(vi) any other information the Secretary considers appropriate to fully inform the Congress concerning the financial management of the Fund; and
(vii) a statement of the total amount of excess funds transferred to the Treasury.
(5)
(A)
(B)
(i) the sources of income including surcharges; and
(ii) expenses incurred for manufacturing, materials, overhead, packaging, marketing, and shipping.
(Added Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §221(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1624.)
References in Text
Section 221(b) of the United States Mint Reauthorization and Reform Act of 1992, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 221(b) of Pub. L. 102–390, which is set out below.
Effective Date
Section applicable with respect to fiscal years beginning after fiscal year 1992, see section 221(e) of Pub. L. 102–390, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 5132 of this title.
Initial Funding of Fund From Existing Numismatic Operations
Section 221(b) of Pub. L. 102–390 provided that:
“(1)
“(A) from the Mint's numismatic profits for such fiscal year, an amount which the Secretary determines to be necessary—
“(i) to meet existing numismatic liabilities and obligations; and
“(ii) to provide working capital for Mint numismatic operations and programs; and
“(B) all numismatic receivables, and the numismatic operations and programs (including liabilities and other obligations) of the United States Mint, and the land and buildings of the San Francisco Mint, the Old San Francisco Mint, and the West Point Mint, capitalized at current book value as carried in the Mint combined statement of financial condition.
“(2)
“(3)
“(A)
“(B)
“(C)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5132, 5135 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
§5135. Citizens Commemorative Coin Advisory Committee
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(A)
(i) 3 of whom shall be appointed from among individuals specially qualified to serve on the committee by reason of their education, training, or experience in art, art history, museum or numismatic collection curation, or numismatics;
(ii) 1 of whom shall be appointed from among officers or employees of the United States Mint who will represent the interests of the Mint; and
(iii) 3 of whom shall be appointed from among individuals who will represent the interest of the general public.
(B)
(4)
(5)
(A)
(B)
(6)
(b)
(1)
(A) designate annually the events, persons, or places that the Advisory Committee recommends be commemorated by the issuance of commemorative coins in each of the 5 calendar years succeeding the year in which such designation is made;
(B) make recommendations with respect to the mintage level for any commemorative coin recommended under subparagraph (A); and
(C) submit a report to the Congress containing a description of the events, persons, or places which the Committee recommends be commemorated by a coin, the mintage level recommended for any such commemorative coin, and the committee's reasons for such recommendations.
(2)
(c)
(Added Pub. L. 102–390, title II, §229(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1631.)
References in Text
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5134 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER IV—BUREAU OF ENGRAVING AND PRINTING
§5141. Operation of the Bureau
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare and submit to the President an annual business-type budget for the Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
(b)(1) The Secretary shall maintain in the Bureau an integrated accounting system with internal controls that—
(A) ensures adequate control over assets and liabilities of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing Fund described in section 5142 of this title;
(B) develops accurate production costs to enable the Bureau to recover those costs on the basis of the work requisitioned;
(C) provides for replacement of capitalized equipment and other fixed assets by maintaining adequate depreciation reserves based on original cost or appraised values;
(D) discloses the financial condition and operations of the Fund on an accrual basis of accounting; and
(E) provides information for the prior fiscal year on the annual budget of the Bureau.
(2) The accounting system shall conform to principles and standards prescribed by the Comptroller General to carry out this subsection. The Comptroller General may review the system to ensure conformity to the principles and standards and its effectiveness of operation.
(c) An officer or employee in the clerical-mechanical service of the Bureau assigned to an established shift or tour of duty at least half of which occurs between 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. is entitled to pay for the regular 40-hour week (except when on leave) at a rate of pay 15 percent higher than the day rate for the same work.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 990.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5141(a) | 31:181b. | Aug. 4, 1950, ch. 558, §§4, 5, 64 Stat. 409. |
| 5141(b) | 31:181c. | |
| 5141(c) | 31:180. | July 1, 1944, ch. 357, 58 Stat. 648. |
In subsection (a), the word “budget” is substituted for “budget program” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “to the President” are added because of chapter 11 of the revised title.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “Secretary shall maintain” are substituted for “There shall be installed and maintained” because of sections 301 and 303 of the revised title and to eliminate executed words. The words “internal controls” are substituted for “including proper features of internal control” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (B), the word “costs” is substituted for “direct and indirect costs” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (D), the word “basis” is substituted for “method” for clarity. In clause (E), the words “provides information” are substituted for “supply on the basis of accounting results the data” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “prior” is substituted for “last completed” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (c), the words “An officer or employee” are substituted for “employees” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “assigned to an established shift or tour of duty at least half of which occurs between the hours of 6 p.m. and 6 a.m.” are substituted for “assigned to perform their work at night” and 31:180(proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 5 sections 5349, 5545.
§5142. Bureau of Engraving and Printing Fund
(a) The Department of the Treasury has a Bureau of Engraving and Printing Fund. Amounts—
(1) in the Fund are available to operate the Bureau of Engraving and Printing;
(2) in the Fund remain available until expended; and
(3) may be appropriated to the Fund.
(b) The Fund consists of—
(1) property and physical assets (except buildings and land) acquired by the Bureau;
(2) all amounts received by the Bureau; and
(3) proceeds from the disposition of property and assets acquired by the Fund.
(c) The capital of the Fund consists of—
(1) amounts appropriated to the Fund;
(2) physical assets of the Bureau (except buildings and land) as of the close of business June 30, 1951; and
(3) all payments made after June 30, 1974, under section 5143 of this title at prices adjusted to permit buying capital equipment and to provide future working capital.
(d) The Secretary shall deposit each fiscal year, in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts, amounts accruing to the Fund in the prior fiscal year that the Secretary decides are in excess of the needs of the Fund. However, the Secretary may use the excess amounts to restore capital of the Fund reduced by the difference between the charges for services of the Bureau and the cost of providing those services.
(e) The Secretary shall maintain a special deposit account in the Treasury for the Fund. The Secretary shall credit the account with amounts appropriated to the Fund and receipts of the Bureau without depositing the receipts in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 990.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5142(a) | 31:181a(a)(1st sentence), (d). | Aug. 4, 1950, ch. 558, §2, 64 Stat. 409. |
| 5142(b) | 31:181a(c). | |
| 5142(c) | 31:181a(a)(last sentence), (b). | |
| 31:181(note). | July 31, 1977, Pub. L. 95–81, §100(par. under heading “Bureau of Engraving and Printing”), 91 Stat. 342. | |
| 5142(d) | 31:181a(e). | |
| 5142(e) | 31:181a(f). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “as of July 1, 1951” are omitted as executed. In clause (1), the words “subsequent to June 30, 1951” are omitted as executed. In clause (2), the words “remain available until expended” are substituted for “shall be available without fiscal year limitation” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “amounts received by the Bureau” are substituted for “all amounts recoverable as provided in section 181 of this title for the costs of work and services performed by the Bureau, and all other amounts receivable by the Bureau from whatever sources derived” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “amounts appropriated to the Fund” are substituted for “an initial appropriation by the Congress to the fund of not to exceed $5,000,000 and such additional amounts as from time to time may be appropriated for the purposes of the fund” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “such inventories and other physical assets to be capitalized at fair and reasonable values to be determined by the Secretary” are omitted as executed. The words “receivables and the inventories” are omitted as covered by “physical assets”. The words “unexpended balances of appropriations” are omitted as unnecessary because of clause (1).
In subsection (c)(3), the words “$5,000,000, to remain available until expended” are omitted as unnecessary because of the source provision restated in subsection (a)(2) of this section. The text of 31:181a(a)(3) and (b) is omitted as executed.
In subsection (d), the words “each fiscal year” are substituted for “ensuing fiscal year”, and the words “prior fiscal year” are added, because of the restatement. The word “Secretary” is added because of sections 301 and 303 of the revised title. The words “decides are in excess of the needs of the Fund” are substituted for “surplus” for consistency in the chapter. The words “may use” are substituted for “may be applied first” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “reduced” is substituted for “impairment” for clarity.
In subsection (e), the words “Secretary shall maintain” are substituted for “shall be established” because of sections 301 and 303 of the revised title and to eliminate executed words. The words “in the Treasury” are substituted for “with the Treasurer of the United States” because of Department of the Treasury Order 229 of January 14, 1974 (39 F.R. 2280). The text of 31:181a(f)(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary because of the source provisions restated in section 3325 of the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5141 of this title.
§5143. Payment for services
The Secretary of the Treasury shall impose charges for Bureau of Engraving and Printing services the Secretary provides to an agency. The charges shall be in amounts the Secretary considers adequate to cover the costs of the services (including administrative costs related to providing the services). The agency shall pay promptly bills submitted by the Secretary.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 991.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5143 | 31:181. | Aug. 4, 1950, ch. 558, §1, 64 Stat. 408. |
The word “costs” is substituted for “direct and indirect costs” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “shall make payment therefor” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “from funds available to it for such purposes” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5142 of this title.
§5144. Providing impressions of portraits and vignettes
The Secretary of the Treasury may provide impressions from an engraved portrait or vignette in the possession of the Bureau of Engraving and Printing. An impression shall be provided—
(1) at the request of—
(A) a member of Congress;
(B) a head of an agency;
(C) an art association; or
(D) a library; and
(2) for a charge and under conditions the Secretary decides are necessary to protect the public interest.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 991.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5144 | 31:174. | Dec. 22, 1879, ch. 2, 21 Stat. 59. |
In the section, before clause (1), the word “engraved” is added before “portrait” because of the restatement. The words “in the possession” are substituted for “which is now, or may be a part of the engraved stock” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “An impression shall be provided” are added because of the restatement. In clause (1)(A), the words “member of Congress” are substituted for “Senator, Representative, or Delegate in Congress” for consistency. In clause (1)(B), the word “agency” is substituted for “department or bureau” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency in the revised title. In clause (2), the words “for a charge and under conditions the Secretary decides are” are substituted for “at such rates and under such conditions as he may deem” for consistency.
SUBCHAPTER V—MISCELLANEOUS
§5151. Conversion of currency of foreign countries
(a) In this section—
(1) “buying rate” means the buying rate in the market in New York, New York, for cable transfers payable in the currency of a foreign country to be converted.
(2) when merchandise is exported on a day that banks are generally closed in New York, the buying rate at noon on the last prior business day is deemed to be the buying rate at noon on the day the merchandise is exported.
(b) The value of coins of a foreign country expressed in United States money is the value of the pure metal of the standard coin of the foreign country. The Secretary of the Treasury shall estimate the values of standard coins of the country quarterly and publish the values on the first day of January, April, July, and October of each year.
(c) Except as provided in this section, conversion of currency of a foreign country into United States currency for assessment and collection of duties on merchandise imported into the United States shall be made at values published by the Secretary under subsection (b) of this section for the quarter in which the merchandise is exported.
(d) If the Secretary has not published a value for the quarter in which the merchandise is exported, or if the value published by the Secretary varies by at least 5 percent from a value measured by the buying rate at noon on the day the merchandise is exported, the conversion of the currency of the foreign country shall be made at a value—
(1) equal to the buying rate at noon on the day the merchandise is exported; or
(2) prescribed by regulation of the Secretary for the currency that is equal to the first buying rate certified for that currency by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York under subsection (e) of this section in the quarter in which the merchandise is exported, but only if the buying rate at noon on the day the merchandise is exported varies less than 5 percent from the buying rate first certified.
(e) The Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall decide the buying rate and certify the rate to the Secretary. The Secretary shall publish the rate at times and to the extent the Secretary considers necessary. In deciding the buying rate, the Bank may—
(1) consider the last ascertainable transactions and quotations (direct or through exchange of other currencies); and
(2) if there is no buying rate, calculate the rate from—
(A) actual transactions and quotations in demand or time bills of exchange; or
(B) the last ascertainable transactions and quotations outside the United States in or for exchange payable in United States currency or foreign currency.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 991.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5151(a) | 31:372(c)(2)(1st sentence), (3). | June 17, 1930, ch. 497, §522(c), 46 Stat. 740; restated Aug. 2, 1956, ch. 887, §3, 70 Stat. 946. |
| 5151(b) | 31:372(a). | Aug. 27, 1894, ch. 349, §25, 28 Stat. 552; May 27, 1921, ch. 14, §403(a), 42 Stat. 17; restated June 17, 1930, ch. 497, §522(a), 46 Stat. 739. |
| 5151(c) | 31:372(b). | June 17, 1930, ch. 497, §522(b), 46 Stat. 740. |
| 5151(d) | 31:372(c)(1). | |
| 5151(e) | 31:372(c)(2)(2d, last sentences). |
In subsection (b), the words “United States money” are substituted for “money of account” for consistency in the chapter. The words “standard coins of the country” are substituted for “values of standard coins in circulation of the various nations of the world” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Director of the Mint” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title.
In subsection (c), the words “on or after June 17, 1930” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (d)(1), the words “buying rate at noon on the day the merchandise is exported” are substituted for “such buying rate” for clarity.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “that is equal to” are substituted for “at a value measured by” because of the restatement.
In subsection (e)(2), the words “buying rate” are substituted for “market buying rate for such cable transfers” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 3123 of this title; title 19 section 1360.
§5152. Value of United States money holdings in international institutions
The Secretary of the Treasury shall maintain the value in terms of gold of the holdings of United States money of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Development Association, and the Asian Development Bank to the extent provided in the articles of agreement of those institutions. Amounts necessary to maintain the value may be appropriated. Amounts appropriated under this section remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 992.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5152 | 31:449a. | Mar. 31, 1972, Pub. L. 92–268, §3, 86 Stat. 117. |
The word “money” is substituted for “dollars” for consistency in the revised title. The words “the International Monetary Fund” are omitted as obsolete because of section 9 of the Act of October 19, 1976 (Pub. L. 94–564, 90 Stat. 2661).
§5153. Counterfeit currency
Disbursing officials of the United States Government and officers of national banks shall stamp or mark the word “counterfeit”, “altered”, or “worthless” on counterfeit notes intended to circulate as currency that are presented to them. An official or officer wrongfully stamping or marking an item of genuine United States currency (including a Federal reserve note or a circulating note of Federal reserve banks and national banks) shall redeem the currency at face value when presented.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 992.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5153 | 31:424. | June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §5, 19 Stat. 64. |
The words “Disbursing officials” are substituted for “officers charged with the receipt or disbursement of public moneys” for consistency in the revised title and other titles of the United States Code. The word “mark” is substituted for “write in plain letters” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “counterfeit notes intended to circulate as currency” are substituted for “all fraudulent notes issued in the form of, and intended to circulate as money” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The last sentence is substituted for the words following the semicolon in 31:424 for clarity and to reflect the legislative history of the derivative source. See 4 Cong. Rec. 2225–2228, 3148. In that sentence, the words “United States currency (including a Federal reserve note or a circulating note of Federal reserve banks and national banks)” are substituted for “any genuine note of the United States, or of the national banks” for consistency with section 5103 of the revised title.
§5154. State taxation
A State or a territory or possession of the United States may tax United States coins and currency (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks) as money on hand or on deposit in the same way and at the same rate that the State, territory, or possession taxes other forms of money. This section does not affect a law taxing national banks.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 992; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(22), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5154 | 31:425, 426. | Aug. 13, 1894, ch. 281, 28 Stat. 278. |
The words “United States coins and currency (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks)” are substituted for “Circulating notes of national banking associations and United States legal tender notes and other notes and certificates of the United States payable on demand and circulating or intended to circulate as currency and gold, silver, or other coin” in 31:425 to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency with section 5103 of the revised title.
1983 Act
This restates 31:5154 to clarify the intent of the section. See 26 Cong. Rec. 7152, 7170 (1894).
Amendments
1983—Pub. L. 97–452 substituted “other forms of money” for “United States coins and currency circulating within its jurisdiction”.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
§5155. Providing engraved plates of portraits of deceased members of Congress
On conditions the Secretary of the Treasury decides, the Secretary may send an engraved plate of a portrait of a deceased Senator or Representative to an heir or legal representative of such a Senator or Representative.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 993.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5155 | 31:175. | July 1, 1916, ch. 209, §1(3d par. on p. 275), 39 Stat. 275. |
The words “terms and” are omitted as being included in “conditions”. The words “that have been or may be made” are omitted as unnecessary.
CHAPTER 53—MONETARY TRANSACTIONS
SUBCHAPTER I—CREDIT AND MONETARY EXPANSION
SUBCHAPTER II—RECORDS AND REPORTS ON MONETARY INSTRUMENTS TRANSACTIONS
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §311(b), title IV, §408(d), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2221, 2252, added items 5329 and 5330.
1992—Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §§1511(c), 1563(b), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4057, 4073, added items 5327 and 5328.
1988—Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §6185(f), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4357, added items 5325 and 5326.
1986—Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §§1354(b), 1356(d), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–22, 3207–25, substituted “Compliance, exemptions, and summons authority” for “Compliance and exemptions” in item 5318 and added item 5324.
1984—Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(f), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2136, added item 5323.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in section 9703 of this title; title 18 section 1510; title 19 sections 1431, 1613b.
SUBCHAPTER I—CREDIT AND MONETARY EXPANSION
§5301. Buying obligations of the United States Government
(a) The President may direct the Secretary of the Treasury to make an agreement with the Federal reserve banks and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when the President decides that the foreign commerce of the United States is affected adversely because—
(1) the value of coins and currency of a foreign country compared to the present standard value of gold is depreciating;
(2) action is necessary to regulate and maintain the parity of United States coins and currency;
(3) an economic emergency requires an expansion of credit; or
(4) an expansion of credit is necessary so that the United States Government and the governments of other countries can stabilize the value of coins and currencies of a country.
(b) Under an agreement under subsection (a) of this section, the Board shall permit the banks (and the Board is authorized to permit the banks notwithstanding another law) to agree that the banks will—
(1) conduct through each entire specified period open market operations in obligations of the United States Government or corporations in which the Government is the majority stockholder; and
(2) buy directly and hold an additional $3,000,000,000 of obligations of the Government for each agreed period, unless the Secretary consents to the sale of the obligations before the end of the period.
(c) With the approval of the Secretary, the Board may require Federal reserve banks to take action the Secretary and Board consider necessary to prevent unreasonable credit expansion.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 993.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5301(a), (b) | 31:821(less (a)(last sentence)). | May 12, 1933, ch. 25, §43(less (b)(1)(last sentence)), 48 Stat. 51; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §12, 48 Stat. 342; Jan. 23, 1937, ch. 5, §2, 50 Stat. 4; July 6, 1939, ch. 260, §3, 53 Stat. 998; June 30, 1941, ch. 265, §2, 55 Stat. 396; June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §4, 59 Stat. 238; Mar. 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–269, §9, 82 Stat. 50. |
| 5301(c) | 31:821(a)(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the text of 31:821(b)(matter before (1)) is omitted as obsolete because clause (1) is omitted as executed, and clause (2) is omitted as expired. The text of 31:821(b)(matter after (2)) is omitted as obsolete because silver is no longer coined. The words “in his discretion” and “several” are omitted as surplus. The words “Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System” are substituted for “Federal Reserve Board” because of 12:241. The words “upon investigation” are omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the word “foreign” is substituted for “of any other government or governments” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “coins and” are added for consistency. In clause (2), the words “United States coins and currency” are substituted for “currency issues of the United States” for consistency. In clause (4), the words “so that the United States Government and the governments of other countries can stabilize” are substituted for “to secure by international agreement a stabilization” for clarity. The words “at proper levels” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “(and the Board is authorized to permit the banks notwithstanding another law)” are substituted for “notwithstanding any provisions of law or rules and regulations to the contrary” for clarity. In clause (1), the words “pursuant to existing law” are omitted as surplus. The words “through each entire” are substituted for “throughout” for clarity. In clause (2), the words “in portfolio”, “or periods of time Treasury bills or other” and “in an aggregate sum of” are omitted as surplus.
Short Title of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §401, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2243, provided that: “This title [enacting section 5330 of this title, amending sections 5312, 5313, 5318, 5321, 5322, and 5324 of this title, sections 93, 1464, 1772d, 1786, 1818, and 1821 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and sections 984, 986, 1956, 1957, and 1960 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 5311, 5313, 5318, and 5330 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994’.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5304 of this title.
§5302. Stabilizing exchange rates and arrangements
(a)(1) The Department of the Treasury has a stabilization fund. The fund is available to carry out this section, section 18 of the Bretton Woods Agreement Act (22 U.S.C. 286e–3), and section 3 of the Special Drawing Rights Act (22 U.S.C. 286o), and for investing in obligations of the United States Government those amounts in the fund the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President, decides are not required at the time to carry out this section. Proceeds of sales and investments, earnings, and interest shall be paid into the fund and are available to carry out this section. However, the fund is not available to pay administrative expenses.
(2) Subject to approval by the President, the fund is under the exclusive control of the Secretary, and may not be used in a way that direct control and custody pass from the President and the Secretary. Decisions of the Secretary are final and may not be reviewed by another officer or employee of the Government.
(b) Consistent with the obligations of the Government in the International Monetary Fund on orderly exchange arrangements and a stable system of exchange rates, the Secretary or an agency designated by the Secretary, with the approval of the President, may deal in gold, foreign exchange, and other instruments of credit and securities the Secretary considers necessary. However, a loan or credit to a foreign entity or government of a foreign country may be made for more than 6 months in any 12-month period only if the President gives Congress a written statement that unique or emergency circumstances require the loan or credit be for more than 6 months.
(c)(1) By the 30th day after the end of each month, the Secretary shall give the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a detailed financial statement on the stabilization fund showing all agreements made or renewed, all transactions occurring during the month, and all projected liabilities.
(2) The Secretary shall report each year to the President and Congress on the operation of the fund.
(d) A repayment of any part of the first subscription payment of the Government to the International Monetary Fund, previously paid from the stabilization fund, shall be deposited in the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 994.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5302(a) | 31:822a(b)(1). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §10(a), (b)(1), (c), 48 Stat. 341, 342; Jan. 23, 1937, ch. 5, §1, 50 Stat. 4; July 6, 1939, ch. 260, §§1, 2, 53 Stat. 998; June 30, 1941, ch. 265, §1, 55 Stat. 395; Apr. 29, 1943, ch. 76, 57 Stat. 68; July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §7(a), 59 Stat. 514; Dec. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–599, §§41, 42, 84 Stat. 1659; Oct. 19, 1976, Pub. L. 94–564, §7, 90 Stat. 2661; Oct. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–147, §4(b), 91 Stat. 1229; Nov. 8, 1978, Pub. L. 95–612, §§1, 6, 92 Stat. 3091, 3092. |
| 5302(b) | 31:822a(a)(1st sentence). | |
| 5302(c)(1) | 31:822a(b)(2). | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, 48 Stat. 337, §10(b)(2); added Nov. 8, 1978, Pub. L. 95–612, §6, 92 Stat. 3092. |
| 5302(c)(2) | 31:822a(a)(last sentence). | |
| 5302(d) | 31:822a(c). |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “The Department of the Treasury has a stabilization fund” are substituted for “there is appropriated, out of the receipts which are directed to be covered into the Treasury under section 408b of this title, the sum of $2,000,000,000, which sum when available shall be deposited in the United States Treasury in a stabilization fund” because the fund has been established. The words “(hereinafter called the ‘fund’)” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “To enable the Secretary of the Treasury” and “The fund shall be available for expenditure, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury and in his discretion, for any purpose in connection with carrying out the provisions of this section” are omitted as surplus. The words “section 18 of the Bretton Woods Agreement Act (22 U.S.C. 286e–3), and section 3 of the Special Drawing Rights Act (22 U.S.C. 286o)” are added for clarity. The words “and reinvestment” and “direct” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is added for consistency. The words “accruing under the operations of this section” are omitted as surplus. The words “to carry out this section” after “are available” are substituted for “for the purposes of the fund” for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “directly . . . through” and “for the account of the fund established in this section” are omitted as surplus. The words “government of a foreign country” are substituted for “foreign government” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “by or through such fund” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the word “calendar” is omitted as surplus. The words “beginning after the effective date of this paragraph” are omitted as executed. The words “to occur” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “any part of the first subscription payment of the Government to the International Monetary Fund, previously paid from the stabilization fund” are substituted for 31:822a(c)(words before semicolon) and “thereof” for clarity because the payment has been made.
Change of Name
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5304 of this title; title 22 sections 286e–3, 286e–7, 286o, 5411.
§5303. Reserved coins and currencies of foreign countries
An agency may use coins and currencies of a foreign country the United States Government holds that are or may be reserved for a specific program or activity of an agency. The agency shall reimburse the Treasury from appropriations and shall replace the coins and currencies when they are needed for the program or activity for which they were reserved originally.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 994.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5303 | 31:938. | Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–677, 80 Stat. 955. |
The word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary because of the definition of “agency” in section 101 of the revised title. The words “coins and” and “Government” are added for consistency. The words “or set aside” and “of the Government” are omitted as surplus. The words “The agency shall reimburse . . . shall replace” are substituted for “except (1) that reimbursement shall be made . . . (2) . . . shall be replaced” for clarity. The words “applicable . . . of the agency concerned” are omitted as surplus. The words “program or activity” are substituted for “purpose” for clarity and consistency.
§5304. Regulations
With the approval of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe regulations—
(1) to carry out section 5301 of this title; and
(2) the Secretary considers necessary to carry out section 5302 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 994.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5304 | 31:822. | May 12, 1933, ch. 25, §44, 48 Stat. 53. |
| 31:822b. | Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §11, 48 Stat. 342. |
Before clause (1), the words “prescribe regulations” are substituted for “make and promulgate rules and regulations” in 31:822 and “issue . . . such rules and regulations” in 31:822b for consistency. In clause (1), the words “to carry out” are substituted for “covering any action taken or to be taken by the President under” in 31:822 to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (2), the words “or proper” in 31:822b and “the purposes of” are omitted as surplus. Reference to 31:821 is omitted as obsolete because silver is no longer coined. Reference to 31:824 is omitted as obsolete because 31:824 is executed and is not part of the revised title.
SUBCHAPTER II—RECORDS AND REPORTS ON MONETARY INSTRUMENTS TRANSACTIONS
Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections
This subchapter is referred to in title 12 sections 1464, 1786, 1817, 1818, 1829b, 3401, 3413; title 18 sections 1952, 1956, 1961; title 22 section 2714.
§5311. Declaration of purpose
It is the purpose of this subchapter (except section 5315) to require certain reports or records where they have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory investigations or proceedings.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 995.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5311 | 31:1051. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §202, 84 Stat. 1118. |
Uniform State Licensing and Regulation of Check Cashing, Currency Exchange, and Money Transmitting Businesses
Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §407, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2247, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) establish uniform laws for licensing and regulating businesses which—
“(A) provide check cashing, currency exchange, or money transmitting or remittance services, or issue or redeem money orders, travelers’ checks, and other similar instruments; and
“(B) are not depository institutions (as defined in section 5313(g) of title 31, United States Code); and
“(2) provide sufficient resources to the appropriate State agency to enforce such laws and regulations prescribed pursuant to such laws.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) in order for any business described in subsection (a)(1) to be licensed in the State, the appropriate State agency shall review and approve—
“(i) the business record and the capital adequacy of the business seeking the license; and
“(ii) the competence, experience, integrity, and financial ability of any individual who—
“(I) is a director, officer, or supervisory employee of such business; or
“(II) owns or controls such business; and
“(B) any record, on the part of any business seeking the license or any person referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii), of—
“(i) any criminal activity;
“(ii) any fraud or other act of personal dishonesty;
“(iii) any act, omission, or practice which constitutes a breach of a fiduciary duty; or
“(iv) any suspension or removal, by any agency or department of the United States or any State, from participation in the conduct of any federally or State licensed or regulated business,
may be grounds for the denial of any such license by the appropriate State agency.
“(3)
“(A) disclose to the appropriate State agency the fees charged to consumers for services described in subsection (a)(1)(A); and
“(B) conspicuously disclose to the public, at each location of such business, the fees charged to consumers for such services.
“(4)
“(5)
“(c)
“(1) the progress made by the several States in developing and enacting a model statute which—
“(A) meets the requirements of subsection (b); and
“(B) furthers the goals of—
“(i) preventing money laundering by businesses which are required to be licensed under any such statute; and
“(ii) protecting the payment system, including the receipt, payment, collection, and clearing of checks, from fraud and abuse by such businesses; and
“(2) the adequacy of—
“(A) the activity of the several States in enforcing the requirements of such statute; and
“(B) the resources made available to the appropriate State agencies for such enforcement activity.
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) enact a statute which meets the requirements described in subsection (b);
“(2) undertake adequate activity to enforce such statute; or
“(3) make adequate resources available to the appropriate State agency for such enforcement activity,
the report submitted pursuant to subsection (d) shall contain recommendations of the Secretary which are designed to facilitate the enactment and enforcement by the State of such a statute.
“(f)
“(1)
“(2)
Anti-Money Laundering Training Team
Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1518, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4060, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury and the Attorney General shall jointly establish a team of experts to assist and provide training to foreign governments and agencies thereof in developing and expanding their capabilities for investigating and prosecuting violations of money laundering and related laws.”
Advisory Group on Reporting Requirements
Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1564, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4073, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) informs private sector representatives, on a regular basis, of the ways in which the reports submitted pursuant to the requirements referred to in subsection (a) have been used;
“(2) informs private sector representatives, on a regular basis, of how information regarding suspicious financial transactions provided voluntarily by financial institutions has been used; and
“(3) receives advice on the manner in which the reporting requirements referred to in subsection (a) should be modified to enhance the ability of law enforcement agencies to use the information provided for law enforcement purposes.
“(c)
GAO Feasibility Study of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1565, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4074, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) the extent to which Federal, State, and local governmental and nongovernmental organizations are voluntarily providing information which is necessary for the system to be useful for law enforcement purposes;
“(2) the extent to which the operational guidelines established for the system provide for the coordinated and efficient entry of information into, and withdrawal of information from, the system;
“(3) the extent to which the operating procedures established for the system provide appropriate standards or guidelines for determining—
“(A) who is to be given access to the information in the system;
“(B) what limits are to be imposed on the use of such information; and
“(C) how information about activities or relationships which involve or are closely associated with the exercise of constitutional rights is to be screened out of the system; and
“(4) the extent to which the operating procedures established for the system provide for the prompt verification of the accuracy and completeness of information entered into the system and the prompt deletion or correction of inaccurate or incomplete information.
“(c)
Reports on Uses Made of Currency Transaction Reports
Pub. L. 101–647, title I, §101, Nov. 29, 1990, 104 Stat. 4789, provided that: “Not later than 180 days after the effective date of this section [Nov. 29, 1990], and every 2 years for 4 years, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the Congress the following:
“(1) the number of each type of report filed pursuant to subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code (or regulations promulgated thereunder) in the previous fiscal year;
“(2) the number of reports filed pursuant to section 6050I of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 6050I] (regarding transactions involving currency) in the previous fiscal year;
“(3) an estimate of the rate of compliance with the reporting requirements by persons required to file the reports referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2);
“(4) the manner in which the Department of the Treasury and other agencies of the United States collect, organize, analyze and use the reports referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) to support investigations and prosecutions of (A) violations of the criminal laws of the United States, (B) violations of the laws of foreign countries, and (C) civil enforcement of the laws of the United States including the provisions regarding asset forfeiture;
“(5) a summary of sanctions imposed in the previous fiscal year against persons who failed to comply with the reporting requirements referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2), and other steps taken to ensure maximum compliance;
“(6) a summary of criminal indictments filed in the previous fiscal year which resulted, in large part, from investigations initiated by analysis of the reports referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2); and
“(7) a summary of criminal indictments filed in the previous fiscal year which resulted, in large part, from investigations initiated by information regarding suspicious financial transactions provided voluntarily by financial institutions.”
International Currency Transaction Reporting
Pub. L. 100–690, title IV, §4701, Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4290, stated Congressional findings concerning success of cash transaction and money laundering control statutes in United States and desirability of United States playing a leadership role in development of similar international system, urged United States Government to seek active cooperation of other countries in enforcement of such statutes, urged Secretary of the Treasury to negotiate with finance ministers of foreign countries to establish an international currency control agency to serve as central source of information and database for international drug enforcement agencies to collect and analyze currency transaction reports filed by member countries, and encouraged adoption, by member countries, of uniform cash transaction and money laundering statutes, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–583, §6(e)(1), Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4933.
Restrictions on Laundering of United States Currency
Pub. L. 100–690, title IV, §4702, Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4291, as amended by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(b), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(2) The purposes of negotiations under this subsection are—
“(A) to reach one or more international agreements to ensure that foreign banks and other financial institutions maintain adequate records of large United States currency transactions, and
“(B) to establish a mechanism whereby such records may be made available to United States law enforcement officials.
In carrying out such negotiations, the Secretary should seek to enter into and further cooperative efforts, voluntary information exchanges, the use of letters rogatory, and mutual legal assistance treaties.
“(d)
“(1) with respect to which the Secretary determines there is evidence that the financial institutions in such countries are engaging in currency transactions involving the proceeds of international narcotics trafficking; and
“(2) which have not reached agreement with United States authorities on a mechanism for exchanging adequate records on international currency transactions in connection with narcotics investigations and proceedings.
“(e)
“(1) has jurisdiction over financial institutions that are substantially engaging in currency transactions that effect [affect] the United States involving the proceeds of international narcotics trafficking;
“(2) such country has not reached agreement on a mechanism for exchanging adequate records on international currency transactions in connection with narcotics investigations and proceedings; and
“(3) such country is not negotiating in good faith to reach such an agreement,
the President shall impose appropriate penalties and sanctions, including temporarily or permanently—
“(1) prohibiting such persons, institutions or other entities in such countries from participating in any United States dollar clearing or wire transfer system; and
“(2) prohibiting such persons, institutions or entities in such countries from maintaining an account with any bank or other financial institution chartered under the laws of the United States or any State.
Any penalties or sanctions so imposed may be delayed or waived upon certification of the President to the Congress that it is in the national interest to do so. Financial institutions in such countries that maintain adequate records shall be exempt from such penalties and sanctions.
“(f)
“(1) The term ‘United States currency’ means Federal Reserve Notes and United States coins.
“(2) The term ‘adequate records’ means records of United States’ currency transactions in excess of $10,000 including the identification of the person initiating the transaction, the person's business or occupation, and the account or accounts affected by the transaction, or other records of comparable effect.”
International Information Exchange System; Study of Foreign Branches of Domestic Institutions
Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1363, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–33, required the Secretary of the Treasury to initiate discussions with the central banks or other appropriate governmental authorities of other countries and propose that an information exchange system be established to reduce international flow of money derived from illicit drug operations and other criminal activities and to report to Congress before the end of the 9-month period beginning Oct. 27, 1986. The Secretary of the Treasury was also required to conduct a study of (1) the extent to which foreign branches of domestic institutions are used to facilitate illicit transfers of or to evade reporting requirements on transfers of coins, currency, and other monetary instruments into and out of the United States; (2) the extent to which the law of the United States is applicable to the activities of such foreign branches; and (3) methods for obtaining the cooperation of the country in which any such foreign branch is located for purposes of enforcing the law of the United States with respect to transfers, and reports on transfers, of such monetary instruments into and out of the United States and to report to Congress before the end of the 9-month period beginning Oct. 27, 1986.
§5312. Definitions and application
(a) In this subchapter—
(1) “financial agency” means a person acting for a person (except for a country, a monetary or financial authority acting as a monetary or financial authority, or an international financial institution of which the United States Government is a member) as a financial institution, bailee, depository trustee, or agent, or acting in a similar way related to money, credit, securities, gold, or a transaction in money, credit, securities, or gold.
(2) “financial institution” means—
(A) an insured bank (as defined in section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)));
(B) a commercial bank or trust company;
(C) a private banker;
(D) an agency or branch of a foreign bank in the United States;
(E) an insured institution (as defined in section 401(a) 1 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1724(a)));
(F) a thrift institution;
(G) a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.);
(H) a broker or dealer in securities or commodities;
(I) an investment banker or investment company;
(J) a currency exchange;
(K) an issuer, redeemer, or cashier of travelers’ checks, checks, money orders, or similar instruments;
(L) an operator of a credit card system;
(M) an insurance company;
(N) a dealer in precious metals, stones, or jewels;
(O) a pawnbroker;
(P) a loan or finance company;
(Q) a travel agency;
(R) a licensed sender of money;
(S) a telegraph company;
(T) a business engaged in vehicle sales, including automobile, airplane, and boat sales;
(U) persons involved in real estate closings and settlements;
(V) the United States Postal Service;
(W) an agency of the United States Government or of a State or local government carrying out a duty or power of a business described in this paragraph;
(X) a casino, gambling casino, or gaming establishment with an annual gaming revenue of more than $1,000,000 which—
(i) is licensed as a casino, gambling casino, or gaming establishment under the laws of any State or any political subdivision of any State; or
(ii) is an Indian gaming operation conducted under or pursuant to the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act other than an operation which is limited to class I gaming (as defined in section 4(6) of such Act);
(Y) any business or agency which engages in any activity which the Secretary of the Treasury determines, by regulation, to be an activity which is similar to, related to, or a substitute for any activity in which any business described in this paragraph is authorized to engage; or
(Z) any other business designated by the Secretary whose cash transactions have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory matters.
(3) “monetary instruments” means—
(A) United States coins and currency;
(B) as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation, coins and currency of a foreign country, travelers’ checks, bearer negotiable instruments, bearer investment securities, bearer securities, stock on which title is passed on delivery, and similar material; and
(C) as the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide by regulation for purposes of section 5316, checks, drafts, notes, money orders, and other similar instruments which are drawn on or by a foreign financial institution and are not in bearer form.
(4) “person”, in addition to its meaning under section 1 of title 1, includes a trustee, a representative of an estate and, when the Secretary prescribes, a governmental entity.
(5) “United States” means the States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and, when the Secretary prescribes by regulation, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, a territory or possession of the United States, or a military or diplomatic establishment.
(b) In this subchapter—
(1) “domestic financial agency” and “domestic financial institution” apply to an action in the United States of a financial agency or institution.
(2) “foreign financial agency” and “foreign financial institution” apply to an action outside the United States of a financial agency or institution.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 995; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1362, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–33; Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §6185(a), (g)(1), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4354, 4357; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §§405, 409, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2247, 2252.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5312(a)(1) | 31:1052(a), (b), (g), (i). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §203(a)–(i), (l), 84 Stat. 1118. |
| 5312(a)(2) | 31:1052(e). | |
| 5312(a)(3) | 31:1052(l). | |
| 5312(a)(4) | 31:1052(c). | |
| 5312(a)(5) | 31:1052(d). | |
| 5312(b) | 31:1052(f), (h). |
In subsection (a)(1), the text of 31:1052(a) is omitted as unnecessary. The text of 31:1052(b) is omitted because of the restatement. The text of 31:1052(i) is omitted as unnecessary because the source provision is restated where necessary in the revised subchapter.
In subsection (a)(2), (3), (4), and (5), the words “the Secretary . . . prescribes” are substituted for “specified by the Secretary by regulation”, “as the Secretary may by regulation specify”, “specified by the Secretary”, and “the Secretary shall by regulation specify” for consistency.
In subsection (a)(2) and (3), the words “for the purposes of the provision of this chapter to which the regulation relates” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), before subclause (A), the words “any person which does business in any one or more of the following capacities” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (F), the words “savings bank, building and loan association, credit union, industrial bank, or other” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (T), the words “agency of the United States Government or of a State or local government” are substituted for “Federal, State, or local government institution” for consistency. In subclause (U), the words “type of” are omitted as surplus. The word “agency” is substituted for “institution” for consistency.
In subsection (a)(3)(B)–(5), the word “prescribe” is substituted for “specify” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (a)(3)(B), the words “in addition”, and “and such types of” are omitted as surplus. The words “similar material” are substituted for “the equivalent thereof” for clarity.
In subsection (a)(4), the words “in addition to its meaning under section 1 of title 1” are substituted for “natural persons, partnerships, . . . associations, corporations, and all entities cognizable as legal personalities” for consistency because 1:1 is applicable to all laws unless otherwise provided. The words “a trustee, a representative of an estate” are substituted for “trusts, estates”, and the word “entity” is substituted for “department or agency”, for consistency. The words “either for the purpose of this chapter generally or any particular requirement thereunder” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(5), the words “used in a geographic sense” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “either for the purposes of this chapter generally or any particular requirement thereunder” are omitted as surplus. The words “territory or” are added for consistency.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 31:1052(f) and (h) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency.
References in Text
Section 401 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), which was classified to section 1724 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(G), is act June 6, 1934, ch. 404, 48 Stat. 881, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 2B (§78a et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 78a of Title 15 and Tables.
The Indian Gaming Regulatory Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(X)(ii), is Pub. L. 100–497, Oct. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 2467, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 29 (§2701 et seq.) of Title 25, Indians. Section 4(6) of the Act is classified to section 2703(6) of Title 25. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2701 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(2)(X) to (Z). Pub. L. 103–325, §409, added subpar. (X) and redesignated former subpars. (X) and (Y) as (Y) and (Z), respectively.
Subsec. (a)(3)(C). Pub. L. 103–325, §405, added subpar. (C).
1988—Subsec. (a)(2)(T) to (Y). Pub. L. 100–690, §6185(a), added subpars. (T) to (Y) and struck out former subpars. (T) and (U) which read as follows:
“(T) an agency of the United States Government or of a State or local government carrying out a duty or power of a business described in this clause (2), including the United States Postal Service; or
“(U) another business or agency carrying out a similar, related, or substitute duty or power the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes.”
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100–690, §6185(g)(1), inserted a comma after “Puerto Rico” and struck out second comma after “Pacific Islands”.
1986—Subsec. (a)(2)(T). Pub. L. 99–570, §1362(a), which directed that the Postal Service be included within United States agencies by amending subsec. (a)(2)(U) of this section by inserting before the semicolon at the end thereof the following “, including the United States Postal Service”, was executed to subsec. (a)(2)(T) of this section as the probable intent of Congress, because subsec. (a)(2)(U) does not contain a semicolon and subsec. (a)(2)(T) relates to United States agencies.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 99–570, §1362(b), inserted “the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands,” after “Puerto Rico”.
Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5327 of this title; title 12 section 1953; title 18 sections 986, 1956; title 19 sections 1401, 1607; title 26 section 6050I.
1 See References in Text note below.
§5313. Reports on domestic coins and currency transactions
(a) When a domestic financial institution is involved in a transaction for the payment, receipt, or transfer of United States coins or currency (or other monetary instruments the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes), in an amount, denomination, or amount and denomination, or under circumstances the Secretary prescribes by regulation, the institution and any other participant in the transaction the Secretary may prescribe shall file a report on the transaction at the time and in the way the Secretary prescribes. A participant acting for another person shall make the report as the agent or bailee of the person and identify the person for whom the transaction is being made.
(b) The Secretary may designate a domestic financial institution as an agent of the United States Government to receive a report under this section. However, the Secretary may designate a domestic financial institution that is not insured, chartered, examined, or registered as a domestic financial institution only if the institution consents. The Secretary may suspend or revoke a designation for a violation of this subchapter or a regulation under this subchapter (except a violation of section 5315 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315), section 411 1 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1730d), or section 21 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1829b).
(c)(1) A person (except a domestic financial institution designated under subsection (b) of this section) required to file a report under this section shall file the report—
(A) with the institution involved in the transaction if the institution was designated;
(B) in the way the Secretary prescribes when the institution was not designated; or
(C) with the Secretary.
(2) The Secretary shall prescribe—
(A) the filing procedure for a domestic financial institution designated under subsection (b) of this section; and
(B) the way the institution shall submit reports filed with it.
(d)
(1)
(A) Another depository institution.
(B) A department or agency of the United States, any State, or any political subdivision of any State.
(C) Any entity established under the laws of the United States, any State, or any political subdivision of any State, or under an interstate compact between 2 or more States, which exercises governmental authority on behalf of the United States or any such State or political subdivision.
(D) Any business or category of business the reports on which have little or no value for law enforcement purposes.
(2)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(A) maintains a transaction account (as defined in section 19(b)(1)(C) of the Federal Reserve Act) at the depository institution;
(B) frequently engages in transactions with the depository institution which are subject to the reporting requirements of subsection (a); and
(C) meets criteria which the Secretary determines are sufficient to ensure that the purposes of this subchapter are carried out without requiring a report with respect to such transactions.
(3)
(4)
(A)
(B)
(5)
(A) review, at least once each year, the qualified business customers of such institution with respect to whom an exemption has been granted under this subsection; and
(B) upon the completion of such review, resubmit information about such customers, with such modifications as the institution determines to be appropriate, to the Secretary for the Secretary's approval.
(6) 2-
(f)
(1)
(A) knowingly files false or incomplete information to the Secretary with respect to the transaction or the customer engaging in the transaction; or
(B) has reason to believe at the time the exemption is granted or the transaction is entered into that the customer or the transaction does not meet the criteria established for granting such exemption.
(2)
(A) the authority of the Secretary, under section 5318(a)(6), to revoke such exemption at any time; and
(B) any requirement to report, or any authority to require a report on, any possible violation of any law or regulation or any suspected criminal activity.
(g)
(1) has the meaning given to such term in section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act; and
(2) includes—
(A) any branch, agency, or commercial lending company (as such terms are defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978);
(B) any corporation chartered under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act; and
(C) any corporation having an agreement or undertaking with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 996; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §402(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2243.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5313(a) | 31:1081. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§221–223, 84 Stat. 1122. |
| 31:1082. | ||
| 5313(b) | 31:1083(a). | |
| 5313(c) | 31:1083(b). |
In subsection (a), the words “coins or” are added, and the words “prescribe” and “prescribes” are substituted for “specify” in 31:1081, and “require”, for consistency. The words “other parties thereto or” in 31:1082 are omitted as surplus. The words “to the Secretary” in 31:1081 are omitted as unnecessary and for clarity. The words “in such detail” are omitted as surplus. The words “A participant acting for another person shall make the report as the agent or bailee of the person and identify the person for whom the transaction is being made” are substituted for 31:1082(last sentence) for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), the words “in his discretion” and “individually or by class” are omitted as surplus. The word “Government” is added for consistency. The words “or a regulation under this subchapter”, are added because of the restatement. The words “(except a violation of section 5315 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315)” are added because 31:1141–1143 was not enacted as a part of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act that is restated in this subchapter.
In subsection (c)(1), clause (A) is substituted for “with respect to a domestic financial institution . . . with that institution” for clarity. Clause (C) is substituted for “any such person may, at his election and in lieu of filing the report in the manner hereinabove prescribed, file the report with the Secretary” to eliminate unnecessary words.
References in Text
Section 411 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (b), which was classified to section 1730d of Title 12, Banks and Banking, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Section 19(b)(1)(A) and (C) of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsecs. (e)(2)(A) and (g)(1), is classified to section 461(b)(1)(A) and (C) of Title 12.
The date of enactment of the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (e)(6), is the date of enactment of title IV of Pub. L. 103–325, which was approved Sept. 23, 1994.
Section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(A), is classified to section 3101 of Title 12.
Sections 25 and 25A of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(2)(B), (C), are classified to subchapters I (§§601 et seq.) and II (§§611 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 6 of Title 12.
Amendments
1994—Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 103–325 added subsecs. (d) to (g).
Report Reduction Goal; Streamlined Currency Transaction Reports
Section 402(b), (c) of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that:
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(c)
“(1) redesign the format of reports required to be filed under section 5313(a) of title 31, United States Code, by any financial institution (as defined in section 5312(a)(2) of such title) to eliminate the need to report information which has little or no value for law enforcement purposes; and
“(2) reduce the time and effort required to prepare such report for filing by any such financial institution under such section.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5319, 5324, 5330 of this title; title 12 section 3420; title 18 sections 981, 982; title 28 section 524.
1 See References in Text note below.
§5314. Records and reports on foreign financial agency transactions
(a) Considering the need to avoid impeding or controlling the export or import of monetary instruments and the need to avoid burdening unreasonably a person making a transaction with a foreign financial agency, the Secretary of the Treasury shall require a resident or citizen of the United States or a person in, and doing business in, the United States, to keep records, file reports, or keep records and file reports, when the resident, citizen, or person makes a transaction or maintains a relation for any person with a foreign financial agency. The records and reports shall contain the following information in the way and to the extent the Secretary prescribes:
(1) the identity and address of participants in a transaction or relationship.
(2) the legal capacity in which a participant is acting.
(3) the identity of real parties in interest.
(4) a description of the transaction.
(b) The Secretary may prescribe—
(1) a reasonable classification of persons subject to or exempt from a requirement under this section or a regulation under this section;
(2) a foreign country to which a requirement or a regulation under this section applies if the Secretary decides applying the requirement or regulation to all foreign countries is unnecessary or undesirable;
(3) the magnitude of transactions subject to a requirement or a regulation under this section;
(4) the kind of transaction subject to or exempt from a requirement or a regulation under this section; and
(5) other matters the Secretary considers necessary to carry out this section or a regulation under this section.
(c) A person shall be required to disclose a record required to be kept under this section or under a regulation under this section only as required by law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 997.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5314(a) | 31:1121(a). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§241, 242, 84 Stat. 1124. |
| 5314(b) | 31:1122. | |
| 5314(c) | 31:1121(b). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “currency or other”, “legitimately”, “by regulation”, and “directly or indirectly” are omitted as surplus. The words “for any person” are substituted for “on behalf of himself or another” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and to the extent” are substituted for “and in such detail” for clarity. In clauses (1) and (2), the words “participants” and “participant” are substituted for “parties” for consistency. In clause (2), the words “to the transaction or relationship” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “if one or more of the parties are not acting solely as principals” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the words “including the amounts of money, credit, or other property involved” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “or a regulation under this section” are added because of the restatement. The words “or does not apply” and “uniform” in clause (2) are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “carry out” are substituted for “the application of” for consistency.
In subsection (c), the words “produce or otherwise . . . the contents of” and “in compliance with a subpena or summons duly authorized and issued or . . . may otherwise be” are omitted as surplus. The words “under a regulation” are added because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5319, 5321 of this title.
§5315. Reports on foreign currency transactions
(a) Congress finds that—
(1) moving mobile capital can have a significant impact on the proper functioning of the international monetary system;
(2) it is important to have the most feasible current and complete information on the kind and source of capital flows, including transactions by large United States businesses and their foreign affiliates; and
(3) additional authority should be provided to collect information on capital flows under section 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 App. U.S.C. 5(b)) and section 8 of the Bretton Woods Agreement Act (22 U.S.C. 286f).
(b) In this section, “United States person” and “foreign person controlled by a United States person” have the same meanings given those terms in section 7(f)(2)(A) and (C), respectively, of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78g(f)(2)(A), (C)).
(c) The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe regulations consistent with subsection (a) of this section requiring reports on foreign currency transactions conducted by a United States person or a foreign person controlled by a United States person. The regulations shall require that a report contain information and be submitted at the time and in the way, with reasonable exceptions and classifications, necessary to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 997.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5315(a) | 31:1141. | Sept. 21, 1973, Pub. L. 93–110, §§201, 202, 87 Stat. 353. |
| 5315(b), (c) | 31:1142. |
In subsection (a)(3), the words “it is desirable to emphasize this objective . . . existing legal” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), the words “(hereafter referred to as the ‘Secretary’)” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “under the authority of this subchapter and any other authority conferred by law” are omitted as surplus. The word “prescribe” is substituted for “supplement” for clarity. The words “the statement of findings under” and “the submission of” are omitted as surplus. The words “Reports required under this subchapter shall cover foreign currency transactions” are omitted because of the restatement. The words “such terms are” and “the policy of” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
Section 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is also classified to section 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5311, 5313, 5318, 5321, 5322 of this title.
§5316. Reports on exporting and importing monetary instruments
(a) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, a person or an agent or bailee of the person shall file a report under subsection (b) of this section when the person, agent, or bailee knowingly—
(1) transports, is about to transport, or has transported, monetary instruments of more than $10,000 at one time—
(A) from a place in the United States to or through a place outside the United States; or
(B) to a place in the United States from or through a place outside the United States; or
(2) receives monetary instruments of more than $10,000 at one time transported into the United States from or through a place outside the United States.
(b) A report under this section shall be filed at the time and place the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes. The report shall contain the following information to the extent the Secretary prescribes:
(1) the legal capacity in which the person filing the report is acting.
(2) the origin, destination, and route of the monetary instruments.
(3) when the monetary instruments are not legally and beneficially owned by the person transporting the instruments, or if the person transporting the instruments personally is not going to use them, the identity of the person that gave the instruments to the person transporting them, the identity of the person who is to receive them, or both.
(4) the amount and kind of monetary instruments transported.
(5) additional information.
(c) This section or a regulation under this section does not apply to a common carrier of passengers when a passenger possesses a monetary instrument, or to a common carrier of goods if the shipper does not declare the instrument.
(d)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 998; Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(c), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2135; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1358, title III, §3153, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–26, 3207–94.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5316(a) | 31:1101(a). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §231, 84 Stat. 1122. |
| 5316(b) | 31:1101(b). | |
| 5316(c) | 31:1101(c). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “a person or an agent or bailee of the person shall” are substituted for “whoever, whether as principal, agent, or bailee, or by an agent or bailee” for consistency. The words “or reports” are omitted as unnecessary because of 1:1. In clause (2), the words “transported into the United States” are substituted for “at the termination of their transportation to the United States” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the word “required” is omitted as surplus. The word “prescribes” is substituted for “require” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “to the extent” are substituted for “in such detail” for clarity. In clause (1), the words “with respect to the monetary instruments transported” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “or if the person transporting the instruments personally is not going to use them” are substituted for “or are transported for any purpose other than the use in his own behalf of the person transporting the same” for clarity.
In subsection (c), the words “or a regulation under this section” are added because of the restatement.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–570, §1358(b), substituted “transports, is about to transport, or has transported” for “transports or has transported, or attempts to transport or have transported”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 99–570, §§1358(c), 3153, made identical amendments substituting “$10,000” for “$5,000”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–570, §1358(a), added subsec. (d).
1984—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–473 inserted “, or attempts to transport or have transported,” after “transports or has transported” and substituted “$10,000” for “$5,000”.
Effective Date of Regulations Prescribed Under 1986 Amendment
Section 1364(d) of Pub. L. 99–570 provided that: “Any regulation prescribed under the amendments made by section 1358 [amending this section] shall apply with respect to transactions completed after the effective date of such regulation.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5312, 5317, 5319, 5321, 5324 of this title; title 12 section 3420; title 18 section 982.
§5317. Search and forfeiture of monetary instruments
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for a search warrant when the Secretary reasonably believes a monetary instrument is being transported and a report on the instrument under section 5316 of this title has not been filed or contains a material omission or misstatement. The Secretary shall include a statement of information in support of the warrant. On a showing of probable cause, the court may issue a search warrant for a designated person or a designated or described place or physical object. This subsection does not affect the authority of the Secretary under another law.
(b)
(c) If a report required under section 5316 with respect to any monetary instrument is not filed (or if filed, contains a material omission or misstatement of fact), the instrument and any interest in property, including a deposit in a financial institution, traceable to such instrument may be seized and forfeited to the United States Government. Any property, real or personal, involved in a transaction or attempted transaction in violation of section 5324(b), or any property traceable to such property, may be seized and forfeited to the United States Government. A monetary instrument transported by mail or a common carrier, messenger, or bailee is being transported under this subsection from the time the instrument is delivered to the United States Postal Service, common carrier, messenger, or bailee through the time it is delivered to the addressee, intended recipient, or agent of the addressee or intended recipient without being transported further in, or taken out of, the United States.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 998; Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(d), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2135; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1355, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–22; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1525(c)(2), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4065.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5317(a) | 31:1105. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§232, 235, 84 Stat. 1123. |
| 5317(b) | 31:1102. |
In subsection (a), the words “The Secretary shall include a statement of information in support of the warrant” are substituted for 31:1105(a)(last sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The word “for” is substituted for “authorizing the search of . . . all of the following” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or more” are omitted as unnecessary because the singular includes the plural under 1:1. The words “or premises”, “letters, parcels, packages, or other”, and “vehicles” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “either” and “the possession of” are omitted as surplus. The words “United States Postal Service” are substituted for “postal service” for consistency with title 39. The words “or retained in” are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–550 inserted after first sentence “Any property, real or personal, involved in a transaction or attempted transaction in violation of section 5324(b), or any property traceable to such property, may be seized and forfeited to the United States Government.”
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–570, §1355(a), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “A customs officer may stop and search, without a search warrant, a vehicle, vessel, aircraft, or other conveyance, envelope or other container, or person entering or departing from the United States with respect to which or whom the officer has reasonable cause to believe there is a monetary instrument being transported in violation of section 5316 of this title.”
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–570, §1355(b), amended first sentence generally. Prior to amendment, first sentence read as follows: “A monetary instrument being transported may be seized and forfeited to the United States Government when a report on the instrument under section 5316 of this title has not been filed or contains a material omission or misstatement.”
1984—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 98–473, §901, added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).
Effective Date of 1986 Amendment
Section 1364(b) of Pub. L. 99–570 provided that: “The amendments made by sections 1355(b) and 1357(a) [amending this section and section 5321 of this title] shall apply with respect to violations committed after the end of the 3-month period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 27, 1986].”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5321 of this title.
§5318. Compliance, exemptions, and summons authority
(a)
(1) except as provided in subsection (b)(2), delegate duties and powers under this subchapter to an appropriate supervising agency and the United States Postal Service;
(2) require a class of domestic financial institutions to maintain appropriate procedures to ensure compliance with this subchapter and regulations prescribed under this subchapter or to guard against money laundering;
(3) examine any books, papers, records, or other data of domestic financial institutions relevant to the recordkeeping or reporting requirements of this subchapter;
(4) summon a financial institution, an officer or employee of a financial institution (including a former officer or employee), or any person having possession, custody, or care of the reports and records required under this subchapter, to appear before the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate at a time and place named in the summons and to produce such books, papers, records, or other data, and to give testimony, under oath, as may be relevant or material to an investigation described in subsection (b);
(5) exempt from the requirements of this subchapter any class of transactions within any State if the Secretary determines that—
(A) under the laws of such State, that class of transactions is subject to requirements substantially similar to those imposed under this subchapter; and
(B) there is adequate provision for the enforcement of such requirements; and
(6) prescribe an appropriate exemption from a requirement under this subchapter and regulations prescribed under this subchapter. The Secretary may revoke an exemption under this paragraph or paragraph (5) by actually or constructively notifying the parties affected. A revocation is effective during judicial review.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(A) the investigation which gave rise to the summons is being or has been carried on;
(B) the person summoned is an inhabitant; or
(C) the person summoned carries on business or may be found,
to compel compliance with the summons.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(f)
(1) describes in detail the reasons why such person is qualified for such exemption; and
(2) contains the signature of such person.
(g)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(h)
(1)
(A) the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls,
(B) the designation of a compliance officer,
(C) an ongoing employee training program, and
(D) an independent audit function to test programs.
(2)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 999; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1356(a), (b), (c)(2), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–23, 3207–24; Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §§6185(e), 6469(c), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4357, 4377; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §§1504(d)(1), 1513, 1517(b), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4055, 4058, 4059; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXIII, §330017(b)(1), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §§403(a), 410, 413(b)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2245, 2252, 2254.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5318 | 31:1054(a), (b)(1st sentence). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§205(a), (b)(1st sentence), 206, 84 Stat. 1120. |
| 31:1055. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “have the responsibility to assure compliance with the requirements of this chapter” in 31:1054(a) are omitted as unnecessary because of section 321 of the revised title. The words “(except under section 5315 of this title and regulations prescribed under section 5315)” are added because 31:1141–1143 was not enacted as a part of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act that is restated in this subchapter. In clause (1), the words “duties and powers” are substituted for “responsibilities” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “bank supervisory agency, or other” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “by regulation” and “as he may deem” are omitted as surplus. The words “and regulations prescribed under this subchapter” are added because of the restatement. In clause (3), the word “prescribe” is substituted for “make” in 31:1055 for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “otherwise imposed”, 31:1055(1st sentence), and the words “in his discretion” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
Section 21 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is classified to section 1829b of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section 411 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), which was classified to section 1730d of Title 12, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Chapter 2 of Public Law 91–508 (12 U.S.C. 1951 et seq.), referred to in subsec. (b)(1), probably means chapter 2 (§§121 to 129) of title I of Pub. L. 91–508, Oct. 26, 1970, 84 Stat. 1116, which is classified generally to chapter 21 (§1951 et seq.) of Title 12.
Subsection (a)(5), referred to in subsec. (f), was redesignated subsection (a)(6) by section 410(a)(2) of Pub. L. 103–325.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 103–325, §410(a), added par. (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (6).
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 103–325, §410(b), inserted “under this paragraph or paragraph (5)” after “revoke an exemption” in penultimate sentence.
Pub. L. 103–325, §410(a)(2), redesignated par. (5) as (6).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(b)(1), and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(b)(1), amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–550, §1517(b), identically. See 1992 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 103–325, §403(a), added par. (4).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(b)(1), and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(b)(1), amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–550, §1517(b), identically. See 1992 Amendment note below.
1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–550, §1504(d)(1), substituted “supervising agency and the United States Postal Service” for “supervising agency or the Postal Inspection Service and the Postal Service”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–550, §1513, inserted before semicolon “or to guard against money laundering”.
Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 102–550, §1517(b), as amended by Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(b)(1), and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(b)(1), added subsecs. (g) and (h).
1988—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–690, §6469(c), inserted “or the Postal Inspection Service” after “appropriate supervising agency”.
Pub. L. 100–690, §6185(e), inserted “and the Postal Service” after “appropriate supervising agency”.
1986—Pub. L. 99–570, §1356(c)(2), substituted “Compliance, exemptions, and summons authority” for “Compliance and exemptions” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–570, §1356(a)(1)–(5), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), added subsec. heading, inserted “except as provided in subsection (b)(2),” in par. (1), added pars. (3) and (4), and redesignated former par. (3) as (5).
Subsecs. (b) to (e). Pub. L. 99–570, §1356(a)(6), added subsecs. (b) to (e).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–570, §1356(b), added subsec. (f).
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 330017(b)(1) of Pub. L. 103–322 and section 413(b)(1) of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that the identical amendments made by those sections are effective Oct. 28, 1992.
Reports
Section 403(b) of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
Designation Required To Be Made Expeditiously
Section 403(c) of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that: “The initial designation of an officer or agency of the United States pursuant to the amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be made before the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 23, 1994].”
Improvement of Identification of Money Laundering Schemes
Section 404 of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) review and enhance training and examination procedures to improve the identification of money laundering schemes involving depository institutions; and
“(2) review and enhance procedures for referring cases to any appropriate law enforcement agency.
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5313, 5321, 5322 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 See References in Text note below.
3 So in original. Probably should be followed by a dash.
§5319. Availability of reports
The Secretary of the Treasury shall make information in a report filed under section 5313, 5314, or 5316 of this title available to an agency, including any State financial institutions supervisory agency, on request of the head of the agency. The report shall be available for a purpose consistent with those sections or a regulation prescribed under those sections. The Secretary may only require reports on the use of such information by any State financial institutions supervisory agency for other than supervisory purposes. However, a report and records of reports are exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 999; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1506, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4055.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5319 | 31:1052(j). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§203(j), 212, 84 Stat. 1120, 1121. |
| 31:1061. |
The words “upon such conditions and pursuant to such procedures as he may by regulation prescribe” and “set forth” in 31:1061, and the word “specifically” in 31:1052(j), are omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–550 substituted “to an agency, including any State financial institutions supervisory agency,” for “to an agency” in first sentence and inserted after second sentence “The Secretary may only require reports on the use of such information by any State financial institutions supervisory agency for other than supervisory purposes.”
§5320. Injunctions
When the Secretary of the Treasury believes a person has violated, is violating, or will violate this subchapter or a regulation prescribed or order issued under this subchapter, the Secretary may bring a civil action in the appropriate district court of the United States or appropriate United States court of a territory or possession of the United States to enjoin the violation or to enforce compliance with the subchapter, regulation, or order. An injunction or temporary restraining order shall be issued without bond.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 999.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5320 | 31:1057. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §208, 84 Stat. 1120. |
| 31:1143(b)(words before last comma). | Sept. 21, 1973, Pub. L. 93–110, §203(b)(words before last comma), 87 Stat. 353. |
The words “has violated, is violating, or will violate this subchapter” are substituted for “has engaged, is engaged, or is about to engage in any acts or practices constituting a violation of the provisions of this chapter” in 31:1057 and “failed to submit a report required under any rule or regulation issued under this subchapter or has violated any rule or regulation issued hereunder” in 31:1143(b)(words before last comma) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or a regulation prescribed” are added because of the restatement. The words “in his discretion” are omitted as surplus. The word “civil” is added because of rule 2 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 App. U.S.C.). The word “possession” is substituted for “other place subject to the jurisdiction” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “or to enforce compliance with the subchapter, regulation, or order” are substituted for 31:1057(last sentence) and the words “a mandatory injunction commanding such person to comply with such rule or regulation” in 31:1143(b)(words before last comma) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and upon a proper showing . . . permanent or” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5321 of this title.
§5321. Civil penalties
(a)(1) A domestic financial institution, and a partner, director, officer, or employee of a domestic financial institution, willfully violating this subchapter or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter (except sections 5314 and 5315 of this title or a regulation prescribed under sections 5314 and 5315) is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than the greater of the amount (not to exceed $100,000) involved in the transaction (if any) or $25,000. For a violation of section 5318(a)(2) of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5318(a)(2), a separate violation occurs for each day the violation continues and at each office, branch, or place of business at which a violation occurs or continues.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury may impose an additional civil penalty on a person not filing a report, or filing a report containing a material omission or misstatement, under section 5316 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5316. A civil penalty under this paragraph may not be more than the amount of the monetary instrument for which the report was required. A civil penalty under this paragraph is reduced by an amount forfeited under section 5317(b) of this title.
(3) A person not filing a report under a regulation prescribed under section 5315 of this title or not complying with an injunction under section 5320 of this title enjoining a violation of, or enforcing compliance with, section 5315 or a regulation prescribed under section 5315, is liable to the Government for a civil penalty of not more than $10,000.
(4)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(5)
(A)
(B)
(i) in the case of violation of such section involving a transaction, the greater of—
(I) the amount (not to exceed $100,000) of the transaction; or
(II) $25,000; and
(ii) in the case of violation of such section involving a failure to report the existence of an account or any identifying information required to be provided with respect to such account, the greater of—
(I) an amount (not to exceed $100,000) equal to the balance in the account at the time of the violation; or
(II) $25,000.
(6)
(A)
(B)
(7)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(A) the date the penalty was assessed; or
(B) the date any judgment becomes final in any criminal action under section 5322 in connection with the same transaction with respect to which the penalty is assessed.
(c) The Secretary may remit any part of a forfeiture under subsection (c) or (d) 1 of section 5317 of this title or civil penalty under subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(d)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(A)
(B)
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 999; Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(a), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2135; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §§1356(c)(1), 1357(a)–(f), (h), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–24—3207–26; Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §6185(g)(2), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4357; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §§1511(b), 1525(b), 1535(a)(2), 1561(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4057, 4065, 4066, 4071; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXIII, §330017(a)(1), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §§406, 411(b), 413(a)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2247, 2253, 2254.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5321(a)(1) | 31:1054(b)(last sentence related to civil penalties). | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§205(b)(last sentence related to civil penalties), 207, 233, 234, 84 Stat. 1120, 1123. |
| 31:1056(a). | ||
| 5321(a)(2) | 31:1103. | |
| 5321(a)(3) | 31:1143(a), (b)(words after last comma). | Sept. 21, 1973, Pub. L. 93–110, §203(a), (b)(words after last comma), 87 Stat. 353. |
| 5321(b) | 31:1056(b). | |
| 5321(c) | 31:1104. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter” are added because of the restatement. The words “(except section 5315 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315)” are added because 31:1141–1143 was not enacted as a part of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act that is restated in this subchapter. The words “is liable to the United States Government for” are substituted for “the Secretary may assess upon” in 31:1056(a) for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “the purposes of both civil and criminal penalties for” in 31:1054(b)(last sentence)(related to civil penalties) are omitted, and the words “or a regulation prescribed under section 5318(2)” are added, because of the restatement. The words “the violation continues” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “separate” before “office” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (a)(2), the word “impose” is substituted for “assess” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The word “additional” is substituted for 31:1103(last sentence words before last comma) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “or a regulation prescribed under section 5316” are added because of the restatement. The words “amount of this”, “to be filed”, and “actually” are omitted as surplus.
Subsection (a)(3) is substituted for 31:1143(a) and (b)(words after last comma) for clarity and consistency and because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “in the discretion of”, “in the name of the United States”, and “of any person” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “in his discretion” and “upon such terms and conditions as he deems reasonable and just” are omitted as surplus. The word “civil” is added for clarity.
References in Text
Section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), is classified to section 1813 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a)(4)(A). Pub. L. 103–325, §411(b), struck out “willfully” before “violates”.
Subsec. (a)(5)(A). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(a)(1) and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(a)(1), amended subpar. (A) identically, inserting “any violation of” after “causing”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–325, §406, added subsec. (e).
1992—Subsec. (a)(4)(C). Pub. L. 102–550, §1525(b), struck out “under section 5317(d)” after “forfeiture to the United States”.
Subsec. (a)(5)(A). Pub. L. 102–550, §1535(a)(2), inserted “or any person willfully causing” after “willfully violates”.
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 102–550, §1561(a), amended par. (6) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (6) read as follows: “
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 102–550, §1511(b), added par. (7).
1988—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–690 inserted “(if any)” after “transaction”.
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–570, §§1356(c)(1), 1357(b), substituted “sections 5314 and 5315” for “section 5315” in two places, substituted “5318(a)(2)” for “5318(2)” in two places, and substituted “the greater of the amount (not to exceed $100,000) involved in the transaction or $25,000” for “$10,000”.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(a), added par. (4).
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(c), added par. (5).
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(d), added par. (6).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(e), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “The Secretary may bring a civil action to recover a civil penalty under subsection (a)(1) or (2) of this section that has not been paid.”
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(h), substituted “subsection (c) or (d) of section 5317” for “section 5317(b)”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(f), added subsec. (d).
1984—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–473 substituted “$10,000” for “$1,000”.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Section 1561(b) of Pub. L. 102–550 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to violations committed after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 28, 1992].”
Effective Date of 1986 Amendment
Amendment by section 1357(a) of Pub. L. 99–570, applicable with respect to violations committed after the end of the 3-month period beginning Oct. 27, 1986, see section 1364(b) of Pub. L. 99–570, set out as a note under section 5317 of this title.
Section 1364(c) of Pub. L. 99–570 provided that: “The amendments made by section 1357 (other than subsection (a) of such section) [amending sections 5321 and 5322 of this title] shall apply with respect to violations committed after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 27, 1986].”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5330 of this title; title 12 section 1829b.
1 So in original. Section 5317 does not contain a subsec. (d).
§5322. Criminal penalties
(a) A person willfully violating this subchapter or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter (except section 5315 or 5324 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315 or 5324) shall be fined not more than $250,000, or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both.
(b) A person willfully violating this subchapter or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter (except section 5315 or 5324 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315 or 5324), while violating another law of the United States or as part of a pattern of any illegal activity involving more than $100,000 in a 12-month period, shall be fined not more than $500,000, imprisoned for not more than 10 years, or both.
(c) For a violation of section 5318(a)(2) of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5318(a)(2), a separate violation occurs for each day the violation continues and at each office, branch, or place of business at which a violation occurs or continues.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1000; Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(b), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2135; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §§1356(c)(1), 1357(g), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–24, 3207–26; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1504(d)(2), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4055; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §411(c)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2253.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 5322(a) | 31:1058. | Oct. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–508, §§205(b)(last sentence related to criminal penalties), 209, 210, 84 Stat. 1120, 1121. |
| 5322(b) | 31:1059. | |
| 5322(c) | 31:1054(b)(last sentence related to criminal penalties). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the words “(except section 5315 of this title or a regulation prescribed under section 5315)” are added because 31:1141–1143 was not enacted as part of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act that is restated in the subchapter.
In subsection (a), the word “prescribed” is added for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter” are added because of the restatement. The words “committed” and “the commission of” are omitted as surplus. The words “United States” are substituted for “Federal” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (c), the words “the purposes of both civil and criminal penalties for” are omitted because of the restatement. The word “separate” before “office” is omitted as surplus.
Amendments
1994—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 103–325 inserted “or 5324” after “section 5315” wherever appearing.
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–550 substituted “imprisoned for” for “imprisonment”.
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–570, §1357(g), substituted “any illegal activity involving” for “illegal activity involving transactions of” and “10 years” for “5 years”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–570, §1356(c)(1), substituted “5318(a)(2)” for “5318(2)” in two places.
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–473, which directed the substitution of “$250,000, or imprisonment not more than five years, or both” for “$1,000, or imprisonment not more than one year, or both”, was executed by substituting the quoted wording for “$1,000, imprisoned for not more than one year, or both” to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Effective Date of 1986 Amendment
Amendment by section 1357(g) of Pub. L. 99–570 applicable with respect to violations committed after Oct. 27, 1986, see section 1364(c) of Pub. L. 99–570, set out as a note under section 5321 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5321 of this title; title 12 sections 93, 1464, 1772d, 1786, 1818, 1821, 3105; title 18 sections 984, 986, 1956, 2516.
§5323. Rewards for informants
(a) The Secretary may pay a reward to an individual who provides original information which leads to a recovery of a criminal fine, civil penalty, or forfeiture, which exceeds $50,000, for a violation of this chapter.
(b) The Secretary shall determine the amount of a reward under this section. The Secretary may not award more than 25 per centum of the net amount of the fine, penalty, or forfeiture collected or $150,000, whichever is less.
(c) An officer or employee of the United States, a State, or a local government who provides information described in subsection (a) in the performance of official duties is not eligible for a reward under this section.
(d) There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
(Added Pub. L. 98–473, title II, §901(e), Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 2135.)
§5324. Structuring transactions to evade reporting requirement prohibited
(a)
(1) cause or attempt to cause a domestic financial institution to fail to file a report required under section 5313(a) or 5325 or any regulation prescribed under any such section;
(2) cause or attempt to cause a domestic financial institution to file a report required under section 5313(a) or 5325 or any regulation prescribed under any such section that contains a material omission or misstatement of fact; or
(3) structure or assist in structuring, or attempt to structure or assist in structuring, any transaction with one or more domestic financial institutions.
(b)
(1) fail to file a report required by section 5316, or cause or attempt to cause a person to fail to file such a report;
(2) file or cause or attempt to cause a person to file a report required under section 5316 that contains a material omission or misstatement of fact; or
(3) structure or assist in structuring, or attempt to structure or assist in structuring, any importation or exportation of monetary instruments.
(c)
(1)
(2)
(Added Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1354(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–22; amended Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §§1517(a), 1525(a), 1535(a)(1), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4059, 4064, 4066; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXIII, §330017(a)(2), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §§411(a), 413(a)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2253, 2254.)
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(a)(2) and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(a)(2), amended subsec. (a), introductory provisions, identically, substituting “section 5313(a) or 5325 or any regulation prescribed under any such section” for “section 5313(a), section 5325, or the regulations issued thereunder or section 5325 or regulations prescribed under such section 5325” and striking out “with respect to such transaction” before dash.
Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(a)(2)(A) and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(a)(2)(A), amended pars. (1) and (2) identically, substituting “section 5313(a) or 5325 or any regulation prescribed under any such section” for “section 5313(a), section 5325, or the regulations issued thereunder or section 5325 or regulations prescribed under such section 5325”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–325, §411(a), added subsec. (c).
1992—Pub. L. 102–550, §1525(a)(1), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
Pub. L. 102–550, §§1517(a), 1535(a)(1), inserted the following duplicative provisions “or section 5325 or regulations prescribed under such section 5325” and “, section 5325, or the regulations issued thereunder” after “section 5313(a)” wherever appearing.
Effective Date
Section 1364(a) of Pub. L. 99–570 provided that: “The amendment made by section 1354 [enacting this section] shall apply with respect to transactions for the payment, receipt, or transfer of United States coins or currency or other monetary instruments completed after the end of the 3-month period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 27, 1986].”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 5317, 5321, 5322 of this title; title 12 sections 93, 1464, 1772d, 1786, 1818, 1821, 3420; title 18 sections 981, 982, 984, 986, 1956; title 28 section 524.
§5325. Identification required to purchase certain monetary instruments
(a)
(1) the individual has a transaction account with such financial institution and the financial institution—
(A) verifies that fact through a signature card or other information maintained by such institution in connection with the account of such individual; and
(B) records the method of verification in accordance with regulations which the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe; or
(2) the individual furnishes the financial institution with such forms of identification as the Secretary of the Treasury may require in regulations which the Secretary shall prescribe and the financial institution verifies and records such information in accordance with regulations which such Secretary shall prescribe.
(b)
(c)
(Added Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §6185(b), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4355.)
References in Text
Section 19(b)(1)(C) of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is classified to section 461(b)(1)(C) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5324 of this title.
§5326. Records of certain domestic coin and currency transactions
(a)
(1) to obtain such information as the Secretary may describe in such order concerning—
(A) any transaction in which such financial institution is involved for the payment, receipt, or transfer of United States coins or currency (or such other monetary instruments as the Secretary may describe in such order) the total amounts or denominations of which are equal to or greater than an amount which the Secretary may prescribe; and
(B) any other person participating in such transaction;
(2) to maintain a record of such information for such period of time as the Secretary may require; and
(3) to file a report with respect to any transaction described in paragraph (1)(A) in the manner and to the extent specified in the order.
(b)
(1)
(A) to request any financial institution (other than a depository institution) which engages in any reportable transaction with the depository institution to provide the depository institution with a copy of any report filed by the financial institution under this subtitle with respect to any prior transaction (between such financial institution and any other person) which involved any portion of the coins or currency (or monetary instruments) which are involved in the reportable transaction with the depository institution; and
(B) if no copy of any report described in subparagraph (A) is received by the depository institution in connection with any reportable transaction to which such subparagraph applies, to submit (in addition to any report required under this subtitle with respect to the reportable transaction) a written notice to the Secretary that the financial institution failed to provide any copy of such report.
(2)
(c)
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 100–690, title VI, §6185(c), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4355; amended Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §§1514, 1562, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4058, 4072.)
References in Text
Section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is classified to section 1813(c) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Amendments
1992—Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 102–550 added subsecs. (b) and (c) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (d).
§5327. Identification of financial institutions
(a)
(1) is a financial institution described in—
(A) any subparagraph of section 5312(a)(2) other than subparagraphs (A) through (G); or
(B) any regulation under any such subparagraph; and
(2) has any account with the depository institution.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(Added Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1511(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4056.)
Regulations
Section 1511(d) of Pub. L. 102–550 provided that: “The initial final regulations prescribed pursuant to section 5327 of title 31, United States Code (as added by subsection (a) of this section) shall take effect before January 1, 1994.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5321 of this title.
§5328. Whistleblower protections
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) reinstate the employee to the employee's former position;
(2) pay compensatory damages; or
(3) take other appropriate actions to remedy any past discrimination.
(d)
(1) deliberately causes or participates in the alleged violation of law or regulation; or
(2) knowingly or recklessly provides substantially false information to the Secretary, the Attorney General, or any Federal supervisory agency.
(e)
(Added Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1563(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4072.)
References in Text
Section 33 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (e), is classified to section 1831j of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section 213 of the Federal Credit Union Act, referred to in subsec. (e), is classified to section 1790b of Title 12.
Section 21A(q) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, referred to in subsec. (e), probably means section 21A(q) of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act, which is classified to section 1441a(q) of Title 12.
1 See References in Text note below.
§5329. Staff commentaries
The Secretary shall—
(1) publish all written rulings interpreting this subchapter; and
(2) annually issue a staff commentary on the regulations issued under this subchapter.
(Added Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §311(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2221.)
§5330. Registration of money transmitting businesses
(a)
(1)
(A) the date of enactment of the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994; or
(B) the date on which the business is established.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(b)
(1) The name and location of the business.
(2) The name and address of each person who—
(A) owns or controls the business;
(B) is a director or officer of the business; or
(C) otherwise participates in the conduct of the affairs of the business.
(3) The name and address of any depository institution at which the business maintains a transaction account (as defined in section 19(b)(1)(C) of the Federal Reserve Act).
(4) An estimate of the volume of business in the coming year (which shall be reported annually to the Secretary).
(5) Such other information as the Secretary of the Treasury may require.
(c)
(1)
(A) maintain a list containing the names and addresses of all persons authorized to act as an agent for such business in connection with activities described in subsection (d)(1)(A) and such other information about such agents as the Secretary may require; and
(B) make the list and other information available on request to any appropriate law enforcement agency.
(2)
(d)
(1)
(A) provides check cashing, currency exchange, or money transmitting or remittance services, or issues or redeems money orders, travelers’ checks, and other similar instruments;
(B) is required to file reports under section 5313; and
(C) is not a depository institution (as defined in section 5313(g)).
(2)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(Added Pub. L. 103–325, title IV, §408(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2250.)
References in Text
The date of enactment of the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(A), is the date of enactment of title IV of Pub. L. 103–325, which was approved Sept. 23, 1994.
Section 19(b)(1)(C) of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is classified to section 461(b)(1)(C) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Findings and Purposes
Section 408(a) of Pub. L. 103–325 provided that:
“(1)
“(A) Money transmitting businesses are subject to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code.
“(B) Money transmitting businesses are largely unregulated businesses and are frequently used in sophisticated schemes to—
“(i) transfer large amounts of money which are the proceeds of unlawful enterprises; and
“(ii) evade the requirements of such subchapter II, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 1 et seq.], and other laws of the United States.
“(C) Information on the identity of money transmitting businesses and the names of the persons who own or control, or are officers or employees of, a money transmitting business would have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory investigations and proceedings.
“(2)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 18 section 1960.
SUBTITLE V—GENERAL ASSISTANCE ADMINISTRATION
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31002, Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1882, added item for chapter 67.
Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(Y)(ii), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363, added item for chapter 77.
1986—Pub. L. 99–547, §2(c), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060, added item for chapter 62.
Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(b)(1), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 328, struck out item for chapter 67 “Revenue Sharing”.
1984—Pub. L. 98–502, §2(c), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2334, added item for chapter 75.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
CHAPTER 61—PROGRAM INFORMATION
Amendments
1983—Pub. L. 98–169, §6, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1115, added items 6105 and 6106, and struck out item 6105 “Authorization of appropriations”.
Pub. L. 97–452, §1(23)(B), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478, added item 6102a.
§6101. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “administering office” means the lowest unit of an agency responsible for managing a domestic assistance program.
(2) “agency” has the same meaning given that term in section 551(1) of title 5.
(3) “assistance”—
(A) means the transfer of anything of value for a public purpose of support or stimulation authorized by a law of the United States, including—
(i) financial assistance;
(ii) United States Government facilities, services, and property; and
(iii) expert and technical information; and
(B) does not include conventional public information services or procurement of property or services for the direct benefit or use of the Government.
(4) “domestic assistance program”—
(A) means assistance from an agency for—
(i) a State;
(ii) the District of Columbia;
(iii) a territory or possession of the United States;
(iv) a county;
(v) a city;
(vi) a political subdivision or instrumentality of a governmental authority listed in subclauses (i)–(v) of this clause (A);
(vii) a domestic corporation;
(viii) a domestic institution; and
(ix) an individual of the United States; and
(B) does not include assistance from an agency for an agency.
(5) “Director” means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(6) “Administrator” means the Administrator of General Services.
(7) “formula” means any prescribed method employing objective data or statistical estimates for making individual determinations among recipients of Federal funds, either in terms of eligibility or actual funding allocations, that can be written in the form of either—
(A) a closed mathematical statement; or
(B) an iterative procedure or algorithm which can be written as a computer program;
and from which the results can be objectively replicated, within reasonable limits due to rounding error, through independent application of such statement, procedures, or algorithm, by different qualified individuals.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1000; Pub. L. 98–169, §§1(1), 3(a), Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1113; Pub. L. 99–547, §2(b)(2), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(S), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6101(1) | 31:1701(4). | Dec. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–220, §2, 91 Stat. 1615. |
| 6101(2) | 31:1701(2). | |
| 6101(3) | 31:1701(1). | |
| 6101(4) | 31:1701(3). |
In the section, the word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary.
In clause (1), the word “unit” is substituted for “subdivision” for consistency in the revised title. The words “direct operational” are omitted as unnecessary.
In clause (3)(A), the words “money, property, services, or” are omitted as being included in “anything of value”. The word “for” is substituted for “the principal purpose of which is to accomplish” to eliminate unnecessary words. In subclause (i), the words “grants, loans, loan guarantees, scholarships, mortgage loans, insurance or other types of” are omitted as being included in “financial assistance”. In subclause (ii), the word “goods” is omitted as being included in “property”. The words “and service activities of regulatory agencies” are omitted as being included in “services”. In subclause (iii), the words “expert and technical information” are substituted for “technical assistance, and counseling, statistical and other expert information” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In clause (3)(B), the words “or procurement of property or services for the direct benefit or use of the Government” are added for consistency in subtitle V of the revised title.
In clause (4)(A), the words “or benefits” are omitted as being included in “assistance”. Subclause (ii) is included for consistency in the revised title because the District of Columbia is stated when a provision is meant to apply to the District. In subclause (vi), the word “grouping” is omitted as being included in “political subdivision or instrumentality”. In subclauses (vii)–(ix), the words “profit or nonprofit” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (ix), the words “individual of the United States” are substituted for “domestic . . . individual” for clarity.
Amendments
1994—Par. (4)(B). Pub. L. 103–272, which directed that subpar. (B) be amended by substituting “agency.” for “agency”, was executed by making the substitution for “agency” the second place it appears, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1986—Par. (4)(B). Pub. L. 99–547 substituted “assistance from an agency for an agency” for “a department, agency, or instrumentality of the Government.”
1983—Pars. (5), (6). Pub. L. 98–169, §1(1), added pars. (5) and (6).
Par. (7). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(a), added par. (7).
Uniform Suspension, Debarment or Exclusion From Procurement or Nonprocurement Activity
Pub. L. 103–355, title II, §2455, Oct. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 3327, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) The term ‘procurement activities’ means all acquisition programs and activities of the Federal Government, as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation.
“(2) The term ‘nonprocurement activities’ means all programs and activities involving Federal financial and nonfinancial assistance and benefits, as covered by Executive Order No. 12549 and the Office of Management and Budget guidelines implementing that order.
“(3) The term ‘agency’ means an Executive agency as defined in section 103 of title 5, United States Code.”
Transfer of Personnel, Property, Records, and Appropriations
Section 7 of Pub. L. 98–169 provided that: “The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall transfer to the Administrator of General Services such personnel, property, records, and unexpended balances of appropriations available in connection with any authorities and responsibilities so transferred, as the Director of the Office of Management and Budget determines are necessary to carry out the responsibilities transferred pursuant to this Act [enacting sections 6105 and 6106 of this title, amending sections 6101 to 6104 of this title and repealing section 6105 of this title].”
Ex. Ord. No. 12549. Debarment and Suspension of Participants in Federal Programs
Ex. Ord. No. 12549, Feb. 18, 1986, 51 F.R. 6370, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, and in order to curb fraud, waste, and abuse in Federal programs, increase agency accountability, and ensure consistency among agency regulations concerning debarment and suspension of participants in Federal programs, it is hereby ordered that:
(b) Activities covered by this Order include but are not limited to: grants, cooperative agreements, contracts of assistance, loans, and loan guarantees.
(c) This Order does not cover procurement programs and activities, direct Federal statutory entitlements or mandatory awards, direct awards to foreign governments or public international organizations, benefits to an individual as a personal entitlement, or Federal employment.
(a) Follow government-wide criteria and government-wide minimum due process procedures when they act to debar or suspend participants in affected programs.
(b) Send to the agency designated pursuant to Section 5 identifying information concerning debarred and suspended participants in affected programs, participants who have agreed to exclusion from participation, and participants declared ineligible under applicable law, including Executive Orders. This information shall be included in the list to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.
(c) Not allow a party to participate in any affected program if any Executive department or agency has debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded (to the extent specified in the exclusion agreement) that party from participation in an affected program. An agency may grant an exception permitting a debarred, suspended, or excluded party to participate in a particular transaction upon a written determination by the agency head or authorized designee stating the reason(s) for deviating from this Presidential policy. However, I intend that exceptions to this policy should be granted only infrequently.
Ronald Reagan.
Ex. Ord. No. 12689. Debarment and Suspension
Ex. Ord. No. 12689, Aug. 16, 1989, 54 F.R. 34131, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, and in order to protect the interest of the Federal Government, to deal only with responsible persons, and to insure proper management and integrity in Federal activities, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) “Procurement activities” refers to all acquisition programs and activities of the Federal Government, as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation.
(b) “Nonprocurement activities” refers to all programs and activities involving Federal financial and nonfinancial assistance and benefits, as covered by Executive Order No. 12549 [set out above] and the Office of Management and Budget guidelines implementing that order.
(c) “Agency” refers to executive departments and agencies.
(a) To the extent permitted by law and upon resolution of differences and promulgation of final regulations pursuant to section 3 of this order, the debarment, suspension, or other exclusion of a participant in a procurement activity under the Federal Acquisition Regulation, or in a nonprocurement activity under regulations issued pursuant to Executive Order No. 12549, shall have governmentwide effect. No agency shall allow a party to participate in any procurement or nonprocurement activity if any agency has debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded (to the extent specified in the exclusion agreement) that party from participation in a procurement or nonprocurement activity.
(b) An agency may grant an exception permitting a debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded party to participate in procurement activities of that agency to the extent exceptions are authorized under the Federal Acquisition Regulation, or to participate in nonprocurement activities of that agency to the extent exceptions are authorized under regulations issued pursuant to Executive Order No. 12549.
(a) The Office of Management and Budget may assist Federal agencies in resolving differences between the provisions contained in the Federal Acquisition Regulation and in regulations issued pursuant to Executive Order No. 12549. The Office of Management and Budget may determine the date of resolution of differences and then shall notify affected agencies of that date.
(b) To implement this order, proposed regulations amending the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the agency regulations issued pursuant to Executive Order No. 12549 shall be published simultaneously within 6 months of the resolution of differences.
(c) Final regulations shall be published simultaneously within 12 months of the publication of the proposed regulations, to be effective 30 days thereafter.
George Bush.
§6102. Program information requirements
(a) The Director shall collect and review information on domestic assistance programs and shall provide such information to the Administrator. The information on each domestic assistance program shall include the following:
(1) identification of the program by—
(A) title;
(B) authorizing law;
(C) administering office; and
(D) an identifying number assigned by the Director.
(2) a description of the—
(A) program;
(B) objectives of the program;
(C) types of activities financed under the program;
(D) eligibility requirements;
(E) types of assistance;
(F) uses, and restrictions on the use, of assistance; and
(G) duties of recipients under the program.
(3) a specification of each formula governing eligibility for assistance or the distribution of assistance under the program, which shall be described through the use of—
(A) the language used to specify each such formula in the law authorizing the program;
(B) the language used to specify each such formula in any Federal rule promulgated pursuant to the law authorizing the program; or
(C) a mathematical statement which is derived from the language referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph;
(4) a description of all data and statistical estimates used to carry out each formula specified pursuant to paragraph (3), and an identification of the sources of such data and estimates;
(5) financial information, including the—
(A) amounts appropriated for the current fiscal year or, if unavailable, the amounts requested by the President and the amounts obligated; and
(B) average amounts of awards made in past years.
(6) identification of information contacts, including the administering office and regional and local offices with their addresses and telephone numbers.
(7) a general description of—
(A) the application requirements and procedures; and
(B) to the extent practical, an estimate of the time required to process the application.
(b) On request of the Director, an agency shall give to the Director current information on all domestic assistance programs administered by the agency. The Director shall be responsible for ensuring that the Administrator incorporates all relevant information received on a regular basis.
(c) The Administrator—
(1) shall ensure that information and catalogs under this chapter are made available to the public at reasonable prices;
(2) may develop information services to assist State and local governments in identifying and obtaining sources of assistance;
(3) shall ensure that the information in the computerized system is made current on a regular basis and that the printed catalog and supplements thereto contain the most current data available at the time of printing; and
(4) shall transmit annually the information compiled under paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (a) to the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1001; Pub. L. 98–169, §§1(2), 2, 3(b), (c), Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1113, 1114.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6102(a). | 31:1703(a) | Dec. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–220, §§4, 5(d), (e), 91 Stat. 1615, 1616. |
| 6102(b) | 31:1703(b). | |
| 6102(c) | 31:1704(d), (e). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words in parentheses are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “information on domestic assistance programs. The information on each domestic assistance program shall include the following” are substituted for “a Federal Assistance Information Data Base . . . For each Federal domestic assistance program the data base shall” for clarity and consistency. In clause (1)(A), the word “law” is substituted for “statute” for consistency. In clause (2)(H), the word “obligations” is omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the word “catalogs” is added for clarity.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “further”, “officials”, and “Federal” are omitted as unnecessary.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–169, §2(1), substituted “collect and review information on domestic assistance programs and shall provide such information to the Administrator” for “prepare and maintain information on domestic assistance programs”.
Pub. L. 98–169, §1(2), substituted “Director” for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget”.
Subsec. (a)(2)(E) to (H). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(b)(1), struck out subpar. (E) relating to formulas governing distribution of amounts, and redesignated subpars. (F) to (H) as (E) to (G), respectively.
Subsec. (a)(3) to (7). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(b)(2), (3), added pars. (3) and (4) and redesignated former pars. (3) to (5) as (5) to (7), respectively.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–169, §2(2), substituted “The Director shall be responsible for ensuring that the Administrator incorporates all relevant information received on a regular basis” for “The Director shall incorporate on a regular basis all relevant information received”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–169, §2(3), substituted “Administrator” for “Director”.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 98–169, §2(4), added par. (3).
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(c), added par. (4).
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Consolidated Federal Funds Report
Pub. L. 97–326, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1607, as amended by Pub. L. 97–452, §4(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2480, known as the “Consolidated Federal Funds Report Act of 1982”, which required the Director of the Office of Management and Budget to prepare Consolidated Federal Funds Reports for the fiscal years 1981 through 1985, was repealed by Pub. L. 99–547, §2(d), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060, effective May 1, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6103, 6104 of this title.
§6102a. Assistance awards information system
(a) The Director shall—
(1) maintain the United States Government assistance awards information system established as a result of the study conducted under section 9 of the Federal Program Information Act; and
(2) update the system on a quarterly basis.
(b) To carry out subsection (a) of this section, the Director—
(1) may delegate the responsibility for carrying out subsection (a) of this section to the head of another executive agency;
(2) shall review a report the head of an agency submits to the Director on the method of carrying out subsection (a) of this section; and
(3) may validate, by appropriate means, the method by which an agency prepares the report.
(c) The Director shall transmit promptly after the end of each calendar quarter, free of charge, the data in the system required by subsection (a) to the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and to the Committee on House Administration of the House of Representatives.
(Added Pub. L. 97–452, §1(23)(A), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2477; amended Pub. L. 98–169, §1(2), Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1113; Pub. L. 99–547, §2(b)(1), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6102a | 31 App.:6102(note). | Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–326, §8, 96 Stat. 1609. |
In subsection (a)(1), the words “operate and” are omitted as surplus. The words “United States Government” are substituted for “Federal” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “information system” are substituted for “data system” for consistency with 31:6102. The words “by the Director” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “the head of another executive agency” are substituted for “any authority of the executive branch of the Federal Government” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “the head of” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
References in Text
Section 9 of the Federal Program Information Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is section 9 of Pub. L. 95–220, Dec. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1617, and was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–547 added subsec. (c).
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–169 substituted “Director” for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget”.
Change of Name
Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6202, 6203 of this title.
§6103. Access to computer information system
(a) The Administrator shall maintain a computerized information system providing access to—
(1) the information described in paragraphs (1), (2), (5), (6), and (7) of section 6102(a) of this title; and
(2) such portions or summaries, as the Administrator considers appropriate, of the information described in paragraphs (3) and (4) of such section.
(b) To the greatest extent practicable, the Administrator shall provide for the widespread availability of the information by available computer terminals.
(c) When the Administrator decides the efficiency of the information system under subsection (a) of this section requires it, the Administrator may make contracts with private organizations to obtain computer time-sharing services, including—
(1) computer telecommunications networks;
(2) computer software; and
(3) associated services.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1002; Pub. L. 98–169, §§1(2), 3(d), 4, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1113, 1114.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6103 | 31:1704(a)–(c). | Dec. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–220, §5(a)–(c), 91 Stat. 1616. |
In subsection (a), the words “establish and” are omitted as surplus. The word “information” is substituted for “data base” for consistency. The words “described in section 6102 of this title” are added for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “contained in the data base” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), the words “notwithstanding another provision of law to the contrary” and “but not limited to” are omitted as unnecessary.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(d), amended subsec. (a) generally, substituting provisions requiring the Administrator to maintain a computerized information system providing access to the information described in section 6102(a)(1), (2), (5), (6), and (7) of this title and such portions or summaries, as the Administrator considers appropriate, of the information described in section 6102(a)(3), (4) of this title for provisions requiring the Director to maintain a computerized information system providing access to the information described in section 6102 of this title.
Pub. L. 98–169, §1(2), substituted “Director” for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget”.
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 98–169, §4, substituted “Administrator” for “Director” wherever appearing.
§6104. Catalog of Federal domestic assistance programs
(a) The Administrator shall prepare and publish each year a catalog of domestic assistance programs.
(b) In a form selected by the Administrator, the catalog shall contain—
(1)(A) all substantive information on domestic assistance programs that, at the time the catalog is prepared, is in the system under paragraphs (1), (2), (5), (6), and (7) of section 6102(a) of this title; and
(B) such portions or summaries, as the Administrator considers appropriate, of the information on domestic assistance programs that, at the time the catalog is prepared, is in the system under paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 6102(a) of this title;
(2) information the Administrator decides may be helpful to a potential applicant for or beneficiary of assistance; and
(3) a detailed index.
(c) When the Administrator decides it is necessary, the Administrator shall prepare and publish—
(1) supplements to the catalog; and
(2) specialized compilations by function of information in the catalog.
(d) The Administrator may distribute a catalog without cost to each—
(1) member of Congress;
(2) department, agency, and instrumentality of the United States Government;
(3) State;
(4) general purpose unit of a local government;
(5) Indian tribe recognized by the United States Government;
(6) depository library of Government publications; and
(7) depository designated by the Administrator.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1002; Pub. L. 98–169, §1(2), 3(e), 4, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1113, 1114.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6104(a) | 31:1705(a). | Dec. 28, 1977, Pub. L. 95–220, §6, 91 Stat. 1616. |
| 6104(b) | 31:1705(d). | |
| 6104(c) | 31:1705(b), (c). | |
| 6104(d) | 31:1705(e). |
In subsection (a), the words in parentheses are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b)(1), the word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary. The words “system under section 6102(a) of this title” are substituted for “data base” for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (d), before clause (1), the text of 31:1705(e)(1) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 6102(c) of the revised title. The words “The Director” are added for clarity and consistency. The words “member of Congress” are substituted for “Members of Congress, Delegates, Resident Commissioners” for consistency. In clause (6), the words “depository library of United States Government publications” are substituted for “Federal deposit libraries” as being more precise. In clause (7), the word “depository” is substituted for “other local repositories” for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–169, §4, substituted “Administrator” for “Director”.
Pub. L. 98–169, §1(2), substituted “Director” for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–169, §4, substituted “Administrator” for “Director” in provisions preceding par. (1).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98–169, §3(e), amended par. (1) generally, substituting provisions requiring that the catalog contain all substantive information on domestic assistance programs that is in the system under section 6102(a)(1), (2), and (5)–(7) of this title, and such portions or summaries, as the Administrator considers appropriate, of information in the system under section 6102(a)(3), (4) of this title, at the time the catalog is prepared, for provision requiring that the catalog contain all such information in the system under section 6102(a) of this title at the time the catalog was prepared.
Subsecs. (b)(2), (c), (d). Pub. L. 98–169, §4, substituted “Administrator” for “Director” wherever appearing.
§6105. Oversight responsibility of Director
The Director shall have oversight responsibility for the exercise of all authorities and responsibilities in this chapter not specifically assigned to the Director.
(Added Pub. L. 98–169, §5, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1115.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6105, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1002, related to authorization of appropriations to carry out this chapter, prior to repeal by section 5 of Pub. L. 98–169. See section 6106 of this title.
§6106. Authorization of appropriations
After October 1, 1983, there may be appropriated to the Administrator such sums as may be necessary to carry out the responsibilities of this chapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–169, §5, Nov. 29, 1983, 97 Stat. 1115.)
CHAPTER 62—CONSOLIDATED FEDERAL FUNDS REPORT
Prior Provisions
Provisions similar to this chapter were contained in Pub. L. 97–326, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1607, as amended, which was set out as a note under section 6102 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–547, §2(d), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060, eff. May 1, 1986.
§6201. Definitions
As used in this chapter, the term—
(1) “Director” means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget;
(2) “State” means any State, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Government of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands; and
(3) “municipality” means any subcounty unit of general local government that received Federal assistance in the fiscal year that is the subject of the report.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3057.)
Short Title
Section 1 of Pub. L. 99–547 provided that: “This Act [enacting this chapter, amending sections 6101 and 6102a of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 6102 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 6102 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Consolidated Federal Funds Report Amendments of 1985’.”
Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.
§6202. Content, form, and data for report
(a) For fiscal years 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990, not later than 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Director shall prepare a Consolidated Federal Funds Report presenting the total amount of Federal funds that were obligated for expenditure or expended in each State, county or parish, congressional district, and municipality of the United States in appropriate general categories of Federal funds during the preceding fiscal year. To the extent practicable, such categories shall be consistently constituted from year to year. The report shall be in the form described in subsection (b) and shall be based on the data referred to in subsection (c).
(b) The Director shall include in each report required by subsection (a)—
(1) the total amount of Federal funds that were reported obligated for expenditure in each State, county or parish, congressional district, and municipality of the United States in appropriate general categories of Federal funds in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the report is made; or
(2) the total amount of Federal funds that were reported actually expended in each State, county or parish, congressional district, and municipality of the United States in appropriate categories in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the report is made.
(c) The report required by subsection (a) shall be based on the data included in—
(1) the Federal assistance awards data system established pursuant to section 6102a of this title;
(2) the Federal procurement data system established pursuant to section 6(d)(5) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 405(d)(5));
(3) the appropriate data files of the Office of Personnel Management;
(4) the payroll, pension, and grants files of the Office of the Secretary of Defense;
(5) the appropriate data files of the United States Postal Service and the Postal Rate Commission;
(6) the data system used by the Bureau of the Census to prepare the annual Federal aid to States report;
(7) the retirement and disability files of the United States Coast Guard, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service, the Commissioned Corps of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and the Foreign Service;
(8) the insurance claims files of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Department of Agriculture;
(9) the grants files of the Legal Services Corporation;
(10) the excess earned income tax credit file of the Internal Revenue Service;
(11) the appropriate data files of the National Railroad Passenger Corporation; and
(12) the payroll file of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
(d) For the purposes of subsection (b), the general categories of Federal funds presented in each report required by subsection (a) shall include data with respect to grants, loans, purchases and contracts, cooperative agreements, direct Federal payments to individuals, pay of civilian employees of the Government, military pay, annuities, retirement pay, pensions, and disability compensation.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3057; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(T), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “form,” for “form” in section catchline.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6203, 6204, 6205 of this title.
§6203. Printing and distribution of reports and machine-readable records
(a)(1) The Director shall—
(A) prepare—
(i) printed copies of each of the reports required by this chapter; and
(ii) machine-readable records of such reports; and
(B) make the printed copies of the reports and the machine-readable records available to the public for purchase at a price fixed under subsection (b).
(2) The Director shall transmit free of charge one of each of the printed copies of the reports required by this chapter to—
(A) each Federal regional depository library;
(B) the Committees on Government Operations, the Budget, and Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
(C) the Committees on Governmental Affairs, the Budget, and Appropriations of the Senate.
(3) The Director shall also transmit promptly after the end of each calendar year, free of charge, one machine-readable record of the report required by section 6202 to the Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and to the Committee on House Administration of the House of Representatives.
(4) Subject to subsection (b), the Director may, at his discretion, waive all or part of the fee required by subsection (a)(1)(B) of this section.
(b) In carrying out subsection (a)(1)(B), the Director shall, based on the estimates made under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, fix the price of each printed copy and each machine-readable record of the report so that the aggregate revenues obtained in each fiscal year under subsection (a) will cover as much as is feasible of the incremental costs incurred in making these reports and machine-readable records available for purchase by the public. In computing these costs the Director shall not consider the costs of the activities set forth in sections 6102a and 6205 of this title but shall consider—
(1) the cost of compiling the reports required by this chapter; preparing the printed copies and machine-readable records under subsection (a); and distributing the printed copies and the machine-readable records of the report for each fiscal year; and
(2) the number of printed copies and the number of machine-readable records of the report that will be purchased.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3058.)
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Committee on House Administration of House of Representatives changed to Committee on House Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6204 of this title.
§6204. Delegation
In order to carry out sections 6202 and 6203 of this chapter, the Director may delegate to any authority of the executive branch of the Federal Government the responsibility for carrying out such sections. The Director shall oversee the activities of any authority to which responsibilities are delegated under this section and shall monitor the compliance of each authority with respect to the requirements set forth in section 6205.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3059.)
§6205. Availability of information
Each head of any authority of the Government having custody of the data files and systems referred to in section 6202(c)—
(1) shall make available to the Director (or other authority to which the Director has delegated the responsibility to carry out such section) the information requested in the form designated; and
(2) is authorized to make available to the Director (or such other authority) such administrative services, equipment, personnel, and facilities (and funds appropriated therefor) as the Director or such authority requires to carry out such section.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3059.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6203, 6204 of this title.
§6206. Data consistency and uniformity of data elements
The Director shall designate a single organizational unit to provide for data consistency and uniform reporting of data elements.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3059.)
§6207. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this chapter such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990.
(Added Pub. L. 99–547, §2(a), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3060.)
CHAPTER 63—USING PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS AND GRANT AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 7 sections 1623a, 3318; title 10 section 2358; title 16 sections 670a, 670c–1, 670h; title 25 section 450e–1; title 30 section 1732; title 40 section 815.
§6301. Purposes
The purposes of this chapter are to—
(1) promote a better understanding of United States Government expenditures and help eliminate unnecessary administrative requirements on recipients of Government awards by characterizing the relationship between executive agencies and contractors, States, local governments, and other recipients in acquiring property and services and in providing United States Government assistance;
(2) prescribe criteria for executive agencies in selecting appropriate legal instruments to achieve—
(A) uniformity in their use by executive agencies;
(B) a clear definition of the relationships they reflect; and
(C) a better understanding of the responsibilities of the parties to them; and
(3) promote increased discipline in selecting and using procurement contracts, grant agreements, and cooperative agreements, maximize competition in making procurement contracts, and encourage competition in making grants and cooperative agreements.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1003.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6301 | 41:501. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §2, 92 Stat. 3. |
In the chapter, the words “procurement contract” are substituted for “contract” for consistency.
The text of 41:501(a) and (b)(4) is omitted as executed.
§6302. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “executive agency” does not include a mixed-ownership Government corporation.
(2) “grant agreement” and “cooperative agreement” do not include an agreement under which is provided only—
(A) direct United States Government cash assistance to an individual;
(B) a subsidy;
(C) a loan;
(D) a loan guarantee; or
(E) insurance.
(3) “local government” means a unit of government in a State, a local public authority, a special district, an intrastate district, a council of governments, a sponsor group representative organization, an interstate entity, or another instrumentality of a local government.
(4) “other recipient” means a person or recipient (except a State or local government) authorized to receive United States Government assistance or procurement contracts and includes a charitable or educational institution.
(5) “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and a multi-State, regional, or interstate entity having governmental duties and powers.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1003.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6302(1) | 41:502(4). | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §3, 92 Stat. 4. |
| 6302(2) | 41:502(5). | |
| 6302(3) | 41:502(2). | |
| 6302(4) | 41:502(3). | |
| 6302(5) | 41:502(1). |
Clause (3) restates the source provisions because of the definition of “executive agency” in section 102 of the revised title. The words “a county, municipality, city, town, township” are omitted as being included in “a unit of government in a State”.
In clause (5), the words “the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico” are omitted as being included in “territory or possession of the United States” and as unnecessary because of 48:734. The words “duties and powers” are substituted for “functions” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 10 section 2411.
§6303. Using procurement contracts
An executive agency shall use a procurement contract as the legal instrument reflecting a relationship between the United States Government and a State, a local government, or other recipient when—
(1) the principal purpose of the instrument is to acquire (by purchase, lease, or barter) property or services for the direct benefit or use of the United States Government; or
(2) the agency decides in a specific instance that the use of a procurement contract is appropriate.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1004.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6303 | 41:503. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §4, 92 Stat. 4. |
The words “type of” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “decides” is substituted for “determines” for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 15 section 3710a.
§6304. Using grant agreements
An executive agency shall use a grant agreement as the legal instrument reflecting a relationship between the United States Government and a State, a local government, or other recipient when—
(1) the principal purpose of the relationship is to transfer a thing of value to the State or local government or other recipient to carry out a public purpose of support or stimulation authorized by a law of the United States instead of acquiring (by purchase, lease, or barter) property or services for the direct benefit or use of the United States Government; and
(2) substantial involvement is not expected between the executive agency and the State, local government, or other recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated in the agreement.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1004.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6304 | 41:504. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §5, 92 Stat. 4. |
The words “type of” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “money, property, services” are omitted as being included in “a thing of value”. The words “in order” are omitted as surplus. The words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Federal statute” for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 15 sections 3710a, 4602.
§6305. Using cooperative agreements
An executive agency shall use a cooperative agreement as the legal instrument reflecting a relationship between the United States Government and a State, a local government, or other recipient when—
(1) the principal purpose of the relationship is to transfer a thing of value to the State, local government, or other recipient to carry out a public purpose of support or stimulation authorized by a law of the United States instead of acquiring (by purchase, lease, or barter) property or services for the direct benefit or use of the United States Government; and
(2) substantial involvement is expected between the executive agency and the State, local government, or other recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated in the agreement.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1004.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6305 | 41:505. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §6, 92 Stat. 5. |
The words “type of” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “money, property, services” are omitted as being included in “a thing of value”. The words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Federal statute” for consistency.
Implementation of North American Wetlands Conservation Act and North American Waterfowl Management Plan
Pub. L. 102–154, title I, Nov. 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 995, provided that: “Notwithstanding the provisions of the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreements Act of 1977 (31 U.S.C. 6301–6308), the Fish and Wildlife Service is hereafter authorized to negotiate and enter into cooperative arrangements and grants with public and private agencies, organizations, institutions, and individuals to implement on a public-private cost sharing basis, the North American Wetlands Conservation Act [16 U.S.C. 4401 et seq.] and the North American Waterfowl Management Plan”.
Printing of Educational Materials and Continuation of Challenge Cost-Share Program
Pub. L. 102–154, title II, Nov. 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 1018, provided that: “Notwithstanding the provisions of the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreements Act of 1977 (31 U.S.C. 6301–6308), the Forest Service is authorized hereafter to negotiate and enter into cooperative arrangements with public and private agencies, organizations, institutions, and individuals to print educational materials and to continue the Challenge Cost-Share Program.”
Bureau of Land Management; Authorization To Use Cooperative Arrangements To Implement Challenge Cost-Share Programs
Pub. L. 101–512, title I, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1918, provided in part that: “the Bureau [of Land Management] is authorized hereafter to negotiate and enter into cooperative arrangements with public and private agencies, organizations, institutions, and individuals, to implement challenge cost-share programs.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 15 section 3710a.
§6306. Authority to vest title in tangible personal property for research
The head of an executive agency may vest title in tangible personal property in a nonprofit institution of higher education or in a nonprofit organization whose primary purpose is conducting scientific research—
(1) when the property is bought with amounts provided under a procurement contract, grant agreement, or cooperative agreement with the institution or organization to conduct basic or applied scientific research;
(2) when the head of the agency decides the vesting furthers the objectives of the agency;
(3) without further obligation to the United States Government; and
(4) under conditions the head of the agency considers appropriate.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1004.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6306 | 41:506. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §7, 92 Stat. 5. |
The text of 41:506(a) is omitted as unnecessary because it duplicates the requirements of sections 6303–6305 of the revised title. The word “equipment” is omitted as being included in “tangible personal property”. The words “amounts provided under a contract, grant agreement, or cooperative agreement” are substituted for “such funds” for clarity. The words “decides the vesting” are substituted for “it is deemed” for clarity. The word “conditions” is substituted for “terms and conditions” because it is inclusive.
§6307. Interpretative guidelines and exemptions
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget may—
(1) issue supplementary interpretative guidelines to promote consistent and efficient use of procurement contracts, grant agreements, and cooperative agreements; and
(2) exempt a transaction or program of an executive agency from this chapter.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1005.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6307(1) | 41:508. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §9, 92 Stat. 6. |
| 6307(2) | 41:501(note). | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §10(d), 92 Stat. 6; Apr. 1, 1982, Pub. L. 97–162, 96 Stat. 23. |
In clause (2), the word “exempt” is substituted for “except” for consistency.
§6308. Use of multiple relationships for different parts of jointly financed projects
This chapter does not require an executive agency to establish only one relationship between the United States Government and a State, a local government, or other recipient on a jointly financed project involving amounts from more than one program or appropriation when different relationships would otherwise be appropriate for different parts of the project.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1005.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6308 | 41:509. | Feb. 3, 1978, Pub. L. 95–224, §10(c), 92 Stat. 6. |
The word “financed” is substituted for “funded”, and the word “amounts” is substituted for “funds”, for consistency in the revised title.
CHAPTER 65—INTERGOVERNMENTAL COOPERATION
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–453, §5(c), Oct. 24, 1990, 104 Stat. 1061, substituted “Intergovernmental financing” for “Transfer and deposit requirements” in item 6503.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 42 section 3232.
§6501. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “assistance” means the transfer of anything of value for a public purpose of support or stimulation that is—
(A) authorized by a law of the United States;
(B) provided by the United States Government through grant or contractual arrangements (including technical assistance programs providing assistance by loan, loan guarantee, or insurance); and
(C) not an annual payment by the United States Government to the District of Columbia government under section 502 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Public Law 93–198, 87 Stat. 813, D.C. Code, §47–3406).
(2) “comprehensive planning” includes, to the extent directly related to area needs or needs of a unit of general local government—
(A) preparation, as a guide for governmental policies and action, of general plans on—
(i) the pattern and intensity of land use;
(ii) providing public facilities (including transportation facilities) and other governmental services; and
(iii) the effective development and use of human and natural resources;
(B) long-range physical and fiscal plans for an action referred to in subparagraph (A);
(C) a program for capital improvements and other major expenditures based on their relative urgency, and definitive financing plans for the expenditures in the earlier years of the program;
(D) coordination of related plans and activities of States and local governments and agencies concerned; and
(E) preparation of regulatory and administrative measures to support the items referred to in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D).
(3) “executive agency” does not include a mixed-ownership Government corporation.
(4)(A) “grant” (except as provided in subparagraph (C)) means money, or property provided instead of money, that is paid or provided by the United States Government under a fixed annual or total authorization, to a State, to a local government, or to a beneficiary under a plan or program administered by a State or a local government that is subject to approval by an executive agency, if the authorization—
(i) requires the State or local government to expend non-Government money as a condition of receiving money or property from the United States Government; or
(ii) specifies directly, or establishes by means of a formula, the amount that may be provided to the State or local government, or the amount to be allotted for use in each State by the State, local government, and beneficiaries.
(B) “grant” (except as provided in subparagraph (C)) also means money, or property provided instead of money, that is paid or provided by the United States Government to a private, nonprofit community organization eligible to receive amounts under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9901 et seq.).
(C) “grant” does not include—
(i) shared revenue;
(ii) payment of taxes;
(iii) payment instead of taxes;
(iv) a loan or repayable advance;
(v) surplus property or surplus agricultural commodities provided as surplus property;
(vi) a payment under a research and development procurement contract or grant awarded directly and on similar terms to all qualifying organizations; or
(vii) a payment to a State or local government as complete reimbursement for costs incurred in paying benefits or providing services to persons entitled to them under a law of the United States.
(5) “head of a State agency” includes the designated delegate of the head of the agency.
(6) “local government” means a unit of general local government, a school district, or other special district established under State law.
(7) “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Treasury.
(8) “special-purpose unit of local government” means a special district, public-purpose local government of a State except a school district.
(9) “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, and an agency, instrumentality, or fiscal agent of a State but does not mean a local government of a State.
(10) “unit of general local government” means a county, city, town, village, or other general purpose political subdivision of a State.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1005; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(24), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478; Pub. L. 101–453, §§3, 5(a), Oct. 24, 1990, 104 Stat. 1058, 1059.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6501(1) | 42:4201(7). | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §§101–107, 109, 110, 82 Stat. 1098, 1100, 1101. |
| 6501(2) | 42:4201(9). | |
| 6501(3) | 42:4201(1). | |
| 6501(4) | 42:4201(6). | |
| 6501(5) | 42:4201(10). | |
| 6501(6) | 42:4201(3). | |
| 6501(7) | 42:4201(5). | |
| 6501(8) | 42:4201(2). | |
| 6501(9) | 42:4201(4). |
In clause (1), the word “assistance” is substituted for “ ‘Federal assistance’, ‘Federal assistance programs’, or ‘federally assisted programs’ ” for consistency in the revised title and to have only one defined term in the chapter. The words “the transfer of anything of value for a public purpose of support or stimulation that is (A) authorized by a law of the United States” are substituted for “programs that provide assistance” for consistency with section 6101(3) of the revised title. The words “section 502 of the District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act (Public Law 93–198, 87 Stat. 813, D.C. Code §47–3406)” are substituted for “article VI of the District of Columbia Revenue Act of 1947 (D.C. Code secs. 47–2501a and 47–2501b)” because the former has superseded the latter.
Clause (3) restates the source provisions because of the definition of “executive agency” in section 102 of the revised title.
In clause (4)(A) and (B), the word “grant” is substituted for “ ‘grant’ or ‘grant-in-aid’ ” for consistency in the revised title and to have only one defined term in the chapter.
In clause (4)(B), the words “a private, nonprofit community organization eligible to receive amounts under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9901 et seq.)” are substituted for “a community action agency under the Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, as amended” because of section 683(c)(2) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97–35, 95 Stat. 519).
In clause (4)(C), the words “whether public or private” are omitted as surplus. The words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Federal laws” for consistency.
In clause (5), the words “head of a Federal agency” are omitted as unnecessary because heads of Federal agencies already have the authority to delegate.
In clause (6), the words “local government” are substituted for “ ‘political subdivision’ or ‘local government’ ” for consistency in the revised title and to have only one defined term in the chapter. The words “unit of general local government” are substituted for “local unit of government, including specifically a county, municipality, city, town, township” to incorporate the definition in clause (9).
In clause (7), the words “public-purpose local government” are substituted for “public-purpose corporation or other strictly limited purpose political subdivision” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In clause (8), the words “the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico” are omitted as being included in “territory or possession of the United States” and as necessary because of 48:734.
In clause (9), the word “parish” is omitted as included in county because of 1:2.
1983 Act
This amends 31:6501(1)(B) to clarify the section as enacted by the Act of Sept. 13, 1982 (Pub. L. 97–258, 96 Stat. 1005).
References in Text
The Community Services Block Grant Act, referred to in par. (4)(b), is subtitle B (§§671–683) of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 511, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 106 (§9901 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9901 of Title 42 and Tables.
Amendments
1990—Par. (2)(B). Pub. L. 101–453, §3(1), substituted “subparagraph (A)” for “subclause (A) of this clause (2)”.
Par. (2)(E). Pub. L. 101–453, §3(2), substituted “subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D)” for “subclauses (A)–(D) of this clause (2)”.
Par. (4)(A). Pub. L. 101–453, §3(3), substituted “subparagraph (C)” for “subclause (C) of this clause (4)”.
Par. (4)(B). Pub. L. 101–453, §3(4), substituted “subparagraph (C)” for “subclause (C) of this clause (4)”.
Par. (7). Pub. L. 101–453, §5(a)(2), added par. (7). Former par. (7) redesignated (8).
Par. (8). Pub. L. 101–453, §5(a)(1), redesignated par. (7) as (8). Former par. (8) redesignated (9).
Par. (9). Pub. L. 101–453, §5(a)(1), (3), redesignated par. (8) as (9), added new text, and struck out former text which read as follows: “ ‘State’ means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, and an agency or instrumentality of a State but does not mean a local government of a State.” Former par. (9) redesignated (10).
Par. (10). Pub. L. 101–453, §5(a)(1), redesignated par. (9) as (10).
1983—Par. (1)(B). Pub. L. 97–452 struck out “the law of” after “provided by”.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–589, §1, Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 3718 and 3720A of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 3718 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 3335, 3718, and 6503 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Cash Management Improvement Act Amendments of 1992’.”
Short Title of 1990 Amendment
Section 1 of Pub. L. 101–453 provided that: “This Act [enacting section 3335 of this title, amending this section and section 6503 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 3335 and 6503 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Cash Management Improvement Act of 1990’.”
Purpose of 1990 Act
Section 2 of Pub. L. 101–453 provided that: “The purpose of this Act [see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note above] is to ensure greater efficiency, effectiveness, and equity in the exchange of funds between the Federal Government and the States.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 2 section 653.
§6502. Information on grants received
On request of a chief executive officer of a State, a State legislature, or an official designated by either of them, an executive agency carrying out a grant program to States and local governments shall provide the requesting officer or legislature with written information on the purpose and amounts of grants provided to the State or local government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1007.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6502 | 42:4211. | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §201, 82 Stat. 1101. |
The words “chief executive officer” are substituted for “Governor” because the definition of State includes the District of Columbia. The words “executive agency” are substituted for “department or agency of the United States Government” because of the definition in sections 102 and 6501(3) of the revised title. The words “shall provide the requesting officer or legislature” are substituted for the last sentence of 42:4211 to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “information” is substituted for “such data” because it is more accurate. The words “in writing” and “actual” are omitted as unnecessary.
§6503. Intergovernmental financing
(a) Consistent with program purposes and with regulations of the Secretary, and in accordance with an agreement under subsection (b) entered into by the Secretary and a State—
(1) the head of an executive agency (other than the Tennessee Valley Authority) carrying out a program shall schedule transfers of funds to the State under the program so as to minimize the time elapsing between transfer of funds from the United States Treasury and the issuance or redemption of checks, warrants, or payments by other means by a State; and
(2) the State shall minimize the time elapsing between transfer of funds from the United States Treasury and the issuance or redemption of checks, warrants, or payments by other means for program purposes.
(b)(1) The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with each State to which transfers of funds are made, which establishes procedures and requirements for implementing this section.
(2) An agreement under this subsection shall—
(A) specify procedures chosen by the State for carrying out transfers of funds under the agreement;
(B) describe the process by which the Federal Government shall review and approve the implementation of the procedures specified under subparagraph (A);
(C) establish the methods to be used for calculating and documenting payments of interest pursuant to this section; and
(D) specify those types of costs directly incurred by the State for interest calculations required under this section, and require the Secretary to consider those costs in computing payments under this section.
(3) The Secretary shall issue regulations establishing procedures and requirements for implementing this section with respect to a State with which no agreement is entered into by the Secretary under paragraph (1). Such regulations shall apply to a State until such time as the Secretary enters into an agreement with the State under paragraph (1).
(c)(1) The Secretary shall issue regulations that shall require a State, when not inconsistent with program purposes, to pay interest to the United States on funds from the time funds are deposited by the United States to the State's account until the time that funds are paid out by the State in order to redeem checks or warrants or make payments by other means for program purposes. Except as provided under paragraph (3)(B) (relating to the Unemployment Trust Fund), the interest payable under this subsection shall be calculated at a rate equal to the average of the bond equivalent rates of 13-week Treasury bills auctioned during the period for which interest is calculated, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), amounts received by the United States as payment of interest under this subsection shall be deposited in the Treasury and credited as miscellaneous receipts.
(3)(A) Amounts paid by a State under paragraph (1) as interest on funds paid to a State from a trust fund for which the Secretary is the trustee shall be credited to such trust fund.
(B) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, amounts of interest paid by a State, on funds drawn from its account in the Unemployment Trust Fund, shall be deposited into that account and shall consist of actual interest earnings by the State, less related banking costs incurred by the State, for the period for which interest is calculated.
(d)(1) If a State disburses its own funds for program purposes in accordance with Federal law, Federal regulation, or Federal-State agreement, the State shall be entitled to interest from the time the State's funds are paid out to redeem checks or warrants, or make payments by other means, until the Federal funds are deposited to the State's bank account. The Secretary shall pay, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such amounts as may be necessary for interest owed to a State under this subsection. Such interest shall be calculated, at a rate equal to the average of the bond equivalent rates of 13-week Treasury bills auctioned during the period for which interest is calculated, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) If interest is paid under this subsection as a result of a State disbursing its own funds before receiving payment from a trust fund for which the Secretary of the Treasury is the trustee, such interest shall be charged against such trust fund.
(e) The budget submitted by the President under section 1105 of this title for a fiscal year shall include a statement specifying, for the most recently completed fiscal year, amounts of interest accrued to the Federal Government under subsection (c) and amounts of interest paid to States under subsection (d).
(f) If a State receives refunds of funds disbursed by the State under a Federal program, the State shall return those refunds to the Federal executive agency administering the program or apply those refunds to reduce the amount of funds owed by the Federal Government to the State under such program. Interest earned on such refunds shall be considered when setting overall interest obligations between the State and the Federal Government as required by this section.
(g) If the Federal Government makes a payment to a recipient under a Federal program, and a portion of the payment is an amount which the Federal Government is paying to such recipient on behalf of a State, such amount shall be considered to be a transfer of funds between the Federal Government and the State for purposes of this section.
(h) A State may not be required by a law or regulation of the United States to deposit funds received by it in a separate bank account. However, a State shall account for funds made available to the State as United States Government funds in the accounts of the State. The head of the State agency concerned shall make periodic authenticated reports to the head of the appropriate Federal executive agency on the status and the application of the funds, the liabilities and obligations on hand, and other information required by the head of the executive agency. Records related to the funds received by the State shall be made available to the head of the executive agency, the Inspector General of the executive agency, and the Comptroller General for necessary audits.
(i) The Secretary shall prescribe methods for the payment of interest under this section between the Federal Government and the States, including provisions for offsetting amounts owed by the respective parties. Such methods of payment shall require payment of interest on an annual basis and shall provide for comparable treatment in manner, technique, and timing for both the States and the Federal Government.
(j) Consistent with Federal program purposes and regulations of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the head of a Federal executive agency carrying out a program shall execute grant awards to States on a timely basis to assure the availability of funds to accomplish transfers in compliance with subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1007; Pub. L. 101–453, §5(b), Oct. 24, 1990, 104 Stat. 1059.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6503(a) | 42:4213. | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §§202, 203, 82 Stat. 1101. |
| 6503(b) | 42:4212. |
In the section, the words “executive agency” are substituted for “Federal departments and agencies” because of the definition in sections 102 and 6501(3) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), the word “money” is substituted for “funds” for consistency in the section. The words “so as” and “United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “before or after” are substituted for “prior to or subsequent to” for consistency. The words “subsequent to such transfer of funds” are omitted as unnecessary the second time they are used.
In subsection (b), the words “apart from other funds administered by the state”, “properly”, “In each case”, and “examination” are omitted as unnecessary. The word “money” is substituted for “all federal grant-in-aid funds” for consistency in the section. The words “United States Government grant money” are substituted for “Federal funds” for consistency in the revised title. The word “make” is substituted for “render”, the word “periodic” is substituted for “regular”, and the word “information” is substituted for “facts”, for clarity. The words “or any of their duly authorized representatives” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Records shall be made available to . . . for auditing” are substituted for “shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–453 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to intergovernmental financing for provisions relating to transfer and deposit requirements.
Effective Date of 1990 Amendment
Section 5(e) of Pub. L. 101–453, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §2(2)(C), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6501 of this title] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 24, 1990], except that subsections (c) and (d) of section 6503 of title 31, United States Code, as added by subsection (b) of this section (relating to payments of interest between the Federal Government and State governments), shall take effect on July 1, 1993 or the first day of a State's fiscal year beginning in 1993, whichever is later.”
Agreements With States
Section 5(d) of Pub. L. 101–453, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §2(2)(A), (B), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133, provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
GAO Report
Section 6 of Pub. L. 101–453, as amended by Pub. L. 102–589, §2(3), Nov. 10, 1992, 106 Stat. 5133, provided that: “Five years after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 24, 1990] the Comptroller General shall submit an audit of the implementation of the amendments made by section 5 [amending this section and section 6501 of this title] and submit a report to the Congress describing the results of that audit.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 42 sections 300w–2, 703, 706, 1397a, 1397e, 8626, 9873, 9907.
§6504. Use of existing State or multimember agency to administer grant programs
Notwithstanding a law of the United States providing that one State agency or multimember agency must be established or designated to carry out or supervise the administration of a grant program, the head of the executive agency carrying out the program may, when requested by the executive or legislative authority of the State responsible for the organizational structure of a State government—
(1) waive the one State agency or multimember agency provision on an adequate showing that the provision prevents the establishment of the most effective and efficient organizational arrangement within the State government; and
(2) approve another State administrative structure or arrangement after deciding that the objectives of the law authorizing the grant program will not be endangered by using another State structure or arrangement.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1007.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6504 | 42:4214. | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §204, 82 Stat. 1101. |
In the section, the word “agency” is substituted for “board or commission” for consistency in the revised title. Before clause (1), the words “executive agency” are substituted for “Federal department or agency” because of the definition in sections 102 and 6501(3) of the revised title. The words “appropriate” and “determining or revising” are omitted as surplus. The words “Governor or other” are omitted as covered by “executive . . . authority”. In clause (2), the words “after deciding” are substituted for “Provided, That the head of the Federal department or agency determines” to eliminate unnecessary words.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 29 section 1579.
§6505. Authority to provide specialized or technical services
(a) The President may prescribe statistical and other studies and compilations, development projects, technical tests and evaluations, technical information, training activities, surveys, reports, documents, and other similar services that an executive agency is especially competent and authorized by law to provide. The services prescribed must be consistent with and further the policy of the United States Government of relying on the private enterprise system to provide services reasonably and quickly available through ordinary business channels.
(b) The head of an executive agency may provide services prescribed by the President under this section to a State or local government when—
(1) written request is made by the State or local government; and
(2) payment of pay and all other identifiable costs of providing the services is made to the executive agency by the State or local government making the request.
(c) Payment received by an executive agency for providing services under this section shall be deposited to the credit of the principal appropriation from which the cost of providing the services has been paid or will be charged.
(d) The authority under this section is in addition to authority under another law in effect on October 16, 1968.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1007.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6505(a) | 42:4201(8). | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §§108, 303, 305, 82 Stat. 1100, 1102, 1103. |
| 42:4222(proviso, words after proviso). | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §302, 82 Stat. 1102; Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1970, eff. July 1, 1970, §102(a), 84 Stat. 2085. | |
| 6505(b) | 42:4222(words before proviso). | |
| 6505(c) | 42:4223. | |
| 6505(d) | 42:4225. |
In the section, the words “executive agency” are substituted for “Federal department or agency” and “department or agency of the executive branch of the Federal Government” because of the definition in sections 102 and 6501(3) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), the source provisions are consolidated to eliminate an unnecessary definition. The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” in 42:4222(proviso, words after proviso) because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “rules and regulations” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b), the word “may” is substituted for “is authorized within his discretion” for clarity and to omit unnecessary words. The words “specialized or technical services” are omitted because of consolidation of the source provisions. The words “direct or indirect” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the word “Payment” is substituted for “moneys” for consistency in the section. The words “All” and “or any bureau or other administrative division thereof” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d), the words “and does not supersede” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “authority under another law in effect on October 16, 1968” are substituted for “authority now possessed” for clarity. The words “by any Federal department or agency with respect to furnishing services, whether on a reimbursable or nonreimbursable basis, to State and local units of government” are omitted as unnecessary.
§6506. Development assistance
(a) The economic and social development of the United States and the achievement of satisfactory levels of living depend on the sound and orderly development of urban and rural areas. When urbanization proceeds rapidly, the sound and orderly development of urban communities depends to a large degree on the social and economic health and the sound development of smaller communities and rural areas.
(b) The President shall prescribe regulations governing the formulation, evaluation, and review of United States Government programs and projects having a significant impact on area and community development (including programs and projects providing assistance to States and localities) to serve most effectively the basic objectives of subsection (a) of this section. The regulations shall provide for the consideration of concurrently achieving the following specific objectives and, to the extent authorized by law, reasoned choices shall be made between the objectives when they conflict:
(1) appropriate land uses for housing, commercial, industrial, governmental, institutional, and other purposes.
(2) wise development and conservation of all natural resources.
(3) balanced transportation systems, including highway, air, water, pedestrian, mass transit, and other means to move people and goods.
(4) adequate outdoor recreation and open space.
(5) protection of areas of unique natural beauty and historic and scientific interest.
(6) properly planned community facilities (including utilities for supplying power, water, and communications) for safely disposing of wastes, and for other purposes.
(7) concern for high standards of design.
(c) To the extent possible, all national, regional, State, and local viewpoints shall be considered in planning development programs and projects of the United States Government or assisted by the Government. State and local government objectives and the objectives of regional organizations shall be considered within a framework of national public objectives expressed in laws of the United States. Available projections of future conditions in the United States and needs of regions, States, and localities shall be considered in plan formulation, evaluation, and review.
(d) To the maximum extent possible and consistent with national objectives, assistance for development purposes shall be consistent with and further the objectives of State, regional, and local comprehensive planning. Consideration shall be given to all developmental aspects of our total national community, including housing, transportation, economic development, natural and human resources development, community facilities, and the general improvement of living environments.
(e) To the maximum extent practicable, each executive agency carrying out a development assistance program shall consult with and seek advice from all other significantly affected executive agencies in an effort to ensure completely coordinated programs. To the extent possible, systematic planning required by individual United States Government programs (such as highway construction, urban renewal, and open space) shall be coordinated with and, to the extent authorized by law, made part of comprehensive local and areawide development planning.
(f) When a law of the United States provides that both a special-purpose unit of local government and a unit of general local government are eligible to receive a loan or grant, the head of an executive agency shall make the loan or grant to the unit of general local government instead of the special-purpose unit of local government in the absence of substantial reasons to the contrary.
(g) The President may designate an executive agency to prescribe regulations to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1008.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6506(a) | 42:4231(a)(1st, 2d sentences). | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §§401–403, 82 Stat. 1103. |
| 6506(b) | 42:4231(a)(3d–last sentences). | |
| 6506(c) | 42:4231(b). | |
| 6506(d) | 42:4231(c). | |
| 6506(e) | 42:4231(d), (e). | |
| 6506(f) | 42:4232. | |
| 6506(g) | 42:4233. |
In subsection (a), the words “United States” are substituted for “the Nation” for consistency. The word “When” is substituted for “in a time” for clarity.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the word “therefore” is omitted as unnecessary. The word “regulations” is substituted for “rules and regulations” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. In clause (2), the words “all natural resources” are substituted for “natural resources, including land, water, minerals, wildlife, and others” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), the words “fully”, “taken into account”, and “evaluated” are omitted as surplus. The words “development programs and projects of the United States Government or assisted by the Government” are substituted for “Federal or federally assisted development programs and projects”, and the words “laws of the United States” are substituted for “Federal law”, for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (d), the word “assistance” is substituted for “federal aid” because of the definition in section 6501(1) of the revised title.
In subsection (e), the words “executive agency” are substituted for “Federal department and agency” and “Federal departments and agencies” because of the definition in sections 102 and 6501(3) of the revised title. The words “To the extent” are substituted for “Insofar as” for consistency.
In subsection (f), the words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Federal law” for consistency.
In subsection (g), the words “Office of Management and Budget . . . other” are omitted as surplus.
Ex. Ord. No. 12372. Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs
Ex. Ord. No. 12372, July 14, 1982, 47 F.R. 30959, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12416, Apr. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 15587, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including Section 401(a) of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4231(a)) [31 U.S.C. 6506(a) and (b)], Section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966 (42. U.S.C. 3334) and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and in order to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism by relying on State and local processes for the State and local government coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance and direct Federal development, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(a) Utilize the State process to determine official views of State and local elected officials.
(b) Communicate with State and local elected officials as early in the program planning cycle as is reasonably feasible to explain specific plans and actions.
(c) Make efforts to accommodate State and local elected officials’ concerns with proposed Federal financial assistance and direct Federal development that are communicated through the designated State process. For those cases where the concerns cannot be accommodated, Federal officials shall explain the bases for their decision in a timely manner.
(d) Allow the States to simplify and consolidate existing Federally required State plan submissions. Where State planning and budgeting systems are sufficient and where permitted by law, the substitution of State plans for Federally required State plans shall be encouraged by the agencies.
(e) Seek the coordination of views of affected State and local elected officials in one State with those of another State when proposed Federal financial assistance or direct Federal development has an impact on interstate metropolitan urban centers or other interstate areas. Existing interstate mechanisms that are redesignated as part of the State process may be used for this purpose.
(f) Support State and local governments by discouraging the reauthorization or creation of any planning organization which is Federally-funded, which has a Federally-prescribed membership, which is established for a limited purpose, and which is not adequately representative of, or accountable to, State or local elected officials.
(b) At the discretion of the State and local elected officials, the State process may exclude certain Federal programs from review and comment.
(b) The rules and regulations which result from the process indicated in Section 5(a) above shall replace any current rules and regulations and become effective September 30, 1983.
Ronald Reagan.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 16 sections 460u–21, 1456; title 40 section 601a; title 42 section 3151a; title 43 section 1721.
§6507. Congressional review of grant programs
(a) The committees of Congress having jurisdiction over a grant program authorized by a law of the United States without a specified expiration date for the program shall study the program. The committees may conduct studies separately or jointly and shall report the results of their findings to their respective Houses of Congress not later than the end of each period specified in subsection (b) of this section. The committees shall give special attention to—
(1) the extent to which the purposes of the grants have been met;
(2) the extent to which the objective of the program can be carried on without further assistance;
(3) whether a change in the purpose, direction, or administration of the original program, or in procedures and requirements applicable to the program, should be made; and
(4) the extent to which the program is adequate to meet the growing and changing needs that it was designed to support.
(b)(1) A study under subsection (a) of this section of a grant program authorized by a law of the United States enacted before October 16, 1968, shall be conducted before the end of each 4th calendar year after the year during which a study of the program was last conducted under this section.
(2) A study under subsection (a) of this section of a grant program authorized by a law of the United States enacted after October 16, 1968, shall be conducted before the end of the 4th calendar year after the year of enactment of the law and before the end of each 4th calendar year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1009.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6507(a) | 42:4241(a). | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §601, 82 Stat. 1106. |
| 6507(b) | 42:4241(b). |
In the section, the words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Act of Congress” for clarity. The word “grants” is substituted for “grants-in-aid”, and the words “grant program” are substituted for “grant-in-aid program”, for consistency in the chapter.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “grant program” are substituted for “program under which such grants-in-aid are made” for consistency in the chapter and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “committees of Congress” are substituted for “Committee of the Senate and the House of Representatives” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “The committees may conduct” are added for clarity. The word “report” is substituted for “advise” for clarity. In clause (2), the word “assistance” is substituted for “financial assistance from the United States” because of the definition in section 6501(1) of the revised title.
In subsection (b), the words “prior to the expiration of the fourth calendar year beginning after October 16, 1968, and thereafter” are omitted as executed.
§6508. Studies and reports
(a)(1) When requested by a committee of Congress having jurisdiction over a grant program, the Comptroller General shall study the program. The study shall include a review of—
(A) the extent to which—
(i) the program conflicts with or duplicates other grant programs; and
(ii) more effective, efficient, economical, and uniform administration of the program may be achieved by changing the requirements and procedures applicable to it; and
(B) budgetary, accounting, reporting, and administrative procedures of the program.
(2) The Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report on a study made under this subsection and any recommendations. To the extent practicable, a report on an expiring program shall be submitted in the year before the year in which a program ends.
(b)(1) When requested by a committee of Congress having jurisdiction over a grant program, the Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations shall study the intergovernmental relations aspects of the program, including—
(A) the impact of the program on the structural organization of States and local governments and on Federal-State-local fiscal relations; and
(B) the coordination of administration of the program by the United States Government and State and local governments.
(2) The Commission shall submit to the committee requesting the study and to Congress a report and any recommendations.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1010.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6508(a) | 42:4242. | Oct. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–577, §§602, 603, 82 Stat. 1107. |
| 6508(b) | 42:4243. |
In the section, the words “of Congress” are added for clarity. The words “grant program” are substituted for “grant-in-aid program” for consistency in the chapter.
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the words “The study shall include a review of” are substituted for “to determine” for clarity. In clause (B), the words “among other relevant matters” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b)(1)(B), the words “administration of the program by the United States Government” are substituted for “Federal administration” for consistency in the revised title.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “requesting the study” are added for clarity.
CHAPTER 67—FEDERAL PAYMENTS
Prior Provisions
A prior chapter 67, consisting of sections 6701 to 6724, related to revenue sharing, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
§6701. Payments to local governments
(a)
(1)
(2)
(A) education to prevent crime;
(B) substance abuse treatment to prevent crime; or
(C) job programs to prevent crime.
(3)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(A) paid to the unit from amounts appropriated under the authority of this section; and
(B) not expended by the unit within one year after receipt from the Secretary.
(2)
(3)
(f)
(1)
(A) small business concerns controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and women; and
(B) historically Black colleges and universities and colleges and universities having a student body in which more than 20 percent of the students are Hispanic Americans or Native Americans.
(2)
(3)
(A) the term “small business concern” has the meaning such term has under section 3 of the Small Business Act; and
(B) the term “socially and economically disadvantaged individuals” has the meaning such term has under section 8(d) of the Small Business Act and relevant subcontracting regulations promulgated pursuant to that section.
(g)
(1)
(2)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1859.)
References in Text
Sections 3 and 8(d) of the Small Business Act, referred to in subsec. (f)(3), are classified to sections 632 and 637(d), respectively, of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6701, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1010; Pub. L. 98–185, §§2, 9(a), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1309, 1311, related to definitions and application of chapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Regulations
Section 31001(b) of Pub. L. 103–322 provided that: “Within 90 days of the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 13, 1994] the Secretary shall issue regulations, which may be interim regulations, to implement subsection (a) [enacting this chapter], modifying the regulations for carrying into effect the Revenue Sharing Act [former chapter 67 of this title] that were in effect as of July 1, 1987, and that were published in 31 C.F.R. part 51. The Secretary need not hold a public hearing before issuing these regulations.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6703, 6705, 6708, 6720 of this title.
§6702. Local Government Fiscal Assistance Fund
(a)
(b)
(1) $270,000,000 for fiscal year 1996;
(2) $283,500,000 for fiscal year 1997;
(3) $355,500,000 for fiscal year 1998;
(4) $355,500,000 for fiscal year 1999; and
(5) $355,500,000 for fiscal year 2000.
Such sums are to remain available until expended.
(c)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1861.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6702, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1012, related to payments to governments, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327.
Deficit Neutrality
Section 31001(c) of title III of Pub. L. 103–322 provided that: “Any appropriation to carry out the amendment made by this subtitle [subtitle J (§§31001, 31002) of title III of Pub. L. 103–322, enacting this chapter] to title 31, United States Code, for fiscal year 1995 or 1996 shall be offset by cuts elsewhere in appropriations for that fiscal year.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6701, 6704, 6720 of this title.
§6703. Qualification for payment
(a)
(1) The Drug Abuse Resistance Education Program under section 5122 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
(2) The National Youth Sports Program under section 682 of the Community Services Block Grant Act (Public Law 97–35) as amended by section 205, Public Law 103–252.
(3) The Gang Resistance Education and Training Program under the Act entitled “An Act making appropriations for the Treasury Department, the United States Postal Service, the Executive Office of the President, and certain Independent Agencies, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1991, and for other purposes”, approved November 5, 1990 (Public Law 101–509).
(4) Programs under title II or IV of the Job Training Partnership Act (29 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).
(5) Programs under subtitle C of title I of the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.), as amended.
(6) Programs under the School to Work Opportunities Act (Public Law 103–239).
(7) Substance Abuse Treatment and Prevention programs authorized under title V or XIX of the Public Health Services Act (43 U.S.C. 201 et seq.).1
(8) Programs under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.).
(9) Programs under part A or B of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
(10) The TRIO programs under part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.).
(11) Programs under the National Literacy Act of 1991.
(12) Programs under the Carl Perkins Vocational Educational and Applied Technology Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.).
(13) The demonstration partnership programs including the community initiative targeted to minority youth under section 203 of the Human Services Reauthorization Act of 1994 (Public Law 103–252).
(14) The runaway and homeless youth program and the transitional living program for homeless youth under title III of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (Public Law 102–586).
(15) The family support program under subtitle F of title VII of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11481 et seq.).1
(16) After-school activities for school aged children under the Child Care and Development Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9858 et seq.).
(17) The community-based family resource programs under section 401 of the Human Services Reauthorization Act of 1994 (Public Law 103–252).
(18) The family violence programs under the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act Amendments of 1984.
(19) Job training programs administered by the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Defense, or the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(d)
(1) the government will establish a trust fund in which the government will deposit all payments received under this chapter;
(2) the government will use amounts in the trust fund (including interest) during a reasonable period;
(3) the government will expend the payments so received, in accordance with the laws and procedures that are applicable to the expenditure of revenues of the government;
(4) if at least 25 percent of the pay of individuals employed by the government in a public employee occupation is paid out of the trust fund, individuals in the occupation any part of whose pay is paid out of the trust fund will receive pay at least equal to the prevailing rate of pay for individuals employed in similar public employee occupations by the government;
(5) all laborers and mechanics employed by contractors or subcontractors in the performance of any contract and subcontract for the repair, renovation, alteration, or construction, including painting and decorating, of any building or work that is financed in whole or in part by a grant under this title, shall be paid wages not less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor in accordance with the Act of March 3, 1931 (commonly known as the Davis-Bacon Act); as amended (40 U.S.C. 276a–276a–5). The Secretary of Labor shall have the authority and functions set forth in Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 (15 FR 3176; 64 Stat. 1267) and section 2 of the Act of June 1, 1934 (commonly known as the Copeland Anti-Kickback Act), as amended (40 U.S.C. 276c, 48 Stat. 948);
(6) the government will use accounting, audit, and fiscal procedures that conform to guidelines which shall be prescribed by the Secretary after consultation with the Comptroller General of the United States. As applicable, amounts received under this chapter shall be audited in compliance with the Single Audit Act of 1984;
(7) after reasonable notice to the government, the government will make available to the Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, with the right to inspect, records the Secretary reasonably requires to review compliance with this chapter or the Comptroller General of the United States reasonably requires to review compliance and operations under section 6718(b);
(8) the government will make reports the Secretary reasonably requires, in addition to the annual reports required under section 6719(b); and
(9) the government will spend the funds only for the purposes set forth in section 6701(a)(2).
(e)
(f)
(1)
(A) has taken the appropriate corrective action; and
(B) will comply with subsection (d) and regulations prescribed under subsection (d).
(2)
(3)
(A) has taken the appropriate corrective action; and
(B) will comply with subsection (d) and regulations prescribed under subsection (d).
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1861.)
References in Text
The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), (9), is Pub. L. 89–10, Apr. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 27, as amended generally by Pub. L. 103–382, title I, §101, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3519. Parts A and B of chapter 1 of title I of the Act were classified generally to parts A (§2711 et seq.) and B (§2741 et seq.) of division 1 of subchapter I of chapter 47 of Title 20, Education, prior to being omitted in the general amendment of Pub. L. 89–10 by Pub. L. 103–382. See parts A (§6311 et seq.) and B (§6361 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 70 of Title 20. Section 5122 of the Act was classified to section 3192 of Title 20 prior to being omitted in the general amendment of Pub. L. 89–10 by Pub. L. 103–382. See section 7101 et seq. of Title 20.
Section 682 of the Community Services Block Grant Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is classified to section 9910c of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Public Law 101–509, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), is Pub. L. 101–509, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1389. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Job Training Partnership Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(4), is Pub. L. 97–300, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1322, as amended. Titles II and IV of the Act are classified generally to subchapters II (§1601 et seq.) and IV (§1671 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 19 of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1501 of Title 29 and Tables.
The National and Community Service Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), is Pub. L. 101–610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127, as amended. Subtitle C of title I of the Act is classified generally to division C (§12571 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 129 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12501 of Title 42 and Tables.
The School to Work Opportunities Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(6), probably means the School-to-Work Opportunities Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103–239, May 4, 1994, 108 Stat. 568, which is classified principally to chapter 69 (§6101 et seq.) of Title 20, Education. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6101 of Title 20 and Tables.
The Public Health Services Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(7), probably means the Public Health Service Act, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682, as amended. Titles V and XIX of the Act are classified generally to subchapters III–A (§290aa et seq.) and XVII (§300w et seq.) of chapter 6A of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 201 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Head Start Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(8), is subchapter B (§§635–657) of chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 499, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter II (§9831 et seq.) of chapter 105 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9801 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Higher Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (a)(10), is Pub. L. 89–329, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, as amended. Part A of title IV of the Act is classified generally to part A (§1070 et seq.) of subchapter IV of chapter 28 of Title 20, Education. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 20 and Tables.
The National Literacy Act of 1991, referred to in subsec. (a)(11), is Pub. L. 102–73, July 25, 1991, 105 Stat. 333, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1991 Amendment note set out under section 1201 of Title 20 and Tables.
The Carl Perkins Vocational Educational and Applied Technology Education Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(12), probably means the Carl D. Perkins Vocational and Applied Technology Education Act, Pub. L. 88–210, Dec. 18, 1963, 77 Stat. 403, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 44 (§2301 et seq.) of Title 20. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2301 of Title 20 and Tables.
Sections 203 and 401 of the Human Services Reauthorization Act of 1994 (Public Law 103–252), referred to in subsec. (a)(13), (17), probably mean sections 203 and 401 of the Human Services Amendments of 1994, Pub. L. 103–252, May 18, 1994, 108 Stat. 654, 666. Section 203 of Pub. L. 103–252 amended section 9910 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Section 401 of Pub. L. 103–252 generally amended subchapter III (§5116 et seq.) of chapter 67 of Title 42 and repealed sections 5106a–1 and 12339 of Title 42.
The Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(14), probably means the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93–415, Sept. 7, 1974, 88 Stat. 1109, as amended. Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter III (§5701 et seq.) of chapter 72 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5601 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(15), is Pub. L. 100–77, July 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 482, as amended. Subtitle F of title VII of the Act is classified generally to part F (§11481 et seq.) of subchapter VI of chapter 119 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 11301 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Child Care and Development Block Grant Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(16), probably means the Child Care and Development Block Grant Act of 1990, subchapter C (§§658A–658R) of chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of Pub. L. 97–35, as added by Pub. L. 101–508, title V, §5082(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–236, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter II–B (§9858 et seq.) of chapter 105 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 9801 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act Amendments of 1984, referred to in subsec. (a)(18), probably means the Child Abuse Amendments of 1984, Pub. L. 98–457, Oct. 9, 1984, 98 Stat. 1749, as amended. Title III of the Act, relating to family violence programs, is classified generally to chapter 110 (§10401 et seq.) of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1984 Amendment note set out under section 5101 of Title 42 and Tables.
Act of March 3, 1931 (commonly known as the Davis-Bacon Act), referred to in subsec. (d)(5), is act Mar. 3, 1931, ch. 411, 46 Stat. 1494, as amended, which is classified generally to sections 276a to 276a–5 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 276a of Title 40 and Tables.
Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950, referred to in subsec. (d)(5), is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section 2 of the Act of June 1, 1934, referred to in subsec. (d)(5), probably means section 2 of act June 13, 1934, ch. 482, 48 Stat. 948, which is classified to section 276c of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
The Single Audit Act of 1984, referred to in subsec. (d)(6), is Pub. L. 98–502, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2327, which is classified generally to chapter 75 (§7501 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 7501 of this title and Tables.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6703, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1012; Pub. L. 98–185, §3, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1309, related to State and Local Government Fiscal Assistance Trust Fund, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6701, 6717, 6720 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§6704. State area allocations; allocations and payments to territorial governments
(a)
(1) determine the amount allocated to the State under subsection (b) or (c) of this section and allocate the larger amount to the State; and
(2) allocate the amount allocated to the State to units of general local government in the State under sections 6705 and 6706.
(b)
(1)
(A) the population of the State, multiplied by the general tax effort factor of the State (determined under paragraph (2)), multiplied by the relative income factor of the State (determined under paragraph (3)), multiplied by the relative rate of the labor force unemployed in the State (determined under paragraph (4)); bears to
(B) the sum of the products determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph for all States.
(2)
(A) the net amount of State and local taxes of the State collected during the year 1991 as reported by the Bureau of the Census in the publication Government Finances 1990–1991; divided by
(B) the total income of individuals, as determined by the Secretary of Commerce for national accounts purposes for 1992 as reported in the publication Survey of Current Business (August 1993), attributed to the State for the same year.
(3)
(A) the numerator is the per capita income of the United States; and
(B) the denominator is the per capita income of the State.
(4)
(A) the numerator is the percentage of the labor force of the State that is unemployed in the calendar year preceding the payment period (as determined by the Secretary of Labor for general statistical purposes); and
(B) the denominator is the percentage of the labor force of the United States that is unemployed in the calendar year preceding the payment period (as determined by the Secretary of Labor for general statistical purposes).
(c)
(1) $1,166,666,667 were allocated among the States on the basis of population by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as the population of the State bears to the population of all States;
(2) $1,166,666,667 were allocated among the States on the basis of population inversely weighted for per capita income, by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as—
(A) the population of the State, multiplied by a fraction in which—
(i) the numerator is the per capita income of all States; and
(ii) the denominator is the per capita income of the State; bears to
(B) the sum of the products determined under subparagraph (A) for all States;
(3) $600,000,000 were allocated among the States on the basis of income tax collections by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as the income tax amount of the State (determined under subsection (d)(1)) bears to the sum of the income tax amounts of all States;
(4) $600,000,000 were allocated among the States on the basis of general tax effort by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as the general tax effort amount of the State (determined under subsection (d)(2)) bears to the sum of the general tax effort amounts of all States;
(5) $600,000,000 were allocated among the States on the basis of unemployment by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as—
(A) the labor force of the State, multiplied by a fraction in which—
(i) the numerator is the percentage of the labor force of the State that is unemployed in the calendar year preceding the payment period (as determined by the Secretary of Labor for general statistical purposes); and
(ii) the denominator is the percentage of the labor force of the United States that is unemployed in the calendar year preceding the payment period (as determined by the Secretary of Labor for general statistical purposes)
bears to
(B) the sum of the products determined under subparagraph (A) for all States; and
(6) $1,166,666,667 were allocated among the States on the basis of urbanized population by allocating to each State an amount bearing the same ratio to the total amount to be allocated under this paragraph as the urbanized population of the State bears to the urbanized population of all States. In this paragraph, the term “urbanized population” means the population of an area consisting of a central city or cities of at least 50,000 inhabitants and the surrounding closely settled area for the city or cities considered as an urbanized area as published by the Bureau of the Census for 1990 in the publication General Population Characteristics for Urbanized Areas.
(d)
(1)
(2)
(A) the net amount of State and local taxes of the State collected during the year 1991 as reported in the Bureau of 1 Census in the publication Government Finances 1990–1991; and
(B) the general tax effort factor of the State determined under subsection (b)(2).
(e)
(1)
(B) For the purposes of this paragraph, the applicable territorial percentage of a territory is equal to the quotient resulting from the division of the territorial population of such territory by the sum of the territorial population for all territories.
(2)
(3)
(A) the term “territorial government” means the government of a territory;
(B) the term “territory” means Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands; and
(C) the term “territorial population” means the most recent population for each territory as determined by the Bureau of 1 Census.
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1864.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6704, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1013; Pub. L. 98–185, §9(b), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1311, related to qualifications of State or local governments for payments under this chapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6705, 6706, 6709, 6720 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “of the”.
§6705. Local government allocations
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(A) the population of the unit, multiplied by the general tax effort factor of the unit (determined under paragraph (3)), multiplied by the income gap of the unit (determined under paragraph (4)), bears to
(B) the sum of the products determined under subparagraph (A) for all units in the State for which the income gap for that portion under paragraph (4) is greater than zero.
(3)
(i) the adjusted taxes of the unit; divided by
(ii) the total income attributed to the unit.
(B) If the amount determined under subparagraphs (A)(i) and (ii) for a unit of general local government is less than zero, the general tax effort factor of the unit is deemed to be zero.
(C)(i) Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph, for the payment period beginning October 1, 1994, the adjusted taxes of a unit of general local government are the taxes imposed by the unit for public purposes (except employee and employer assessments and contributions to finance retirement and social insurance systems and other special assessments for capital outlay), as determined by the Bureau of the Census for the 1987 Census of Governments and adjusted as follows:
(I) Adjusted taxes equals total taxes times a fraction in which the numerator is the sum of unrestricted revenues and revenues dedicated for spending on education minus total education spending and the denominator is total unrestricted revenues.
(II) Total taxes is the sum of property tax; general sales tax; alcoholic beverage tax; amusement tax; insurance premium tax; motor fuels tax; parimutuels tax; public utilities tax; tobacco tax; other selective sales tax; alcoholic beverage licenses, amusement licenses; corporation licenses, hunting and fishing licenses; motor vehicle licenses; motor vehicle operator licenses; public utility licenses; occupation and business licenses, not elsewhere classified; other licenses, individual income tax; corporation net income tax; death and gift tax; documentary and stock transfer tax; severance tax; and taxes not elsewhere classified.
(III) Unrestricted revenues is the sum of total taxes and intergovernmental revenue from Federal Government, general revenue sharing; intergovernmental revenue from Federal Government, other general support; intergovernmental revenue from Federal Government, other; intergovernmental revenue from State government, other general support; intergovernmental revenue from State government, other; intergovernmental revenue from local governments, other general support; intergovernmental revenue from local governments, other; miscellaneous general revenue, property sale-housing and community development; miscellaneous general revenue, property sale-other property; miscellaneous general revenue, interest earnings on investments; miscellaneous general revenue, fines and forfeits; miscellaneous general revenue, rents; miscellaneous general revenues, royalties; miscellaneous general revenue, donations from private sources; miscellaneous general revenue, net lottery revenue (after prizes and administrative expenses); miscellaneous general revenue, other miscellaneous general revenue; and all other general charges, not elsewhere classified.
(IV) Revenues dedicated for spending on education is the sum of elementary and secondary education, school lunch; elementary and secondary education, tuition; elementary and secondary education, other; higher education, auxiliary enterprises; higher education, other; other education, not elsewhere classified; intergovernmental revenue from Federal Government, education; intergovernmental revenue from State government, education; intergovernmental revenue from local governments, interschool system revenue; intergovernmental revenue from local governments, education; interest earnings, higher education; interest earnings, elementary and secondary education; miscellaneous revenues, higher education; and miscellaneous revenues, elementary and secondary education.
(V) Total education spending is the sum of elementary and secondary education, current operations; elementary and secondary education, construction; elementary and secondary education, other capital outlays; elementary and secondary education, to State governments; elementary and secondary education, to local governments, not elsewhere classified; elementary and secondary education, to counties; elementary and secondary education, to municipalities; elementary and secondary education, to townships; elementary and secondary education, to school districts; elementary and secondary education, to special districts; higher education-auxiliary enterprises, current operations; higher education-auxiliary enterprises, construction; higher education, auxiliary enterprises, other capital outlays; other higher education, current operations; other higher education, construction; other higher education, other capital outlays; other higher education, to State government; other higher education, to local governments, not elsewhere classified; other higher education, to counties; other higher education, to municipalities; other higher education, to townships; other higher education, to school districts; other higher education, to special districts; education assistance and subsidies; education, not elsewhere classified, current operations; education, not elsewhere classified, construction 2 education, not elsewhere classified, other capital outlays; education, not elsewhere classified, to State government; education, not elsewhere classified, to local governments, not elsewhere classified; education, not elsewhere classified, to counties; education, not elsewhere classified, to municipalities; education, not elsewhere classified, to townships; education, not elsewhere classified, to school districts; education, not elsewhere classified, to special districts; and education, not elsewhere classified, to Federal Government.
(VI) If the amount of adjusted taxes is less than zero, the amount of adjusted tax shall be deemed to be zero.
(VII) If the amount of adjusted taxes exceeds the amount of total taxes, the amount of adjusted taxes is deemed to equal the amount of total taxes.
(ii) The Secretary shall, for purposes of clause (i), include that part of sales taxes transferred to a unit of general local government that are imposed by a county government in the geographic area of which is located the unit of general local government as taxes imposed by the unit for public purposes if—
(I) the county government transfers any part of the revenue from the taxes to the unit of general local government without specifying the purpose for which the unit of general local government may expend the revenue; and
(II) the chief executive officer of the State notifies the Secretary that the taxes satisfy the requirements of this clause.
(iii) The adjusted taxes of a unit of general local government shall not exceed the maximum allowable adjusted taxes for that unit.
(iv) The maximum allowable adjusted taxes for a unit of general local government is the allowable adjusted taxes of the unit minus the excess adjusted taxes of the unit.
(v) The allowable adjusted taxes of a unit of general government is the greater of—
(I) the amount equal to 2.5, multiplied by the per capita adjusted taxes of all units of general local government of the same type in the State, multiplied by the population of the unit; or
(II) the amount equal to the population of the unit, multiplied by the sum of the adjusted taxes of all units of municipal local government in the State, divided by the sum of the populations of all the units of municipal local government in the State.
(vi) The excess adjusted taxes of a unit of general local government is the amount equal to—
(I) the adjusted taxes of the unit, minus
(II) 1.5 multiplied by the allowable adjusted taxes of the unit;
except that if this amount is less than zero then the excess adjusted taxes of the unit is deemed to be zero.
(vii) For purposes of this subparagraph—
(I) the term “per capita adjusted taxes of all units of general local government of the same type” means the sum of the adjusted taxes of all units of general local government of the same type divided by the sum of the populations of all units of general local government of the same type; and
(II) the term “units of general local government of the same type” means all townships if the unit of general local government is a township, all municipalities if the unit of general local government is a municipality, all counties if the unit of general local government is a county, or all unified city/county governments if the unit of general local government is a unified city/county government.
(4)
(i) the number which applies under section 6706, multiplied by the per capita income of the State in which the unit is located; minus
(ii) the per capita income of the geographic area of the unit.
(B) If the amount determined under subparagraph (A) for a unit of general local government is less than zero, then the relative income factor of the unit is deemed to be zero.
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1867.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6705, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1014, related to State government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6704, 6706, 6707, 6708, 6709, 6720 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
2 So in original. Probably should be followed by a semicolon.
§6706. Income gap multiplier
For purposes of determining the income gap of a unit of general local government under section 6705(b)(4)(A),1 the number which applies is—
(1) 1.6, with respect to 1/2 of any amount allocated under section 6704 to the State in which the unit is located; and
(2) 1.2, with respect to the remainder of such amount.
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §301001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 stat. 1871.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6706, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1014, related to reductions in State government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6704, 6705, 6709, 6720 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be section “6705(c)(4)(A),”.
§6707. State variation of local government allocations
(a)
(1) provide for allocating the total amount allocated under sections 6705(a) and (b); 1 and
(2) apply uniformly in the State.
(b)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1872.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6707, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1016; Pub. L. 98–185, §9(c), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1312, related to State allocations for units of general local government, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6720 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “section 6705(a) and (c)”.
§6708. Adjustments of local government allocations
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(A) shall not be paid to the tribe or village (except under paragraph (2)); and
(B) shall be aggregated with other such amounts and available for use by the Attorney General under paragraph (2).
(2)
(A) programs described in section 6701(a)(2); or
(B) renovating or building prisons or other correctional facilities.
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1872.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6708, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1017, related to county area and county government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6705, 6709, 6720 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be section “6705(c)(3).”
2 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
3 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
4 So in original. Probably should be “villages”.
§6709. Information used in allocation formulas
(a)
(b)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1873.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6709, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1018; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(25), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478; Pub. L. 98–185, §9(d), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1312, related to other local government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
§6710. Public participation
(a)
(1)
(2)
(b)
(1)
(A) make available for inspection by the public at the principal office of the government a statement of the proposed use of the payment and a summary of the proposed budget of the government; and
(B) publish in at least one newspaper of general circulation the proposed use of the payment with the summary of the proposed budget and a notice of the time and place of the hearing.
(2)
(A) make available for inspection by the public at the principal office of the government a summary of the adopted budget, including the proposed use of the payment; and
(B) publish in at least one newspaper of general circulation a notice that the information referred to in subparagraph (A) is available for inspection.
(c)
(1) under subsection (a)(1) may be waived if the budget process required under the applicable State or local law or charter provisions—
(A) ensures the opportunity for public attendance and participation contemplated by subsection (a); and
(B) includes a hearing on the proposed use of a payment received under this chapter in relation to the entire budget of the government; and
(2) under subsection (b)(1)(B) and paragraph (2)(B) may be waived if the cost of publishing the information would be unreasonably burdensome in relation to the amount allocated to the government from amounts available for payment under this chapter, or if publication is otherwise impracticable.
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1873.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6710, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1020, related to separate law enforcement officer allocations for Louisiana, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
§6711. Prohibited discrimination
(a)
(b)
(1) A prohibition against discrimination because of age under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975.
(2) A prohibition against discrimination against an otherwise qualified handicapped individual under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(3) A prohibition against discrimination because of religion, or an exemption from that prohibition, under the Civil Rights Act of 1964 or title VIII of the Act of April 11, 1968 (popularly known as the Civil Rights Act of 1968).
(c)
(d)
(1) describe the cooperative efforts to be taken (including sharing civil rights enforcement personnel and resources) to obtain compliance with this section; and
(2) provide for notifying immediately the Secretary of actions brought by the United States Government or State agencies against a unit of general local government alleging a violation of a civil rights law or a regulation prescribed under a civil rights law.
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1874.)
References in Text
The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is title III of Pub. L. 94–135, Nov. 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 728, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 76 (§6101 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 6101 of Title 42 and Tables.
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is classified to section 794 of Title 29, Labor.
The Civil Rights Act of 1964, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is Pub. L. 88–352, July 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 241, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapters II to IX (§2000a et seq.) of chapter 21 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2000a of Title 42 and Tables.
Title VIII of the Act of April 11, 1968, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is title VIII of Pub. L. 90–284, Apr. 11, 1968, 82 Stat. 81, as amended, known as the Fair Housing Act, which is classified principally to subchapter I (§3601 et seq.) of chapter 45 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3601 of Title 42 and Tables.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6711, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1021; Pub. L. 98–185, §4, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1309, related to State variation of local government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6712, 6713, 6714, 6715, 6716, 6718, 6719, 6720 of this title.
§6712. Discrimination proceedings
(a)
(b)
(1) a person in the United States has been excluded or denied benefits of, or discriminated against under, the program or activity of the government, in violation of section 6711(a);
(2) the program or activity of the government violated a prohibition described in section 6711(b); and
(3) any part of that program or activity has been paid for with a payment received under this chapter.
(c)
(1) enters into a compliance agreement under section 6714; or
(2) requests a proceeding under subsection (d)(1).
(d)
(1)
(2)
(A) not complied with section 6711(a) or (b), the judge may order payments to the government under this chapter terminated; or
(B) complied with section 6711(a) or (b), a suspension under section 6713(a)(1)(A) shall be discontinued promptly.
(3)
(e)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1875.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6712, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1021, related to adjustments of local government allocations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6713, 6717, 6719 of this title.
§6713. Suspension and termination of payments in discrimination proceedings
(a)
(1)
(A) if an administrative law judge appointed under section 3105 of title 5, United States Code, issues a preliminary decision in a proceeding under section 6712(d)(1) that the government is not likely to prevail in showing compliance with section 6711(a) and (b);
(B) if the administrative law judge decides at the end of the proceeding that the government has not complied with section 6711(a) or (b), unless the government makes a compliance agreement under section 6714 by the 30th day after the decision; or
(C) if required under section 6712(c).
(2)
(b)
(c)
(1) as of the time of, and under the conditions stated in—
(A) the approval by the Secretary of a compliance agreement under section 6714(a)(1); or
(B) a compliance agreement entered into by the Secretary under section 6714(a)(2);
(2) if the government complies completely with an order of a United States court, a State court, or administrative law judge that covers all matters raised in a notice of noncompliance submitted by the Secretary under section 6712(a);
(3) if a United States court, a State court, or an administrative law judge decides (including a judge in a proceeding under section 6712(d)(1)), that the government has complied with sections 1 6711(a) and (b); or
(4) if a suspension is discontinued under subsection (b).
(d)
(e)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1876.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6713, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1022; Pub. L. 98–185, §§5, 9(e), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1309, 1312, related to information used in allocation formulas, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6712, 6717, 6719 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “section”.
§6714. Compliance agreements
(a)
(1) approved by the Secretary, between the governmental authority responsible for prosecuting a claim or complaint that is the basis of a holding of discrimination and the chief executive officer of the unit of general local government that has not complied with section 6711(a) or (b); or
(2) between the Secretary and the chief executive officer.
(b)
(1) shall state the conditions the unit of general local government has agreed to comply with that would satisfy the obligations of the government under sections 1 6711(a) and (b);
(2) shall cover each matter that has been found not to comply, or would not comply, with section 6711(a) or (b); and
(3) may be a series of agreements that dispose of those matters.
(c)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1877.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6714, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1023; Pub. L. 98–185, §6, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1310, related to public hearings, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6712, 6713, 6719 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “section”.
§6715. Enforcement by the Attorney General of prohibitions on discrimination
The Attorney General may bring a civil action in an appropriate district court of the United States against a unit of general local government that the Attorney General has reason to believe has engaged or is engaging in a pattern or practice in violation of section 6711(a) or (b). The court may grant—
(1) a temporary restraining order;
(2) an injunction; or
(3) an appropriate order to ensure enjoyment of rights under section 6711(a) or (b), including an order suspending, terminating, or requiring repayment of, payments under this chapter or placing additional payments under this chapter in escrow pending the outcome of the action.
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1877.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6715, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1024, related to prohibition on using payments to influence legislation, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6719 of this title.
§6716. Civil action by a person adversely affected
(a)
(b)
(1) issues a decision that the government has not failed to comply with this chapter; or
(2) does not issue a decision on the complaint.
(c)
(1) may grant—
(A) a temporary restraining order;
(B) an injunction; or
(C) another order, including suspension, termination, or repayment of, payments under this chapter or placement of additional payments under this chapter in escrow pending the outcome of the action; and
(2) to enforce compliance with section 6711(a) or (b), may allow a prevailing party (except the United States Government) a reasonable attorney's fee.
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1878.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6716, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1024; Pub. L. 98–185, §9(f), (g), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1312; Pub. L. 98–216, §1(8), Feb. 14, 1984, 98 Stat. 4, related to prohibition of discrimination, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6714, 6718, 6720 of this title.
§6717. Judicial review
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1878.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6717, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1025; Pub. L. 98–185, §§7, 9(h), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1310, 1312, related to discrimination proceedings, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
§6718. Investigations and reviews
(a)
(1)
(A) carry out an investigation and make a finding after receiving a complaint referred to in section 6716(b), a determination by a State or local administrative agency, or other information about a possible violation of this chapter;
(B) carry out audits and reviews (including investigations of allegations) about possible violations of this chapter; and
(C) advise a complainant of the status of an audit, investigation, or review of an allegation by the complainant of a violation of section 6711(a) or (b) or other provision of this chapter.
(2)
(b)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1879.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6718, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1026; Pub. L. 98–185, §9(i), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1312, related to suspension and termination of payments in discrimination proceedings, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6703 of this title.
§6719. Reports
(a)
(1) the status and operation of the Local Government Fiscal Assistance Fund during the prior fiscal year; and
(2) the administration of this chapter, including a complete and detailed analysis of—
(A) actions taken to comply with sections 6711 through 6715, including a description of the kind and extent of noncompliance and the status of pending complaints;
(B) the extent to which units of general local government receiving payments under this chapter have complied with the requirements of this chapter;
(C) the way in which payments under this chapter have been distributed in the jurisdictions receiving payments; and
(D) significant problems in carrying out this chapter and recommendations for legislation to remedy the problems.
(b)
(1)
(A) the amounts and purposes for which the payment has been appropriated, expended, or obligated in the fiscal year;
(B) the relationship of the payment to the relevant functional items in the budget of the government; and
(C) the differences between the actual and proposed use of the payment.
(2)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1879.)
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6719, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1027, related to compliance agreements, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6703 of this title.
§6720. Definitions, application, and administration
(a)
(1) “unit of general local government” means—
(A) a county, township, city, or political subdivision of a county, township, or city, that is a unit of general local government as determined by the Secretary of Commerce for general statistical purposes; and
(B) the District of Columbia and the recognized governing body of an Indian tribe or Alaskan Native village that carries out substantial governmental duties and powers;
(2) “payment period” means each 1-year period beginning on October 1 of the years 1994 through 2000;
(3) “State and local taxes” means taxes imposed by a State government or unit of general local government or other political subdivision of a State government for public purposes (except employee and employer assessments and contributions to finance retirement and social insurance systems and other special assessments for capital outlay) as determined by the Secretary of Commerce for general statistical purposes;
(4) “State” means any of the several States and the District of Columbia;
(5) “income” means the total money income received from all sources as determined by the Secretary of Commerce for general statistical purposes, which for units of general local government is reported by the Bureau of the Census for 1990 in the publication Summary Social, Economic, and Housing Characteristics;
(6) “per capita income” means—
(A) in the case of the United States, the income of the United States divided by the population of the United States;
(B) in the case of a State, the income of that State, divided by the population of that State; and
(C) in the case of a unit of general local government, the income of that unit of general local government divided by the population of the unit of general local government;
(7) “finding of discrimination” means a decision by the Secretary about a complaint described in section 6716(b), a decision by a State or local administrative agency, or other information (under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) that it is more likely than not that a unit of general local government has not complied with section 6711(a) or (b);
(8) “holding of discrimination” means a holding by a United States court, a State court, or an administrative law judge appointed under section 3105 of title 5, United States Code, that a unit of general local government expending amounts received under this chapter has—
(A) excluded a person in the United States from participating in, denied the person the benefits of, or subjected the person to discrimination under, a program or activity because of race, color, national origin, or sex; or
(B) violated a prohibition against discrimination described in section 6711(b); and
(9) “Secretary” means the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(Added Pub. L. 103–322, title III, §31001(a), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1880.)
Prior Provisions
Prior sections 6720 to 6724 were repealed by Pub. L. 99–272, title XIV, §14001(a)(1), (e), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 327, 329, eff. Oct. 18, 1986.
Section 6720, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1027, related to enforcement by Attorney General of prohibitions on discrimination.
Section 6721, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1028, related to civil action by person adversely affected.
Section 6722, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1028, related to judicial review.
Section 6723, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1029; Pub. L. 98–185, §8, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1310, related to audits, investigations, and reviews.
Section 6724, Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1030, related to reports to Congress.
CHAPTER 69—PAYMENT FOR ENTITLEMENT LAND
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(U)(i), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362, added item 6907.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 16 section 544(l); title 25 section 640d–10; title 43 section 1457a.
§6901. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “entitlement land” means land owned by the United States Government—
(A) that is in the National Park System or the National Forest System, including wilderness areas and lands described in section 2 of the Act of June 22, 1948 (16 U.S.C. 577d), and section 1 of the Act of June 22, 1956 (16 U.S.C. 577d–1);
(B) the Secretary of the Interior administers through the Bureau of Land Management;
(C) dedicated to the use of the Government for water resource development projects;
(D) on which are located semi-active or inactive installations (except industrial installations) that the Secretary of the Army keeps for mobilization and for reserve component training;
(E) that is a dredge disposal area under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army;
(F) that is located in the vicinity of Purgatory River Canyon and Pinon Canyon, Colorado, and acquired after December 23, 1981, by the United States Government to expand the Fort Carson military installation; or
(G) that is a reserve area (as defined in section 401(g)(3) of the Act of June 15, 1935 (16 U.S.C. 715s(g)(3))).
(2) “unit of general local government” means:
(A) a county (or parish), township, borough, or city where the city is independent of any other unit of general local government, that: (i) is within the class or classes of such political subdivisions in a State that the Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, determines to be the principal provider or providers of governmental services within the State; and (ii) is a unit of general government as determined by the Secretary of the Interior on the basis of the same principles as were used on January 1, 1983, by the Secretary of Commerce for general statistical purposes. The term “governmental services” includes, but is not limited to, those services that relate to public safety, environment, housing, social services, transportation, and governmental administration;
(B) the District of Columbia;
(C) the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico;
(D) Guam; and
(E) the Virgin Islands.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1031; Pub. L. 98–63, title I, §101(1), July 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 323; Pub. L. 100–446, title I, Sept. 27, 1988, 102 Stat. 1775; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(3), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1364.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6901(1) (A)–(F) | 31:1606(a)(1)–(3), (5), (b). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §6(a)(1)–(3), (5), (b), (c), 90 Stat. 2665; Dec. 23, 1981, Pub. L. 97–99, §912(a)(2), 95 Stat. 1387. |
| 31:1606(a)(4). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §6(a)(4), 90 Stat. 2665; restated Oct. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–469, §3(1), 92 Stat. 1321; Dec. 23, 1981, Pub. L. 97–99, §912(a)(1), 95 Stat. 1387. | |
| 31:1606(a)(6). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, 90 Stat. 2662, §6(a)(6); added Dec. 23, 1981, Pub. L. 97–99, §912(a)(3), 95 Stat. 1387. | |
| 6901(1)(G) | 16:715s(h)(1). | June 15, 1935, ch. 261, 49 Stat. 378, §401(h)(1); added Oct. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–469, §1(a)(4), 92 Stat. 1321. |
| 6901(2) | 31:1606(c). |
In clause (1), before subclause (A), the text of 31:1606(b) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement of the source provisions. In subclause (A), the word “and” is substituted for “within each, or any combination thereof” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “but not limited to” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (D), the words “effective October 1, 1978” are omitted as executed. The words “Secretary of the Army” are substituted for “Army” for consistency. In subclause (E), the words “owned by the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “Secretary of the Army” are substituted for “Army Corps of Engineers” because of 10:3012. In subclause (F), the word “Government” is added for clarity. In subclause (G), the words “In administering sections 1601 to 1607 of title 31” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “for fiscal years occurring after September 30, 1978” are omitted as executed. Subclause (G) is substituted for 16:715s(h)(1) because of the restatement.
In clause (2), before subclause (A), the word “general” is added for consistency in the title. In subclause (A), the word “parish” is omitted as unnecessary because of 1:2. The word “city” is substituted for “municipality” for consistency in the subtitle. The words “State of” are omitted as surplus. The words “political subdivision of a State” are substituted for “unit of government below the State” for consistency. The words “the basis of” are omitted as surplus. The word “basis” is substituted for “principle” for consistency in the subtitle. The words “Secretary of Commerce” are substituted for “Bureau of the Census”, and the words “general purpose political subdivision of a State” are substituted for “unit of general government”, for consistency. In subclause (B), the words “Such term also includes” are omitted as unnecessary. Subclause (D) is added because of section 502 of the Covenant to Establish a Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands in Political Union with the United States of America.
Amendments
1994—Par. (2)(A). Pub. L. 103–272 amended Pub. L. 100–446. See 1988 Amendment note below.
1988—Par. (2)(A). Pub. L. 100–446, as amended by Pub. L. 103–272, struck out “existing in Alaska on October 20, 1976” after “township, borough”.
1983—Par. (2). Pub. L. 98–63 amended par. (2) generally, substituting in subpar. (A) “a county (or parish), township, borough existing in Alaska on October 20, 1976, or city where the city is independent of any other unit of general local government, that: (i) is within the class or classes of such political subdivisions in a State that the Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, determines to be the principal provider or providers of governmental services within the State; and (ii) is a unit of general government as determined by the Secretary of the Interior on the basis of the same principles as were used on January 1, 1983, by the Secretary of Commerce for general statistical purposes. The term ‘governmental services’ includes, but is not limited to, those services that relate to public safety, environment, housing, social services, transportation, and governmental administration” for “a county, city, township, borough existing in Alaska on October 20, 1976, or other political subdivision of a State that the Secretary of the Interior, on the same basis that the Secretary of Commerce uses for general statistical purposes, decides is a general purpose political subdivision of a State”; including the District of Columbia in definition; and excluding the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands from definition.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 4(f)(3) of Pub. L. 103–272 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Sept. 27, 1988.
Short Title of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–397, §1, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4156, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 6902 and 6903 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 6902 and 6903 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Payments In Lieu of Taxes Act’.”
§6902. Authority and Eligibility 1
(a) The Secretary of the Interior shall make a payment for each fiscal year to each unit of general local government in which entitlement land is located, as set forth in this chapter. A unit of general local government may use the payment for any governmental purpose.
(b) A unit of general local government may not receive a payment for land for which payment under this Act 2 otherwise may be received if the land was owned or administered by a State or unit of general local government and was exempt from real estate taxes when the land was conveyed to the United States except that a unit of general local government may receive a payment for—
(1) land a State or unit of general local government acquires from a private party to donate to the United States within 8 years of acquisition;
(2) land acquired by a State through an exchange with the United States if such land was entitlement land as defined by this chapter; or
(3) land in Utah acquired by the United States for Federal land, royalties, or other assets if, at the time of such acquisition, a unit of general local government was entitled under applicable State law to receive payments in lieu of taxes from the State of Utah for such land: Provided, however, That no payment under this paragraph shall exceed the payment that would have been made under State law if such land had not been acquired.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1032; Pub. L. 103–93, §10(b), Oct. 1, 1993, 107 Stat. 999; Pub. L. 103–397, §4, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4157.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6902(a) | 31:1601. | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §§1, 5(a), (b), 90 Stat. 2662, 2665. |
| 6902(b) | 31:1605(c). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, 90 Stat. 2662, §5(c); added Oct. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–469, §3(2), 92 Stat. 1321. |
| 6902(c) | 31:1605(a). | |
| 6902(d) | 31:1605(b). |
In subsection (a), the words “Effective for fiscal years beginning on and after October 1, 1976” are omitted as executed. The words “(as defined in section 1606 of this title)” are omitted because of the restatement. The text of 31:1601(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b), the word “or” is substituted for “and/or” for consistency. The words “except that, beginning in fiscal year 1979” are omitted as executed. The words “of such land” are omitted as surplus. The word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary. The words “and which is or was so donated . . . thereof by the State or unit of local government” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the citation in parentheses for the Act of May 24, 1939, is included only for information purposes.
In subsection (d), the words “county or” are omitted as unnecessary because a county is a unit of general local government under section 6901 of the revised title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–397 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:
“(a) The Secretary of the Interior shall make a payment for each fiscal year to each unit of general local government in which entitlement land is located. A unit may use the payment for any governmental purpose.
“(b) A unit of general local government may not receive a payment for land for which payment under this chapter otherwise may be received if the land was owned or administered by a State or unit and was exempt from real estate taxes when the land was conveyed to the United States Government. This subsection does not apply to payments for land a State or unit acquires from a private party to donate to the Government within 8 years of acquisition, nor does this subsection apply to payments for lands in Utah acquired by the United States if at the time of such acquisition units, under applicable State law, were entitled to receive payments from the State for such lands, but in such case no payment under this chapter with respect to such acquired lands shall exceed the payment that would have been made under State law if such lands had not been acquired.
“(c) A unit of general local government receiving payment for a fiscal year for land under the Act of August 28, 1937 (43 U.S.C. 1181a et seq.), or the Act of May 24, 1939 (ch. 144, 53 Stat. 753), may not receive a payment under this chapter for the land for that fiscal year. This chapter does not apply to either Act.
“(d) If the total payment to a unit of general local government for a fiscal year would be less than $100, the Secretary may not make the payment.”
1993—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–93 substituted “acquisition, nor does this subsection apply to payments for lands in Utah acquired by the United States if at the time of such acquisition units, under applicable State law, were entitled to receive payments from the State for such lands, but in such case no payment under this chapter with respect to such acquired lands shall exceed the payment that would have been made under State law if such lands had not been acquired” for “acquisition”.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–397 provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 6903, 6904 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
2 So in original. Probably should be “this chapter”.
§6903. Payments
(a) In this section—
(1) “payment law” means—
(A) the Act of June 20, 1910 (ch. 310, 36 Stat. 557);
(B) section 33 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act (7 U.S.C. 1012);
(C) the Act of May 23, 1908 (16 U.S.C. 500);
(D) section 5 of the Act of June 22, 1948 (16 U.S.C. 577g, 577g–1);
(E) section 401(c)(2) of the Act of June 15, 1935 (16 U.S.C. 715s(c)(2));
(F) section 17 of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 810);
(G) section 35 of the Act of February 25, 1920 (30 U.S.C. 191);
(H) section 6 of the Mineral Leasing Act for Acquired Lands (30 U.S.C. 355);
(I) section 3 of the Act of July 31, 1947 (30 U.S.C. 603); and
(J) section 10 of the Act of June 28, 1934 (known as the Taylor Grazing Act) (43 U.S.C. 315i).
(2) population shall be determined on the same basis that the Secretary of Commerce determines resident population for general statistical purposes.
(3) a unit of general local government may not be credited with a population of more than 50,000.
(b)(1) A payment under section 6902 of this title is equal to the greater of—
(A) 93 cents during fiscal year 1995, $1.11 during fiscal year 1996, $1.29 during fiscal year 1997, $1.47 during fiscal year 1998, and $1.65 during fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, for each acre of entitlement land located within a unit of general local government (but not more than the limitation determined under subsection (c) of this section) reduced (but not below 0) by amounts the unit received in the prior fiscal year under a payment law; or
(B) 12 cents during fiscal year 1995, 15 cents during fiscal year 1996, 17 cents during fiscal year 1997, 20 cents during fiscal year 1998, and 22 cents during fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, for each acre of entitlement land located in the unit (but not more than the limitation determined under subsection (c) of this section).
(2) The chief executive officer of a State shall submit to the Secretary of the Interior a statement on the amounts of payments the State transfers to each unit of general local government in the State out of amounts received under a payment law.
(c)(1) The limitation for a unit of general local government with a population of not more than 4,999 is the highest dollar amount specified in paragraph (2).
(2) The limitation for a unit of general local government with a population of at least 5,000 is the following amount (rounding the population off to the nearest thousand):
(d) On October 1 of each year after the date of enactment of the Payment in Lieu of Taxes Act, the Secretary of the Interior shall adjust each dollar amount specified in subsections (b) and (c) to reflect changes in the Consumer Price Index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor, for the 12 months ending the preceding June 30.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1032; Pub. L. 98–63, title I, §101(2), July 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 324; Pub. L. 103–397, §§2, 3, 5(b), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4156–4158.)
Amendment of Subsection (c)(2)
Pub. L. 103–397, §5(b)(2), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4159, provided that, during fiscal year 1996, the table at the end of subsection (c)(2) is amended to read as follows:
Pub. L. 103–397, §5(b)(3), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4159, provided that, during fiscal year 1997, the table at the end of subsection (c)(2) is amended to read as follows:
Pub. L. 103–397, §5(b)(4), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4160, provided that, during fiscal year 1998, the table at the end of subsection (c)(2) is amended to read as follows:
Pub. L. 103–397, §§2(b)(2), 5(a)(2), Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4156, 4158, provided that, effective Oct. 1, 1998, the table at the end of subsection (c)(2) is amended to read as follows:
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6903(a)(1) | 16:715s(h)(2). | June 15, 1935, ch. 261, 49 Stat. 378, §401(h)(2); added Oct. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–469, §1(a)(4), 92 Stat. 1321. |
| 31:1604. | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §§2, 4, 90 Stat. 2662, 2664. | |
| 6903(a)(2) | 31:1602(c). | |
| 6903(a)(3) | 31:1602(b)(2)(last sentence). | |
| 6903(a)(4) | 31:1602(d). | |
| 6903(b)(1) | 31:1602(a)(1st sentence). | |
| 6903(b)(2) | 31:1602(a)(last sentence). | |
| 6903(c) | 31:1602(b)(1), (2)(1st sentence). |
In subsection (a)(1), before subclause (A), the word “payment” is added for clarity. Subclause (E) is substituted for 16:715s(h)(2) because of the restatement. In clause (2), the words “Secretary of Commerce” are substituted for “Bureau of the Census” for consistency. In clause (4), the words “the jurisdiction of” are omitted as surplus. The word “deemed” is substituted for “treated” for consistency.
In subsections (b) and (c), the word “population” before “limitation” is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “The amount of . . . made for any fiscal year to a unit of local government . . . the following amounts” are omitted as surplus. In clauses (A) and (B), the words “the boundaries of” are omitted as surplus. In clause (A), the words “aggregate . . . of payments, if any” are omitted as surplus. The words “a payment law” are substituted for “all of the provisions specified in section 1604 of this title” because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “chief executive officer” are substituted for “Governor (or his delegate)” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “a payment law” are substituted for “a provision specified in section 1604 of this title” because of the restatement of 31:1604 in subsection (a).
In subsection (c)(1), the words “amount equal to” and “within the jurisdiction of such unit of local government” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(2), the words “computed under the . . . table” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “the limitation is equal to the population times” are substituted for “Payment shall not exceed the amount computed by multiplying such population by” for clarity and consistency.
References in Text
Act of June 20, 1910 (ch. 310, 36 Stat. 557), referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(A), is not classified to the Code.
The date of enactment of the Payment in Lieu of Taxes Act, referred to in subsec. (d), probably means the date of enactment of the Payments In Lieu of Taxes Act, Pub. L. 103–397, which was approved Oct. 22, 1994.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–397, §2(a)(1), substituted “93 cents during fiscal year 1995, $1.11 during fiscal year 1996, $1.29 during fiscal year 1997, $1.47 during fiscal year 1998, and $1.65 during fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, for each acre of entitlement land” for “75 cents for each acre of entitlement land”.
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–397, §2(a)(2), substituted “12 cents during fiscal year 1995, 15 cents during fiscal year 1996, 17 cents during fiscal year 1997, 20 cents during fiscal year 1998, and 22 cents during fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, for each acre of entitlement land” for “10 cents for each acre of entitlement land”.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 103–397, §2(b)(1), substituted “the highest dollar amount specified in paragraph (2)” for “$50 times the population”.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103–397, §5(b)(1), amended table generally for fiscal year 1995 by augmenting dollar amounts by which population totals must be multiplied in order to equal the limitation from $20.00 to $50.00 under prior table to $24.75 to $62.00.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–397, §3, added subsec. (d).
1983—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98–63 struck out par. (4) which provided that if any part of a small unit was located within another unit, entitlement land within both units was deemed to be located within the smaller unit.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Amendment by sections 2(a), (b)(1), and 3 of Pub. L. 103–397 effective Oct. 1, 1994, and amendment by section 2(b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–397 effective Oct. 1, 1998, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–397, set out as a note under section 6902 of this title.
Section 5(b)(1) of Pub. L. 103–397 provided for the amendment of the table at the end of subsec. (c)(2) of this section during fiscal year 1995.
Section 5(b)(2) of Pub. L. 103–397 provided for the amendment of the table at the end of subsec. (c)(2) of this section during fiscal year 1996.
Section 5(b)(3) of Pub. L. 103–397 provided for the amendment of the table at the end of subsec. (c)(2) of this section during fiscal year 1997.
Section 5(b)(4) of Pub. L. 103–397 provided for the amendment of the table at the end of subsec. (c)(2) of this section during fiscal year 1998.
Payments Made Prior to January 1, 1983
Section 101(3) of Pub. L. 98–63 provided in part that: “The United States shall not be subject to any cause of action or any liability for distribution of payments made prior to January 1, 1983, under the Act of October 20, 1976 (90 Stat. 2662), as amended [Pub. L. 94–565, see 31 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.], or regulations pursuant thereto.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6905 of this title.
§6904. Additional payments
(a) In addition to payments the Secretary of the Interior makes under section 6902 of this title, the Secretary shall make a payment for each fiscal year to a unit of general local government collecting and distributing real property taxes (including a unit in Alaska outside the boundaries of an organized borough) in which is located an interest in land that—
(1) the United States Government acquires for—
(A) the National Park System; or
(B) the National Forest Wilderness Areas; and
(2) was subject to local real property taxes within the 5-year period before the interest is acquired.
(b) The Secretary shall make payments only for the 5 fiscal years after the fiscal year in which the interest in land is acquired. Under guidelines the Secretary prescribes, the unit of general local government receiving the payment from the Secretary shall distribute payments proportionally to units and school districts that lost real property taxes because of the acquisition of the interest. A unit receiving a distribution may use a payment for any governmental purpose.
(c) Each yearly payment by the Secretary under this section is equal to one percent of the fair market value of the interest in land on the date the Government acquires the interest. However, a payment may not be more than the amount of real property taxes levied on the property during the last fiscal year before the fiscal year in which the interest is acquired. A decision on fair market value under this section may not include an increase in the value of an interest because the land is rezoned when the rezoning causes the increase after the date of enactment of a law authorizing the acquisition of an interest under subsection (a) of this section.
(d) The Secretary may prescribe regulations under which payments may be made to units of general local government when subsections (a) and (b) of this section will not carry out the purpose of subsections (a) and (b).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1033.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6904(a) | 31:1603(a)(1st, 3d sentences). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §3(a)–(d), 90 Stat. 2663. |
| 31:1603(e). | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, 90 Stat. 2662, §3(e); added Oct. 17, 1978, Pub. L. 95–469, §3(3), 92 Stat. 1322. | |
| 6904(b) | 31:1603(a)(2d sentence), (b), (d). | |
| 6904(c) | 31:1603(c). | |
| 6904(d) | 31:1603(a)(last sentence). |
In the section, the words “land or” are omitted as being included in “interest in land”.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “the Secretary of the Interior makes” are added for clarity. The words “unit of general local government collecting and distributing real property taxes (including a unit in Alaska outside the boundaries of an organized borough)” are substituted for “county” and 31:1603(a)(3d sentence) and (e) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the jurisdiction of” are omitted as surplus. In subclause (A), the words “for the Redwood National Park pursuant to subchapter VII of chapter 1 of title 16” are omitted as executed because the Redwood National Park is now part of the National Park System.
In subsection (b), the words “The Secretary shall make payments only for the 5 fiscal years after the fiscal year in which the interest in land is acquired” are substituted for 31:1603(b)(1st sentence) and (d) to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “affected” and “for addition to either such systems” are omitted as surplus. The words “receiving a distribution” are added for clarity.
In subsection (c), the words “The amount of . . . made . . . fiscal . . . to any unit of local government and affected school districts” are omitted as surplus. The words “by the Secretary” are added for clarity. The words “made for any fiscal year to a unit of local government under subsection (a) of this section”, “assessed and”, “full”, and “for addition to the National Park System or National Forest Wilderness Areas” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 6905 of this title; title 16 sections 79o, 460aaa–2; title 43 section 1457a.
§6905. Redwood National Park and the Lake Tahoe Basin
(a) The Secretary of the Interior shall make a payment for each fiscal year to each unit of general local government in which an interest in land owned by the United States Government in the Redwood National Park is located. A unit may use the payment for any governmental purpose. The payment shall be made as provided in section 6903 of this title and shall include an amount payable under section 6903.
(b)(1) In addition to payments the Secretary makes under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall make a payment for each fiscal year to each unit of general local government in which is located an interest in land—
(A) owned by the Government in the Redwood National Park; or
(B) acquired in the Lake Tahoe Basin under the Act of December 23, 1980 (Public Law 96–586, 94 Stat. 3383).
(2) The payment shall be made as provided in section 6904 of this title and shall include an amount payable under section 6904. However, an amount computed but not paid because of the first sentence of subsection (b) and the 2d sentence of subsection (c) of section 6904 shall be carried forward and applied to future years in which the payment would not otherwise equal the amount of real property taxes assessed and levied on the land during the last fiscal year before the fiscal year in which the interest was acquired until the amount is applied completely.
(3) The unit of general local government may use the payment for any governmental purpose.
(4) The Redwoods Community College District is a school district under section 6904(b) of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1034.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6905(a) | 16:79o(a), (b). | Mar. 27, 1978, Pub. L. 95–250, §106, 92 Stat. 171. |
| 6905(b) (1)–(3) | (uncodified). | Dec. 23, 1980, Pub. L. 96–586, §2(i), 94 Stat. 3383. |
| 16:79o(c). | ||
| 6905(b)(4) | 16:79o(d). |
In subsection (a), the words “Notwithstanding any contrary provision of sections 1601 to 1607 of title 31” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The word “general” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The words “an interest in” are added for consistency because of the source provisions restated in the revised section. The word “Government” is added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The text of 16:79o(a)(last sentence) is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b)(1)–(3), the source provisions are combined for clarity and because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “portion of the total”, “full”, and “land or” are omitted as surplus. The words “for addition to Redwood National Park” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (b)(4), the word “affected” is omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The provisions of Act of December 23, 1980 (Public Law 96–586, 94 Stat. 3383) which relate to the acquisition of the Lake Tahoe Basin, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), are not classified to the Code.
§6906. Authorization of appropriations
Necessary amounts may be appropriated to the Secretary of the Interior to carry out this chapter. Amounts are available only as provided in appropriation laws.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1035.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 6906 | 31:1607. | Oct. 20, 1976, Pub. L. 94–565, §7, 90 Stat. 2665. |
The words “to the Secretary of the Interior” are added for clarity. The words “Provided, That, notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter” and “in advance” are omitted as unnecessary.
§6907. State legislation requiring reallocation or redistribution of payments to smaller units of general purpose government
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a State may enact legislation which requires that any payments which would be made to units of general local government pursuant to this chapter be reallocated and redistributed in whole or part to other smaller units of general purpose government which (1) are located within the boundaries of the larger unit of general local government, (2) provide general governmental services and (3) contain entitlement lands within their boundaries. Such reallocation or redistribution shall generally reflect the level of services provided by, and the number of entitlement acres within, the smaller unit of general local government.
(b) Upon enactment of legislation by a State, described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall make one payment to such State equaling the aggregate amount of payments which he otherwise would have made to units of general local government within such State pursuant to this chapter. It shall be the responsibility of such State to make any further distribution of the payment pursuant to subsection (a). Such redistribution shall be made within 30 days after receipt of such payment. No payment, or portion thereof, made by the Secretary shall be used by any State for the administration of this subsection or subsection (a).
(c) Appropriations made for payments in lieu of taxes for a fiscal year may be used to correct underpayments in the previous fiscal year to achieve equity among all qualified recipients.
(Added Pub. L. 98–63, title I, §101(4), July 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 324; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(U)(ii), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1362.)
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–272 inserted section catchline.
CHAPTER 71—JOINT FUNDING SIMPLIFICATION
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 29 section 710; title 42 section 3020a.
§7101. Purposes
The purposes of this chapter are to—
(1) enable States, local governments, and private nonprofit organizations to use assistance of the United States Government more effectively and efficiently;
(2) adapt the assistance more readily to particular needs through wider use of projects that are supported by more than one executive agency, assistance program, or appropriation of the United States Government; and
(3) encourage Federal-State arrangements under which local governments and private nonprofit organizations may more effectively and efficiently combine Federal and State resources to support projects of common interest to those local governments and those organizations.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1035.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7101 | 42:4251. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §2, 88 Stat. 1604. |
In the chapter, the words “executive agency” are substituted for “Federal agency” because of the definition in section 102 of the revised title. The words “assistance program” are substituted for “Federal assistance programs” because of the definition in section 7102 of the revised title.
In the section, the words “resources available from” and “It is the further purpose of this chapter” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7103 of this title.
§7102. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “applicant” means a State, local government, or private nonprofit organization applying for assistance for one project.
(2) “assistance program” means a program of the United States Government providing assistance through a grant or contract but does not include revenue sharing, a loan, a loan guarantee, or insurance.
(3) “local government” means a county, city, political subdivision of a county or city, or other general purpose political subdivision of a State, a school district, a council of governments, or other instrumentality of a local government.
(4) “project” means an undertaking that includes components that contribute materially to carrying out one purpose or closely related purposes and are proposed or approved for assistance under—
(A) more than one United States Government program; or
(B) at least one Government program and at least one State program.
(5) “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and a tribe as defined in section 3(c) of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C. 1452(c)).
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1035; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(V), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7102(1) | 42:4261(2), (4). | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §12, 88 Stat. 1608. |
| 7102(2) | 42:4261(1). | |
| 7102(3) | 42:4261(6). | |
| 7102(4) | 42:4261(3). | |
| 7102(5) | 42:4261(5). |
In clause (1), the words “applying for” are substituted for “seeking” for clarity. The words “acting separately or together” are omitted as unnecessary. The text of 42:4261(4) is omitted as unnecessary because of section 102 of the revised title.
In clause (2), the words “of the United States Government” are added for clarity. The words “assistance in the form of” are omitted as unnecessary.
In clause (3), the words “a county, city, political subdivision of a county or city, or other general purpose political subdivision of a State” are substituted for “a local unit of government including a city, county, parish, town, township, village,” for consistency in the revised title and because of 1:2. The word “agency” is omitted because it is included in “instrumentality”.
In clause (4), the words “that contribute” are substituted for “if each of those components” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “whether of a temporary or continuing nature” are omitted as unnecessary.
In clause (5), the words “any of the several” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico” are omitted as being included in “territory or possession of the United States” and as unnecessary because of 48:734.
Amendments
1994—Par. (3). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “political” for “politicial” after “other general purpose”.
§7103. Authority of the President and heads of executive agencies
(a) The President shall prescribe necessary regulations to carry out section 7101 of this title and to ensure that this chapter is applied by all executive agencies consistently. The regulations may require executive agencies to adopt or prescribe procedures requiring applicants for assistance for a project to be jointly financed under this chapter to take steps to—
(1) get the views and recommendations of States and local governments that may be significantly affected by the project; and
(2) resolve questions of common interest to those States and local governments before making application.
(b) Subject to regulations prescribed under subsection (a) of this section and other law, the head of an executive agency may do the following by an order of the agency head or by agreement with another executive agency:
(1) identify related programs likely to be particularly suitable in providing joint financing for specific kinds of projects.
(2) to assist in planning and developing a project financed from different programs, develop and prescribe—
(A) guidelines;
(B) model or illustrative projects;
(C) joint or common application forms; and
(D) other materials or guidance.
(3) review administrative program requirements to identify requirements that may impede joint financing of a project and modify the requirements when appropriate.
(4) establish common technical or administrative regulations for related programs to assist in providing joint financing to support a specific project or class of projects.
(5) establish joint or common application processing and project supervision procedures, including procedures for designating—
(A) a lead agency responsible for processing applications; and
(B) a managing agency responsible for project supervision.
(c) The head of an executive agency shall—
(1) take maximum action to carry out section 7101 of this title in conducting an assistance program of the agency; and
(2) consult and cooperate with the heads of other executive agencies to carry out section 7101 of this title in conducting assistance programs of different executive agencies that may be used jointly to finance projects undertaken by States, local governments, or private nonprofit organizations.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1036.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7103(a) | 42:4252(a). | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §3, 88 Stat. 1604. |
| 7103(b) | 42:4252(b). | |
| 7103(c) | 42:4252(c). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “as may be necessary or appropriate” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “to carry out section 7101 of this title” are substituted for “in accordance with its purposes” as being more precise. The word “requiring” is substituted for “that will assure that” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “to be jointly financed under this chapter” are substituted for “funded pursuant to the provisions of this chapter” for clarity and consistency. In clause (1), the words “States and local governments” are substituted for “non-Federal agencies” for clarity and because of the definition in section 7102.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “under subsection (a) of this section” are substituted for “as the President may prescribe” because of the restatement. The words “applicable” and “take the following actions” are omitted as unnecessary. In clauses (1), (3), and (4), the words “joint financing” are substituted for “joint support” and “joint use of funds” for consistency in the revised chapter. In clause (1), the words “or appropriate” and “thereunder” are omitted as unnecessary. In clause (3), the words “to identify” are substituted for “in order to determine”, and the word “modify” is substituted for “the extent to which such requirements may be modified” and “making such modifications”, to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (5), the words “or mechanisms” and “for designation” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c), the words “take maximum action” are substituted for “be responsible for taking actions, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “to carry out section 7101 of this title” are substituted for “that will further the purpose of this chapter” and “to promote the purposes of this chapter” as being more precise. The words “in conducting” are substituted for “with respect to” for clarity. The words “used jointly to finance” are substituted for “used jointly in support of” for consistency in the revised chapter. The words “Each Federal agency head shall also” and the words “in order similarly” are omitted as surplus.
Executive Order No. 11867
Ex. Ord. No. 11867, eff. June 19, 1975, 40 F.R. 26253, which delegated to Administrator of General Services authority to issue regulations, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
Ex. Ord. No. 11893. Transferring Certain Functions from General Services Administration to Office of Management and Budget
Ex. Ord. No. 11893, eff. Dec. 31, 1975, 41 F.R. 1040, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and Statutes of the United States, particularly by section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921, as amended, the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended, Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 [set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees]; and section 5317 of title 5 of the United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Gerald R. Ford.
§7104. Processing project requests to be financed by at least 2 assistance programs
In processing an application or request for assistance for a project to be financed by at least 2 assistance programs, the head of an executive agency shall take action that will ensure that—
(1) required reviews and approvals are handled expeditiously;
(2) complete account is taken of special considerations of timing that are made known by the applicant that would affect the feasibility of a jointly financed project;
(3) an applicant is required to deal with a minimum number of representatives of the United States Government;
(4) an applicant is promptly informed of a decision or special problem that could affect the feasibility of providing joint assistance under the application; and
(5) an applicant is not required to get information or assurances from one executive agency for a requesting executive agency when the requesting agency may get the information or assurances directly.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1037.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7104 | 42:4253. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §4, 88 Stat. 1605. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “for a project to be financed by at least 2 assistance programs” are substituted for “under two or more Federal programs in support of any project” for consistency in the revised chapter. The words “shall take action” are substituted for “Actions taken by Federal agency heads pursuant to this chapter that relate to”, and the words “that will ensure” are substituted for “shall be designed to assure”, to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “so far as reasonably possible” are omitted as surplus. In clause (4), the word “impediments” is omitted as surplus. The word “providing” is substituted for “Federal provision of”, and the words “joint assistance under the application” are substituted for “on a joint basis”, to eliminate unnecessary words. Clause (5) is substituted for 42:4253(5) because of the restatement.
§7105. Prescribing uniform technical and administrative provisions
(a) To make participation in a project easier than would be possible because of varying or conflicting technical or administrative regulations and procedures not required by law, the head of an executive agency may prescribe uniform provisions about inconsistent or conflicting requirements on—
(1) financial administration of the project (including accounting, reporting and auditing, and maintaining a separate bank account), to the extent consistent with section 7108 of this title;
(2) the timing of payments by the United States Government for the project when one schedule or a combined schedule is to be established for the project;
(3) providing assistance by grant rather than procurement contract or by procurement contract rather than by grant; and
(4) accountability for, or the disposition of, records, property, or structures acquired or constructed with assistance from the Government when common regulations are established for the project.
(b) To make easier the processing of applications for assistance, the head of an executive agency may provide for review of proposals for a project by one panel, board, or committee where reviews by separate panels, boards, or committees are not specifically required by law.
(c) Notwithstanding a requirement that one public agency or a specific public agency be established or designated to carry out or supervise that part of the assistance from the Government under an assistance program for a jointly financed project, the head of the executive agency carrying out the program may waive the requirement when—
(1) administration by another public agency is consistent with State or local law and the objectives of the assistance program; and
(2)(A) the waiver is requested by the head of a unit of general government certifying jurisdiction over the public agencies concerned; or
(B) the State or local public agencies concerned agree to the waiver.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1037.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7105(a) | 42:4255(a). | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §6, 88 Stat. 1606. |
| 7105(b) | 42:4255(b). | |
| 7105(c) | 42:4255(c). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “To make participation in a project easier than would be possible” are substituted for “In order to provide for projects” for clarity. The words “because of” are substituted for “that would otherwise be subject to” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “prescribe” is substituted for “adopt”, and the word “about” is substituted for “with respect to”, for consistency in the revised title. In clause (2), the words “payments by the United States Government” are substituted for “Federal payments” for consistency in the revised title. In clause (3), the words “providing assistance by” are substituted for “that assistance be extended in the form of” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “procurement” is added for consistency with chapter 63 of the revised title. In clause (4), the words “assistance from the Government” are substituted for “Federal assistance” for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “To make easier” are substituted for “In order to permit”, and the words “applications for assistance” are substituted for “applications in accordance with the purposes of this chapter”, for clarity. The words “where . . . are not” are substituted for “except when such review is” because of the restatement.
Subsection (c) is substituted for 42:4255(c) for consistency in subtitle V of the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7108 of this title.
§7106. Delegation of supervision of assistance
With the approval of the President, the head of an executive agency may delegate or otherwise arrange to have another executive agency carry out or supervise a project or class of projects jointly financed under this chapter. A delegation—
(1) shall be made under conditions ensuring that duties and powers delegated are exercised consistent with law; and
(2) may not relieve the head of an executive agency of responsibility for the proper and efficient management of a project for which the agency provides assistance.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1038.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7106 | 42:4256. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §7, 88 Stat. 1606. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “to have another executive agency carry out or supervise” are substituted for “to other Federal agencies powers and functions relating to the supervision or administration” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (1), the words “under conditions ensuring” are substituted for “only on such conditions as may be appropriate to assure”, the word “consistent” is substituted for “in full conformity”, and the word “law” is substituted for “applicable statutory provisions and policies”, to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (2), the words “for which the agency provides assistance” are substituted for “funded by their agencies”, for clarity because the source provisions do not provide for funding. The words “of Federal assistance”, “for other agencies to perform”, “such activities with respect to”, and “under this section” are omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7108 of this title.
§7107. Joint management funds
(a) In supporting a project, a joint management fund may be established to administer more effectively amounts received from more than one assistance program or appropriation. A proportional share of the amount required to pay a grantee shall be transferred periodically to the fund from each program or appropriation. When a project is completed, the grantee shall return to the fund an amount not expended.
(b) An account in a joint management fund is subject to an agreement made by the heads of the executive agencies providing assistance for the project about the responsibilities of each agency. An agreement shall—
(1) ensure the availability of necessary information to the executive agencies and Congress;
(2) provide that the agency administering a fund is responsible and accountable by program and appropriation for the amounts provided for the purposes of each account in the fund; and
(3) include procedures for returning, subject to fiscal year limitations, an excess amount to participating executive agencies under the applicable appropriation. An excess amount of an expired appropriation lapses from the fund.
(c) For each project financed through an account in a joint management fund, a recipient of an amount from the fund shall keep records prescribed by the head of the executive agency responsible for administering the fund. The records shall include—
(1) the amount and disposition by the recipient of assistance received under each program and appropriation;
(2) the total cost of the project for which assistance was given or used;
(3) that part of the cost of the project provided from other sources; and
(4) other records that will make it easier to carry out an audit.
(d) Records of a recipient related to an amount received from a joint management fund shall be made available to the head of the executive agency responsible for administering the fund and the Comptroller General for inspection and audit.
(e) For a project subject to a joint management fund, one non-Government share may be established conforming to—
(1) the proportional shares applicable to the assistance programs involved; and
(2) the proportional shares of an amount transferred to the project account from each of the programs.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1038.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7107(a) | 42:4257(a). | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §8, 88 Stat. 1606. |
| 7107(b) | 42:4257(b). | |
| 7107(c) | 42:4257(c). | |
| 7107(d) | 42:4257(d). | |
| 7107(e) | 42:4257(e). |
In subsection (a), the words “to administer more effectively” are substituted for “In order to provide the more effective administration” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “amounts received” are substituted for “funds drawn” for consistency. The words “A proportional share of the amount required to pay a grantee” are substituted for “proportionate share of amounts needed for payment to the grantee” because of the restatement. The words “with respect to such projects”, “affected”, and “from time to time” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “made by the heads of executive agencies” are substituted for “as may be entered into by the Federal agencies concerned” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “providing assistance for the project about the responsibilities of each agency” are substituted for “with respect to the discharge of the responsibilities of those agencies” for clarity. In clause (2), the word “established” is omitted as unnecessary. In clause (3), the words “for determining”, “whether amounts in the account are in excess of the amounts required”, and “applicable to” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “excess amount” are substituted for “that excess” for clarity.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “established pursuant to this section” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “amount from” are substituted for “moneys drawn from” for consistency. The word “include” is substituted for “as a minimum, fully disclose” to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (4), the words “to carry out” are added for clarity. The word “effective” is omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (d), the word “Records” is substituted for “books, documents, papers, and records”, and the words “shall be made available . . . for inspection and audit” are substituted for “shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to”, to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code. The word “related” is substituted for “that are pertinent”, and the words “an amount” are substituted for the word “money”, for consistency. The words “of the United States”, and “or any of their duly authorized representatives” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (e), the word “For” is substituted for “in the case of” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “proportional shares” are substituted for “federal share ratios” for clarity.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7108 of this title.
§7108. Limitation on authority under sections 7105–7107
Under regulations prescribed by the President, the head of an executive agency may act under sections 7105–7107 of this title for a project assisted under at least 2 assistance programs. The regulations shall ensure that the head of an executive agency acts under those sections only—
(1) when a problem cannot be adequately solved through other action under this chapter or other law;
(2) when necessary to promote expeditious processing of applications or effective and efficient administration of the project; and
(3) in a way consistent with protecting the interest of the United States Government and with the program purposes and requirements of law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7108 | 42:4254. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §5, 88 Stat. 1605. |
In the section, the words “act under” are substituted for “use the authorities described in”, and the words “when necessary” are substituted for “that they are applied only as necessary”, to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “head of an executive agency acts under those sections only” are substituted for “the authorities are limited in use to” for clarity. The words “These authorities shall be exercised only”, “Where appropriate to further the purposes of this chapter, and subject to the conditions prescribed in this section”, “(relating to the establishment of uniform technical or administrative requirements, delegation of powers and responsibilities, and establishment of joint management funds)”, “include criteria or procedures to”, and “that they are applied”, are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7105 of this title.
§7109. Appropriations available for joint financing
An appropriation available for technical assistance or personnel training under an assistance program is available for technical assistance and training for a project proposed or approved for joint financing involving the program and another assistance program.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7109 | 42:4258. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §9, 88 Stat. 1607. |
In this section, the words “the provision of” are omitted as surplus and the word “for” is substituted for “in connection with” for consistency.
§7110. Use of joint financing provisions for Federal-State assisted projects
Under regulations prescribed by the President, the head of an executive agency may make an agreement with a State to extend the benefits of this chapter to a project involving assistance from at least one executive agency and at least one State agency. The agreement may include arrangements to process requests or administer assistance on a joint basis.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7110 | 42:4259. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §10, 88 Stat. 1607. |
In this section, the words “as appropriate” are omitted as surplus. The words “to process requests or administer assistance” are substituted for “for the processing of requests for, or the administration of, assistance to such projects” to eliminate unnecessary words.
§7111. Report to Congress
By February 3, 1984, the President shall submit to Congress a report on actions taken under this chapter and make recommendations for its continuation, amendment, or termination. The report shall include a detailed evaluation of the operation of the chapter, including information on the benefits and costs of jointly financed projects that accrue to participating States, local governments, private nonprofit organizations, and the United States Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7111 | 42:4260. | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §11, 88 Stat. 1608. |
The words “By February 3, 1984” are substituted for “at least one year prior to the expiration of this chapter” for clarity and to reflect the 5-year extension granted the joint funding simplification program by the Act of December 16, 1980 (Pub. L. 96–534, 94 Stat. 3164). The word “comprehensive” is omitted as unnecessary. The word “amendment” is substituted for “modification” for clarity. The word “include” is substituted for “provide”, and the word “operation” is substituted for “functioning”, for consistency in the chapter.
§7112. Expiration date
This chapter expires on February 3, 1985.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7112 | 42:4251(note). | Dec. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–510, §13, 88 Stat. 1608; Dec. 16, 1980, Pub. L. 96–534, 94 Stat. 3164. |
CHAPTER 73—ADMINISTERING BLOCK GRANTS
§7301. Purpose
It is the purpose of this chapter to ensure that—
(1) block grant amounts are allocated for programs of special importance to meet the needs of local governments, residents of local governments, and other eligible entities; and
(2) all eligible local governments, residents of local governments, and other eligible entities are treated fairly in distributing block grant amounts.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1039.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7301 | 31:1243(note). | Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §1741(a), 95 Stat. 762. |
In the chapter, the words “chief executive officer” are added for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In the section, before clause (1), the words “It is the purpose of this chapter” are added for clarity and consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code. The words “each State which receives block grant funds under this Act shall comply with the requirements of this chapter, to the extent that such funds may be used at the discretion of the State, as described in subsection (b)(1)(B)” are omitted as surplus and because of the restatement of the source provisions in section 7302 of the revised title. In clause (2), the words “urban and rural” are omitted as surplus.
§7302. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “block grant amounts” means amounts received for a program that—
(A) directly allocates amounts to States only, except for amounts allocated for use by the agency administering the program; and
(B) provides that the State may use any part of the amounts at its discretion to continue to support activities financed on August 12, 1981, under programs whose authorizations were discontinued by the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Public Law 97–35, 95 Stat. 357) and that were financed on August 12, 1981, by allocations by the United States Government to local governments or other eligible entities, or both local governments and other eligible entities.
(2) “State” includes the District of Columbia and territories and possessions of the United States.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1040.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7302 | 31:1243(note). | Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §1741(b), 95 Stat. 763. |
In clause (1)(A), the word “Federal” is omitted as surplus because of section 101 of the revised title.
References in Text
The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981, referred to in par. (1)(B), is Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
§7303. Reports and public hearings on proposed uses of amounts
(a)(1) The chief executive officer of each State shall prepare for each fiscal year a report on the proposed use during the fiscal year of block grant amounts received by the State. The report shall include—
(A) a statement of goals and objectives;
(B) information on the types of activities to be supported, geographic areas to be served, and categories or characteristics of individuals to be served; and
(C) the criteria for, and way of, distributing the amounts, including details on the way amounts will be distributed on the basis of need to carry out the purposes of the block grant amounts.
(2) Beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 1983, each report shall describe how the State met the goals, objectives, and needs in using the amounts described in the report for the prior fiscal year.
(b) A State may not receive block grant amounts for a fiscal year until the State conducts a public hearing, after adequate public notice, on the proposed use and distribution of the amounts set out in the report prepared under subsection (a) of this section for the fiscal year.
(c) Each report prepared under subsection (a) of this section and changes to the report shall be made public in the State on a timely basis and in a way that encourages comments from interested local government and persons.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1040.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7303 | 31:1243(note). | Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §1742, 95 Stat. 763. |
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the words “for each fiscal year” and “during the fiscal year” are substituted for “for the previous fiscal year” for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “by the State” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “by a State” are omitted as surplus.
§7304. Availability of records
To evaluate and review the use of block grant amounts, consolidated assistance, and other grant programs established or provided for in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Public Law 97–35, 95 Stat. 357), records related to the amounts, assistance, or programs that are in the possession, custody, or control of a State, a political subdivision of a State, or a grantee of a State or political subdivision of a State shall be made available to the Comptroller General.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1040.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7304 | 31:1243(note). | Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §1744, 95 Stat. 764. |
The words “records . . . shall be made available to” are substituted for “shall have access to any books, accounts, records, correspondence, or other documents” for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
References in Text
The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
§7305. State auditing requirements
(a) The chief executive officer of each State shall conduct financial and compliance audits of block grant amounts received under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Public Law 97–35, 95 Stat. 357) and amounts received under a consolidated assistance program established or provided for in the Act. An audit shall be conducted for the 2-year period beginning on October 1, 1981, and for each 2-year period thereafter. As far as practicable, the audit shall be conducted consistent with standards the Comptroller General prescribes for the audit of governmental entities, programs, activities, and functions.
(b) An audit under subsection (a) of this section is in place of other financial and compliance audits of those amounts that the chief executive officer of the State is required to conduct under another provision of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Public Law 97–35, 95 Stat. 357) unless the other provision, by explicit reference to this section, provides otherwise.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1041.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 7305 | 31:1243(note). | Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §1745, 95 Stat. 764. |
In subsection (a), the word “prescribes” is substituted for “established”, and the word “entities” is substituted for “organizations”, for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the United States Code.
In subsection (b), the words “of funds” and “conducted” are omitted as surplus.
References in Text
The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
CHAPTER 75—REQUIREMENTS FOR SINGLE AUDITS
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in section 6703 of this title; title 20 sections 1063a, 1078, 1094, 1211a; title 25 sections 450c, 450j–1, 2506, 3304, 3414; title 29 section 1673; title 33 sections 1361, 1386; title 42 sections 300x–52, 1437g, 1437l, 5161, 8624, 9611; title 49 section 22107.
§7501. Definitions
As used in this chapter, the term—
(1) “cognizant agency” means a Federal agency which is assigned by the Director with the responsibility for implementing the requirements of this chapter with respect to a particular State or local government.
(2) “Comptroller General” means the Comptroller General of the United States.
(3) “Director” means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(4) “Federal financial assistance” means assistance provided by a Federal agency in the form of grants, contracts, loans, loan guarantees, property, cooperative agreements, interest subsidies, insurance, or direct appropriations, but does not include direct Federal cash assistance to individuals.
(5) “Federal agency” has the same meaning as the term “agency” in section 551(1) of title 5, United States Code.
(6) “generally accepted accounting principles” has the meaning specified in the generally accepted government auditing standards.
(7) “generally accepted government auditing standards” means the standards for audit of governmental organizations, programs, activities, and functions, issued by the Comptroller General.
(8) “independent auditor” means—
(A) an external State or local government auditor who meets the independence standards included in generally accepted government auditing standards, or
(B) a public accountant who meets such independence standards.
(9) “internal controls” means the plan of organization and methods and procedures adopted by management to ensure that—
(A) resource use is consistent with laws, regulations, and policies;
(B) resources are safeguarded against waste, loss, and misuse; and
(C) reliable data are obtained, maintained, and fairly disclosed in reports.
(10) “Indian tribe” means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, including any Alaskan Native village or regional or village corporation (as defined in, or established under, the Alaskan Native Claims Settlement Act) that is recognized by the United States as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians.
(11) “local government” means any unit of local government within a State, including a county, borough, municipality, city, town, township, parish, local public authority, special district, school district, intrastate district, council of governments, and any other instrumentality of local government.
(12) “major Federal assistance program” means any program for which total expenditures of Federal financial assistance by the State or local government during the applicable year exceed—
(A) $20,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $7,000,000,000;
(B) $19,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $6,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $7,000,000,000;
(C) $16,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $5,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $6,000,000,000;
(D) $13,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $4,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $5,000,000,000;
(E) $10,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $3,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $4,000,000,000;
(F) $7,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $2,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $3,000,000,000;
(G) $4,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $1,000,000,000 but are less than or equal to $2,000,000,000;
(H) $3,000,000 in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $100,000,000 but are less than or equal to $1,000,000,000; and
(I) the larger of (i) $300,000, or (ii) 3 percent of such total expenditures for all programs, in the case of a State or local government for which such total expenditures for all programs exceed $100,000 but are less than or equal to $100,000,000.
(13) “public accountants” means those individuals who meet the qualification standards included in generally accepted government auditing standards for personnel performing government audits.
(14) “State” means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, any instrumentality thereof, any multi-State, regional, or interstate entity which has governmental functions, and any Indian tribe.
(15) “subrecipient” means any person or government department, agency, or establishment that receives Federal financial assistance through a State or local government, but does not include an individual that receives such assistance.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2327.)
References in Text
The Alaskan Native Claims Settlement Act, referred to in par. (10), probably means the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, Pub. L. 92–203, Dec. 18, 1971, 85 Stat. 688, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 33 (§1601 et seq.) of Title 43, Public Lands. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 43 and Tables.
Short Title
Section 1(a) of Pub. L. 98–502 provided that: “This Act [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the ‘Single Audit Act of 1984’.”
Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.
Congressional Statement of Purpose
Section 1(b) of Pub. L. 98–502 provided that: “It is the purpose of this Act [enacting this chapter]—
“(1) to improve the financial management of State and local governments with respect to Federal financial assistance programs;
“(2) to establish uniform requirements for audits of Federal financial assistance provided to State and local governments;
“(3) to promote the efficient and effective use of audit resources; and
“(4) to ensure that Federal departments and agencies, to the maximum extent practicable, rely upon and use audit work done pursuant to chapter 75 of title 31, United States Code (as added by this Act).”
Tennessee Valley Authority Audits Unaffected by Single Audit Requirements
Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 98–502 provided that: “The provisions of this Act [enacting this chapter] shall not diminish or otherwise affect the authority of the Tennessee Valley Authority to conduct its own audits of any matter involving funds disbursed by the Tennessee Valley Authority.”
§7502. Audit requirements; exemptions
(a)(1)(A) Each State and local government which receives a total amount of Federal financial assistance equal to or in excess of $100,000 in any fiscal year of such government shall have an audit made for such fiscal year in accordance with the requirements of this chapter and the requirements of the regulations prescribed pursuant to section 7505 of this title.
(B) Each State and local government that receives a total amount of Federal financial assistance which is equal to or in excess of $25,000 but less than $100,000 in any fiscal year of such government shall—
(i) have an audit made for such fiscal year in accordance with the requirements of this chapter and the requirements of the regulations prescribed pursuant to section 7505 of this title; or
(ii) comply with any applicable requirements concerning financial or financial and compliance audits contained in Federal statutes and regulations governing programs under which such Federal financial assistance is provided to that government.
(C) Each State and local government that receives a total amount of Federal financial assistance which is less than $25,000 in any fiscal year of such government shall be exempt for such fiscal year from compliance with—
(i) the audit requirements of this chapter; and
(ii) any applicable requirements concerning financial or financial and compliance audits contained in Federal statutes and regulations governing programs under which such Federal financial assistance is provided to that government.
The provisions of clause (ii) of this subparagraph do not exempt a State or local government from compliance with any provision of a Federal statute or regulation that requires such government to maintain records concerning Federal financial assistance provided to such government or that permits a Federal agency or the Comptroller General access to such records.
(2) For purposes of this section, a State or local government shall be considered to receive Federal financial assistance whether such assistance is received directly from a Federal agency or indirectly through another State or local government.
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), audits conducted pursuant to this chapter shall be conducted annually.
(2) If a State or local government is required—
(A) by constitution or statute, as in effect on October 19, 1984, or
(B) by administrative rules, regulations, guidelines, standards, or policies, as in effect on October 19, 1984,
to conduct its audits less frequently than annually, the cognizant agency for such government shall, upon request of such government, permit the government to conduct its audits pursuant to this chapter biennially, except as provided in paragraph (3). Such audits shall cover both years within the biennial period.
(3) Any State or local government that is permitted, under clause (B) of paragraph (2), to conduct its audits pursuant to this chapter biennially by reason of the requirements of a rule, regulation, guideline, standard, or policy, shall, for any of its fiscal years beginning after December 31, 1986, conduct such audits annually unless such State or local government codifies a requirement for biennial audits in its constitution or statutes by January 1, 1987. Audits conducted biennially under the provisions of this paragraph shall cover both years within the biennial period.
(c) Each audit conducted pursuant to subsection (a) shall be conducted by an independent auditor in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards, except that, for the purposes of this chapter, such standards shall not be construed to require economy and efficiency audits, program results audits, or program evaluations.
(d)(1) Each audit conducted pursuant to subsection (a) for any fiscal year shall cover the entire State or local government's operations except that, at the option of such government—
(A) such audit may, except as provided in paragraph (5), cover only each department, agency, or establishment which received, expended, or otherwise administered Federal financial assistance during such fiscal year; and
(B) such audit may exclude public hospitals and public colleges and universities.
(2) Each such audit shall encompass the entirety of the financial operations of such government or of such department, agency, or establishment, whichever is applicable, and shall determine and report whether—
(A)(i) the financial statements of the government, department, agency, or establishment present fairly its financial position and the results of its financial operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and
(ii) the government, department, agency, or establishment has complied with laws and regulations that may have a material effect upon the financial statements;
(B) the government, department, agency, or establishment has internal control systems to provide reasonable assurance that it is managing Federal financial assistance programs in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; and
(C) the government, department, agency, or establishment has complied with laws and regulations that may have a material effect upon each major Federal assistance program.
In complying with the requirements of subparagraph (C), the independent auditor shall select and test a representative number of transactions from each major Federal assistance program.
(3) Transactions selected from Federal assistance programs, other than major Federal assistance programs, pursuant to the requirements of paragraphs (2)(A) and (2)(B) shall be tested for compliance with Federal laws and regulations that apply to such transactions. Any noncompliance found in such transactions by the independent auditor in making determinations required by this paragraph shall be reported.
(4) The number of transactions selected and tested under paragraphs (2) and (3), the selection and testing of such transactions, and the determinations required by such paragraphs shall be based on the professional judgment of the independent auditor.
(5) A series of audits of individual departments, agencies, and establishments for the same fiscal year may be considered to be an audit for the purpose of this chapter.
(e)(1) Each State and local government subject to the audit requirements of this chapter, which receives Federal financial assistance and provides $25,000 or more of such assistance in any fiscal year to a subrecipient, shall—
(A) if the subrecipient conducts an audit in accordance with the requirements of this chapter, review such audit and ensure that prompt and appropriate corrective action is taken on instances of material noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations with respect to Federal financial assistance provided to the subrecipient by the State or local government; or
(B) if the subrecipient does not conduct an audit in accordance with the requirements of this chapter—
(i) determine whether the expenditures of Federal financial assistance provided to the subrecipient by the State or local government are in accordance with applicable laws and regulations; and
(ii) ensure that prompt and appropriate corrective action is taken on instances of material noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations with respect to Federal financial assistance provided to the subrecipient by the State or local government.
(2) Each such State and local government shall require each subrecipient of Federal assistance through such government to permit, as a condition of receiving funds from such assistance, the independent auditor of the State or local government to have such access to the subrecipient's records and financial statements as may be necessary for the State or local government to comply with this chapter.
(f) The report made on any audit conducted pursuant to this section shall, within thirty days after completion of such report, be transmitted to the appropriate Federal officials and made available by the State or local government for public inspection.
(g) If an audit conducted pursuant to this section finds any material noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations by, or material weakness in the internal controls of, the State or local government with respect to the matters described in subsection (d)(2), the State or local government shall submit to appropriate Federal officials a plan for corrective action to eliminate such material noncompliance or weakness or a statement describing the reasons that corrective action is not necessary. Such plan shall be consistent with the audit resolution standard promulgated by the Comptroller General (as part of the standards for internal controls in the Federal Government) pursuant to section 3512(c) of this title.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2329; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(W), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(W), substituted “October 19, 1984” for “the date of enactment of this chapter” in subpar. (A) and for “such date” in subpar. (B).
Subsec. (d)(5), (6). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(W)(iii), redesignated par. (6) as (5) and struck out former par. (5) which read as follows: “Each State or local government which, in any fiscal year of such government, receives directly from the Department of the Treasury a total of $25,000 or more under chapter 67 of this title (relating to general revenue sharing) and which is required to conduct an audit pursuant to this chapter for such fiscal year shall not have the option provided by paragraph (1)(A) for such fiscal year.”
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(W)(iv), substituted “section 3512(c)” for “section 3512(b)”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 7503, 7504 of this title.
§7503. Relation to other audit requirements
(a) An audit conducted in accordance with this chapter shall be in lieu of any financial or financial and compliance audit of an individual Federal assistance program which a State or local government is required to conduct under any other Federal law or regulation. To the extent that such audit provides a Federal agency with the information it requires to carry out its responsibilities under Federal law or regulation, a Federal agency shall rely upon and use that information and plan and conduct its own audits accordingly in order to avoid a duplication of effort.
(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a), a Federal agency shall conduct any additional audits which are necessary to carry out its responsibilities under Federal law or regulation. The provisions of this chapter do not authorize any State or local government (or subrecipient thereof) to constrain, in any manner, such agency from carrying out such additional audits.
(c) The provisions of this chapter do not limit the authority of Federal agencies to conduct, or enter into contracts for the conduct of, audits and evaluations of Federal financial assistance programs, nor limit the authority of any Federal agency Inspector General or other Federal audit official.
(d) Subsection (a) shall apply to a State or local government which conducts an audit in accordance with this chapter even though it is not required by section 7502(a) to conduct such audit.
(e) A Federal agency that performs or contracts for audits in addition to the audits conducted by recipients pursuant to this chapter shall, consistent with other applicable law, arrange for funding the cost of such additional audits. Such additional audits include economy and efficiency audits, program results audits, and program evaluations.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2332; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(X), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “extent” for “extend” in second sentence.
§7504. Cognizant agency responsibilities
(a) The Director shall designate cognizant agencies for audits conducted pursuant to this chapter.
(b) A cognizant agency shall—
(1) ensure that audits are made in a timely manner and in accordance with the requirements of this chapter;
(2) ensure that the audit reports and corrective action plans made pursuant to section 7502 of this title are transmitted to the appropriate Federal officials; and
(3)(A) coordinate, to the extent practicable, audits done by or under contract with Federal agencies that are in addition to the audits conducted pursuant to this chapter; and (B) ensure that such additional audits build upon the audits conducted pursuant to this chapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2333.)
§7505. Regulations
(a) The Director, after consultation with the Comptroller General and appropriate Federal, State, and local government officials, shall prescribe policies, procedures, and guidelines to implement this chapter. Each Federal agency shall promulgate such amendments to its regulations as may be necessary to conform such regulations to the requirements of this chapter and of such policies, procedures, and guidelines.
(b)(1) The policies, procedures, and guidelines prescribed pursuant to subsection (a) shall include criteria for determining the appropriate charges to programs of Federal financial assistance for the cost of audits. Such criteria shall prohibit a State or local government which is required to conduct an audit pursuant to this chapter from charging to any such program (A) the cost of any financial or financial and compliance audit which is not conducted in accordance with this chapter, and (B) more than a reasonably proportionate share of the cost of any such audit that is conducted in accordance with this chapter.
(2) The criteria prescribed pursuant to paragraph (1) shall not, in the absence of documentation demonstrating a higher actual cost, permit (A) the ratio of (i) the total charges by a government to Federal financial assistance programs for the cost of audits performed pursuant to this chapter, to (ii) the total cost of such audits, to exceed (B) the ratio of (i) total Federal financial assistance expended by such government during the applicable fiscal year or years, to (ii) such government's total expenditures during such fiscal year or years.
(c) Such policies, procedures, and guidelines shall include such provisions as may be necessary to ensure that small business concerns and business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals will have the opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts awarded to fulfill the audit requirements of this chapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2333.)
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 7502 of this title.
§7506. Monitoring responsibilities of the Comptroller General
The Comptroller General shall review provisions requiring financial or financial and compliance audits of recipients of Federal assistance that are contained in bills and resolutions reported by the committees of the Senate and the House of Representatives. If the Comptroller General determines that a bill or resolution contains provisions that are inconsistent with the requirements of this chapter, the Comptroller General shall, at the earliest practicable date, notify in writing—
(1) the committee that reported such bill or resolution; and
(2)(A) the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate (in the case of a bill or resolution reported by a committee of the Senate); or
(B) the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives (in the case of a bill or resolution reported by a committee of the House of Representatives).
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2333.)
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
§7507. Effective date; report
(a) This chapter shall apply to any State or local government with respect to any of its fiscal years which begin after December 31, 1984.
(b) The Director, on or before May 1, 1987, and annually thereafter, shall submit to each House of Congress a report on operations under this chapter. Each such report shall specifically identify each Federal agency or State or local government which is failing to comply with this chapter.
(Added Pub. L. 98–502, §2(a), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2334.)
CHAPTER 77—LOAN REQUIREMENTS
§7701. Taxpayer identifying number
(a) In this section—
(1) “included Federal loan program” has the same meaning given that term in section 6103(l)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6103(l)(3)(C)).
(2) “taxpayer identifying number” means the identifying number required under section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 6109).
(b) The head of an agency administering an included Federal loan program shall require a person applying for a loan under the program to provide that person's taxpayer identifying number.
(Added Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(Y)(i), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
SUBTITLE VI—MISCELLANEOUS
CHAPTER 91—GOVERNMENT CORPORATIONS
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §306(b), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2854, substituted “Management” for “Audit”.
1986—Pub. L. 99–571, title II, §201(b)(2), Oct. 28, 1986, 100 Stat. 3224, added item 9110.
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in section 3501 of this title; title 2 section 651; title 5 sections 4101, 8147; title 7 section 943; title 12 sections 1438, 1723a, 1789, 2293; title 15 sections 713a–4, 714c; title 16 section 838i; title 20 sections 1082, 1132d–1, 8508; title 22 sections 290f, 290h–6, 2199, 2395; title 38 section 7806; title 40 sections 474, 483, 490, 491; title 41 section 403; title 42 sections 292j, 1437h, 2297b, 2297b–5, 4124; title 45 section 741; title 49 section 44308; title 50 App. section 1941g.
§9101. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “Government corporation” means a mixed-ownership Government corporation and a wholly owned Government corporation.
(2) “mixed-ownership Government corporation” means—
(A) Amtrak.
(B) the Central Bank for Cooperatives.
(C) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(D) the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(E) the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks.
(F) the Federal Land Banks.
(G) the National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility.
(H) the Regional Banks for Cooperatives.
(I) the Rural Telephone Bank when the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a)).
(J) the United States Railway Association.
(K) the Financing Corporation.
(L) the Resolution Trust Corporation.
(M) the Resolution Funding Corporation.
(3) “wholly owned Government corporation” means—
(A) the Commodity Credit Corporation.
(B) the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund; 1
(C) the Export-Import Bank of the United States.
(D) the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation.
(E) Federal Prison Industries, Incorporated.
(F) the Corporation for National and Community Service.
(G) the Government National Mortgage Association.
(H) the Overseas Private Investment Corporation.
(I) the Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation.
(J) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(K) the Rural Telephone Bank until the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a)).
(L) the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
(M) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development when carrying out duties and powers related to the Federal Housing Administration Fund.
(N) the Tennessee Valley Authority.
(N) 2 the Uranium Enrichment Corporation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, §§1, 2(l)(1), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1041, 1062; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(26), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478; Pub. L. 100–86, title III, §303, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 597; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §307(e), title V, §§501(d), 511(b)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 353, 394, 406; Pub. L. 102–486, title IX, §902(b), Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 2944; Pub. L. 103–82, title II, §202(e)(1), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 888; Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(Z), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363; Pub. L. 103–325, title I, §104(e), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2168.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9101(1) | (no source). | |
| 9101(2) | 31:856. | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §201, 59 Stat. 600; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, §201(a)(2), (3), 70 Stat. 667; Oct. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–518, §804, 84 Stat. 1340; May 7, 1971, Pub. L. 92–12, §4, 85 Stat. 37; Jan. 2, 1974, Pub. L. 93–236, §§202(g)(1), 301(f) (last sentence), 87 Stat. 992, 1005; Feb. 5, 1976, Pub. L. 94–210, §612(b), 90 Stat. 108; Aug. 20, 1978, Pub. L. 95–351, §301(a), 92 Stat. 513; Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–630, §1805, 92 Stat. 3724; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §396(h)(1), 95 Stat. 440. |
| 9101(3) | 31:846. | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 577, §101, 59 Stat. 597; Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, §501(b)(less proviso), 62 Stat. 1283; June 30, 1949, ch. 285, §13, 63 Stat. 356; May 13, 1954, ch. 201, §6, 68 Stat. 95; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, §201(a)(1), 70 Stat. 667; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, §502(c), 72 Stat. 272; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(u), 75 Stat. 774; May 25, 1967, Pub. L. 90–19, §4, 81 Stat. 20; Aug. 1, 1968, Pub. L. 90–448, §§807(e), 1719(d), 82 Stat. 544, 610; Dec. 30, 1969, Pub. L. 91–175, §501, 83 Stat. 825; Oct. 27, 1972, Pub. L. 92–578, §15, 86 Stat. 1274; Sept. 2, 1974, Pub. L. 93–406, §4002(g)(3), 88 Stat. 1005. |
Clause (1) is included because a number of the provisions of the chapter apply to mixed-ownership and wholly owned Government corporations, and the term “Government corporation” provides a simple phrase to refer to both of those kinds of corporations.
In clause (2)(A), “Amtrak” is substituted for “National Railroad Passenger Corporation” to conform to section 103(1) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 502(1)).
In clause (2)(I), the words “when the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a))” are added because of 7:943(c) and 950(a).
In clause (3), the words “Regional Agricultural Credit Corporations” are omitted because the corporations were merged with and liquidated by the Regional Agricultural Credit Corporation of Washington, D.C., which was dissolved on April 16, 1949. The words “Farmers Home Corporation” are omitted because the corporation never was activated. The words “Federal Surplus Commodities Corporation” are omitted because the corporation and the Division of Marketing and Marketing Agreements were consolidated into the Surplus Marketing Administration, which was merged into the Agricultural Marketing Administration, which was dissolved on March 14, 1947. The words “Reconstruction Finance Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was abolished on June 30, 1957. The words “Defense Plant Corporation; Defense Supplies Corporation; Metals Reserve Company; Rubber Reserve Company” are omitted because the corporations and companies were dissolved on July 1, 1945. The words “War Damage Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was terminated on January 22, 1947. The words “the RFC Mortgage Company” are omitted because the company was transferred to the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, which was abolished on June 30, 1957. The words “Disaster Loan Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on July 1, 1945. The words “Inland Waterways Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was liquidated on July 19, 1963. The words “Warrior River Terminal Company” are omitted because the company was transferred to the Inland Waterways Corporation, which was liquidated on July 13, 1963. The words “Virgin Islands Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on July 1, 1966. The words “United States Spruce Production Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on December 12, 1946. The words “Institute of Inter-American Affairs” are omitted because the institute was transferred to the Foreign Operations Administration, which was abolished on May 9, 1955. The words “Institute of Inter-American Transportation” are omitted because the institute was dissolved August 24, 1949. The words “Inter-American Educational Foundation, Incorporated” are omitted because the foundation was succeeded by the Institute of Inter-American Affairs, which was transferred to the Foreign Operations Administration, which was abolished on May 9, 1955. The words “Inter-American Navigation Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on February 25, 1947. The words “Prencinradio, Incorporated” are omitted because Prencinradio, Incorporated was dissolved May 10, 1949. The words “Cargoes, Incorporated” are omitted because Cargoes, Incorporated was dissolved April 30, 1945. The words “Export-Import Bank of the United States” are substituted for “Export-Import Bank of Washington” because of section 1(a) of the Act of March 13, 1968 (Pub. L. 90–267, 82 Stat. 47). The words “Petroleum Reserves Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was transferred to the Office of Economic Warfare, which was consolidated into the Foreign Economic Administration, which was transferred to the Reconstruction Finance Corporation and changed to the War Assets Corporation. The War Assets Corporation was dissolved as soon as practicable after March 25, 1946. The words “Rubber Development Corporation” are omitted because the certificate of incorporation expired on June 30, 1947. The words “U. S. Commercial Company” are omitted because the company was liquidated after June 30, 1948. The words “Smaller War Plants Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was abolished on June 30, 1947. The words “Defense Homes Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was liquidated on June 30, 1948. The words “Home Owners’ Loan Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on February 3, 1954. The words “United States Housing Corporation” are omitted because the corporation was terminated on September 8, 1952. The words “Panama Railroad Company” (subsequently changed to “Panama Canal Company” by section 2(a)(2) of the Act of September 26, 1950 (ch. 1049, 64 Stat. 1038)), are omitted because of 22:ch. 51. The words “Tennessee Valley Associated Cooperatives, Incorporated” are omitted because the corporation was dissolved on January 18, 1950.
In clause (3)(J), the words “until the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a))” are added because of 7:943(c) and 950(a). Clause (L) is substituted for the “Federal Housing Administration” because of section 5 of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act (Pub. L. 89–174, 79 Stat. 669).
1983 Act
This amends 31:9101(2) because the National Consumer Cooperative Bank is no longer a mixed-ownership Government corporation. Section 396(h)(1) and (i) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97–35, 95 Stat. 440) provided that the Bank would cease being a mixed-ownership Government corporation on the day after the Final Government Equity Redemption Date. Section 501(36) of the Act of December 23, 1981 (Pub. L. 97–101, 95 Stat. 1440), provided that the Redemption Date was December 31, 1981.
Amendments
1994—Par. (2)(K). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “the” for “The”.
Par. (3)(B) to (N). Pub. L. 103–325 added subpar. (B) and redesignated former subpars. (B) to (M) as (C) to (N), respectively.
1993—Par. (3)(E). Pub. L. 103–82 added subpar. (E).
1992—Par. (3)(N). Pub. L. 102–486 added subpar. (N) relating to the Uranium Enrichment Corporation.
1989—Par. (2)(L). Pub. L. 101–73, §501(d), added subpar. (L).
Par. (2)(M). Pub. L. 101–73, §511(b)(1), added subpar. (M).
Par. (3)(E). Pub. L. 101–73, §307(e), struck out subpar. (E) relating to Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.
1987—Par. (2)(K). Pub. L. 100–86 added subpar. (K).
1983—Par. (2)(K). Pub. L. 97–452 struck out subpar. (K) which had already been struck out by Pub. L. 97–258. See 1982 Amendment note below.
1982—Par. (2)(K). Pub. L. 97–258, §2(l)(1), struck out subpar. (K) relating to National Consumer Cooperative Bank.
Effective Date of 1993 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 202(i) of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as an Effective Date note under section 12651 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Section 2(l) of Pub. L. 97–258 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Jan. 1, 1982.
Abolition of United States Railway Association and Transfer of Functions
The United States Railway Association was abolished effective Apr. 1, 1987, with all powers, duties, rights, and obligations of Association relating to Consolidated Rail Corporation under the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 701 et seq.) transferred to Secretary of Transportation on Jan. 1, 1987, and any securities of Corporation held by Association transferred to Secretary of Transportation on Oct. 21, 1986, see section 1341 of Title 45, Railroads.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1105, 1344, 1352 of this title; title 2 section 651; title 5 sections 2302, 8147; title 7 section 943; title 12 sections 1757, 2293; title 16 section 838i; title 40 section 481; title 41 section 601.
1 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a period.
2 So in original. Probably should be “(O)”.
§9102. Establishing and acquiring corporations
An agency may establish or acquire a corporation to act as an agency only by or under a law of the United States specifically authorizing the action.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1042.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9102 | 31:869(a). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §304(a), 59 Stat. 602. |
The word “agency” is substituted for “officer or agency of the Federal Government or by any Government corporation” and “agency or instrumentality of the United States” because of section 101 of the revised title, for consistency, and because a Government corporation is an “instrumentality of the United States Government”. The word “establish” is substituted for “created, organized” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “on or after December 6, 1945” are omitted as executed. The words “law of the United States” are substituted for “Act of Congress” for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 19 section 2081; title 26 section 7608.
§9103. Budgets of wholly owned Government corporations
(a) Each wholly owned Government corporation shall prepare and submit each year to the President a business-type budget in a way, and before a date, the President prescribes by regulation for the budget program.
(b) The budget program for each wholly owned Government corporation shall—
(1) contain estimates of the financial condition and operations of the corporation for the current and following fiscal years and the condition and results of operations in the last fiscal year;
(2) contain statements of financial condition, income and expense, and sources and use of money, an analysis of surplus or deficit, and additional statements and information to make known the financial condition and operations of the corporation, including estimates of operations by major activities, administrative expenses, borrowings, the amount of United States Government capital that will be returned to the Treasury during the fiscal year, and appropriations needed to restore capital impairments; and
(3) provide for emergencies and contingencies and otherwise be flexible so that the corporation may carry out its activities.
(c) The President shall submit the budget programs submitted by wholly owned Government corporations (as changed by the President) as part of the budget submitted to Congress under section 1105 of this title. The President thereafter may submit changes in a budget program of a corporation at any time.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1042.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9103(a) | 31:847(1st sentence). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §102, 59 Stat. 598; Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, §105, 64 Stat. 834. |
| 9103(b) | 31:847(2d–last sentences). | |
| 9103(c) | 31:848. | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §103, 59 Stat. 598. |
In subsection (a), the word “President” is substituted for “Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “in a way, and before a date, the President prescribes by regulation for the budget program” are substituted for “under such rules and regulations as the President may establish as to the date of submission, the form and content, the classifications of data, and the manner in which such budget program shall be prepared and presented” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “budget program” are substituted for “budget program shall be a business-type budget, or plan of operation” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. In clause (1), the words “actual” and “completed” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2), the words “as are necessary or desirable”, “types of”, “together with”, and “funds” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “as authorized by law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the words “as changed” are substituted for “as modified, amended, or revised” to eliminate unnecessary words. The word “submit” is substituted for “transmitted” for consistency. The word “annual” is omitted as surplus. The word “thereafter” is added for clarity. The text of 31:848 (last par.) is omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5134 of this title; title 12 sections 1749bbb–13, 1757; title 15 section 633; title 19 section 2081; title 26 section 7608; title 42 sections 295h–3d, 4017; title 48 section 1574b; title 49 section 5334.
§9104. Congressional action on budgets of wholly owned Government corporations
(a) Congress shall—
(1) consider budget programs for wholly owned Government corporations the President submits;
(2) make necessary appropriations authorized by law;
(3) make corporate financial resources available for operating and administrative expenses; and
(4) provide for repaying capital and the payment of dividends.
(b) This section does not—
(1) prevent a wholly owned Government corporation from carrying out or financing its activities as authorized under another law;
(2) affect section 26 of the Tennessee Valley Authority Act of 1933 (16 U.S.C. 831y); or
(3) affect the authority of a wholly owned Government corporation to make a commitment without fiscal year limitation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1043.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9104(a) | 31:849(1st sentence). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §104, 59 Stat. 598; restated July 30, 1947, ch. 358, §307, 61 Stat. 584. |
| 9104(b) | 31:849(2d, last sentences). |
In subsection (a), the words “budget programs for wholly owned Government corporations” are substituted for “Budget programs” for clarity and consistency. The words “legislation . . . be enacted”, “as may be”, “for expenditure”, “corporate funds or other”, “or limiting the use thereof”, “as the Congress may determine”, and “funds” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the word “existing” is omitted as surplus. In clause (1), the word “another” is added for clarity. In clause (3), the words “contracts or other” and “reference to” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 5134 of this title; title 5 sections 3109, 5721, 7903; title 12 section 1749bbb–13; title 15 section 633; title 41 section 5a; title 42 sections 295h–3d, 4017; title 44 section 309; title 48 section 1574b.
§9105. Audits
(a)(1) The financial statements of Government corporations shall be audited by the Inspector General of the corporation appointed under the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.), or under other Federal law, or by an independent external auditor, as determined by the Inspector General or, if there is no Inspector General, by the head of the corporation.
(2) Audits under this section shall be conducted in accordance with applicable generally accepted government auditing standards.
(3) Upon completion of the audit required by this subsection, the person who audits the statement shall submit a report on the audit to the head of the Government corporation, to the Chairman of the Committee on Government Operations of the House of Representatives, and to the Chairman of the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate.
(4) The Comptroller General of the United States—
(A) may review any audit of a financial statement conducted under this subsection by an Inspector General or an external auditor;
(B) shall report to the Congress, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the head of the Government corporation which prepared the statement, regarding the results of the review and make any recommendation the Comptroller General of the United States considers appropriate; and
(C) may audit a financial statement of a Government corporation at the discretion of the Comptroller General or at the request of a committee of the Congress.
An audit the Comptroller General performs under this paragraph shall be in lieu of the audit otherwise required by paragraph (1) of this subsection. Prior to performing such audit, the Comptroller General shall consult with the Inspector General of the agency which prepared the statement.
(5) A Government corporation shall reimburse the Comptroller General of the United States for the full cost of any audit conducted by the Comptroller General under this subsection, as determined by the Comptroller General. All reimbursements received under this paragraph by the Comptroller General of the United States shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(b) Upon request of the Comptroller General of the United States, a Government corporation shall provide to the Comptroller General of the United States all books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, workpapers, and property belonging to or in use by the Government corporation and its auditor that the Comptroller General of the United States considers necessary to the performance of any audit or review under this section.
(c) Activities of the Comptroller General of the United States under this section are in lieu of any audit of the financial transactions of a Government corporation that the Comptroller General is required to make under any other law.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1043; Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §403, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 609; Pub. L. 100–233, title VII, §703, Jan. 6, 1988, 101 Stat. 1706; Pub. L. 100–399, title VI, §602, Aug. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 1006; Pub. L. 101–73, title V, §511(b)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 406; Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §305, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2853; Pub. L. 103–82, title II, §202(e)(2), Sept. 21, 1993, 107 Stat. 888.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9105(a) | 31:850(1st sentence 1st–16th, 30th–46th words, 4th–last sentences). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §105, 59 Stat. 599; Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–518, §2(a), 78 Stat. 698; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §601(a), 88 Stat. 1962. |
| 31:857(1st sentence 1st–26th, 39th–last words, 4th–last sentences). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §202, 59 Stat. 600; Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–518, §1(a), 78 Stat. 698; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §601(c), 88 Stat. 1962. | |
| 9105(b) | 31:866(a)(last proviso), (b). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §301, 59 Stat. 601. |
| 9105(c) | 31:850(1st sentence 17th–29th words, 2d, 3d sentences). | |
| 31:857(1st sentence 27th–38th words, 2d, 3d sentences). | ||
| 9105(d) | 31:850(1st sentence proviso). | |
| 9105(e) | 31:866(a)(words before 1st comma, 1st proviso), (d). | |
| 9105(f) | 31:866(c). | |
| 9105(g) | 31:866(a)(words between 1st comma and 1st proviso). |
In the section, the words “Comptroller General” are substituted for “General Accounting Office” for consistency.
In subsection (a), the words “rules and . . . of the United States” are omitted as surplus. The words “United States” are added for consistency. The text of 31:850(4th sentence) and 857(4th sentence) and the words “Effective July 1, 1974” are omitted as executed.
In subsection (b)(1), the words “pursuant to law” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b)(2), the words “may make a contract” are substituted for “is authorized in his discretion to employ by contract” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “at the place or places” and “of the respective corporations” are omitted as surplus. The words “A Government corporation shall” are added for clarity. In clause (1), the words “make available . . . for audit all records” are substituted for “The representatives of . . . shall have access to all books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, and all other papers” for consistency and because of the restatement. The words “things, or” are omitted because they are included in “property”. In clause (2), the word “full” is omitted as surplus.
Subsection (d) is substituted for 31:850(1st sentence proviso words before 7th comma) because of the restatement.
In subsection (e), the words “The Comptroller General shall pay the cost of an audit” are substituted for “The expenses of auditing the financial transactions of wholly owned and mixed-ownership Government corporations as provided in sections 850 and 857 of this title shall be borne out of appropriations to the General Accounting Office” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “full” and “otherwise . . . funds of any . . . be used to . . . of the offices” are omitted as surplus. The words “except the cost of such audits contracted for and undertaken prior to April 25, 1945” are omitted as executed.
Subsection (g) is substituted for 31:866(a)(words between 1st comma and 1st proviso) for clarity and consistency.
References in Text
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat. 1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1993—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 103–82 inserted “, or under other Federal law,” before “or by an independent”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–576 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section required Comptroller General to audit financial transactions of Government corporations at least once every 3 years, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation and Federal home loan banks each year, the Federal Asset Disposition Association and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation as necessary; suggested that Comptroller General in conducting an audit use reports of examinations of Government corporation by supervising administrative agency and authorized Comptroller General to contract for professional services; required audits to be conducted consistent with principles and procedures applicable to commercial corporate transactions; set forth responsibility for payment of audit cost, and authorized appropriations.
1989—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 101–73 struck out “Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation and” after “The Comptroller General shall audit the” and inserted sentence at end requiring the Comptroller General to audit the Resolution Funding Corporation annually.
1988—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 100–399 substituted “Corporation” for “Association” in subpar. (B)(i).
Pub. L. 100–233 added par. (4).
1987—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100–86 added par. (3).
Change of Name
Committee on Government Operations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Government Reform and Oversight of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
Effective Date of 1993 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–82 effective Oct. 1, 1993, see section 202(i) of Pub. L. 103–82, set out as an Effective Date note under section 12651 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Effective Date of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–399 effective as if enacted immediately after enactment of Pub. L. 100–233, which was approved Jan. 6, 1988, see section 1001(a) of Pub. L. 100–399, set out as a note under section 2002 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Deposit of Funds Reimbursed to Comptroller General to Appropriation of General Accounting Office
Pub. L. 103–283, title II, July 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 1440, provided in part: “That notwithstanding 31 U.S.C. 9105 hereafter amounts reimbursed to the Comptroller General pursuant to that section shall be deposited to the appropriation of the General Accounting Office then available and remain available until expended”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 9106 of this title; title 12 sections 1431, 1441, 1441a, 1441b, 1789, 4716; title 16 sections 831n–4, 838i.
§9106. Management reports
(a)(1) A Government corporation shall submit an annual management report to the Congress not later than 180 days after the end of the Government corporation's fiscal year.
(2) A management report under this subsection shall include—
(A) a statement of financial position;
(B) a statement of operations;
(C) a statement of cash flows;
(D) a reconciliation to the budget report of the Government corporation, if applicable;
(E) a statement on internal accounting and administrative control systems by the head of the management of the corporation, consistent with the requirements for agency statements on internal accounting and administrative control systems under the amendments made by the Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–255);
(F) the report resulting from an audit of the financial statements of the corporation conducted under section 9105 of this title; and
(G) any other comments and information necessary to inform the Congress about the operations and financial condition of the corporation.
(b) A Government corporation shall provide the President, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the Comptroller General of the United States a copy of the management report when it is submitted to Congress.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1044; Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §306(a), Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2854.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9106(a) | 31:851(1st–3d sentences). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §106, 59 Stat. 599; Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–518, §2(b), 78 Stat. 698; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §601(b), 88 Stat. 1962. |
| 31:858(1st–3d sentences). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §203, 59 Stat. 600; Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–518, §1(b), 78 Stat. 698; Jan. 2, 1975, Pub. L. 93–604, §601(d), 88 Stat. 1963. | |
| 9106(b) | 31:851(last sentence). | |
| 31:858(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “of a Government corporation” are added for clarity. In clause (5), the words “program, expenditure, or other”, “observed in the course of the audit”, and “of law” are omitted as surplus. In clause (6), the word “statement” is substituted for “report” for consistency. The words “noted in the audit” are omitted as surplus. The word “made” is substituted for “accomplished” for consistency. In clause (7), the word “other” is added for clarity because of the restatement. The words “with respect thereto” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “The Comptroller General” are added for clarity.
References in Text
The Federal Managers’ Financial Integrity Act of 1982, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 97–255, Sept. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 814, which added subsec. (d) to section 66a of former Title 31, Money and Finance. Section 66a of former Title 31 was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, and reenacted by the first section thereof as section 3512 of this title. Provisions relating to statements on internal accounting and administrative control systems are restated in section 3512(d)(2) and (3) of this title.
Amendments
1990—Pub. L. 101–576 substituted “Management” for “Audit” in section catchline and amended text of section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:
“(a) The Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report on each audit of a Government corporation under section 9105 of this title not later than 6.5 months after the end of the last year covered by the audit. The report shall state the scope of the audit and include—
“(1) a statement (showing intercorporate relations) of assets, liabilities, capital, and surplus or deficit;
“(2) a statement of surplus or deficit analysis;
“(3) a statement of income and expenditures;
“(4) a statement of sources and the use of money;
“(5) specifically each financial transaction or undertaking the Comptroller General believes was carried out or made without authority of law;
“(6) comments and information the Comptroller General considers necessary to keep Congress informed about the operations and financial condition of the Government corporation, including a statement of impaired capital noticed and recommendations for the return of capital of the United States Government or the payment of dividends the Comptroller General believes should be made; and
“(7) other recommendations the Comptroller General considers advisable.
“(b) The Comptroller General shall give the President, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Government corporation a copy of the report when it is submitted to Congress.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 16 sections 831n–4, 838i; title 22 section 2199; title 42 section 12651d.
§9107. Accounts
(a) With the approval of the Comptroller General, a Government corporation may consolidate its cash into an account if the cash will be expended as provided by law.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall keep the accounts of a Government corporation. If the Secretary approves, a Federal reserve bank or a bank designated as a depositary or fiscal agent of the United States Government may keep the accounts. The Secretary may waive the requirements of this subsection.
(c)(1) Subsection (b) of this section does not apply to maintaining a temporary account of not more than $50,000 in one bank.
(2) Subsection (b) of this section does not apply to a mixed-ownership Government corporation when the corporation has no capital of the Government.
(3) Subsection (b) of this section does not apply to the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Central Bank for Cooperatives, the Regional Banks for Cooperatives, or the Federal Land Banks. However, the head of each of those banks shall report each year to the Secretary the names of depositaries where accounts are kept. If the Secretary considers it advisable when an annual report is received, the Secretary may make a written report to the corporation, the President, and Congress.
(Pub. L. 97–258, §§1, 2(l)(2), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1044, 1062; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(27), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9107(a) | 31:870. | Aug. 24, 1949, ch. 506, §309, 63 Stat. 662. |
| 9107(b) | 31:867(1st sentence less last proviso). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 577, §302, 59 Stat. 601; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, §201(a)(4), 70 Stat. 667; Aug. 20, 1978, Pub. L. 95–351, §301(b), 92 Stat. 514; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §396(h)(2), 95 Stat. 440. |
| 9107(c)(1) | 31:867(1st sentence last proviso). | |
| 9107(c)(2) | 31:868(d)(1st sentence related to 31:867). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 577, §303(d)(1st sentence related to §302), 59 Stat. 602. |
| 9107(c)(3) | 31:867(last sentence). |
In subsection (a), the words “After June 30, 1949” are omitted as executed. The words “Government corporation” are substituted for “corporations or agencies subject to this chapter” because of section 9101(1) of the revised title. The words “notwithstanding the provisions of any other law”, “or more . . . for banking and checking purposes”, and “including amounts appropriated, from whatever source derived” are omitted as surplus. The words “if the cash will be expended as provided by law” are substituted for 31:870(proviso) to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsections (b) and (c), the words “banking or checking” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (b), the words “Secretary of the Treasury” are substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. The words “wholly owned and mixed-ownership” and “under such conditions as he may determine” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “establishment and” and “in any one bank” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c)(3), the words “head of each” are added for consistency.
1983 Act
This amends 31:9107(c)(3) and 9108(d)(2) because the National Consumer Cooperative Bank is no longer a mixed-ownership Government corporation. Section 396(h)(2) and (3) and (i) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97–35, 95 Stat. 440) provided that references to the Bank in sections 302 and 303(d)(2d sentence) of the Government Corporation Control Act would be deleted on the day after the Final Government Equity Redemption Date. Section 501(36) of the Act of December 23, 1981 (Pub. L. 97–101, 95 Stat. 1440), provided that the Redemption Date was December 31, 1981.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 97–452 struck out “the National Consumer Cooperative Bank,” after “Regional Banks for Cooperatives,” which had already been struck out by Pub. L. 97–258. See 1982 Amendment note below.
1982—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 97–258, §2(l)(2), struck out “the National Consumer Cooperative Bank,” after “Regional Banks for Cooperatives,”.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Section 2(l) of Pub. L. 97–258 provided that the amendment made by such section is effective Jan. 1, 1982.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 12 sections 1431, 1441, 1441a, 1441b, 4703; title 20 sections 1132d–1, 8508; title 49 section 5334.
§9108. Obligations
(a) Before a Government corporation issues obligations and offers obligations to the public, the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe—
(1) the form, denomination, maturity, interest rate, and conditions to which the obligations will be subject;
(2) the way and time the obligations are issued; and
(3) the price for which the obligations will be sold.
(b) A Government corporation may buy or sell a direct obligation of the United States Government, or an obligation on which the principal, interest, or both, is guaranteed, of more than $100,000 only when the Secretary approves the purchase or sale. The Secretary may waive the requirement of this subsection under conditions the Secretary may decide.
(c) The Secretary may designate an officer or employee of an agency to carry out this section if the head of the agency agrees.
(d)(1) This section does not apply to a mixed-ownership Government corporation when the corporation has no capital of the Government.
(2) Subsections (a) and (b) of this section do not apply to the Rural Telephone Bank (when the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a))), the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Central Bank for Cooperatives, the Regional Banks for Cooperatives, and the Federal Land Banks. However, the head of each of those banks shall consult with the Secretary before taking action of the kind described in subsection (a) or (b). If agreement is not reached, the Secretary may make a written report to the corporation, the President, and Congress on the reasons for the Secretary's disagreement.
(Pub. L. 97–258, §§1, 2(l)(2), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1045, 1062; Pub. L. 97–452, §1(27), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2478.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9108(a) | 31:868(a). | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 557, §303(less (d)(1st sentence related to §302)), 59 Stat. 601; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, §201(a)(4), 70 Stat. 667; May 7, 1971, Pub. L. 92–12, §5, 85 Stat. 37; Aug. 20, 1978, Pub. L. 95–351, §301(c), 92 Stat. 514; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, §396(h)(3), 95 Stat. 441. |
| 9108(b) | 31:868(b). | |
| 9108(c) | 31:868(c). | |
| 9108(d) | 31:868(d)(less 1st sentence related to 31:867). |
In subsections (a) and (b), the words “on or after December 6, 1945” are omitted as executed. The words “wholly owned or mixed-ownership” are omitted because of section 9101(1) of the revised title.
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the word “Before” is substituted for “which are” for clarity. The words “bonds, notes, debentures, and other similar” are omitted as surplus. The words “as have been” are omitted as executed. In clause (1), the words “terms and” are omitted as surplus. The restatement of the source provisions does not affect other existing laws.
In subsection (b), the word “Government” is added for consistency. The words “for its own account and in its own right and interest, at any one time aggregating” and “his approval with respect to any transaction or classes of transactions subject to the provisions of . . . for such period of time and” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (c), the word “agency” is substituted for “Federal agency” because of section 101 of the revised title. The words “any of the functions vested in him by” and “for such purpose” are omitted as surplus.
In subsection (d)(2), the words “(when the ownership, control, and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a)))” are added because of 7:943(c) and 950(a). The words “head of each” are added for consistency. The words “be required to” are omitted as surplus.
1983 Act
This amends 31:9107(c)(3) and 9108(d)(2) because the National Consumer Cooperative Bank is no longer a mixed-ownership Government corporation. Section 396(h)(2) and (3) and (i) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97–35, 95 Stat. 440) provided that references to the Bank in sections 302 and 303(d)(2d sentence) of the Government Corporation Control Act would be deleted on the day after the Final Government Equity Redemption Date. Section 501(36) of the Act of December 23, 1981 (Pub. L. 97–101, 95 Stat. 1440), provided that the Redemption Date was December 31, 1981.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 97–452 struck out “the National Consumer Cooperative Bank,” after “the Regional Banks for Cooperatives,” which had already been struck out by Pub. L. 97–258. See 1982 Amendment note below.
1982—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 97–258, §2(l)(2), struck out “the National Consumer Cooperative Bank,” after “Regional Banks for Cooperatives,”.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–452 effective Sept. 13, 1982, see section 2(i) of Pub. L. 97–452, set out as a note under section 3331 of this title.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Section 2(l) of Pub. L. 97–258 provided that the amendment made by such section is effective Jan. 1, 1982.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 12 sections 1431, 1441, 1441a, 1441b; title 42 section 2297b–8.
§9109. Exclusion of a wholly owned Government corporation from this chapter
When the President considers it practicable and in the public interest, the President shall include in the budget submitted to Congress under section 1105 of this title a recommendation that a wholly owned Government corporation be deemed to be an agency (except a corporation) under chapter 11 of this title and for fiscal matters. If Congress approves the recommendation, the corporation is deemed to be an agency (except a corporation) under chapter 11 and for fiscal matters for fiscal years beginning after the fiscal year of approval and is not subject to this chapter. The corporate entity is not affected by this section.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1045.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9109 | 31:852. | Dec. 6, 1945, ch. 577, §107, 59 Stat. 599. |
The word “President” is substituted for “Director of the Office of Management and Budget” because sections 101 and 102(a) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1970 (eff. July 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 2085) designated the Bureau of the Budget as the Office of Management and Budget and transferred all functions of the Bureau to the President. The words “with the approval of the President” are omitted because of the restatement. The word “considers” is substituted for “deemed” for consistency. The words “in connection with the budget program of such corporation” are omitted as surplus. The words “submitted to Congress under section 1105 of this title” are added for clarity. The words “deemed to be” are substituted for “treated . . . as if it were” for consistency. The word “agency” is substituted for “Government agency” and “establishment” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency. The words “if it were”, “appropriations, expenditures, receipts, accounts, and other”, and “in connection with the budget program for any fiscal year” are omitted as surplus. The words “deemed to be” are substituted for “regarded as” for consistency.
§9110. Standards for depository institutions holding securities of a Government-sponsored corporation for customers
(a) The Secretary shall prescribe by regulation standards for the safeguarding and use of obligations that are government securities described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of section 3(a)(42) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such regulations shall apply only to a depository institution that is not a government securities broker or a government securities dealer and that holds such obligations as fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for the account of a customer and not for its own account. Such regulations shall provide for the adequate segregation of obligations so held, including obligations which are purchased or sold subject to resale or repurchase.
(b) Violation of a regulation prescribed under subsection (a) shall constitute adequate basis for the issuance of an order under section 5239(a) or (b) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 93(a) or (b)), section 8(b) or 8(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, section 5(d)(2) or 5(d)(3) 1 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, section 407(e) or 407(f) 1 of the National Housing Act, or section 206(e) or 206(f) of the Federal Credit Union Act. Such an order may be issued with respect to a depository institution by its appropriate regulatory agency and with respect to a federally insured credit union by the National Credit Union Administration.
(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect in any way the powers of such agencies under any other provision of law.
(d) The Secretary shall, prior to adopting regulations under this section, determine with respect to each appropriate regulatory agency and the National Credit Union Administration Board, whether its rules and standards adequately meet the purposes of regulations to be promulgated under this section, and if the Secretary so determines, shall exempt any depository institution subject to such rules or standards from the regulations promulgated under this section.
(e) As used in this subsection—
(1) “depository institution” has the meaning stated in clauses (i) through (vi) of section 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act and also includes a foreign bank, an agency or branch of a foreign bank, and a commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank (as such terms are defined in the International Banking Act of 1978).
(2) “government securities broker” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(43) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(3) “government securities dealer” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(4) “appropriate regulatory agency” has the meaning prescribed in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(Added Pub. L. 99–571, title II, §201(b)(1), Oct. 28, 1986, 100 Stat. 3223; amended Pub. L. 103–272, §4(f)(1)(AA), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1363.)
References in Text
Section 3(a)(34)(G), (42)(B), (C), (43), (44) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (e)(2)–(4), is classified to section 78c(a)(34)(G), (42)(B), (C), (43), (44) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Section 8(b) or 8(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is classified to section 1818(b), (c) of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Section 5(d)(2) or 5(d)(3) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, referred to in subsec. (b), is classified to section 1464(d)(2), (3) of Title 12, but was amended generally by Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 282, and no longer relates to issuance of orders. See section 1464(d)(1) of Title 12.
Section 407 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (b), which was classified to section 1730 of Title 12, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Section 206(e) or 206(f) of the Federal Credit Union Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is classified to section 1786(e), (f) of Title 12.
Clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph [section] 19(b)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), are classified to section 461(b)(1)(A)(i) to (vi) of Title 12.
The International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), is Pub. L. 95–369, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 607, which enacted sections 347d, 611a, and 3101 to 3111 of Title 12, amended sections 72, 378, 614, 615, 618, 619, 1813, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1829b, 1831b, and 1841 of Title 12, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 36, 247, 601, 611a, and 3101 of Title 12. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3101 of Title 12 and Tables.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 103–272 substituted “section” for “subparagraph”.
Effective Date; Promulgation of Regulations
Section effective 270 days after Oct. 28, 1986, except that the Secretary of the Treasury and each appropriate regulatory agency shall publish for notice and public comment within 120 days after Oct. 28, 1986, initial implementing regulations to become effective as temporary regulations 210 days after Oct. 28, 1986, and as final regulations not later than 270 days after Oct. 28, 1986, see title IV of Pub. L. 99–571, set out as a note under section 78o–5 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Transitional and Savings Provisions
For transitional and savings provisions of Pub. L. 99–571, see section 301 of Pub. L. 99–571, set out as a note under section 78o–5 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
1 See References in Text note below.
CHAPTER 93—SURETIES AND SURETY BONDS
§9301. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “person” means an individual, a trust, an estate, a partnership, and a corporation.
(2) “Government obligation” means a public debt obligation of the United States Government and an obligation whose principal and interest is unconditionally guaranteed by the Government.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1046.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9301 | 6:15(10th, last sentences). |
In clause (1), the words after the semicolon are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
Clause (2) is substituted for 6:15(last sentence) for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words.
§9302. Prohibition against surety bonds for United States Government personnel
An agency (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) may not require or obtain a surety bond for a member of the uniformed services or an officer or employee of the United States Government in carrying out official duties. This section does not affect the personal financial liability of the member, officer, or employee.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1046.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9302 | 31:1201. | June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, §101, 86 Stat. 201. |
The words “agency (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation)” are substituted for 31:1201(c)(words before last comma) and “agency of the Federal Government” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency. The words “member of the uniformed services or an officer or employee of the United States Government” are substituted for “civilian employees or military personnel” for consistency with other titles of the United States Code. The words “in carrying out official duties” are substituted for “in connection with the performance of their official duties” to eliminate unnecessary words and because of the restatement. The words “to the Federal Government” are omitted as surplus. The words “member, officer, or employee” are substituted for “employees and personnel” because of the restatement.
§9303. Use of Government obligations instead of surety bonds
(a) If a person is required under a law of the United States to give a surety bond, the person may give a Government obligation as security instead of a surety bond. The obligation shall—
(1) be given to the official having authority to approve the surety bond;
(2) be in an amount equal at par value to the amount of the required surety bond; and
(3) authorize the official receiving the obligation to collect or sell the obligation if the person defaults on a required condition.
(b)(1) An official receiving a Government obligation under subsection (a) of this section may deposit it with—
(A) the Secretary of the Treasury;
(B) a Federal reserve bank; or
(C) a depositary designated by the Secretary.
(2) The Secretary, bank, or depositary shall issue a receipt that describes the obligation deposited.
(c) Using a Government obligation instead of a surety bond for security is the same as using—
(1) a personal or corporate surety bond;
(2) a certified check;
(3) a bank draft;
(4) a post office money order; or
(5) cash.
(d) When security is no longer required, a Government obligation given instead of a surety bond shall be returned to the person giving the obligation. If a person, supplying labor or material to a contractor defaulting under the Act of August 24, 1935 (known as the Miller Act) (40 U.S.C. 270a–270d), files with the United States Government the application and affidavit provided under section 3 of the Act (40 U.S.C. 270c), the Government—
(1) may return to the contractor the Government obligation given as security (or proceeds of the Government obligation given) under the Act of August 24, 1935 (known as the Miller Act) (40 U.S.C. 270a–270d), only after the 90-day period for bringing a civil action under section 2 of the Act (40 U.S.C. 270b); and
(2) if a civil action is brought in the 90-day period, shall hold the Government obligation or the proceeds subject to the order of the court having jurisdiction of the action.
(e) This section does not affect the—
(1) priority of a claim of the Government against a Government obligation given under this section;
(2) right or remedy of the Government for default on an obligation provided under—
(A) the Act of August 24, 1935 (known as the Miller Act) (40 U.S.C. 270a–270d); or
(B) this section;
(3) authority of a court over a Government obligation given as security in a civil action; and
(4) authority of an official of the Government authorized by another law to receive a Government obligation as security.
(f) To avoid frequent substitution of Government obligations, the Secretary may prescribe regulations limiting the effect of this section to a Government obligation maturing more than one year after the date the obligation is given as security.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1046.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9303(a) | 6:15(1st sentence). | |
| 9303(b) | 6:15(3d sentence). | |
| 9303(c) | 6:15(2d sentence). | |
| 9303(d) | 6:15(4th, 5th sentences). | |
| 9303(e) | 6:15(6th, 8th sentences). | |
| 9303(f) | 6:15(7th, 9th, 11th sentences). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “If a person is required under a law of the United States to give a surety bond, the person may give a Government obligation as security instead of a surety bond” are substituted for “Wherever by the laws of the United States or regulations made pursuant thereto, any person is required to furnish any recognizance, stipulation, bond, guaranty, or undertaking, hereinafter called ‘penal bond’, with surety or sureties, such person may, in lieu of such surety or sureties, deposit as security . . . United States Liberty bonds or other bonds or notes of the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “The obligation shall be” are added because of the restatement. Clause (3) is substituted for “together with an agreement authorizing such official to collect or sell such bonds or notes so deposited in case of any default in the performance of any of the conditions or stipulations of such penal bond” to eliminate unnecessary words.
In subsection (b)(1), before clause (A), the words “An official receiving a Government obligation under subsection (a) of this section may deposit it with” are substituted for “The bonds or notes deposited hereunder, and such other United States bonds or notes as may be substituted therefor from time to time as such security, may be deposited with” for clarity and consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. Clause (A) is substituted for “Treasurer of the United States” because of the source provisions restated in section 321(c) of the revised title. In clause (C), the words “duly” and “for that purpose” are omitted as unnecessary.
Subsection (b)(2) is substituted for “which shall issue receipt therefor, describing such bonds or notes so deposited” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency.
In subsection (c), before clause (1), the words “Using a Government obligation instead of a surety bond for security is the same as using” are substituted for “The acceptance of such United States bonds or notes in lieu of surety or sureties required by law shall have the same force and effect as” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. In clause (1), the word “personal” is substituted for “individual” for consistency.
Subsection (d) is substituted for 6:15(4th, 5th sentences) to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency in the revised title and with other titles of the Code.
In subsection (e), before clause (1), the words “This section does not” are substituted for “Nothing herein contained shall” for clarity and consistency. The words “or impair” are omitted as being covered by “affect”. Clause (1) is substituted for “the bonds or notes deposited” for clarity and consistency. In clause (2), the words “of said penal bond” are omitted because of the restatement. In clause (3), the words “civil action” are substituted for “judicial proceedings” for consistency. In clause (4), the word “official” is substituted for “administrative officer” for consistency.
In subsection (f), the words “in order” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “Government obligations” are substituted for “securities” and for “bonds and notes of the United States” for consistency. The words “the Secretary may prescribe regulations limiting” are substituted for “such rules and regulations may limit” for clarity and consistency. The words “in appropriate classes of cases” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “the obligation is given” are substituted for “of deposit of such bonds” for clarity and consistency. The text of 6:15(7th sentence) is omitted as executed. The text of 6:15(9th sentence) is omitted because of section 321 of the revised title.
References in Text
Act August 24, 1935 (known as the Miller Act), referred to in subsecs. (d) and (e)(2)(A), is act Aug. 24, 1935, ch. 642, 49 Stat. 793, as amended, which is classified generally to sections 270a to 270d–1 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 270a of Title 40 and Tables.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 11 section 345; title 26 sections 5177, 5403, 7102, 7485.
§9304. Surety corporations
(a) When a law of the United States Government requires or permits a person to give a surety bond through a surety, the person satisfies the law if the surety bond is provided for the person by a corporation—
(1) incorporated under the laws of—
(A) the United States; or
(B) a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States;
(2) that may under those laws guarantee—
(A) the fidelity of persons holding positions of trust; and
(B) bonds and undertakings in judicial proceedings; and
(3) complying with sections 9305 and 9306 of this title.
(b) Each surety bond shall be approved by the official of the Government required to approve or accept the bond. The official may not require that the surety bond be given through a guaranty corporation or through any particular guaranty corporation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1047.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9304 | 6:6. |
Subsection (a) is substituted for 6:6(1st sentence) to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency. Clause (3) is added for clarity.
In subsection (b), the words “Each surety bond” are substituted for “Such recognizance, stipulation, bond, or undertaking”, the words “official of the Government” are substituted for “head of department, court, judge, officer, board, or body executive, legislative, or judicial”, and the word “official” is substituted for “officer or person having the approval of any bond”, to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 9305, 9306, 9307, 9308 of this title; title 5 section 8478; title 12 section 1766; title 29 sections 502, 1112, 1363.
§9305. Authority and revocation of authority of surety corporations
(a) Before becoming a surety under section 9304 of this title, a surety corporation must file with the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) a copy of the articles of incorporation of the corporation; and
(2) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the corporation signed and sworn to by the president and secretary of the corporation.
(b) The Secretary may authorize in writing a surety corporation to provide surety bonds under section 9304 of this title if the Secretary decides that—
(1) the articles of incorporation of the corporation authorize the corporation to do business described in section 9304(a)(2) of this title;
(2) the corporation has paid-up capital of at least $250,000 in cash or its equivalent; and
(3) the corporation is able to carry out its contracts.
(c) A surety corporation authorized under subsection (b) of this section to provide surety bonds shall file with the Secretary each January, April, July, and October a statement of the assets and liabilities of the corporation signed and sworn to by the president and secretary of the corporation.
(d) The Secretary—
(1) shall revoke the authority of a surety corporation to do new business if the Secretary decides the corporation is insolvent or is in violation of this section or section 9304 or 9306 of this title;
(2) may investigate the solvency of a surety corporation at any time; and
(3) may require additional security from the person required to provide a surety bond if the Secretary decides that a surety corporation no longer is sufficient security.
(e) A surety corporation providing a surety bond under section 9304 of this title may not provide any additional bond under that section if—
(1) the corporation does not pay a final judgment or order against it on the bond; and
(2) no appeal or stay of the judgment or order is pending 30 days after the judgment or order is entered.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1047.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9305(a), (b) | 6:8. | |
| 9305(c), (d) | 6:9. | |
| 9305(e) | 6:11. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Before becoming a surety under section 9304 of this title, a surety corporation must file” are substituted for “Every company, before transacting any business under sections 6 to 13 of this title, shall deposit” for consistency and as being more precise. In clause (1), the words “charter or” are omitted as being included in “articles of incorporation”.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 6:8(2d sentence) for clarity and consistency and because of the restatement.
In subsection (c), the words “A surety corporation authorized under subsection (b) of this section to provide surety bonds” are substituted for “Every such company” for clarity. The words “as is required by section 8 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (d)(1), the word “shall” is substituted for “shall have the power, and it shall be his duty, to” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “under sections 6 to 13 of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “conducting its business” are omitted as surplus. In clause (3), the words “that . . . be given at any time” are omitted as surplus. The words “from the person required to provide a surety bond” are substituted for “by any principal” for clarity.
Subsection (e) is substituted for 6:11 to eliminate unnecessary words, for clarity and consistency, and because of the restatement.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 9304, 9307, 9308 of this title; title 5 section 8478; title 12 section 1766; title 29 sections 502, 1112, 1363.
§9306. Surety corporations acting outside area of incorporation and place of principal office
(a) A surety corporation may provide a surety bond under section 9304 of this title in a judicial district outside the State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States under whose laws it was incorporated and in which its principal office is located only if the corporation designates a person by written power of attorney to be the resident agent of the corporation for that district. The designated person—
(1) may appear for the surety corporation;
(2) may receive service of process for the corporation;
(3) must reside in the jurisdiction of the district court for the district in which a surety bond is to be provided; and
(4) must be a domiciliary of the State, the District of Columbia, territory, or possession in which the court sits.
(b) The surety corporation shall file a certified copy of the power of attorney with the clerk of the district court for the district in which a surety bond is to be given at each place the court sits. A copy of the power of attorney may be used as evidence in a civil action under section 9307 of this title.
(c)(1) If a resident agent is removed, resigns, dies, or becomes disabled, the surety corporation shall appoint another agent as described in this section.
(2) Until an appointment is made under paragraph (1) of this subsection or during an absence of an agent from the district in which the surety bond is given, service of process may be made on the clerk of the court in which a civil action against the corporation is brought. The official serving process on the clerk of the court—
(A) immediately shall mail a copy of the process to the corporation; and
(B) shall state in the official's return that the official served the process on the clerk of the court.
(3) A judgment or order of a court entered or made after service of process under this section is as valid as if the corporation were served in the judicial district of the court.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1048.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9306 | 6:7. |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “in a judicial district” are added for clarity. The word “outside” is substituted for “beyond the limits” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “territory or possession of the United States” are substituted for “Territory” for consistency in the revised title. The word “resident” is added for consistency.
In subsection (b), the words “duly . . . and authenticated” are omitted as surplus. The words “in which a surety bond is to be given” are added for clarity and because of the restatement. The words “the court sits” are substituted for “where a term of such court is or may be held”, and the words “A copy of the power of attorney may be used as evidence in a civil action” are substituted for “which copy, or a certified copy thereof, shall be legal evidence in all controversies”, to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity and consistency.
In subsection (c)(1), the words “a resident” are substituted for “any such” for clarity. The words “becomes disabled” are substituted for “become insane, or otherwise incapable of acting” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “the surety corporation shall” are substituted for “it shall be the duty of such company to” to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency. The words “in his place” are omitted as unnecessary.
In subsection (c)(2), before clause (A), the words “the district in which the surety bond is given” are substituted for “such district”, and the words “a civil action against the corporation” are substituted for “such suit”, for clarity and consistency. The words “with like effect as upon an agent appointed by the company” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “official serving” are substituted for “officer executing such” for consistency. Clause (2) is substituted for “state such fact in his return” for clarity.
In subsection (c)(3), the words “decree or” are omitted as being included in “order”. The words “and binding” are omitted as being included in “valid”. The words “as if the corporation were served in the judicial district of the court” are substituted for “on such company as if served with process in said district” for clarity and consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 9304, 9305, 9307, 9308 of this title; title 5 section 8478; title 12 section 1766; title 29 sections 502, 1112, 1363.
§9307. Civil actions and judgments against surety corporations
(a)(1) A surety corporation providing a surety bond under section 9304 of this title may be sued in a court of the United States having jurisdiction of civil actions on surety bonds in—
(A) the judicial district in which the surety bond was provided; or
(B) the district in which the principal office of the corporation is located.
(2) Under sections 9304–9308 of this title, a surety bond is deemed to be provided in the district—
(A) in which the principal office of the surety corporation is located;
(B) to which the surety bond is returnable;
(C) in which the surety bond is filed; and
(D) in which the person required to provide a surety bond resided when the bond was provided.
(b) In a proceeding against a surety corporation providing a surety bond under section 9304 of this title, the corporation may not deny its power to provide a surety bond or to assume liability.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1049.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9307(a) | 6:10. | |
| 9307(b) | 6:12. |
In subsection (a)(1), before clause (A), the words “corporation providing a surety bond” are substituted for “company doing business” for consistency. The words “in respect thereof” are omitted as surplus. The words “civil actions on surety bonds” are substituted for “actions or suits upon such recognizance, stipulation, bond, or undertaking” for consistency. In clause (A), the words “the surety bond was provided” are substituted for “such recognizance, stipulation, bond, or undertaking was made or guaranteed” for consistency.
In subsection (a)(2), before clause (A), the words “a surety bond is deemed to be provided” are substituted for “such recognizance, stipulation, bond, or undertaking shall be treated as made or guaranteed” for consistency. In clause (A), the words “principal office of the surety corporation” are substituted for “office” for clarity and consistency. In clause (D), the words “person required to provide a surety bond resided when the bond was provided” are substituted for “principal in such recognizance, stipulation, bond, or undertaking resided when it was made or guaranteed” for consistency.
Subsection (b) is substituted for 6:12 to eliminate unnecessary words and for consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 9306, 9308 of this title; title 5 section 8478; title 12 section 1766; title 29 sections 502, 1112, 1363.
§9308. Civil penalty
A surety corporation is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of at least $500 but not more than $5,000 for violating section 9304, 9305, or 9306 of this title. A civil action under this section may be brought in a judicial district in which a civil action may be brought against the corporation under section 9307 of this title. A penalty imposed under this section does not affect the validity of a contract made by the surety corporation.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1049.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9308 | 6:13. |
The section is substituted for 6:13 for clarity and consistency.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 9307 of this title; title 5 section 8478; title 12 section 1766; title 29 sections 502, 1112, 1363.
§9309. Priority of sureties
When a person required to provide a surety bond given to the United States Government is insolvent or dies having assets insufficient to pay debts, the surety, or the executor, administrator, or assignee of the surety paying the Government the amount due under the bond—
(1) has the same priority to amounts from the assets and estate of the person as are secured for the Government; and
(2) personally may bring a civil action under the bond to recover amounts paid under the bond.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1049.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9309 | 31:193. | R.S. §3468. |
In the section, before clause (1), the words “person required to provide a surety bond” are substituted for “principal in any bond” for clarity and consistency. The words “dies having assets insufficient to pay debts” are substituted for “whenever, such principal being deceased, his estate and effects which come to the hands of his executor, administrator, or assignee, are insufficient for the payment of his debts” to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “and, in either of such cases”, “on the bond”, and “such surety, his executor, administrator, or assignee” are omitted as unnecessary. Clause (1) is substituted for “shall have the like priority for the recovery and receipt of the moneys out of the estate and effects of such insolvent or deceased principal as is secured to the United States” to eliminate unnecessary words and for clarity. In clause (2), the words “and maintain” are omitted as surplus. The words “civil action” are substituted for “suit” for consistency. The words “in law or equity” are omitted as surplus.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 22 section 1631g; title 50 App. section 34.
CHAPTER 95—GOVERNMENT PENSION PLAN PROTECTION
Chapter Referred to in Other Sections
This chapter is referred to in title 10 sections 1464, 1465.
§9501. Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the interests of the United States and of the participants and their beneficiaries in Government pension plans by requiring complete disclosure of the financial condition of those plans.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1050.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9501 | 31:68. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §120; added Nov. 4, 1978, Pub. L. 95–595, §1, 92 Stat. 2541. |
The words “United States” are substituted for “Nation” for clarity and consistency. The words “and certain other pension plans” are omitted as unnecessary.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 9504 of this title.
§9502. Definitions
In this chapter—
(1) “Government pension plan”—
(A) means a pension, annuity, retirement, or similar plan (except a plan covered under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) or a plan or program financed by contributions required under chapter 21 or 22 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 3101 et seq., 3201 et seq.)) established or maintained by an agency, for any of its officers or employees, regardless of the number of participants covered by the plan; and
(B) includes—
(i) the Civil Service Retirement System.
(ii) the Coast Guard Retirement System.
(iii) the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service Retirement System.
(iv) the Farm Credit District Retirement Plans.
(v) the Federal Home Loan Bank Board Retirement Systems.
(vi) the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Plan.
(vii) the Federal Reserve Employees Retirement Plans.
(viii) the Foreign Service Retirement and Disability System.
(ix) judicial plans.
(x) the Military Retirement System.
(xi) the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Retirement System.
(xii) nonappropriated fund plans.
(xiii) the Tennessee Valley Authority Retirement System.
(2) “plan year” means the calendar, policy, or fiscal year chosen by the Government pension plan on which the records of the plan are kept.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1050; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9502(1) | 31:68c. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §§123, 124; added Nov. 4, 1978, Pub. L. 95–595, §1, 92 Stat. 2542. |
| 9502(2) | 31:68d. |
In clause (1), before subclause (A), the word “Federal” is omitted as unnecessary. In subclause (A), the words “whether or not such plan is an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. 1002(2)]” are omitted as surplus. The words “an agency” are substituted for “Government of the United States, or any agency or instrumentality thereof” because of section 101 of the revised title. In subclause (B), before subclause (i), the words “but is not limited to” are omitted as surplus. The text of 31:68c(b)(words before colon) is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In clause (2), 31:68d(1st sentence) is omitted as executed. The definition in 31:68d(last sentence) is made applicable to the chapter for clarity because the defined term is used in 9503(a)(1)(B) of the revised title.
References in Text
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, referred to in par. (1)(A), is Pub. L. 93–406, Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 832, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 18 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 29 and Tables.
Amendments
1986—Par. (1)(A). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 9503 of this title.
§9503. Reports about Government pension plans
(a) A Government pension plan is subject to section 103 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1023) in the same way that an employee pension benefit plan is subject to section 103. However, section 103 applies to a Government pension plan for officers or employees of the Central Intelligence Agency only if the President specifically approves application of the requirements of section 103 in writing. In applying section 103 to a Government pension plan—
(1) the annual report shall be—
(A) in the form and include information the President, in consultation with the Comptroller General, prescribes or, if the pension plan is referred to in section 9502(1)(B)(iv)–(vii) or (ix) of this title, the Comptroller General prescribes; and
(B) submitted to Congress and to the Comptroller General by the end of the 210-day period beginning on the day after the last day of the plan year involved;
(2) a provision providing for waiver of, relief from, or exception to a requirement otherwise applicable to an employee pension benefit plan applies to a Government pension plan only if specifically authorized by the Comptroller General;
(3) section 104(b) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1024(b)) does not apply;
(4) the report required by this chapter is in addition to other reports or projections required by law; and
(5) except for a Government pension plan referred to in section 9502(1)(B)(iv)–(vii) of this title, the Comptroller General shall conduct audits when appropriate instead of complying with the requirements for the independent qualified public accountant.
(b) This chapter does not prevent a Government pension plan from using the services of an enrolled actuary employed by an agency administering the plan.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1050.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9503(a) | 31:68a(a), (b). | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §121; added Nov. 4, 1978, Pub. L. 95–595, §1, 92 Stat. 2541. |
| 9503(b) | 31:68a(c). |
In subsection (a), before clause (1), the words “Notwithstanding any other provision of law or any administrative determination to the contrary . . . Federal” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “and each plan described in section 68c(b) of this title” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. In clause (1), before subclause (A), the words “required by such section” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. In subclause (A), the word “information” is substituted for “information and data” because it is inclusive and for consistency. In clause (4), the words “and shall not supersede” are omitted as surplus. In clause (5), the words “the Comptroller General deems” are omitted as unnecessary. The words “under section 1023 of title 29” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement.
In subsection (b), the words “This chapter does not prevent” are substituted for “Nothing in this chapter shall preclude” for clarity. The words “or agencies” are omitted as unnecessary because of 1:1.
Ex. Ord. No. 12177. Delegation of Functions to Director of Office of Management and Budget and Secretary of the Treasury
Ex. Ord. No. 12177, Dec. 10, 1979, 44 F.R. 71805, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States of America by Section 121(a)(1) of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended (92 Stat. 2541, Public Law 95–595, 31 U.S.C. 68a) [31 U.S.C. 9503] and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and in order to provide consistency among the financial and actuarial statements of Federal Government pension plans, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1–101. All the functions vested in the President by Section 121(a) of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended (31 U.S.C. 68a) [31 U.S.C. 9503], are delegated to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. The Director may, from time to time, designate other officers or agencies of the Federal Government to perform any or all of the functions hereby delegated to the Director, subject to such instructions, limitations, and directions as the Director deems appropriate.
1–102. The head of an Executive agency responsible for the administration of any Federal Government pension plan within the meaning of Section 123(a) of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended (31 U.S.C. 68c) [31 U.S.C. 9502(1)], except subsections (a)(9) and (b), shall ensure that the administrators of those plans comply with the form, manner, and time of filing as required by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
1–103. Subject to the provisions of Section 1–101 of this Order, and in the absence of any contrary delegation or direction by the Director, the Secretary of the Treasury, with respect to the development of the form and content of the annual reports, shall perform the functions set forth in Section 121(a) of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950, as amended (31 U.S.C. 68a) [31 U.S.C. 9503]. In performing this function, the Secretary shall also be responsible for consulting with the Comptroller General.
Jimmy Carter.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 9504 of this title; title 26 section 7448; title 28 sections 178, 376, 377; title 38 section 7298.
§9504. Review and recommendations
When necessary or when requested by either House of Congress or a committee of Congress, the Comptroller General shall—
(1) review financial and actuarial statements provided under section 9503 of this title to decide whether the reporting requirements of section 9503 are adequate to carry out section 9501 of this title; and
(2) submit to Congress recommendations for legislation necessary to carry out section 9501 of this title.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1051.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9504 | 31:68b. | Sept. 12, 1950, ch. 946, 64 Stat. 832, §122; added Nov. 4, 1978, Pub. L. 95–595, §1, 92 Stat. 2542. |
The word “When” is substituted for “If” in both places as being more precise. The word “deemed” is omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement. The words “the General Accounting Office” are omitted as unnecessary because of the restatement and because the authority to act is vested in the Comptroller General.
CHAPTER 97—MISCELLANEOUS
Amendments
1993—Pub. L. 103–62, §11(b)(2), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 295, added item 9703 relating to managerial accountability and flexibility and item 9704.
1992—Pub. L. 102–393, title VI, §638(b)(2), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1788, added item 9703.
1 So in original. Two sections 9703 have been enacted.
§9701. Fees and charges for Government services and things of value
(a) It is the sense of Congress that each service or thing of value provided by an agency (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) to a person (except a person on official business of the United States Government) is to be self-sustaining to the extent possible.
(b) The head of each agency (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation) may prescribe regulations establishing the charge for a service or thing of value provided by the agency. Regulations prescribed by the heads of executive agencies are subject to policies prescribed by the President and shall be as uniform as practicable. Each charge shall be—
(1) fair; and
(2) based on—
(A) the costs to the Government;
(B) the value of the service or thing to the recipient;
(C) public policy or interest served; and
(D) other relevant facts.
(c) This section does not affect a law of the United States—
(1) prohibiting the determination and collection of charges and the disposition of those charges; and
(2) prescribing bases for determining charges, but a charge may be redetermined under this section consistent with the prescribed bases.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1051.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9701 | 31:483a. | Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 376, §501, 65 Stat. 290. |
In the section, the words “agency (except a mixed-ownership Government corporation)” are substituted for “Federal agency (including wholly owned Government corporations as defined in the Government Corporation Control Act of 1945 [31 U.S.C. 841 et seq.]” because of section 101 of the revised title and for consistency.
In subsection (a), the words “each service or thing of value provided” are substituted for “any work, service, publication, report, document, benefit, privilege, authority, use, franchise, license, permit, certificate, registration or similar thing of value or utility performed, furnished, provided, granted, prepared, or issued” for consistency and to eliminate unnecessary words. The words “(including groups, associations, organizations, partnerships, corporations, or businesses)” are omitted as being included in “person” under 1:1.
In subsection (b), before clause (1), the words “may prescribe regulations establishing the charge for a service or thing of value provided by the agency” are substituted for “is authorized by regulation . . . to prescribe therefor such fee, charge, or price, if any, as he shall determine, in case none exists, or redetermine, in case of any existing one” for consistency, to eliminate unnecessary words, and because of the restatement. In clause (1), the words “and equitable” are omitted as being included in “fair”. In clause (2)(A), the words “direct and indirect” are omitted as surplus. In clause (2)(B), the words “of the service or thing” are added for clarity. In clause (2)(D), the words “and any amount so determined or redetermined shall be collected and paid into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts” are omitted as unnecessary because of section 3302(a) of this title.
Subsection (c) is substituted for 31:483a(provisos) for clarity and to eliminate unnecessary words.
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–393, title VI, §638(a), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1779, provided that: “This section [enacting section 9703 of this title and amending sections 981 and 982 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, section 1509 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, section 524 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, and section 2003 of Title 39, Postal Service] may be cited as the ‘Treasury Forfeiture Fund Act of 1992’.”
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 7 section 2242a; title 8 section 1455; title 12 section 78n; title 14 section 664; title 16 sections 222, 1862; title 19 section 58c; title 28 section 1828; title 33 section 2607; title 42 sections 2201, 2214, 4370c, 7552; title 46 sections 2110, 12505.
§9702. Investment of trust funds
Except as required by a treaty of the United States, amounts held in trust by the United States Government (including annual interest earned on the amounts)—
(1) shall be invested in Government obligations; and
(2) shall earn interest at an annual rate of at least 5 percent.
(Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1052.)
| Revised Section | Source (U.S. Code) | Source (Statutes at Large) |
|---|---|---|
| 9702 | 31:547a. | R.S. §3659. |
The section is substituted for 31:547a for clarity and consistency in the revised title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 50 App. sections 1989b–3, 1989c–2.
§9703.1 Managerial accountability and flexibility
(a) Beginning with fiscal year 1999, the performance plans required under section 1115 may include proposals to waive administrative procedural requirements and controls, including specification of personnel staffing levels, limitations on compensation or remuneration, and prohibitions or restrictions on funding transfers among budget object classification 20 and subclassifications 11, 12, 31, and 32 of each annual budget submitted under section 1105, in return for specific individual or organization accountability to achieve a performance goal. In preparing and submitting the performance plan under section 1105(a)(29), the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall review and may approve any proposed waivers. A waiver shall take effect at the beginning of the fiscal year for which the waiver is approved.
(b) Any such proposal under subsection (a) shall describe the anticipated effects on performance resulting from greater managerial or organizational flexibility, discretion, and authority, and shall quantify the expected improvements in performance resulting from any waiver. The expected improvements shall be compared to current actual performance, and to the projected level of performance that would be achieved independent of any waiver.
(c) Any proposal waiving limitations on compensation or remuneration shall precisely express the monetary change in compensation or remuneration amounts, such as bonuses or awards, that shall result from meeting, exceeding, or failing to meet performance goals.
(d) Any proposed waiver of procedural requirements or controls imposed by an agency (other than the proposing agency or the Office of Management and Budget) may not be included in a performance plan unless it is endorsed by the agency that established the requirement, and the endorsement included in the proposing agency's performance plan.
(e) A waiver shall be in effect for one or two years as specified by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget in approving the waiver. A waiver may be renewed for a subsequent year. After a waiver has been in effect for three consecutive years, the performance plan prepared under section 1115 may propose that a waiver, other than a waiver of limitations on compensation or remuneration, be made permanent.
(f) For purposes of this section, the definitions under section 1115(f) shall apply.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §5(a), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289.)
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in sections 1115, 1116, 1118, 1119, 9704 of this title.
1 Another section 9703 is set out after section 9704 of this title.
§9704. Pilot projects for managerial accountability and flexibility
(a) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall designate not less than five agencies as pilot projects in managerial accountability and flexibility for fiscal years 1995 and 1996. Such agencies shall be selected from those designated as pilot projects under section 1118 and shall reflect a representative range of Government functions and capabilities in measuring and reporting program performance.
(b) Pilot projects in the designated agencies shall include proposed waivers in accordance with section 9703 1 for one or more of the major functions and operations of the agency.
(c) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall include in the report to the President and to the Congress required under section 1118(c)—
(1) an assessment of the benefits, costs, and usefulness of increasing managerial and organizational flexibility, discretion, and authority in exchange for improved performance through a waiver; and
(2) an identification of any significant difficulties experienced by the pilot agencies in preparing proposed waivers.
(d) For purposes of this section the definitions under section 1115(f) shall apply.
(Added Pub. L. 103–62, §6(b), Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 290.)
References in Text
Section 9703, referred to in subsec. (b), probably means the section 9703 added by section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103–62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 289, which is set out preceding this section.
Construction
No provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62 to be construed as creating any right, privilege, benefit, or entitlement for any person who is not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity, and no person not an officer or employee of the United States acting in such capacity to have standing to file any civil action in any court of the United States to enforce any provision or amendment made by Pub. L. 103–62, or to be construed as superseding any statutory requirement, see section 10 of Pub. L. 103–62, set out as a note under section 1115 of this title.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in section 1115 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§9703.1 Department of the Treasury Forfeiture Fund
(a)
(1)(A) Payment of all proper expenses of seizure (including investigative costs incurred by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization leading to seizure) or the proceedings of forfeiture and sale, including the expenses of detention, inventory, security, maintenance, advertisement, or disposal of the property, and if condemned by a court and a bond for such costs was not given, the costs as taxed by the court.
(B) Payment for—
(i) contract services;
(ii) the employment of outside contractors to operate and manage properties or to provide other specialized services necessary to dispose of such properties in an effort to maximize the return from such properties; and
(iii) reimbursing any Federal, State, or local agency for any expenditures made to perform the functions described in this subparagraph.
(C) Awards of compensation to informers under section 619 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1619).
(D) Satisfaction of—
(i) liens for freight, charges, and contributions in general average, notice of which has been filed with the appropriate Customs officer according to law; and
(ii) subject to the discretion of the Secretary, other valid liens and mortgages against property that has been forfeited pursuant to any law enforced or administered by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization. To determine the validity of any such lien or mortgage, the amount of payment to be made, and to carry out the functions described in this subparagraph, the Secretary may employ and compensate attorneys and other personnel skilled in State real estate law.
(E) Payment of amounts authorized by law with respect to remission and mitigation.
(F) Payment of claims of parties in interest to property disposed of under section 612(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1612(b)), in the amounts applicable to such claims at the time of seizure.
(G) Equitable sharing payments made to other Federal agencies, State and local law enforcement agencies, and foreign countries pursuant to section 616(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1616a(c)), section 981 of title 18, or subsection (h) of this section, and all costs related thereto.
(H) Payment for services of experts and consultants needed by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization to carry out the organization's duties relating to seizure and forfeiture.
(I) payment 2 of overtime salaries, travel, fuel, training, equipment, and other similar costs of State or local law enforcement officers that are incurred in joint law enforcement operations with a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization; 3
(J) payment 2 made pursuant to guidelines promulgated by the Secretary, if such payment is necessary and directly related to seizure and forfeiture program expenses for—
(i) the purchase or lease of automatic data processing systems (not less than a majority of which use will be related to such program);
(ii) training;
(iii) printing; and
(iv) contracting for services directly related to—
(I) the identification of forfeitable assets;
(II) the processing of and accounting for forfeitures; and
(III) the storage, maintenance, protection, and destruction of controlled substances.
(2) At the discretion of the Secretary—
(A) payment of awards for information or assistance leading to a civil or criminal forfeiture involving any Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization participating in the Fund;
(B) purchases of evidence or information by—
(i) a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization with respect to—
(I) a violation of section 1956 or 1957 of title 18 (relating to money laundering); or
(II) a law, the violation of which may subject property to forfeiture under section 981 or 982 of title 18;
(ii) the United States Customs Service with respect to drug smuggling or a violation of section 542 or 545 of title 18 (relating to fraudulent customs invoices or smuggling);
(iii) the United States Secret Service with respect to a violation of—
(I) section 1028, 1029, or 1030 or 4 title 18;
(II) any law of the United States relating to coins, obligations, or securities of the United States or of a foreign government; or
(III) any law of the United States which the United States Secret Service is authorized to enforce relating to fraud or other criminal or unlawful activity in or against any federally insured financial institution, the Resolution Trust Corporation, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(iv) the United States Customs Service or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to a violation of chapter 53 of this title (relating to the Bank Secrecy Act); and
(v) the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms with respect to a violation of—
(I) section 842(h) of title 18;
(II) section 844(d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of title 18; or
(III) section 924(c) of title 18;
(C) payment of costs for publicizing awards available under section 619 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1619);
(D) payment for equipment for any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft available for official use by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization to enable the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft to assist in law enforcement functions, and for other equipment directly related to seizure or forfeiture, including laboratory equipment, protective equipment, communications equipment, and the operation and maintenance costs of such equipment;
(E) the payment of claims against employees of the Customs Service settled by the Secretary under section 630 of the Tariff Act of 1930;
(F) payment for equipment for any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft available for official use by a State or local law enforcement agency to enable the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft to assist in law enforcement functions if the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft will be used in joint law enforcement operations with a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization;
(G) reimbursement of private persons for expenses incurred by such persons in cooperating with a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization in investigations and undercover law enforcement operations; 5
(H) payment for training foreign law enforcement personnel with respect to seizure or forfeiture activities of the Department of the Treasury; and 6
(b)
(1) Any payment made under subparagraph (D) or (E) of subsection (a)(1) with respect to a seizure or a forfeiture of property shall not exceed the value of the property at the time of the seizure.
(2) Any payment made under subsection (a)(1)(G) with respect to a seizure or forfeiture of property shall not exceed the value of the property at the time of disposition.
(3) The Secretary may exempt the procurement of contract services under the Fund from section 3709 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (41 U.S.C. 5), title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.), and other provisions of law as may be necessary to maintain the security and confidentiality of related criminal investigations.
(4) The Secretary shall assure that any equitable sharing payment made to a State or local law enforcement agency pursuant to subsection (a)(1)(G) and any property transferred to a State or local law enforcement agency pursuant to subsection (h)—
(A) has a value that bears a reasonable relationship to the degree of participation of the State or local agency in the law enforcement effort resulting in the forfeiture, taking into account the total value of all property forfeited and the total law enforcement effort with respect to the violation of law on which the forfeiture is based; and
(B) will serve to encourage further cooperation between the recipient State or local agency and Federal law enforcement agencies.
(5) Amounts transferred by the Attorney General pursuant to section 524(c)(1) of title 28, or by the Postmaster General pursuant to section 2003 of title 39, and deposited into the Fund pursuant to subsection (d), shall be available for Federal law enforcement related purposes of the Department of the Treasury law enforcement organizations.
(c)
(1) The Secretary shall make available to the United States Coast Guard, from funds appropriated under subsection (g)(2) in excess of $10,000,000 for a fiscal year, an amount equal to the net proceeds in the Fund derived from seizures by the Coast Guard.
(2) Funds made available under this subsection may be used to—
(A) pay for equipment for any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft available for official use by the United States Coast Guard to enable the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft to assist in law enforcement functions;
(B) pay for equipment for any vessel, vehicle, equipment, or aircraft available for official use by a State or local law enforcement agency to enable the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft to assist in law enforcement functions if the vessel, vehicle, or aircraft will be used in joint law enforcement operations with the United States Coast Guard;
(C) pay for overtime salaries, travel, fuel, training, equipment, and other similar costs of State and local law enforcement officers that are incurred in joint law enforcement operations with the United States Coast Guard;
(D) pay for expenses incurred in bringing vessels into compliance with applicable environmental laws prior to disposal by sinking.
(d)
(1) With respect to fiscal year 1993, there shall be deposited into or credited to the Fund—
(A) all currency forfeited during fiscal year 1993, and all proceeds from forfeitures during fiscal year 1993, under any law enforced or administered by the United States Customs Service or the United States Coast Guard;
(B) all income from investments made under subsection (e); and
(C) all amounts representing the equitable share of the United States Customs Service or the United States Coast Guard from the forfeiture of property under any Federal, State, local, or foreign law.
(2) With respect to fiscal years beginning after fiscal year 1993, there shall be deposited into or credited to the Fund—
(A) all currency forfeited after fiscal year 1993, and all proceeds from forfeitures after fiscal year 1993, under any law (other than sections 7301 and 7302 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) enforced or administered by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization or the United States Coast Guard;
(B) all income from investments made under subsection (e); and
(C) all amounts representing the equitable share of a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization or the United States Coast Guard from the forfeiture of property under any Federal, State, local, or foreign law.
(e)
(f)
(1) a report on—
(A) the estimated total value of property forfeited with respect to which funds were not deposited in the Fund during the preceding fiscal year—
(i) under any law enforced or administered by the United States Customs Service or the United States Coast Guard, in the case of fiscal year 1993; and
(ii) under any law enforced or administered by the Department of the Treasury law enforcement organizations or the United States Coast Guard, in the case of fiscal years beginning after 1993; and
(B) the estimated total value of all such property transferred to any State or local law enforcement agency; and
(2) a report on—
(A) the balance of the Fund at the beginning of the preceding fiscal year;
(B) liens and mortgages paid and the amount of money shared with Federal, State, local, and foreign law enforcement agencies during the preceding fiscal year;
(C) the net amount realized from the operations of the Fund during the preceding fiscal year, the amount of seized cash being held as evidence, and the amount of money that has been carried over into the current fiscal year;
(D) any defendant's property, not forfeited at the end of the preceding fiscal year, if the equity in such property is valued at $1,000,000 or more;
(E) the total dollar value of uncontested seizures of monetary instruments having a value of over $100,000 which, or the proceeds of which, have not been deposited into the Fund pursuant to subsection (d) within 120 days after seizure, as of the end of the preceding fiscal year;
(F) the balance of the Fund at the end of the preceding fiscal year;
(G) the net amount, if any, of the excess unobligated amounts remaining in the Fund at the end of the preceding fiscal year and available to the Secretary for Federal law enforcement related purposes;
(H) a complete set of audited financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow analysis) prepared in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–576); and
(I) an analysis of income and expenses showing the revenue received or lost—
(i) by property category (such as general property, vehicles, vessels, aircraft, cash, and real property); and
(ii) by type of disposition (such as sale, remission, cancellation, placement into official use, sharing with State and local agencies, and destruction).
The Fund shall be subject to annual financial audits as authorized in the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–576).
(g)
(1) There are hereby appropriated from the Fund such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes described in subsection (a)(1).
(2) There are authorized to be appropriated from the Fund to carry out the purposes set forth in subsections (a)(2) and (c) not to exceed—
(A) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1993; and
(B) $50,000,000 for each fiscal year after fiscal year 1993.
(3)(A) Subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C), at the end of each of fiscal years 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997, the Secretary shall transfer from the Fund not more than $100,000,000 to the Special Forfeiture Fund established by section 6073 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988.
(B) Transfers pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be made only from excess unobligated amounts and only to the extent that, as determined by the Secretary, such transfers will not impair the future availability of amounts for the purposes described in subsection (a). Further, transfers under subparagraph (A) may not exceed one-half of the excess unobligated balance for a year. In addition, transfers under subparagraph (A) may be made only to the extent that the sum of the transfers in a fiscal year and one-half of the unobligated balance at the beginning of that fiscal year for the Special Forfeiture Fund does not exceed $100,000,000.
(C) The Secretary of the Treasury shall reserve an amount not to exceed $30,000,000 from the unobligated balances remaining in the Customs Forfeiture Fund on September 30, 1992, and such amount shall be transferred to the Fund on October 1, 1992, or, if later, the date that is 15 days after the date of the enactment of this section. Such amount shall be available for any expenses or activities authorized under this section. At the end of fiscal year 1993, and at the end of each fiscal year thereafter, the Secretary shall reserve in the Fund an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 of the unobligated balances in the Fund, or, if the Secretary determines that a greater amount is necessary for asset specific expenses, an amount equal to not more than 10 percent of the total obligations from the Fund in the preceding fiscal year.
(4)(A) After reserving any amount authorized by paragraph (3)(C), any unobligated balances remaining in the Fund on September 30, 1993, shall be deposited into the general fund of the Treasury of the United States.
(B) After reserving any amount authorized by paragraph (3)(C) and after transferring any amount authorized by paragraph (3)(A), any unobligated balances remaining in the Fund on September 30, 1994, and on September 30 of each fiscal year thereafter, shall, subject to subparagraph (C), be available to the Secretary, without fiscal year limitation, for transfers pursuant to subparagraph (A)(ii) 7 and for obligation or expenditure in connection with the law enforcement activities of any Federal agency or of a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization.
(C) Any obligation or expenditure in excess of $500,000 with respect to an unobligated balance described in subparagraph (B) may not be made by the Secretary unless the Appropriations Committees of both Houses of Congress are notified at least 15 days in advance of such obligation or expenditure.
(h)
(1) The Secretary may, with respect to any property forfeited under any law (other than section 7301 or 7302 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) enforced or administered by the Department of the Treasury—
(A) retain any of the property for official use; or
(B) transfer any of the property to—
(i) any other Federal agency; or
(ii) any State or local law enforcement agency that participated directly or indirectly in the seizure or forfeiture of the property.
(2) The Secretary may transfer any forfeited personal property or the proceeds of the sale of any forfeited personal or real property to any foreign country which participated directly or indirectly in the seizure of 8 forfeiture of the property, if such a transfer—
(A) is one with which the Secretary of State has agreed;
(B) is authorized in an international agreement between the United States and the foreign country; and
(C) is made to a country which, if applicable, has been certified under section 481(h) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2291(h)).7
(3) Nothing in this section shall affect the authority of the Secretary under section 981 of title 18 or section 616 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1616a).
(i)
(j)
(1) during any period when forfeited currency and proceeds from forfeitures under any law (other than section 7301 or 7302 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) enforced or administered by the Department of the Treasury or the United States Coast Guard, are required to be deposited in the Fund pursuant to this section—
(A) all moneys required to be deposited in the Customs Forfeiture Fund pursuant to section 613A of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1613b) shall instead be deposited in the Fund; and
(B) no deposits or withdrawals may be made to or from the Customs Forfeiture Fund pursuant to section 613A of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1613b); and
(2) any funds in the Customs Forfeiture Fund and any obligations of the Customs Forfeiture Fund on the effective date of the Treasury Forfeiture Act of 1992, shall be transferred to the Fund and all administrative costs of such transfer shall be paid for out of the Fund.
(k)
(l)
(m)
(1) during fiscal year 1993, property and currency shall be deemed to be forfeited pursuant to a law enforced or administered by the United States Customs Service if it is forfeited pursuant to—
(A) a judicial forfeiture proceeding when the underlying seizure was made by an officer of the United States Customs Service or the property was maintained by the United States Customs Service; or
(B) a civil administrative forfeiture proceeding conducted by the United States Customs Service; and
(2) after fiscal year 1993, property and currency shall be deemed to be forfeited pursuant to a law enforced or administered by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization if it is forfeited pursuant to—
(A) a judicial forfeiture proceeding when the underlying seizure was made by an officer of a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization or the property was maintained by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization; or
(B) a civil administrative forfeiture proceeding conducted by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization.
(n)
(1) The Secretary shall transfer from the Fund to the Attorney General for deposit in the Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture Fund amounts appropriate to reflect the degree of participation of participating Federal agencies in the law enforcement effort resulting in the forfeiture pursuant to laws enforced or administered by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a “participating Federal agency” is an agency that participates in the Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture Fund.
(2) The Secretary shall transfer from the Fund to the Postmaster General for deposit in the Postal Service Fund amounts appropriate to reflect the degree of participation of the United States Postal Service in the law enforcement effort resulting in the forfeiture pursuant to laws enforced or administered by a Department of the Treasury law enforcement organization.
(o)
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) and section 5872(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the provisions of law relating to—
(A) the seizure, summary and judicial forfeiture, and condemnation of property for violation of Customs laws,
(B) the remission or mitigation of such forfeiture, and
(C) the compromise of claims,
shall apply to seizures and forfeitures incurred, or alleged to have been incurred, under any applicable law enforced or administered by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), duties that are imposed upon a Customs officer or any other person with respect to the seizure and forfeiture of property under the Customs laws of the United States shall be performed with respect to seizures and forfeitures of property under this section by such officers, agents, or any other person as may be authorized or designated for that purpose by the Secretary.
(p)
(1)
(2)
(Added Pub. L. 102–393, title VI, §638(b)(1), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1779; amended Pub. L. 103–182, title VI, §685, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2220; Pub. L. 103–322, title IX, §90205(c), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1994; Pub. L. 103–329, title I, §112, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2391.)
References in Text
Sections 7301 and 7302 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsecs. (a), (d)(2)(A), (h)(1), and (j)(1), are classified to sections 7301 and 7302, respectively, of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Section 5872(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (o)(1), is classified to section 5872(b)(2) of Title 26.
The Bank Secrecy Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iv), is title I of Pub. L. 91–508, Oct. 26, 1970, 84 Stat. 1114, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 21 (§1951 et seq.) of Title 12, Banks and Banking. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section 630 of the Tariff Act of 1930, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), is classified to section 1630 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
The Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, 63 Stat. 377, as amended. Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter IV (§251 et seq.) of chapter 4 of Title 41, Public Contracts. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 471 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Tables.
The Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (f), is Pub. L. 101–576, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of this title and Tables.
Section 6073 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(A), is classified to section 1509 of Title 21, Food and Drugs.
The date of the enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(C), is the date of the enactment of Pub. L. 102–393, which was approved Oct. 6, 1992.
Subparagraph (A)(ii), referred to in subsec. (g)(4)(B), means cl. (ii) of subsec. (g)(4)(A) which was repealed by Pub. L. 103–322, title IX, §90205(c)(2)(B), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1995.
Section 481(h) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (h)(2)(C), was classified to section 2291(h) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, prior to repeal of subsec. (h) by Pub. L. 102–583, §6(b)(2), Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4932. Reference to section 481(h) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 probably should be to section 490(a)(1) of the Act, which is classified to section 2291j(a)(1) of Title 22.
The effective date of the Treasury Forfeiture Act of 1992, referred to in subsec. (j)(2), probably means the date of enactment of the Treasury Forfeiture Fund Act of 1992, section 638 of Pub. L. 102–393, which was approved Oct. 6, 1992.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–329 redesignated subpars. (G) and (J) of par. (2) as (I) and (J) of par. (1), respectively, and subpars. (H) and (I) of par. (2) as (G) and (H) of par. (2), respectively.
Subsec. (g)(3)(A). Pub. L. 103–322, §90205(c)(1)(A), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: “Subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C), in each of fiscal years 1994 and 1995, the Secretary shall transfer from the Fund not more than $10,000,000 to the Special Forfeiture Fund, established by section 6073 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988 (21 U.S.C. 1509), for activities authorized under the Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 3171 et seq.).”
Subsec. (g)(3)(B). Pub. L. 103–322, §90205(c)(1)(B), inserted at end “Further, transfers under subparagraph (A) may not exceed one-half of the excess unobligated balance for a year. In addition, transfers under subparagraph (A) may be made only to the extent that the sum of the transfers in a fiscal year and one-half of the unobligated balance at the beginning of that fiscal year for the Special Forfeiture Fund does not exceed $100,000,000.”
Subsec. (g)(4)(A). Pub. L. 103–322, §90205(c)(2), struck out “(i)” after “(A)” and struck out cl. (ii) which read as follows: “Beginning in fiscal year 1994, and each fiscal year thereafter, the Secretary shall transfer to the Attorney General an amount agreed upon by the Secretary and the Attorney General (taking into account any amount transferred by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (3)(A)). The amount transferred under this clause shall reflect the Department of the Treasury's pro rata share of the amount required to be transferred by the Attorney General pursuant to section 524(c)(9)(B) of title 28.”
1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(E) to (J). Pub. L. 103–182, §685(1), (2), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpars. (E) to (I) as (F) to (J), respectively.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–182, §685(3), substituted “may” for “shall” before “be kept on deposit”.
Section Referred to in Other Sections
This section is referred to in title 21 section 1509; title 28 section 524; title 39 section 2003.
1 Another section 9703 is set out preceding section 9704 of this title.
2 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
3 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a period.
4 So in original. Probably should be “of”.
5 So in original. Probably should be followed by “and”.
6 So in original. The “; and” probably should be a period.